2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

220

description

 

Transcript of 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

Page 1: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog
Page 2: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

Contact the Office of:

VIIX P=id.ent lOr AJrn� II

md 'twJellllifi'

Allmlni and J �r Rd3Iions

Campus Conciergt:

Cll.l1PW; lini or

Campus Safety and Infumlacion

ice PresiJcru (or IA.'vc!opmem and Uni\'et'>lty Rchrioru

financial Aid

Vier Pn::l.iJdll for Finana: .1I1U Opcr.u.iOt1.· Wang Cemer fur lnrernacional Progran

Registrnf

wcient Services Center

Ram� Commons

Contact Information he university is 10 ted at Soum 121 st Saee[ and Park Avenue in suburban Parkland. Office hours .

from 8 a.m. to 5 p. m. Monday through Friday. Offices are dosed for d1apel on M nday, Wednesd1Y and 'riday from 10:30 to 11 a.m. during [he school year. The university observes most legal holidays.

e Uni e. ity Cenrer mainraim an information desk, called Campus Concierge, that is open daily from 7 a.m. to 9 p.m. (9 a.m. to 7 p.m. on arurday and Slmday). 253.535.7411 or

www.pLtI.edtu,-concierg Visitors are welcome at any rime. Special arrangements for tours and appointmenrs may be made through the Office of Admission.

(Area code 253) E-mail For Information About:

535.7101 [email protected] Gener.d wliven.it)' imorrn.1rion

535.7126 [email protected] Academic policies and programs, Wry appoinanents, and currirullml topi<3, Acldem.ic Plan fling and Insrirutional Research

Admi inn. Financial Aid, rudem Servi=> (',enter, resi ena' halls. a)ll.!l.'ding and te>ring. Iddl services, diven;iry ccmcr,

cm.u :;t'"lyiu'S, \ludt.:.nt dT1pIClVmem, campus salery. stlldem l.:ad.ecillip, m-rurri.ular aL1ivici� Jud di.�Jbilitv '>CIVice

535.7151 [email protected] General infOrmation, admission of stUdents, and publicarions ror prospective srudents and advanced placemenr, supporr lor international srudems.

1.800.274.6758

535.7415

535.7411

535.7464

535.7441

S.5.7177

-35.7134

5-35.7121

535.7577

'ij).7131

535.7161

1.800.678.3243

535.74'59

[email protected] Alull mi and pan:nl progrmt\ and services

[email protected] Campus phone nlmlbers, help desk, and informacion www.plu.edtU�C01u:ierg1 [email protected] ape!. S:mudayand IlIKbywonJrip. CU"e, pastoral SUPPOrt,

and religiou> life ar (he umversity

[email protected] Campus p:uking. sakt)" and infurmacion

[email protected] Fman 'al aid

[email protected] financial marugcrnem an adminisaamt: servi�

wm�lu.edu horr and long-term srudy away progcuns; international inremships; fuculty and student researd:t grant;, PL international gateways; symposia; support lOr visiting intcrnati nal scholars

T rnnsfer cmlit evaluation. graduation, cia! halul.s, pes anJ cl1SSrnOnl schLuuling Payment COl1tIl1Cts, billing inquiries, rranscnpcs, sched.ules registration, veterans questions, general financial aid questions and verincarion of enrollment

,\G!J&::mi Advising. Ac:. dcnlli: f�i!,13IlU:. AcldtmiL in.remships. Cuter �'cI()rment, CcmCl" r r PlIbUc SCrvicc. tlldcnt Employment. VO!u.nli!Cf Center onpk)ym<.:m

Page 3: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

Table of Contents

Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog 2006-2007

To become /amilwr with PLU degree requiremenJS, See Ge/leral University &quirYme/1/$ on page 6.

10 learn more about major and minor reqtliremnlts. see specific dtplU't71tnlt pages startillg on page 32.

Academic Calt:ndar ----- _______ 2

Educational Philosophy, Mission and Vision Educauonal Philosoph, 3

t:naal Information Gen ral -=--.,.-----,=UIU) 6

19

CwricWwn Infonnation 32 32 ���----------------32

Academic Imem-;hip/CooperativeEclucation Anthropology Art

Arts and Sciences. Biology Business. chool of Ch mistry Cillnese

34

36

46 -5-[

54 54-

55

Mathem;"l[ics M u si

. 'I. D ivis ion of ---,.----'--

choolor

Writi ng .""'-----

Graduate Studies

102 !O5 liT 1 14 114. 121 122 --------- Eb I�

131 134 I 7 137

---- f"Y 140 141 4I

�-l4l 146 146 147 149 lSI

- 6 cncral Information 1'l2

.conomies

omplltt:r Engince=rf:..:.n:£:g '--_____ ...,-,.::;i� 6 6

Edu arion�1 o f ,-=--- ---Education, Psychology

66 ')

7� Engine.e ring, Dual Degtee En lish

tudies

77 -------=7

8 ------ 82

83 Geosciences 83 German 8� G1Qb;:rEdlKation Oppormniries ---fl6 Global Srudie.1 ____________ 88

89 90 9

95 -----96

101 102

Adm i n istration B< ard of R�

r--__ dminisctatlve Offices

-----------

The F culry

152 153 156 156 1'56 160 161 168 170

174 174-177

Undergraduate Admission Information Admiion 187 Financial id . "ilion. F�s. and Payme':l[�ormiltiu� _

nivcrsity Guidelines

Index

190 201

206 21'i

The information cOl1(ained herein regarding Pacific Lutheran Univc icy i s Kcuratc at the time of public:nion. However, the university reserves the right LO make necessary changes in procedures. policies. calendar. curriculum, and co; - at its dis lion. Any chang�s will be ref1ecrcd on the universiry Web sitc at www.plu.edulpritttlcatarog.

Listed in tbis cata log arc cOllrses and summaries of degree requiremenh for majof1\. minurs. and oth r p ograms in the College: f Arrs and Sciena:s, and (he Schools or the ArtS. Business, Education, Nursing, and Physical Education. Detail"d degree requirements. ofren induJing supplementary sample programs, are avaibble 111 rhe offices of [he

individual schools and d�partmen[s. Advising by un iversity personnel inconsistent wirb published \ tal(' m C I1(S is nor binding .

PlU 2006 - 2007

-4 QI e-n> 0 -

n

0 ::I .-+ n> ::::J .-+ '"

1

Page 4: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

u

E QI

'"'C to U

c:(

2

A C A D E M I C C A L E N D A R

2006 - 2007

Summer Session 2006

�nl I � __ ��� ____ ����������_ , �ori:tl [)a ' Hol::id;:::';) }L' _________ _

Term II lndept!Ildt!l1 O:ly Holiday

Wo;.�W� Term rrr

FaD ntUster 2006

Ori�nratitln Thursday, August ,�I - Monday, September 4 Lilior Day

Opening Convocarion

am- Rmnne III 11:50 a.",. Mid-Semester Break

1hanksgiving l�ess &gins

I\llonday, September 4 No 0Iis.iei -PLV Yfi£c. al!,:�sed

7 am .• Tuesday. September 5 9 a.m.:luesd."lY, September 5

riday, Oaobcr 20 No C/o.sse,. - PLV Offices an' 0 err

1:35 p.m., Wednesday, November 22 PU; offices are closed TlJursdll)�Friday

llWlksgivin R Ends 7 a.m., Monday, ovember 27 Cl3SSI!S End p.m., Sarurday, December 9 lJc:reml Commencement 10:50 a.n:::.......:_�!�l�efTlber9 rim! j-.x:uninruions onday. D=mber 11 - aru.rcL'l}\ .December 1 6

Semester Ends (4ier/tb1[xam) arurday. December 16

l"millry Tenll 2007

Clas I!S Begin 7 a.m., Monda " january 8

Martin Lurner King, Jr., Birthday Holiday Monday, january 15 No Clmses - PLU office., mt closed

Oa=End - . - . rurili.--:-l�n�

Spring Snrustt!l· 2007

Classes B�l Presidents' ,ly Holiilly

___ --'-7---'01"'-.n"'-'" Wedn 'd�i'- Febr ua r.r2 Monday. February 19

No CILI.SJ·er,· PLU offim ilre r!5!std Spring Break n.s 'i p.m., SJ.n rd�y, Man:h2_4_ � Break Ends

______ 7 :I.m., Morulav, ril 2

Easter Rc= Begins '7 �Frida�, F.a,rer � Ends I 1: 15 a.m .• Monda.'--) ,

�� .:::C:::i.a=s=:...:E:::.:II:::<.i'--_ _ _ __ _ -:-:---:----:c-::-'-'i p.m., 'arurday, .\1a , 19 Final - linaOun$ Mondai:' /fay 21 - arurday, M:t)' 26 Sel_T1t:sre! En�q/ii7 /0.;1 exam) _a.�cbty, �

2:30 p.m., Sunday, M.a)' L7

2007 - 2008

Summer Sessioll 2007

Monday, june 4 - Saturday, JUlie 30 Monda \ May 28

Monda)! July 2 -SaCll-;:-d.iY, Julv 28 Wednesday, July 4

No a�es - PLU Offiu'l are do:ced .... _ ... _-._-_._-.- :-- ----::-��7_:."..:....=���= �or��p Week rvfon da» J ul 30 - Sarurday, AU�l 5

��oriaLDa Holi<h.y.. __ _

Tenn II Independence Day

erm 1lJ �nday, Jui), 30th - • rurda);; t J:---C-Semester End� (tfter fast e>:ilJn) Saru.rda" August 1 8

Fa/I Semester 2007

9rientaao� _____ J�', AugUSl30 - Monday, Sepu nlber 3 boor Day Monday, September 3 ________________________ -. PLU Offices are dosed Classes 7 am., ru�, rcmber4 Opening Convoc.'ltion 9 a.m., Tuesday, September 4 Classes resume at 11:50 Il.m.

Mid-Semester Break Fnday, Ouober 19 _____________ I_Vt_O _r._Jns.se, - ?l.U Qf/ices are opeJl Thanksgivi ng Recess Begins 1 :35 p.m., Wednesda \ Novcmlxr 2!

Pl.U o{fim·are closed Tlnmdfl)�Fntiay

']Jlanksgi�,.g,..:.Recess=::::::....:En=ds:...· _____ 7�a- n:=1., Monday, Nnveml'lt'r 26 Classes End Sarurda , December 8 FirnlJ &:J.minaaons Saturday, December 8 - Frida}\ lX!a:.mbc 14 Semester E-;'ds AfTer la,t exam on Friday. Doo:mber 14 December Commencement SanuUaY, December 15 ��������----------�

ja7l1Ulry Term 2008

�I=-��-..... - - -----.... Martin Luther King, Jr., Birthday Holiday

Thlu:,dal; jal1l�. Monday, Janu;uy 21

�'- PL U Jilict's tlIU� Thursday. Janmfv 31 Classes End

Spring Term 2008

Classes Begin Prcsidenl:S' Day

Spring/Easter Break �ins

No

Thursday. Februa!Ll. jV ncb)', bruary 18

No '1msls; PI U offices are doS/xi Friday. Mardl 21

Pf U Of/ifes closui on Friday �£ri��rer Break.�E�n�ds� __________ �7�a�.m�,�,�'/���n=da�y�, N�17ar�c�h �3�1 Classes End Santrday, � hy [ 7 Final E.'(aminations Monda)" la)1 19 - Santrdal!...'\1ay�4 Se�&ds(#;;-zm;�n�____ Salmda ., Mav 24 !'Jny Colllmence::,:n:.:,:le::,:n ;:.[ ________ =2:.::..3 .:..<p.trl" .)wlday; MClt 25

PlU 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 5: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

EDUCATIONAL PHILOSOPHY, MISSION AND V I S ION

Mission and Vision "PLU �1:eks t mpow'r rudelllS for Lives of thoughtful inquiry, service. leadership and care - for orner people, for their commwlities. and f()[ Ihe arth" (I' U 2010, p. 1). TI1is single t;.ttemcnt of mi 'ion captures the identity, strengths and purpose of Pacitlc Lurhemn University. In addition, a fc)rmal state­lllerH r mission, adopted in 1978, proviJes an historical perspective on the University's understanding of it' (orc purposes:

long nmrnined to providing un education dninguishcd for quality, in the conteXt of a hcmagc that is Lutheran and an environment that is c:,ul1lcnicaliy hristiJ.n, r t; wnrinu s to embrace it' primary Ill�ion: rile d�d pmcnr ofknowl«lgeable

persons equipped with an unuer'\randing of rhe human condition, a critical :l\varcnc�� of humane;1I1 . irirual values, and a capacir:y for dear '1I1e1 cfli:ctive self-expression.

For all whl! chaos!" to seek a PLU degree, the university offers opportlLnity to pursue a va riel)' of progtams of academic worth :Ind excellence.. Irs standards of performance dcmalld a finely lr.lined fiI l[}, as weU as highly skilled administr;uivc and support �wir In its insnrutional emphilllis on scholal'Ship. the Uuiven.it), view the liberal ar as providing the nc aty and ess ltial foundarion for the { chnical training and education in the professions which modern society n:quires.

The univCI: ity .urns to c:uh:ivate the intellect, nor ror its own sake merely, but �L' a rool of conscience and 'lI1 insrrument for s("rvic . The diversi aud varicty of culrural programs and personal serviL . a ered by the unil' . . Ity arc inrcnded to facilitate thi� pOl>iti • ucvdopm 'm of the student as a whole person in order that our students might function ,IS members of society. In ochet worch, PLU aftinns that realization of on's hignest potential as well as fulftllment lif:C', purpose arise in the joy of �er\'ice to others. To ,nd i students in sharin' thi understanding, the universi[}' seeks to be a commulllC) in which there is a continuing and ri'uitful interaction between what is best in education and what is noblest in Christian ediflcation.

This deliberate and simultaneous artention to the religious dimension of th total human experience and co the standard, of schol.lIly objecrivi[}', coupled with clear recognition of rhe integrative irnpub\1 in each, is the essence of £>LU.

In January 200:3, the Board of Regents adopred rhe long-range plan, PLU 20 l 0: The Next Level of Distinction. The 20 1 0 plalming pro= daril:icd . rc;jl Irm<::d, an d;lb<JrareJ on the mj\'sion statement :md set forth a vl�ion for the fulUre based on pasr accomplish­ments an fu ure aspirations. AI; the universiry looks to 2010 and b,yond, five aspirations frame! its direCtion. its hopes , and its gO:J.ls: strengthening ac.tdcmic tltcellencc, C'Xpanding communi[)' engagement, enhancin!; global pef5pecriv s and local commitments, nurturing a scnsc oflife as vocauon, and seeking fiscal mcngrh.

Copies of the long-range plan are available in the Offices of the President and the Provost.

The FawlfcY o/'Pacific Luthemll University establishes the educational phi/o"ophy r/Jt1t shapes lind supports the curriculum and pTogrmm OlSllld)l. This philosophy is reflected in statements 0/ educational goats, objectives and principle,'. O/,particutar significallc to at! students are statements abo lit teaming objectilJes, gf.tl e ra ! educatioll and writing throughout the curriwlum.

Integrative Learning Objectives

The Integr:t,ive Learning Objectives (ILOs) provide a common under standing of the PLU approach to undergraduate education. These objectives offer a unifying framework for understanding ho\\ our community defines the general skills or abilities that should b e exhibited by students who cam d I'LU bachelor's degree. Therefore, they are integrative in nature, The ILO re intended to provide a conceptual rdErence for every department and program lO build on ;lOd reinforce in their own particular curricula lhe goals of the General University Requirements. They abo assist lhe university in such assessment-related 3.ctivities as

srudcnt and alumni surveys. at alliLOs are dealt with equaJIy by every program, much I�, by every course. The ILOs do not represent, by themselves, all of our undersranding of education. Rather, they are a pan of a more complex st3.temtn t of educational philosophy.

The ILOs are meant to serve as a useful framework that unifies education throughout the University, while disciplinary study provides srudenrs with the knowledge and understanding of a field that will allow them to function effectively in their chosen area.

These four statements describe the knuwledge base expected of all PLU graduates:

• a broad knowledge of the basic liberal arts and sciences, • an understanding of the interconneCtions among these basic

liberal arts and sciences that provide the broad framework for living with the complexities of life.

• an in-depth knowledge of a spcci6ed area of knowledge designated as a major within the universiry.

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

m c.. C n OJ -

o :J OJ

o 11'1 o

"C :::r

'<

3

Page 6: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

>. .r:. 0.. o VI o

.z::. a..

IQ C o ... ro v ::::I

"'C w

4

• an understanding of the interconnections among the basic liberal artS nd sciences and the in-depth knowledge of her/his specifted major area.

[n addition to the knowledge base described above, and an awareness of how difl-erent disciplinary methodologies are used, every student al Pacific Lutheran University is expected to develop the following abilities:

Critical Rejkction • consider issues from multiple perspectives • evaluate assumptions 'lnd consequences of different

perspeCtives in assessing possible solutions to ptoblems • select sources of information using appropriate research methods

• understand and explain divergent viewpoints on complex issues, critically assess the support available for each, and defend one's own judgml"nts

Expressum • communicate clearly and effectively in both oral and written

forms • create symbols of meaning in a variety of expressive media,

both verbal and ilonverbal • adapt messages ro various audiences

interaction wit" Others • work creativdy to identif), and clarifY the issues of concern • develop and promote effective strategies and interpersonal

relationships • acknowledge and respond to conAicting ideas and principles,

and identifY common interests

Valuing • articulate and as'ess one's oWil values, with an awareness of the

communities and traditions that have helped to shape them • recognize how others have arrived at values different from

, ones own • develop a habit of c:lring for oneself. for others, and for the

environment • approach moral, spiritual, and intellectual development as a

life-long pro ess

Multipk FrameUlorks • recognize and understand how cultures profoundly shape

different assumptions and behaviors • identify issues and problems facing people in every culture • cultivate respect for diverse cultures, practices, and traditions

Adopted by the Facuity A55emb�)', November //, 1999

Principles of General Education The university's mission is to "educate students for lives of thoughtful inquiry , leadership, service, and carc-for other people, for their communities, and for the earth." Emerging from rhe university's Lurheran heritage, our mission emphasizes both freedom f inquiry and a life engaged in the world. Our location in the PacifIC Northwest, and our commitment to educ:lte students for the complexities of life in the 2 1 st century, also shape the university's educational identity.

The university aims to produce global citizens, future leaders , and whole, richly-informed persDns. At the heart of the university is the general education curriculum. Through this program of study, students begin the process of shaping not only a career, but more importantly a life of meaning and purpose. This general educa[ion, in which students grapple with life's most fundamental qu rions, is deepened and complemented by the

speci:dized work students undertake in their majors. An education is a process, and the fo.l Iowing thtee components that inform the general university requirements are nor discrete, but interconnected and mutually supportive.

Vallles: The university sustains the Lutheran commitment [Q tht: life of the mind, to engagement and service in the world, and [Q

nurruring the development of whole persons-in body, mind, and spirit. As described in the university's long-range plan PLU 2010, these values are fundamental, and they are inseparable from each uther. As important, PLU offers an education not only in values, but in valuing. Pacific Lutheran University helps students thoughtfully shape their values and choices, realizing that imagination and decision give to a human life its unique trajectory and purpose, and always understanding that lite gains meaning when dedicated to a good larger than oneself. Located in the Pacific Northwest and on the Pacific Rim, the university is well-situated to address global issues, social diversity and justice, and catc for the earth.

Knowledge: r n education at Paciftc Lutheran University makes students the center of their own education. The best education understands knowledge as saturated with value and meaning, as much produced as acquired. It is a communal undertaking, involving both knower and context. \Y/e understand academic disciplines, as well as multi-disciplinary ftelds of inquiry, as ways of knowing. They do more than organize knowledge. They define the questions, methods, and modes of discourse by which knowledge is produced. Students art required to study across a

range of these disciplines to gain an understanding of the ways in which educated people understand themselves and the world.

Skills and Abilities: A.� described by the university's Integrative Learning Objectives, s kills and ahilities tbat characterize an education at Pacific Lutheran University are essential for the cultivation of the potentials of mind, he:lrt, and ha.nd. They are inseparable from what it means to know and to value. They include the ability to express oneself effectively and creatively, to th.ink critically, to discern and formulate values, to interact with others, and to understand the world from various perspectives.

A general education at Pacific Luthnan University affirms the relationships among rigorous academic inquiry, human Aoutishing in :I diverse world, and a healthy environment. Such an education requires ftrst dnd foremost a faculty of exceptional scholar-teachers, committed to educating the whole student, and understanding that learning is active, engaged, and in the best sense trans formative.

Adopted by the Faculty Assembly, December /0, 2004

Writing Throughout the Curriculum Paciftc Lutheran University is a community of scholars, a community of readers and writers. Reading informs the intellect and liberates the imagination. \Y/riring pervades our academic lives as teachers and students, both as a way of communicating what we learn and as a means of shaping thoughts and ideas. All faculty members share the responsibility for improving the literacy of their students. Faculty in every department and school make writing an essential part of their courses and show students how to ask questions appropriate to the kinds of reading done in their fIelds. Students write both formal papers and reports and informal notes and essays in order ,0 master the content and methods of the various disciplines. rhey are encouraged to prepJ.re important papers in multiple drafts.

PLU 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 07

Page 7: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

G E N E R A l I N F O R M A T I O N

Academic Program Pacifi Lutheran Univer5ity uses d 4- 1 -4 calendar, which. consists of tw 1 5-week sem ters bridged by a four-week January term. The January term's inrensivt, four-week formal is designed [0 offer stu­dents a unique pedagogic:tl opportunity. It supports study away, in­depth focllS on a single theme or topic, and the use of studen t-cen­tered and active-learning pedagogi , The January term's intensive fOffi13t also supports other pedagogiGtl actjvities that conrribute [0

building an intemional culture of learning inside and outside the classroom. It offe.rs an opportunity for an intensive First-Year Experienct' Prog m that combines rigorous academic study with. co-curricular activities that erw the goals of the First-Year Pr gram - thinkjng, l i teracy and community. Further, the January tenn offers the opportun ity to orient students to PLU's mission, suppOrt them in understanding how they position themselves within the PLU community and [he world, and support thcm as they embrace their role as active citizens.

Coursc credit i computed by semester h.ours. The majority of COlll'5es are offered for four semester hours. Each undergraduate deme candidate must comp\erc J minimum of 1 28 semester hours wilh an overall grade point average of 2 .00. Departments or schools may set h igher grade po int requirements.

Degree requirements arc specifical ly stated in this catalog. Students are responsible for becoming familiar with these requirements and meering [hem.

Accreditation PacifiC Lutheran Univ .. r�ity is accredited by the Northwest Commissi n on Collc£es and niversities (8060 165 th Avenue N ' . uite 1 00, Redmond, WA 98062-39 8 1 ) , an institutional a redir i ng body recognized by th Council for Higher Educat ion Accreditation andlor the Secretary of the U.S. Department of Education.

In addition the follow ing rogrll.t11s hold specialized a creditations and approvals : Business - The Associat ion to Advance Col legiate Sch.ools of

Business (AACSB In ternational) Chonistry (including cert�fied BioLimnistry and Chemica! P/�ysics

Options) - American Chemical Society Compuur Scienu (BS) - Computing Accred itation

Commis"ion of AB Edl#ariOtJ - National ,<luncil for the Accreditation of Teacher

Education MarriAgt and Family Therapy - Commission on Accreditation

for Marriage and Pamily rherapy Education of the American Association tor Marriage and ami l)' Therapy

Mwic - adonal Association of Schools of Music Nursing - Commi ion on <Zollegiate Nursing Education and

Wash.ington State lIr5ing Ca Quality Assurance Commission

PI'Ysicai EdllCariOrJ, RAPE tkgree - National Council on Accreditation of eacher Education

Social Work - Council on Social Work Education

A ny current or prospective srudent may, upon request directed to the president's office, review a copy of tht' documents pertaining to th.e un iversi ty's various accreditations and approval s.

Enrollment 3,377 fu J I-time students; 303 part-time students (as of September 22, 2005)

Environs

Located in suburban Parkland, PLU has a picturesque 1 26-acre campus. The uni versi ty's geographical setti ng affords students a wide variety of both recreational and cultural enterta inment options. Recreationally, th .e grandeur of the Pacific North.west encourages participation in h iking, camping, climbing, skiing, boati ng and swimming.

The two most notable natural features in the a rea arc: Mt. Rainier and Puget Sound. The distinctive realms of the Cascade and O lympic mountain range.!> nd forests of Douglas Fir complete one of the most natural ly tranquil environments in the United

tares.

Students can also enjoy the aesthetic offerings of nearby Seattle and Tacoma. These city centers host a variety of performing and recording arts and provide dozens of galleries and museums as well as unique shopping dnd dining experiences.

Faculty 247 full-time teaching equ ivalent faculty; approximately 58 part­time facul ty. (tlS afSeptember 22, 2005, per fPEDS definitioll)

History Pacific Lutheran University was founded in 1 890 by a group of mostly Norwegian Lutherans from the Puget Sound are;L They were led by the R verend Bjug H arstad , who became PLU's first president. [n nam ing the university, these p ioneers recognized the important role that a Lutheran educational institution on th." Western frontier of America could play in the emerging future of the region. They wanted [he instirution to help imm igran ts adj ust to their new land and find jobs, but they also wanted it to produce graduates who would serve churcb and community. Education-and educating For serv ic('--was a venerated part of the Scandinavian traditions from which these p ioneers came.

Although founded as a university, the institution fUllcrioned pri­marily as an academy until [ 9 1 8, when it dosed for two years. It

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

::::I -C ....

3 nJ -

C ::::I

5

Page 8: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

VI -r:::: Q.I E Q.I �

;:J C'" Q.I

c:: >­-VI .... Q.I > r::::

::)

6

reopened as the rwo-year Pacific Lutheran College, after merging with Columbia College, previously located in Evererr. Further consolidations occurred when Spokane College merged with PLC in 1 929. Four-year baccalaureate degrees were first offered in education in 1 939 and in the l iberal arts in 1 942. The institution was reorganized as a university in 1 960, reclaiming its original name. It presently includes a College of Am and Sciences; pro­fessional schools of the Arts and Communication, Business, Education, Nursing, and Physical Education; and both graduate and continuing education programs.

I'LU has been closely and productively affiliated with the Lutheran church throughout its histoty. It is now a university of the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America (ELCA), owned by the more than six hundred congregations of Region I of the ELCA.

Many influences and individuals have combined to shape PLU and its regional. national, and increasingly international reputa­tion for tcaching, service, and scholarship. A dedicated faculty and staff have been extremely important facrors. The school has enjoyed a strong musical tradition from the beginning, as well as noteworrhy alumni achievements in public school teaching and administration, university teaching and scholarship, the pastoral ministry, the health sciences and healing arts, and business. At PLU the liberal artS and professional education are closely inte­grated and collaborative in their educational philosophies, activi­ties, and aspirations.

Late-Afternoon, Evening and

Saturday Classes To provide for the professional growth and cultural enrichment of persons unable to take a traditional college course schedule, the university conducts late-afternoon, evening, and Saturday classes. In addition to a wide variety of offerings in the artS and sciences, there are special ized and graduate courses for teachers, administrators, nurses and persons in business and industry.

Retention of First-Year Students The retention of enrering first-year students has been monitored since 1 972. The data for the past fifteen years art" presented in the following table:

Rnnuioll of Ellleritlg /',rst-Year Students FaLl To Sophomore To jUlliol' To Senior

Year Year Year 1 988 75.7% 6 5 .4% 62.7%

1 989 80.9% 70. 1 % 66.0%

1 990 77.4% 66.0% 63.5%

1 99 1 8 1 .3% 7 1 . 1 % 67.9%,

1 992 79.9% 73.4% 68. 1 %

1 993 79.8% 70.2% 66.5%

1 994 78.3'H) 67.8°/c) 64.8%

1 995 78.0% 67.4% 63.6%

1 996 84.3% 74. 1 % 69.7%

1 997 83.3% 74.8% 69.6%

1 998 80.2')'6 69 .5(Yo 66.5%

1 999 80. 1 %, 69.9% 65 .7%

2000 82.0% 73.6% 68 . 1 ')-6 200 1 80.6% 70.6% 65 .4%

2002 8:3. 1 % 77.3% 70.6%

2003 82.0% 73.2%

2004 8 1 .5%

G E N E R A L U N I V E R S I T Y R E Q U I R E M E N T S To implement the commitment to thl' general education of all of its students, the IIllivenit)' provides a strong liberal arts base for all baccalaureate degree programs through the program of general university requiremellts (CURs). AccordillgfJl all undagmduate sflldents mllst satiIfocto1'i�y complete (/11 CU�. No course used to j·atisfj, one CUR may be used to sati-1,y another, except for limited me iii the Perspective Oil Diversity requiremmts.

Specific Requirements - All

Baccalaureate Degrees

line 1 . The First-Year Experience The Examined Life: /11/0 Uru:ertainty alld Beyond

The firsr-year program provide:; a supportively challenging context in which ro begin the quest for, and adventure of, a larger vision for life. University education is about more th,li1 skills; at PLU it is about lib­erating students for critical and committed living. combining well developed critical capacities with compassion and vision for service in a multiculrural, ideologically plural world.

In addition to orientation and advising programs, the first-year pro­gram is composed of three requirements. One of rhe [Wo seminars must be taken in the student's [irst semester. First-year program requirements mu,t be completed during the srudent's Ilrst year.

This requirement must be met by all students entering PLU with fewer than 20 Semester hours.

A. Inquiry Seminar: Writing (four semester hours) - FW, WR

These semil1Jts focus on writing, thinking, speaking, and reading. They i nvolve writing as a way of thinking, of learn­ing, and of discO\'ering and ordering ideas. Taught by facul­ty froni the university's various departments and schools, these seminars are organized around ropics that engage stu­dents and faculty in dialogue and provide the opportunity ro examine issues fro m a variety of perspectives.

Note: Credits earned by Advanced Placement-English and International Baccalaureate-Engl ish do not satisfY this requirement, though they may be used for eleCtive credit . Students with officially transcripted college wriring courses, including those in \\fashington State's Running Starr pro­gram, are eligible to enroll in the writing seminar for credit , or they may choose to use thei r previous credits to satisfY this requirement.

B. I"qui ry Seminar 1 90 (four semester hours) - F

inquiry Seminars arc courses specially designed for first-

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 9: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

year �tud(:nrs. which will i nt roduce students (0 the methods anJ ropics of swdy within a particular academic discipline or field. Inqu iry Seminars also emphas ize the academic ski l ls that are at tbe cemer o f the First-ye:lf Experience Program. Working with other first-year swdents in a small-class set­ting that promotes active, seminar-sryle learn ing, students practice fundamemal skills of l iteracy. thinking and commu­niry :l.'i they operate with i n that particular discipline. In addition ro fulfi l l ing major and minor requirements, an I nquiry Seminar may ful fill no more than one CUR.

C. First-Year January Term (four semester hours)

All first-year srudencs must enroll in a courSe during J -te rm . In addition to fultdling major or minor req uirements, a course taken du ri ng J-rcrm used to fulfi l l this requiremenr may fu lfi l l no more rhan one CU R.

line 2. Mathematical Reasoning (four semester hours) - MR

A c{ urse in III thematics or appl ications of mathematics, with emphasis on numerical and logical reasoning and on using lppropriatc- mC'thods to Ii rmulate and solve problems. 'rhis requirement may be satisfied by any four semester hours from mamematic.> (except MATH 0') I or i TH 099), by CSCF. I J 5 or by IT T 23 1 . This requirement may also be satisfied by the co mpl [ion (with at least a B average) of the equivalent of four years of college ptepararory mathematics (through mathematical analysis or calculus or equivalent) in high school .

I n fu lfi l l ing the Math Reasoning Requiremenr, students with documen red disabilities will be given reaso nable accommodation, as determined b:, the Coordinator for Students with Disabi l i ties and the appropriate hcultr member i n consultation with the stu­dent.

Line 3. Scienc.e and the Sc.ientific Method (four semester hours) - SM

A science course that teaches the merhods of science, i l lustrates its appl ications a.nd limitations. and includes a laboratory compo­nent. At least one of the courses taken to meet this requiremenr, or to meer me Core 1 , Line E requirement, must be i n [he physi­cal ll r biological sciences.

Line 4. Writing Requirement (four semester hours) - WR

AU students must complete four semester hours in an approved writ ing COUf . .. First-year students sarisfy th is requiremenr rhrough the \'V'riting Seminar.

Line 5. Perspectives On Diversity (four to eight semester hours)

A course in each of the fol lowing twO lines.

A. Alternative Perspectives (four semester hours) - A A course that creates an awareness and understanding of diversiry in rhe United St�tcs, directly address ing issues such as erhnici ty, gender, disabi l i ry, racism, or poverry.

B. Cross-Cultural Perspectives (four semester hours) - ( A coutse that enhances cross-cultural understandings through exa.mination of other cul rures. This requ i remenr may be satisfied in one of three ways:

(i) a course focusing on rhe culmre of non-Euro­American societies:

(ii) a fo reign bngu'lge course nu mbered 20 I at above (not sign language) used to satisfY the en trance requirement, or completion through the fitst year of college level of a foreign language (not sign language) other than that used to satisfY the foreign language enrrance requirement. (A foreign language completed through the second year of college level may also be used to simultaneously satisfY Oprion t, or a completion of a foreign language through [he first year of col lege level rna)' also be llsed to s imulraneously satisfY Option II of rhe College of Arts and Sciences requirements [see below)) ; or

( i i i ) participation in an 'lpproved semester-long srudy abroad program ChHlllary term programs are evaluated individually)

Note: Four seme5tcr hours of Perspectives on Diversiry courses may be used to fulfill another general universiry requirement. The remJ.ining four hours must be a course that d'1e5 not simultaneously fulfill any other general uni­versity requirement. These fo ur sem�rer hours may, howev­er, saris!)' a rcquirernenr in the major or minor.

Transfer students entering as juniors or seniots must rake one Perspectives on Diversiry course (f<lUr semester hours) at PLU that does nor simultaneously fulfill another general university req uirement, or must show that rhey have satis­fied both the Alternative Perspectives and Cross-Cultural Perspectives lines of the requirement.

line 6. Physica l Education (four semester hours) - PE

Four different physica.l education activity courses, including PHED J 00. One hour of credit may be earned rhrough app roved sports participation (PHED 250). All activities are graded on rhe basis of A, Pass, or bil.

line 7 . Senior Seminar/Project (two - four semester hours as designated by the academic unit of the student's major) - SR

A substantial project, paper, practicum, or inrernship that culmi­nates and advances the program of an academic major. The end product must be presCtlted to an open audience and critically evaluated by faculty in the student's field. With approval of the studenr's major department, interdisciplinary capstone courses such as the Global Studies Research Seminar may Fulfill this requirement.

Line 8. One of Two Alternative Cores: Core I or Core I I (Distributive Core) o r Core n (lnlernarioTl4i Core) as shown below:

Core I: The Distdbutive Core (32 semester hours) A. Arts/literature (eight semester hours, four from

each line) - AR, LT

1 . Art, ivlusic, o r Theatre - AR 2. Literarure (English or Languages and

Literarures) - LT

B. Philosophy (four semester hours) - PH Note: Logic courses do not fulfill this requirement.

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

c ::;, < it) ... 11'1

... it) 3 (1) ::;, � 11'1

7

Page 10: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

V\ ..­C ell E ell ...

8

C. Religious Studies (eight semester hours, only four allowed per line ) 1 . Biblical Studies � R 1 2. Chrisrian Thought, Hisrory, and E perience �

R2 3. Integrative and Comparative Religiou.

Srudies � R3 Note: Transfer students entering as juniors or seniors must take four .semester hours of religion (from Biblical Studies - R l or Chri.stian Thought, Histor ' and Experience - R2) unless presenting eight tra.n�fer semester hours of religion from orh r regionally accredited col leges or universities. Integrative and Comparative Religious Studies (R3) courses wil l not fulfill the general university requirement in Religiou.s Studies if transferring into PLU with a junior or senior standing.

D. Social Sciences (eight semester hours, four from each line) - 51 , S2 1 . Anthropology. Hisrory, or Political Science - S 1 2 . Economics, Psychology, Sociology, o r Social

Work - 52

E . Natural Sciences, Computer Science, Mathematics (four semester hours) - NS

Cote II: The International Core: Integrated Studies of the Contemporary World (28 semester boors)

A. INTC 1 1 1 , 1 1 2: Origins of the Contemporary World (eight semester hours) - 1 1 : Taken sequential ly during first year.

B. Four 200- level INTC courses ( 16 semester hours) . 12: Normally tahn in the second and third years.

C. One 300-level INTC cOUrse (four semester hours) . 13: Normally taken during rhe junior or senior year.

General Requirements and Limitations - All Baccalaureate Degrees:

(Ali credit hDurs re[erruJ to in listings Df requirement! an semesur hours.)

I .

2.

Total Required Hours and Cumulative GPA

A minimum of 1 28 semester hours must be completed with a grade point average of 2.00 (2.50 in the Schools of Business and Education).

Upper-Division Courses

A minimum of 40 semester hours must be completed from courses numbered 300 or above. Courses from two-year institutions are nor considered upper-division «:gardles of subject matter parallels (and regardle of major/minor exceptions ) . At least 20 of the 40 semester hours of upper­division work must be taken at PLU.

3. Final Year in Residence

The final 32 �mester hours of a srudenr's program must be completed in residence at PLU. No transfer credit may be applied during a srudent's final 32 hours in a degree program. ( pecial programs such as 3- 1 , 3-2 a.nd semester and January term exchange study are excluded trom this limitation.)

4. Academic Major

A major must be completed as detailed by each school or department. At least eight semester hours must be taken in residence. Departments, divisions, or schools may set higher residency requirements.

5. Grades for Major Courses

All courses counted roward a major or minor must be com­pIeced with grades of C- or higher and with a cumulacive grade point average of 2.00 or higher in those courses. Deparm1ents, divisions, or schools may set higher grade requirements .

6. 44·Hour Limit No more than 44 semester hours earned in one department may be applied (L) the BA or BS degrees.

7. Music Ensembles

Non-music majors may not count more chan eight semester hours in music cn.sembles toward graduation requirements.

8. Correspondence/Extension Courses

A maximum of 24 semester hours in accredited correspon­dence or extension studies may be credited toward degree requirements, contingent on approval by the Registrar's Office. Liter:lture, philosophy or religion coum!s may not be taken through correspondence, extension, independenr .study or distance learning for credit.

9. Community College Courses

A ma.ximum of 64 semester hours will be accepted by trans­fer fmm a regionally accredited community college. All community col lege courses are transferred as lower-division credit.

10. Physical EdUcation Courses

No more rhan eight of the one-semesrer hour physical edu­cation activicy courses may be counred roward graduarion.

CoUege of Arts and Sciences Requirements

In addition ro meeting the enrrance requirement in foreign lan­guage (two years of high school language, one year of college lan­guage, or demonstrated equivalent profICiency) , candidares for degrees from the College of Arts and Sciences (BA, BS, BARec, BATE [excluding BAPE wirh certificarion]' and BSPE degrees) mu.sr meet Option I, I I , or I I I below.

P l U 2 006 . 200 7

Page 11: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

Candidates for the BA in English, for the BA in Education with a secondary teaching major in English, for the BA in Global Studies, for the BBA in inrernational Busim:ss, and for election ro the Arete Society must meet Option I .

Candidates for a BA in Music must meet College o f Arts and Sciences requiremenr (Option I , Il) and take a non-mus ic ans elective in either visual art, theatre or dance,

Option I Completion of one foreign language through the �econd year of col lege leveL This option may also be mer by com­pletion of four years of high school study in one foreign lan­guage with grades of C or higher, or by satisfacrory scores on a proficiency examination administered by the PLU Departmenr of Languages and Literatures,

Option II Completion of one foreign language other man that used ro satisfY dle foreign language enrrance requiremenr through the first year of college level. This option may also be met by satisfactory scores on a proficiency examination adminis­tered by the PLU Departmenr of Languages and Literatures, OptiO', III Completion of four semester hours in history, li terarure, or language (at the 20 1 level, or at any level in a language other than that used to satisfY the foreign language enrrance requiremenr) in addition to courses applied ro the general university requiremenrs, and four semester hours in symbol­ic logic , mathematics (courses numbered 1 00 or above), computer science, or statistics in addition to courscs applied ro the general university requiremenrs, Courses used ro sat­isfY either category of Option I I I of the College of ArtS and

ciences requirement may not also be used to satisfY general university requirements.

language Coursework and the Perspectives on Diversity Requirement

A foreign language course numbered 201 or above used to satisfy Option I. or completion of a foreign language through the first year of college level used ro satisfY Option n, may be used simultaneously to satisfY the Perspecrives on Diversity requirement,

A course in American Sign Language may be used to satisfY the Alternative Perspectives li ne,

Foreign language course(s) (excluding American Sign Language) may be us d to satisfY rhe Cross-Cultural Perspectives line (see above).

Understandings Regarding All Requirements

( 1 ) Consult particular departmental sections of the catalog for derailed specificarion of courses rhat count for these requiremenrs ,

(2) For those lines of the general university requirements which refer to academic disciplines or unirs, selecred courses outside those units may counr for rhe requirement when approved both by the u nits and by rhe committee overseeing the general university requirements,

(3) Courses offered through correspondence. on-line, and independent studies are nor accepted ro fuLfill the core requirement in Litcrature, Philosophy. or Religious Studies,

School, Department and Subject Abbreviations

ARTD An ------��---------------------------------BI L Biology

BU A School of Business CHEM Chemi,rry mIN Chinese

Chinese tudies CI�iQ

cience and Computer Engineering

ENGL ENVT Environmental Studies

�ducational Psychology

H istory ivis ion of Human i ri s -::::-::::---=-hc";:- I

,.:..:n..;:te

....:rn

�a-tional Core

_______ Lan_' -,g",u_ages and Literatures

MAT H MP'H M I L

Larin 1 'Iathematics Marriage and Family Therapy Mil itary Science Music -...... -. MUS1

N RW NSC!

___ Norwegian ________ -,-_________ _

ivision of Natural cience N U RS 'chool of Nur�ing PHED chool of Physic:-t.1 Education PH I L Philosophy P HYS Physi

Politic31 Science Psychology

. candinavian ign Language

School of Arts and Communication

ocial Work �nis�h��� ________________________ _

===::-___ $=='pi:..,,�c:.:.i:::.;ll..:E::.d;:.u::.c;;,;a;.:t:..;io:.:.n:._ ________ ______ ._

STA SraListics THE Thearrt: WMGS Women's and ende.r S(lldies \�RIT W�itini '-- - ,-

-----

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

C\ (1) ::s (1) ... Q.I

C ::I <: tD ... '"

.... '<

= (1)

..c c:

... tD

3 tD :::::I .... '"

9

Page 12: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

11\ ... C G.I E Q) ..

1 0

Courses That Meet Universjty-wide Requirements

Abbreviations used to denote courses meeting GUR requirements

Alternative Pets )cctiv (A) An, MusIC, or Theat re' (AR) Cr 55- ultur..a:l Pers::,-p (,!.:.:,":..:::· ti=--v.:.:e�,-. ('=�=)� __________ _ Fresh man Writi ng Seminar (.:.:FW'-'-)'-_________ _ Inquiry "eminar (F) international Core (I I ) In ternational Core 200-uvd (12)

fn ternatio nal ore 300-! vel (13) [i��;:;;re (Cr) Mathematical Rcaso n i nS,_"(_M_R-!)_--=-_

antral Sciences, Mat hematics, or Com p uter S cien <:!: J,...N_S-,-) __ _ Pnysical Education Activit),I...,-'.(_P_)'--__________ _ Philoso ��!:!:f)_ Rel igi on !.. LIne i (R l), ______________ _ Religi on . Line _ (R2) Religion, L ine 3 ( R3) Science and S ienrirIc Method (_S_M.,..:)

,..,,-__ _

Social Sciences. Line 2, h onomics, Psychology, Social Work or Sociology (S2) Writing (\VR_�) __ _

Alternative Pn-spllctives - A ANTH 1 92: Pracricing Anthropology:

Mabh ulture Pa. t and Present (4) ANTI-! 23-:--0:----�oplcs of" [h�nhwest oa�t (2-)-

'':-'--:---ANTH :330: CultutCS and Peoples of Native North

A.,1'\JTH 333: America (4-')'--_-::-

-:-______ _ Native American Health (4)

ANTH 334: 1 he Anrh ropology of Co ntempo rary America (�) _ _ .... _: ____ _

NTH 338: )c\ ish u1tu r e (4)

ANTH 34 1 : Ho'ike: ulrural D iscovery in Hawa.ii (4) :.,:A7-NT=H:-:-:�o-:,6:-:0,,-: __ -:£thn ie G ro LipS (4) ANTH 36 1 : Man agi no Cultural Diversit' (2)� __ _ C MA 303: ---;;;:;-der and _omm u n�i,,::;- a�t�io::::n:_'('-'4"-) __ �_ ED UC 205 : Multlculrural i ues in the Iassroom (4) -:-EN�G:,-L-'-2-1 7..:..:---""-r.:-o-p i-c-s -i� Litcramre: Emphasis on ---

Alternative Pc rs,,-pe..:..CI_. 1:,_' v..:..c...c( 4.:.,;)'-_____ _ =:-::-;;:..::c::;.::.'---__ �\'Vomen's Literaturc (4)

Femi n ist A proaches to I i ter��tu

:.::.re"_'_(4;..:..) __ _ A m�ric..1n Ethnic Lirerntures (4) �--�------------

�H�E:..:::E�D�26.:.:2�: ___ �B�ig F3t U-· a�(4�)------�----------HEED 365: The Aging Ex":p.:.:crc:.i e:c.n.c;c.;:.e-'.(4-C')':-:--_____ _

::.-H:::'

:=,ST:::-=;..:O..;:5.;...: ___ ..::.cSlavery in the Ameri cas (4)

HTST 3 57 : lV--;-ican , mcrican History (4) H IST 59: l- l isrory of Women i l!..!!le Un itcd Srates (4) H ISl 360: Holocaust: Desrruction of rhe

_____ Eu ropean Jews (4)._--;

-:-;-�

:--_-:-:-: __ H I ST 160: History of the West and Northwest (4 ) [NTC 23 1 : Gender, Sexuali . ' and Culture (4) iNTC 247: he Cultur S of Racism (4) NU RS 3 5: ---��� ',��--�--ul w ra l l ' n 'ruent Heal th Cart' (4) -"---

PH ED 3 1 0 : Socioeconomic Influences on Health in America (4)

PHED 3 1 S : Body i mage (0 . P H ED 362: Healing Am of' the lind a nd Body (4) __ .. . P H I l 220: Women and Philosoph, (4) I'SYC 375: P ycho[o�y o f Womcn (4) _ PSYC 405: \Vork.>hop on Alternative Perspectives (2 or 4) R:ELT23 : Native American Rdi ious Traditions (4) REL l 2 57:-----:C:::-h-ris- � m.;1 Thco l�L��:!..)-,-.,--_·

___ _ REI J :35 1 : hurch H isrory S r udics-l(..:.4,-) ________ _ RELl 354: Theological Srudies (4) RELI 357: Major Thinkers, Text, Genres (4)

Feminis t and Womanist Theologies (4) �::::-:-"-� ___ �o ics in �P�E!ltive Rel igc.:.io:..:.n:...:(>....:4:!....) __ _ :;;.:-:=-:-:-=-::....:-' ___ ..-::S"'ig""n:......:..La_ngu a ... ge_' c,.( 4.".) ________ _

'i n Languaae (4) American Society (4) Social rroblems (4)

----�Famiiies in t h�iL:l.S (4) Sex, G��d� J, :l.nd Socie[}' _� __ In troducrion [0 Social \Vork :lnd .oc-I-al:----Welfan: (4)

so ,W 17 5 : January on the Hil l (4) SPAN 34 1 : The Latino E�eri � nces in U.S . (4) -PEOl9S-: --- Indi�iduals with is a b i: ;.l i t:.::ies:;::<-'(..:.4 )=--=-___ _ WM S 20 1 : IntroJ;;�tion to Wom-;;-n's and G e nder

Studies (4)

Art, Music, or TlJeatre - AR ARTD 1 60 : Drawin" (4) -,-::=::---,----ART 1 8

.0_

: __ -::H�i_s rory oi Wesl rn f t 1 (4) _______ _ ARTD iS 1 : H i -rorX. of \�c.:�ern Art:.....=U..:c(:..:.4!.....) ____ _ ART 1 96: D· ig0ut0amc!:ta ls (,...:4!.....) :--.,...,..,-__ ARTD 226: Black and Wh ite Photography (4) ARTD 230: Ceramics I (4) ART0 2S0: Sculptuf ' I (4) ARTD L60: f n terr:,tedi:u_ D rawi ngJ4:..!)� _______ _ ARTO 2%: D· iR.':._� : oncepts (4) ARTD 326: 'olor Phorog�Eh :..,(i:"-) ________ _ ARTD 330: Ceramics 1 1 (4) ARTD 33 1 : The AIr of the Bo..::.o:.::.k.;:.1�(4.:.!.) ______ _ ART 50: SCLllpture n (4)-

ARTD 360� Life rawi ng l4. L _______ _ i\R D .365 : l'a i nring

l:7.;...1 -'..( 4:.c);-:-;:--_______ _

ARTD 370: ARTD 3S0: AI TD 387: " �ial To ic i::,n.;...A=.r.::...l :!....( l:,..· .;..:to:...:4.::...)'-____ _ -;-A-;::R:-;::1:::':--7:--::-__ --;:;:-tLI.9 i cs in Art H i� to ry (4)

Des i g n : raE hies j (4) .c:.:::'=:-=-::..:..c----;:;D:-'r·aw;;;g:o lust.;;o--;;(c.::.4!...)�-_-_____ _

Electronic I maging (4) Ceramic I I I (4)

A_R __ 4 § 2..:..: __ --;P;'-ac...i n_t i nj;J1. 0 . ...,;�)'-;-;-:--__ _ ARTD 470: Printmaki ng,-,I-:,(-,,4,-:) _

-;-:-_;-;-____ _

�_T_D_4 8.Z.: _. ____ --:;S�re_c ial Topics in A rt (Lro 4)_ . ... ___ .. _ _ . pecial I'rojecrs/lndependent Study (2 or 4)

Design : Work'\hop (:.::2�oc.:.r_4:..:.) _____ _

=-:-::';:;'-= ____ �M;--ed--i""7a-i n-.r hc World (4) l_ntr04ucrio n to Dane (4)

:;:::--::--:------;l n r rod uc r j 0n to Musi (4) Understandino M usic through 1y1�I.?_d'y (4) __ _ ��------------H is tory of Jazz (4)

P l U Z006 - 2007

Page 13: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

M USt 105: The Arts of China (4) MUSI I 06: Music of Scandinavia (4�) ______ _

MUS! 1 1 1 : Mu�ic fundamemal;- f ( 2) MUS 1 ! U: Music Fundamentals U (2), _____ _ M U I 1 1 5 : In rroduction [Q Ke ,boa·rd in" ( I ) M US! 1 1 6 : Bas i Keyboarding ( I ) M US l 1 20: Music and Culture (4) M:.,:U""S1=--'l:.:;2...:.,l .:....· __ -:K9'board i!;gJ ( 1 ) MUSl l 22 : Keyb o:udi ng 1ii iY-

M USl 1 24 : Theory I (3) MUSI 1 25 : ---E�lr Training I ( I )

_tlJoc2--,-1 9_A....:,_:I3::..:,-=-'---_l'r ivate Instruction (A - I , B - 2, C - 3 or 4) M U S 1 223: I'heory I I (3) td US ! 224: Jazz Theory Laboratory ( I ) M USI 225 : Ear Training I I I ( 1 ) M U S I 226: Ear T raining IV ( l ) M US1 234: lvl 51 327 A, E, : Com osition (A - I , B - 2, C - 3 or 4) l\<\uSI33' : -=-�usic History I I (3) _ _ __

. ____ _

MUS1 3J11.: 29th-Cen tu ry Music (2L-rv!USI 3 6: M akin"g,I..:l\....:1:....u.:.,:si"'i:..;;.(:..:)'---________ _

MUSI 337: Analrz:ing Music (3) MUS! 338: Researchingl...:.-M;:,,:.u;,:.s,;..:ic....:(.:..:3.:...) _______ _ MUS I 340: Fundamentals of Music ·ducation (2) MUS! 34') : CondLLcting 1 ( 1 )'--________ _

MU 11j6: C()nduct�. ��L1"..!..) ________ _

M US r 349: Electron ic Music Pracricum ( 1 )

MUS! 3'5 1 : AccompanLyi:....nJ;lg....:(..:..I.:...) ________ _

M U. I 352: q..ri£.a_n_l_m-,-ro_\_'i ._sa_ti_o_n_(,_I.:...) ______ _

l\iI US I 353: , 010 Vocal Literarure (2)

M USI 354: HistOry of Musical Thearer (2) m __ .

_ . .

.'vI US1 355: Diction I ( l ) MUSt 356: D iction I T UL ___ _____ _ M USI 358: Early 'lusic Laboramr.dJ.:...) _____ _

M US1 360: Choir of the: We.<;c ( I ) 1_M_U_S_I....:3:...6:....1 __ : ___ ....:U_nivers i tv horale ( 1 ) :-=:-=:-=-:,...::-::..=.:. ___ .:.:l:..:.i n::..i\.:...:'c:..:;fS::,:i;;;,.[)' Men's Chorus ( I ) _____ _

Univers iry Singer5 ( 1 )

�hapel hO:.:,i r __ C.:.,;! ):.....-..,--_______ _

_-:---=-� __ -.2£era Workshop \..�L. __ . ______ _ M US t 36 : niversi t y Choral Union ( I ) Musf.37ii-=:-�;i\'�r� i t;;wi;:�d-h·s-�;;;b(�·(11 . _-= MuS1 37 1 : Univers i t Concert Band ( 1 ) _____ _ M U , I 375 : University Jazz Ensemble ( I ) M USI 376 : Jazz E.tlsc.mble ( I ) MUSl 378: Vocal Jazz Ensemble ( I ) M U S 1 380: University 'ymphony Orchestra ( I ) .,-lv-:-:! l:-::'-::-SI,-3_8_1 : ___ Cham�er Ensemble .c.(.:.,;1 ):.....-. _____ _

iV!U 1...;3",

8,;:,3 __ : __ -.P_iano Ensemble ( I ) MUSI 390 : Intensive P"e-r1ormancc Stuay:

Ensemble Tour:....('-4'-'.) _________ _

MU I 39 1 : Intensive Performance Study: Conserv;Iwry Exper:iefl_c�.c.( 4.:.!.)---,-__ _

MUSI 395. 396. 397: Music Centers of the \X_'..::.·o.:.,:rl"'d....:(;..::.4.:...) ____ _

M USI 40 1A, B, C _ . . _ ._-.-

to 4 1 9A, B. ; Private Instruction: (A - I , E . 2, C . 3 or 4) MUSI 42 1 A, B, c:-Ad�'anced" Keyboard Ski l ls (A · I , B . 2, --c--,-- ____

-C�' _' 3 or 4) M USI 42iA, E, C : Adva;:;�d Orchestration/Arra�gi;�g ' - -

�, B . 2, C ..::1 or:-4.:..:,) _____ _

M USI 430: Piano Literature I.:...:(.:.:I!.-) _______ _ MUSI 43 1 : Piano Literature I I ( l ) MUSI 4�L{5-: ----

·-

··C·---·

·�-d � ·�(l · )- · ·

·· ___ --=.c>.rl ll.':tlflg_.'-"-'-________ _ M S I 446: Conductin IV ( I ) MUS1 45 1 : Pi;;;o Pedagogy 1 m MUSI 452: . m _ Piano Pedag() "'gy'-·_I l_(:...I..:...) _______ _ . .... ___ _

MuSi453:" Vocal T.:.:e.=d:;;;ag:t.:0..,gy'--'..(:...cl ) ________ _

TH ,A 1 60: Introduction to Theatre (4 ) THEA 1 61: · · · · · · · · · ·--H�t;;[· : ;;f Ar.���i�FiT�

·( 4) ······--·--

THEA 1 63: . !-1 isrl1[X of Foreign Fi lm (4) _____ _ THEA 220: Voice 1- Voice and Articulation (2) THEA 222: Vo ice I I . Stag� D ialects (2) THEA 230 : Movement I (2 )

":::";==�'-------

TH EA ?}5_: ___ . i\;�()\,cm� r:rI Ij?_) _ THEA 250: Acting I - Fundamentals (4) TIfEA 25?� ._ �e Techno logy (4) TH A 270: Dramatic Literature (4) Di�}2.0: A�t�g}I - Scene �� ""(4;c.' ) _____ _ TH 355 : Lighting Design (4) THEA 359: �ti.n.g for the No n·Ac::w:..:[�(c:.4)L-____ _

THEA 450: Acting 1 I I - Shakespeare (4) THEA 453: Costume Design (4) THEA 45 5 : Scen ic Des ign (4) TIfEA 458 : Creative Dramatics (4) i"HEA 4C;0: 1 1� S;n�"l� App;;-;:h-es-to-F-l-ln-l-T-h-eo-ry-(-"4)-n- IEA 470,- Play Direction (4)

Cross-Cultural Perspectives - C

'Students ma), meet the Cross· Cultural Perspectives requirement by taking a 201 or higher.level course in the language used to satis/j< the admission requirement, or eight credits ill t/i/Othcr language.

ANTH 1 02: lntto to Human 'ulturaI Diversitz (4) Al'\JTH 2 1 0: Glo"b:J Pe;;p��ci·����.�?-rl�I�c,::h.a!1ge (4)_ . AJ'\JTH 336: People of Llrin America (4) ANTH .'340: The Anthropology of Africa (4) ANTH 342: Pacific Island Cul tures (4) ANTH 343: East Asian Cultures (4) AN H 345 : Contem orar ' China (4) ANTH 350: Women and Men in World Cultures (4) ANTH 352: The Anthropolo&..�L���,--___ _

�"!I!il5 5 : Anthr�ol<?gy and Med.iaj�._ ANTH 370: --.:I.he �rch�ology of Ancient Empi��� (.4) ANTH 375: Law, Politics, and Revolution (4) AN T!-1 }82�-" .-- ' S i�k��� �ss� H;:;hl( 4) �!:i.._ H 385 : Marriage, Family, and Kin,hip (4) ANTH 392: �ods, Magic, and Morals (4) CHIl 1 0 1 , 1 02 ' : Elel11entary Chinesd4. 4)'--_____ _ Cl-iI2-0T�i;�·lnt�r�ediate hi;;-�e (4 . 4 ) 'HIN 2ii:· - --Appreciate Things Cl;-;'-'n"--es-'e-'-C-4-) -----

CHIN 27 1 ( 1 90) : China through F i lm (4) CHIN 30 1 , 302* : Composi tion and Conversation (4, 4) CHIN -.3ZL: . . . _ . c,::h inese Literatme in Translation (4) CHS"P 250: Urban Culture in China (4) CHS P 356: - -Chinese Cultu.e and Society (1) . cOMA 304:---1n terc�iturai --;;�;;;;;i�ati;�� (4-) ----E �ON 333:- --E�;";�;;;;;c Developmen�: C;;;:;:;parativc Third

- NGL 2 1 3 : World Strategies (4) l opic: ,ommunitics Promoting Peace: The Church, The Schools, and the Arts (4)

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

c: :::J < ttl ..., V\

..., ttl 3 ttl :::J -V\

1 1

Page 14: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

\II -c (II E (II ..

1 2

ENGL 2 1 6: Fiction: emphasis on Cross-Cu ltural Perspecri yes (4)

ENGL 2 1 8 : Top i , South African Drama (4) ENGL 2_3",,3_: ___ �()�t-CoL<:I��aI Lit rarure (4) ENGL 34:3: Voices of Divers i ty: Post-Colon ial Lirerature

and Theory (4) FREN 1 0 1 , \ 024: FREN 20 1 ", 202':

REN 22 1 : FREN 30 1 ' , 302' : FREN 32 1 "! FREN 34 1 :

Elememary 'rench (4,4)

lnrerm diute French (4, 4)

French Literamrc and Film of the AmEricas (4)

French Language and Caribbean Culture J..n Mart::in.:..;.iqlu::.;e;.-(':'4::..) __ --:

-:---:-:-__

Masterpieces of French L!tcrarure (�.:_4_) __ . 20th- enrury French Literamre (4, 4) __ _ .Elementary German (4, 4) .. _____ _

GERM 20 1 ", 202" : I n rermed iate Germ; n (4, 4) ...iRM 0 1 ' , ) 02' ; Compo ition 2!.1d Conversation (4, 4) GERM 3 2 1 ". 322-: German Civiliz:ltion to [7 ( , 4) GERM 40 I ' : Advanced Composirio;:; ��nd Con*r.sation (4)

GERM 4 2 1 ' ; German Literature From th e Enl igh tenmen t to Realism (4)

GERM 422 ': GREK t O l , 1 02': GREK 20 I , 202. ' : HIST 1 09: H IST 2U5: HTST 2 1 0: HIS'[ 2 1 5 : H IST 220: HIST 23 1 : HIST 232; HI T 33 5 ;

20th-unrury erman Litcrarure (4) Elememary Greek (4,

.,..4-"")

,..,-_____ _

Intermediate Gree .. ..:k...,(_4._4-'l ______ _ East Asian Societies (4) Islamic Middle Ea;t ro 1 945 (4)

�lobal Perspectives, The World in Change (4) Mod rn World Histo!1:. (4) . __ .,...". __ _ Modern Latin American Hist()ryj_4):........ __ World War II in China and Japan, 1 93 1 - 1 945 (4) Tiber in Fact and Piction (4) Latin American H istory: mral Amer ica

__ ���------���d�th�e�C�'�ar�il�) h�. �(4::..)--------------­H lST 33 6; __ -::::Sou r hern Africa (4) HIST 337: The History of Mexico (4)

�1 33 : Modern Chin (4) HlST 3 9 ; Revolution ary h._i_na-'-(4""J ______ _ HI 340: Modern Japan (4) H IST 344; he Andes in Latin American H isr ry (4)_ HlST 496: Seminar: The Th ird World� INTC 245: Hi tOry and f'er.pecrive on Developmenr (4)

I NTC Z� Cases in hi,0 W,?r ld Development \_4 ) __ _ LANG 272: Litera ture and 0 ial Change in Latin

America (4 ) LATN 1 0 1 , C02' : Elemenrary Lati n (4 , 4)

TN 20 1 ' , 202", I ntermed ia re Latin (4, 4)

MUSI 1 20A. B, IVlusic and Culture (4).-:-,......-,::--__ NORW 1 0 1 , 1 02': Elementary Norwegia.n (4, 4) NORW 20 1 ' , 202': Int rmediate Norwegian (4, 4) N RW 30 1 ": onversati?_r:...��d Co mposi t ion (4) NORW 302": Advanced Conversation and

omposirion (4) ::NUR-;;2-;,-;S�3-:-:9:,,-5:...; __ --:C:.:;:u""l r:.:uc;-re:::-::'anc:..::d Healrh in Jamaica (4)

p LS 2 1 0 ; Global Pe r'pecti s: 'nIt World in Chan�

,::P-:O:-::LS:::::-:3�1:,.:.: ___ -=C:,:0:.:rn=!pcar::,;lti.:'��g�I Jsrem� (4) POLS 386 : The Middle East (4) R LI 1 3 1 ' The Reli ions of Sourh Asia ( 4)

--����-------__ I_Ic..3_2 ._· ____ T_h_e_R_e_Ii!a ions of E<lsr Asi a (4)

REL1 232; RELI 233: RELl 234: RED 23

::5: __ -:-:�:..:::...:�=..:.::..-"..:.!........ _____ _ RELl 2 37: RELl 247:

S C1 3 1 0: SOCW 325: SPAN 1 0 1 , 1 02 ' : SPAN 20 1 " 202": SPAN 23 1 : SPAN 30 1 ", SPAN 32 1 ' :

PAN 33 1 ; SPA 401 " : SPAN 4�271 ·�:----�����·�������---SPAN 422': SPAN 423'*,

Freshl1UIn \Vriting Sem;lUlr - FW WRIT 1 0 1 ; I nquiry Seminars Wtiring (4)

bUJuiry SnnilUlr 190 - F

Courses that meer th is requiremenr are indica red in the Class Schedule.

lntenUltional Core - II, l2. 13

Inr mational Core; Origins of rhe Modem World - I I

INTC 1 1 1 : Aur horl ty and Discove!).L,....:(_4'-.) _____ _

�I�Nc...:T....::::.....:..l .:..:12::.:.:_c...:L::.:.ib=.:c:.:.T::-.t}'...,:a::::nd Power (4) International Core: IOO-le Courses - 12 I NTC 2 1 1 ; l\ventieth Cen tury Origins of the

_____ Co�n:porary _�yorld (4) The Experience of War (4) Pros ecrs For War and Peac� (4) i. ;ender, Scxuaiiry, and ulru'; ("4'-) -.--To ics in Gender (4) I;:;;'aging rhe Self (4)� 1�.1�gi� the World (4) ___ _ Energy, Resources. and Pollurion (4)

..:.=.;_-=P...::.0E.ula[io�,_ Hl1ng��, and P?�erCJ.: (4) �o nservation a nd Sustainable .....:.....'----

_____ ...,:D::..::.e,:...:'e..:..lo::..pment (4) .. INTC 244: INTI_ 245:

INTC 246: I NTC 247:

Post- olonia.1 I SUeS (4) History and P rspecrives on DcvdQpmenr (4)

Cases i n Deveio mcnt (4)

TheCuj�ur;; ;;f Racis� (4r '-'-------PLU 2006 - 2007

Page 15: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

INTC 248: �C 249�: __ ������ __ � __________ _ IN C 25 1 :

Inwrnational Core: 300-level Cour es - I3

INTC 326: The Quest for Global Justice: Systems and Real i ty (4

�):-

_:-_�::;-;--;--;--;-_--;-;:;-_ C 329: Personal Co mmi rm-nts, lobal I ssues (4)

Litt!rlUUrt - LT

CHIN 37 1 : CLAS 23 1 ;

LA 25 0;,...: -

-���;.;;-:c.:.:::.:.�':;�-

----;-;-:-:-:t:-:-�\ ENGL 2 1 3: I!N- L 2 . ..:..1 4,:..:.:

_

_ --;;==.L""'-;'7.�-­ENG I.. 2 1 : :.:..:,,'------;::: EN L 2 1 6 :

E CL 2 1 7:

Conre�E.0rar Literature (4) Masterpieces of European Literatute (4) \'V'om n's Literature._('-.:4.!...) --:-;-:-_ P�0�;rDteratur:.:e�(c..:4,,-;) ,--____ _

Environmental Lit raturc (4) American Trailitions in Li��7�[�4Y-

·�::"'::''':'''::'':�--'=Bc..:ri':'':ti''';sh:-::;:l1;'-ra�d::-i t-:-ions in Literature (4) hake�(4�)====

� ______ __ Children's Lireratur (4) peci;J fopic!> in Children's Literature

(4) HH_

Fairy Tale an d anta!> (4 F�inist Approaches to Literature (4-) ---­

��;:-:;�-=------�O":-ic:':e':-sc:.o'cfrD�iy�e:-::r:::-si ty: Post-Colonial Literature and Th=0:.1I'}:..,.' 0..:( 4:.!.)_

,-;:-____ _

GL 35 1 : En I i h �dieyal Lite�ture (4.) ENGL 3'i2: Cha� er (4) • GL 353: Enolish Renaissance Literature (4 ;,...) __ --:-:-:-ENG L 36 1 : �t� and 1 8th-C��ryTiterarure (4 ) =E"'-N-G=-L":""::3--=6:-:-_-: -- Roman tit. and Victorian Literature (4)

NGL 367: 20th-Century Briti h Lilt:ratur�' �-E GL 37 J : tudi - in America.n ·terarure, 1 820- 1 920 (4)

L 372: ---20ili-C;';t-WY- A.tn:�rican Poerry(4)---ENGt 373: 20th-O:nrury American Fiction and Drama (4) ENL374: American Ethnic Literarur (4) ENG L 428: Seminar: Critical Theory (4) ENG '4 I ; Seminar: Author (4) EN 452: Semlllar: heme, enre (4) FREN 22 1 : --F'-r-en-chLiterature and Films of the

F EN 42 1 : REN 422:

FREN 4'31 : FRE T32: GERJ 42 1 :

G :RM 422: LAN 27 1 : LANG 272:

SCAN 24 1 ; ' SeA 34 1 ·

Amer icas (4) �Ie es of French �Ire (4;...-)

__

_

Masrerpie es of French Literature (4) 20th-Ce.'ltury French Lireratu�e ... (4�) __

_

20th-Cen tury 'French Lite tUre (4) German L itC'rature hom the nlightenmenr to Realism (4) 20th-Ce��y German literatUre (4) Literature and oCle in J od rn Europe (4) Lit�ra-turc and �,al -hange i-;- Latin America (4) -- S��di"=n'-av'-:i.!...a-n-::F:-o-;;-lk-;-lo-r-e-;(-;:4);---_-_-_--,-

__ _

T9.Pic in Scandinavi�!l j..i rerarurc: (4)

SCAN 422: Scandinavian Literature in the 1 9th and 20t h Centuri ' :,( 4:C')'----:--;-:-_-:�-.._-;-;_;_ SPAN 325 :----:In:...:....:.�-od-;-u-ctio� �_;;_ Hispanic Li terary tUdi (4)

SPAN 34 1 : he Latino Experiences in the . . (4) S PAN 42 1 : Masterpieces of Spanish Lit racute (4) , PAN 422: 20th- en[U��rature of Spain (4) S PAN 423: Special Topics in Spanish Literatu re and

CultUre (4) SPAJ 43 1 : Latin American Lilerarure. 1 492- 1 888-(-4-SPAN 432: 20th-O:ntu Latin American literatUre (4)_

c":-.. __ --'_....;,..." S PAN 433: Special Topics Larin American literaTure and Culture (4)

Mathematical Reasoning - MR

CSCE 1 1 5 : ECON 343: MATH 1 0 : �H 1 07: ____ ���������� ______ _ MATH I l l : MATH 1 1 2: MATH 1 1 5: MATH 1 23: MATH 1 28:

MATH 1 40:

J\1ATI-I 253: MATH 3 1 7: (4) MATH 32 1 :

H 33 1 : MATH 34 1 : MATH 342: MATH 348:

----.--....:,;�.:..:...:...,�--:---;-;-;------MAfH 35 1 : Di ffer ential E quat ions (4) M ATH 3 - 6 : umerical A�.s.i�_.�l._. __ :--___ _

MA·.:..:,:...:,:T:,.:H..:....::3-::-8.::.1 :'----::S,....-e.minar in Problem 01 vi ng ( 1 ) MATH 433: Abstract Algebra (i) MATH 455: Mathematical Analysis (4) MATH 48 0: To ics in Mathematics ( I to 4) :':S�"A��1:"'3;1::'::::':"""---�1:':nCLtr":':o:-;'du-"c-t"':"o-ry-;:;-t-;at isti�4':-) �-'------

STAT 232: Introductory Statistics for Psychology Majors (4)

STAT 233:

STAT 34 1 : -fAT-342: STAT 343: STAT 344: STAT 348:

Introducrory tatistics for Sociology/Social Work Majors (4) Introduction to MathemaricJ.1 Statistics (4) Probabil iry and Statistical Theory (4) __ _

perations Research (2) _. _____ _

Econometrics (4) Applied Regression and Analysis and ANOVA (4)

Natural Sciences, Mathematics, or Computer Science - NS

A lab that carries 0 semester hours is associJ.ted with this GUR .

BIOL 1 1 1 : Biology and the Modern World (4) B I 0 L 1 1::,.5 ::........... __ ....:D=..i:.:,v::::.<!r:,::si:,:.tyL.::.of"""L=.cic..cfec....:...( 4 )

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

..,. I'D 3 I'D :::I .... VI

1 3

Page 16: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

\II ... C QJ E QJ '-= 0" QJ

Ir >-

...

\II '-QJ > C

ro ,.,.. QJ C QJ

(.!'

14

SiaL 1 1 6: IntroductOry · cologYJ�7

)--:-:-"'---:--

_-:-. Principles of Biology I : ' II Biology (4)

B IOL 448:

Bf . . 475: CI-IEMI04: C H EM 1 05 : CHEM 1 1 5 :

Principle,) of Biology I I : Organi�mal Biology (4) In troctucror , M icrobiolo , (4) Human Anatomy ,tad P�y��i2 __

Human Anatomy and Physiology I I (4) Principl ·s of Biology 111 : Ecology, Evulution and Diversity (4)

--.

Natu ral History of V��t�brates (4) Animal BehavIOr (4)

rnithology (4) M icrobiology�( 4:..c) _________ _ Enromology ( ) Genetics (4)

In troduction to Resean:h (2) In. trumenral Analysis (4) Advanced Organic Chemistry (2)

-=--=,---;--:-:--__ ."I I_l<:-)r_<L-a'_1i�_ hemistry ( ) _ ____ _

Po lymers and B iopolymcrs ( ) S lve It With the Computer (4)

ompllleri'Zed [nformation Sy�tems (4) In troduction to l'.nginee:.i.,::a (2) ___

_

Introduction to Computer Science (4) Priva y and Technology (4)

Electrical ircuit (4)

----�Structures (4) Sofrware Engineering (4) -';-:--;:-:----:-:-:-

--

rnrroducrion to Art i ficial \mel l igencc (4) Programming Language Concepts (4)

-=�:-:::--7i ___ .;"A:::n:.:::a".:l o,"!g,--:E::;I.::.ec::.:· r.:.:roc:n::.ic:=-:(iL ______ _

Digital Electron ics (4) -=��� ___ �M�0.::.d�e:.:::Ii:.:::n�g�a:.:::n2d".:-:.:::i m:.:::l:.:::d.::.a r:.:::io:.:::n�(4:.:::) _______ _

Database Iv!anagc:' menr (4)

Design and An�lx��_or Ai orithms (4) _

_ -=-;;:;::-::-::7'---- Algorithms. Mach ines. and Grammars (4) Assembly Language and omputer Organization (4)

E NT 1 04 :

(-;E" s 1 0 1 : G EOS 1 .02: �EOS 1 03 :

(4)

Conservation of Natural Resou.rc (,-:-4.:..) __

Meteorology (4) __ --:G::-:e:..:o..:.:lo:.c>Xyf Nati naI Parb (4)

����--: ____ �e:..:o..:.:lo�g�ic�I�)r�in:.:::c:..:. iLl:..:e�s (��) __________ _

Igneolls. Petrology (2)

[tuetural Geolog ; (4-'-) ____________ _

Optical Min ral�' ("'2)--: __ ,.-_. ____ _

�o-::-::-:=":::':::''-------:;:- era ti gra p h y and Sed i men raei 0 n (4)

Paleonrol9gy (4.-'.)_.,--_.,.-_____ _

Metamorphic Per ro�_' (:.,.4--'-) __ --

-----­

-=..::�:,....::.;:;..:..�---.:.Iv.::.:lap.s: Images of the Earth (4) Maps: Comput-er-aided Mapping and

-:::-:=-=-:::-:-� __ ._�,::?lysis (� _-;-:-_____________ __

G EOS 33 4 : Jiy9.E�g.:_ologyJ�) ___ _ 'EOS 335 : Geophysics (4)

GEOS 350 : Marine Geology (4) GEOS 3')0: Field rip i.!L

__ ,-----,-__

_

__ _ GEO� _4,--1_S_: ____ G_c"-'oloaie B"ld l'v!a i na (5) G [OS 49!l: Semi nc.ar--,-( 1-'.) __ -=-

____ ---",,--________ _

MATH 1 0 5 : Ma [h�matics of Personal F inance (4) -'-'-'''----

MATH 1 07: _____ .. .E-1athematies. Explorations (4):...-___ _

i ATH 1 1 1 : Col ieg:.- Algebra (2) 'Mi\TH I 1 2: Plane rig<?.��netry (2)

____ _

_

_ , C,o_llegc A lgeb ra and Tn gO.!:lOmetrv i�t __ .

.

.:c:..�:,:",,--Modern €lemenrary Mathematics (4) __ _ Linear -Iodds and Calculus, An

__ __ � __ -------I-n-tr�o-d u-c-t�io-n-(�4)----__ -

---

MATH 1 40: Analvtic Geom�tJy and Fu nc t ions (4) ---MATH 1 5 1 : In rroduction to Calculus (4) l'viA H 1 5 2: Calculus II (4)

lvlATH 203-: - - -�'History () . M�ati.-,-cs,--,-(4-,-) _________ __ M TH 245 : Discrete Structu res (4) MATH 253:--· Multiv;ri-;:bkC'li��T� (4)

MATI-! 3 1 7: Introduction to Proof in Mathematics (4) lvfATH 32 1 : Geometry (4)

--.----- -

MATH 33 1: �..0e3.r J\Jgebra (4) ___ _

M:A't!=f 4 1 : I nt roduction to Mathemat ica l S • tistics (4) MATH 342: I'ro_babi!iry_an(?�ati�.t i<:�I.Tle..?D' (4) _ l\{ATH 348� Applied Regression Analysis and ..

..... ___ ._._ .

.

.. �NOVA (4) __

-'-"'-=:..:..;:..:..;:,.;-__ -=D:..:i.:c:H.:.ere"'-'-·n. �al Equations (4) �1l.f1�eric3.1 A na\¥.�is liL __ -,-_ .:c:iV.:.:IA-=:1::-- H'-'...:3:,.:8:,.:1..:.: ___ -=-S.::;cm:..:.:.::il:c.:la:_ in Problem Solving .. (--,1 ) ____

_

MATH 433: Abstract AI elm 0. )--,--:-,-------M'\.TH 455: Ma thema tical Analysis (4)

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 17: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

MArH 480: __ ---:-· I:.::o:I:p::.:ics=-:.i::.n.,:,�:..:1:;:at:.:.:h.,:,em:..:..:::=a,:..:ti::..:cs:....(:..:I:7t:.:o:_:4�) ____ _

N 1 1 1 0; :nural History of H awai:...:· i�(.,:,4)�_ P I IYS 1 1 0' Astronomy'-(,-:4�)-:-';"";7" _______ _ PH S 1 25 : College Physics I (4) . _____ _ P I N ' 1 26: ollege Physi" II (4) Pl-IYS I .,3:':':----=L;"::c:"::n:'::etl:ra:"'1 :"P::'hl.:;ys::':ics=-:I:"(�4�) --------

PHYS 1 54: Gener al Physics 1 1 (4) PHYS 223; EI�meJ1lary Modern �sics::..·..:.(4,,-,) ____ _ PHYS 2.33. Engin ring Statics ( 2)

PHY 234: __

. ng i n�eri ng Mechanics of Solids (4) PH'yS32 I : I mrodllction to Astrophysics (4)

Pf S lH : __ --..:E::::I:.::e::..:ct;::..[Q;:.:m=aig:>;n::..:e::.:ti:.:c-=f:.:;le.,:,o.:..ry'--'-( 4:.:.)-::-:----:--:-__ _ PH YS 332: Ele tromagnetic Waves and Physical

Optics (4) __ _

ngineering Thermodynamics (4) PHY • 4: ___ -'E;:.nJ;g'-ineeri nli.}\:i�.r..�� Sci���':..0_) __ . __ .

PI-II'S 336: la.�sical Mechanics (4) I'H YS .3 5 4 : Mathematical Physics I (4)

I)H Y ' 35 : Mathematical l'hysics I I (4) PHYS 40 1 : I n troduction to uantum Mechanics (4) PHI" 40 ; Ad\'anc:�d 'Modern Physics (4) STAT .'\4 t : I ntroduction to Mathematical Statistics (4) TA r 342: Probability and Statistical Theory (4) S Af 348 Applied Rq;res:ion Analysis and AN " VA (4)

Physical &/ucamm AaiviLy Course - PE

PI T ED I 00: .�rsonal il�d Fitn Program ( I ) ____ _ III:.D 1 ')0: Adapllve Ph, leal Activiry ( I )

PHED 1 5 1 - 1 9' : I ndividual and Dual Activities ( I ) PH U) 200-2 1 'J : Aquatic:; ( I ) PHED 2:!O-240: PH[D 240 :

Rhythms ( I ) Dance ( I )

PHED 141 25 Team Acriviti · ( I ) PH ' D 2:"'7'-"'-:':::"::":"':'--W:-=-=a:"'tc-r""'S-af,-:'--er;'

::' .:::In:...s�rr.:...u-ct..,.io-n-( -:-1 )---

l'HED 3 1 9: Tramping the Tracks of New Zealand (4) PH ED .%2: Heal ing n of the M i nd and Body (4)

DA C 221. Jaz.z anc ( I ) DAN 240: Dance Ensemble .(�1�) ________ _

PhikHoplJy - PH

PH II . 1 2 1 : T'H n�1T5 ; pi-ill 220: PH ! 223 : PH il 2-5 : PHIL 218:

RLligion

Religion: Biblical Studies (Litle 1) - R1

RELI 2 1 1 :

REU 2 12:

Religion and literature of the Old Testament (4) Rdigicm and l i rerarure of the New T,', rament (4)

&ligioPl� Christian Th/Jught, History, fwd Experience (LiIIe 2) - R2

'U 1 2 1 ;

RELl 220:

REU 22 1 :

RELl 222:

The Christian Trad itio!2:...c('-.:4.!...) _____ _ Early 'hristi�jiL Medieval ,hristianiry (4) Modern h urch H istory (4)

American Church H istory (4) The Lutheran Heritage (4) Faith and Spimualiry (4)

'hristian Ethics (4) Chrisdan Thcol� (4)

,hrislian Theology (4) REU 257: hristian Theology (iL.-

... -c-------REU 4 1 : Church H(srorl' , tudics (4) REU 344_: __ -Tl;�;;�cafSt�dI�iI4)---·"-'------REU 347: lvlajor Religiolls Thinkers. Texts.

REU 35 1 :

RELY 354:

Rl .LI .157.

rillI-,4: REU 365: ---RELI .367:

REU 368:

and Genres (4)

Major Rel ig ious Thinkers. Tens. :md Genres (4) F mi nis[ and Woman ist Theologies (4)

Religio1J: l",egrative mui Compararive Religious Sttuiies (Line 3) - R3

RELI 1 3 1 :

RELI 132: RELl 230:

RELl 23 1 :

RELI 2 2:

RE.Ll 23 :

REU 234:

RELl 235:

RElI 236.

REU 237: RELI 2· 9: RELl 390: RELl 39 1 : REU 392: RELI 393:

The Reli ions of So_u_th-'-..:..i..c3.,:.(_4l'-___ _

The Religion> of Ease Asia (4) I elia-ion and Culture (4) Myth. Ritual. and ymbol (4) The Buddhist Tradition (4) The Rel igi;;;s of hin� The Reli 'ons ofja..eaIl (4) Islamic 'fradi r ion; (4)

_"",,-n_( 4)

(4)

Sciellce and Scielltific Metbod - SM These courSfS usualLy ftl7T)' {{ Lab

A;\I ],H 1 0 1 :

B I L I l l : B I l 1 1 5 : S I a l 1 1 6:

BI( I 1 6 1 :

B I l 1 62:

l Imo [0 Human Biological Diversity (4)

B i�i;N �n�h MoJ:;,;-�rld (4) __ _

D iversity of Life. (4)

lnrroducror Ecolo (4)

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

c:: � < tD ... lit

.... '<

::0

tD

.c

C

...

tD

3 tD � .... 11\

1 5

Page 18: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

\11 .... c OJ

E OJ ...

ttl ... OJ C QJ

\.!'

1 6

B l L 2 0 1 ; ___ }ntroduccory Microbiology (4) _ __ .... __

BIOL 20-..:.5;,...: __ -;H,..:..:::.um:.:..:.;:.ar;;...J Ana tomy and PhysioJ�}Jj_) __

BIOl 206: Hu ma n Anatomy and PhI' iology .!!J.� B I O L 323: Principles of Biology I l l : Ecology, Evolution ,

and ivers i ry (4) B I O I . 32 4_: ___ �a __ tll __ r-;-al. History () f" Vene r<l[� (4...:.) ___ _ BIOI . 327: C rniLholog,yJ'-;-4)7;-__

_____ _

B I )L 328� Min b iol0.ID:...(� __

Bl L 32'): l I tomologv (4) !310L 340: Pbnt Diver-icy 'lild imibur ion (4) BI L 348: dvanced Cell B io l�gy"· (4

.7-)

__ _

.:,..:..: _

__ �.,o:....n-"lp �rati ve Anatomy (4), ______ _

.::........ __ -=Plant Physiology (2 )

��..::;-::-:-"-___ �P:"la:...n_�t_An=a:..;to=--ml' m ___ . _ _ _____

_

81 L 44 1 : ('HEM .1 04 : CHa1 105:

HEM I 1 5 : CHEM 1 1 6: CHEM 2 1 0: CHEJv1 20

-: -

H EM J3 1 . 33 .) : CHE ' \ 332, .�34: CHEM .336:

Devel o m m.i1 Bio loSlJiL lole uklr Biology (4) isroiogy (LI)

.!3J;l ogica�no�p hy (4-'.) __

_

.. Eco�gica[ Melhods (4) _

Mammalbn 1 '11)'5 :0[0 , (4) EnvironmcnraJ ' Che�l im ';' (4)-­

hemistrv of l .i te (4) eneral C:hen;ism' 1 (4) dvan ed G('n�ral hemisrrv 1 1 (4)

Nutrition, D�u " and� l ;;nvidu I (4) AJlaT�h�misrry (4)

_ _ -== r nic Chemistry Land Lab !...0. 1 ) __ _

p-Jnic Chemisrr ' I[ and Lab II (4 . 1 ) - - ( 1 ) CHEM .:>4 ]�4 : CHfK,1 .342:-34:47-: -=-'--:-

H EM 403: CH Elvi4(i5: C H EM 43 :

HEM 450: _--:::­ClF 456: __ -:::--'--_

GE S 33 1 :

Capstone: Senior em;nnrlProjecr - SR

�=-:: ___

-::C_arS[Qne: Sem inar in Anthrorology (4) ::::-

_

_ �S_t.�.9io Project/ln depen denr Study ( I to 4) CarstOne: Sen ior Exhibition (2)

____ _

-:-:-: ___ -:C:::-� apston e: Sen io r Semi I....;JaJ::.....>.(2"') _____ .,--__ _

Capsrone: 'rraregic Managemen r (4) . .,--,-______ --::C apstone: Seminar (2)

C'apstonc; Scnior Project ( 1 to 4) �:--,:--:-:-::--__ �C:::-�a ... p_5_tO_n_e_: -::-e_. r�l ior Pr:,<:>ject .. -'.( 1=--to_4)'--__ _

Capsrolle: Sen ior Project (2) _____ _

�����_,_--�C�a�p-�-o-n-e--, �e-n_:li-n_:ar�(2�)--��-----­Caps tOne; S e n ior Sem inar (4)

Studenr eaching i n K-8 Education ( 1 0) S rud nr Teaching-Elementary

E D UC 437: (Dua.I) (6) ��--;---;;::--;--:-

_

__ _

FDUC 466: E U- 4

.-:678 :-----::-

ENG L 42): ;..,-,---

ENG L 427 : .�-:-:--:-"-:-

ENG L 428: ENGL 45 1 : ENG 4')2: ENVI' 499:'" --FP N 499: ';:'::1:."-''::':':''�''==-7-::'=::''::'''':-:-:---'----G OS 499: GERM 499: ,LS1"499-: -

HEED 49·�9-: ---;:;;--'-!-lIST 494: !-l IST 496: HI. T 4 97: �49�9-: --�,.=����L�'---=-�;�--------MU�I 499: N ORW 499-:--��

��������� ___ __

NURS 499: PHE 49S:­Pi�ED 499: PH I ! . 499: PHI'S 49 9B : [> 499: PSYC4S--]-: ----��-������--�

RE R 499: RElJ 499: '--SSOC (1 4;:';, : C

,arswne : 'cnior ��)L�_ct_(=-2c..,4):-

) ---.::-_ :::.-::'_=_' ::7-'-":':"--::-__ ---

,_a ... p_s{-=.o_ne : enloE Seminar ( S Lar.s tone: Senior 'eminar (4)

ap�one: �or S��-;:--(i� --::::-::-----;::;--'-Ca StOne: Senior Project (2)

WMGS 495 :

Independen� Srudies: Service -.!eea rr: i !:g ( 1_ ,�?.,_4) ____ . __

I nternship (2 to 4) Social Scimus, Li11l 1 (Anthropology, History, or PolitiCLll Scie,ue) - S1 ANTH 1 02:

NTH 1 03:

Introduction to Human Culrum[ Div�' (4)

__ In rroduction ro Archaeology and

(4)

World Preh istorr..iiL.. ___ .. . __ .. __

P L U 2 0 0 6 . 2 0 0 7

Page 19: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

ANTH 1 04 : A TH 1 92:

ANTH 2 1 0: ANTH 220: ANTH 22 - : ANTI; 230: ANTH 330:

ANT H..::3.;..:3 2�: _--:;.,;..

ANU-l 333: ANTI-! 334:

ANTH 336: ANTI-! 338: ANTH 34 : ANTH 34 1 : ANTI-! 342: ANTH 34-3: ANTH 34 : ANTI-! 350: ANTH 3 )-1-: ----=::---:--:----;----:::-:---;--;-:---

----'---'--

i\J"l'TH 355: ANTH 360: ANTH 36 1 : ANTH 365:

ANTH 370: ANTH 375�: ----��������� ANTH 377: ANTH 380: ANTH 385: ANTH .38G: i\J"l'TH 387: ----:t-�_:_7" :-=---;-7'-:'-""",---,:,-7-;';-"" -'--'--'-'-'-'-__ .'\NTH 392: ANTH 465: ANTH 480 :-----:--,--�--,---,:-::---�--"---'--

LAS 32 1 : rus 322 : H [ T 1 07:-'-:-------:--::: HIST 1 08:

HI 1' 2 1 5: H [ST 220: HIST 23 1 :

olonial American Historv (4) 1 9ch- cmury Ameri��4)-- - ·- -------

����---�2�O�d�1-�C�e�n�ru�r�y�Ame��an Hist� (.4�)-__

The Un ired Srates Since 1 94 5 (4) H I T 30 1 : Introducdon to Historical Methods

and Research (4) H [S1' 305: Slavery in rhe Americas (:....4.:...) _____ _ HTST .�__=_l O:_:---�C:"-o-n�mporar:r..l...:.<ap:.:.a;_;n;_'_(4-'-')-------H IST 32 1 : re.ek jviliz:ltion (4 ) I-I IST 322: Roman ivilization (4)

�----------H I ST 323 : The M iddle A�

es (4) HIS" 324: Renaissance (4 HlST 325: Reformation (4) H f ST 327: The Viki ngs (4)

HIS1' 328: 1 9rh-Ce.ntury urop (4) _H_IS_1' 322� . _ . . . _ Eurgpe and rhe World Wars: 1 9 1 ':1.:45 (4) H IS1' 332: England: Tudors and Snlam (4) H r_ST_�3.:t . Modern Germany, 1 848- 1 94 5 (4) . ___ _ HIST 335: Lar in American History: Central America

and che Caribbean (4) :-H':":I"'S=T:-3�3:-6;;-:----::S:-o·�chern pJric;-74j--··'----H_I...

,S=T=--=--3.::..) 7_: ____ 1_'h:....e...,' _H_is--,tor of Mexico (4)

HIST 33�8�: ______ �M�o�d�e�n�1 �C�h�in=a�(7��-·

__ � ____________ _

H IST 339: Revolutionary China (4) H I T 40: Modern Japan 4)

_ .. _

!iI_S_T J.it.. The Andes in Latin American History (4) H IST 345: American Business and Economic

History, 1 607- 1 877 (4) H IST 3 52: The American Revolution (4) ��-----!:i.!_T_3.2.5_: __ _ �Il�can POPlllar 'ulrure (4) H I ST T6: American Dip�om ric Hisrory (4) H IST 357: African American H isrorv (4) _H-,I-,-S..:.T-,3:..:.'-5,-,9=:=���_-,H..:.i-,-sc:..:w_r},-' of Women in t�'-;; i ��d Sr� (4) H IST 360: Holocaust: Desrrucrion of the Europc:an

Jews (4) HI T 62: Christians in Nazi \",erman (4) H'iST3iQ:- "---n-;-iro-��;��rYo'{rhe 0���d�tes (4) H IST 38 1 : The Viernam War and American Socierr (4) H [ST 40 1 : Workshops ( 1 to 4 ) !'llST 45} : American Legal H i roryJ..4) HI T 460: Wesr and Norrhwesl (4) HIST 461 : I ndivid'�.Jiz-'e::.cd:-7-r�u=::dy�:-':H�Is-t(-)r-y-o-::f-=W�es-t---:-::-:c=:::-:-____ ....,a..,.n_d_N_o_rrhwest (4.:...) -=,----:-_--,-.",-,,---..,..,,-H lST 47 1 : Hiscory of American Thought and Cul ture ( 4 ) H IST 494: Se�i.nar: American Hi.sro.:rJ:I) !:iI?.I49_�: __ _ emi� The Third �o:.:[:.:Jd::....(,-;,4+:-) ____ _

H lST 497: Seminar: European History (4) POLS 10 1 : Inaoducrion ro Political Science (4)

.:......;..-----POLS 1 1 : American ovcrnmtn t (4) POLS 170: Introduction ro Leg-a-:-l -=-S

-'-ru

-'d-ic-s-(-4:-) ---- -

POL S 2 1 0: Global rers e iv : The World i!:l...._hang (4) POL. 23 ) : C�E.:��JnrernationaJ Issues (4) POLS 325: Political Thou ht (4) POLS 326: Recent Political Thought (4) POLS 33 1 : International Relations (4) PO 332: LHernational Conflict Re�olurion (4) P0IS338; · -·- -Am·�;i· ·;; Forcign PoliC);- (4) ... ----

P LS 345: Government and Public Policy (4) POLS 346: Environmental Politics and Poli , (4) POLS 347: Political Econom�Y....;(_4),--___ :-:-___ _

POLS 354: State and Local Governmen t (4) POLS 36 1 : Policical Parries and Electio n!; (4) POLS 363: Politics and the Media (4) pOLS364 ; · m -"fr;;-Legislativ� Process (4) POLS 368: The American Presidency (4) POLS 37 1 : Judicial Process (4) PO LS 3 72: C�;�;;�� ;i;;�-;n:'--a \':""v""'( 4'"")--POLS 373: Civil Ri hrs and ,ivil Liberries (4) PO S 374: L.'Cg;tl Studies Re�ear,;;h (4) ._ r LS 380: Pol}cic> of G l o b�ll Development (4) rmS )S E Comparative ega! Sy terns (4) POLS 383: Modern Euro ean Politics (4) PO 385 anadian Government and Politics (4) PO 38 : The M�dle East (4) P LS 40 1 : Worksnops md Special Topi ( I co 4l _ POLS 43 1 : Advanced International Relations (4) POLS 450: Internship in Politics ( I to 8)

---'-----P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

... It) 3 It) :::I '* II>

1 7

Page 20: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

III -I: Q) E Q) �

III � OJ > c

::l

'" .... OJ I: OJ

'"

1 8

)LS 458:

P 464:

I nternship in Publ ic Administration ( I (0 8) I nternship in (he Legislar ive Pro ess

( I to 1 2) I nternship in Legal Studies ( I [0 4 )

cand1navia and World iss,:!.:..: (4) ____ _ ���� ____ -r_h_e_V_i_�_n�gs_�� _________

__

Social Scietlce , Line 2 (Eronomics, Psychology, Social Work, or Sociology) - S2

-c . I l l : Principles of M icroeconomics: Global and Environmental (4,) ___ -,-_ ____

_ -:::-;:�-:-:-:-::-:----::P:-rm:-· -(7""i p7Ie-s -o-::f:-;tViicroeconomics (4) Principles of Macroeconomics (4) I nrermedi:ue Mi rocconomic nall'sis (4)

���=-'----- f n ,ermediate Macroeconomic Analysis (4) Ener� and . antral Resource Economics (4)

nvironmenral Economics (4) �;::::-;:-;-::-:--;:'------rrn

-v-e-st-::ig-a��g En vi �; n"'m=::e r-=-l t'-a':-'I -':-&---;::Ec-o-n-o-n�l i-c-

Change in Eutope (4) ECON 32 1 : Labor Economic.s (4)

Money and Ban�!_.:...npp-o-,-(4"-'.) ______ _ �:-::-::-:-::-:::'-------;H7e-'-a-;-1 t h' co nom i cs (4)

ECON 327: E -0 . 33 1 : E N 333:

· i�dusrrial Organization and-Pu-bTic Policy (4) Public Fi nance (4) Inttrn<ltional Ecunomics (4) Economic De-velopment: .o mparativ

����� __ -;T�h_i_rd __ �o-;r�l d_S_' tra�gies (1) __ �,----__ _ -=E:..:::-:�:-=-:=-=-__ --;

E�

ur�an Economic Integrntion �1L-.,-___ E Political Economy of Hong Kung and

China (4) Srrar gic Behavior (4) Econometrics (4) Mat hem at i�I·-:l=-o�p-:-ics---:-in--;::E-co-l-lO-l1l ics (4) EvolUTion or- Economic Thought ;..(4'-'.) __ _ I n ternship ( 1 ro 4) Honors fh sis (4) Introduction to P �hc;�sY-(4) Toe P�-'��h oiogy of djustmem (2) .-'-------:::-� PS C 3 1 0 : Personal i \)' Theories (4)

P YC 320: Development Across rhe Life.�pan (4) rSYC �3-30-:------�S:o-c�i�a�I�P�s-·�YC�h:o710�W�· �(4�)�

________

____ __

Cultural Ps),choio-".,S),,-:'..::..( 4"-'.)--:-:-:--_

___ __ :�------�C�0�n�1n-l-un�io/��hol�ID��, __

________

__ l'sy hoIogy of Language (4) Gender and Sexuali ty (4)

.:::..:.-'-C-___ -=-I's 'ch(� of Women (4) _P ,_\_T_�'t8_0_: _ Pychoiogy of Work (4) PSYC 38'5: orl.�mer Psychology (4) I)SYC 405: Workshop on Alternarive Perspectives

(2 or 4) Psychol gical Tmi ng'..c(..;.47,-) ______ _ Abnormal Psychologt i±) Adolescent 1's)'cholog)' (4) Pea(;e Psychology (4)

.. _ -;-:-__

_ heories and Merhods of Counseling and Psychotherapy (4)

=P�

Y��

4�

4�

0�:

______ �H_u_m_a�n

__

N�

e:_u_roR�ry�c�h�lo�gy�(

-4)�� ______

_ te aming: Rcsc!arch and Th or.-,-,(�4,-) __ _ Pert :p{ion {� --:-_---,-:c,----___ _

�;';-;:::-7-;-;:::-----;:;ogn itive P ycho!'?g!L.Y-'(_4):.-_____ _

PSY � 483'-: __

____ �Sc�n�1�i n�

a_r�(:-I �to�4

�) ��--��----------soc I 1 0 1 : l nrroducrjo n to ·, ooology (4)

SOC! 240: ociaI P;�bkl11,s (4) SOCI 296: Social Srrarincarion (4) S O CI 3 1 0:.

______

�J�a�ln�a�ic=a�n-,�0�c�ie��,, 7(4�)--�_;__��� __

___

SOCI32G: Del i n� �nd J uveni le J ll5 ti«� (4 ) ____

_

SO-1 33): The amiIX.J4.) _________ _

SOCI33G� Deviance (4) ::..::--=:-=-=:...:...:..--- 0�iolog}-,-'-0-;:f7l-.aw---:(:-;47""l��==� _____ _ Families in the Amt:ricas (4) 'special opies in Sociology ( I to 4)

=--=--=::..::.-='-':'-__

__ -::S:-o_ci_o-'-Iog)��_ Reiigc..:io:..:,n:,-('-.:4"_.) ______ _

:::-:::�.:;_::__:;_'__----_;R::;_'e-:-s ;..::rc.h Me th.:.:o:..:ds�(4+.) _______ _

���� ______ �r:_in-l-e-a-;n(-;j�S-0-ci�e�ry-(4�) �------�-----

Advanced Dara Applicllions (2 ro 4) ��--'--:c':------;:;-Sex, Gender, and S ociclJ-.:..:(4:.:..) _____ _

Suic ide (4) :;:;;:�--;-::'7------;M;· or heories \4) Inrroduc t ion t�-Soc ia.I-;V'or"i� (4)

SO W o..:I 7,..:5_: ___ ----"-Ja-:-n�u_a--'r>_' on the H il l._(�4"_.) __ ----, ___ _

SOCW 245: H u nlJn Behavior and the Social Environment (4)

ocial Policy I : History of Social -';: elF-ue iil �:-:-:::-:-:-;-::-':-::-----,;;,;Grpol i:)' _I I : ·oci.'! 1 Policy Anaiysi�Jil

so 'W 460:

- ;;:ii465:

ENGL 323: ENGL 324: ENGL 325: N.-L 326:

Social \V'ork Pracrice I : I nterviewing and I nterpersonal Helping (0 or 4) Social W( rk harriee ll: Famil ies and GroU)S (4) Social " \Xi'ork'·-""::P�ra-c:�ti-�e-=I l:7[-: .:-M::-a-�� · (4)

-----::--

WRIT 1 0 1 : WRlT 20 1 :

\XlRJT 202: Advanced \V'riting Seminar for Inrernational Students (4)

Pl.U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 21: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

A C A D E M I C P O L I C Y Stlldmts are expected to be fomiliar with the academic procedures of thl' Itl1itlersifJ'. The procedure;- of greatest importance to students are listed m this section of the rata log. Additional information about these procedllres is autlilab/e ill the Office afthe Registrar and the Office �rthe f'ro1l0Jt.

Academic Integrity

Borh the value and the success of any academ ic dctivit),. as well as the entire academic enterprise. have depended for centuries on the fu ndamen tal princ ip le of absolute honest)l. The universi ty expe . a l l its bculty and sUldcnts to honor this principle scrupulous ly.

Since academic dishontsty is a serious breach of the universally recogn ized code of academic ethics. i t is every facul t), member's ob l igation to impose appro pr iate sanctions fo r any demonstrable i nstance of such misconduct on the part of a student.

The l l llivcrsi t),'s po l icy on academic i ntegrity and its procedures for deali ng with academic misconduct are detai led in the �tudent Handbook at www.plu.ed"Jpritztlbmulbuok.

Academic Responsibilities and Deadlines

It is the respo n, ib i l i ry of each undergraduate student to k now and follow the procedures ou tli ned i n th is catalog and to abide by the established deadlines.

Advising

The univ<:!fsity expecrs that all s tuden ts will benefit from assistance in planning academic programs consistent with their educational goa l s . Both ro help students make their initial adj ustment to th e academic load at PLU and to p rovide counsel through o ut their academic careers, the university has established a network of faculty and administrative staff advisors as well as an Aeademi Adv isi ng Office.

Academic Advisors

All students enrol led in degree programs have advisors whose overal l respons ibi l i ty is to gu ide academic progress . Until students have at tained junior standing. they are requ ired to meet with their advisor (and receive a curren t Registration Access Code) p rior to registeri ng for an upcom ing term. In their work with i ndividual . fudents. advisors often wotk closely with and refer students to personnel in a num ber of student serv ices offices. At the ti me of entry. each fIrS t-year student is assigned an academic advisor. uSLlai ly according to interests expressed by the student.

A N D P R O C E D U R E S Students who wish to explore the geneta l cur ricu iunt hJ.m: choosing a maj o t program are ass igned to explor.lrur ' ,ulvi'(1[!; (professional adv isors in the Academ ic Advising Office or especially trained facu l ty or ad ministrative staff) who will help them to make educatio na l p lans appropriate to t hei r in c rot· olnd talen ts . All academic advisors ate supponeJ by eclLlCilt ion:tl planning workshops and by resources avallable t h rough l ilt Academic Advis ing Office.

Transfer students who are ready to declare their rnaj r are. .to.signlOJ to a designated transfer advisor in each dcpanmcm {)f schot11. Transfer students who wish to explore education,tl {(oals arc: ass igned an academic advisor in the Academic Adlli,ing Otllct:. Progress toward general univers i ty rcquirements un be accessed by the student and the advisor onl ine via rhe Curri ntlum. Advising, Program P lanni ng (CAPP) report Jvail ,lb le on B,mnc:r web. In addi tion , advisors receive an 3.dv i�i ng f�lt: fo r �;tch stLldent they advise.

Major Advisors

Upon formal declaration of a llMjor. students .Ire ;\Ssignccl l .lUU\I· major advisors within the major departmen t, wluch i n I I tall V cases will replace the current academ ic advisor. Major advisors guide stLldents' progress toward their cho�t:Il degree go.lls. Students are always welcome to s a p'- fi �,i(1l1;1 1 acadc:rnK advisor in the Academic Advis ing Hice in addi!. i lHl II> t h�ir major adv iso r. StLldents and advisors arc e'Xpecrcd t o meet regularly, though [he actual number of meetings \\ i l l var y according to individual needs. Srndenrs are re!fpo ns i ble for meeting with their advisor who serves as an a ,ldemk W idt' as

students make choices and determ i ne their educariol al goa"-

Academic Standing Policy

Good Standing

All students enrolled at the un iversi t), are '''pcered \0 suy i n good academic stand ing. Good standing req ui res a S mC!\! 'r grade point average of 2.00 or h igher for [he i mmcdi rc p,l t semester and satisfactOry academic progress .

Academic Warning

Students whose most recen t semester grade poill l lveragl' W.I\ ! than 2.00, whose cumulative grade point ver-.Igc is 1.00 o r high er. and whose academic progress i s sarisfactof) 3re plJJ;,:J on

academ ic warn ing and sent warning I ltCf';. Sl udo:.nf · \\ l1n •• · cumulative and semester grade poin t aver. ges Me bel!)\'{ �.U(J 11

the end of thei r first semester at PLU are :tlso pl.1ceJ on .\(. Jemi warning. Academic Warning is no ted on the transcrlp[.

Academic Probation

Students other than fIrst semester students drt pIked "I

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

n

""C o

Page 22: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

VI Q.I .... ::::I

"'C Q.I U o I-

0-

"'C

C

"' >­u

o CL. u

E Q.I

"'C "' u

<C

20

pwbarion i f rheir cumularive grade poinr average fal ls below 2. ()0, or if they have been on warning in rhe previous semesrer and have failed ro rerurn ro good academic sranding, or (ar rhe discrerion of rhe Commirree for rhc Admission and Rercnrion of Srudent.» if rhey have bikd ro mainrain sarisfacrory academic progress. Probarionary srudenrs musr meer wirh rhe direcror of advising before rhe renrh day of a probariondry semester ro draw up a pl:J.n for improving rheir academic work. Academic probarion is nored on rhe rranscript. Failure ro sarisElCrorily complerc each course attdnpred in a probarionary semesrer may resulr in dismi�snI from rhe universiry. Failure ro complere includes withdrawals, incompleres, and grades of E or F.

Continued Probation

Srudents whose cumularive grade poim averages are sri l l below 2.00 afrer a probarionary semesrer, bur whose Iasr semesrer grade pllim average!> are above 2.00 and who are orherwise in good sranding, may be gramed one addirional semesrer of probarion ar rhe discreriol:l of rhe Commi[[ee for rhe Admission and Retenrion of Swdenrs. Such srudenrs musr parricipare in rhe probarionary semesrer program. Failure ro sarisfacrorily complere each course atrempred in a probarionary semesrer may resulr in dismissal from rhe universiry. Failure ro complete includes wirhdrawals, incomplercs, and grades of E or F.

First Academic Dismissal

Srudenrs nm in good sranding ar rhe end of a probarionary semesrer a� dismissed from rhe university. They may apply for relnsrarernenr by peririoning rhe Commirree for rhe Admission and Rerenrion of Studenrs (in care of rhe direcror of advising) . If rh� perition is "pproved, rhe reinsrared s rudenr is on probarion and musr pdrrici pare in rhe probarionary semesrer program. If rhe petirion is denied, rhe s[udenr may peririon again afrer one semesrer unless mherwise informed. Students arc dismissed for academic reasons afrer each fall and spring semesrer.

Second Academic Dismissal

A readmi[[ed srudenr who fails [() drrain a 2.00 cumularive grade poinr average in rhe semesrer afrer reinsraremenr, bur whose semester grade poinr average is above 2.00, may be granred one addirional semesrer of probarion ar rhe discrerion of rhe Commirree for rhe Admission and Rerenrion of Srudenrs. If a semestu grade poinr average of 2.00 is nor earned in rhe probarionary semesrer. or if a srudenr fails ro achieve a 2.00

cumularive grade poinr average afrer a second probarionary ,emesrC[, rhe srudenr is dismissed a second rime and may nor a pply for reinsr;lremenr unril one ful l semesrer has passed, and rhen only if new evidence is presenred indica ring rhe srudenr's probable success. This rule also applies ro a readmi[[ed srudcnr who artains good sranding and is rhen dismissed 3. second rime for acad mlC reasons.

Satisfactory Academic Progress

'atisf.,crory academic progress is defined as complerion of ar Ieasr

7') percenr of rhe credjr hours d[[empred in an academic year. Failure (0 complere includes wirhdrawals, incompleres, and grades of E or E The Commi[[ee for rhe Admission and Rerention of Srud.enrs reserves rhe righr ro review for academic srarus rhose srudcnrs who fail ro main rajn sarisfacrory academic progress. The commirree shall regularly identifY such s(Udents, review rheir records, consider exrenuaring circumsrances, and decide wherher or nor rhe studell[s shall be placed on academic probarion.

El igibi l ity for Student Activities

Any regularly enrolled, ful l-rime srudtnt ( 1 2 semester hours or more) is eligible for parriciparion in university activiries. Limirarions on a srudcnr's acriviries based upon academic performance may be ser by individual schools, deparrmenrs or organizarions. A s(Udell[ on academic probarion is nor eligible for cerrificarion in inrercollegiare comperir i(:lns and may be advi$ed ro currail parriciparion in mher exrracurricuiar acriviries.

Midterm Advisory Letters In rhe sevell[h week of each fal l and spring semesrer, insrrucrors may choose ro send warning leners ro srudents doing work below C level (2.00) in rheir classes. No rranscripr norarion is made, and academic sranding is nor afrected.

Class Attendance

The uni\'ersiry assumes rhar all regisrered s£lldents have freely accepred personal responsibi l i ty for regular class arrendance. Course grades rd1ecr rhe quality of srudenrs' academic performance as a whole, which normally includes regular p:Hriciparion in rhe roral class experience and is evaluared accordingly. Absences may lead ro a reduction of a s£lldenr's final grade. In rhe evem of unavoidable absence, srudenrs are expecred ro inform the insrru([or. Assignment of make-up work, if any, is ar rhe discrerion of rhe instrucror.

Classifications of Students

First-year: s£lldell[s who have mer firsr-year enrrance req uiremel1£s.

Sophomore: srudents who have sarisElCrorily complered 30

semesrer hours. Jllnior: srudenrs who have satisfactorily complered 60

semesrer hours. Senior: srudenrs who have sdrisfacrorily complered 90

semesrer hours. Gradullte Srudent: srudcn rs who have mer graduare entrance

rc-quire.mems a.nd have been accepred inro rhe Division of Graduare Srndies.

Non-l1U1triculnted Undergrnduates: undergradudre studenrs who are atrending pan-rime for a maximum of nine semesrer hours bur are nor officially admirred ro a degree program.

Non-matriNilnted Grttdun.te Sttulents: graduare srudenrs who arc arrending parr-rime for a maximum of nine semesrer hours bur are nor officially admirred ro a degree program.

Course Load

The normal course load for undergradu,ue srudenrs during fal l and spring semesrers i s 1 3 ( 0 1 7 semesrer hours per semesrer, including physical educarion. The minimum full-rime course load is 1 2 semester hours. The minimum full-time load for graduate srudenrs is eighr semesrer hours. A normal course load during rhe January rerm is four semesrer hours wirh a maximum of five semesrer hours.

• In order for a srudenr [() rake a ful l course load, rhe srudenr musr be formally admirred ro rhe universi ry. See rhe Admission secrion of rhis caralog for applicarion procedures.

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 23: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

• 'tudents who wish ro regi rer For 1 8 or mo hours in a mester are requi red ro have at leasr a 3.00 grade point

average or consent of the registrar.

tudenrs engaged in considerable outside work may be r· �ric(ed ro a reduced academic load.

Credit By Examioatio

Studenc ' at perm irred , within limits, ro obtain credit by C:xamination in lieu of regular enrollment and class at ndance. No more than 30 semester hours may be counted toward graduation whemer From the College Level Exam inati on Program ( .LEf') or any other examination . ' cc dons to this tule For certain groups of stu cnts or programs may be made, subject to re ommendation by the Educational Policies Committee nnd approval by che faculty. Credit by e . ami nation is open ro formally admirred, regular-s tatus students only and does not ount roward the residency requ irement for graduation.

To receive credi t by ex min3.tion, stud ntl; m usr complete a Credit By Examination Regisrration orm available on he display wall located across from the Srudent Services Cen ter, obtain rhe signa tures of the respecrive departlllemal dean or chair plus i ns rrucror and afTllnge for rhe examination. The ompletcd Form must be rerurned ro the Rt!gistrar's mct' by the add/drop deadline for the appropriate term.

CLEP subject examinations may be used ro satisfY genera l universi ty requirements as determined by the Regisr rar's OHlce. CLEf' subje examinations may be used to satisfY requirements for majors, m inors at programs as determined by the various schools, di visions and departments.

CLEf' general examinations are given elective credit only.

LEP examinations are subjecr to recommendations by the Educational Policies Committee and approval by the Faculty.

Official CL r rranscripts must be submi tted for evaluation of credit.

The un i versi does not grant for college-level general equivalency d iploma (GEO) tests.

Credit Restrictions

Credit is not allowed Fo r a mathematics or a Foreign la nguage course listed as a p rerequis ite iF taken aFter a higher-level course. For example, a LUdem who has completed pan ish 20 I cannot later receive cred it For Spa nish 1 02.

Repeating Courses

An undergraduate may repeat any course. The cumubtive grade poi nt average is computed using the highesr of rhe grades earned. Credi t toward graduation is a1lo�d only once. Students should be a are that repeated courses ar nOl covered by financial aid Funding and cannot be coun ted tm rds full rime status For financial aid. tudents should consult the Financial Aid office beFore repeating any course.

Grading System

Students are graded according to the Following designations:

Grath �oints e.er Hour c,·u/u Awarded A Excellent 4.00 Yes A- 3.67 Yes B+ 3.33 Yes B Good 3.00 Yes B- 2.67 Yes C+ 2.33 Yes

Satisfactoty 2.00 Yes C- 1 .67 Yes 0+ 1 .33 Yes o Poor 1 .00 Yes 0- 0.67 Yes E Fail 0.00 No

The grades listed below are not used in calculating grade point averages. No grade po ints are earned under these designations .

Gradl! Descripmln Credit Awardl!d p Pa s Yes F F� i l No I Incomplete No IP [n Progress No AU Audit No W Wirhdrawal No WM Medical Withdrawal No NG No Grade Submitted No

Pass (P) and Fail (F) grades are awarded to students who select the pass/Fai l option or who are enrolled in exclusive pass/fail courses. These grades do nor affecr a srudem's grade poim average.

Pass/Fail Option

The pass/ fai l option permits sLUdems to explore subject areas outside their known abiliries by experiencing courses wi thout competing directly with sLUdents who are special izing in those areas of srudy. Grades of A through C- are regarded as pass; grades of 0+ through E are regarded as Fail . Pass/Fail grades do not aiTecr the grade poim average.

• The pass/ Fai l option is l imited to eigh t credit hours (regardless of repeats, pass or Fail) .

• Only one course may be taken pass/Fail in Fulfillment of general university or core requirements or of the College of Arts and Sciences requirement.

• The pass/Fail option may n t be applied to a course taken fo r fulfillment of a major or minor program. An exception to this is allowed For one course in the major or minor field if ir was taken bt:Fore the major or minor was declared.

• Students must file their intention to exercise the pass/Fail option with [he Student Services Cenrer by me deadline l isred in the academic calendar.

• The pass/Fai l option is l imited to undergraduate students only.

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

." o

n "<

AI =

Co

.." ... o n tI)

Co C ... tI) '"

2 1

Page 24: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

o Q..

E Qj

"'C � v <

22

Exclusive Pass/Fai l Courses

Some courses only award pass/fail grades . The goals of these courses are typical ly concerned with appreciation, value commitment, or creative achievement. Exclusive pass/fail course, do not mc::et major or univers ity requirements withour faculty approval. If a student takes an exclusive pass/fai l course, rhe srudent's individual pass/fail option is nO[ afTec tet! .

Incomplete Grades Incomplete (I) grades indicate that students did not comp lete their work. because of circumstances beyond their comtol. An Incomple;:te Contract is required and must be signed by rhe student and the i ns tructor. To rece ive credit, all work must be completed and a pass ing grade recnrdc,d. Incompletes from Spring and Summer re;:nns are due six weeks into the Fall Semes ter. Fall and J-Term incompletes a due six weeks into the Spring Semester. The earned grade is recordc::d immediately fol lowing the I designarion (for example I B) and remains on the studcm record. Incomplere grades rhar are not completed are change;:d to the default grade assigned by the insrtuctor on the Incomplete Contract. If an Incomplere Con tracr W;J.$ nor sub mi tted or a default grade not indicared , the incomplere grade will be defaulted to an E or F grade upo n e.xpiration of the time limit for submirring grades for an incomp lete from that term. An incomplete does not enritle a stlldent to attend the class again without re-enrol lment and payment of tuition.

In Progress

In Progress (IP) grade: signifies progress in a cO u rse that normal ly runs more than one term to completion. rn Progress carries no credit unti l replaced by a permanent grade.

Medical Withdrawal Medical \Xfithdrawal is entered when a course is nOt completed due to medical cause. A medical withdrawal does not affect a student's grade point average. See \Xfi thdrawal from the Univers ity.

No Grade A temporary grade entered by the Registrar's Office when no grade has been submitted by the faculty member by the established deadl ine.

Graduation Students expecting ro fUlfill degree requ irements within the academic yeM (including August) are required to tile an application for grnciuation with the Registrar's Office according to the fi)Uowing:

Degree Computio1J December 2006 January 2007 May 2007

ugust 2007 December 2007 January 2008

Bachelor's mId MIlS'", Dl!tuil;1l1! May I , 20u6 May 1 , 2006 December 1 , 2006 December 1, 2006 May ) , 2007 May 1 , 2007

All courses must be completed, final grades recorde.d and un iversity requirements fulfilled in order for a degree to be awarded.

Th"re are four degree award dates (August, fal l semester, January,

and spring semester) . Degrees are formally conferred at Decem ber and May commencemenrs. Students with a January degree dates parricipate in the December commencement . Srudents with an August degree date must consult with the Registrar's Office to determine parricipation. The actual date of graduarion is recorded on the permanent records.

Students who p lan (Q transfer back (Q Pacific Lutheran University fo r a degree must appl y for graduation before or during the fir,t seme.ster of their junior year so that deficiencies may be met before they leave campus.

Time Limits Studenrs are expected to meet all requirements for the undergraduate degree within a six-year period . Srudents who remain at PLU for longer [han six years must meet the requircmems of the most currcnr PLU cata log in order [0 earn a degree. Srudems who are readmitted [0 the university must meet the requirements of the current PLU catalog [0 earn a degree.

Graduation Honors Degrees with honors of cum laude, magna wm laude, and summa cum laude are granted . A student must earn a cumulative grade;: poinr average of 3.50 for cum laude, 3.75 for magna cum laude, and 3.90 for summa cum laude. (Applicable (Q undergraduate Ic:vel only. )

Al l transfer grades (including study away) are combined with PLU grades to determine honor eligibility. Physica l education activity courses are not included in determining graduation honors.

Dean's List: A Dean's List is created at the end of Fall and Spring semesters. To be eligible, a student must have attained a semester grade point average of 3.50 with a minimum of 1 2 graded semester hours. (Applicable to undergraduate level only.)

Honor Societies: • Arete Society: Election to the Arete Society is a spcci:tI

recognition of a s tudent's commitment to the l iberal arts together with a record of high achievement in relevant course work. The society was organized in 1 969 by Phi Beta Kappa members of the faculty to encourage and recognize excellent scholarship in the l iberal arts. Student members arc elected by the faculty fel lows of the society each spr ing. Borh juniors and seniors arc eligible; however, the qual ifications for eb:tion 3S a junior are more stringent . Students must have:

• attained a high grade point average (for seniors, normally above 3.70; for juniors, normal ly above 3 .90);

• comp leted 1 1 0 credit hours in liberal studies;

• demonstrated the equivalent of two years of college work in foreign language;

• completed one year of college mathematics (including statistics or computer science) or four years of college preparator), mathematics in high school and one college mathematics course; and

• completed a minimum of three semesters in re;:s idence at the university.

The university also has chap ters of a number of national honor

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 25: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

sOCIeties on ampus, i ncl ud ing the fo llowi ng:

• Bera Alpha Psi (Accou mi ng) • Alpha Kappa Delta (Soc io logy) • Alpha P. i mega (Theatre) • Bera amma S igma ( Busi ness) • Mu Ph i Epsilon (Music) • Phi Al p ha (Social Wo rk) • Pi Kappa Delta (Forensics) • Psi hi (Psychology) • Om icron Delta Epsi lon (Economics) • Sigma The:ra Tau I nremarional (Nursing) • S igma Xi (Scienriflc Research)

Non-Credit Informal Study

'1,) enc mage libe:ral learning of all kinds, above and beyond enrolllllcllt in courses l eadi ng roward formal degrees, rhe

univers i ry offer .t variety of opportunities for i nformal s tudy :

Guest of University Status

Any prof< . � ional perso ns who wish [0 use university faci l itie, for independenr stud may apply ro the provosr for cards designati ng rhem as guesrs () . the un ivers i ty.

Auditing Courses

To Judir a cour�e requires the permission of the i nstt ucror and is enrollmem on a !lo n-cred it basis. An aud iwr is not held accou nrable fo r exam inati ons or other wri[[en work and does not rece ive a grade . If rhe insrrucror approves. the co urse may be cmcred upon the transcr ip t as audit. Aud it ing a class is the same pnc� a.� regular tuition.

Visiting Classes

Members of the academ ic co mmunity are encouraged ro visit cbm:s thar ilUc:rCSt them. No fee i" charged for the pri v i lege. Doing so requ i res the perm iss ion of the instructOr.

Registration Procedures

S[Lld�'ms r gi srer by usi ng Banner Web, an on l ine regist rat ion \),stem. [n add iti o n to regist�ring, Banner Web also offers smdenrs the abi li ty to add or drop a class, check thei r schedules, and at' 'ess final grades. Banner W'eh may be accessed th rough the

PL home page (,uUlw.plu.edu). Students may COntact the Student ervices enter wi th registration questions.

• Srudenrs J.re nor official ly en rolled unt i l their regis trat ion has been cleared by the Sruden t ACCOUIHS Office.

• Sruden are re5pons ib le for select ing their courses. Advisors are available to assist with pl an n ing and to make suggestions.

• Swden ts should be thorough l ), acquainred with a l l regis tra tio n materials, including the current cata log and class schedul e. Studenrs are also encou raged ro srudy carefully the requiremelHs of al l academic programs in wh ich they may evenrually declare a major.

Adding or Dropping a Course

All add or drop activity must be completed by the listed add/drop deadl i n ' fur the specific term or semester. Ple-.rse refer to the Class Schedul� or go onl ine at IUW/v.plu.edu/�regi for the most current info rmation . SrudelHs may add a course without an instructor

signature only during the 1m five: bus iness days of a full or half semester-length class. srudenr may drop a course without ,111

inst ructor's signarure only du ri ng the first tcn business days ufa fu ll semest r-I ngth class or of J half 'me:s(�r-Iength cla.'s. In most cases, add i ng and dropp ing can be accomplished using Banner Web. Sec the January Term aud summer schedules for the add/drop periods for thosc terms. 0)' regi.�[ r:lt io n cha nges m.ty r . ult in addltlol l:U tui tion charges aJld fees and may also affect the students fi nancial aid (if appliC:lblc). A $ 0 Ie Rc:gi tration Fee is cklrgcd for any regiHrarion changes after the pri nted deadline dates.

Early Registration for Returning Students

Retu rn l llg tudenrs will receive n:gistrat ion ti me appointments to regi ster fo r summer/fall r rnls and tor January and spring terms. R gisrration dJ.t� a� determined by the nu mher of hours, includ ing tramfer hours, completed b)' the �[Udcn . St udenrs may regisrer fo r each uew rerm or summer sessio n on or :)Jter the designated dare.

Early Registration Program for Entering Students

Early regisrr:lLion for c:mering �tUllents (\(;cu during June or January, depend ing on whemc r srudents begi n in the fall or spring sem "(cr. rly registrJtion IS conducn:d by the Advising £lice:. Registra tion materials arc 'en! ID all ac pled entering students wel l in advance of their arrival Ull campus for their first s m rer.

Most s[lldcnrs meet in 'CStH1 ith a regist i a tion counselor as they reg ister f()r cou rs�. Srudems may :II (l r gibt ·r by phune.

Withdrawal from a Course

Official Withdrawal

A studen r may withdraw iTOm a dass wi th an insrrucror's .�ignarurc afrer the addJdrop d�adlil1e dud b for the withdrawal

deadline: published on [he caJendar page of rhe specific t ml Class Schedule. Tuition i. nor refunded, a 50 lare rt:gistr:Hioll fee is ch arged and an)' addilional tui t ion will be charged for add ing any Olh r dass ' . A grade of "\'(1" is recorded on the stud�m's academ ic transcripr.

If a StuJCI1l i, enro l led in a class, h· I !Ve r :Itt nded .tnd did nur drop the cour<;e hefore the published d ,ldJinc, tuit ion wiU be charged ro the �tudcnr's accowlt, unJe!>$ the insr rucwr's sign:l[urc has been ob rai ned . I f dle srudem obta ins [he instrucror' sigruuure, ru i rion is not charged. bUl a $50 bte registration fee is ' . , ed.

The add/drop fo rm may be ob ta i ned from the Student , ervices

Cenrer, filled i n , in tru,: or signarure obtai ned, and returned tu

the Studen l ,'en'ices Cel1ler hy the ,lppmpriate dat<:s rhat impact fee asses:menr. Tht· add/drop fo rm may als( be: (ound o nl ine. .It wlVUl.plu..edul �regi.

Withdrawal from the University

Withdrawal during the term

Srudents are en ri r! d ro withdraw honorab ly fro m the un iversity if their record is sat isfa ory and all financial ob l iga tions J.re

sat isfied . Swdcnts must complet,· and si gn the "N()[iflcation of S tudent Wi thdrawal" fo rm in the Studenr Scrvi es cll[er. PaniOlI tui tion refunds may be a"ailable del' nd ing on "h n the srudem withdraws . Refer to the Tuition and I'e�� "xr ion of rhi� . lalOg for morc i n furmario . ,rade: of WI \ ·i l l a ppear Oil rlw student's transcript for the te rm.

P L U 2006 - 2007

"'0 o

23

Page 26: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

VI ell \.,I ... :I o VI G.I

a: VI :I Q. E It!

U "'C J:: It! G.I

-

-J:: ell

"'C :I -.."

24

Withdrawal from a future term

Students are requ ired to no tify PI. jf thq do not p lan to

return for the fol lowing term. Studen t. are c'n t i r led [0 wi thdraw hono rably from the univers i ty if their record i� saris factory and all financial obligations are satisfle . Students mU$[ complete and s ign the '"Notification of Student Withdrawal" form in the Student Se[vices Cenrer.

Medical Withdrawal

Students may also withdraw completely from the u niversity for

S T U D E N T L I F E A N D

Thr Illliversi�y offers mall,Y support str!!icesfiJr students and pro uide;, a rich army ofresource>' to encolll'age l/cfuinnic mccess. Studmts arc

encollmged to become j;l1l1i/iar widl the offices ilnd savices described ill this section of the ciltalog. ArJditiollal informatioil about these

resource., is a[)ai&.hle.from each of the office.,· o;jiwn the Office of Stlident Life and the Office of the I'rol)OSt.

Academic Assistance Center 253. 535.7 5 1 8

www.plu.edu/�lUZSt

The Academ ic Assistance Center prov ides student with trained, cert ified peer tlJ[ors and a comfortable envi ronmen t "here learning, risk taking, and di� overy C:l.n occur. Rc:gi .. r�red PLU sruden . use the free services of the center to develop e, crive study strategies and ro supp lemen t or rei nforce rheir classroom experience.

Turoring takes place on campus , usually in rht: demic Assisrance C�nter (AAC), located i n the Ubr.lry. Howe cr, study

and test-review sess io ns may Occur in separate locations such as the science or music bu i ld i ngs, and drop-in math tutoring is ava i lable in the Math Lah, located in Morken 253. Students taking foreign languages can a([end weekly inFormal cotlversatiotl groU['S kd by Ollr langll:1ge tutors. All abil ity levels < rt! welcome at these conversations.

Tutoring sessions are set up by advance appo i ntment (drop-ins are welcome, but may not flnd tutors avai lable). During bl l and spri ng semesrers, the AA , located in Library i 24, is open Monday th rough Thursday from 9:00 a.m. until 9:00 p .m. , Friday from 9 : 0 0 a .m. until 5 :00 p. m . , a n d unday from );00

p.m. un ti l 7:00 p.m. Hours and ervice r l i m ited duri ng J ­term and summer esiom. Studel tS �hQu ld smp by the llfJice. 'ali, or c-mail IX> lelt rtl mOre bout our SCI' ices or requ<;;�l an

appointment. The Academic Assistance websire provides inform;ttion on tllt [lng and weekiy updatc!s I ,n srudy scs:;ions .

a term for medical reasons. The student must complete a Med ical Wirhdrawal Petit ion, provide written eVldence from a phys ician and a personal explanation to th e vice pres ident for Admission and Student Life . This m ust be completed in a

time! ' manner and in no case bter th.:m the las t day of a class in an)' given rerm. If granted , [he grade of WM wil l appear on the s tuden t 's rranscript. Phys ic i a n clearance is required prior ro re-enrol l ment.

For more information c o n racr Studen t l . ife, 1 05 Hauge

AdminiSTration Building, 253.535.7 \ 9 1 or [email protected].

C A M P U S R E S 0 U R C E S

Accommodations for Students with Disabilities 253. 3 5.7206 www.plu.edul �$lifTct

The un ivcrs i ry compl ies with rhl: Americans With D isab i l i ties Act of J 990 (ADA) and Section 504 of the R habil i tat ion Act of 1 973 and p rov ides reasonable accommodltion to students with documented disabi l i ties who are reg isrered with rhe Universiry.

Po l icies regard i ng documentarion of a physical, psychological/psychiatric, Specific Learning Oi ab i li ty and Pmention Deflcit/Hyperactiviry Disorder are available in Ramstad 1 06 or on the Web Jt wlvw.plu.edu/�sLifTt:t and lead inro Services for Students with Disabilities. Classroom, assistive tech no logy and acccss ib il i ' accommodations 3re coordinated on an ind iv idual basis. The off! e is located in Ramstad 1 06.

While the professiona l evaluation of a dis'lb i l i ty is considered by PLU to be a Med ica l Treatment Record, [etorch pertain ing ro the academ ic accommodations provided by f'LU are considered to be Educational Records (and nor Medical Tru ITnen t R t:co rds ) as defined in the Fam i ly Educatio na l Rights anti Privacy Act of 1 974 ("FERPA") . Records regarding academic accommodations may be util ized in the same man ner and under the same conditions as o ther Educational Records. Sec: www.plu.edul print'lhandbooklcode- ofco1lductlPERPA-policy-htmL

PLU Bookstore 25 .535 .7665 luteworld.plu.edu (o"LitU open 2//7/365)

Th� FLU BoolulOre i$ owned and operated by P'lCific l.utheran Univcrsiry for the ben It of stucienr.-. tacu l ty and staff. The bookstore sells texthooks and supplies required for classes. School

PlU 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 27: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

suppl ies. PLU dvth i ng and girts, cards, and convenience store it ms are also available. : mpnrer ",ftware at d iscounted prices i :\\ Hable or c.ln be pecial ordered . Personal computer systems at educational prices can be purchased through the bookstore.

pecral book orders are welcome. To order your textb(lok, onl ine, visit lut(!World.plu.edu, using your student ID and birth date.

PLU Northwest fwd Scatu/i,uwiRTI Gift Shop is located at 407 Garfield Street in historic Parkland. Featuring orthwest and Scandinavian disilware, pottery, clothing, music, and foods, the ,rore also offers books and gifts depict ing northwest and Scandinavian theme . Conract at 253. 35 .8397.

Campus Concierge 253. 535.74 1 1 Ullvw.plu.edlll �concierg/ concing@p/u.edu

The am pus Co nc ierg� Cenrer is the dcom ing hub of the campus for phone cdlers and \ , I k -up patrons. The onc ierge can help, whether you necJ a bauda"!:, to sew on a burton, or forg t a p n on your \ <ly ro cbss . . tudents, 'tafF and visitors can

purchas til k t , add Lu Buck$ 1 th ir account. send a package. receive .lnd send facsi miles or make copies. The Con ' erg also has "emerg ncy" h mcwork supplies such as compurer di 'ks, writing manuals, dictionaries, blue books and Scantr n cards.

Campus Ministry 253.535 .7464 IUUfW.p!JJ..edn/�nt';"

Pacific Lutheran University by irs very nature is a place for the interaction between aith and rcason. Opportunit ies for the mutual celebr ti n of th.u faith on campus arc rich :Llld diverse.

apel worship is held Monday, Wednesday, and Friday mornings dLUing each emorer. The niver,ilY ongregat ion wor:hips and celeb rcs the Lord's Supper each Slturday eveni ng and Sunday morning. he- University Pastors a re avai lable to provide care, upP(lrr and spiriruai direction to the university co mmun ity.

Several denominations and religious group have orga nizations on campus. Numerous student-in i tiated Bible s tudy and fellowsh ip groups are oFFered.

Th Campu \1inistry Hi i.o; availab le to provide resources or to COllnect individual ... wi t h organil�lt i ns [hat can meet a variety of m i nistry needs. The CJmpus M inistry Council, an elecred student and faculty commi llee. ordi na t . these activities i n a

sp iri r of openness and Illu tua l respect .

Campus Safety and Information 253.-35.744 l wUlJ().plu.edulrampussafoty

The personal saf. ty of the PLlT com mun i ty is the primary focus of Campus Safety and I n fon rion. Campus Safety oAic r. an:

available to escort students. provide vehicle jump starts, respond ro med ical emerg<!n ic:� and fir., alarms. and p rovide general telephone i l lform.uion services.

Visitor information is a\P,lllable 24 hours a day, seven days a we k, through the ampus afety fRce. Vehicle registration for p rking on cam pus is requ i red and is available through the Campus liafery Web site. A PLU 'Pass is required.

Pacific Lutheran Universi ty is private property and the universiry reserves the right to restrict access to the campus and buildi ngs.

Career Development 253. 535.7459 UfWw.plu. edulcareer

Car r Development provides students with a holistic approach to understanding the career process . Students arc assisted in integrating their personal values and aptitudes with career choices through i ndividual cOLlllsti ing, workshops, assessments, a comprehensive Web site and events. I n addition to providing a place to identify and explore one's vocat ion , the departm en t provides opportunities to acquire practical skills, including resume writing, in tervi w preparation and job search strategies .

Career l1evelopment mai ntains relationships with local emplo 'crs and recrui ters. In collaboration with the Academic I ntcrnship offi e, Career Development coordinates a Career and I nternship Fair each fal l and spring ,emester.

The Challenge Program at PLU 253.535.75 1 9

The Challenge Program offers �ludents who wish to attend PLU, and who sho\ potential bur are nOl admissible, the opportunity to attend thc univcrs ity. The program takes place over summer and fal l term�, and provides rhe srrung academic and personal support n eded to show . tudents that they can succeed in a col lege environmenl ami to offer them the opportunity to realize their po tential here. Regular admission to the university is con tingelH on succ sful co mpletion of both the fal l and summer compon nts of the program.

The Summer Challenge lS 'tn i n tense, six-week, l ive-i n program highlighted by a chall nging academic load , ex client facul ty, effective academ ic and personal support, and activi ties designed to develop a sense of comrnuniry and participation in the l ife of the universi ty. In six wt·eks. Challenge studen ts complete nille credits offered by fa ul[y experi enced i n working with students of conceru. Supplemental instruction, i ndividual turori ng, and menroring is provided by p r coaches who l ive in the residence hall with the Challer ge studenrs.

The Fall Chal lenge is an i urermediate step berween the highly structured summcr component and the regular, non-Challenge workload the students wi ll experi ence beginning in spring o f their IT .shman year, �hallenge students take 1 3- 1 4 credits of Chal lenge Program courscs and regularly offered u niversity "solid" courses. Peer coaches provide supplemental i nstruct ion but do not live in the halls with the students. Co-curricular activi ties cOlllinue connections with the on- and off-campus

mmun't ics and fo ter the studmts' growing sense of vocation and their career and educarional plan s.

Computing and Telecommunications (sa Information find Technology Servia's)

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

-tI) Q.1 :::l C. n Q.1 3

"C C \1'1

:::lI:I tI) \1'1 o C ... n

tI) \1'1

25

Page 28: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

11'1 dI u -. = o 11'1 dI

0:: 11'1 � c.. E to

U

"C

C

to

dI -

-

C

dI

"C

� -In

26

Conferences and Events 2,)j ,53S .. 4:;0 luww.pl".edu/�evenu

nfcrences J.lld Event · dKJul . univerSI .. faci l ities (or w rk-.hop , c:m inar', I crurel>. b llutts, mec:ti ngs and more. Sluuc:nr.. ihlttc\U!d in cheduling .In 'vem IlIUSt 1.1 r work with :Oldent I nvu lvcmcn t and Le:ulersh tp (253.'53 - .7 1 9'5) (or approval 'Uld to develop an evem pla n p rior to contacting

on� r n ees and Event:; l u r 5erYe fac i l it ic.� .

Counseling and Testing Services 253. 53"i.7106 lVIUw.pb,.edlll,-sliflrr

Re.lIitin,' that a students' emotional heaith is i lllporranr for their a ademi' SlIccess, COUJlselIng Jnd T.::sting Services provides a wide range 0 counseJmg ilnd supporfive servi ·es. Trained and exper ic:nced m mal h · tIlh proFessionoili; offer both i ndividual and group cOLlnselingi,uppl rr Nvi<.;es. ddi tionally, a consulting p. ychi .trrij[ iI av;]ilabl · for ;iSsessment and medication evaluation. A variery of interest ;.!.nd persunal ity i nven tories are available to

M�i5( studenrs wi th personal growth issue . All servic("s are

c()n ndc:nti.'I1 and offcre,l at nu cost for mldenc attending classes.

Dining Services 25:3 5_ '5.7472 IVlvw.pill.edul � dinitlg

D i n ing 5t:rvk s is owned and , pel"J(t;d by Paci tc LUlher:tll Unhersity and pJ'ijvid�� a wide variety IJf s('rvic\!<; Fo r .rudenrs , bc nl lY. stu 'lnc! the commun i ty. I n addlri(Jn (() StUU"flt mcal services, PL ' Dining SN vice.� operate" Pl .U Cater ing nnd the fdluwr ng locauons mal gladly accept C:l5h anJ illreBu k$;

• ',spresso cans in th Admini5lrauon building and the Mortvedl Ubrary.

• Tbe Bistro, offering a quick lunch witl made-to-order sub 5al\dwiche.� and sJ.laJ. packaged for carry Out convenience. For di nner, the Bistro offer. br 1ck oven pra3 by the s l ice and made-[o-order ub sandwiches.

• The Ufliversity Cellter Coffie Shop. offt! r i ng gri l l ,('wice for brtakfa.�[, l unch and d i nner. as well .lS del i sandwiches and sna ks.

• The Keiky Cnfo in the Morken Cenrer fur Learning and Technology, ofFering lunch options and signature cookies, as well a (spr<::sso.

Wilh the exc peion of South [ lall re5i e nts, students l iving on campus must enroll in one or �evcm. 1 meal pbn packages. Most campu.� meab are served in the U niversity Cenrer ,0m motlS and include a variery of ho[ en tree choices a nd ar least one vegetarian �e1cct i()n. 'here is alsD an cxtc:nsivc salad and deli bar, desserts, and a large a5. orrment of b�vera�e� and orit or , tras. In add i t ion ro the compl te meal sysrem o ffered t the University ,enter Co mmons. s[UUcnt arc CI1CLlU ged (0 USL thc:ir meal plans in the University Center Coffee Shop and he Bistro. Off-campus and S lith Hall fesiden t, are encour.1ged to pu rchase a Dining Services me-" I plan tailored to thc:.iJ 5pC iRe needs.

Is there an upcoming celebration i n your stUdent', l ife? The Send a Smile Gift Program is designed (0 help make someonc's day. Convenient on-campus delivery of flolVers, celebration cakes, local movie theatre tickets and many other gifts can be ordered at IUllJlu.plu.edu! rditli7lg!gift.h1'11l.

Dispute Resolution

Policies and procedures at the univers i ty are intended to maintain an orderly educational cnviro n mtn t co nducive to student learning and development. In order to fulfi l l i nstitutional responsibi l i ty and at the same time follow procedures that arc fair, consistent, and prorective of each person's rights, appropriate dispute resolution procedures have been estab lished . If a studen t

ha5 reason ro believe that an academic or administrative action is unjust, capriciolls, or discriminatory, these procedures are available for the student to seek redress.

Tbe University Dispute Resolution Commim:e is comprised of s ix individuals traincd in d ispute resolution. They arc M ichel le Ceynar (25:3 .535 .7297) , Tom Huelsbeck (253.535 .7202), Fran Lwe Rasmus (253 .535 .7 1 4 1 ) , Teri Phi l l ips (2 �3 .5 .3 5 . 7 1 87), L .eon Reisberg (253 .535 .7280) and Richard Seeger, chair (253 .535 .75 1 9) . Any of the comm i ttee members may be co n tacted ro receive lssistance.

Copies of dispute resolution procedures afC available for review at the office of each com m ittee member. Students with disabi l i ties who lVant to appe:il a decision regard i ng an accommodation should conraCt the Director of Counsel ing and Testing (253.535 .7206) , [he ADA Grievance Offtcer.

Diversity Center 253 . 535.8750 www.plll.edulrdce1Iter

Paci fic Lutheran University is committed to the mis,ion of providing a diverse and inclusive education for all students. Graduates o f PLU are peo ple capablc of effecrive lives in an expand i ng, diverse world. Every student at PLU is required to take courses in Alternative Perspectives and i n Cross-Cultural PerspcCt ives . Multiculturalism, outside of the classroom, is expcrienced through social and cducnional p rogramm i ng from a variety of sources. The Divers i ty Cenrer is staffed by an Associate Direcror and Diversity Advocates . Diversity Advocates are di\'erse PLU studenrs working wgether to bring multicultural awareness to our campus and surrounding commun ities. They provide suppOrt to students and dubs that work with diversity-related issues and rais ing and susta in ing general awareness on campus about current educational, political, and social issues related to race, ethniciry, gender, age, and sexuality. They are available to help all swdems, staft; and faculty who have interest in an;a, of mulricultural ism. The Divers i ty Center is located on the ground floor of the Un ivers i ty Cc:ntcr, across from Campus iVl in istry.

Other campus resources in the area of multiculturalism are:

• The Office of Student I nvolvement and Leadership helps different dubs and organizations that suppOrt [he efforts of underrepresented popu lations programs and work within the PLU commun ity;

• Associated Swden ts of Pacific Lutheran Un iversity (ASPLU)

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 29: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

and R idence Hall Association (RHA) hoth have formal leadersh ip positions that program events bo th social and educat ional for the entire studt:nt body on a variety of multicultural issues;

• The \1(fomen' · Center strives to increase understanding of gender issut.'s, empower women to explore options in their l ives, and motivate both women and mt:n toward greater involvt:ment in these social jus tice issues, as leaders, as allies, and agent, of change, on campus and in the world;

• The Wang Center for I nrernational Programs provides extensive supporr and education for students, faculty and staff interesred in studying away for a year, semester or January

eml. The \1(fang Center also coordinates the biannual Wang Center Symposium, Wang Center Research Grants and various on-campus activities to promote international perspectives, cu ltures, and inrerculturalism; and

• The University Diversity Commi ttee furthers the university's mission o f multiculturalism through pol icy review and event planning on both a social and educational level in the area of multiculturalism that integrates both the academic and student l ife.

The Elliott Press 253 . 535. 7387

wluw.plu. edul �ppaleUiott.lJt1nl

The Ell iott Press is PLU's studio laboratory for the printing arts. With the pr sss l a rg col lection of letterpress type and equ ipment. student design and produce printed texts using traditional techniques that flourish today in the lively art form known as fine printing. The press also houses a growing collect ion of innovative artist books and is a working museum where visiwrs may try their hands at rhe technology pioneered hy Gutenberg.

The Student Health Center 253 . -3'5 .7337 tuww.pl".edll/�/)(!altb

The Student Health CenLer, "caring, conven ient, confidential," is staffed full rime hy two physician assistants. Also available wedly are a consulting physician, a psychiauic physician assistant, and a nurse practitioner.

Services provided include acme care for i llness and injury, physical exanlS for porrs, travel, employment and reproductive health, birth contrnl, STD information and testing, chtonic disease monitoring, consultations for travel, smoking cessation, substance abuse and eating disorders. Also offered are i mmunizations, allergy shots, laboratory tests and health education on a wide variety of topics. Completion of the university health history form is required for registration.

iclmess aud Accident Insurance: The health center strongly encourages all students w have medical insurance. Information about " arious in urance options can be found on the health center \1(feb site.

The imm,mizatio1l policy states that all srudents born after

December 3 1 , 1 956, are required to provide documentation of two measles, mumps, rubella (MMR) vaccinations received after their first hirthday. This information must he on file before a student is perm irred to register. Also recommended are Hepatitis B, meningitis, and up-to-date tetanus/diphtheria immunizations.

International students, faculty and scholars from countries at risk for TB will be requi red to have a tuherculosis skin test. This test is done at the Student Health Cenrer aftcr arrival at the universi ty. The cost is $20.

Questions abom the immunization policy will be answered gladly at the health center.

Information and Technology Services (Lihrary and Computing 'ervices) 253 .53 .7 00 and 253.535.7�25

wwr/l.plu.edul�/ibr and www.pl.t.edrt/�comptelc

Information & Technology Services (I&TS) provides libraty and computing . ervices for the campus. Located in Morrvedt Library, I&T� personnel arc comm itted ro making technology work for everyone while striving to make research in both pri nt and electronic collections a rewarding experience. More informat ion regarding I&T services is available on the PLU Web site.

Computet' arcormu are essential for all PLU students. The PLU cPass provides students wirh a PLU emai l account, an expanding set of onl ine studellt services, a rich collection of electronic research sources and tools, and other services and remurces for the exdusive use of the P U c m munity. Students starting each fall receive mail in June from the uniwrsity wirh instructions on requesting the ePass account online.

Anti-virus .Jojn/lore is required on all student computers that connect to the P I .U network. PLU provides this software free. Failure to protect your computer w i th an anti-virus program might result in < penalty. Visir our \1(fcb page to get additional information and download the program: wWlII.plu.edrllnntivirus.

Check out books and multimedia equipment and materials (e.g., videos, DVDs, digital cameras) With your student 10 card. This card with the barcode on the back serves as your PLU library card.

General acce,fS c071lputel'1 are located throughout campus. The largest concentration is in Morrvedt Library, where the Haley Center provides over 50 workstations for access ro electronic information resources and other research activities in an atmosphere that promotes i ndividual and group study, immediate access to reference and technology help, and the relaxing ambiance of a nearby espresso kiosk. Also in the library is the Language Resou rce Center for foreign language learning.

Pet'soIJalized assutance in computing and library services can be obtained in a variety of ways. These I&TS departments are good starring points:

• For assistance in ohtaining the be: t information on a topic or learning effective research strategies, visit the reft:rence desk o n the main level o f the l ibrar , call 253-535-7507, visit them online at 1/lww.plll.edll/�librlreft!7'encel"ome."tml or

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

-tn QI ::::J � n QI 3

"C

C 1/1

::a tn 1/1 o C .... n tn 1/1

27

Page 30: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

11'1 � u .... ::::J Q 11'1 �

a:::

... I: �

"C ::::J

... V'I

28

t!mail r o [email protected]. From this web page you can also access "24/7 Librarian Live" ro work with a librarian over the network using chat and co-browsing software.

• For assistance with computer accounts, email, supported software, and related resources, visit the Computing and Telecommunication Services (CATS) help desk on the main level of ivlorrvedt Library, call the help desk at 253-535-7525, email them at [email protected] or visit them online.

• For assistance with multimedia equipment or services (including audio, television, and classroom technologies), visit Multimedia Services on the main Aoor of the library, call them at 253.535.7509, send email ro [email protected], or visit www.plu.edrt/rmediA.

• For .suPPQrt developing web resources or instruction in using digital media and web development rools, visit the Digital Media Center on the second Aoor of the l ibrary. You can also contact the OM at 253 .535 .8728. d�@plu.edu, or www.pIILedulrdmc.

Residnsee haD rooms all have Ethernet network connections. To connect ro the net\vork, students need an Ethernet card in addition ro cPass access and 'lIlti-virus soft\vare (above) . For information or assistance on setting up a computer for accc:s� ro the network (ResNet) , srudcnts should visit the CATS homepage or contact the CATS help desk. Ethernet cards for most computers are available at the PLU booksrore.

OJfcampus slude1lts need a modem and an Internet service provider in addition ro the P LU ePass. An ISP usually entails a monthly charge. Additional information on connecting ro the PLU net\vork from off campus can be found at W'/vw.pw.eduI rcomptelc.

Winless network W1U!S are located throughout campus, including University en ter, Morrvedt Library, Xavier HaJl and Rieke Center. The Morken Center for Learning and Technology has both fixed and wireless net\vork, a digital multimedia lab, an open lab for students, and department computing labs.

International Student Services 253.535 .7 1 94 ww,v.p!u.edu/ r intserv

International Student Services provides assistance to international srudents in adjusting ro the university and in meeting both education and personal needs. Services include orientation, registration and on-campus Liaison with otht'r university offices. Assistance with immigration and government regulations as well as immigration procedures regarding temporary travel, work applications, and extensions of stay is available.

KPLU -FM, National Public Radio 253.535 .7758 IUww.kplu.org

KPLU is a public radio station licensed by the Federal Communications Commission to the Board of Regents of Pacific Lutheran University in rhe Tacoma/Seattle area at 88.5 FM. With a nct\vork of eight booster signals, KPLU extends its service

throughout Western Washingron and lower British Columbia. Public radio stations are authorized by the federal government as noncommercial ro offer alternative programming not found on commercial radio.

Recognized for its programming excellencc, KPLU 88 .5 , National Public Radio (NPR), i s o n c o f the nation's leading public radio stations. KPLU broadcasts NPR news, local and regional news, and jazz ro more than 500,000 listeners per week. The KPLU news team files hundreds of stories for national broadcast with N PR each year.

KPLU streams its exclusive, award-winning jazz, and news 24 houts a day on its Web site. KPLU is also now a leader in worldwide jazz listening.

PL is the only independent university in the Northwest operating a full-power NPR member station.

Library Services (see Information and Technology Servim)

New Student Orientation 25.3 .53 5.7 1 9 WWIV.plu.edul �new/

N v Student Orientation will assist students and their families \ ith the transition to PLU. The tlve-day fall program introduces students to many dimensions of PLU life and includes meeting with an advisor, talking in small groups with other new students, becoming acquainted with campus services and having rela.xed time with other students bdon� classes begin. Special activities arc also planned f()r parents and families. \\7hile January and spring orientations are morc condensed, they also provide new students with an i ntroduction ro academic life �md co-curricular activities.

Off-Campus Student Services 25.3.5.35 . 7 1 95 ruwrv.plu.edul �offcamp

Student Involvement and Leadership (SIL) provides off-campus students with a relaxing office and supportive staff. Off-campus students are inviled t seek involvement, resources, and suppOrt through this office. S I L partners with ASPLU to coordinate communication and programming and to advocate for nonresidential students . In addition, the following resources are available:

• Lounges: especially designed for off-campus students, on the lower I vel of the University Center, the upper level of the Hauge Adminisrration Building, the fitst Aoor of Rieke Science Cemer, and the University Gallery in Ingram Hall.

• Meal pfaru: PLU's FlexPlan (25 meals per academic year) and LutePoin arc convenient and economical meal options for off-camplJ.\, students.

• Off-campus borui1lg: If you are looking for off-campus housing, check the off-campus notebooks in Residential Life and the bulletin boards in the Uc.

• ASPLU: Four elected members of ASPLU student government are off-campus senators.

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 31: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

Center for Public Service 253. -35.7 1 73 253.535 7652 www.plu.edu/�pub",,(

The t:nrer fo r Publi .. Service connects th� PLU campus to the surro und i ng commun ilic=s by provid ing opportuni ties fo r stuJents. Staff and Faculty to serve community needs as part of their ltni ers iry experience.

There .Ire many ways PLU people (an become involved in community ervic a r PLU. hey can wotk with all ages­preschoolers clJrough sen ior ciLizens-:n the Fam ily and

h i lJren' Center, a coal ition of social serv ice agenc ies ho used tOgether in PLU's E. ·I amplls that closely cooperates wi th the Center for Public S rvice. Studems can also become involved in community work through academic ervice-Iearning classes that explore Ihe rel;llionship between ,m academic subject and co mmuniI:)' service experien e. The Center for Publ ic Service is a resource [0 faculty reaching these courses , which are anilable in mallY departments, and can heIp studenrs find out about them. ror a v;uict . of volunteer work, individuals and student groups can a�(l u5e the Vo lunteer enter, part of the Center for Public

ervice, to browse through l istings of more than 1 00 vo lu n teer opp rrun i ties on and near the PLU campus and to learn about residen hall or student club service projects.

To find Out more bout how to become engaged in the commu n i ty, cal l the Cc,nrer for Public Service, or stop by Rammd Room 1 1 6.

Residential Life 253. 35 .7200 wWllJ.plrudul-rlij

"Your Pia c: in the World ." Tha(� what Re idential Life at Pacific LUlhernn University hopes you will explore while l iving on campus. hether through a conVersation with a roo mmate, a study group, a tate night r lln to a iocal coffee shop, or a dialogue with a Faculr mem er who i. attending an evc::nt , liv ing in the residence hair, pr vides srudenrs wi th an opporruni ty to experi ment how what is learned in the classroom can be applied in the wor ld. For [hi reason, we bel icve thar l ife in the residence halls is an Integral parr of the Lure experience.

Th_ univers i ty requirc:5 all ful l-r ime ( 1 2 or more semesrer hours) stude n t.� to live on campus un less they meet one of the fo l lowing cond itions:

I . The slLldent is living at home with parent(s) , legal guardian(s), spouse, or ch ild(ren)

2 . '!l1C rudc:m is _0 years of age or older on or before September 1 for Ihe J demic year, or Fcbruary 1 for the spring semester.

3. They h,ve attain d jun ior statU5 (60 semester hours) on or before September I for the academ ic year or February 1 for the spri ng semester.

Re identia! Life at P LU aspi c to provide safe, comfortable and we lco ing r id�nce hall commun ities in which all srudents can hvC!, I rn and grm . \'ift: offer a variet), of housi ng options for srudents to he lp us mee[ [hal goal These i nc l ude an all-women's residen ce hal l, an int�miona l living and learning commun ity

focused o n language and cultural immersion, and several "traditional" co-ed options. For srudents 20 years or age or older who have artained a minimum of junior stand ing, more auronomous living options are avai lable including an all-'ingle room hall and an apartment style residence hall . All halls inc lude informal lou nges, study rooms, and common kitchen and laundry facil ities thar allow residents to establish a comfortable l iving pattern.

Each r<,sidence hall is managed by a live in professional staff member who oversees hous i ng and faci l it ies needs, serves as a

resource for students, advises rhe residenc hall council ( RHC) , and supervises the Residen t Assistants (RA). RAs are the primary contacr for a.ll residents. They serve as a perso nal resource to assist with needs as they arise, provide social activities and co­curricular programmi ng. The RHC is a rcam of volunteers who work to bui ld ident ity within the entire residenc hall co mmunity. RHCs can also serve as an advocare for studen ts to the Residential Life Department and the University at large .

Student Code of Conduct www.pJu.�du/�slif

Wirhin any community certain regu lations are necessary. Pacific Lutheran Un iversity adopts on ly rhose standards believed to be reasonably necessary and admits snldems wi th the expectation that they will comp ly with those standards. All members of the university communi ty are expected to respect the righ ts and in tegri ty of others. Conduct on-campus or off-campus wh ich is detri mental to students, f:ICLllty, staff, or rhe universi ty, or which violates local, state, or federal laws. may be grounds for sanctions or for dismissal. The un ivers ity proh ibi ts the possessIon or consumption of alcoholic beverage on campus and l imi ts the hours when students may have visi tors of the opposire sex in their residence hall rooms . The code of cond ucr fo r all students is avai lable online at www.plu.edulprintillandbook. The student conduct coordinator may be reached at 253.53 5.7 1 9 5 .

St dent Activities 253.53 5.7 195 www.plu.edul � sil

5rudent activities are regarded as 'sential factors in higher edLlcarion . Some are related to courses of instruction such as drama, music, and physical educa tion; others are connected more closely to re rcational and social l ife. Involvemen t in student activities provides pracr ical experience and at the same time develops an understanding of self in rdation to others . Co­curricular programs include studen t government (Associated Studen ts of PLU, and Residence Hall A�sociatio n), SPOrtS activities (varsity, in tramural and club sports) , student media (newspaper, social jus tice journal, artis tic magazine, radio and television), student clubs and organizarions and community service programs. With over 1 00 student activities in which to become involved, there is sure to be ar least one thar will enrich a persons co l lege experience.

Student Employment 253.535.7459

Within the university, approximately 1 , 500 studcnrs will have on campus emp loyment . Campus em ployment provides excellent

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 1

-II) Q.I ::I C. n Q.1 3

"C c:: III

::a II) III o c:: ... n II) III

29

Page 32: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

VI Q) V .. ::l o VI Q)

a::

-c Q)

"'C -In

o

appn rlunitl s to C lns ider and connect their work experience to dH�H un:�r po.sibi l i t ics with an emphasis on vocation . E,nllloymO::lu on cJ mpm is also excel lent tmining fi)r students wah l 'I1l,ted txp�'!;nGC as wdl as thme students who have ,igTlifi�;rnr w(lr� t>l\perience. Experience, convenience and IlC1libi l ity ;11\: majm :lttranions to campus employment. Federal IVork-srudy, is n or a requirement to obrain a job on campus.

The [udcm I:.mp loyment Office, located in Ramstad Hall room 1 1 2, alm m:ln:lg ... � t he \)' :l.shl r lgton SWt.: \'Vork Study p rogram. Th i� p'..>gram is designed to provide. para-professional ofT �m p\l.� W(lrk C�l'� ri(! nce fe)t st udcnts in fidds related to their Wl\'er gnal>. COnt.ln our office at 253 535-7459 or [email protected]'ll.

Student Life 1 'i3.53,.7 1 9 1

/Uww.plu.e4u/�slif

Student Lifl! lI l'LU seeks to promorc the hol istic development 01 student .tnt.! �te\vani a dynamic campus communiry. We t'n�ag" s twlents in pwp()serul t!lI.ptrictltial learn ing that chal l enge, [hem to make a difference i n the world as t.hey care for tht'm�ch .. , .and orher • and positively impact the diverse ,ummu l 1 i ric� i 'l wh ich t hey live.

lllc l ualirv Cl f l lle m l L iva t.ed and fostered within the university is ; 1 11 c.�se'l i iJ I cnmponem 01 " t i re academic com munity. The envi mnmenr produced is conducive to a l ife o f vigorous and w >.Iti. learni n�. Pacif1( Lurhcran University also recognizes that I l henu �d"�,H i (1n i� for rhe total person and that a Lumpi.:mell[.lty rcbuonship exists between students' intellectual Jevclopmcm and the satisfactiun of their other individual needs. [ JHe�1I0n wi th pCr�<H1S of differing l ift: experiences, application or r.. lassroorn knowledge to personal goals and aspirations, and CO-I..urrkular ,-",perienr� �re al l available and total components or e hlc:Uiou :I [ P I U. I I I a r ime when there is a need for rntani ngri u co mmuni ty, the campus faci l i tares genuine reladonships among members of the univers ity fro m diverse rdigioll.S . racial , Jnd culrural backgrounds .

·,!I "r t l J . s<:rvi e:� and F.Jci ! i t ies provided arc intend.,d to Lomp! IllCnL the .:u:adel11 ic program. The services refleGt changing 'lUdell l ' H'elk .mel the opportu n ities for student participarion HI I ud", \ 'r'uill a l l a.wecrs of the u nivers i ry. Individual attention I S ¢wn T i ' '1Ud�'H�' corKern , including a variery o f specific .. fvk� lut l , n"d ht'Ie md on the web at www.plll.edu/�slif

tudent Services Center 2'j.� '- 3 " 7 1 6 1 KlIl I I7IlX!. l '\ IVWu!."Ju.edu/�ssvt

111( S t lld"lll S�rv!c:es Cen ter, located i n Hauge Administration BUlldjn�. RntJm ! 02, ofTers a vanerl' of services for students, !iun i l i . . lnd r ht: PLU Lommuniry. Questions o r requests for rcgisuaLion a5�c.m n e. copies of unofllcial/offlcial rranscriprs, y�rificlli(1n uF enro llmen r, deferments, financial aid, account unancing, b i lhl1g statements, and vereran's assistance are some of the: service:; lIffcrecl . We: pride ourselves in a high qual i ry of !>(rv,o: ;ll\J <ire d edicated to assisting studcnts through the aLldcmi<: proces.< with financial assistance and orher resources.

If you need to access information regarding a student's financial aid andlor bi l l ing i nquiries, you are required to have the student's PLU Ident i fication Number and Personal Identification Number (PIN) . It is the student's right to give these numbers to a parent o r sign i ficant other for access to education records. Pacific Lutheran University has adopted a policy to protect the privacy of education records. The Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1 974, popularly known as " FERPA". govcrns the university's collection, reten tion and dissemi nation of i nformarion about students.

Study Away �ree \\ltlllg Cf7/tllr for International f'rogl<linJ)

Summer Sessions 253 .535 .8628 /1IWW.pl'll.edtt! � smmner

The u niversity o ffers an extcnsive summer school curriculum that includes con tinuing education courses and specia .l institutes. These course offerings arc open to all qualified persons. P LU faculty typically o ffer i nnovative, experimental courses during sum mer sessions. These experimental cOl l r c:s cover a broad range of contemporary issues and perspectives in different academic fields. Designed for u ndergraduates and graduatc students a l ike, the SUlll mer program serves teachers and admin istrators who seek to satisfy credentials and pccial courses.

The 2007 summer sess i o n , which begins on June 4, cons ists o f rhree te.rms i ncluding a one-week workshop sess ion . There are courses taught in the even ing-, twO nights per week for n ine weeks. Ma.s ter of Business Administratio n courses are taught during two s ix-week terms. two n ights per week. Cont inuing education courses are available through the School o f Education and o ffered ar varying t imes throughout the summer.

A combi ned class schedule is pr imed and available on campus eacb year for the Summer essions and Fall Semeste.r. DeKriptions of summer courses may be viewed onl ine at WWw.plll .. edulsm111.1er. Information about special inst itutes, workshops and seminars may be view under the Special Topics area at www.plu.edulacademirs.

on-matriculated students who enroll fo r t.he summer session submit a signed Summer Ses:;ions Non-Degree Registration Form with the attached statement of good academic standing.

Volunteer Center 253 .535 .83 1 8 www.plu.edttl �vt'Jl,mtr

PLU's Volunteer Cenrer, run by students and housed in the Cemer for Public Service, seeb to give stuJen rs opportun i t.ies to put to work rheir dreams for a better world. The Volunteer Center has l istings for over 1 00 organizations that need vol u n teers. Smdents can stop by and browse through the p lacement lists, or make an appointment with o nc o f the Volunteer Center coordinators who help march students with organizations. Class projects, residen.ce hall group activities, one day o r several, the Volunteer Center can help students help.

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

3

II

Page 33: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

Wang Center for International Programs 253.535.757 www.p/u.edu/wa/.gcl!7lfer

As a globally-focused univers i ty, PL provides students with man)' ch.allenging and rewarding opportunities ro experience the world, we.wing global educJtion th rough almost every aspect of cudy and many co-curricular programs. The Wang Center for

International Programs is the universi ty's focal point for global JUCJ.uon , with the vision of educat ing to achieve a just, healthy,

,u>htin . ble and peaceful world. both locally and global ly.

Scrv ict'S provideJ y the \Vang Cen ter include: advising students lor ,tud} away. awardi.ng student and faculty research grants, col­laboranng WIth faculty i n offering shorr off-campus courses and directi ng ·em Ster abroad programs, organizing biennial global 'ymp sia . 'si l ing visiti ng scholars, and supporring student-driv­en co- urricular activities.

\X'ith appropriate p lanni ng, it is possible for qual ified students i n almost any major to successful ly incorpo ra te study away into their Jcgtee plans. Majors i n al l fields are encouraged to partici­pate in ff-campus study; there is a wide range of opportunities fllr anuary term, semester, academic year and summer programs as wdl as internaLionai internships. vcr 500 PLU students each rear tn rporarc . cud)' away in their academic experience.

To learn mo re about study away afld mhcr global education opporLunitics, vis i t the Wang Center for International Programs on- l ine or in-person. The office i s open Monday through Friday from 8 a.m. to 5 p.m.

Women's Center 2 5,l" 35.8759 11I1uw.plu.edul ... wom.encen

he W,lmen\ Center i an on-campus resource ce n te r that st:rves stuuenrs, staff and bculry. Located on upper campus in the house a ros the street from Ordal Hall (80 1 1 2 1 s t Street South), the "enter providcs advocacy, resources, and educational program ming for and abou t women and gender equity. Both women and men are welcome to u.se the resources of the Women's enter and encou raged to take advantage of the sate, IUppornve, :'\l1d confiden tial atmosphere fo r support or network grou p.,.

111 taff at the Women's Center offers confiJenriai suppo rt and .l$si. tam: in dc:aling with sexual harassment, rape or sexual ass ult. Jnd d3tin !rdationsh ip issues. Throughout the year, the center a lso provid . a varicty of opportu ni t i es for gathering and ,cleb rad 0 n.

Writing Center 2- 3.535.8709 WWllJ.p[u.etbll � writing

The ' ri tin enter provides a place �or students to meet with [rained studcnt consu l tants ro discuss their academic, c reative ;lI1d profess ional writing. Student staff members help \vriters geiierate topic . develop focus, organize materi<l.l and clatity iJeas. In an atmosphere that i s comfortable and removed fro m

[he classroom setting, student readers and wri ters talk s rio usly about ideas and writing strategies. Most sessions are one-hour meetings. but drop-i n students with brief essays or questions are welcome.

The Writ ing Center is located on the second floor of the Library, and is open Monday th rough Thursday from 8 :00 a.m. to 9:00 p.m., Friday from 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p . m . , and Sunday from 4:00 [Q 9:00 p.m. These hours may vary slightly from semester to semester.

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

-(t)

Qj

::::I

c..

f"\ Qj

3 "C C VI

;:Q

(t) VI

o C � n (t) VI

3 1

Page 34: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

c::: o

-RJ

E '­o -c:::

E :::::I

:::::I u

'­'-::I

U

2

Academic Structure College of Arts and Sciences

Qi'!..isi011 of Natural Sciences iol gy

---

Chemistry _

Compurer ci<,nee and Compur Engineering Geo den es

Mathematics P�y ics----=-

Divisioll of SocUU Scitmces Anthr�olo.&...­economics History Marri, g dnd F;mil)' Therapy Political oence Psy�.ho logy- ------- -Sociolo and Social Work

School of Arts and Communication

Art mmunicarion and Thearr�

Music

School of Business

School of Educatioo

School of Nursing

School of Physical EdUcation

Interdisciplinary Programs

Other Academic Programs

rain ------- --

Information and Technology Mil i tary cience -=---------------

Wang Center for In ternational Programs

Degrees Bachelor's Degrees

_�_a_chelor of Am (BA) Bachelor of Am in Communication (13AO Ba elor of Arts in Education (BA ) B-�chdo[ �-{Arrs in PbY;ic:al Ed�-�� (BAPE) Bachelor of Arcs in Recreation ( BARec) Bachelor of Business Admi�istrati�-n-(:::'BC::B'--A:--:)-----'---Bachelor of Fine Arcs (BFA) B;�hdor o{�\.1��i-c (B1Vf)--Bachelor of Musical Arts ( BMA) B�h�lor �f Ivi�ic E;h;;;;-ion -(';;B7�-;C'1 E�):-----------

Bachelor of Science ( BS) Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN) Bachelor of Science in Physical Education (BSPE)

Master's Degrees

Master of Arts in Education (MAE) !\1aj�� �fA;ts in Edu���ion witI TnTti;;r Certiftcat� (c:ER11 lyIast�r of Arts (Marriage and Family Thernpy) (MA) _ ___ _

Master of Fine Am in Creative Writing ( M FA) Master of BusIness Administration (MBA) Master of Science in Nursing (MSN)

Majors Bachelor of Arts (BA)

Anthrop�o�lo�Li ______________________________ __

Art Bio!.<:>ID': ___________________ __

hemistry Classics

ommllnical ion Studies Computer Science Economics

COIlC{'lltTdtions:

nglish Emphases:

French Geosci ence -German

Dom

The Modern Economic Enterprise

Literature Writing

History _______________________________________ _

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 35: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

Individualized Major Mathematics Music Norwegian PlLilos phy Physics Political Science P.:;yc.hology Rel igion Social Work Sociology

COllcelltmtio Ju._' ___ �-'-..J..:...

Spanish 1 h tre

EmphdIes: Acring/Direering _______________ D_�_i�g�n_rn_� __ h_nl_·c_al ________ _

Interdisciplinary Majors

Chinese Srudies Environmental ruclies Scandinavian Ar� 5mdi

Complementary Majors

Global Srudies Concentrations:

Women's and Gender Studies

Development and Social Justice Responses [0 In tcrnutional ViolenCe' and Can flier World Health Globalization and Trade Transnational Movem 'ms and Culrur.u Dlversity ______ _

Bachelor of Arts in Communication (BAC)

ConcmtratioJ1S: Conrlict Mana cmenr �-----

Bachelor of Science (BS)

Applied Physi S

Journalism i edia PerfOrmance and Pr duction

�ic Relationsl AdvertiSIng

�----------------------Chemisu),

Engin .... .:.::..-"'--.::2'-) _______ _ � uter Ell.,ineering Computer Science

Bachelor of Arts in Education (BAE)

el'ti[icotiO!lS: Elemen tary ___________ �Elemenr:lly and Sp cial Education

econdary Teach;'1 Endorsonents:

bemis-try __________ _

�arrh Science,

__________ E_nglishJLangLLJ.ge Arr�,. ____ _ English as a second language (wi Washington Academy of Languages) French

Mathemaric Physics Political 'oenee --------Reading

Bachelor of Arts in Physical Education (BAPE)

Bachelor of Arts in Recreation (BARec)

Bachelor of Business Administration (BBA)

Concentrations: Finane Human Resources and Organizarions

__________ -:M-:-.�.rker ing Profe.ssional Accoun ring

Bachelor of Fine Arts (BFA)

An Concent1'l1tiol1S: Two-Dimemional Media

Three- Dimcns lon.;J,;-'-M�ed';-;i-3. --

Theatre Emphas�:

D ign

Acring/Directing __________________ D�es�i�chru.�'c�ru� __________ _

Bachelor of Music (BM)

Concnurations: C',.Qmposiuon I nSlrumental

rgan Piano Voic

Bachelor of Music Education (BME)

K- 1 2 horal K- 1 2 Instrumental (Bandl K- 1 2 In ,rumental (Orchestrn)

Bachelor of Musical Arts (BMA)

Bachelor of Science in Nursing (BSN)

Bachelor of Science in Physical Education (BSPE)

Concentrations: Exercise Science Health and Fi tness lvlanagemem

______________ �I�)r-e-:-A�t�h-Ie�· tic���n�i-n-in�g�------­Pre-Physica l Therapy

Minors Anthropology

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

n c: c: 3

::I -o ....

3 D.I ...

33

Page 36: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

c

o

� 1'0

E �

o -c

E :::s

:::s IJ

� �

:::s u

34

Art

Communication ance

Theatre Computer Science & omputer Engineering

C mputer .Scie� __ .. _______ .. ...... ... . .. _ .. _ ... .

Elec trical Engineering :::I n;.;:o:..:;r:..:;m:..::at::,-io=n"':S�c-:-=jen-"'cc:.:e""'----····· -··--·------

=:;.;::..:=---------_ ... ....... _. __ .

Latin M at hematics

Acruarial Science Mathematics

rnristic':"::s =-----------�f�-:s l..:.c==:.:::--------·······-·------

eneralized pe ialized

Norwegian Nursing

H ealth Service� Phi losophy Physical Edu lion

Aquatics Coach ing ElI.�rcise Science [- l eal th Edu�ation H Ith and Fi mess M:tnag��[ Physical Activi ry Recreation S orrs Manas.em � .

____

__________ _

��tP_s.Ly_d_lO_l_o ... gy'--______________ _

Physics Policical ScienCe

Public Affai rs Psychology Rel igion .� and Social or,'-_____ ____ . ____ _

£.an tsh ._ . .. . _____ .. _

pedal Education ( Non-Teaching)

Interdiscipl inary Minors

Chi ne$t: tudie -------------.- . . --.••.. --... -... ---

nvironmental Studies Global tudies

Le al Studies Publishing and Pri ming..::.fu

.::;-=ts=-· ____________ _

Women's and Gender Srudi

FOR �STERS DEGREES See Graduate Studies on page 152.

Course Numberings

100-299 Lower-Division Courses: Open to first-year studems and sophomores unless otherwise restricted.

300-499 Upper-Division Courses: Generally open to juniors and seniors unless otherwise specified.' Also open to graduate studems, and may be considered part of a graduate program provided they are not specific requirements in preparation for graduate study.

500-599 Graduate Courses: Normally open to graduate students only. If, during the last semester of the senior year, a candidate for a baccalau reate degree finds it possible to complete all degree requirements with a registration of fewer than 16 semester hours of undergraduate credit, registration for graduate credit is permissible. However, the total registrarion for undergraduate requiremems and elective graduate credit shall not exceed 1 6 semester hours during the semester. A memorclndum stating that all baccalaureate requi rements are being met during the current semester must be signed by the appropriate department chair or school dean and presented to the dean of graduate studies at the time of such registration. This registration does not apply toward a higher degree unless it is later approved by the student's advisor and/or advisory committee.

.. Note: Low£'1··division students may enroll ill lIpper-dizJisioll courJes ijprerequisites halJe been met.

Course Offerings

Most listed courses are offered every year. A sysrem of alternating upper-division courses is pracriced in some departments, thereby assuring a broader curriculum. The university reserves the right to modify specific course requirements , to discontinue classes in which the registration is regarded as insufficient, and to withdraw courses. Most courses have a value of four semester hours. Parenthetical numbers immediately after the course description or tide indicates the number of semester hour credit given.

GUR (General University Requirement) Key

A Alternative Perspectives

. . __ . . In uiry Seminar FW Inquiry Seminar: Writing

orld I I ___ In(ernational Core: Origin� of th-.:.. Modern r2 International Core: 200-level urses-----=-13:----.. . =====�I-�-te-.!-.l1-�-t,-io-ll·�! Co�<::. Conc:l.�l.d..�g ·O.:..u.:..f- 's_e ___ _

LT Literature M R Mathematical Reasoning_

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 37: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

[ aturJ.1 Sciences, MathemJ.rics, or Computer Science

P_E:-:-____ Physical Educuion Activi ty Course PH Phi los phy

R2

R3

Rel igion: Biblical Srucl.1 (Line l j

Religi n : hristian [,hough t, Hisrory, Jnd perience (Li ne 2)

Religi on: In tegrative and Com parative Reli gious Studies (Line 3)

Academic IntemsWp ICooperative Edu tion

253.)35 .7324 wwtv.plu.edul�intl!rTl

Academic Inrt>mship/Cooperarivc Education courses are un ique opr rtunities for "hands-on" job experience with di rected academic learning. Through i n ternsh jps rudents weave opponun ities for worki ng and learn i ng at rhe SJme rime. The program features sysr matic cooperat ion between the university and an cxteno ive number of emp loyers in the [luget Sound commun ity, though 3 student may participare in an , cademic in! m h i p p rieoc un. ,vhere in rhe world.

Students g:lin an app reciation of the relarionship between rheory and appl icat ion, and may learn first hand about new devdopments i n a particu lar field. An Academic In ternship experience enabl '; rudenrs 0 become aware of tht: changing dimf:n ions of work. It is a key component i n PLU's f:lbric of

inv ri . dve learn i ng .

FACULTY: He.rbert-H i l l . Director

TWO MODELS: An academic internship accommodJ.tcs hath parr-t ime and ful l-t ime work schedules. Part-time work al lo\ sruden to take on-camp us courses concurrendy. A full -rime work xpcri<:nct: requires students to dedjcate the entire term to rhe.ir co-op �mploymenr. In mosr cases, students wil l fol low one or rhe ther, but some departments or schools rna devdop sequences that comb ine both ful l -time and parr-time work opt ions.

THE PROCESS FOR STUDENTS: To be eligible for

adm issio n into an Academic Internship or Co-op course, a student must have compl eted 28 scmest r hours or 1 2 semt'st<:r credirs fOI tr:msfer . mdems and be in good standing.

Students who wish to enro ll in an Academic I n ternsh ip must contact their deparrment faculty or the Director of the Co-op Program to dcterm ine el igibi l ity, terms for p lacemen t, areas of i nterest, academic requirements, and ki nds of pos itions avaibblc.

Studeors are respons ible for completing a Learning Agreemen t i nclud ing learni ng objectives, relared activities, and academic documentarian of learn i ng during their Academic I nternship experience. each student must arrange for academic supervis ion from a faculty sponsor. FacuI ry are responsible for i nsuri ng that the work experience provides appropriate learn ing opportunities, for hel pi ng ro establish the learn ing agreement, and for determining a grade.

Documentation of learn ing is establ ished with l "Learning Agreemen t" ;tod usually includes complet ing ;teadem ic ass ignments and projects and period ic con tan with [he faculty sponsor. Learn ing is guided by an on-site superv isor who acts as a p rofessional role m(,dd and men tOr. The Learn i ng Agreemen t , developed by each student wi th the assisrance of a faculty sponsor, liSt, learn ing objectives. a descript ion of how those objecti ves will be accompl ished, and how the student wil l documl!nt what the), have learned. The Learni ng Agreemen t is s igned by the srudenr, rhe filCulty sponsor, the program director, and the work supervisor, each of whom receives a copy. Con tacr (pers()n �u . phone, electronic, etc.) between the faculty sponsor ;tnd the srudcnt muse be sufficien t to al low the sponsor ro serve as a resource and provide academic supervis ion. Site visi t may be made by the faculey sponsor or t:h<: Co-op program di recror in agreement wirh the faculty c ponsor.

Emp loyers are responsi ble to: ( 1 ) provide opportun it ies for sruden ts to achieve their learning object ives within the li mirs of th ei r work err ings; (2) help srudents develop skil ls rel ated to the contextual as s of rhe w()rk world (such as relationships with co-workers); and (3) faci l itate 5ludents' i ntegration i nto their work serr ing so that their empl oymen t proves valuable and productive.

Swdents are requir�d ro register for at least one sem t r hour after accepri ng an Academic Inrernship po ition. Th roughout an undergraduate aCJdemic cart' 'r a student may receive a maximum of 16 semcm:r hours of credit through the Academic I n ternsh i p/ coop cours�s.

Course Offerings - Academic Internships & Cooperative Education AICE and COOP

AlCE 276: P4rl-Time Intermhip A supervised educational exper ience i n a work serring on a pa rt­time basis, no less than t\vo four-hour work periods per week. Imended for students who have nor yet declared a major or for students king an exploraw ,. experience. Requ i res the co mplet ion of a Learning Agreement i n consul ration with a facu lty sponsor. ( 1 to 8)

AleE 476: P4rt-Time Adv41lced 11lteT1lship A supervised educational c.{perieocc.: i n a work setting on a part­time basis, no I , rhan two four hour w rk periods per week. Intended for studen ts enrolled in a major who are seeki ng a profess ionally related experience. Requires the complerion of a

Learning Agreement in consul tation with a faculty sponsor. (I to 8)

COOP 276: Full- Tirtu: Intemship A supervised educational perience in a work set ting on a full­rime basis. Srudent must work at least 360 h ours i n their internship. [mended for students who have not declared a major or who are seeki ng an explorarory experience. R quires the

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

< �

m

C. C n Q.I ...

o :::l

35

Page 38: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

c o .... ra u :::s

"'C w Q.I > .... ra � Q.I CL. o o

u CL.

.s= \1'1 c � Q.I ... C

u

E Q.I

"'C ra u

«

36

completion of a lLarning Agreemen t in consultation with a aculry sponsor. ( 1 2)

COOP 476, Full-TitTU Adll(mcea Inumsbip A supervised C! ucational experience in a work setring on a full­time basis. Student must work at least 360 hours in their i nternsh ip. In �nded for students >ntolled in a major or who are seeking a professional experience. Requires the comple tion of a Le rning Agreement in consultation with a faculry sponsor. ( l 2)

COOP 477: blJernlltionm WOrk Experinue To b arranged and approved through the Wang Center for Int rnational Programs and a faculry sponsor. Prerequisites: comp letion of a minimum of one full year (32 credits) in residence prior ro the pr gram start. Recommended: a minimum GPA of 3.00. relevant work xper ience or academic background, languag competency and signi Icant cross-cultural experience. 0 - 1 2}

COOP 576; Work Experimce III A uperviscd educarional experience at the graduate level. Rcquir completion of Cooperative Education Agreemen t i n consultation with a f" culry sponsor and the student's graduate program advisor. ( 1 -4)

Anthropology

253 .53 - .75c 5 luww.plu. edul �anlllro

Anth ropology a;; a discipl ine tries ro bring all of the world's pc pie into human focus. Though anthropology does look at "stones and bones," it also examines the pol itics. medicines, families, ans, and religions of peoples and cultures in various pbc and times. This makes the study of anthropology a complex task, for it involves aspects of many discipl ines, from

geology and bio logy ro :m and psychology.

Anth ropology is composed of four fields. Cultural or social anthropology studies living human cultures in order ro create a Ctoss-cultural unders tanding of human behavior. Archaeology has the: same goal, but uses data from the physical remains of the past cultures (0 reach it. Linguis tic anthropology studies human I nguage. Biological anthropology studies the emergence :md subsequ�n r b iological adaptatio ns of human iry as a species.

FACULTY: Brusco, Chair; Andrews, Guldin, Huelsbeck. Klein, Nosaka. Pine.

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR: 36 semester hours

Required: ANTH [ 0 2, [ 03, 480, 499.

Choom ANTH [ 0 1 or 1 04 ; 4 hour from 330-345 (peoples courses); four e.mester hours from ANTH 350-465 ( top ics courses) ; eight additional hours in anthropology, at least four of which must be above ANrH 3 2 1 .

MlNOR: 2 0 ,emester hours.

&q14ired: A fH [ 02.

Choose: AN H 10 [ or [ 03 o r [ 04 ; four semester hours from courses listed A.NTH 330-345; four semester hours from ANTH 350-499; and four additional semester hours in anthropology.

DEPARTMENTAL HONORS In recognition of ourstanding work, the designatio n with Departmen tal Honors may be gran ted by vote of the anrhropology faculry based on the studenr's performance i n the following areas:

I . Anthropology course work: 3 .5 minimum GPA. 2. Demonstration of active inrerest in anthropological

projectS and activiries ou tside of class work. 3. Complet ion of a senior thesis. A paper describing

independenr research must be conduc ted under the supervision of departmental facu lty. A p roposal must be approved by the facul ry by the third week of class of the fall semes ter for May and August graduates, and the third week of class of the spring semester for December and Ja nuary graduates.

The departmenral honors des ignation will appear on a gradua ting anthropology major's transcript .

� ____________ ���{ .. �AN�T�H�) ________ __

ANTH 101: Introduction to Huma" Biological Diversity - SM I ntroduc tion to biological an rh ropology with a special focus on human evolution , the fossil evidence for human developmen t. the role of culture in human evolution, and a comparison with the deve lopment and social life of the nonhuman primates. (4)

ANTH 102: Introductio" to Humall Cultural Diversity - C, Sl I ntroduction ro social-cultural anrhropology, co ncenrrating on the exploration of the infinite variery of human endeavors in all a;;pects of culture and all rypes of societies; rel igion , pol itics , law, kinship and an. (4)

ANTH 103: Introductioll to Archaeology and World Prehistory - Sl I ntroduction to the ideas and prac tice o f archaeology used to examine the sweep of human prehistory from the earliest srone tools to the deve lopmen t of agriculture and metallurgy and ro enrich our understanding of extinL r societies. (4)

ANTH 104: bltroduction to Langruzge in Society - Sl I nrroduction to anthropological lingu istics and symbol ism , incl uding the origi n of language; sound systems . structure and meaning; language acqu isit ion; the social context of speaking; language change ; nonverbal communication; and sex differences in language ust!. (4)

ANTH 192: Practicing A1Ithropology: Makah Culture Past and Presmt - A, S 1 Study of Makah culture through archaeology and histOry and by i nteracting with the Makah. Active and service learn ing in Neah Bay. visiting the Makah Nation. Prereqr,i$i1e: Consent of i nstructOr. (4)

ANTH 210: Global Perspectives: The World in Change - C, Sl A survey of globa l issues: modernization and development; economic change and international trade; diminishing resources; war and revolution; peace and justice; and cu ltural diversiry. (Cross-listed with HIST 2 1 0 and POLS 2 [ 0) (4)

P t u 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 39: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

AN11J 220: Peoples o/the World - S1 Exploration f Lh wo rld's cultures through anthropological fIlms, no eis, and eyewirness ccounts. Case tudies chosen from Africa, Native America, Asia, the Pacific, and Euro-America provide an insider's view of ways of life different from our own. (2)

ANTH 225: Past Cultuns of Washingtor, State - S1 ative Americans have lived in \Xiashingron State for at least the

last 1 2,000 yea�. Cultures of the p'eople in coastal and interior Washington beginning with the fIrst northwesterners. An examination of the ways that cultures change through time until the c:mergence of the di&tinctive cultures observed by the earliest European visitors to the area. (2)

ANTH 230: Peopks of the Northw n Coast - A, S1 A survey of the ways of life of tht' native peoples of coastal Washington, British olumbia, and Southeastern Alaska fro m European contact to contemporary times, including traditional medlOds of fishing, arts, potlatches, tatus systems, and weal th and their impact on the modern life of the region. (2)

ANTH 330: Cultures and Peoples of Native North Anm-ica - A, 51 A omparative scudy of Native North American cultures from their arri al on the continent through today. E. amination of U.S. and Canadian laws, pol icies, and conflicts, issues of soveretgnry, and religious rights. (4)

ANTH 332: Pre/Ji.ltory of North America - S1 An archaeological reconstruction of economic, social, poli tical, and religious life in . orth America from the time the fI rst settlers entered the continent during the Ice Ages to the Mound Builders of later times and ultimately to the first contact with European sealers. (4)

.AJvTH 333: Native Am.erica" Health - A, S1 Opportunity ( study the health status of Native Americans. Overview of the history and cultUre of selected N,uive American tribes and nations, perspectives on health and il lness. Trends in population Jnd health status, and traditions or Native American healing. (4)

ANTH 334: The Ant/)ropology of Co,m:mporary Amerna - A, S1 An investigation of American social patrerns and problems designed to give insi!!:hrs from a cross-cultural perspective; exploration of American solurion. to common human problems; a determinarion of what is unique about the "American Way." (4)

ANTH 336: Peopk$ of Loti" America - C, S1 Milli ns f Americans have never been north of the equator. Who are these "other" Americans? This survey course familiarizes the stud�nt with a broad range of latin American peoples and problems. Topics range from visions of the supernatural to problems of econo m ic development. (4)

ANTH 338: Jewish Culture - A, S1 An exploration of American Jewish culture through its rOots in the life\ 3} , of Ea.ltern European Ashkenazic Jews and its transformation in the United Stat ", Emphasis on Jewish history, religion, li terarure, music, and humor as reflections of basic Jewi.�h cultmal rhemes. (4)

ANTH 340: Anthropology of Africa - C, S1 Study of Africa's diverse cultures. Focus on early studies of villages and tOpics such as kinship, rel igion, and social structure, and on more recent studies of urban centers, the impact of colonialism, popular culture, and post-colonial politics. (4)

ANTH 341: Ho'ike: Odmra/ Discovery ;n HIlWa;'; - A, S1 The history and culturai diversity of Hawai' i . Spend time in Honolul u and on the island of Kaua' i , visiting cultural sites and working with community based organizations. Anthropological writing�, histOry, and literature will provide a wider perspective and a framework for analysis of our experiences. (4)

ANTH 342: Pacific Island Odtu1'fl$ - C, S1 Peoples of Polynesia, Melanesia, and Micronesia. Developments in the Pacific region are explored, including economic development, migration, environmental degradation, political movements, gender rol�, the impact of Western media, tOurism, and cultural revivalism. How shifting theoretical models have informed rhe representation of Pacific cultures will also be considered. (4)

ANTH 343: East Asum Cultures - C, S1 A survey of the cultures and peoples of Eastern Asia, concentrating on hina but with comparative reference to Japan, Korea, and Vietnam. Culrural similarities as well as diEterences between these nations are stressed. Topics include religion, art, poli tics, hisrory, kinship, and economics. (4)

ANTH 345: Contemporary Cbina - C, S1 An immersion into the culture and society of the People's Republic of China; contemporary politics, kinship, folk religion, human relations; problems and prospects of development and rapid social change. (4)

ANTH 350: Women and Men in World Cultures - C, S1 An overview of the variation of sex roles and behaviors throughout the world; theories of matriarchy, patriarchy, mother goddesse5, innate inequalities; marriage patterns, impact of European patterns; egal itarianism to feminism. (4)

ANTH 352: The Anthropology of Age - S1, C This course examines the broad diversity of how cultures define the behavioral strategies of people as they age, how aging diHerentially is experienced by men and women, and how intergenerational family relati uships change as individuals make transitions between life stages. lobal issues of health, development, and human rights are considered. (4)

ANTH 355: Anthropology and Media - C, S1 Exploration of mass media produced and consumed in diverse cultural conte.'(ts. Examination of how mass media cultivate forms of gendered, ethnic, religious, and racial identities, and how different forms of media engage with the dynamic forces of popular culture and the political agendas of states and poli tical opposirion groups. (4)

ANTH 360: Ethnic Groflps - A, S1 -xamines the nature of ethnic groups in America and abroad; the

varying bases of ethnicity (culrure, religion, tribe, "tace," etc.); problems of group identity and boundary maintenance; ethnic symbols; ethnic poli tics; ethnic neighborhoods; and ethnic humor. (4)

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

... o

"'C o o

� '<

37

Page 40: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

38

ANTH 361: Managillg Culturnl Diversity - A, SI Practical guidelines on how (0 approach people of other culrures with sensitivity and empathy and ith an eye toward mutUJ.lly rewarding interaction. Learn how to avoid negative attitudes toward cultural diversity and develop a positive curiosity about the global divers ity represented in workplaces, schools, and neighborhoods. (2)

ANTH 365: PrelJistoric Elwirol11ne71t and Technology: Lab Methods ;11 Archaeology - SI Laboratory interpretation of archaeological materials. Techniques used in i nterpreting past human ecology, technology, and economy. Analytical procedures for bone, stone, ceramic, and metal artifacts; analysis of Jebris from food process ing activities. Analysis of materia!' from archaeological sites. (4)

ANTH 370: The Archaeology of Ancient Empires - C, SI The origins of agricul ture, writing, cities, and the state in many parts of the world, comparing and contrasting the great

civil izations of antiquity, including Mesopotamia, Egypt, India, Asia, Mesoamerica, and South America. (4)

ANTH 375: Law, PolitKs, a1ld Rellolutio" - C, SI A study of politics and law duollgh the political structures and process of tradition, I and conremporary societies; concepts of leadership , factionalism, feuds, power, authority, revolution, and other reactions ro colonization; law and conflict resolution; conflicts of national and local-level legal systems. (4)

ANTH 377: Money, P�wer, a"d ExchlVlge - SI What are the cultural meanings of mo ney, products, wealth, and exchange? How do they vary in different cultures? How products and favors acquire magical meanings. circubting through gifts and barter and how magical meanings change, moving to different cultures. The power of excha nge, creating complex social relationships at local, global levels. (4)

ANTH 380: Sic/m.esI, Ml1dltess, a1ld Health - C, SI A cross-cultural examination of syste m 0 curing practices and cultural views of physic:.'ll and meneal healrh; prevention and healing; namre and ski lls of curers; Jdlnitions of disease; variation in diseases ; i m pact of modern medical and psychological praCtirioners. (4)

ANTH 385: Marriage, Family, Ilrui Kinship - C, SI Explores the narur of domestic gn,up' cross-cultural ly, including [he ways in which religion , myrh, magic, and fo l klore serve to aniculate and comrol domestic l ife; how changing syst ms of production aHe t marriage and domestic form ; and how class and gender systems intertwine with kinship, domestic forms, and the meaning of "family." (4)

ANTH 386: Applied A7IIbropoiogy - 51 Exploration of the uses of the anthropological app roach ro improve human conditions. Focus o n anthropo logists' involvement and roles in appl ied projects. Review of theoretical, ethical, and practical issues. Field component. (4)

ANTH 387: Special Topics ;'1 Anthropology - S1 Selected rop ics as announced by the department. "o urses wil l address i m portalH issues in archaeology and cultural anthropology. ( 1 -4)

ANTH 392: Gods, Magic, a1ld Morais - C, S1 Anthrop logy of religion; humanity's COil pr of and relationships to the supernatural; examination of personal and group functions thaI religions ful fi ll; exploration of religions both "primitive" and hisrorical; origins of religion. (Cross- listed with RELI 392) (4)

.

AN7H 465: Archaeology: The Field Experience -- SI Excav.ation of a hisroric or prehistoric archaeological site, with emphasis n basic excavation skills , d record keeping, field mapping, drafting, and phorography. I he laborarory covers ani act processi ng and p reliminary analysis. Pretequisi,t:

,om,C'nl of instruct! r. ( 1 -8)

ANTH 480: Anthropological brquiry - SI Hisroric and thematic study of the theoretical foundations of soc iocul tural anthropolob'Y: research methods; how theory and merhods are used to [ blish amhro pological knowledge. Requ.ircd of majors in their j un ior or senior year. (4)

ANTH 491: bul.ependellt Studies: UndeT'oduate Readblgs Reading in specific area� o r issues of anthropology under supervision of a faculty member. A'ereqtiisite: departmental con ent. ( 1 -4)

ANTH 492: Indepmdem Studies: UtuJergrlldlUlle Fieldwork Srud)' of �peciflc areas o r issues in anthropology through field meth ods o f analysis and research supporred by approp riare r�J.ding IJnder supervision of a ElCulty member. Prereqllisite: departmental consent. ( 1-4)

ANTH 499: Capst01le: Semi'lI1r i" Amhropology - SR E.xa.mine an thropologlcal methods and apply ant hropo logical theory to an invest igation of a selected topic in contempor­ary anthmpoiogy. R quir d of m jors in their j unior or sen ior year. Pr�reqllisite for other students: depanmen tal approval. (4)

Art

253.535 .7'i7.'l lIlWIII.plu.edul �artd

In this t ime of rapidly changing concepts and an almost daily emergence of new media, empha ·is must be placed on a variety of experiences and creative flexibility fo r the artist and the

d igner, tudents with professional concerns musr be prepared to meet the modern world with both tech n ical skills and the capaci ty For i nnovation. The departmenls program therefore srr' l', individual ized developmenr in the lise of mind and hand.

Studenrs may choose among a general ized program leading to a Bachelor of Am dc:gr�e; a more ·pec ialized progr:lI11 for the Bachelor of Fine Atts, in which ch candidare Je\,dops some area of competence; or a degr e program in art ducation for teaching on several levels.

Some srudenrs go directly from the university i n to rheir field of i nterest. Other· find it desirable and .tp ropriate atrend a graduate school. Many alumni have be n accepted i n to prestigious gr:lduare program�. both 111 this country and abroad.

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 41: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

The various fields of arr are comperirive and demanding in termS of ommitment and effon. Nonetheless, there is always 1 place for those who are extremely skillful or highly imaginative or, ideally, both. The department's program stresses both, arrempting to help each student reach thar ideal. I nstructional resources, when coupled with dedicated and energetic students, have resulted in an unusually high per entage of graduates being able to satisfY their vocational objectives.

FACUI:rY: Hallam, Chair, Avila, Ebbinga, Geller, St:lsinos .

Majors are urged to follow course sequences closely. It is recommended that studems incere� ted in majoring in art declare their major early to ensure proper advising. Transfer studenrs' status shall be determined at their time of emrance. The department reserves the right to retain, exhibit, and reproduce STudent work submined for credir in any of its courses or programs, including the senior exhibition. A use or marerials fee is required in certain courses.

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR 34 semester hours, including:

ARTD 1 60, 250, 230 or 350, 365, 370, 499

An history sequence (ARTD 1 8 0, 1 8 1 , 380)

ARTD 1 1 6 or courses in reaching methods may not be applied to the major.

• A maximum of 44 semester hours may be applied toward the deg.ree.

• Candidates for rhe bachelor of arrs degree are enrolled in the College of Ans and Sciences and must meet rhe Col lege of Arts and Sciences requirements.

BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS MAJOR 60 semester hours, including:

ARTD 1 60; 226; either 230 or 35 0; the an history sequence ( 1 80, 1 8 1 > 380)

Eight additional semester hours in two-dimensional media Eight additional hours in three-dimensional media rour semester hours in an hisEOry or theory (ARTD 390, or as approved by the department faClllty) Requirements and electives in area of emphasis; and ARTD 499 (Capstone: Senior Exhibition) ARm 1 1 6 or co urses in teaching methods may not be included

Candidates are enrolled in the School of the Arts and must satis!)' general university requirements, including a COre curriculum (Core I or Core I I ) .

• TWO-DIMENSIONAL MEDIA CONCENTRATION Areas of emphasis: a minimum of three courses required in one area.

Drawi1lgl Palming: ARTD 160: Drawing ARTD 260: Intermediate Drawing ARTD 360: Life Drawing (R) ARTD 365: Painting I ARTD 465: Painring II (R)

Printmnking: ARTD 370: Printmaking I ARTD 470: Printmaking 1l (R)

Furn ArI$: AR 1 226: Black and White Photography ARTD 326: Co lor Phorography ARTD 426: ElecITonic I maging

Indeptmde11l Sttuly (may be applied to any area): ARTD 49 1 : Special Projects (R) ARTD 498: Studio Projects (R)

(R}-may be repe(/ted fbI" credit

• THREE-DIMENSIONAL MEDiA CONCENTRATION Areas of emphasis: a minimum of three courses required in one area.

Ceramics: ARTD 230: Ceramics I ARTD 330: Ceramics n AR D 430: Ceramics I I I (R)

Sculpture: ARTD 250: Sculpture I ARTD 350: Sculpture 1l (R)

Intkptmdent Study (may be appl�d to any area): ARTD 49 1 : Special ProjectS (R) ARTD 498: Srudio Projects (R)

(R)-m(/y be repeated for credit

• DESIGN CONCE1VTRATION

Required basic sequrnu: ARTD 1 96: Design I : Fundamentals AR.TD 296: Design I I : Concepts ARTD 396: Design: Graphics I

Elective courses:

ARTD 398: Drawing: I llustration (R) ARTD 492: Design: \'{forklhop ARTD 496: Design: Graphics I I

(R}-may bl' repeated Jor credit

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION See School ofEduCt/tion

MINORS

Studio Art -20 se11lester "ours, illcludn'K' • ARTD 380

• rour semester hours in two-dimensional media • Four seme·t·r hours in three-dimensional media • Eight semester hours of srudio an elecrives drawn from

upper-division cou rses.

• Courses in teaching methods (ARTD 34 1 and ARTD 440)

may nor be applied to the minor.

Art History - 24 stmlester "Ollrs, illdllai71g: • ARTD 1 80 and ARTD 1 8 1 • 1 2 semester hours in art historylrheory electives • Four semester hours in studio electives • Non-concentration cou rses (ARTD / 1 6) , practical design

courses (ART 1 96, 29 , 396, 398 , 492, 496) , and courses in teaching methods (AR"m 4 1 , 440) may not be applied to the minor.

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

39

Page 42: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

.... ...

«

40

Publishing and Printing Arts Minor The Publishing and PrilHing Arts minor is cross-listed with the DeparanelH of English. See the description of that minor under Publishing and Priming Am.

Course Offerings - Art (ARTD)

Strulw 1 60, 1 96, 226, 230, 250, 260, 296, 326, 330. 34 1 , 350 , 360, 36 , 370, 396, 398, 426, 430, 465 , 470, 49 1 , 492, 496, 498

History al.d neory 1 80. 1 8 1 , 380, 390, 440, 497

ARID 1 60: Drawillg - AR course dealing wirh the basic techniques and media of

drawing. (4)

ARTD 180: History of Western Art J - AR A survey tracing the development of Western art and architecture from prehistory to the end of the Middle Ages. (4) ARTD 181: History of Western Art II - AR

survey of Wcstem art and architecture from the Renaissance ro the 20th century. (4)

ARTD 196: Desip 1: FUIIJJl7ll1mtals - AR An introduction ro design through the study of basic lechnique�, color theory, and composition. (4)

ARTD 226: Blmk and White Photograplry - AR A studio lass in photography as an art form. Primary con enrration in basic camera and darktoom techniques. tudents produce a portfolio of prints with an emphasis on

Cf ative expression and experimentation. (4)

ARTD 230: Ceramics 1- AR Ceramic materials and techniques including hand-built and wheel-thrown methods, clay and glaze formation. Includes a survey of ceramic art. (4)

ARTD 250: Sc-"Jptun 1 - AR Concentration on a particular medium of sculpture including metals, wood, or sYlHhetics; special sections emphasizing work from the human form as well as opportunity for mold making and cn ting. (4)

ARTD 260: ITlterm�Jjate Drawillg -AR Drawing taken beyond the basics of 1 60 . Expansion of media forms, and solutions to compositional problems. Possibility of pursuing special individual interests, with permission. Prerequisite: ARm 1 60 or conselH of instructOr. (4)

ARTD 296: Duip 11: Concepts - AR An investigation of the process of creative problem solving in a methodical and organized manner. Includes ptojects in a variety of design ;U<!;lS. Prerequisite: ARTD 1 96 or consent of instructor. (4)

ARTD 326: Color Photograpby - AR Exploration of the issues of both painters and photographers. Students learn to make color prints and process color negatives. Include historical su rvey of color photogr3.phy as well as perspectives of contemporary :uti�ts. (4)

ARTD 330: Ceramics n - AR Techniques in ceramic construction and experiments in glaze formation. Prerequisite: ARTD 230. (4)

ARTD 331: ne Art of the Book 1 - AR The combination of studio course and seminar explores the visual properties of language. (Cross-listed with ENGL 3 1 3 .) (4)

ARTD 34J: Elemtmtmy Art Educatioll A study of creative growth and development; art as studio projects; histoty and therapy in the classroom. (2)

ARTD 350: Sculpture 11- AR Concentration on a particular medium of sculpture including metals, wood. or synthetics; special sections emphasizing work from the human form as well as opportunity for mold making and casting. May be taken twice. Prerequisite: ARTD 250. (4)

ARTD 360: Life Drawing - AR An exploration of human form in drawing media. May be repeated for credit . Prerequisite: ARTD 1 60 or consent of instructor. (2)

ARTD 365: PaintirJg I - AR Media and techniques of painting in oil or acrylics. Prerequisiu: ARTD 1 60. (4)

ARTD 370: Pri"'71uzki71g 1 - AR Methods and media of fine 3.rt printmaking; both hand and photo processes involving lithographics, intaglio, and screen printing. Prerequisite: ARTD 1 6 0 or consent of instructor. (4)

ARTD 380: Modem Art - AR The development of art from 1 900 to the present, with a brief look at European and American antecedents as they apply to contemporary directions. (4)

ARTD 387: Special Topics in Art - AR This course in intended for unique opportunities to explore artistic expression, provided by visiting artists or artists in residence who intend to focus on a particular style, element or te. hnique used in creative and artistic expression. ( l -4)

ARTD 390: Sttlaus ill Art History - AR A selected area of inquiry, such as a history of American art, Asian art, the work of Picasso, or similar topics. May be repeated for credit. (4)

ARTD 396: Desigll Graphics 1- AR Design and execution of printed materials; emphasis on technical procedures and problems in mass communication. Prerequisite: ARTD 1 96 and ARTD 296 or consent of instructor. (4)

ARTD 398: Drawmg: Illustration - AR Advanced projects in drawing/illustration. Exposure to new concepts and techniques adaptable to fine art and commercial applications. Prerequisites: ARTD 1 60 and ARTD 196. May be repeated once. (4)

ARTD 426: Ekctronic /magi71g - AR An introduction to computer-assisted photography in which students learn applications, develop aesthetic strategies, and

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7 r

Page 43: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

engage the ethical issues of this new technology. Emphasis on crearive exploration and problem solving within the Macinrosh environment. Prerequisites: ARTD 226 and 326 or consent of inscrucmr. May be taken r.vice. (4)

ARTD 430: Ceramics III - AR Techniques in ceramic construction and experiments in glaze formation. May be taken r.vice. Prerequisite: ARTD 330. (4)

ARID 440: Secondary Art Educotion A study of instruction in the secondary school including appropriate media and curriculum development. (2)

ARTD 465; Painting II - AR Media and techniques of painting in oil or acrylics. May be taken r.vice. Prerequisite: ARTD 365. (4)

ARTD 470: Printmaki7lg II - AR 1 erhods and media of flOe art printmaking; both hand and photo processes involving l i thographics, intaglio, and screen printing. May be taken m'ice. Prerequisite: ARTD 370. (4)

ARTD 487: Special Topics in Art - AR This course is intended for unique opportuniti [0 explore artiscic expression provided by visiting artists or artists in residence who intend to focus on a particular style, element, or technique used in creative and artistic express ion. ( 1 -4)

ARID 491: Indepe1/dent Stlldies: Special Projects - AR Exploration of the possibi l i ties of selected studio areas, including experimental techniques. Emphasis on developmt:nt of individual styles, media approaches, and problem solutions. May be repeated for credit. Prerequisites: junior Status, minimum of [Wo cour es at 200 I vel or above in affected medium with minimum 2 . 5 G PA, consent of instr ctor

and department chair. ( 1 to 4)

ARTD 492: Desigm Works/lOp - AR A tUtorial course vhich may deal with any of st:veral aspects of the d sign field with particular emphasis on practical experience and building a portfolio. May be taken r.vice. (2 or 4)

ARTD 496: Desig1l1 Graphics II Design and ext: mion of primed materials; emphasis on technical procedures and problems i n mass communication. Explores advanc d techniques with multiple color, typography, and other complex problems. Prerequisitt: ARTD 396. (4)

ARTD 497: &search in Art History - Theory A tutorial course fo r major studems with research into a particular aspect of art h istory or theory. May b" repeated for credit . Prerequisites: senior sranlS, conscm of instructor, and program approval by department faculty. ( l -4)

ARTD 498: Studio Projecullndependet,t Study - SR A tutorial program for studems of exceptional talent. I n-depth individual investigation of a particular medium r set of technical problems. Only one project per semester may be undertaken. May be repeated for credit. Prerequi ir(:s: declared major in an, senior status, consent of instrucmr, written proposal, program approval by department faculty. Students meeting the above requirements but with less than a 3.0 CPA in

the major may be required to present additional evidence of eligibil ity. 0 -4)

ARTD 499: Copsfone: Se7Jior Exhibition - SR Students work closely with their advisors in all phases of the preparation of the exhibition. Must be taken in the student's final semester. Prerequisites: declared major in art ( B FA or BA) , senior status, reasonable expectation of completion of all department and university requiremems for graduat ion. Meets the senior seminar/project requirement. (2)

School of A.r

253.535.7 1 50 wlllw.plu.edu/",sota

and Communication

The School of Arts and Communication is a community of artists and sch l:trS-students, facul ty, and sta ff-dedicated to the ful fillment of the human spirit through creative expression and careful scholarship. Th{' School of Arts and Communication offers professional education to artists and communicators within the fra mework of a liberal am education. The school encourages all of its members to pursue their artistic and scholarly work in an environment that chal lenges complacency, nurtures personal growth, and maintains a strong culture of collegial integrity.

Members of the School of Arts and ommunication strive to

create art and scholarship that acknowledges the past, defines the present, and anticipates the future. Art, communication, music, and rheatre :Ire mediums of understanding and change that reward those who participate in them, whether as anist, scholar, learner, or audience. Performances by student , facul ty, and guests of the school enhance the cultural prosperity shared by Pacific Lutheran University and its surrounding environs. The school promotes venues for collaboration ber.vc:cn :lr rists and scholars, among artistic and intel lectual media, and between the universi and the community.

FACULTY: I nch, Dean; faculty members of the Departments of Art, Communication and Theatre, and Music.

DEGREES

Degrees offered are: • Bachelor of Arts in Communication ( BAC) • Bachelor of Fine Arts ( B FA) in art and thearre • Bachelor of Music (BMA) • Bachelor of Music Education (BME)

Students may also earn the "Bachelor of Arts ( BA) , but this degree is awarded through the College of Arts and Sciences. Candidates for all degrees must meet general universit requirements and the specific requirements of the Dt:partments of An, Communication and heatn�, or Music.

For derails about the Bachelor of Arts in Education (BAE) in art, commun ication and theatre, or music, see the School of Education.

For course offerings, degree requirements, and programs in the School of Arts and Communication, see Art, Communication and Theatre, and Music.

P L U 2 0 0 6 . 2 0 0 7

» ... -VI

QI ::s c.. n o 3 3 l:

::s

n QI -

o ::s

4 1

Page 44: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

11\

cv v

c.

cv

11\ .... ...

«

42

Course Offerings - School of Arts and Communication (SOAC)

SOAC 295: Internship Provides freshmen and sophomores wirh an opporruniry ro apply curricular rheory and pracrice ro profess ional and social arenas. Srudenrs will work wirh rhe School of Arrs and Communication internship coordinaLOr ro design and complete .1I1 internship, its learning goals and contrac[. May be repealed for credir. (I -2)

SOAC 299: Krystone The " Keysrone" course is in tended ro introduce freshmen and opllOmores ro the process of educational assessment and

program competencies. Focus is on integrating srudent learning objectives with srudent experien ce rhrough inirial development of porrfolio projects and orher assignments. Nor repearable. ( i )

NOTE: A maximum offour combined credits in Keystone and Capstone credits may count toward the Communication Major. Keystone is tl requirement jor Communication and Theatre lvIajon-, optional for Art and lvfllsic Majors.

SOAC 341: lntegratblg Arts in ihe Classroom Merhods and procedu s for inregrari ng the arts (music, visual, drama, dance) in rhe classroom and across rne curriculum. Offered for srudents preparing for elemenrary classroom reaching. Meers stare certification requiremenrs in born music and ar[. (2)

SOAC 395: buemsltip Provides junior-level and senior- level School of Arts and Communication srudents wirh an opportun ity ro apply curricular rheory and practice ro pro fess ional and social arenas. Srudents will work with rne Scnool of Arrs and Communication internship coordinator ro design and complere an inrernsh ip, irs learning goals and conuacr. May be repeated for credit. ( 1 -2)

SOAC 399: Keystoml This " Keystone" course is inrended for upper-division srudents to develop tne process of educarional assessment and program competenc ies . Focus is on integrari ng stud nt learning objectives wirn student experience througn in i rial development of portfolio projects and orher assignments. Nor repeatJ.bk. ( I )

SOAC 495: bltemship Provides junior- level and senior- level School of Arrs and Communicatinn studenrs wirn an opportuniry to apply curricular theory and praCTice ro professional and social arenas. Studenr, will work with the Scnool of ArtS and Communication inrernship coordinator ro design and complete an inrernsnip, its learning gOJ.ls and conrracr. May be repeated for credit. ( 1 -8)

SOAC 499: Capstoml - SR Capstone course for undergraduate degrees in rhe School o f Arts and Communication (An, Communicarion , Music and Theatre). Focus is on integraring student learning objecrives witn student experience through developmenr and presen tation of portfolio projects and orher assignments . (2-4)

College of Arts and Sciences

Division of Humanities Englisn Languages and Li teratures

Division of Natttral Sciences

Pn ilosopny Religion

Biology Geosciences Cnemistry Mathematics Com purer Science and Pnysics Compurer Engineering

Division of Social Sciences Anthropology Polirical Science Economics Psychology History Sociology and Social Work Marriage and Family Therapy

UNDERGRADUATE DEGREES OFFERED: Bachelor of ArtS, Bacnelor of Science

Major Requirement: A major is a sequence of courses in one area, usually in one departmen t . A major snould be selected by tne end of tne sopnomore year. Tne cnoice must be approved by tne department chair (or in case of special academic programs, rne program coordinaror). Major requirements are specified in this catalog.

Recognized Majors: Anrnropology Applied Pnysics

Art Biology Chemistry Chinese Srudies

(Interdisciplinary) Classics Communication Compurer Engineering Compurer Science Economics Engineering Science Dual

Degree(3-2) Englisn Environmen tal Studies

(/nurdisciplinary) Frencn Geosciences German

Global Srudies (/nte/disciplinary)

History Individualized Study Matnemarics Music Norwegian Pnilosopny Physics Political Science Psychology R�l igion Scandinavian Area Studies

(Interdisciplinary) Social Work Sociology Spanisn Tneatre Women's and Gender

Srudies (Interdisciplinary)

Not more than 44 semester nours earned in one department may be applied toward rhe bachelor's degree in the college.

College of Arts and Sciences �I!!remen�

In addirion ro meet ing the entrance requirement in foreign language ( rwo years of n ign scnool language, one year of college language, or demonsrrared equivalent proficiency) , candidates in the College of Arrs and Sciences (all BA, BS, BARec, BAPE [excluding BAPE wirh cerrificarion J , and BSPE degrees) must meet Oprion I, 2, or .3 below.

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 45: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

andidates f, r the: BA in English, for the BA in Educatio n with conc ,nt r.1tion in ngli h, fo r the BA ill Global Studies, for the BBA in Int rnational Busin � ', and for eJect ion ttl the Arete Society must meet Option I .

OptiotJ 1 Completion of onc Fo reign la nguage through the second year of coJleg!: level. This op t ion may bo be met by completion of four 'eJr ' of high school study in one foreign language Wlth gr:Jdes of . or higl:!er, or by satisfactory scort on a profll'iency

examination admin tsrrred by the PL Department of Languages and literarures.

Option 2 mpletion of one fo reign language orher than thar used to

sarisfy the foreign langUllge entrance requir ment through the fir r year of college level. This option may also be mer by satisfactory sco res on a proficiency examinarion administe red by the PLU Department of L1nguages anrl Literarurcs.

Option 3 omplerion of four s<:m 'slN hours in hi�tory, li rerarure, or

language (at the 20 I lev I, or at ,lny level in a language other than that used to satisfy the foreign language elll ance requirement) in addition to courses appl ied to rhe general un ivc:rsiry requlremcnts, and four semester hours in symbolic logic, malhematics (c urses numbered 1 00 or above) , computer �cience, or stJti. lics in addition to cours ' appl ied to the general un iversity reqt ,li reme n ts .

Courses u sed to satisfy either category of Option 3 of the Col lege of ArtS and I::iences requirement may not also be used to satisfy gen ral university requirementS.

Biology

253.535.756 1 wWlu.,uci.plu.�du/bjol

'10 learn biology is more tha.n to learn fact ; i r is to learn how to ask and answer questions, how to d velap stIaregie� that mighr be employed to obtain answers, and how to recognize and evalLlnte the answers that emerge. The depar tment is therefore dediLdted t encouraging students to learn science in the only way thar ir can be eO- tively made a part of their thinking: to independently llLlestion it, pro e it, try it out, experiment with it , experience it.

The diversity of courses in the curriculum provides broad ov go' of contemporary biology and allows flexible plaflll ing.

Each hiology major c mp lc:tes a th ree-course st:qucnce in the p rintipl:l. of biology. Planning with a faculty advisor, the student chooses upper-divis ion biology cou rses to meet individual needs and career objecri\·es. Faculty members are also committed to helping srudents i nvestio-a te career opportunit ies and pursue carec s that most clearly match their i ll[ercsrs and abilit ies. Studen are invir d to u e dcpartmental facilities for indep ndell[ rud) and an: 'ncouraged to participate ill ongoing faculty research.

FACULTY: . rigan, Chait� Alexander, Aum n, M.D. Behrens, ,arlson, Crayton, Dolan, Ellard-Ivey, l.erum, 'lain, �kendzic ,

J. Smi t h , M . Smi th , Tc ·ka.

BACHELOR OF ARTS or BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MAJOR The major in biology is designed to be flexible in meeting the needs and special ill[erests of students, For either the Bachelor of ArtS or Bachelor of cience degree the stltdell[ must take the principles of biol ogy sequenc<! (BIOL 1 6 1 , 1 62, 323). Compktio n of rh is sequence (or an equ ivalell[ general biology sequence at ano ther inst itution) is required before upper-division biology courses can be taken. Each of these cou rses must have been completed with a grade of C- or higher and cumulative biology CPA must be at leasr 2.0. Courses not designed for biology majors (BIOL I I I , 1 1 6, 20 I , 205 , 206) ordinarily cannot be used to satisfy major requirements. Independent study (B IOl 49 1 ) and in ternship may be used for no more than 4 of the upper-division biology hours required for the BS degree, and for no more rhan 2 of the upper-division biology hours required for the BA degree. Studell[s who plan to apply biology credits earned at other instirutions toward a PLU degree with a biology major should be aware that at least 1 4 hours in biology, numbered 324 or higher and incIuding 499, must be earned in residence at PLU. Each student must consult with a biology advisor to discuss selection of electives appropriate for educational and career goals. Basic requiremcll[s under each plan ror the major are listed below.

BACHELOR OF ARTS: 34 semester hours • BIOl 1 6 1 , 1 62, 323, and 499 • Plus 20 additional upper-division b iology hours. • Required supportitlg courses: CHEM 1 1 5 and MATH 1 40 . • Recommentkd supporting courus: PHYS 1 25 (with

labora to ry 1 35) and PHYS 1 2 (wirh laboratory 1 36) .

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE: 42 semester hours in biology • BIOL 1 6 1 , 1 62, 323, and 499 • Plus 28 addit ional up per-division biology hours • Requir�d supporting courses: Chemistry 1 1 5 Jnd 1 1 6, 33 1

(with laboratory 333) • MATH 15 1 • PHYS 1 2 5 (with labo ratory 1 3 5) or PHYS 1 53 (with

laboratory 1 63) • PHYS 1 26 (with laboratory 1 36) or PHYS 1 54 (with

laboratory 1 64)

BIOLOGY SECONDARY EDUCA TION Students plann ing to be certifled to teach biology in h igh school should plan to complere a BA or BS in biology. Upper-division biology course selection should be made in consultation witl:! a biology advisor. See the School of Education section of the catalog for biology courses required for certification.

MINOR • At leas t 20 semester hours selected from any biology

courses. • A grade of C- or higher must be earned in each course, and

total Bi'llogy C PA musr be at least 2.00.

• Course prerequisites must be met unless written permission is granted in advance by the instructor.

• Applicability of non-PLU biology cours will be determined by the department chajr.

• At least eight of the 20 credit hours in biology must be earned in courses taughr by the Biology Department ar PLU

or students applying only eight PLU biol o,l)' hours toward the minor, those hours cannot include independent study (BIOl 49 1 ) or in ternship (BI L 495) hours.

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

43

Page 46: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

>­en o o

CO

44

Course Offerings - Biology (B::.cIc.;;O..:::..ll<--.. _______ _

FaO SIOl I l l , 1 1 6, 1 6 1 , 20 1 , 205, 323, 324, 326, 329, 407, 4 1 1 , 424, 44 1 , 475 , 49 1 , 495, 499

Jamutry Tenn SIOl 1 I S , 333, 365. 49 1 , 495, 499

Spring SIOl 1 62, 206, 327, 328, 332, 340, 348, 36 1 . 364, 403, 425, 426, 448, 49 \ ' 499

Summer SIOL I l l , 20S; 206, 49 1 , 495

Alternate lear SIOl 333 (J-Term)

BIOL 111: Biology and the Modern World - NS, SM An introduction ro biology designed primarily for students who are not majoring in biology. Fundamental concepts chosen from all areas of modern biology. lecture, laborarory, and discussion. (4)

BIOL 115: Diversity of Life - NS, SM An introduction ro the rich diversity of living organisms, their evolurion, classification, and ecological and environmental significance. This course also examines the threats ro bio­d ivetsity as well as conservation strategies. Includes lecture, discussion, lab, and field trips. Not intended for biology majors. (4)

BIOL 116: I,.trodJUtory Ecology - NS, SM A study of the interrelationship between organisms and their environment examining concepts in ecology that lead co

understanding the nature and structure of e systems and how humans impact ecosystems. Includes laboratory. Not intended for biology majors. (4)

8IOL 161: Prillciples of Biology I: Ceo Biology - NS, SM Cellular and molecular levels of biological organization; cell u ltrastructure and physiology, Mendelian and molecular genetics, energy transduction . Includes laborarory. Co­registration in Chemistry 1 04, 1 20, or 1 25 recommended. (4)

8IOL 162: Principli!S of Biology II: Orgfmismai Biology -NS, SM An introduction ro animal and plant tissues, anatomy, and physiology, with special emphasis on flowering plants and vertebrates as model systems, plus an introduction to animal and plant development. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite:

S IOl 1 6 1 . (4)

BIOL 201: Introductory MicrobiobJgy - NS, SM The s tructure, metabol ism, growth, and genetics of microorganisms, especially bacteria and viruses, with emphasis on their roles in human disea> . aborarory focuses on cultivation, identifICation, and control of growth of bacteria. Prerequisite: CHEM 1 05 . Not intended for biology majors. (4)

BIOL 205: Human Anatomy a.nd Physiology [ - NS, SM The fmt half of a two-course sequence. Topics include marrer, cells, tissues, and the anaromy and physiology of four systems: skeletal, muscular, nervous, and endocrine. Laboratory includes

cat dissection and experiments in muscle physiology and r"flexes. Not designed for biology majors. (4)

BIOL 206: Human AnAtomy and PJJY�iology II - NS, SM The second half of a two-course sequence. Topics include metabolism, temperamre regulation, development, inheritance, and the anaromy and physiology of five systems: circulatory, respirarory, digestive, excretory, and reproductive. laborarory includes cat dissection, physiology experiments, and study of developing organisms. Not designed for biology majors. Prerequisiu: SIOl 205. (4)

BIOL 323: Principles of BiobJgy Ill: Er% gy, Evolutioll, and Diversity - NS, SM Evolution, ecology, behavior, and a systematic survey of l ife on earth. Includes laboratory. Prerequisite: SIOl 1 62 or consent of department chair. (4)

BIOL 324: Natural History of Vertebrates - NS, SM Classification, natutal history, an economic importance of vertebrates with the exception of birds. Field trips and laboratory. Prerequisite: SIOl 323. (4)

BIOL 326: AnimAl Behavior - NS Description, classification, cause, function, and development of the behavior of animals emphasizing an ethological approach and focusing on comparisons among species. Includes physiological, ecolo ical, and evolutionary aspects of behavior. Prerequisite: SIOl 323 or consent of instructor. (4)

BIOL 327: Ornithology - NS, SM The study of birds inclusive of their anaromy, physiology, behavior, ecology and distribution. Special emphasis on those arrributes of birds that are unique among the vertebrates. bborarory emphasis on field identification, taxonomy, and anaromy/ropology. Prerequisite: SIOl 323 or consent of instructor. (4)

BIOL 328: Microbiology - NS, SM The structure, physiology, genetics, and metabolism of microorganisms with emphasis on their diversity and ecology. The laboratory emphasizes design, implementation, and evaluation of both descriptive and quantitative experiments as well as isolation of organisms from natural sources. Prerequisite: SIOl 323; one semester organic chemistry recommended. (4)

BIOL 329: Entomology - NS, SM Entomology is the scientific study of insects, the most diverse group of animals on earth. This course examines insect structure, physiology, ecology, and diversity. The laboratory emphasizes identification of the common orders and families of North American insects. Prerequisite: SIOl 323. (4)

BIOL 332: Ge1Ietics - NS Sasic concepts considering the molecular basis of gene expression, recombination, genetic variability, as well as cytogenetics, and population genetics. Includes turorials and dc:monsrration sessions. Prerequisite: BIOL 323. (4)

BIOL 333: CompaTllIive Ecology of Lad" America

A comparative study of the structure and function of biotic

P LU 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 47: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

communities, and the ecological and evolurionary forces mat have sh. ped planes and animals. Topics include dispersal, natural selecri n, physiological ecology, narural h ismry, and )"y�tematics. Conservation biology, development, and indigenous rights will be highlighted. Taught in Cc:neral or outh America. Prerequisiu: BIOl 323 or consent of

instructor. (4)

BIOL 340: Plant Diversity and Distribution - NS, SM A sy emaric introduction ( plane diversity. Interaction between planes, theories of vegetational distribution. Emphasis on higher plant taxonomy. Includes bboramry and fteld trips. PrYtYquisite: BIOl 323. (4)

BIOL 48: Ad"allced Cell Biology - NS, SM Deals with how cells are fu nctionally organized, enzyme kinetics and regulatory mechanisms, biochemistry of macromolecules, energy mctabolism, membrane structure and fu nerio n, ul trastructure, cancer cd Is as model systems. laborarory includes techn iques encountered in cellular research: animal/plant cell culture, cell fractionation, use of radiottacers, biological assays, membrane phenomena, spectrophotometry, respirometry. Prerequisite: BIOL 323 and one semester of organic chemistry or consent of instructor. (4)

810L 361: Comparati"e Anatomy - NS, SM Evolutionary history of the vertebrate body, irHroduction to embryology, and extensive consideration of the structural and fu nctional anatomy of vertebrates. Includes laboratory dissection foll wing a systems approach. Mammals are featured pI Some observation of and comparison with human cadavers. Prerequisite: BIOl 323. (4)

BIOL 364: Plant Physiology - NS, SM Physiology of plane growth and development. Emphasis on �e d-planrs, but includes other plane groups as model systems. Topics include: photosynehesis, secondary plant metabolism including medicinal compounds, hormones, morphogenesis . I ncludes laborato ry. Prerequisite: BIOL 323; organic chemistry recommellded. (2)

BIOL 365: Plant Anatomy - NS, SM Tissue organization and cellular details of stems, roots, and leaves of d planrs, with emphasis on developmenr and function . I ncludes laboratory. Prerequisite: BIOL 323. (2)

BIOL 387: Specilll Topics in Biology - NS Sele ed topics as annou nced by the department. May be repeated for credit. ( 1 -4)

BIOI 403: Developmental Biology - NS, SM he embryonic and larval development of multicellular

organisms (pri marily ani mals). Examples are chosen from popular contemporary model systems, and the emphasis is on c tiular and molecular aspects of deve/opmen t. The laboratory includes descriptive and quanritarive experiments, as well as studenr-planned projects. Prerequisite: BIOL 323. (4)

BIOI 407: Molecular Biology - NS, SM An introduction to molecular biology, emphasizing the central role of DNA: structure of DNA and RNA, structure and express ion of genes, genome organization and rearrangemenr,

methodology and applications of recombinanr D A technology. Laboratory features basic recombinant DNA techn iques. Prerequisite: BIOL 323. (4)

BIOL 411: Histology - NS, SM Microscopic study of normal cells, tissues, organs, and organ systems of verrebr::ues. The emphasis is mammalian. This Hudy is both structurally and phys iologically orienred. Include� laboratory. Prerequisite: BIOl 323. (4)

BIOL 424: Ecology - NS Organisms in rdation to their environmenr, including organismal adaptations, population growth and in teractions, and ecosystem structure and fu nction. Prerequisite: BIOl 323. (4)

BIOL 425: Biological OcetfTIograpby - NS, SM The ocean as environmenr for plant and :lnimal life; an introduction to the structure, dynamics, and history of marine ecosystems. lab, fteld trips, and term project in addition to lecture. Prerequisiu: BIOl 323. (4)

BIOL 426: Ecological Methods - NS, SM An examination of methodology used for discerning structure and function of natural ecosystems: description of the physical environment, estimation of population size, quantifying commun ity structure, and mc:a';urement of productivi ty. Includes an in troduction to general statistical techniques. \Vriting of scientiftc papers and a focus on access ing the scient i fic li terature. Lecture, laboratory, and fIeld work. Prerequisite: BIOl 323 or consent of instructor. (4)

BIOL 441: Mammalian Physiology - NS, SM An investigation of the principb 0 physiological regularion. Parr I: fundamenral cellular, neural, and hormonal mechanisms of homeostatic comrol; Pan I I : interactions in the cardiovascular, pulmonary, renal, and neuromuscular organ systems. laboratory al lows direct observation of physiological regulation in living animals. Prereq14isites: BIOl 323, CHE 1 1 1 5; anatomy and biochemistry recommended. (4)

BIOL 448: Immu1lology - NS Consideration of the bio logy and chemistry of immune response, including theoretical concepts, experimental strategies and immuno("hemical applications. Prerequisues: Any (Wo of the following courses in Biology: 328, 332, 348, 403, 407, 4 1 1 , 44 1 . (4)

BIOL 475: Evolution - NS Evolution as a process: sources of variation; forces overcoming genetic inertia in populations; speciation. .volution of genetic systems :lnd of l ife in relation to ecological theory and earth history. lecture and discussion. Term paper and mini-semi!lln required. Prerequisite: BIOl 323. (4)

BIOL 491: It/dependent StJld;�s Investigations or research in areas of special in terest not covered by regular courses. Open to qualifted j u n ior and senior majors. Prerequisite: Written proposal for the project approved by a facull), sponsor and the department chair. ( 1 -4)

BIOL 495: Internship in Biology An approved off-campus work activity in the field of biology

P l U 2 0 0 6 • 2 0 0 7

45

Page 48: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

VI VI

IV

C

VI

=

CO

46

ith a private or public secror agency, organization. or company. tudelHs will be expected ro adhete ro and documenr the

objectives o f a learning plan developed with and approved by a faculry sponsor. Credit will be determined by hours spenr in the wotking environmenr and the depth of the p roject associated with the course of study. Prerequisites: B IOl 323 and consent of chair. ( 1 -4)

BIOL 499: CApstone: Stm;or Semi'Ulr' - SR The goal of this course is ro ass ist students in the writing and presentation of a paper concerning a ropic within biology which would integrate vatious elements in the major program. A proposal for the topic must be presenred ro the depattmenr early in the spring term of the junior year. The seminar may he linked ro, bm not replaced by field or laborarory independenr study or internship experience. (2)

School of Business

253.535.7244 www.plu.edu/busa

MISSION Th", mission of the PL chool of Business is to be a bridge connecting students with the future by integrating competency­based business ducation, engaging a diverse, global ized society, u�ing technologies that improve learning, exemplifYing lives of service, and fostering faculty development and intellectual contribution.

:,ee GradUflte Stl/dies for informfltion on the Mn.sters of Business Administrlllion program or visit the Schoo! olBusiness MBA web site at wWUAplu.edtt/mba.

AFFlLlATIONS The School of Business of PlU is a member of AAC B International -The Asmciation to Advanc Collegiate Schools o f

usiness. The S BA, M B A a n d proft'ssional accounting programs are nationally accredited by AA 5 B I n ternational. The school is privi leged to have a student chapter of Beta Gamma Sigma, the national business honor socie recoanized by AACSB . PLU is accredited regionally by the orthw sr . ociation of Schools and Colleges. FACUI:rY: Turner, Acting Dettn; acDonald, Associate Dean; Albers, Barnuwe, Berniker, Finnie, Gibson, Harmon, Hegstad, C. lee, C.S . Lee, McNabb, Myers, PI13m, Pratt, Prak, Ramaglia, S impson, Wolf, Van Wyhe. Zabriske.

Obje.ctives of the Undergraduate. Business Program

• To prepare students or positions in commercial and not-for­profit organizations by providing them the basic knowledge of how these organizations function and equipping them with the necessary competencies to work effectively. These competencies include ( J ) leadership, (2) critical/creative thinking, (3) effective communication, (4) team effectiveness, and (5) taking i nitiative and managing change.

• To help stuuents see the interconnections among the many aspects of theit world by integrati ng the liberal arts with profess ional business education.

• To identify and challenge students to adopt high standards for

ethical practice and professional conduct. • To prepare studenrs for l ives of service to the communiry.

To prepare studenrs ro use contemporary technologies and ro embrace the changes caused by technological i nnovation .

• To inculcate a global perspective i n studen rs .

Admissioll

The professional Bachelor of Business Administration degree program is composed of an upper-division business curriculum with a strong base in l iberal artS.

To be admitted ro the School of Business, a student must: l . Be officially admitted ro the universiry, and 2. Have completed at least 32 semester credit hours, and 3. Have successfully completed with a minimum grade of

C- (or be currently enrolled in) BUSA 20 1 , CSCE 1 20, ECON 1 0 1 . MATH 1 28, STAT 23 1 , or their equivalen ts, and

4. Have a minimum cumulative grade poinr 'average of 2 .50, and

5. Declare a major in business through the School of Business.

Access ro upper-division business courses is l imited to sUldents who have been admitted ro the School of Business with a cumulative grade point average of 2.50 or above, and who have met the required prerequisites.

Students with majors outside of the School of Business may gain access to specific busi ness courses that suppOrt theit major studies by permission of the School o f Business.

BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION DEGREE REQUIREMENTS

• A minimum of 1 28 semester hours. • An overall minimum grade point average of 2.50. • A minimum 2.50 grade point average i n business courses. • C- minimum grade in all business courses. • At least one-half of the minimum rotal degree requiremenrs

are taken in fields ou tside the School of Business. • At least 49 semester hours in required and elective business

related subjects. • A minimum of 20 semester hours in business must be taken

in residence at PlU. • All B BA students are required to produce a portfolio by

graduation demonstrating a[[ainment of critical competencies. The concepts and process of the portfolio are integrated into the curriculum.

Business Degree and Conctmtration requiremtmts nre established at time of major declaratio1l

Students with a declared major in business who have not attended the universiry for a period of three years or more will be held to the business degree requiremenrs in effect at the time of re-entry to the universiry. Transfer and con rinuing students should see the catalog under which they entered the program and consult with the undergraduate coordinator regardillg degree requitements.

Pass/Fall of Foundation Closses

Pass/Fail is allowed for no more than one foundation class from

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 49: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

l\1ATH 1 28, CSCE 1 20, ECON 1 0 1 or STAT 23 1 only, and as defined in the Pass/Fai l section of this catalog, Other foundation courses and business courses may not be taken Pass/Fail, except for BUSA 495: In ternship that is only offered Pass/Fail .

BACHELOR OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION REQUIREMENTS

Part A: Foundation and Other Course Requirements

Foundation courses may also satisfY General University Requi rement: (GURs), as indicated by the idenrificrs listed (MR, NS, 52, PH, SR),

I. Required FoundAtion Courses - 16 semester hours

CSCE 1 20: Compu terized Information Sysrems (NS, 4) ECON 1 0 1 : Principles of Microeconomics (52, 4) MA. H 1 28: Lineae Models and Calculus, An

Introduction (MR, NS, 4) ST T 23 1 : In troducrory Statistics (MR, 4)

I/, Required lower-Division Business Courses to be Eligibl� f01" Upper-Division - ten semester hours

BUSA 20 1 : Value Creation in the Global Environment (4) BUSA 202 : Financial Account ing (3) BUSA 203: Managerial Accounting (3)

[II. Required Upper-Division Business Courses - 24 to 25

semester' hours

B USA 302: Finance for Managers (3) BUSA 303: Business Law and Ethics (3) (was BUSA 400)

or BUSA 304: Business Law and Ethics for Financial Professionals (3) (Professional Accoun ti ng Concentration must take BUSA 304 (was B USA 405))

BUSA 305: Human Dimensions of Effective Organizations (3) B USA 308: Principles of Marketing (3) BUSA 309: Creating Value in Goods and Services

Operations (3) BUS 3 1 0: I n formation Sy terns (3) BUSA 499: Capstone: 'trategic Management (SR, 3)

Elective &amining G/Dbnl. Ethical or Vocational Issues relnJ411t to l!tIterprise ma1lagemerll (three to four): Must be upper-division courses. Studenrs may satisfY this requiremen t by taking one three- or four-credit course OR by tWO vo-credit courses. Courses appropriate to fulfilling rh is requirement include:

Global

Vrrrually any upper-division international srudy away with prior appfOw.I of [he School of Business dean or his/her designate.

BUSA 337: lnternational Finance (3) BUSA 3 2: Global Management (3) B USA 408: International Business Law and Ethics (3) B USA 460: International Marketing (3)

ON 33 1 : International Economics (4) E 0 333: Economic Developmen t: Comparative Third

World trategies (4)

POLS 380: Pol itics of Global Developmenr (4)

Other upper-dillision global course b)' prior pennission of the School of Business deal! or his/her designate.

Etbical

BUSA 408: International Business Law and Ethics (3) C MA 390: Ethics in Com munication (4) RELl 36 5 : Christian Moral Issues (4)

Other upper-divisioll ethics related course by prior permissioll of the School of Business dean or his/her designate.

VocatitnUlI

BUSA 340: Non-profit Management (3) BUSA 358: Entrepreneurship (3) BUSA 442: Lead i ng Organizational Improvemen t (3)

Other upper-division vocation relnted cotme �y prior permis­siol1 of the School of Business dean or his/her designate.

Iv. Additional Major Requiremems - eight to ten semester "ours

PHIL 225: Business Ethics (4) Profess ional Commu nication courses from the following list (4) One from the following:

MA 2 1 1 : Debate (2) OMA 2 1 2: Public Speaking (2)

COMA 2 1 4: Group Communication (2)

AND, one of the following: COMA 21 3: Communication Writing (2) COMA 230: Wri ting for Journalism (2) COMA 270: Professional Writing (2) COMA 3 1 1 : Research Writing (2) ENGL 22 1 : Research and Writing (2 or 4) ENGL 323: Writing in Professional Settings (4)

Part B: COllcentration Options

Concentration requiremntb: • ivfultiple concentrations are allowed • 3.0 G PA required in rhe concentration area courses • C- is the minimum acceptable grade in any concentration

course • A minimum of n i ne semester hours of the total concentration

requirements j ust be taken in residency at PLU • Any 1 5 credits of upper-division business electives and non­

Business courses identified in the concentration options. Ar least nine semester hours elective in Business required .

By taking an appropriate set of electives, a studenr may earn a concenrration designar ion in either Accoun ting, Finance, Human Resources and Organizarions or Marke ring .

Professitmal Accounting roncentration - J 8 smrester

boun

B USA 320: Accounring Information Systems (3) BUSA 32 1 : Intermediate Accounting I (3)

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

ttl C '"

:::s It> '" '"

47

Page 50: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

'" '" Q.I c:

48

BUSA 322: I ntermediate Accollnting I I (3)

BUSA 422: Consolidations and Equity Issues (3)

BUSA 424: Auditjng (3)

BUSA 427: Tax Accollnting (3)

OTHER: BUSA 304: Law and Ethics for Financial Professionals required as BBA core law option.

Note: Students are encouraged ro also take electives in:

BUSA 323: Cost Accounting and Control Systems (3)

BU A 4 1 8: Accounting Database Management and Control (3)

BUSA 423: Accounting for Non-Profits and Governmental Entities (3)

The missioll of the accounting focl/lty is to offir a qualit), bac­calaun:ate accounting program designed to prol)itie students with a solid foundation for developing a wide range of profes­sional careers.

Fimmce Concentration - 15 semester hours

B USA 33 . Financial I nvestments (3) BUSA 437: Financial Analysis & Strategy (3)

At lcast nine semester hours from the following: BUSA 32 1 : Intermediate Accounting I (3) BUSA 337: International Finance (3) BUSA 438: Financial Research and Analysis (3) BUSA 495: Internship ( 1 to 3)

EC N 344: Econometrics (4)

EC 302: Intermediate Macroeconomic Analysis (4) or E ON 322: Money and Banking (4)

Ahrluting Co'lCentratioll - 15 semester hours

BUSA 467: Marketing Research (3) BUSA 468: Marketing Management (3)

At least nine semester hours from the following (six semester hours must be from BU A): BUSA 363: Consumer Behavior & Promotions (3)

BUSA 364: Services Marketing (3)

BUSA 365: Sales & Sales Management (3) BUSA 378: Elenronic ommerce (3)

BUSA 440: Knowledge Management (3) B USA 460: International Marketing (3)

BUSA 495: Internship (I to 3)

C MA 36 1 : Public Relations Principles and Pracrices (4)

E ON 34 1 : Strategic Behavior (4)

PSYC 385: Con�umer Psychology (4)

HUmAn Resources and Orgnnizations Concentration - 15 It!11Iester hours

BUSA 342: Managing Human Resources (3)

and 1 2 semester hours from the following (at least six semester hours from BUSA): BUSA 340: Non-Profit Management (3) BUSA 343: Managing Reward Systems (3) BUSA 352 : Global Management (3)

BUSA 358: Enrrepreneurship (3)

B USA 440: Knowledge Management (3)

B USA 442: Leading Organizational Improvement (3) B USA 449: Strategic Human Resource Management (3) BUSA 495: Internship ( I to 3)

E 2 1 : Labor Economics (4) PSYC 380: Psychology of Work (4)

Part C: Minor Options Business Minor Rules

• All courses must be completed with a grade of C- or higher. • A cumulative grade point average of 2.50 for al l courses i n

the minor i s required; and • At least nine semester hours must be completed in resjdence.

Minor ;n Busi1,ess Administration

A minimum of 1 9 semester hours in business courses, including: • BUSA 20 1 : Value Creation in the Global Environment (4)

(also as BUSA 1 90)

• BUSA 202: Financial Accounting (3) • BUSA 305: Human Dimensions of Effective

Organ izations (3)

• BUSA 308: Principles of Marketing (3)

And any six credits from Accounting courses or upper division Business courses in addition to those listed above. See Business Minor Rules abov<�.

Specialized Minor in Business Mministration

A minimum of 1 9 semester hours in business courses, including BUSA 20 1 .

Specific business courses shall be designated by the School of Business Faculty in consultation with the chair or dean of the discipline in which the student is majoring. See Business Minor Rules above.

Auountillg Cn-ti.fi((1(e Program.: The Accountinr. Cenificm: Program I� availabl for sUlc.knt$ who hold a ba�C3laurea[c degrt-e (any field) and wjsh (0 complete the educational reqwreIncnts ro Sit for (he Certifled Public Account (CPA) cx.amin�rion: 24 sem�ter houl"$ from BUSA 102, 203, 304. 320, 321 . 322. �23. 422. 423. 424. and 427. Conr.lc;;1 (he School or BlUines5 .1[ 2 5.3.535.7244 for further infonnauoll

MASTER OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION See Graduate Studies, page 156.

BUSA 200: Documenting ProfessiornzJ Development Introduction ro documenting professional competencies through development and maintenance of a digital portfolio. Required only of transfer students who have otherwise met the BUSA 20 I

content requirement. ( 1 )

BUSA 20.1: Value Creation in the Global Environment Understanding economic value creating activities and the demands of enterprise stakeholders in competitive markets within

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

c

Page 51: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

the global environment. Additionally, an introduction to documenting professional development (4)

BUSA 202: Finallciai AccounJing AccolInring for financial performance for th� use of external decision-makers considerino investment in a business organization. Origins and us� of financial information; accoLln ting concepts and principles; logic, content, and format of financial statements; accounting issues in the U.S. and other nations. Prerequisite: MA H 1 28. (3)

BUSA 203: ManAgerial Accounting Introduction to the use of accounting data for decision making, managerial planning, and operational control. Topics include cost-volume-p rofit relationships, cost accounting methods, budgeting, and performance evaluations. Familiarity with Microsoft Excel or other spreadsheet software is required. Prerequisitu: B USA 202, CSCE 1 20 . (3)

RUSA 288: Special Topics Seminar on selected topic in business. ( 1 -4)

Prrrequisiles: All upptl-division business courses have the

following prerequi itl:�. BU A 20 I , 202. and 203; CE. 120; EC N 1 0 1 ; MATH 1 28. STAT 23 1 r permi ion of S bool of Bu.sinc:s� Deolll or hi Iher design at".

RUSA 302: Fitumce for MmUlgen Principies ,ll1d procedures pertaining to business investment activity, financial decision-making, financial statement analysis, valuation, financial planning, capital asset acquisition, cost of capital, financing strategies. Prerequisite: BUSA 203 (3)

BUSA 303: Business Law ami Ethics Explores the legal and ethical issues heed by those in the business environment. Provides foundation in US and in ternational law and in troduces basic principles of contract" torts, agency and business organizations. Surveys areas of law affecting employment, marketing, and financial transactions and explores tne ethical duri owed in a businc s environment, including those dut ies under professional codes of ethics. (3)

RUSA 304: Law and Ethics for Financial Professionals Designed for students whose inrerests ate in finance, accounting, personal financial management, or similar fields that demand an in-depeb understanding of the laws affecting financial transactions. Sur eys all areas of business law, such as the basis and suucrure of US and inrernational law, principles of con tracts, tortS, agency, business organizations, and employment. Explores the ethical duric owed in a business environment, including those duties under professional codes of ethics. (3)

BUSA 305: Human Dimensions of Effectil'e Organiultions Exploration of how to organize and manage in today's context of changing internal and external demands and expectations. with a strong �phasis on group :md individual dynamics, and topics in managing human reso urces (3) BUSA 308: Principus of Marketing A study of markeriilg concepts, principles and trends in organizations with an emphasis on value creation by differentiation. (3)

RUSA 309: Creating VaJ� iT/ Goods and Serv;cu Operatio1l$ Study of the management and organization of sustainable v:Uue

crearing operations in the production of goods and services. (3)

RUSA 310: Infonnation SystmJS Introduction to information technology and Information systems from a management perspective. Emphasis on strategic use of technology and systems, knowledge management, and impacts on corporate strategy, competition, organizational structure, and the firm's valu� creation process. (3)

RUSA 320: Accounting biforT1Ultion Systems Study of the flow of information through an enterprise, the sources and nature of documents, and the controls necessary to insure the accuracy and reliability of information. (3)

BUSA 321: Intermediate AccoJmtillg I Concentrated study of the conceptual framework of accounting, valuation theories, asset and income measurement, and financial statement disclosures in the U.S. and abroad. Prerequisite: BUSA 203 (3)

RUSA 322: Intermediate AccollntirJg II Additional study of valuation theoty. Adv:mced issues in Set and income measurement and financial statement disclosure. Includes evaluation of U.S. positions rdative to those of other nations and international agencies. Prerequisite: BUSA 32 1 . (3)

RUSA 323: Cost Accouming and Control SysttmU A critical examination of systems for cost accounting and managerial control. Emphasis on development of skills to critique COSt and control systems and to unde.rstand the dynamic relationship between systems, operations, strategy, and performance evaluation. Prerequisite: BUSA 32 1 . (3)

RUSA 332: Managing Persolud Finallces An interdisciplinary course to help students manage their personai financial live, by examining financial planning topics from both theoretical and applications perspectives. Draws upon concepts and theories from finance, economics, law and consumer psychology. No prerequisites and open to any major. (3)

RUSA 335: Financial Investments In-depth exploration of fundamental principles governing the valuation of particular securities, and knowledgeable construction, management, and evaluation of porrfolios. Prerequisite: BUSA 302. (3)

RUSA 337: IntenUltiolJai Fi,U11lee Principles and procedures pertaining to international financial management, global financial markets and institutions, and international financial instruments investment activity, financial risk! return decision-making and porrfolio managemenr, financial statement analysis, cost of capital, financing strategies. Prerequisite: BUSA 302 (3)

RUSA 340: Non-Profit MaJlAgtmlt'J/t An i ntroduction to the many facets of running or working with non-profits. Topics include strategic planning, organizational structure, budgeting and financial management, legal and tax issues, marketing, and personnel management. Open to all majors. Prerequisite: Junior standing. (3)

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

49

Page 52: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

III III OJ I:

50

BUSA 342: Managing Human Resources Detailed coverage of personnel/human resource procedures in the U.S. and other countries. Prerequisite: BUSA 305 (3)

BUSA 343: Marulr;ing Reward Systems Derailed examination of reward system development and practices. Prerequisite: BUSA 305 (3)

BUSA 352: Global MIl1Iagement Integrated study of decisions and challenges faced by managers in large and small companies as they do business globally. Competencies involved in communicating and negotiating acro s cultures. Prerequisite: BUSA 305 . (3)

BUSA 358: Entrepreneurlhip Intensive study of issues and challenges associated wirh srarr-up. growth, and maruration of a new enterprise. Emphasizes reducrion of risk rhrough planning for and assessing possible future condirions. (3)

BUSA 363: Comumer Behavior and Promotions Study of how buyers gain awareness, establish purchasing crireria, screen information, and make decisions. Promotion topics include defining targer audience, message design, media selection, budgeting, evaluating the promorion mix, and a field project. Prerequisite: BUSA 308. (3)

B USA 364: Services Marketing Addresses distinctive characteristics and principles associated with services enterprises. Model for identifying problems undermining service organization performance, and strategies to overcome and enhance services marketing organization performance. Prerequisite: BUSA 308 . (3)

BUSA 365: Sales and Sales Marulgement Professional selling - prospecting, active listening, benefit presentation, objection handling, closing and territory management. Also covered are territory design, hiring, morivating, and evaluating sales personnel. Prerequisite: BUSA 308. (3)

BUSA 371: Topics in Information Management Basic concepts in information management including database appl ications, commanications, risk, controls and security, supply chain management, managing knowledge and ethical issues. Prerequisite: BUSA 310 . (3)

BUSA 375: Introduction to Complex Systems Focus on the characteristics of complex systems, the limitations of technical and software systems design and operation, and their modes of failure. Objective is to learn to ask richer and more fundamental questions in role as system professionals. (3)

BUSA 377: Data Base Applications in Business The concepts, strategy, and features of data base design and management for applications i n economic organizations. Focus on how data base applications support decision processes. (3)

BUSA 378: Electronic Commerce The managerial, organizational, and technical challenges of dc:ctronic rransaction and communication systems among customers, distributors, and suppliers. Prerequisite: BUSA 308 and 3 1 0 . (3)

BUSA 388: Special Topics (1-4)

BUSA 408: International Business Law and Ethics Designed fo r students with an interest in the legal and ethical environment of global business. Explores the historical, social and cultural cont t of internationa.l business regulations and the impact of those regulations On structuring international transacrions. Explores global business erhics. (3)

BUSA 418: Accouming Database Ma1Ulgement (l1uJ Control Advanced concepL in accounting database management and control. Prerequisites: BUSA 3 1 0, 320. (3)

BUSA 422: COllsolidmions and Equity Issues Concentrated study of equity measurement including rhe accounring aspects of partnerships , corporations, and consoli­dations. Also includes accounting for multinational corporations. Prerequisite: BUSA 322 (may enroll concurrently). (3)

BUSA 423: Accolmtingfor Non-Profits and Governmental EI,tities Study of fund accounting, including irs conceptual basis, its institutional standard setting, framework, and current principles and practices. Prerequisite: BUSA 322. (may entoll concurrenrly). (3)

BUSA 424: Auditing Comprehensive study of auditing concepts and procedures. Prerequisite: BUSA 320. (3)

BUSA 427: Tax Accountillg Study of income tax concepts, regulation and tax planning principles. Both individual income taxation and business taxation are discussed. (3)

BUSA 430: Entrepreneurial Finance Financial strategies unique to the creation and/or expansion of small, closely held businesses. Prerequisite: BUSA 302. (3)

BUSA 437: FinanciAl Aillliysis and Strategy Intermediate principles of capital budgeting, cash flow forecasting, financial simulation and modeling. analysis of risk and recurn, risk management, capital structure, and cost of capital. Prereljuisite: BUSA 302 . (3)

BUSA 438: Financilli &search and Analysis Seminar course di rected at current issues and developments. Prerequisite: BUSA 302 and at least one upper division finance course: BUSA 335 or 337 or 437. (.3)

BUSA 440, Kllowledge Management Examines organizational mechanisms, leadership requirements, and technologies for leveraging knowledge and human performance. Foundations and p ractices for knowledge creation, transfer and integration, and role of knowledge managemen t in the various management disciplines. Prereqtlisites: BUSA 305, 3 1 0. (3)

BUSA 442: Leading OrganiZ4lional lmprovement Development of leader competencies and practices that promote organizational development, employee involvement and

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 53: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

teamwork. Improvements in quali ty. cul tu re change. and c n tinuoll� organ i ,ational learn ing and problem so lving. PnnlfJlisite: BUSA 305. (3)

BUSA 449: Curre1lt IIS1Ies in Hll1Ium Resource Management Sem i nar course focused on strategic issues in managi ng human rtSour ts. Leg'l l , i!\tern tional, Jnd "ducal issues will be i l1lcg atcd through Ul the couroc. Advanced busi ness stud nts, in consultation with the instrucror, will sdect appropriate ropics tor resc:arch and discussion. Prerequisite: BUSA 305. (3)

BUSA 460: IlIIerruttio7Ull Marketing Introduction to mark ·ting problems and opportunitic:s in an

in ternational ontext. In tigation of econom ic, cultural. and bus iness forc that requite changes in marketing plans fo r i n ternational companies. Prereqtlisites: B S .308, junior tandin . (3)

BUSA 467: Marketnlg ResearclJ Investiga tion of It -hn iques alld uses of ma r keting re earch in the busi ness decision-making process. Research d· ign, survey methods, sampling plans, data analysis, and fIeld projects. Prereqlluite: BUS 308. (3)

BUSA 468: Marketing Mann.gemem An i ntegrated app l i arion of marketing m i . concep ts . Applying markc:t ing trategies. developi ng a busi ness plan and constru t ing an annual report. Prerequisites: B 308 and one upper-division marke ti ng class: BU 363. 364, 365 , 378, 460 or 467. (3)

BUSA 478: hiforlllation MatulgemenJ Snnitulr Advances in information tech no logy and their impact on organ izationa l and business strategies vith particular emphas is

on the challenges of project design and i mplementation. PrerI!IJuisites: B A 3 1 0 , and one of the fol lowing : BUSA 375. 377. 378, 440 . (3)

BUSA 485: Study Abroad PLU-sponso d academic or experiential study in orner counrrie . PrenIJuuire: Junior s tandi ng . ( 1 -32)

BUSA 486: Study Abroad PLU-sp n. ored a.:adem i or experiential s tudy in other countries. Prul!quUite: Junior standing. ( 1 -32)

BUSA 488: Spuial Topic Seminar on specifica l ly selected ropics in bl1�iness . ( 1 -4)

BUSA 489: Spl!Cial Tapia emin r un �p�cifiCJ. l ly sciectcd to ics in busin . . ( 1 -4)

BUSA 491: Intkperulmt Sttulil!s Individual ized studies i n consultation with an i nstructor. Prereqllisitl!s: Junior stand ing and instrucror app roval . ( 1 -4)

BUSA 495: Internship Appli ar ion of business knowledge in field setting. redit granted determi ned by hours pent in working environment and depth of project asso iated with the course of study. Pass/fail . ( 1 -3)

BUSA 499: Capsto"e: Strategic Management - SR Study of managing rganizations from the perspec tive of

strategic decision makers. Formulation, i mplementations, nd assessment of strategies and policies ai m<::d at i l1legrating al l

organizational functions i n suppo rt of major objc:ctives. Prenqu;s;tes: B US A 302, 305. 308. 309. 3 1 0; ��n ior standing. Recommended fo r last semester. (3)

For Graduate Level Courses, see Master of Business Administration.

Chemistry

253.535.7530 www.cbem.plu.edu

Chemistry involves the srudy of matter at the atomic and mo lecular level. Concepts and rools of chemislr>' Jrc used ttl

study the composition, structure, reactiv i lY no energy chal g of materials in the world around LIS. At PLU, studc:nt will l llld I

chemis try program that supports rn if imcrests, whether in t ile chem is try of natural products, the environment. biol<>gio.l systems, polymers or inorganic compound�; and that \UPpUIT rne ir educational goals, whether towards graduate: \tuJy, the:­medical and health professions, biotechnology, c:du�dnn cu'

business; or as a comp lement to other studies III I he natural

sciences, humanities or social sciences. For good reason

chem is try has often been called "the central science."

The chemistry department's courses, curriculum. facul ty anJ facilities arc approved by the American hemica! SmjclY.

Students have hands-on use of sophisticated i nsrrumenratioll in coursework and research with faculty, incl uding 300 Mr Iz Fourier transform nuclear magnetic resonance (F NM R) spectroscopy. inductively coupled plasma aromic emi),ion spectroscopy OCP AES). spectrofluorometry. ditTt> mial scanning calorimetry (DSC) , Fourier transform in frarc: (FTIR) and RAMAN spectroscopy. laser l igh t s arreri ng instru mentation, gas chromatography with mass selective detection ( ,CMS) , high performance liquid chromatography (HPL ,) , and Linux workstations fo r molecular modeling and compuliH ipllll

chem istry.

Faculty research projects involve undergraduate parti · pation .

FACULTY: Fryh le, Chair, Corren, Davis. Taasz, Swank, limn. Waldow. Yakel is.

Declaring tbe Chemistry Major

Students deciding to major in chemimy sho ul d officially dcdan:: their intent as soon a, possible and p '� rably nOL later [han completion of CHEM 33 1 or before consu lt:ltion with a fa ulty advisor in the chemistry department . Transfer studcnr� de ' i r i ng to major in chem istry should consul t a departmcnral adv ist)r nll later than the begin n ing of their junior year.

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR CHEM 1 1 5 , 1 1 6, 320, 33 1 , 332. 33. 334 (or 336) 34 1 , .342, 343. 499

Rrquired supporting courses: MATH 1 5 1 , 1 52; PHYS 1 5.3, 1 54, 1 63, 1 64

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

5 1

Page 54: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

E Q.I

..c U

52

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MAJOR (duee alternatives)

• Genulll - leads [0 American Chemical Sociery Cenification CHEM 1 1 5 , 1 1 6, 320, 33 1 , 332, 333, 334 (0r 336) , 34 1 .

342, 343, 344, 405 o r 450 or 456. 4 1 0. 43 5, 499

MATH 1 5 1 , 1 52

PHYS 1 53 , 1 54 , 1 63 , 1 64

CHEM 450 and either CHEM 405 . 440, or 456 required for American Chemical Sociery Ceniflcation

• Biocbtmistry Et1lphtuis CHEM 1 1 5 , 1 1 6

CHEM 320, 33 1 , 332, 333, 334 (or 336) , 34 1 , 343, 403.

405. 4 1 0. 435 , 499

BlOL 1 6 1 , 1 62, 32.3

Select fOur st:IneJtcr hours jimn: BI L 328 , 332, 364,

407. 44 1 , 448 or CHEM 342

MA'n-[ 1 5 1 , 1 52

PHYS 1 53, 1 54, 1 63, 1 64

C EM 342 and 450 are required for American Chemical Cenification of the Biochemistry Option

• Chemical-Physics Emphasis: CHEM 1 1 5 , 1 1 6

CHEM 320, 33 1 , 332, 333, 334 (or 336) , 34 1 , 342, 343,

344, 499

MATH 1 5 1 , 1 52, 253

PHYS 1 5 3, 1 54, 163, 1 64, 33 1 , 332, 336, 356,

GENERALIZED CHEMISTRY CURRICULUM FOR THE BS DEGREE

Fall Semester First-Year C H -M 1 1 5

CUR Inquiry eminar or

Wriling Seminar (or BIOL 1 6 1 for srudents inrerested in the Chemistry B,S, wirh Biochemistry emphasis)

MATH 1 5 1

PHED 1 00 or other activiry course

Sophomore

Spring Semester

CHEN! 1 16

Inquiry Seminar or or Writing Seminar andlor BIOl 1 62

MATH 1 52

PHED 100 or orher activiry course

CH EM 320, 33 1 , 333 CHEM 332, 334 (or 336),

BIOL 323 ( if Chemisrry B.S. 4 1 0

with Biochemistry emphasis) PHYS 1 53, 1 63

nvo additional courses UR elective(s)

jlmior CHEM 34 1 . 343 CHEM 342, 344

(320, if not taken in second year) G UR elective(s) PHYS 1 54, 1 64 Electives C UR elective(s)

lecrive

Senwr CHEM 403 , 499

lectives CHEM 420. 499

Electives

Refer to the Division of Narural Sciences section of this catalog for other beginning curriculum options.

The depanmenr stresses the i mponance of starring physics during either the first year or the soph more year. This permits a berrer understanding of chemistry and enables a studenr [0 complete degree requiremenrs with no scheduling difficulties in the junior and senior years. Students interested in the Bachelor of Science with biochem istry emphasis should plan to take biology in the alternate year.

Departmental Honors I n recognition of outstanding work the designation of Departmental Honors may be granted to Bachelor of Science graduates by vote of the faculry of the chemistry department, based on the student's performance in these areas:

• Course work: The grade point average in chemistry courses must" be at least 3.50.

• Written work: From the rime a student declares a major in chemistry, copies of outstanding work (e .g . . laboratory, seminar, and research reports) should be kept by the studenr for later summary evaluation by the faculty when considering the student's application for Honors.

• Oral communication: Srudenrs must evidence abiliry to communicate eHectively as indic:lted by the sum of their participation in class discussion, seminars, help session leadership, and teaching assistantship wor .

• Inthpnuknt chemistry-related actjvities: Positive considerations include the extent and qual ity of extracurricular work done in background reading, independent study, and research; assisting in laboratory preparation, teaching, or advising; any other chemistry-related employmenr, on campus or elsewhere; and participation i n campus and professional chemistry- related organizations.

The departmenral honors designation will appear on a graduating chemistry major's transcript.

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION

Students inrerested in this degree develop their chemistry program through the department in conjunction with the School of Education. See School of Education section.

CHEMICAL ENGINEERING

Studenrs interested in pursuing studies in chemical engineering should see the course outline in the Engineering Science section of this catalog. The departmenr chair should be consul red for assignment of a program advisor.

MINOR - 22 semester hours

CHEM 1 1 5. 1 1 6

CHEM 320, 33 1 , 332, 333, 334 (or 336) completed with grades of C or higher.

Prerequisite and co-requisite requirements are strictly enforced.

Fall CHEM 1 04 . 1 1 5, 320, 33 1 , 333, 34 1 ,

343, 40. , 499

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 55: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

Spring CHEM 1 05 , 1 1 6, 332, 334 (or 336) , 342, _:-;-__ -:::-_....;3:::4:-,4'::,

74705

::.,-:4 1 () , 420. 499

Alternate Years CH EM 440 U t{"ml) ; 4;0 (Sp ring term); 456 (J Terlll) -----------------------

CHEM 104: E,wironme:n1J11 Clm1listry - NS, SM Basic principies f chemistry and rt:action5, with ap pl ication� ro

human acrivities and the natural environmenT. No prerequisite; stud ems withouf h igh school chemistI')' a re encouraged (0 take �HEM 1 04 before: taking CHEM 105 or CH 1 1 5 . Iso suitable r. r en i Ta nm mal �tud it.S, .. eneral science reachers, SA in geosciences, and gencral universiry core .uiremenrs. (4)

CHEM 105: Chemistry of Lifo - NS, SM Basic organic and biochemistr app l ied to chemical processe� in human systems; suitable for l ibe .1 arts students, nutsin studenrs, phy&ical education majors. and prospect te reachen;. Students who have not corn pINed high schoo l chemis . recencly should take CHEM 1 04 before rnking CH EM 1 05. (4)

CHEM 115: Ge�al Chemistry I - NS, SM Topics explored includ the SUllcrurc of matter, nOll1enclarure. ltOmit and molecular meory, periodic relarion�h i ps, 5tatt!S of matrer, quantirative relationships. and thermochemi try. [ h e course includes laboratory experiences that tal e pla!:e in the

pen I boratOry and a weekly (uscussion section. Prerequisitr. ne ear of high school hemisrry. Co-requisite: MATH 1 40 o r

Math PIa �men( in MATH I 'l l or high er. (4)

CHEM 116: Glmeml Chemistry n - NS, SM Introduces studems (0 chem ical kinetics, chemical equil ib riwn, acid-base chemistry rhermod ·n�m ics. electrochemistry, chemistry of the elements, and coordinarion compounds. The course incl udes laboratory perience ' that take p lace in the Open laboratory and Ii weekly discw ion sect ion. Prerequisih!: MATH 1 40 or higher and CI-I .M 1 i 5 . (4)

CHEM 210: NUlriJiDrl. Drugs, a1ld the 11ldividllal -NS, SM An introdu lion to basic m raholic inc ra ion ' " ner.d endocrinology, mind and body inrera [ions, an roles of drugs in modifying biological and behavioral fUilCti(,ns .

furequisites: ne year of high school chemistry or equivalen t recomm nded. (4)

CHEM 320: AlUllytical Chemistry - NS, SM Chemi� I methods of quant itarive ,nalysis. including volumetric, gravimetric, and selecred i nstrumental meth d .

Includes lahora ory. �quis;tes: H EM 1 1 6;

MATH 1 40. (4)

CHEM 331: Orga,,;c Chemistry T - NS. SM An inrroduction to structU re, [ < civ i ry, and general properties of organic molecules. Prerequisite: CH EM 1 1 6 . Co-requisite: CHEM 333. (4)

CHEM 332: Organic Chemistry 0 - NS, SM Chemistry of ar m, tic c mpouncls. cubonyl- ontaining fll nCtionai gtoups, amines, phen Is, ' nd an inrroduction to biological! imporrant molecules. Prenquisites: CHEM 33 J , 333. Co-nfjllisite: CH M 334 or 336. (4)

CHEM 333: Orgtmic Chemistry I Laboratory - NS, SM Reactions and methods of synrh is, sep:mui n and anal �is of

organic compounds. Microscale techniques. Practical i nvestigation of reactions and classes of compounds discussed in CHEM 33 1 . Co-requisite: CHEM 33 1 . ( 1 )

CHEM 334: Organic Chemistry II Laboratory - NS, SM Synthesis of organic compounds, including instrumental and spectroscopic anal ses. Practical i n estigaLion of rea rions and classes of compounds discussed in �H EM 332. Prerequisite: CHEM 333. Co-requisite: CHEM 3 2. ( 1 )

CHEM 336: Orga1lic Special Projects Laboratory - NS, SM I ndividual projects mphasizing urrent professional-level methods of synthesis and p roperty dercrminarion of organic compounds . Tilis course is an alternative to CHEI 334 and t)'P ically requi res somewhat more time commitment. Students who wish to prepare: for career, In chemistry or related areas should appl t for departmental appro\! I of their admission to this uese. Co-requisite: C H EM 332. ( 1 )

CHEM 341: Phy�kal Chemistry - NS, SM rudy of the rdarionship hetween the energy conrem of

systems, work. and the physical and c hemical properr ies of matter. Classical and statistical thermod)'n:lmics, thermochemistry, solution properties, phase equil ibri • • and chemical kinetics. PrYrequisites: _HE.M i 1 6 . MATH 1 52.

PHYS 1 54. (4)

CHEM 342: Physical Chemistry - NS, SM A study or the physical p roperties of atoms, molecules and ions, and tht:ir oHelation \ iih structure. Cbssical and modern quantum mechanics, bonding theory. arol11ic and molecular structure, spectroscopy. PrYrequwtes: CHEM 1 1 6 . MATH 1 52 . PH S i 54. (4)

CHEM 343: Plrysical Chemistry Laboratory - NS, SM E. peri ments i n kinetics and thermod rnamics. Attention given to data h3Jldling. error analysis, instrumentation, compUtational analysis, and correlation with theo ry. Prereqllisite or co-requisite: C L 34 1 . ( 1 )

CHEM 3#: Physical Chemistry Laboratory - NS, SM EXl eri menrs in molecular sfructure and specrroscopy. Attention given to data handli ng. error analysis, i nstrumentation. computati ona l analysis, and correlation with theory. furequisite or co- requisite.: CHEM 342. ( 1 )

CHEM 403: BwchntJistry 1 - NS, SM An overview of the structures. func! ion, and regulation of proteins. carbohydrates, l ip ids, and nucleic acids, and an i nrroduction to metabolic and regularory cellular p rocesses. Major, a.n.: encouraged to take both CHEM 403 and 405 for a

comprehensive exposure to biochemical theory and techniques. PrertqrUsites: C H EM 332, 334. (4)

CJr"nM 405: mociJemistry II - NS, SM A continuation of 403 that provides further insight into cellular metabolism and regulation, enzyme kinetics and mechanisms of catalysis, protein ynthesis, nucleic acid chemistry, and biotechnology. C ncep ts introduced in Physical Chemistry and Biochemistry I will be applied to this cou.rse. Laborarory designed to stimulate creativity and problem-solving abiliries through the lise of modern biochemical techniques. Pruequisitl!: C H EM 403. (3)

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

n ::r­iD 3 '" -...

'<

5

Page 56: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

54

CHEM 410: Introduction 10 Research - NS An i ntroduction to bborntory r h techniques. use of the chem ical l itcratur(" inc ludi ng comput ri"l J l i te, atu searching, r earch proposal and rep rt writin . Students de eJop an independent chemic:d research p roblem cho en in consultation \vith a member o f the chemistry fac ul lY. Students attend seminars as part of the cour. e requireme nt. (2)

CHEM 420: InstnJ71Jnltni Analysis - NS, SM Theory and practie o f il1!>trumemal methods along with b i ­electronics. Special em phas is placed on electron ics . specuophorometric. radiochemical. nJ mass specrro metric methods. Prereq1lisitel: CHEM 320; 34 1 andlor CHEM 342; 343. (4)

CHEM 440: Advamed Organic Chemistry - NS Srudems wil l develop a reperroire of synrhflCic methodology �nd a general understanding of a variety of orga nIC D (liOn mechanisms. ynrhetic organi S lategies J.nd d ign, the an;)lysis of classic and r cent toral syntheses from the literature, and dvanced applications of instrumentation in organic chemistry.

Prerequisite: ClIEM 332. (2)

CHEM 450: Inorganic Chemistry - NS. SM Techniques 0 rructu ral determination (JR. V, VI MR, X-ray. EPR) . bonding principles, n()nm�tal -:ompou nds. coordi nation chemisrr ·, organometaUics. donor/ace ptor concepts, reaction pathwa s and biochemical appl ications are covered. Laboratory: Syn th.:sis and characlc:r izatiun of non­metal, coordination and or , nomerallic compounds. Prerequilites: CH EM 332. 34 1 ; Pruequisile or co·requisite: CH M 342. (3)

CHEM 456: Polymers and Biopolymers - NS, SM A course presen ing rhe fundarnen als of polymer synthesis, , llltion thermodynamic properties, molecular char�C[erizario n . molecular weight distribution, and solution kineriQ. Free radical, condensation, ionic. and biopolymer systems. with emphasis on applications. The I -cred it bborarory examin i ng polymer synthesis through experirnt:nt is optio na l . Prerequisite: H EM 34 I ; Prerequisite or co-requisite: CHEM 342 . (3)

CHEM 491; l,rdependelll Siudus Library andlor laboratory study f topics not included in l' ulady offered courses. Proposed proje t mw r be .tpproved by department chair and supervisory rcsponsibi li t , l'ceprcd by an instructor. May be taken more rhan oncc. A speci fic ti rle for the projecr may be appended to the general t ide of Independent Studies for CHEM 49 1 . (I to 4)

CHEM 497: R�$earc" Experimental or theoreri 1 in �stigation open [() upper-divi,ion students with consent of dcparrrnent chair. May be r, ken more than once. Generally consists of a r 'ea rch proje:r developed i n consultation wirh a chemistry faculty m rnber. A ecific t itle for the project may be appended to the general title of Research for CHEM 497. ( I to 4)

CHEM 499: CnpstolJe: Seminar - SR Senior capstone courst:. Presem:ltiun by �rudents of knowledge

ained by personal lihrary or laboratory research, supplemented with seminars by practicing scientists. Partic ipation of all senior

chemistry major is r"qu ir d and all other chern; try-oriented students are encouraged to participJt�. eminar program will be h Id during the entire year bur credit wi l l be awarded in the spring mestcr. (2)

Chinese

To view curriculum requJ.rrmenu and offtrings, please go to Department of Lang1lages i., Litemture, pagf 96.

Chinese Studies Program

253.535 .72 1 6 wWJu.plu.edul.-csp

The Chinese Studies program is an i nterdiscipli ll3ry program which is designed to provide students inrerested in China a broad foundation in Chinese language, cui tun:. Jnd histOry, and an opportunity ro focllS on the cultural-phi losophical world view and rhe economic and busin S5 slrucrure f hina. The program requires rhat majur and minor students com plete cour,ework i n at least three different discip l ines: hinese I:mguage, histor , and anthropology. virb optional work in political sci n e, rhe arts. religion, busines ' , and other di�cipl ines .

Studenrs are strongly encourag d to participate i n the un iversity's hina exchange program� (currentiy at ichuan Universi, .) and rna)' request that Lredits earned rhrotrgh these programs be counted toward the major or mi nor. With the approval of the program director, selected January-term, sum mer, and experimental COurses may bt: included in the major or m ino .

FACULTY: A committee of faculty administers this program: Manfredi. Chair; B rnowc.', Byrnes, Dwyer-Shick, Guldin. Ingram. Li , McGinnis, Youn. M r. Sidney Ritte nberg serves as honorary advisor.

BACHELOR OF ARTS lWAJOR .' :emester hours (24 requ i red , eight dective); students must take at least one Chinese history course.

Required Courses: 24 semester hours At rH 343: East Asian ultu[e - C, S 1 CHI:-J 20 I : Intermediare �hines ' CHIN 202: Int ' rmediate Chine$e HIS 339: Revolurion :lr y China RELI 233: Religions of China CHSP 4�9: Cap tone: Senior Projecr - SR

Elulivu: eight semester hours ANTH 345: Cnntemporary China - C. S 1 BU A 352: lobal ManagemeiH " CHSP 27 1 : China Through Fi lm - C CHSP 287: Selected Topi in Chin�.:: Studies CHSP 25 0 : Urban ulture in him - C CHSP 350: h inese Culture and oeiet), - C CHIN 0 I : _oll1position and Conversation C H I t 302: omposir ion and Conversation

_ H I 37 1 : Chinese Literature in Tra nslati 11 - C, IT

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

( (

( 1 c o a

Page 57: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

HIS 232: Tibet in Fact and Fiction - C, S 1 HfST 33lJ: Modem hina - , S 1 H IST 4 6: eminar: The Third Wo rld

(a/y on hina) " - C, S I , SR MUSI : The Arts of China - AR, C P . :lS l : Comparative Legal Systems - C, S 1

MINOR: 20 sernesrer hours (eight required, 1 2 elective)

Required Courses: eight semestet hours in Chinese language H I N 1 0 1 : Elementary Chinese

CHfN 1 02: Elementary Chinese (or one equivalent year of university-level Chinese. upon approval of the program chair)

Electives: 1 2 semester hours from at least tWO additional departmen t5

ANTH 345: ontemporary China - C. S I CHI 371 : Chinese Literature in Translation - C, LT CH I N 27 1 : China Through Film - C C SP 287: Selected Topics in Chi nese Studies

HSP 250: Urban Culture in China - C HSP 350 Chi nese Culture and Sociery - C

K IST 339: R volutionary hin3 - C. S I M U I 339: The Arts of China - AR. C RELI 233: Religions of China - C. R3

'These courses may cou nt fo r program credits only when the student's course project is focused on China and is approved by the program chair.

.. H istory 496 may be counted toward program requirements only when ir focu e:. pecifically on China.

CHSP 250: Urban Culture in Chitul - C Explores first hanJ the dynamic and rapidly transforming cultural l ife of four major Chi nt:lie citi : Beijing. Shanghai. Guangzhou. and Hung Kong. Our explorations will be carried our through face-to-face meetings with contemporary artists and writers. as well as visits to culturally significant sites that form the background and context for artistic expression in China today. Th urban focus will foreground tensions within China's major iries be(\vcen global and local forces, and the ways in which those t nsiom; are profirably transformed inro contemporary art of all kinds. (4)

CHIN 271: Chinll Through Film - C An explora tion of the nistory and recent directions of Chinese cinema. the relationship between film and other Chinese media. fi lm. and the Chi nese govcmment. and the particular appeal of Chinese film on dlC international market. 0 prior study of Chinese required. (4)

CHSP 287: Seucted Topiu in Chiluse Studies (4)

CHSP 350: Chi,use Culture and Society - C his course will draw together rhe existing experiential

componenrs of the semester abroad program in Chengdu -orientation, service learning and the study tour - and focus rhem on the ropic of an individual research project. The pri mary

m thodology of thi projeCt will be interviews with i ndivi duals tn hina. along with ana lysis of \'ariOU5 Chinese media. (4)

CHSP 499: (Aptlone: Smior Project - SR A project. thesis. or internship which demonstrates competence in language and other di mension. of hi nese Studies . Must be approved in advance by chair of the .hinese SUldie ' Program ;

tally card required. IIp n prio r application 0 the Hudent. semi nars in other deparanenr. or programs may subSlltute for this course, ( 1 -4)

Classics

253.535.72 1 9 wUltll,pl",edui �"l1Ig/c1assics,html

The Classics Program is a cooperative effort among the Departments of Languages and Literam . History. Philosophy, Religion. and Art. I ts goal is to unite the "heart of the l iberal arts" with the mi nd, through historv and phi losophy, and the soul. through religion. and tlJ embellish th is trinity of themes with the visual experience of art.

This interdepartmental Classical Studies major requires the completion of 40 semest r hour... i ncludino at least Olle year of one of the classical l:lIIgu.lgcs (Greek and · l t in) and two of the other. The remai ning courses 3 rc sele [Cd rom the list )clow in consultation with the p[()gram coordmator.

CLASSICS COMMITT/JE; Sn ·e. Coordirttuor; Batten. Jansen, McKenna. E. e[..;on, Oakman .

MAJOR

The Classical Languages major requi res all 40 semester hours in l angua C Study,

LATN 1 0 1 , 1 02: Elementaty Lat in LAT 20 1 . 202: I ntermediat Latin G REK 1 0 1 . 1 02: Elementary ' r'eek GREK 20 I . 202 : I ntermediate .reck ARTD 1 80: History of Western Art I. A R CLAS 23 1 : Masterpieces of European Literawre, LT

LAS 250: lass ical Mythology. I T CLAS 321 : Greek Civilization. S I Cl.AS 322: Roman Civilization. 5 1 PHIL 33 1 : Ancient Philosophy. PH R :Ll 2 1 1 : Religion and Li erarure of the Old Tl!Srament. R 1 RElI 2 1 2 : Rel igion and L iterature of the:: Nl"\V Tesr3rnent. R l RELI 22 1 : Ancient urch Hi�tor . R2 RELl 330: Old Testament Studies, R 1 RELI 33 1 : New Tesramem 5111dies, R I An appruved course in anlral Sciences Area

Independent Study ourses Selected January Term C urso

Students are expected to become familiar with the reading list for that part of the program (art. li terature, hisrory, philo. <>phy. or religion) in which their imerest l ies,

The program is designed to be flexible. In consultation with the Classics Commi ttee, a student may deet a course(s) not on the classics curriculum l ist.

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

1"'\

QI VI VI

n VI

5 5

Page 58: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

CLI ... ... "' CLI

.J::. .... "'CI C "' C o ... "' ....

c ::s E E o

u

56

All core classics courses are taught by faculty from the Department of Languages and Literatures.

Course Offerings - Classics (CLAS)

CLAS 23.1: Masterpieces of European literature - LT Representative works of classical, medieval, and early Renaissance literature. (Cross-listed with .NGL 23 1 .) (4)

CLAS 250: Classical. Mythology - J.:r A srudy of mythol gy originating in the texts of such Greek and Roman authors as Homer, Hesiod, Virgil, and Ovid. All readings are in English, but students with other language abilities are encouraged to use them. (4)

CLAS 321: Greek Civilizarioll - SI he political, social, and cui rural hisrory of Ancient Greece from

the Bronze Age to the Hellenistic period. Special arrenuon ro the literarure, an, and lurellecrual hi tory of the Greeks. (Cross-listed with HIST "1 2 1 .) (4)

GUS 322: ROntall Civilization - SI The:: hi.�rory of Rome from the foundation of the city ro CE 395,

the death ofTheodosius the Great. Emphasis on Rome's expansion over the Mediterranean and on its constirutional hisrory. Attention ro the rise of Christianity within a Greco­Roman context. (Cross-listed with HIST 322.) (4)

CLA.S 499: Capstone: Snlior Project - SR (2)

MINOR IN GREEK: 20 semester hours, which may include (�REK 1 0 1 - 1 02.

To I)iew Greek course offering.i, go to Department of Languages & Literature, page 96

MINOR IN LA11N: 20 semester hours, which may include TN 1 0 1 - 1 02.

TO uiew Latin course offaings, go to Department of Languages & Litemture, Page 96

Communication and Theatre

253.535.776 1

www.plu.edul �cot/J

The faculty of the Department of Communication and Theatre is commirrcd to a philosophical perspective on communication as the process by w hich shared undemandings are created among audiences through the use of symbols. Implicit within this understanding is agreement on the assu mption that people interact with one anothcT for the purpose of achieving outcomes, and that this interaction is accomplished through a variety of media.

FACULTY: Ehrenhaus, Chah� Bartanen, Clapp, Desmo nd, Feller, ranke, Harney, Inch, Land, Lisosky, Loughman, McGill, Rowe, Wells, Wheeler.

Degree TrLUks The department offers three degree tracks.

THE BACHELOR OF ARTS (BA) in Communication Studies and Theatre focus on liberal arts learning, critical understanding of communication and theatre, and an appreciation of the roles played by communication and theatre in our culrure and the global community.

THE BACHELOR OF ARTS IN COMMUNICATION (BAC) and the BACHELOR OF FINE ARTS IN THEATRE (BFA) are pre-professional degrees intended to equip students for careers and graduate programs focusing on particular professional fields.

Courses in me Department of Communication nnJ Theatre t/Jat satisfY General University Requirements.

The following courses from Theatre and Dance may be used ro meet the general universiry core requirement in the arts (AR):

THEA 1 60, 1 62, 1 63, 220, 222, 230, 23 5, 250, 255, 270, 350,

355, 359, 450, 453, 455, 458, 460, 470 and DANC 1 70 .

The only course with the prefix COMA that counts toward the university core requirement in the arts (AR) is COMA 1 20:

Media in the World .

COMA 303: Gender Communication meets the Alternative Perspectives Diversity (A) requirement.

COMA 304: Intercultural Communication meets the Cross-Cultural Perspectives Diversity (C) requirement.

Communication Core Courses

The Bachelor of Arts (BA) majors and the Bachelor of Arts in Communication (BAC) concentrations (Conflict Management, Journalism, Media Performance & Production, and Public Relations/Advertising) must complete the following core courses:

COMA 1 0 1 or COMA 1 90: Introduction to Communication COMA 1 20: Media in the World COMA 212 : Public Speaking COMA 2 1 3: Communication Writing SOAC 299 or 399: Keystone SOAC 499: Capstone

Declaration of Major

Students who want to declare a major in communication or theatre will:

1. At the time of declaration, have a cumulative grade point average of 2.50 or higher.

2. Have successfully completed the communication core courses (COMA 1 0 1 or 1 90 ; 1 20 , 2 1 2, 2 1 3) with a grade point avetage of 2.50 or higher. (Not required of Theatre majors.)

Students who complete either COMA 1 0 1 , 1 90 or 1 20 with a grade point average of 3.0 or higher may declare provisionally. (Not applicable to Theatre majors.) Prospective majots with grade pOlnt averages from 2 .50-2.99

have the option to complete an application packet and may be admitted as space allows. (Not applicable to Theatre majors.)

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 59: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

Minor Rzquirtm�lIt for Communication Majors

The Bachelor of Arrs (BA) majors and the Bachelor of Arts in Communication ( BAC) concentrations require the completion of either a minor approved by the major advisor or a self-directed study progr�m including the following areas:

• Three or four semester hours in economics • Four semester hours in statistics or research methods • Twelve seme rer hours in social sciences

Minor Rzquiremem for Tlmztre Majon

The Bachelor of Arrs (BA) and the Bachelor of Fine Arts (BFA) in Theatre require the completion of either a minor approved by the major advisor or a self-directed study program that includes the following areas:

• Four semester hours in English (Writing) • Four semester hours in English (Literarure) • Eight semester hours in 0 ial Sciences

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN COMMUNICATION (BAC) DEGREE

Students in thi program select from the following concentrations: Conflict Management, Journalism, Media Performance & Produc tion, and Public Relations/Advertising.

Conflict Ma1lilge71U7lt Com:nttration - 43 semester hours plus a minor

C MA 1 0 1 or COMA 1 90: I ntroduction to Communi rion (4)

C MA [02: Communication Ethics (2) C MA 1 20: ia in the World (4) COMA 2 1 1 : Debate (2) or C MA 3 1 3: Dialog (2) COtviA 2 1 2: Public Speaking (2) COMA 2 1 3: Communication Writing (2) COMA 302 : Media Ethics (2) COMA 304: Interculrural Communication (4) C MA 305: Argumentation (4) or COMA 306:

Persuasion (4) C MA 340: Conflict and Communication (4) COMA 44 1 ; onflict Management (4)

Pour semester hours of electives sdected in consultation with advisor

One sem ster hour from SOAC 299 or 399: Keys tone One semester hour from OAC 295 or 395: Internship One to eight mester hours from SOAC 495: Internship SOAC 499: Capstone (2)

Mitior required (Line 1 or Line 2)

Self-Directed Study: 1 2 semesrer hours from Social Sciences Four seme rer hours from Economics Four semester ho rs in research methods Anthropology, Environmental Studies, Global Studies, Legal Studies, Political , cience, Psychology, Social Work, Sociology, or Women's Studies

Jounudism Concentration - 45 semester hours plus u minor

C MA 1 0 1 or 1 90 : I ntroduction to Communication (4) COMA 1 02: Communication Ethics (2) COMA 1 20: Media in the World (4)

OMA 2 1 2: Public Speaking (2)

OMA 2 1 3: C mmunication Writing (2) COMA 302: Media F. rhics (2)

MA 320: Media Narrative I (4) COMA 329: Depth Reporting (4) or COMA 422:

Media Ma�agement (4) COMA 420: Media Narrative Il (4)

OMA 4 2 1 : Communication Law (4)

Elective SkiDs: four lemtsler houTS from the fllklwing:

MA 2 1 0: Interviewing (2) COMA 2 1 1 : Debate (2) C01v!.A 2 1 4 : Croup Communication (2)

COMA 222: Video Production (2) COMA 223: Audio Production (2)

OMA 230: Writing for Journalism (2) C N!.A 270: Profession:tl Writing (2) COiv!.A 3 1 1 : Research Writing (2) COMA 3 1 2: Advanced Public Speaking (2) COMA 3 1 3 : Dialog (2) COMA 3 1 4: Intercultural Workshop (2) COMA 323: Copy Editing (2) COMA 325: Photojournalism (2)

Four semester hours in electives selected in consultation with advisor

One semester hour from SOAC 299 or 399: Keystone One semester hour from SOAC 295 or 39 ; Internship One to eight semester hours from SOAC 495: Internship SOAC 499: Capstone (2)

Minor required (Line 1 or Line 2)

Self-Directed Study: 1 2 semester hou from Social Sciences Four semester hours from Economics Four semester hours in research methods A universiry recognized minor

Media Performance 0- Production Coneentration - 45 semester hours plus a mit/or

COMA 1 0 1 or 1 90: Introduction to Communication (4) COMA 1 02 : Communication Ethics (2) COMA 1 20: Media in the World (4)

COtv!.A 2 1 2: Public Speaking (2) COMA 2 1 3: Communication Writing (2) COMA 302: Media Ethics (2) COMA 320: Media Narrative I (4) COMA 420: Media Narrative II (4) or C01v!.A 424: Advanced Media Production

Elective Skills: four semester houTS from the following:

COMA 2 [ 0: Interviewing (2) COMA 2 1 1 : Debate (2) COMA 214 : Group Communication (2) COMA 230: Writing for Journalism (2) COMA 270: Professional Writing (2)

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

n o 3 3 t:: :;:,

57

Page 60: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

.... ttl v C � E E o

u

58

"OMA 3 1 1 : Res arch Writing (2) CO 1A 3 1 2 : <\ van ·cd Publ ie . peaking (2)

·OMA 3 1 3: Dialog (2) COMA 3 1 4 : Inler ultud Workshop (2)

'OMA 323: Copy .diti ng (2) COl A 325: PhotOjournalism (2)

Four semester hours frOTIIf

COMA 222: Video Producrion (2) OMA 223: Audio Prod uL tion (2)

C MA 32 : MC!dia Produc t ion (4) COMA 423: Broadcast Production (4) C 1A 424: Advanced Media Producrion (4)

Four semester hours in electives se lecred in con,ulration with advisor

One semeSter hou r from SOAC 299 or 399: Keystone One scrnest r hour from SOAC n5 or J95 : Internship One to eighl se rn� ter hours fro m A 495: In ternship SOAC 499: Capsr ne (_)

Mitlor required: Th m: Acrin IDirecting

Public IhLztiolulAdvertisi"g Concelltration - 45 semester lours plus a 7lIi7lor

C MA 1 0 1 0r OM 1 90: Inrroductinn to u,mrnunication (4)

C MA 1 02: Communication Ethics (2) OMA 1 20: 1dia in the Wo rld (4)

CO�'iIA 2 1 2: Pllblic Spc;lking (2) COMA 2 1 3: Communication Wriri ng (2)

1A 360: Publ ic Relarions Writing (4) COMA 36 1 : Publ ic Relations Pnnciples and Pracrices (4) C 1A 362: Principl s or Adv rris ing (4) COMA 46 1 : Public Relarions Planning and

Managemenr (4) C MA 462: D igi raJ Message Produnion (4) or COMA 305: rgummr and Advocacy (4) or COMA 306: Persuasion (4)

Elective Slrills: two s�nester hours from the following:

o ItA 2 1 0: In rvi wing (2) COMA 2 1 1 : Deb re (2) COMA 2 1 4. Group Commun ica tion (2) C MA 222: Video Producllon (2)

0,1A 22 : j L1dio ProduCtIon (2) COMA 2}0: Writ ing fo r Journal ism (2) COMA 270: Pr(lr. \iollal \'(/rir ing (2) COMA 3 1 1 : Research Wri ring (1) ,OMA 3 1 2: Advanced Pub lic Speaking (2)

C MA 3 ! : Dialog (2) c: MA 3 1 4: Intercu!rural Wot kshop (2) COMA 323: Copy Edit ing (2) COMA 325: Phorojournalism (2)

Four seme fer hou in electiv dl:ctl:ti in con ultation with advisor

One semesrer hour from OA 299 or 399 : Keystone ne mcsrer hour from S A 2' 5 or 3 9 5 : In ternsh ip n ro eight semester hou rs From ·OAC 495: I n ternsh ip

SOAC 499: Capstone (2)

MitIor required (Line I or Line 2):

Self-I>ituted Snldy: 1 . 1 2 semester hours fro m Social Sciences

Four semester hours from Economics Four semester hours in research methods

2. A university recognized m inor

BACHELOR OF ARTS (RA) DEGREE

COMMUNICATION STUDIES (40 to 44 semester hours plus a m inor)

COMA 1 0 1 1 1 90: In troduction ro Communication (4) C MA 1 02: Co mmunicarion Ethics (2) COMA 1 20: Med ia in the World (4) COMA 2 1 2: Public Speaking (2) COMA 2 1 3: Communication Wr i t i ng (2) COMA 30 1 : Media and Cu lr ura l Criticism (4) or C01\tIA 40 1 : Rhetorics of Visual Cu\rure (4) COMA 303: Gender and Communicari on (4) COMA 304: I n rercu lru ral Communication (4) COMA 305: Argumentat ion (4) or COMA 306: Persuasion (4)

Two s�nester hours from the following: COMA 2 1 0: In rerviewing (2) COMA 2 1 1 : Debate (2) COMA 2 1 4 : Group Communication (2) COMA 230: Wr i t ing for Journal ism (2) COMA 270: Profess ional Wrir ing (2) COMA 3 1 1 : Research Wri ti ng (2) COMA 3 1 2: Advanced Public Speaking (2) COMA 3 1 3 : Dialog (2) COMA 3 1 4: Inrerculrural Workshop (2) COMA 323: Copy Editing (2) COMA 325: Phorojournalism (2)

Four semester hours of electives selecred in consulration with advisor

One semester hour fro m SOAC 299 or 399: Keystone One ro eigh t credits from SOAC 495: In rernshi p or one semester hour of COMA 225/425 for work in co­curr icu l ar program (speech and debare, theane, and srudent media) SOAC 499: Capstone (2)

Mi710r required (Line I or Line 2) :

Self-Directed Study: 1 . 1 2 semester hours from Social Sciences

Four semester hours fro m Economics Four semesrer hours in research methods

2 . A un ivers ity recogn ized minor

Bachelor of Arts in Commun ication Srudies srudents must complete rhe College of Arts and Sciences ( -AS) requiremenrs.

THEATRE

Acting/Directing Emphasis (42 semester bours plus a millor):

THEA 1 60: Introduction to Theatre (4) THEA 220: Voice I - Voice and Arriculation (2) THEA 230: Movement I (2)

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2007

Page 61: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

11-lEA 250: Acting I - Fundamentals (4)

THEA 25,); Stage Technolob'Y (4) THEA 270: rama tic Literarure (4)

THEA 330: Scri pr Analysis (4) THEA 50: Acting !l - Scene 5wciy (4) THEA 360: Theatre H ismry I (4) TI lEA 365: Theme History I! (4) THEA 470: Play Dtrection (4) SOA 499: Capstone (2)

Min r selected in consultation with advisor

DesigIJ/Teclmical Empluuls (40 to 44 semester hOllrs pLlIs a minor)

THEA 1 60 : l nlrodllcoon to Theatre (4)

TH E 220: Voice I - Voic<' and Art icu lation (2)

[EA 222: Voice I I - Stage Dialecrs (2)

HE 2 25 : Theatre l'racticllm ( i ) 1l-lEA 255! Stage Technology (4)

THEA .355 : Ligh ti ng esign (4) THEA 360: Theatre History I (4) TI-1·:1\ 387: Topics in Thearrt' (2-4) S AC 495 : Internship ( 1 -8) oS AC 99: Capstone (2-4) A TD 1 60: Drawi ng (4) ARTD 1 96: Des ign I - Fundamentals (4) COMA 2 1 2: Public Speaking (2)

FOUT mester hours of electives selected in consultation with advisor

rv1 inor selc:<:red in consuitation wi th advisor

In add it ion [0 me requiremenrs l isted above, candidates for the SA degr e in Theal c must met't the' Col lege of ArtS and Sciences (COAS) r;oreign Language requi remen t .

BACHELOR OF FlNEARTS (BFA) DEGREE

11£EATRE

Acting/Directing Emphasis - 60 semester hours plus a m;IIor

THEA 1 60: I n troduClion ro Theatre (4) THEA 220: Voice I - Voice and Articulation (2) 11-1 222: Voice I I - Stnge I taleers (2) .] H , 23U: Movement [ (2)

11-1 '-A 2 3 5 : Movc:mcm Ii (2) TH cA 250: Acting I - Fund� mentals (4) TH EA 255: Stage Technolugy (4) TH 270: Dramatic Literaturt' (4) THEA 320: Stagt' t lakcup (2) THEA 330: Script Ana lysis (4) THEA 350 : Acting \[ - Scene Study (4)

THEA 360: Theatre History I (4) TH l::;A 365: Theatre:' History fI (4) TH EA 450: Acting I I I - Shakespeare (4) THEA 470: Pby D irect ion (4) SO, C 4 9 '5: Internship (2)

or 'H EA 22): Pmcriculll ( I ) and THEA 425: Pracriclim ( I )

OAC 49,): _apstone (2)

A minimum of six semester bours of dectives se lected i n consul tation with advisor

Minor seiected in consultation wi th adviso r

Design/Tee/micai Empham - 54 semester hours plus Q

miTIor

MINORS

T EA 1 60; I ntroduction to Theatre (4)

TH 220: Voice I , Voice and Articularion (2)

'n-IEA 222: Voice II: Stage Dialects (2)

TH I:.A 225 ; 'h Jtre Practicum ( 1 )

THEA 250: cting I - Fundamentals (4) TH EA 2<;5: tage Technology (4) T H A 3 5 5 : Lighting DC!iign (4) TH EA 360: Th<!a ,, 1 l i s rory 1 (4) TIi F..A .�ti7: Topi . . in Theatre (2-4)

S AC 495: Imernship ( 1 -8)

50A(, 49�: C3p�tone (2-4) A RID 1 60: Drawi ng (4) ARTIJ 1 %: O<'5ig;n I - Fundamentals (4)

OMA 1 I 2: Public Speaking (2)

ix <emt� ter hnur\ i n electives selected in consul tation with advisor

;'vl inor selec ted in consultation with advisor

CommlllliClltiorl: 20 5emcst r hOLlrs, includ i ng COMA 1 0 1 or 1 90; 1 20; 2 I 2, 2 1 }, plus 1 2 s emester hours from 300- or 400-

level communication courses selected in consultation with advisor,

TlJelun: 20 s me�tc:r hours, i ncl uding THEA. 1 60, 250, 255 ,

a n d 27LJ , plus ro ur em ref hours in electi ves selected in consultation with advisor.

Dance Perj'om1411ce: 20 semester hours, including DANC 1 70, 222 , 240 , 462; THEA 230, 235, 35'5; Electives (4 semester hours) F, m: PHE 22 , 225, 362 or T H EA 225, 49 1 or l"{USI 1 20 . Some D,I\N courses are cross-listed with the School of Physical Education.

The Publishing and Printing Arts: Cross- list 'd with the Department 0 English. �et the description of ti13t minor under Publishing and I rinting Arts.

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION Set· .)choai of Ed7ll'lltiOil.

Course Offeri" s - (ommunic:;;;a:..;:tl:..;:·o,.:c"'-l("'C-'-O.;.;M.;:..A.:;L) _____ _

COAfA 101: hllrodlU!tion to Commu"icar;on I ntroduce the Stu y of com munication. Surveys the COflttxts and applicJtions of study in these discip l i nes . Introduces the use of rheto rica l rheory as 3 means of understanding communication behavi or. (4)

COMA 102: Com1ll1wication Ethics Swdies the basic principles of moral ph ilosophy and explores ethical is�ue" involving those engaged i n communication

profess ions such as journalism, public relations, b roadcasting, and advertising. SrudeIHs use case studies ro learn ro recognize ethical di lemmas and dc\,e1op strafegies for dealing wi th them. (2)

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

n o 3 3 c ::I

n CU ...

59

Page 62: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

IV ... ..... ra IV

.s::. t-""CI c ra c o

..... ra v c ;:, E E o

u

60

COMtl 120: Medi4 in the World - AR Inrrodllces the critical sUldy of mass com mu nication and its infl uence on commltnity and culrure. he cour e will �urvey h w

the re hnical, economic, and behavioral d m nts of media influence it srructu and content. (4)

COMA 210: Interviewing Introduces basic concepts and techniques for u nbiase d , in-depth inrerviewing. opics include listening, neutral question phrasing, sources of bias, developing question sequences and i nterview schedules . (2)

COMA 211: Debate This course introduces the practice of acad mic and political debate. It introduces principles and theori of argument. Students will have opportunities for in-class and public debare:s. (2)

COMA 212: Public Speaking introduces the: bal;ic techniques of public speaking. Students complete several speeches and learn the basic skills of p ch-making, including topic selections, earch, organization , 3lldience analysis, and del ivery. Required of all Design/Tech majors. (2)

COMA 213: Communication Writing Introduces the process of communication writing. Surveys copy formats and style rules fo r wri ri ng in communicari n-rdated careers. Students complete a number of diverse writing assignments to appreciate the mechanic.s of writing and the role of audien . (2)

COMA 214: Group Communication Studies how people interacl in gro u ps. Introduces theoredcal constructs regarding the mle of groups in org<lnilatitmal and social settings. Provides c:xperience in analyzing and improving t,'T'OUp performanc and interactio n . (2)

COMA 222: Video Pro�Clioll Analysis and application of program desi n, writing and production tools and techniques. Lecture :lnd laborarory. Prerequisite: Communication core or cons�nr of instructor. (2)

COMA 223: Audio Production Introduction to the techniques and technologi rdated w

contemporary audio prod uction as u$ed in television and radio broadcasting. the recording industry, lim, and other media applications. (2)

COMA 225: Practicum One semester hour credit may be earned each semester, bur only four semester hours may be used to meet un iversity requirern nts. Srud n put classroom theory to ptactical application by individually completing a project relating to an aspect of communication. An instructor in the area of imetest must approve the project and agree to provide guidance. ( l ) COMA 230: Writing/or joumJJlism Expands on the kills developed in COivlA 2 1 3 . Intwduces the procc . of newsgathering as well as production in various media platforms. EmpMsizes ethical decision-making in gathering informa tion from sources and data. �quisite: COMA 2 1 3. (2)

COMA 270: Professional Writil'g Expands on the skills developed in COMA 2 1 .3 and introduces the proc s f preparing proh: �ional documents including press rei es. memoranda, business letters, and reSllmes. (2)

Prerequisite: �OMA 2 1 3 . (2)

COMA 301: MediA & Culhtral Criticism This COllr�e xamines dJ role r media in ptoducing systems of meanings and arrifact th.at shap popular culture and ideology. Studen learn to use cri tical perspeccives as lenses for studying rexts of pop u lar culture and fo r wriring cultural criticism for popular and spe iaLizcd audience . (4)

COMA 302: MediA Er/Jics Appli :Ii principlc.s of moral philo. ophy to ethical i 'ues involving rhose cngageu within mass communicarion professions. Emphasis on encountering and resolving con temporary ethical issues in mass communicarion environments. Prerequisitul COMA 1 02

and 1 20. (2)

COMA 303: Gender and CommuII;r:ati()n - A This c ur e amin > the relationship between gender and communicalion in human interaction and media represent::ttions. Comparison nu contrast of male and female communication styles, language usage and speech pracrices. Role of media in shaping gender ide-als and possibiliries. Prrm!quisit.u: OMA 1 0 1 , 1 02 , 1 20 or consent of instructor. (4)

COMA 304: Intercultural Conlmtlniciltion - C Studies thl" n rure of communication among people of diverse cultures. The course examines contemporary theory and research and examines a variety of cultural variables including: cultural backgrounds. perception. social organization, language, and non verba.! aspects of me ages. Prenquisiul: C O MA 1 0 1 , 1 02,

1 20 or conSCl1l of imnuctor. (4)

COMA 305: Argummt Imd Advocacy Srudies how people use reason oivll1g in social decision-making. Analysis of gentes, fo rms, and techniques of arguers. Focus is on method, of r�(ing, undemanding, and criticizing arguments. (4)

COMA 306: PernlMion The sruu y of pl!rsuasion as a means of personal and social influence rhrough rhetoric . Examines both rhetori I and social scientific rraditi ns of "rud� , ethical �Ild social implications of contemporary persuasion in poli[ical , commerci.al and orher contexts. Opporw nic}' for o rigInal re.sea h projects. Prerequisites: COMA 1 0 1 , 1 02, 1 20. 2 1 3 t)r .onsenr of instrucror. (4)

COMA 311: Rl!Starch Writing vclop' methods for gathering, interpteting, and evaluating

dara and then pr enring rlndings written form. Prerequisites: COMA 1 0 1 . 1 02, 1 20, 2 1 2, 2 1 3 or consent of lIlstru tor. (2)

COMA 312: Advllnr:ed Public Speaking Focuses on improving )kill in public speaking. Introduces theories and rechniques fo r effe tivel)' participating in various spea . ng contexts. rc vid experience through writing and delivering a range of different kinds of public speeches. PrrmIqllisitell CO MA 1 0 1 , 1 02, 1 20, 2 1 2, 2 1 3 or consent of instructor. (2)

COMA 313: DiAlog Explor s rll pc c of using dialog as a way of facilitating conAiet resolution. Focus is on crearing supportive comm u nitltion c1 imat� and methods for listening. PrrmIquisites: COMA 1 0 I , 102, 1 20, 2 1 2, 2 1 3 or consent of instrucror (2)

COMA 314 : l"tert:ldturdJ Workshop Designed ro acquaint studenr:s with the inAuence of cultural

P L U 2006 - 2007

J

� S n

a c c.

( I� OJ

aJ pI CG

C In re PI, 0

Page 63: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

backgrounds, pen:eprual systems, social organization, language, and nonver aI message; in interculrural communication. Prerequisites:

OMA 1 0 1 . 1 02, 1 20, 2 1 2, 2 1 3 or coment of' instructor. (2)

COMA 320: Media Narrative I Introduces the srudy of n arrative techniques and their application to the prod ucrion of med i a content. Includes i n formation gathering, writing ro format, and production aCtivities across prine. web .. radio and tdevision. Requires integrative participation with campus media. Prerequisites: COMA 1 0 1 ,

1 02. 1 20, n2 or 223. and 230. (4)

COMA 321: The Book in Society A critical cudy of the rolt o f books in our hisrory, society, and daily lives (era s-listed with E G l 3 1 1 ) . (4)

COMA 322: Puhiishillg Procedures A worksh p introduction to the world of book publishing. involving studentS in decisions ab ut what to publish and how to produce it (cross-listed with ENGL 3 1 2) . (4)

COMA 3D: Copy Editing Selection and editing of n vs copy and headline writing. Selection, being J.I1d cropping of photographs. Functions of layour. Principles of newspaper design and their practical appl icarions . .Prerequisitu: COlvlA 1 0 1 , 1 02, 1 20, 2 1 2, 2 1 3 .

230 or consent of instructOr. (2)

COMA 325: Pbotojourtudism ruetio class in photography with practical application to

journal istic endeavors. Includes integrative participation with campus media. Prerequisites: COMA 1 0 1 , 1 02, 1 20, 2 1 2, 2 1 3 ,

230 or consent of instructor (2)

COftfA 327: MediA Productitm This COurse illtegmtes various multimedia applications associated with video production. Fundamelltal� of scriptwriting. video camera techniques. and non-linear editing. Prerequisitel: CO. A 222 or 223. (4)

COMA 329: Depth &porting Group repo tting on a single issue for mass distribution across media platforms. Focuses on public and investigative journalism. Pm-equisites: COMA 1 0 1 , 1 02, 1 20. 2 1 2. 2 1 3, 230. (4)

COMA 340; Conflu:t tUM C011Jmutlu:ation Studies the role of communication in the development and management of human conflict. Usc of the theories of prominent wnfli t an peace scholars and significant case studies ro develop a method for berrer understanding the narure and resolution of conflict. �equisirel: C MA 1 0 1 , 1 02, 1 20, 2 1 2. 2 1 3 or consent of instructor. (4)

COMA 360: Public Rel4tions W'riting Introduc principl s and processes involved in writing for an organization's diverse publics. Integrates persuasive techniques and communication theory with writing and production pracri c, Prerequisitel: .OMA 10 I , ! O2, 1 20, 2 1 2, 2 1 3. 270 or consent of insuu tOr. (4)

COMA 361: Publir Rel4ti(ms Prmeples & Practices Introduces the theories, methods. and pracrice of public relations. Emphasizes technical and analytical skills. Prerrquisitesl OMA 1 0 1 . 1 02. 1 20, 2 1 2, 2 1 3, 270 or consent of instrucror. (4)

COMA 362: Principles of Advertisi'fg Introduces advertising theories and principles. Focuses on case

srudies and skills required in advertising practice. Prn-equisites: COMA 1 0 1 , 1 02, 1 20. 2 1 2, 2 13, 270 or consent of insrrucror (4)

COMA 387: TopU:$ in Communu:ati(m Special tOpics in communication is intended for unique opportunities to explore communication issues, methods, and viewpoints outside the normal curriculum. ( 1 -4)

COMA 388: Topics in Commllnication Special tOpics in communication is intended for unique opportunities to explore communication issues, methods. and viewpoints outside the normal curriculum. ( 1 -4)

COMA 389: Topics in CommrmicaJion Special tOpics i n comm unication is in tended for uniq ue opportunities ro explore communication issues, methods, and viewpoints outside the normal curriculum ( 1 -4)

COMA 391: Communicatiofl AbralUi Exploration of communication systems and environments beyond the university in international cultural contexts. ( 1 -4)

COMA 392: Communication Abroad Exploration of communication systems and environments beyond the university in international cultural co. texts. ( 1-4)

COMA 393: CommwlicaNon AbralUi Exploration of communication systems and environments beyond the university in international cultural colltexts. ( 1-4)

COMA 401: Rhetorics of VisUlli Ctdture Examines diverse range of approaches ro visual analysis. I t leads students through key theories on visual culture, providing explanations of the fundamentals of these theories and also presenting examples of how they function. Students learn how ro analyze images - including paintings, prints. photographs, film, television, video, advertisements, news images - in relation to a range of cultural and representational issues and methodologies. Prerequisites: COMA 1 0 1 , 1 02, 1 20. 2 1 2. 2 i 3 or consent of instrucror. (4)

COMA 420: Media Na.rral'ive Il Continues the Study of narrative writing and production techniques with practical application to media content. Requires integrative participation with campus media. Prerequisitu: COMA 320. (4)

COMA 421: Co,,,,nun;cation £nUl Focuses on the principles of communication law and its application to various communication ptactices. Examines court cases, federal and state s tatures and First Amendment theories. Prerequisites: COMA 1 0 1 , 1 02. 1 20. 2 1 2, 2 1 3 or consent of inS[[UClOr. (4)

COMA 422: Media Ma114germmt Study of media organizations and management of media operations. Exploration of audience and marketplace facrors, ratings services, legal considerations, programming and promotion strategies. Introduction ro managing careers. human resource development. and enhancing leadership skills. Prerequisite: COMA 320 (4)

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

n o 3 3 c ::::J

n OJ .....

o ::::J OJ ::::J Q. -t ::r ttl OJ ..... .... ttl

6 1

Page 64: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

Cl

c:

...

QJ ... ::s Co E o

U

"0

c:

ro

QJ I.J

c:

QJ

I.J

VI

... QJ ... ::s a.. E o

u

62

COMA 42.i: Broadcast Productiol' r:w,lr.tthtring, reporting, writing, and producing specifically fo r

ii\'I:' and rap �d radio and rd!:'vision. Assignmcnrs include extcnsive. product io n activitics wirh dectronic equipmen r in the lid and tI e s tud io . I nregrative participation with campus mcdia. Prerequisite: ' A 320. (4)

COMA 424: Advallced Media Production The pr du tj,m proG s for dt:vdopi ng broadcast quali()! "film­Hyk . hort( using profess io na l video equipment. The course indud : cri pt development, casting, location scouring, lighting frects. s LI nd de i , shot srructure, use of spec ial effects, and

editing aesrhctia;. Prerequisites: COMA 10 1 , 1 02, 1 20, 2 1 2, 2 1 3. and 32 1 . (4) COMA 425: CommlmicatioT/ Practicum One \Cffi'"'t r hour credit may be earned each scmester, bur only rOtu semeSTer hours may be ust·d to meet universiry requ i remr:nt.s. �llIdenrs put classroom theory to practical ;lpplicllrion bv i ndividuaU comp leti ng a project relating ro an aspen 0 communication. An i nstructor in the area of i nteres t must approve til project and agree ro prov ide guidance. ( 1 )

COMA 430: Adlloracy Writing Re�e;!rch .tnO writlllg of ed irorials , commentaries, personal opInion colwnns, op-cd pieces and other materials used ill social actIVism contexts. Pre7'U/uisites: OMA 1 0 1 , 1 0 2, 1 20, 2 1 2 , 2 1 .'1 or uln�elH of i nstruc[or. (4)

COMA 441: Conflict Mtmagemnlt [)cvdop� approaches ft)r managing and resolving conflicts in Ji/Tcn:m COntexts includ i ng in terperso nal, organizational, and Lnlcrtlanonal . Prerequisius: COMA 1 0 1 , 1 02, 1 20. 2 1 2, 2 1 3 or con6ent uf IUSITUC wr. (4)

COMA 461: Puhlk Relations PLuming and MaWlgement K� minari . n of publiL relations issues such as campaign pl. nning. is,<,ue managemen t, crisis c;ommunic3tion, and global pullt i reb.rions. I n tegrates theoretical foundations, and eth ics. focus on measurement and e\'aluation tech n iques . Prerequisite:

OMA 36 1 . (4)

COMA 462: DigiuJ Message Production Slud l�S he prio ;pl and proc s.,es involved in preparing message:., for print o r online dislribution . I nregrat.es design concdprs with technica.! app l ications . Prerequisites: OMA J O 1 , 1 0 2, 1 20, 2 1 2 , 2 i 3, 270 or consent o f insrructor (4)

COJ1£4 i87: Topics ;11 Comllltm;catio1l Spe.cial topics in co mmunication is intended for unique QPpOrtUni lic 10 explore communication issues, methods, and viewpoL llts outside the no rma l curriculum. ( 1 -4)

COMA 488.· Topics ;11 Communication ... pecial topICS i n communication is i ntended for unique nprorrunine> [0 explo re co mmunication issues, methods, and vi wp iots ou(sitit the normal curriculum. ( 1 -4)

I

COMA 48!J1 Topics ;,. CommUllicatioT/ Speci:! l mrics in onunun icat ion is intended for unique opporruni Lies to cxplort communication i ssues, methods, and VIeWpOints oUfsiJe the normal curriculum. ( 1 -4)

COMA 491.: IT/dependent Studies Investigations or research in area of special interest not covered

by regular courses; open to qual ifIed ju nior or sen ior s tudents. A

student should not begin regisrration for ind e pendent s tudy until the specifIC area for inve ligat ion has been a p p ro v ed by a deparrmemal sponsor. ( 1 -4)

COJ1£4 492: Indepetldent Studies lnvestig;ltions or research in ar('a of special in terest not covered by regular courses; open to qual i fied junior or senior s tuden ts . A student shou ld nOt begin registra[ion for indepen de nt study until the specific area for investigation has been approved by a departmelHal sponsor. ( 1 -4)

COMA 4!J3: Ind$fJendent Studies investigations or research i.n area or special i nterest not coverd by regular courses; open to qual ified junior or senior students. A student should not begin registration for i ndependen t study until the specific area for investigation has been app roved by a

departmental spunsor. ( 1 -4)

COMA 543: C01iflict and Negotiation This course examines the sources and development of conflict and develops negotiatio n as a tool for managing con flict situations. Emphas is is on understanding con f1 icr interactions and reaching agrtement through negati t io n . (3)

COMA 596: Research in CommunicAJioll For graduate students only. ( 1 -4)

COJofA 597: Researeb in C0l1171umiclltio" For gradutlt� �rudenr only. ( 1 -4)

COMA 598: Jasearc/J il1 CommlmicaJion For graduate st.udents only. ( 1 -4)

TiJ lJiezu Keystolll!s, InJ:erruhips and (Apstolles, go to Schoo! of Arts 6- Comi1lunicatioil (SOAC), page 41. To lJi,'w Dance course offorings, go to Dance (DANC), page 66 To lJiew Sign L'l1Iguage couril! o/prings, go to Sign Language (SIGN). pilge 141. To lJiew Theatre course offiring.', go to iheatrt: (THEA), page 148.

Computer Science and Computer Engineering

253 .535 .7400 IVww.cs.pllL�du

Computer Scieltce Computer scicnce deals with the [heory, des ign , and application of computing systems and [he study of the storing and manipulation of informacion. The program at Pacific Lurheun

Universiry pro"ides a broad base core of fu ndamenta l material that s tresses analysis and design experiences with substantial laboratory work , includ ing software develop men t. In addition, srudenrs a re exposed co a variety of programming languages and sysrems. Students can choose from a number of upper-division courses, which insure a depth of knowledge Jnd .In understanding of current develop ments in the field . The Bachelor of Science degree in computer science has been 'lccred ited by the Computing Accreditation Commission of ABET.

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

F. T IS

$' til til n e� pr so

Inl SIT�

val

cal thl me

c

ac

PL (s\\

alsc upe swi

Page 65: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

Computer engineering is an engineering specialty that has grown out of rapidly evolving micro- and mi ni-computer technology. The curriculum on ists of essential and advanced dements from ccmpulcr science and electrical engineering. developing both hardware.' and software experti.,e. Electives permit concentration in al'caS SUcl1 as integrated circuit design, robotics, microprocessor applications, computer design, computer security, application software development, and arti ficial intelligence.

FACULTY: Blaha. Chail-. Brink, Easwaran, Hauser, Kakar, Murphy, pillman, Wolff.

BEGINNING CLASSES IN COMPUTER SCIENCE AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING (CSCE) There are several beginning-level classes in computer science designed for students with various needs:

A) CSCE 115: Solve it with the Computer Especially for students with little or no background in com­puttr science who wish an introduction to the use of the computer for problem solving. This course also satisfies the Mathematical Reasoning requirement.

B) CSCE 120: ComprUuized InfonnatioTl Systmu E�pecially appropriare tor busine�s majors and other stu­Jems wishing an introduction to the computer and applica­tions of software packages .

C) CSCE 144: Introductio" to Campllln' cience For students majoring in computer science, computer engi­m:ering, mathemati , and most science majors, as well as other. wishing a strong experience in computer program­m i ng.

D) CSCE 270: DatJl StrUdures Thi� is me second course in rhe major. With deparrmenral approval, studenrs with a strong programming background may receive advanced placemenr inro (his course.

Facilities The Compur r Science and Computer Engineering Departmenr Is locatcd in the Morken Center for Learning and Technology, a S2 1 million facility that opened in February 2006. The state-of­the-art faciliry has more than seven miles of conduit running through the concrete Roors to power advanced computing tech­nologies. The building provides computer science srudenrs with �xciting new facil.ities fo r learning and dose collaboration with professor.>. The Morken buildjng includes a computer lab for software development. an electronics lab for computer engineer­ing and robotics, a Linux lab, the Wiegand Multimedia Lab, smart classrooms wirh recessed computers for each student, pri­vlte stUdent work areas, and dedic3[ed studel}{ workrooms for capstone projects. There is wireless network a'ccess throughout [he building and C .F. students have accounts on the depart­ment's Solaris server.

All PLU studtnts have general university accounts that provide em'l i l and other \Vcb-based services. Students have unlimited :u:ce:;s co the university computer center's user-room facilities. All PLU comput1:'r are rrnectcd via a high-speed Ethernet (switched .Ind fast) . Connections to the Ethernet network are also provided in the dorm rooms. The campus network is based upon a fiber-optic backbone connecting the b uildings and ,,,,itched Ethernet inside the buildjngs.

COMPUTER SaENCE AND COMPUTER ENGINEERING MAJORS Students majoring in computer science may choose to earn either a Bachelor of Arts degree in Computer Science or a Bachelor of Science degree in either Computer Science or Computer Engineering.

The Bachelor of ArtS program is the minimum preparation suitable for further professional srudy and is often combined with extensive study or a second major in an allied field.

The Bachelor of Science degrees are strong, scientific degrees that contain additional courses in computer science, mathematics, and science and serve both students going directly into employment on graduation and those going into graduate programs.

Students should take CSCE 1 44, 270 and MATH 1 5 1 , 1 52 early in their program.

Restrictions for all three majors • A minimum grade of C is required in all courses (including

supporting courses) counted for a majo r. • Only one CSCE topics course (either 400 or 4 1 0) can be used

as an elective for a major. • For the BA degree, at leasr 1 2 upper-division houts must be

completed at PLU. • For the BS degrees, at least 1 6 upper-division hours must be

completed at PLU.

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR IN COMPUTER SCIENCE -28 semester hours in CSCE, plus 1 2 semester hours in mathematics • CSCE 1 44, 270; 346 or 380; and 499. • The remaining hours are from computer science and

engineering courses numbered above CSCE 3 1 9 (except CSCE 345 , 449, and 501 -509)

• Up ro four hours may be substituted from Math 34 1 or 356. &quired supporting: Math 1 5 1 , 1 52, and 245.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MAJOR IN COMPUTER SCIENCE - 44 semester hours in CSCE, plus 30 semester hours of supporting courses in mathematics and science. • 44 semesrer hours of computer science must include

CSCE 144, 270, 3 20, 343, 346, 3 7 1 , 380, 499 • 1 2 additional credits of approved elective courses, one of

which must be from CSCE 367, 386, or 444. • Elecrive courses submitted for approval are (0 be selected from

the computer science courses numbered above CSCE 3 1 9 (except 345, 449 and 501 -509), o r hours from Math 3 5 6 not counted toward the 30 hours of required supporting courses.

• The 30 hours of supporting courses in mathematics and science must include: 1. M ATH 1 5 1 , 1 52, 245, 34 1 .

2 . A minimum of 1 2 semester hours of approved science courses, which includes a year's sequence of a laboratory science. PHYS 1 53 , 1 54 with 163, 164 are preferred.

HEM 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 and either 320 or 33 1 , BIOL 1 6 1 , 1 62, GEOS 1 0 1 , 1 02, or 1 03; and 20 1 are acceptable.

3. Approved sciences courses arc: any BIOL, except I I I ; any CHEM. except 1 04, 1 05, 2 I 0; any Geosciences; any Physics; CSCE 345.

4 . The remaining hours, if any, may be chosen from any Mathematics course numbered above 329 (except 446) or any approved science course.

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

n o 3

"C c: -tl) ...

tl) ::s n

tl) Q.J ::s c.. n o 3 c: -tl) ...

m ::s

(Q ::s tl) tl) ...

63

Page 66: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

... Q) Q) c C\ c

w � C1I

... ::::J c.. E o

U "0 c IV Q) V C C1I U

VI ... Q)

... :::J c.. E o

u

64

BACHEWR OF SCIENCE MAJOR IN COMPUTER ENGINEERING - 44 semester hours in CSCE, plus 42 semester hours of supporting courses in mathematics and science.

S >E 1 3 1 , 1 44. 245, 270, 345, 346, 380, 480, 499 • J\1ATH 1 5 1 . 1 52. 24 5, 253, 34 1 ; 33 1 or 356 • PHYS 1 5 3. 1 54. 1 63, 1 64 • CHEM 1 1 5 • At least four seme rer hours chosen from PHYS 233, 234,

33.1, 334. 336. or CHEM 341 • Ten additional semestet hours from any upper-division

om purer Science nd Computer Engineering courses numben;d 3.bove CSCE 3 1 9 (except CSCE 449 and 50 1 -509).

MiNORS

lhstrictions on aU ,llree minors: ompurcr Science. Information Science and Eh:ctrical l:ngineering:

At I ':1St eigh t upper-division semester hours must be completed at PLU.

A) Minor in (A)mputer Science • 20 strnester hours, including CSCE 1 44, 270 • Eight additional hours of upper-division computer

science courses numbered above CSCE 329 (except CE 34 5, 499 and 50 1 -5 09)

Required supportillg: MATH 1'5 I , 128 or equivalent

B) Mi1U)r ;n lnformtllion Scie"ce • 24 semester hours including C CE 1 44 and 367 • Business 202 • At least four additional hours from CSCE courses

numbered above 250 (except CSCE 345, 44'), and 50 1 -509)

• At least eight additional houts selected from BUSA 320, 375, 376, 378, o t 478.

C) Mitior in Electrical Ellgmeerillg • 44 semestt:f hours inciudina CSCE 1 3 1 , 1 44. 24 5 ,

345, and 346 • PHYS 1 25, 1 26, 1 35, 1 36 or 1 53, 1 54, 1 63, 1 64

&quired supporting: HEM 1 1 5 ; MATH 1 5 1 , 1 52, and tvlATH 245 o r 253

Course Offerings - Computer Science and Computer En ineering (CSeE)

A gratU- of C or higher i.I strong6' recommended ill all prerequisite courses

Fall

/ Term Spring

1 20, 1 3 1 , 1 44 , 24 5 , 270, 34 5, 346, 37 1 , 386, 39 I . 499 1 20, 400 1 20, 1 3 1 , 1 44 , 270, 320, 34 5, 346,

_--,,--___ --=-3---,-67'--'-,...::,3.c.,.80, 446, 480, 499

Alf�IaU Years 348, 37 2;-385 , 4 0, 4 iO-;-4 1 2 , 436, 438 ,------

444, 449. 45')

CSCE 115: Solve It WitlJ the Comp',," - MR, NS Teaches how compurer use can be combined with mathematical reasoning r wive problems. Spreadsheet package and other computer rools ro solve problems from elementary statisrics, financial transactions, and other areas where mathematics and data are used in every day life. �uisite: FuLfillment of the PL entrance requirement in marhematics. (4)

CSCE 120: Comptlterized Information Systems - NS Inrl'o ucrion ro compurers including management information

systems development, telecommunications, operating systems, spreadsheets, gtaphics, and database management. Includes a computer laboratory component. Prerequisite: MATH 1 28 or MATH 1 40 or equivalent. (4)

CSCE 131: Introduction to E"gitleering - NS An introduction to the engineering profession and development of basic skills important to the profession, including problem solving. engineering design, graphics, use of computers, computer programming, engineeting eco nomics, and ethics in engineeting. Prerequisire: Completion of college-preparatory mathematics. (2)

CSCE 144: Introduction to Comptlter Science - NS An introduction to computer science including problem solving, algorithm design, object-oriented progtammina, numerical and non-numerical applications, and use of data files. Ethical and social impacts of computing. Prereqllisite: Four years of high school mathematics or MATH 1 40 or equivalent. (4)

CSCE 190 Fl: Privacy alld Techllowgy - F, NS This course will explore the impact of technology on privacy. The goal is to provide srudenrs with insight into the importance of privacy in their daily l ives and how to protect that privacy as it comes under artack from new technology. It will explore rhese issues from several different petspectives including a look at the history of privacy, the development of laws related to privacy. methods used to protect ptivacy, and developments in technology that threaten privacy. In the process students will study concepts from mathematics, computer science, hisrory, polirical science, English, and mil itary science. (4)

CSCE 199: Directed Reading Supervised study of topics selecred to meet the individual's needs or interests, primarily for studems awarded advanced placement in computer science. Admission only by deparrmenr invitation. ( 1-2)

CSCE 245: EuctricaJ Circuits - NS Introducrion to the fundamental concepts of DC and AC circuits analysis including Kirchhoff's Laws, circuit theorems, first and second order circuirs, and frequency response. Laboratory work is an integral part of the course. Prerequisite: MATH 1 5 1 ; PHYS 1 54 or consent of the instrucror. (4)

CSCE 270: Data Structures - NS Study of object-oriented programming techniques and fundamenral data structure absrractions and implementations including list, stack, queue. and trees with applications to sorting, searching, and data srorage. Prerequisite: CSCE 1 44 . (4) CSCE 291: 11ldependtmt Studies - NS Prerequisite: Consent of department chair. ( 1 --4)

CSCE 320: Software Engineering - NS An engineering approach to the development of large software packages. Topics include software requirements definition, object-oriented design and programming, specificarions, and software testing. Consider:ltion of societal and ethical issues surrounding software engineering. Major small group project. Prerequisites: CSCE 270, MATH 245. (4)

CSCE 330: Introducrioll to Artificial lnteUigence - NS An introduction to concepts of artificial intelligence (AI) , including expert systems, natural language processing, image

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 67: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

understanding, and problem solving techniques. Considerat ion of th ethical and social di lemm as posed by AI. The programming l anguage!> LISP and PROLOG will be taught and used in severnl project . �q"is;u: . CE 270 . (4)

CSCE 343: Programmi"g La"KJUlgt! Concepts - NS A study and comparison of features found in different computer languages . Imperative object-oriented, funct ional, and declarative languages will be studied. Programs written in several of the la nguages . Prerequisite: C CE 270. (4)

CSCE M5: Analog Electronics - NS An introduction ro analog int grated circuit d ign tcchn tques, includi g single and multistage ampl ifiers, frequency respollSe and feedback methods, Lahorarory ork is parr of the course. Prerequisite: CS E 245 (4)

CSCE !Yf6: Digital Electronics - NS Analysis of digital d ign tech niques, including coverage of combination I logic, fl ip flop . regiSll!rs , coun ter., and t i ming circuit>, 'he hardware descriptio n language WH D L will be taught and used in severttl proje ts . Prerequisite: �S E 1 44 . (4)

CSCE 348: Mod�ling and Simula.tion - NS An in troduct ion 10 the fundamemal conceprs of mathematical modeling and compure:r itnulation . The course will cover building and validating abstract model� and imulating them using si mulation languages. Prerequisite: CS E. 1 44. Reco71lmended: CS E 270 and MATH 34 1 . (4)

CSCE 367: Database Management - NS An introduction 10 the fundamental concepts nec ssary for design, use, and implementation of databas systems. The en tity­

relationsh ip and relational models are srudied in detail . Individual, organization, and societal concerns rdated to acwracy and privacy of data. Major small group project. Prerequisite: CSCE 1 44 Recommended: SCE 2'70. (4)

CSCE 371: DesiK'1 and NlAlysis of Algorithms - NS Elementary d:,ta 5tTucrure!; reviewed for efficiency under different conditions. Analysis of problems associ au,d Wilh st�arching and sorting. 'nlis course wil l �lso include analysis of advanced data structures inclu ing Hash Tr.bles, and Height-balanced tree: . It will include the study of algorithms for graph theory, heuristic seJ.rch, and other topics selec ted by the instructor. There will be a significant programming component where srudenrs will implement and tcst algorithms. Prerequisite: CSCE 270, lvl.A H 245. (4)

CSCE 372: Algoritlnns, Machines, alld Grammqrs - NS Stud of formal models of computat ion (finite autOmata, Plls hdown automata, and Turing machines). Srudy of formal language colKeres such as regular expressions and grammars. There will be a significant programming component where students impl�men[ and [c:�t algorithms. Prerequisit�: ,SCE 37 1 . (4)

CSCE 380: Assembly LanKJUlg� tmd Computu Orgauizlztwn - NS Fundamentals of assembl langU:l.ge and computer organizatio n. Topics include data and iosITuc(ion formats, add ressi ng. linking. macro defini tion. in lerru t processing, omputer archirecrure. and in terfa�e b<;:tween asse m b lr languag and high-level programming I nguage.�. Prerequisite: SCE 270. Strongly re commended : S E 346. (4)

CSCE 385: Cumputer Architecture - NS An introduction to the strucrure and operation of brge compmer systems. Topics include data representatio n, memory structure, lIO processi ng, multiprocess ing systems such as parallel, pipeline, and stack machines. Examples of the architecture of several brge systems are anal yzed . Prerequi�ite: CSCE 380, MATH 24 5. (2)

CSCE 386: Computer Networks - NS An inuoducr io n to computer networks and complllt'r communication protocols from the physical layer through the transpor t layer. Topics include connection orielHcd and connecrionless networks, error detection and correction , LANs, socket , and touting. Application layer topics can include HTTP.

NS, and email. Prerequisit�: CSCE 144 . Reco71lmmdea: CSCE 270, 346, MATH 34 1 . (4)

CSCE 391: Problt:m Solunlg 111M Programmillg Seminar - NS Designed ro improve advanced problem solving and p rogramming skills, including advanced data structures. A goal of the course is participation in the regional ACM programming competition. Pass/Fail only. Stud nts may take this course mort� than once. Prerequisite.: 'SCE 270 or consent of instructor. ( ! ) CSCE 400: Topics in ComptltD' Science - NS Selecn:d topic from [he list below or topic of curr nt ilHerest i n the discipline. Frequent ropics are: Compu ter Security, , ralle! Computing, raphical User IlHerface Programm i ng, Parallel Process ing Topologies, Genetic Algorithm •• and cura] Networks. ( 1 -4)

CSCE 410: Topics i1l CompUJer Engill�ering - NS Selected topic from the list below or topic of current interest in th" discipl ine. Frequent ropics are: Computer Securiry, Parallel Computing, Graphical User Interface Programming, Parallel Process ing Topol gil'S, Genetic Algorithms. and Neural Ne tworks . ( 1 -4)

CSCE 412: Computer Graphics - NS A study of the techn iques and theory used to generate computer graphics. Both two-and th ree-dimens ional representations will be coveted. urse work includes several p rog ramming assignments plus a project. Prereqllisites: C 270, MATH 33 1 . (4)

CSCE 436: Pattern RecDgI,irion - NS The use of the co mputer to recognize: panerns in data. Topics include data min ing, cluster analysis algorithms, l earning algorithms, and pattern process ing. Issues associated with making decisions from data analyzed hy machin.es and the societal and privacy implications and ethical concerns involved in those k inds of decisions. I ncludes a major small group project. Prereqllisites: seE 270, MATH 245. (4)

CSCE 438: Expert Systems - NS The development of Al systems that operate at th level of a human expert. Students will explore the SHucture of expert systems and use an �x.pert s�tcm development tool. Prerequisite: CS E 330 or consent of instructor. (4)

CSCE 444: Op�raTing Sy#�tS - NS An in troduction to computer operat i ng systems i n cluding process schedul ing, m mory malHlgement, and file systcms. Major small group project. �quisite: CSCE 380, MATH 245. (4)

P l U 2 0 0 6 . 2 0 0 7

n

o

3 "C c::: .-+ 11> ...

VI "

11> :::J "

11>

:I

Q.

n

o

3 "C c::: .-+ 11> ...

m ::s

C.Q ::s 11> 11> ...

65

Page 68: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

III U

E o c:::: o U

J.U • CLI u c:::: "'

o

66

CSCE 446: VLSI Design - NS n introduction to the design of very large-scale integrated

systems using computer-aided design methods. Prerequisite: CSCE 346. (2)

CSCE #9: Computer Science in the SecOlldary School Methods and materials in secondary school c mputer . cicnce teaching. L GO, PI LOT, etc. , may be considered. Doe;; not count toward a major in computer science. Prerequisite: CSCE 1 44. (2)

CSCE 455: Cumpilers - NS An in troduction to the organization , specification, and analysis of programming languages, including scanning, parsing, objeer code, run-time machine srr-ucrures and optimization. Prerequisitesl CSCE 380, MATH 245. (2)

CSCE 480: MicroproceS$OI'iI - NS Study of microprocessors and their use in m icrocompu ter systems. Prereqfluites: SeE .346, .380. (4)

CSCE 491: //ldepnuwlI Studies Prerequisite: consell[ of department chair. ( 1-4)

CSCE 495: Comptlter Science Research Involvement in an ongoing research project in computer science under the supervision of a facnlt), member. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. ( 1--4)

CSCE 499: .apsrone: SeminAr - SR Wrirreo and oral presentation of a project in a topic of interest by the student under the supervision of a faculty member. Studmts normally work in small groups (t\I/O to three studcnrs) . Includes discus.sion of the skills needed for good research and technical communication of that research and a study of the social impl ications of computing. Completion of this course satisfies the core requirement for a senior capstone seminar/project. The capstone:> is a t\vo semester sequence beginning in the fall semester; Ma graduates should srart the course in the fall of their senior year and December graduates should begin the course in the fall of rheir j unior year. There are rwo- emester hours given each term for a total of fou r-semester hours. Requiremen ts and prerequ is ites depend on the major and degree . B.S. in Computer Science: Students design and im plement a significan t sofm'are program. PrenquuiJe: C 'F. 20 . B.S. in Computer Engineering: Studcnrs design and implement a �ignificant hardware componenr. Prerequisite: eSCE 346. B.A. in Computer Science: Same as the B.S. in Compu ter Science or write a research paper. Prerequisite: CSCE 270. (2) CSCE 503: Worksllops ill Educational Tecllnology Workshops designed to expand tea hers' knowledge about the application of new compurer and related technology in educational settings. Does not cOLint toward degrees i n computer science. ( 1--4)

Dance

For curriculuni infOrmation, see Department o/Communication and Theatre, page 56.

Course Offerin s - Dance (DANC)

DANC 170: Introd,u;tioTl to Dance - AR This is a survey dance course that explor the history, roors, and cultural significance of dance as an art forIll. (4)

DANC 222: Jazz Dance Level I (Cross-listed with PHED 222) ( I )

DANC 240: Dance E1ISemble (Cross-listed with PHED 240) ( I )

DANC 462: Dance Production An advanced choreography course combining choreography, costume design, s taging, and publicity techniques for producing a major dance coneert. (Cross-listed with PH ED 462) (2)

Economics

253535.7595

www.plu.edu/�econ

"By virtue o/exchange, one persons property is beneficial to all others. " - Frederic Bas tiat

Economics is the study of how people establish social arrangements for producing and distributing goods and services to slIstain and enhance human life. Its main objective is to determine an efficient use of limited economic resources so rhat people receive the maximum benefit at the lowest cost.

The economics discipline embraces a body of techniques and conceptual rools that are useful for understanding and analyzing our complex economic system.

FACULTY: Travis , Chair; Damar, Hunnicutt, Ng'ang'a, Peterson, Reiman, St. Clair.

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR A. Minimum of 40 semester hours

ECON 1 0 1 or 1 1 1 , 1 02 , 30 1 , 302, 499 Twelve semester hours of electives in Economics Four semester hours selected from MATH 34 1 or

STAT 2 3 1 Four semester hours selected from ECON: 343, 344,

BUSA 202 or 302, MATH 348 or up to four semester hours in computer science

B. A grade point average of 2.50 in all classes included in rhe 40 semester hours toward the major. With departmen tal approval, ECON I I I may be substituted for ECON 1 0 1 for purposes o f major and minor requirements . ECON 499 meets the senior seminar/project requirement.

For students planning graduate work in economics or business, additional math preparation will be necessary. For specific courses, consult your major advisor.

CONCENTRATIONS The Economics Department ofFers the following concentrations:

A. Domestic Economic Analysis: ECON 1 0 1 , 1 02, 30 1 , 302, 32 1 or 323, 495, 499 Twelve semester hours chosen from among:

ECON 3 2 1 , .322, 32.3, .325, 327, 344

POLS 345 POLS 346 STAT 2.31 or 341

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 69: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

B. blteT'1lat101Uli Ecollomic A1lIl/ysis: ECO 1 0 1 or I l l ; 1 02, 30 1 , 302, 33 1 , 495, 499;

T\\'e1ve semester hours chosen from among: E 0 1 1 , 3 1 3 , 3 1 5 , 333, 335, 338, 344

P LS 33 1 ; POLS 347

STAT 23 1 or 3 4 1

C Mathematictd Ecol1omics: EC 1 0 1 , 1 02, 30 1 , 302, 344, 345, 499

Eight semesta hours of Economics electives Math 1 5 1 , 1 52, 253

STAT 23 1 or 34 1

D. The Modern EcOllomic ElIterprise: E N 1 0 1 , 1 02, 30 1 , 302, 32 1 , 325, 34 1 , 495, 499

Twelve , rnester hours of Business electives (BUSA 200 level or higher, BUSA 20 I recommended)

STAT 23 1 or 34 1

BUSA 495 may be subs tituted for ECON 495

MINOR - 24 scme�ter hours EC N 1 0 1 or I I J , 1 02, 3 0 1 or 302

wdve additional semester hours of electives, four of which may be i n Statist ics

HONORS Outstandi ng students may choose ro pursue graduating in �conomics with honors. I n addirion ro meeting all other majo r requirements, in order to be gran ted departmen ral honors a student must:

A. Have an overill university grade point average of 3.50

or better;

B. Take four hours beyond the standard major in Econo m ics 498, Honors Thesis (Students apply fo r admission co this course in the second semester of their junior year. The department grants admission ro Economics 498, Honors Thesis, based on rhe student 's prior work in econom ics and the quaJiC)' of the general research proposal)

C. Ptesent the resul ts of rhe work completed in Economics 498, Honors Thesis, ar a meeting of Omicron Delta Epsilon (tht: economics honorary society) .

ECONOMICS HONORAR.Y SOCIETY (Omicro1l Delta Epsi/lm) The deparrmem offers membership in Omicron Delta Epsilon, the International Economics Honorary Society, to qualified Economics majors. For specific criteria, see any deparrmental r.1Culty mem ber.

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCA TION See Schoo! of Education.

Course Offerin s - Economics (ECON)

ECON 101: Principles ofMicro�conomics - S2 Introduces the study of economic decision making by firms and individuals. E onomie rools and concepts SlIch as markets , supply and demand, and efficiency applied to comemporary

ues. Students cannor take borh ECON 1 0 1 and I I I for credir. (4)

BeON 102: Pri1uipks of MaCToeconomics - SZ I ntroduces the economy as a whole and major issues such as inflation, unemploymenr, economic growth , and inrcrnational trade:. Prerequisites: EC N 1 0 1 or I I 1. (4)

ECON 111: Principles ofMicroecollomics: Global and Env;romflt!11tai - 52

Analysis of public pol icy and pr ivat behavior; appropr iate pricing, resource valuation, taxes and subsidies, trade policies, sustainable development, and income growth and distribution. Students cannot take both E ON 1 0 1 and I I I for credir. (4)

EeON 301: IIIter11lediau MiCToeconomic Analysis - S2

Theory or consumer behavior; product and factor pr icel; u nder conditions of monopoly, competition, and in termediJte markets; welfare ecot1Omics. PreJ'equisites: ECO 1 0 1 or I I I , or consent of instructor; MATI·j 1 28, 1 4 0. or 1 5 1 . (4)

EeON 302: I"unlluliiltJ! MlIcroeco'lOmic A1Ul/ysis - S2 National i ncome determinacion including policy impl ications within the inst i tutional framework of the U.S. economy. Prerequisites: ECO 1 02; MA ['H 1 28, i 40, or 1 5 1 . (4)

EeON 311: Energy lind Nacural Resollru Ecollomics - S2 An intensive cconomi analysis of natural resource carcity and a comparison of actual, op timal and su,tainable use of energy and natural tesources. Comp:lrativc: international analysis of the relative roles of markets and government in the development and allocation of natural resources over time. Themes include dynamic efficiency, inrergenerational fa irness, and sustaimbiliry. Case studies of key natural resourCe sectors including: renewable and exhaustible energy, non-energy mi nerals, forestry, and fisheries. Prerequisites: EC N 1 0 1 or I I I , Or consent of insrructor. (4)

EeON 313: EllvirOTlme1ltai Ecollomics - S2 Examines the theory of externalit ies, pollution regulat ion, open­access condi tions as a basis for envir ntnental degradat ion ,

methods of non-market valuation of environmental amenities, and valuation of a statistical l i fe. Atten tion will be given to both domestic and globJJ examp les. P,'n"tquisites: " . , . 1 0 1 or I I I , or consent of instru tor. (4)

ECON 3 15: /lIvestigati71g ElIviro'fflu!7Itm a"d Ecollomic ClJange i" Europe - S2 An in troducrion ro the environmental economic problems and pol icy prospects of modern Europe. Focus on economic incen tives and pol icies ro solve problems of air and water pol lution , sustai nable forestry, global warming, and wildl ife management in Austria , German)" Hungary, the Czech Republic,

and Iraly. (4)

EeON 321: Labor E ollomics - S2

Ana lysis of labor markets and labor market issues; wage determination; investment in h u man capital , unionism and collective bargai ning; law and public polic ; discrimination; labor mobil i ty; earn ings inequal ity, unemplo 'mem, and wages and inflation. Prerequuues: CON 1 0 1 or I I I , or cor nt of instructor. (4)

EeON 322: Money and Bank;"K - S2 The nature and role or money; monetary theor),; roo Is and implementation of monetary policy; regulation of intermediaries; banking activity in flllancial markers; international consequences of and constrain ts on monetary policy. p''I!1'tqrluite: ECON 1 02

or consent of i nstrucror. (4)

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

m n o

:J

o

3 n VI

67

Page 70: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

E o c:: o \.I

W

68

ECON 323: Health Eco1lomics - S2 Analysis of bealth care markets including hospitals, providers, and insurer/managed care organizations; demand for care; economics of insurance; role of government and reguLuion; access to care; non-price competition; impact of new technology; analysis of reform. Prerequisites: ECON 1 0 1 o r I I I (4)

ECON 325: Industrial Organizatio1l and Public Policy - S2 An analysis of the structure, conduct, and performance of American industry and public policies that foster and alter industrial structure and behavior. Prerequisites: ECON 1 0 1 or I I I , or co nsent of instructor. (4)

E ON 327: Public Fi1lance - S2 Public taxation and expenditure at aU governmental levels; the incidence of t:a.KeS, the public debt and the provision of public goods such as national defense., education, pure air, and water. Prerequisites: ECO 1 0 1 or I I I or consent of instructor. (4)

ECON 331: Internatio1Ul1 Economics - S2 Regional and international specialization, comparative costs, international payments and exchange rates; national policies that promote or restrict trade. Prerequisites: ECON 1 0 1 or I I I , or consent of instructor. (4)

ECON 333: Ecollomic Development: Comparative Third 'World Strategies - C, 52 Analysis of the theoretical framework for development with applications to alternative economic development strategies used rn the newly emerging developing countries. Emphasis on comparison between countries, assessments of the relative importance of cultural values, historical experience, and govern­mental polic ies in the development process. Prerequisites: E ON 1 0 1 or I l l , or consent of instructor. (4)

ECON 335: European Economic Integration - S2 An introduction to in tegta tion theory and its application to the problems and policy prospects for deepening European integration. Economic analysis of the development of economic institutions in the European Union. Topics include: German unification, enlargement, the European monetary sysrem, Scandinavian participation, and relevance of the European int gration model for the developing world. Prerequisites: ECON 1 0 1 or I I I (4)

EGON 338: Political Economy of Hong Kong R1Id CbiTUl - S2 In 1 997, the British returned Hong Kong to China. This course examines the unique economic relationship that exists between the trongly capitalistic former colony and the People's Republic of China. Can these two diverse systems coexist? Will they evenmally converge to a ommon system) Where does Taiwan fit into the picture? W'hile in Hong Kong and southern China we will util ize the expertise of a series of speakers to explore the economy, history, and traditions of the area and to enhance the many experiential activities of the course. (4)

ECON 341: Strategic Behavior - S2 An introduction to game theory and analysis of interactive decision processes. Interactive game playing, cases, and examples drawn primarily from economics, but also includes sports,

political science, business, and biology. Prisoner's Dilemma, sequential games, Nash equilibrium, mixed and pure strategies, collective action and bidding strategies, bargaining. Prerequisites: ECON 1 0 1 or I l l . (4)

ECON 343: Operations Research - MR Quantitative methods for decision problems. Emphasis on linear programming and other deterministic models. Prerequisite: ECON 1 0 1 or I I I , STAT 23 1 or equivalent. (Cross-listed with STAT 343) (2)

ECON 344: Econometrics - S2 Introduction to the methods and tools of econometrics as the basis for applied research in economics. Specification, estimation, and testing in the classical linear regression model. Prerequisite: ECON 1 0 1 or I I I ; STAT 23 1 or equivalent. (Cross-listed with STAT 344) (4)

ECON 345: Mathematical Topics in Economics - S2 An introduction to basic applications of mathematical tools used in economic analysis. Prerequisites: ECON 1 0 1 or I I I , ECON 1 02 or co nsent of instructor. (4)

ECON 386: Evolution of Economic Thought - S2 Economic thought from ancient to modern times; emphasis on the period from Adam Smith to J .M. Keynes; the classical economists, the socialists, the marginalists, the neoclassical economists, and the Keynesians. Prerequisite: ECON 1 0 1 or I I I ; ECON 1 0 1 ; EC N 30 1 or 302 (4)

ECON 491: liuiependent Studies Prerequisites: ECON 30 I or 302 and consent of the department. ( 1 -4)

ECON 495: Internship - S2 A research and writing project in connection with a student's approved off-campus activi ty. Prerequisites: EC N 1 0 1 or I l l , sophomore standing, and consent of the department. ( 1 -4)

ECON 4!J8: Honors Thesis - S2 Independent research supervised by one or more faculty members. Research proposal and topic developed by the student in the j unior year. Application to enroll is made in the second semester of the junior year. Prerequisite: Economics major and consent of the department. (4)

ECON 499: Capstone: Senior Seminar - SR Seminar in economic problems and policies with emphasis on encouraging the student to integrate problem-solving methodology with tools of economics analysis. Topic(s) selected by class participants and instructor. Prerequisite: ECON 1 0 1 or I I I and 30 I or 302. (May be taken concurrendy) ( 4)

ECON 500: Applied Statistical A1Ullysis An intensive introduction to statistical methods. Emphasis on the application of inferential statistics to concrete situations. (Cross­listed with STAT 500.) (4)

ECON 520: Economic Policy Analysis An intensive introduction to the concepts of macroeconomics and microeconomics with an emphasis on policy formation within a global framework. (4)

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 71: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

School of Education

253.535 .7272 www.plu. du/�educ

The School of Education offers undergraduate programs of srudy leading ro certification for elementary, secondary, and special education ( .achers. Additional post-baccalaureate certification is offered for administrarors. The curriculum is designed to provide graduates with a blend of the liberal arts and a variety of guided fie! experien es beginning early in the educational sequence. The f.lculty is committed ro the development of caring, competent educational leaders committed ro l ives of service. A consistent emphasis of all programs is the promotion of student learning in K- 1 2 institutions.

FACULTY: Hillis, Lewis, Co-Dean Team; Hillis, Director of Gradtlate StuditJ; Byrnes, Chastain, Gerlach, Hassen, Leitz (sabbatical), Nelson, Reisberg, Thirumuthry, Weiss, Williams, Woolworth, Yetter.

PROGRAMS OFFERED he chool of Education is accredited by the National Council

for Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE), the Northwest Association of chools and olleges, and the Washington State Bo rd of Education fot the pteparation of elementary, secondary, and special education teachers, reading specialists, and administrators, with the Master of Arts in Education the highest degree approved. The accreditation gives PLU graduates reciprocity with many other states.

Th� School of Education offers coursework toward the conversion, renewal , or reinstatement of teaching certificates. It of-fers various uptions to add endorsements to current certificates. It also offers coursework and support to individuals seeking Washington tate Professional Certificates or certification under the �ational Board of Professional Teaching Standards.

Current graduate programs include Master of Arts in Education (Project LeaD) and Master of Arts wirh Residency and Certification (Ptoject Impact).

Eligibility Requirements For Admission To Undergraduau Or Certification-Only Programs

All individuals seeking to enter an undergraduate degree/certification or certification-only program must apply to the S hool of Education. A completed School of Education application, oWlCial transcripts of all college/university work, writing samples, official documentation of college admission or other approved standardized test scores, passing scores on all pans of the West-B, and letters of recommendation must be submim�d to the School of Education by the first Friday in March to receive priority consideration for admission to the School of Education for the fall term.

Specific requirements include:

A. Evidence of verbal and quantitative ability as illusrrated by a pass ing score on the \Vashington Educators Skills Test Basic (WEST-B). Six test dates are available during the year; check th chool of Education web site for the dates.

B. Junior standing (60 to 64 or more semester hours) C. Cumulative grade point average (G PA) of 2.50 D. Psychology 1 0 1 or equivalent: grade of C or higher

E. Writing 101 or equivalent: grade of C or higher

Application forms and procedures for admission to professional studies in education are available from the School of Education. Students who do not meet all the requirements may appeal the admission process and should contact the Administrative Manager in the School of Education Office.

Continuation in any program of study in the School of Education is subject to continuous assessment of student development and performance. Students are required to demonstrate the mastery of knowledge, skills, professionalism, attitUdes, and dispositions required for effective practice. Records will be reviewed ar the end of each semester to ensure stUdents are meeting standards throughout the program.

RAE and/or CERTIFICATION REQUIREMENTS Students become candidAtes for certification when:

A. All coursework is completed with a cumulative grade point average of 2.50 or above and the stUdent's degree has been posted.

B. All coursework in major and minor fields and all education coursework have been completed with a grade of C r better.

C. All additional courses related to and requi red for education programs and teacher certification have been completed with a grade of C or better. For elementary education students these include: MATH 1 23 or equivalent (must be tszkm prior to EDUC 406, Term II); BIOL 1 1 1 or life scknce equivalent; physical science equivalent, especially geosciences; PHED 322 and ARTD 34 1 and MU I 34 1 .

D. Passage of the WEST-E in at least one endorsement area. The WEST-E must be taken and passed prior to student teaching.

RESIDENCY TEACHING CERTIFICATE Student� who successfully complete a program of prore ional studies in the School of Education, who meer all related academic requirements for a degree or a certificate, and who meet all state requirements will be recommended by the School of Education for a Washington residenc), teaching ccrtificate. Additional state tequirements include a Washington State Patrol check, an FBI fingcrprint check, and a passing score on state entry-to-practice tests. Information regarding all state tequirements and procedures for cettification is available from the Certification OA:;cer in the School of Education. State requirements are subject to immediate change. Students should meet with School of Education advisors each semester and the Certification Officer for updates in program or application requirements.

ELEMENTARY CERTIFICATION AND ENDORSEMENT OPTIONS The basic undergraduate elementary education program consists of a four-term program starting in the fall term of each year.

Elnnentszry Professional Education Sequnlce -51 semester hours

HUR l EDUC 390: Inquiry into Learning I: Investigation into

Learning and Development (4) EDUC 392: Inquiry into Learning II: Invesrigation into

Learning and Development (4) EDUC 394: Technology and Teaching (2) SPED 320: Issues of Child Abuse and Neglect ( l )

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

m Co c: n QI ... o

:l

69

Page 72: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

c o -It! U ::::J

"'C w

70

HUB JI EDU � 406: Mathematics in K-8 Education (4) EDU _ 408: Literacy in a K-8 Educacion (4) EDVe 424: Inquiry into 1eaching I: Diverse Learners (4) SPED 424 : Learners with Special eeds in the General

Education Classroom (4)

HUB III EDV 4 1 0: Science/Health in K-8 Education (4)

ue 4 1 2 : Social Studies in K-8 Education (4) EDUC 425: Inquiry into Teaching I I : Diverse Learners (4)

Passing scores on at least one endorsement test (WEST-E) must be presented before a student can enroll in HUB IV.

BUR IV EDUe 430: Student Teaching in K-8 Education (I 0)

and EDUe 450: Inquiry inro Learni ng and Teaching: Reflective Practice and Seminar (2) or

EDUe 434: Student Teaching - Elementary (Dual) (6) and E ue 450: Inquiry inra Learning and Teaching: Reflective Practice and Seminar (2)

Dual Elementary and Special Education - 68 iJours

Includes the above elementary education sequence (5 1 semester hours) and the following special education coursework:

SPED 322: Moderate Disabilities and Transitions (4) SPED 430: Students with Emotional and Benavioral Disorders (4) SPED 442: Tecnnology in Special Education (2) SPED 450: Early Childhood Special Education (2)

PED 454: Students with Physical Challenges and the Medically Fragile (2)

SPED 459: Student Teaching in Special Education (6) SPED 460: Special Education Student Teaching Seminar: Issues

in Practice ( 1 )

The professional education sequence forms the foundation of the program for all students seeking certification as an elementary education ( K-8) multi-subject teacher. Undergraduate students have several options for building a program upon the professional education sequence. including:

A. They may earn a residency elementary K-8 teaching certificate. This requires the completion of the professional education sequence for elementary education and 24-semester-hour academic suppOrt area.

B . They may earn a residenc' elementary K-8 teaching cerrificate and a P- 1 2 spe ial education endorsement. This requires the completion of the professional education sequence for elementary education students, the completion of coursework required for endorsement in special education, and the completion of a 24-semester-hour academic emphasis.

C. They may earn a residency elementary K-8 teaching certilicate and qual ify for a \VCliver in special education (allowing students to teach special education after graduation for five years under the assumption that they will complete cou rsework to earn endorsement in special education during this time period) . This requires the­completion of the professional education sequence for

elementary education students, tne completion of 24 semester hours in an academic area, and coursework that addresses the special education competencies.

Note: Information about all state endorsements-including those in special education, reading, and English as a second language­can be obtained from the Administrative Manager in the School of Education.

SPECIAL EDUCA TION ENDORSEMENT

eoutse work leading to the P- 1 2 endorsement - 26 semester hours SPED 322, 424, 430, 442, 450, 454. 459. and 460.

SECONDARY CERTIFICATION AND ENDORSEMENT OPTIONS

All undergraduare students seeking secondary certification in a content area (except those seeking certification in music and physical education) are required to complete the following four­term program of study.

Profossimwl Educatio1l St!lJIumce

HUB I EDUC 390: Inquiry into Learning I: Investigation in ra

Learning and Development (4) EDue 392 Inquiry into Learning I I : Investigation into

Learning and Development (4)

EDUC 394: Technology and Teaching: Laboratory (2) PED 320: Issues of Cnild Abuse & N 'glect ( l )

HUB ll EDUe 424: I nquiry into Teaching I : Diverse Learners (4) EPSY 368: Educational Psychology (4) SPED 424: Learners with Special eeds in the General

Education Classroom (4)

HUB III One course from EDue 440-449 (4) ED e 425: Inquiry into Tc aching I I : Diverse Learners (4)

Passing scores on at least one endorsement test (WEST-E) must be presented before a $tudent can encoll in student teaching.

HUB W £OUe 450: Inquiry inro Learning and Teaching:

ReHective Practice and Seminar Education (2) EDUe 466: Student Teaching - Secondary (Dual) (7) and PED 439: Student Teaching in Secondary School (5) or EDUe 468: Student Teaching - Secondary ( 1 0 )

Note: Special Education Majon ,·hou!d meet with Associate Deal! prior to student reaching.

The profe -sional education sequence forms the foundation of the program for all students seeking certification in a content area (except music and physical education students). Undergraduate students seeking certification/endorsement in a content area (usually to teach in grades 5 - 1 2) have several options for building a program upon the professional education sequence. including:

A. They may earn a residency secondary teaching certificate with an endorsement in a content area. This tequires the

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 73: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

completion of the professional education sequence for secondary education students and a teaching major or academic major that meets state endorsement requirements.

B. They may earn a residency secondary teaching certificate with an endorsement in a content area and an endorsement in special education. This requires the completion of the profess ional education sequence for secondary education students, a teaching major or academic major, and coursework required for endorsement in special education.

Note: Secondfll), teaching majors and minors have been designed to align with state endorsement requirements and to meet specific departmentaL Jfalldards jar majors and minors. Coune and hour requirements for teaching and lor academic majors vary according to departmental requirement]".

CERTIFICATE IN MUSIC OR HEALTH AND FITNESS Undergraduates have the option of completing programs that lead to bachelor's degrees in music or health and fitness and residency teaching cerriticates. All individuals wishing to earn a Bachelor of Music Education or a Bachelor of ArtS in Physical Education with a residency teaching certificate must apply and be ,l(cepted into the School of Education. They must also complete the following courses.

A. Music education majors must complete EDUC 39 1 (offered every fal l ) , EPSY 36 1 (offered every sp ring), S PED 320, and all course requirements specified by the Deparrment of Music.

B. Srudenrs seeking a Bachelor of Arts in Physical Education must complete EDUC 390 and 392, S PED 320, and all requirements specified by the School of Physical Education.

PREPARATION FOR TEACHING IN CHRISTIAN SCHOOLS Students who may be interested in preparing to teach in private or Christian schools will begin their professional preparation by ail requirements for the Washington State Residency Certificate. In addition, they will take the Religion minor (Teacher Education Option) noted under the Religion department course offerings, and add a private school practicum to their program.

EARLY AD VISING OPTIONS During first or sophomore year, prospective education students planning to enter the School of Education should meet with the Administrative Manager andlor the Associate Dean in the School of Education to discuss the various options listed ab()ve and to determine their program of srudy.

CERTIFICATION/ENDORSEMENT OPTIONS for Pers01lS "Who Hold a Baccalaureate Degree Fr01ll a Regionally Accredited Institution Persons who hold a baccalaureate degree (or higher) from a regionally accredited institution and who wish ro pursue teacher certification should make an appointment with the Coordinaror of Admissions and Advising for a planning session. Options for these individuals include:

A. They may apply to a certification-only p rogtam. (Typically classes in such a program would be taken in the undergraduate program.)

B.

c.

Thev mav applY to the Master of Arts in Education with Residen�' Certification Program. This 1 4-month cohort program leads to an MA degree with residency certification and selected endorsements including K-8, multi-subject and reading. Participants move through this full-time program as a cohort. As a part of their program, they complete a yearlong internship with a cadre of colleagues in an urban middle school.

If qual i fied they may apply to PLU's Alternative Routes to Certification Program. (For Information on these options sec the School of Education website or contact the Administrative Manager.)

PROFESSIONAL TEACHING CER17FlCATE Certificate requirements in Washington changed on August 3 1 , 2000. The following guidelines govern certification after that date:

A. All teachers earning cerrific;lrion in Washington after August 3 1 , 2000 will receive a Residency Teaching Certificate.

B. Within a five-year period, after completing the probationary period for teaching in one dis trier, teachers in Washington must earn a Professional Certificate. (\VAC I SO-79A- 1 45)

C. Qualifications for the Profess.ional Certificate include: 1 . To qualifY for a Professional Certificate, an individual

must have completed provisional status as a teacher in a

public school pursuant to RC\Xf 2SA.405 .220 or the equivalem in a state board of education approved private school.

2. Candidates for the Professional Certificate must complete an approved Professional 'ertiflcate program, which has been colbboratively developed by the college/university and rhe respective Professional Education Advisory Board (PEAR).

3 . The candidate must successfully demonstrate competency in three standards ( i .e. Effective Teaching, Professional Development, and Leadership) and the 1 2 criteria relevant to the three standards. (WAC 1 80-79A-206(3) WAC 1 80-7SA-500-540

D. The Professional Certificate is valid for five years. It may be renewed through the completion of 1 5 0 cluck hours. The clock hours must be related to: 1 . The six state salary criteria used to identif), appropriate

clock hours 2. One of tbe three standards required fo r the Professional

Certificate.

E. Teacher wh() held a valid Ini tial Certificate as of August 3 1 , 2000 will be allowed to have ont more renewal of their In itial Certificate before rhey must meet requirements for the Professional c:rtiflcate.

F. Teachers who hold a Continuing Certificate as of August 3 1 , 2000 wi l l not be affected by changes in certification requiremems.

Note: Information about the \'(Imhington State Pro/essional Certificate and Pacific Lutheran University;' Professional Certification program is available ill the School o/Educatioll Office. Individuals wi>-hing to discuss options should contact the Admillij-trative Mal/agl'r.

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

m c.. s::::: n Ql -

o

::::J

7 1

Page 74: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

c o

72

GRADUATE AND PROFESSIONAL OPTIONS FOR EDUCATORS

he School of Education offers professional development programs that allow educators to earn professional and/or National Board of Professional Teach ing Standards Cenificates. Up to 4 semester hours from these programs can be applied ro a master's degree program. Curr nt emphasis/option in MA program for educators includes Master of Arts in Classroom Teaching: Project LeaD.

The School of Education also offers certification-only programs in educational administration and programs that will enable teachers to add additional endorsemmt in shortage areas such as opccial education, reading, l ibrary and media services, English as a second language, and specit,c content areas.

Derailed information about these options can be found in the Graduate Studies section of this catalog. Information about current and anticipated graduate and professional options can be obtained from the Administrative Manager in the School of Education.

ENDORSEMENT REQUIREMENTS AND UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS OF STUDY THAI LEAD TO ENDORSEMENTS

ndorsement rcquirements are established by the Scarc of Washington. Pacific Lutheran University's School of Education currently is authorized to offer the following endorsements:

Early Childhood Education (in conjunction with coursework at an approved community college)

English/Language Arts (5- 1 2) English as a Second Language (K- 1 2) (in conjunction with the

Washington Academy of Languages) Elementary (mulrisubject, K-8) Health and Fitness (K- 1 2) History (5- 1 2) Mathematic� (5- 1 2) Music

horal (K- 1 2) General (K- 1 2) Instrumental (K- 1 2)

Science (5- 1 2) Science, Designated

Biology (5- 1 2) hem istry (5- 1 2)

Earth Science (5- 1 2) Physics (5- 1 2)

Social Studies (5- 1 2) . Special Education ( 1'- 1 2) Visual Arts (K- 1 2) World Languages, Designated

Chinese (K- 1 2) French (K- 1 2)

erman (K- 1 2) Norwegian (K- 1 2) Spanish (K- 1 2)

Note: The fact that the chool of Education is authorized to issue certain endorsements does not indicate that Pacific Lutheran University has a specified program of study leading to these endorsements. Listed below are general endorsement requirements followed by a list of teaching majors, teaching minors, or programs of study that lead to an endorliemellt.

If du'T£' is arq q1lestion about whetha a course not listed below can be JIIbstituted fin' an endorsement requirement, the candidate must prolJicU evidence that the course covers a partimlnr essential area of stud)� Evidence might include (but is not limited to) a catalog courS( description, syllabus, letter

from the instructor, portfolio, or

presentation of CO 11 rSl' products.

Note: After Septembl'T /, 2005 candidates must pass WEST-E exams in appropriate l'11dorsemellt eXflIll>'.

TEACHER ENDORSEMENTS

ARTS - V;st#ll Arts State CmiONe7IU!1I1 requirements: 1 . Skills and techniques in multiple media (painting, sculpture,

drawing, computer, phorography) 2. omp sitian and production using design principles 3. Analysis and interpretation of art 4 . Social, cultural and historical contexts and connections 5. Material, equipment, and facilities safety

SecomJary telUhi1lg major leading to an endorsement in Visual Arts (all lev"ls) - 36 semester hours Art 1 60: 1 80 or 1 8 1 ; 1 96, 226, 250, 296, 33 1 , 365. 440

BIOLOGY Stnte Endorsement &qlliremetlts:

I . Boranyllab 2. Zoology/lab 3. Genetics 4. Microbiology or Cell Biologyllab 5. Chemisrryllab 6. Ecology 7. Evolution 8. lab safety. practice, and management 9. Lab, inquil-y-based experience

1 0 . Contemporary, h istorical, technological, and societal issues and concepts

SecomJary Teaching Major Leading to an Endorsement - 32 semesur bours mOL 1 6 1 , 1 62, 313; 328 or 348; 332 or 407; 340; 424 or 475 CHI::M 1 0 5 or 1 1 5

CHEMISTRY State Endorsement &quiretnen.ts: I . General principles of chemistry - inorganic, physical , and

analytical/lab 1. Organic chemistry/lab 3. uantitative analysis/lab 4. Biochemist ry/lab 5. Physic; 6. laboratory safety, practice, and management 7. I b inquiry-based experience 8. Relationship of the concepts of science to contemporary

historical, technological, and societal issues

Secondary Teacbing Major Leading to an Endorsmlent - 62 snllllstl!l' "ours CH E M 1 1 5 , 1 i 6; 232, 332; 234, 334; 338, 34 1 , 342, 343,

344, 403 PHYS 1 55, 1 54, 1 63, 1 64 &quired sIIpporting c:oursework: MATH 1 5 1 ; 1 52

P L U 2 0 0 6 . 2 0 0 7

Page 75: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

EARTH SCIENCE StIlfe Endorsement Requirvmumts;: 1 . Physical geology 2. Historical geology 3. £nvironnlental issues rdated to eanh scimce; 4. ceanography 5. Astronomy 6. Meteorology 7. Lab safety, practice, and management 8. bb, inquiry-based experience 9. Relationship of the concepts of science to contemporary,

historical, technological , an I societal issues

Secondary um:hing Major Leadi11g fo an Emwrsemellt - 48 semester hours �E S 1 02; 1 03 or 1 04; 1 05, 20 1 PHYS I t O, 1 25 , 1 3 5 Four hours from MATH 1 40 or higher or CSCE 1 44 i 2 hours fro m upper-division Geosciences coU[ses CHEM 1 04 or 1 20

ENGLISH/ENGLISH LANGUAGE ARTS St4te E,uiorleme1lt Requireml!nts: I . Reading 2. Writing 3. Communic3rion 4. Linguisrics 5. American, British, world, multicultural, and adobcent

literature

Secondary Teaching Major LeadiTlg to II Primary Endorsement - 40 semester hours ENGL 2 1 4 or 2 1 5 COMA 2 1 2 and 2 1 3 o r 3 1 2 ENGL 24 1 , 25 1 , 3 0 I ,403 THEA 250 or 4 5 8 Four hours fro m ENGL 224, 225 , 227, 326, 328 Four hours from ENG L 2 1 6, 2 1 8 , 230, 233, 343 Four hours from ENG L 22 1 , 325, 327, 34 1 , 374

ENGLISH AS A SECOND LANGUAGE (ESL) State Endorsement Requirements: I . Language acquisition theory 2. Cross-cultural teaching and learning strarcgies 3. Li teracy development (reading, writing, listening, sp aking) 4. History and theory of ESL 5. Instructional strategies for ESL

Information regarding specific course requirements can be obtained from the Administrative Manager in the School of Education.

HEALTH/FITNESS StIlte Endorsemeflt Requirements: I . Foundations of health and fitness 2. Safe living, including first aid and CPR 3. Scientific foundations for health and fitness (anatomy, exc:rcise

phYSiology, kinesiology/biomechanics, psychomotor maturation and development, and motor learning)

4. Movement, activities, and application with attention to special needs populations

5. Coordinated health education (alcohol and other drugs, diseases, injury prevention, human relationships, nutrition,

HIV preven tion, and abuse preven tion) .

P/(llSe ,-et reqllirements for Bachelor of Arts in Physical Educdtion (BA PE) with Certification Ill/ria Physical Education.

HISTORY State Em/orummt Requiremellts: I . acific Northwest history 2. nired Scates history 3. World history 4. Civics/political science/United States government 5. G eography 6. Economics

Secondary Teacbing Major Leading to an Elldorsement - 32 semester hours HIST 30 1 , 460 or 461 Four scm l r hours from HIST 1 07, 1 08 or 2 1 5 Eight semester hour upper-division electives i n U.S.!

European History Four semester hou.rs of upper-division electives in non­

Western bistory from HIST 335, 337, 338, 339, 340, 344 Eight seme ler hours from H IST 25 1 , 252, 253

MJfIHEMA'ITCS Stille EJ,dorsemmt Requiremnlf.s: I . Geometry (Euclidean and non-Euclidean) 2. Probabil ity and statistics 3. Calculus (integral and differential) 4. Discrete mathematics 5. Logic and problem solving 6. History of math or foundations of math

Secondnry Teachirlg Major Leadillg to a1l Elldorseml!nt - 40 or 41 semester hours MATH 1 5 1 , 1 5 2, 203, 253, 3 1 7, 3 2 1 , 33 1 , 34 1 , 433;

3 5 1 or 356 Or PHYS 1 53 , 1 63

MUSIC horal music, General music, Instrumental Music

See reqllin'mems fo,. Bachelor ofll11tSiC taufation under Aiusic.

PHYSICS St4te E,uiorsetrumt .Requirements: i . Ceneral principles of physicsllab 2. Lab safety, practice and management 3. Lab. inquiry-based experience 4 . Rdationships of the concepts of science co contempora ry,

historical, technologiGlI and societal issues

Sec01uiary TeaclJing Mnjor Leading to an Endorsement - 38 semUfer houTS PHYS 1 53 , 1 63 , 1 54 , 1 64, 223, 33 1 , 336, 354 MATH 1 5 1 , 1 52, 253 .

READING State ElIdorsnnetll &quiremetzts:

1 . As�_ssment and diagnosis of reading skills and deficiencies 2. Strategies of how to teach reading 3. Language acquisition/integration 4. 'ociallculwral comexts for literacy 5. Reading process including decoding, encoding, and studenc

PlU 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

IT! c.. c: 1"1 � -

73

Page 76: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

c o

74

response to child and adolescent literature 6. Beginning literacy (reading, writi ng, spell ing, and

communication) 7. Reading in the content areas 8. Literacy for a second language learner 9. Meta-cognitive srrategies

1 0. Risk factors for readi ng di fficulties and intervention srrategies for students experiencing reading difficulties .

Information regarding spec{fic cOllrse requirements can be obtained from the Administrative MalZger ill the SchooL of Educatioll.

SCIENCE Stau Endorsemnu Requirements: I . A primary endorsement in bIology, chem istry, earth science,

or physics (as described under designated sciences) 2. A minimum of one course from each of the other designated

sciences.

SOCIAL STUDIES State £"doTsemnrt Requirements: I . Pacific Northwest history 2. United States history, including ch ronological, thema tic ,

multicultural, ethnic and women's history 3. World, regional, or country history 4. Geography; 5. Political science, civics, or government 6. Anthropology, psychology, or sociology 7. Economics

Secondary Teaching Major Leading to all Endorumnu - 40 semester hours H IST 460 or 46 1 Eigh t semester hours ftom HIST 25 1 , 252, 253 Four semester hours from H IST 1 07, 1 08 Four semester hours from H IST 335, 337, 338, 339, 340, 344 POLS 1 5 1 Twelve semester hours, four from each of the fol lowing lines:

Any anthropology course other than A H 1 02 or 2 1 0 Any psychology other than PSYC 1 0 1 SOC! 1 0 1 o r 330 Four semester hours EC 1 30, 1 5 1 , 1 52

SPECIAL EDUCATION St�1f� Erulorsement Requiremmt.s:

I . Exceptionali ty 2. Curriculum modification and adap tation 3. Inclusion 4. A ment includ ing behavior analysis , I ndividualized

Education Plan ( IEP) , acco mmodations 5 . Legal issues 6. Specially designed instruction in all content areas 7. Pro-social skills and behavioral problems 8. School, family, com muni ry partnershi ps 9. Transi tion

1 0 . Organization and management systems I I . Methods in early childhood education 1 2. Collaboration with para-educators

P-12, See page 68 for SpeciaL Eductltiol/ mtiorsemellt requiremmt.

II/formation regarding the Special EILllcation waiver can be obtained FOnt tbe AdmilListrlltJlIe lv/anager in tbe SchooL of Education.

WORLD LANGUAGES State Endorsement Requirements: I . Communication - speaks, understands, reads, and writes in a

variery of contexts and situations 2 . Culture 3. Interdisciplinary in tegration 4. Language acquisi tion theory 5. Methodological study

Chinese - 28 semester hours CHIN 1 0 1 , 1 02 , 20 1 , 30 1 , 302, 37 1 ; LANG 445.

French - Secondary teaching major kading to an eltdorsement - 32 semester hours FREN 20 1 , 202, 30 1 , 302, 321 , 42 1 , 422; LANG 445.

German - Secondary teaching major kading to an Imdorsemmt - 32 semester hours GERM 20 1 , 202, 30 1 , 302, 32 1 , 4 2 1 . 422; LANG 44 5 .

Spanish - Secondary teaching major kading to an endorsement - 32 semester hours SPAN 20 1 , 202, 30 1 , 32 1 , 325 Eight semester hours from SPAN 42 1 , 422, 43 1 ,

432; LANG 445

Course Offerings - Education (EDUC)

EDUC 205: Multicultural Issues in the Classroom - A Examination of issues of race , class, gender, sexual orientation, etc as they rdate to educational practices . (4)

EDUC 262: Foumlations of &meation Introduction to teach ing; historical, philosophical, social, politic-'ll , ethical and legal foundations. Federal and state legislation for special populations. Concurrent with EDUC 263. (3)

EDUC 263: School Observation Graded observation i n schools. Concurrent with EDUC 262. ( l ) EDUC 385: Comparative Education Comparison and investiga tion of materials and cultural systems of education throughout the world. Emphas is on applying knowledge for greater understanding of diverse populations in the K- 1 2 educat ional system. (3)

EDUC 390: blquiry into Leanting I: blvestigati011 into Leanting a,td Development Investigation into theories of learning and development and into historical and current practices, values, and beliefs that influence effom to shape learning in educational settings . Topics include: self as learner, theories of learning, others as learners, exceptionalities, technology, values, l iteracy and facrors influencing learning and l i teracy (fieldwork included). Concurrent with EDUC 392. (4)

EDUC 391: Foundations of Learning Investigation into theories of learn ing and development and into historical and current practices, values, and beliefs that influence effortS to shape learni ng in educational settings. Topics include : self as learner, theories of learning, others as learners, exceptional i ties. technology, values l i teraq and factors influencing learn ing and li teracy. Limited to music education majors . (3)

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 77: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

EDUC 392: Inquiry illto Lear";7Ig ll: Im1estigtUW7I into Learning and Development Comin ued invest igation into theories of learning and devdopm�nt and into nistorical and current praCTices, values , and belicfs that influCtle(' tTorts to shape learn ing in t"duutiona l secrings. Topics include: self as learner, theories of learning, others as learners, exceptionalities, tech nology, values , l iteracy and fiiCtorS influenc i ng learning and l i terac (fieldwork included). Concurrent witn EDU 390. (4)

EDUC 394: Hchnology and Teacbing: LaborlUory Laboratory in wh ich students explore instrucrional uses of tech nology and develop and apply var ious skills and competencies . Concurrent wirh EDUC 390. (2)

EDUC 406: MatlJtmuuics iTJ K-8 Education xploratio n of ma thematical principles and practices consistent

with CrM curriculum scandards . For elemen tary students. Practicum included, concurrent with EDUC 408 and EDUC 424. (4)

EDue 408: Literacy in K-8 EducAtion Participation in [ne development of appropriate curricular srrategies and instructional methods for supporting tne diversity of learners' language/literacy growth . For elementary srudents. I'racticum included, concurrent witn EDUC 406 and EDUC 424. (4)

EDUC 410: Science/Health in K-8 Educat1011 Strategies fo r teach ing science by using i nqui ry methods and problem-solving techniques will be employed to exp lore interactive curricula from an en vironmental point of view. Issues of n utrition and health. Pncricum induded, concurrent with EDUC 4 1 2 and EDUC 425. (4)

EDue 411: Strategies for La"guagelLiteracy Development (Cross-listed with E D UC 5 1 1 .) (2)

EDue 4 12: SociAl Studies in K-8 Education • Deus on drawing connections between the content of social studies curricula and the lived experiences of human lives. Practicum included, Concurrent witn EDUC 4 1 0 and EDUC 425. (4)

EDue 4.13: umgll.llgelLiterncy Development: Assessmem and 1,lStructiott ( ross-listed with EDU • 5 1 3 . ) (4)

EDue 24: Inquiry into TeacbiJlg T: Diverse Leamers Focus on general princip les of instructional design and delivery with special emphasis on read ing and language, assessmen t , adaptation , and classroom management. For elementary and secondary students not majoring in music or physical education. For elementary students, concurren t with EDUC 406 and EDUC 408. (4)

EDUC 425: lTU}fliry into Teaching II: Diverse Leamers Exccnsion and expansion of ideas i ntroduced i n 424. Cominued emphasis on insrructional design and delivery with J. focus on reading and language, assessmen t, adap tation , and classroom management. For cleme.n t3.ry and secondary students outside of mus ic and physical education, concurrent witn EDUC 4 1 0 and EDUC 4 1 2. (4)

ED UC 426: Special Topics ill Children's Literature (Cross-listed with EDUC 526.) (2)

EDUC 427: M.dti.culturnJ Children's Literahtre (Cros,-l isred with EDUC 527.) (2)

EDUC 428: Children's Literature in the K-8 Curriculum (Cross-listed witn EOUC 528.) (2)

EDUC 429: Adolesce1lt Literature in the Secondary Curriculum (Cross-listed with EDUC 529.) (2)

ED UC 430: Studmt Teaching in K-8 Education - SR Teacn ing i n c lassrooms of local pu bl ic schools under the direcr supervision of School of Education faculty and classroom teachers . Prerequis i te : Successfu l com pletion of Educatio n courses Terms I - I l l . Concurrent with EDUC 4 50. ( 1 0)

EDUC 434: SmderJt Teachh'g - Elemmtary (Dual) - SR Designed for persons who do dual student teacning. Ten weeks of teaching in classrooms of local publ ic schools under tne direct supervision of School of Education faculty and classroom teachers . Prerequis ite: Successfu l completion of Education courses Terms I-I l l . Concurrent with E D UC 450. (6)

EDUC 436: Alternate Level Studn,t Teaching - Elementary Designed to give some knowledge, understanding, and study of chi ldren , subject mat ter fields, and materials in the student's al ternate teachi ng level plus student teach ing on that level. Students wno nave completed secondary preferred-level student teaching should enroll in this coutse . (6)

EDUC 437: Altenzate Level Student Tea.chi"g ­

Secondary - SR Designed to give sOme knowledge, understanding, and study of children, subject mattet fields, and materials in tne student's alrernate teaching level plus student teaching on that level. Students who have completed elementary preferred level student reach ing should enroll in this course. I ndependen t study card required. (6)

EDUC 438: Strategies for Whok Literacy Instruction (K-12) (Cross-l isted with EDUC 538.) (2)

EDUC 440: Art ill the Secondary School Instructional s trategies, long- and shoTt-range planning, curriculum, and other considerations specific to the discipl ines . (4)

ED UC 444: El1glish in the SecoruJary School I nstructional strategies, long- and snort-range planning, curriculum, and other considerations speci fic to the d iscipl ines. (4)

ED UC 445: Metbods of Teaching Foreig71 Languages and E"gJish as a Second Language Instructional strategies, long- and short-range p lann ing, curriculum, and other considerations specific to tne discip lines. (Required for foteign language endotsement.) (4)

EDUC 446: MatiJematics ;.J the Seco"dary School (I) Instructional strategies, long- and short-range plann ing, curriculum, and other considerations specific to the d iscipli nes. (4)

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

m c.. c: 1"\ III -

o �

75

Page 78: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

c o

76

EDUC 447: Scinue in the Seconddry School (4) Instructional strategies, long- and short-range planning, curriculum, and other considerations specific to the disciplines. (4)

EDUC 448: Social Studies in the Seconddry School (4) Imtructional srrategies, long- and short-range planning, curriculum, and. other considerations specific to the disciplines. (4)

EDUC 449: Computer Scimce in the Seconddry School (4) Instructional strategies, long- and short-range planning, curriculum, and other considerations specific to the disciplines. (4)

EDUC 50: ltU[lliry into Learning and Teaching: Reflective Practice Seminar A seminar for all education students (except music and physical education) focusing development of professionalism and competence in inquiry and reflective practice (elementary and secondary) . Taken with student teaching Term IV Hub. (2)

EDUC 456: Storyte/litlg A combination of discovery and practicum in the art of story­telling. Investigates the values and background of storytelling, the variou types of and forms of stories, techniques of choosing and of telling stories. Some off-campus practice. Demonstrations and joint srorytelling by and with instructor. (2)

EDUC 457: The Art:J, Media, and Technology Students use a variety of techniques, equipment, and materials to explore ways of seeing and expressing how they see and experience rheir environment. (2)

EDUC 466: Student Teaching - Seconddry (Dual) - SR Designed for students who do dual student reaching. Ten weeks of teaching in classrooms of local public schools under the direct supervision of School of Education faculry and classroom teachers (taken wirh SPED 439, 5 hours, and EDUC 450, 4 hours) (secondary smdents). (7)

EDUC 467: Evaluatioll Evaluation of school experiences; problems in connection with development, organization, and administration of tests (standardized and teacher-made) . Required of fifth-year students. Prerequisites: student teaching or teaching experience; EDUC 262, �DUC 253, EPSY 36 1 . May be taken concurrently with student teaching. (2)

EDUC 468: Studmt Teaching - Seconddry - SR Teaching in public schools under the direcrion of classroom and universiry teachers. Prereqllisites: formal application; senior standing; cumulative GPA of 2 .50 or h igher. Concurrent with ED C 450. ( 1 0)

EDUC 470: Curriculum, Materials and Instruction for Teachillg English as a SecDnd L4llgr44ge Application of language teaching methodology to various instructional situations. (Cross-listed with LANG 470) (4)

EDUC 473: ParroJ-Teacher Relationships lssues and skills i mportant i n conferencing and parent-teacher relationships. (2)

EDUC 485: The Gifted Child A study of the gifted child, characteristics and problems, and school procedures designed to fUrther development. (2)

EDUC 490: AC'luisitio7J and DevelDpmtrnt of Language Investigation of how youug childre.n acquire their first language and what they know as a result of this learning. (Cross-listed with EDUC 5 1 0.) (2)

EDUC 491: bulepemknt Study (1 to 4)

EDUC 493: Effective Tutoring Methods A practical course for students interested i n applying theories of learning to one-on-one tutoring situations and receiving training about group dynamics and communication sryles for presentations and group sessions. Readings, role-playing exercises, research, student presentations, class discussion, and continuous written reflection. ( I )

EDUC 495: Internship (1 to 12)

EDUC 496: Laboratory Workshop Practical course using elementary-age children in a classroom situation working out specific problems; provision will be made for some active participation of the universiry students. Prerequisi tes: Conference with the instructor or the dean of the School of Education.

EDUC 497: Special Project Individual study and research on education problems or additional laboratory experience in public school classrooms. Prere'luisiu: Consent of the dean. ( 1 -4 )

Educational Psychology See the Educational Psychology (EPSy) section of this catalog to view cOllrse ojforings.

Special Education See the Special Education (SPED) section of this ctltawg to view cotlrse ojforings.

Graduate School See the Graduate School of Education section .for graduate-level courses ill Education (ED UC), Educatiollal Psycholog]1 (EPSy) and Special Education (SPED).

Educational Psychology

To view ClJrriclllum requirements, please go to School of Education

EPSY 361: Psychology for Teaching Principles and research in human development and learning, especially related to teaching and ro the psychologic:1-1 growth, relationships, and adjustment of i ndividuals. For Music Education Majors only. (3)

EPSY 368: Educational Psychology Principles and research i n human learning and their implications for curriculum and instruction. For secondary students who are not seeking certification in physical education or special education. Taken concurrently with EDUC 424. (4)

See Graduatt' School of Education section for graduate-level Educational pjychowg]1 courses, page 166.

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 79: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

Engineering Dual-Degree Program

253.535.7400 www.,uci.plu.eduI3-2program

The ngineering Dual-Degree Program at Pacific Lutheran Universiry p rovides students with the opportuniry to combine a liberal arts education with rigorous study in engineering. Students who complete the program earn twO degrees--one from PLU and the other fro m an engineering school. For the well prepared studenr, the total length of study is five years-three years at PLU and twO years at the engineering school. and the program is often referred to as the Th ree-Two Engineering Program.

Most subdisciplines of engineering arc available to students in the dl.! :U -degree program. Formal agreements exist with Columbia Universi in New York City and Washington University in St. Louis. At both schools, three-two studenrs form a community. They share residence facilities and often are enrolled in many of the same courses. PLU students who haw participated in the three-two program report their rich cultural and academic experiences at botb scbools and ate routinely very pleased with their decision to have participated in the three-two program.

THE PLU PROGRAM Th three-two student is awarded a PLU degree when the PLU requir�mc:nts are satisfied and the p rogram of study at the engineering school is completed. The PLU degree that typically is awarded to three-two students is the Bachelor of Arts in physics. The BA in physics is well recognized by engineering schools and is the mO.t frequently awarded degree by four-year schools with three-two programs. The physics degree can be selected by three­twO studenrs in all engineering subdisciplines, but studenrs wishing to study chemical engineering may wish to consider the option of obtaining the BA in chemistry from PLU.

Occasionally, PLU students choose to transfer to an engineering school thar does not participate in the three-two program. PLU nonetheless recognizes these studenrs as panicipanrs in the th ree­twO program and awards them the appropriate BA degree upon successful completion of their program at the engineering school.

Individual departments do not p rovide advice on the dual-degree program. All p tospective dual-degree students, regardless of their intended engineering subdiscipline, should consult with the three-two director (in the Physics Department) very early in their academic program.

PLU and the participating engineering schools recommend that thr e-(W students use their time at PLU to secure their academic foundations in mathematics, physics, and chemistry. Math skills are particularly impottant to develop, and poor math skills are [he most frequen t reason prospective engineering studetlts fai l ro succeed in the program.

PL U requ;re11lnJ1s: In order to earn a PLU degree in the dual­degree program, the following requiremenrs must be satisfied: A. om plcrion of the following science and mathematic,

courses - 44 semester hours required • M T 1 5 1 , 1 52, 253 ( 1 6 houts) • MATH 35 1 or PHYS 354 • PHYS 153, 1 54, 1 63, 1 64, 223 ( 1 4 hours) • C!-LEM 1 20 or 1 25, 338 (8 hours) • C CE 1 3 1 . 1 44 (6 hours).

B. BA in physics or chemistry 1 . For rhe BA IN PHYSICS: Completion of an additional

1 2 semester hours of electives in science and mathematics from the following courses: • MATH 33 1 , 356 • PHYS 233, 33 1 , 333, 334, 336 • CS E 245 • CHEM 34 1 may be substituted fo r PHYS 333.

The particuiar courses cho�en will depend on the intended subdiscipline and the engineering school's enrrance require­ments. Students should consult with the program director before choosing their electives.

2. For the BA IN CHEMISTRY: Completion of organic chemistry (CHEM 232, 234 , 332, 334) and physical chemistry (CHEM 34 1 , 342, 343).

C. Completion of the general university requirements as specified in the catalog, except that the following general requiremenrs are waived for all dual-degree studenrs: I . Completion of a minimum of 1 28 semester hour n the

PLU transcript; 2. Completion of a minimum of 40 semester hours from

courses numbered 300 and above; 3 . The requirement that at leasr 20 of the minimum 40

semester hours of upper-division work must be taken at PLU;

4. The requirement that the final 32 semester hours of a student's program be completed in residence at PLU;

5. The requirement that the senior seminar/project be completed at PLU. Senior projects from the engineering school (a characteristic of ABET-accredited schools) will satisfy the PLU senior project requiremenr for dual­degree studenrs upon approval of the project by the appropriate PLU department chair.

THE ENGINEERING SCHOOL PROGRAM The course of study at the engineering school will depend on both the school and the subdiscipline. Between Columbia University and Washington University, approximately 20 different engineering subdisciplines are available to dual-degree students. These include the more common subdisciplines (civil, chemical, electrical, mechanical) and others such as operations research, appl ied mathematics, geological engineeting and systems science. Details are available from the PLU program director.

ACADEMIC EXPECTATIONS For admission to theit engineering program, both Columbia University and Washington University require a cumulative PLU grade point average of 3 .0 Ot higher and grades of B or berrer in pertinent mathematics and science courses. Students who do not meet these requirements are considered on a case-by-case basi�. Although students who ch oose to transfer ro another engineerIng school may be able to gain admission with sl ightly lower grades than those required by Columbia University and Washingron University, all prospective engineering students are well advised to use the higher standard as a more realistic indication of what will be expected of them in the engineering school.

For more information, contact the dual-degree program director in the Department of Pbysics or visit the program website at www.mci.plu. eduI3-2program.

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

o C QI

o n>

Ie � n> n>

77

Page 80: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

.c VI

C\ C

w

78

English

253 .535 .7698 IlIww.p/u.edu/ -english

English olTcr� excellent preparation for any future requiring integrative thinki ng , .�kil l in writing, disternment i n reading. an appreciation of human experie nce and aesthetic values, and the processes of critical and creative express ion. Busi ness, govern ment , n:chnology, t'ducation, and publishing are areas where our graduates frequently make their careers.

Our program 0 .ers em ph; e, in literature and writing, as well as oncentrations in children's literature and publishing. The

Engli h Departmen t also supports the study abroad programs. and we offer smdy tours to such places as Europe. Austral ia. and the Caribbean.

FACcn:rY: Albrecht. Chair; Barot, Bergman, Campbell, Carlton, 'yler. Jansen. Kaulrnan, Marcus, Mas n. D.M. Martin, Rahn , Robinson, Rooney, Seal, Skipper, B . Tem ple- rhurs ton .

ENGLISH MAJOR: Emphasis on Literature The English major with an emphasis on literature introduces students [Q the great li terary traditions of Britain . North

merica, and tht: English-spt:a.king world. The major in l iterature places cour es organized by historical period at the heart of the . tudent's program, allowing students to read the great works that defint: the periods, and to explore the ways in which cultural contexts shape the l i terary imagination. Srudents who select the emphasis on li terature can expect to learn how sensitive readers engage texts through their own speaking and writing, fo l lowi ng thei r insighrs into the rich p leasu res of l iterary language and growing more sophisticated in constructing effective interpretive arguments. They wiU also be i ntroduc d to the ways in which major critical traditions frame our approaches to l i terature and define: th issues that keep l i[erature [ll(:ani ngful and relevant in our l ives.

Studen ts considering Engl ish with an emphas is on li terature as a major. but wh are still undecided, might begin with a 200-leve l course. Even though no 200-level course is requi red for majors, students may request that one appropriate 200-level course be substituted for one sim ilar Periods and Surveys course at the 300 level. Stud litS are encouraged to take: hakespeare early in the major.

Cou rses offered through orn::,p ndence, on-l ine, and independent studies are not accepted to meet the literature requirement.

Foreign ulJIpAge Requirement

All English majors must comp lete at least two years of a foreign language at the university level, or the equivalent (sec College of Arts and Sciences Foreign Language Requirements, Opt ion I ) .

Mlljor Requiremmrs

At least 36 and up to 44 semester hours in English beyond \'V'riting 1 0 I . at least 20 homs of which must be upper division. The following course d istriburions are required of majors with an emphasis on l i ter tun:::

A Shakespeare - four semester hours ENGL 30 I : Shah'speare:

B. Periods lind Surveys - at least four semester hours from each of the fo llowi ng l ines: • Early

ENGL 35 1 : English Medieval Literature ENGL 352 : Chaucer ENGL 353 : Engl ish Renaissance Literature

• Middle ENGL 36 1 : English Restoration and 1 8th-Century EN L 362: English Romantic and Victorian Literature ENGL 37 1 : Studies in American Literature, 1 820- 1 920

• Late ENG L 367: 20 th-Cenrury British Literature:: E L 372: 20th-Century American Poetry ENG L 373: 20th-Cenrury American Fiction and Drama

• Literature and Di.fference EI GL 34 1 : Feminist App roaches to Literature ENGL 343: Post-Colonial Literature and Theory ENGL 374: American Eth n ic Literature

C. Semi_r - at leasr four semester hours EN L 428: Seminar: Critical Theory EN ' L 45 1 : Seminar: Author ENGL 452: Semi nar: Theme, Genre

Senior Seminar Project: The capsto ne: senior seminar p roj ect is a general university requirement in all programs and majors . Srudents will customarily satisfy this presentation requirement in English in their seminar course as a culmination of their undergraduate education, in the senior year. Under certain circumstances, students may substi tute an approp ria te 300-level course taken in the senior year.

D. Writing - at leas t four semester hours of any wriring course a t the 200- to 400- levels

E. Electives - eight semester hours

ENGLISH MAJOR: Emphasis on Writi11g The wri ting emphasis at PLU has been designed for a broad spectrum of students, from those wishing to focus on fict ion and poetry, to those interested in more pragmatic types of wri ting, to those set on exploring theore tical issues in rhetoric and composition.

Foreign Lmlgunge Requirenlent

All Engl ish majors must complete at least two years of a foreign language at the un iversity level, or the equivalent (See College of Arts and Sciences Foreign Language Requirements, Option I) .

Major Reqllirements

At least 36 semester hours in Engl ish (excluding Writing 1 0 1 ) , distributed a s follows:

A. Writing - at least 20 semeSter hours in writing, wi th at least 1 2 hours upper-division

I . At least 1 2 semester hours, from at least two of the following l ines:

• bnllgi_tive Writing ENGL 227: Imaginative Writing I El GL 3 27: Imaginative Wr i ting I I ENGL 326: Writing for Chi ldren

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 81: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

• Expository Writing ENGL 22 1 : Research and Writing ENGL 323: Wri ting in a Professional Serring ENGL 328: Advanced Composition for Teachers

• CT'Ultivl! Nonfiction "NGL 224: Travel Writing EN L 225: Aurobiographical Writing EN , L 324: Free-lance Writing ENGL 325: Personal Essay

2. Senior ProjecIISem;7IRr: The senior project, generally taken in me senior year, includes a capsrone presenration consisten with the general univers iry requ iremenrs (at least four semesr r hours in the following) ENGL 425 , 426: Wri ting on Special Topics ENGL 427: Imaginative Writing I I I ENGL 428: Seminar: Critical Theory

3. Elective (at least four semester hours from l ines 1 or 2 above)

B. Litn-arurt! - 1 2 semester hours, with at least four hours upper division Studenrs are encouraged ro take Li terarure courses which conrribute to rheir goals as wtiters, and which expand their experience with the hisrory and genres of writing.

C. Elective -at least four semester elective hours in English beyond Writing 1 0 1

MINORS

Minor (Emphasis on Liuraturt!): 20 semester hours (excluding WRIT 1 0 1 ) , diStributed as follows: four hours of Shakespeare, eigh t hours from Periods and Surveys (see Literarure Major Requi remenrs) , and eight hours of electives.

Minor (Emphasis on Writing): 20 semester hours (excluding WRIT 1 0 1 ) , with at least 1 2 semester hours in upper division, distributed as follows: 1 2 semester hours in writing, four semesrer hours in l i terature, four semester hours of elective.

Minor (Emphasis on Publis"ing and Printing Arts): See separate listing under Pu bl ishing and Prinring Arrs.

Special Competence in Children's Literature: Studenrs completin ENGL 333 and eigh t semester hours from ENGL 326, 334, 355 or orher approved courses (all with grades of B or higher) will be recogn ized for spec ial competence in children's l itera ture.

Prospective Teachers: Srudenrs prepa ring to reach English i n secondary schooLs should arrange for a n advisor in borh English and Education. Please also see the School of Education section of [his catalog.

SECONDARY ED UCATION Srudencs prepari ng [0 teach in junior or senior high school may earn either a Bachelor of Arcs in English wirh cert ificarion from the School of Education, or a Bachelor of Arcs in EduCJrion wirh a reaching major in Engl ish . The English major with an emphasis in l i rerarure and rhe English major wirh an emphasis in writing rna)' both be pursued by prospective reachers. Secondary educarion srudents musr fulfill all requiremenrs for the Engl ish major: Opr ion 1 of rhe Foreign Language Rcquiremenrs (two years of a foreign language at the universiry level, or rhe

equivalenr) ; ar leasr 36 and no more rhan 44 cred it hours i n English; and all rhe specific requiremenrs for [he major either in literarure or in wr iring. 5ra.<: certificarion for tf'achers also mandares the following requirements, which are an overlay [0 rhe major. Courses raken [0 satisfy the major can also be cou rses rhar sarisfY rhe t:I(t' certification requirements.

• English literature: one course • Americall literatrtre: one course • Comparativi! liuraJurt: one course

(EN J1. 2 1 4 , 2 1 6, 2 1 7, 2 1 8 , 232, 233, 34 1 , 343, appropri:Hc seminar)

• Linguistics or structure of la"guage: one course (E CL 403)

• WritingiCompositi01u one course (ENGL 328 is especially recommended)

Prospective teachers may rake EDUC 529: Adolescent Lirerarure in the Secondary Curriculum as an e1ecrive in rhe English major.

ELEMENTARY EDUCATION Srudents preparing [0 reach in elementary schools following rhe Language ArtS curriculum , musr rake 24 semesrer hours minimum in Engl ish , and are advised [0 foHow rhe strucrure of the English major in satisfYing stare certification requiremenrs . Consulr your advisor i n rhe School of Education.

GRADUATE PROGRAM Master of Firu Arts i" Creative Writing (Low-Residency) See GmdufltI, Section.

All literature COU7,."" fidfill (he geneml lmiven-iry core requirement in Literature.

A. Lower-Divisio" Courses The foLlowing courses were designed for srudenrs who are not English majors, and for srudenrs consideri ng an Engl ish major, to satisfY the general un iversity requiremenr in litera{l1rc. Upper- division courses in l i rerarure offered by rhe Department of Englis h will sarisfY rhe general universiry requ iremenr in l i rerature as weIl, bur rhe following course� are particu larly reco mmended. These lower-division courses in l i tera ture give primary anen rion to rhe acr of reading in differenr conrexts and genres. The courses emphasize for studenrs the ways in which framing rhe reading experience by differen r kinds of ques tio ns reveals differenr texrs, and enriches rhe imaginarive experience of reading, leading more to insighr on rhe part of the reader rhan final answers. 1 . Topics in LiJn-ature

ENGL 2 1 3 2 . Ge1Jrt!s

ENG L 2 1 4, 2 1 5 , 2 1 6, 2 1 7, 2 1 8 3. Traditions ;,1 LiuratllTe

ENGL 230, 23 1 , 232, 233, 234, 24 1 , 2 5 1

B. Upptn'-Divisioll Courses Designed particularly for upper-division srudenrs, usually bur nor exclusively wirh rhe major in mind.

1 . Britis}) Literature ENGL 30 1 , 35 1 ,352, 353 , 36 1 , 362, 367

2. America1l Litf!ralllre E GL 37 1 , 372, 373, 374

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

III ::r

79

Page 82: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

80

3. Special Studies G '33, 334, 335, 34 1 , 343, 428, 45 1 , 452, 49 1 , 597

C. Writi"" umguage. and Theory WRIT 1 0 1 , EN ' 22 1 . 2 24, 225 , 227, 323, 3 24, 325 , 326, 327, 328, 403, 42 1 , 425 , 426, 427, 428

D. Publishing atuf Printing Arts ENGL 3 1 1 , 3 1 2, 3 l 3, 3 1 4

ENGL 213: Topics in litn'ature� Themes and Authors - LT A variable-content course tbat focuses on the act of reading and interpreting texts. (4)

ENGL 214: Poetry - LT A �udy of poems and conventions of poetry from the classics ro modern projective verse. (4)

£NGL 215: Fiction - LT xamines th" development of short fiction, concentrating on

themes and techniques of the genre. Stresses the Euro-American tradit ion. (4)

ENGL 216: Topics m Literature: Emphasis 011 Cross-Cultural Perspectivts - C LT (4)

variable-cont nt course that fo uses on li tt'rature form non­uro-American societies. Because course ropics may vary

considerably, course ma)' be repeated for credit with approval of depanment chair. (4)

ENGL 217: Topics in Likrature: Emphasis 071 AiLerTlative Perspech VlS - A. LT (4) A \ riabL -content course that foc e on l i teramre thar fosters an awarenes.> and undersranding of diversity in the Uni ted Srates. Because course ropics ma vary considerahly, courses may be repeated for credit with appro al of deparrment chair. (4)

ENCL 218: Drama - J:r An introduction ro th basic dements of drama (plot, character, language) and on the traditional genres ( rragedy, comedy) (4)

ENGL 221: Research muf Writing - WR Strategies for wriring academic research papers are pracriced, including developing appropriate research ropics, locating and using a vari"ty of rei 'ant sources, substantiating generalizations, and using paraphrase and citation accurately. (2 or 4)

ENGL 224: Travel Writing - WR Writing about rravel, while traveli ng or upon rerum. Students k.:ep travel journals, produce shorr travel essays , and read selecred t ravel writers . (4)

ENGL 225: Autobiographical Writi1lK - WR R ding autobiography and writing parts of one's own, with an emphasis on how wriring style and personal identity complement each other. (4)

ENGL 227: Inuzgi11aJiIJe Writmg 1 - WR A b ginning workshop in wrIting poetry or shorr fiction . Includes a swdy of rechniques and forms [0 develop crirical standards and an understanding of the writing process. P1Ynquisitt: WRIT 1 0 1 or its equivalent, Advanced Placement, or consent of instrucror.) (4)

ENGL 230: Co"temporary Literllture - LT Emphasis 011 the diversity of new voices i n American ficrion such

as Toni Morrison, Leslie Silko, Nicholson Baker, Joyce Carol Oates, Corma McCarrhy, and Amy Tan. from rhe emergence of post-modernism [0 the most imporrant current fiction. (4)

ENGL 2311 M.nrlerpieces of EuropeaTI Literature - LT Representative works of classical, medieval, and early Renaissance literarure. (Cross-listed wirh etAS 23 1 .) (4)

ENGL 232: Womms Literature - AJ LT An introduction [0 fiction, poetry, and other l iteratures by women writers. Includes an explorarion of women's ways of reading and wriring. (4)

ENGL 233: Post-Colonial Literature - C, LT \'{Iri ters from Africa. India, Australia, New Zealand, anada, and the Caribbean confron t the legacy of colonialism from an insider's perspective. Emphasis on ficrion. (4)

£NGL 234: Enviro1lmmlal LiterlU'Urt - LT Examines representarions of nature in li terature, and the ways in which h uma ns define themselves and their relationship with narure through rhose representations. Focuses on major tens from various culrures and h isrorical periods. Includes poetry, tlctio n, and non-fierion. (4)

ENGL 239: Environm!!1lt Il,uf Culture , rudy of the ways in which environmental issues are shaped by h uma.n culrure and values. Major conceprions of nature, including non-Western perspectives and issues in eco-justice. Crirical evaluations of l i terature, art'S, ethics, co ncepmal frameworks, hisrory, and spirituality. (Cross-listed with RELI 239.) (4)

ENGL 241: Ammcnll TraJitUm.s in Literature - LT Selected themes that distinguish American l i terarure from British traditions, from colonial or early national roars to current branches: for example, confronting the divine, inventing sdfhood, coping with racism. (4)

ENGL 251: Britis" Tra"itiollS i1l Lileramre - LT Selected themes that define British l irerature as one of the great l i rerarures of rhe world, from Anglo-Saxon origins ro post­modern rebellions: fot example, identi ty, society, and God; love and desire; industry, science, and culrure. (4)

ENGL 301: Sl]akespear� - LT Srudy of represenrati (! works of the great poet as a central figure in the canon of English l i terature. (4)

ENGL 311: The Book in Society A crirical srudy of the role of books in our history, society, and daily lives. (Cross-listed wirh COMA 321 .) (4)

ENGL 312: Publishing Procedures A workshop introduction to the world of book publishing, involving smdents in decisions aboU[ what to publ ish and how to produce ir. (Cross-l i,sted with COMA 322.) (4)

ENGL 313: The Art of the Book I The combination studio course and seminar explores the visua.1 properties of language. (Cross-listed with ARTD 33 1 . ) (4)

ENGL 314: The An of the BO(Jk II Individual projecrs to explore further typography and flOe bookmaking. (4)

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

L

C

1 A E r; tI

E A C

Page 83: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

ENGL 323: Writirlg in Professunull Setting,s - WR Students working in professional settings analyze the rherorical demands of their job-related writing. (4)

ENGL 329: F-rte-Lmu Wriring - WR A workshop in writing for publication, with primary emphasis on the feature article. (4)

ENGL 325: Penmal Essay - WR Studt:ms write �ssays on topics of their choice, working particularly on voice and style. (4)

ENGL 326: Writitlgfor Children - WR A workshop in writing fiction and non-fiction for chi ldren and teenagers, with an introduction to the varieties of contemporary children's literature. (4)

ENGL 327: lmagi7U1tive Writi"g 11 - WR An advanced workshop in writing poetry or short fiction. Some attention \ UI be given to procedures for submitting manuscript for publication. (4)

ENGL 328: AdtJatlced CompositiOfl for Teachers - WR Students are introduced to philosophi I, social, and pragmatic issues confronting teachers of writing. Required for certification by the Scho ol of Education. (4)

ENGL 333: Childrnz's Literature - LT An introduction to a rich l i terary rradition, with analysis in depth of such aurhors as H.C. Anderson, Tolkien, Lewis, Potter; Wilder, and Lc:! uin. (4)

ENGL 334: Special TDpics ;71 Childre7ls Literature - LT Content vari each year. Possible topics include genres, themes, nistorical periods, and tradition . May be repeated for credit with different topic. (4)

ENGL 335: Fairy Tales aFld Fammy - LT Fairy tales are told and interpreted; in terpretive models and tneories from several psychological traditions are explored. Fanta.sy is looked at both as image and as story. (4)

ENGL 341: Fnnitlist Approaches to Liter(lture - A, LT Introduction to a variety of feminisms in contemporary theory as frameworks for reading feminist l iterature and for approaching tradi tional l iterature from feminist positions. (4)

ENGL 343: Vokes of Diversity: Post-Colonial Literature a"d Tiuory - C, LT Introduces per5pectives of post-colonial theorists as a framework for understanding the relationship of colonialism and its legacies to th� works of wtiters from Africa, the Caribbean, and other ex­colonial territories. (4)

ENGL 351: Etlglish Medieval Literature - LT A sur ey of the first twO periods of English l iterature: Old English, including the epic Beowulf, and Middle English, ranging from the romance Sir Gawain and the Green Knight to tne begi nn ings of English drama in Everyman. (4)

ENGL 352: Chlmcer - LT A study of Geoffrey Chaucer's major works, especially The Canterhury Tales and Troilus and Criseyde, and of the

intellectual, social, and political circumstances of their production in 1 4 th-century England. (4)

ENGL 353: E"glish Re7U1issante LiterlUUre - IT Studies the Golden Age of English literature. Selected p ees trom Wyatt to Marvell, including Sidney, Spell: r, Slukespear(', Donne, and Jonson; selected playwrights from Kyd to Webs ter; selected prose from More to Bacon and Browne. (4)

ENGL 361: RestorahOll arlli 18rlJ-Qmtury Literature - LT Surveys the lively drama, neoclassical poetry, gothi fiction. and early novel of a period marked by religious controver ' and philosophical optimism. (4)

ENGL 362: Romannc and Victorian Liurah,re - LT A survey of the richly varied writers of 1 9 th-century Eng!and seen in the context of a rapidly changing socia l real ity-from romantic revolutionaries and dreamers to earn' t cultural cr it ics and myth-makers. (4)

ENGL 367: 20th-Cenhlry BrilislJ Literature - I.:r A survey of England's li terary landscape from the rise of modernism through mid-centUlY reactions t COntempo rary innovations. (4)

ENGL 371: StJldies in Americal1 Literature, 182tJ...J920 - I.:r The mutual influence of l iterary tradirions and American culrure in idealism, realism, and naturalism. (4)

ENGL 372: 20th-Century American Poetry - IJ Major voices in American poetry from I"rosr s nd ffiior, Williams and Pound, through the post-war gener3.tion ro recent poets. (4)

ENGL 373: 20t/J-Cmtllry Americnn FictioTi ami Drama - LT Major authors and forms, both conventional and elIperimental. (4) ENGL 374: American Ethnic LitQatures - A. LT Attention to the literatures and popular tradition r Amer icl's ethnic communities. Includes African and Asian Americans. Native Americans and Latino/as. (4)

ENGL 387: Topics i1J Riletoric, \Vritillg, alld CII/lure Provides writers with a grolJllding in Rhetoric, the an of shaplllg discourse to respond to cultural context and to produce cultural and social effects. Strategies for generating discourse, appealing ro

audiences, and crafting a style will be studied in ligh uf th ir historiCl.l origins, theoretical assumptions, sociai and et.b ical impl ications, and practical utility. Reco mmended for wriring majors. (4)

ENGL 403: The E"gIisIJ Latlguage Studies in the strucmre and h istory of English, with emphasis on syntactical analysis and issues of usage. (4)

ENGL 421: Tutorial ;" Writillg - WR Guided work i n an individual writing project. A 1 . 1 11 of study must be approved before the studen t may regist r for (he course. ( 1 -4)

ENGL 425: Writi"g 011 Special Topia - SR, WR Writing in a wide range of academic ,md ariYe g res

determined by their particular educational go:ili, ,[udenrs '" ill shape their papers to meet rhe rhetorical demands of plI blicalion� relevant to their academic or pro�essillnal fumre. (4)

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

8 1

Page 84: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

to +J

C

cv

E c o ...

> c

w

82

ENGL 427: Imaginative Writing III - SR, WR An advanced workshop in writing poetry or shorr fiction. Some :menrion wi ll be given to procedures for submitting manuscript for publication. For seniors only. (4)

ENGL 428: Sem;,um Critical Theory - LT, SR Is. ucs in literary studies and in rhetorical theory are discussed in rei tionship to influenrial movemenrs such as reader-response , cultural studies, feminism, and deconstruction. Recommended Ii r prospective graduate studenrs. (4)

ENGL 451: Seminar: Author - LT, SR Concentrated study of the work, l ife. influence, and critical reputation of a major author in the English-speaking world. The course includes careful attenrion to the relations of the author to cultural conrexts, the framing of critical approaches through l iterary theory, substanrial l ibrary research. and a major writing project . (4)

ENGL 452: Semillar: Theme, Genre - LT, SR .oncenrrated study of a major l i terary theme or genre. as i t

might appear in various periods. authors. and cultures. The course includes careful attenrion to practical criticism. the framing of critical approaches through l iterary theory, substanrial l ibrary research, and a major wriring project. (4)

ENGL 491: Independent Studies An inrensive course in reading. May include a thesis. Intended for upper-division majors. (4)

Environmental Studies

2 53.535.75'56 UIIvlv.pk.ed"J renvt

The Environmental Studies Program at PLU examines the relationship between humans and the environment through a wide variety of perspectives within the university curriculum. The integrative approach of the program. essential to the developmenr of an understanding of the global impact of human civil ization on the natural environmenr of our planet. encourages students to blend many perspectives on environmental issues inro their program of study.

The program. in keeping with the broad liberal arts objectives of the universi ry, offers a major or a minor in Environmental Studies. Students have the opportunity to link environmenral themes to any area of the curriculum they select in their complementary major or minor.

The program is overseen by an interdisciplinary faculty committee. Students inrerested in the Environmental Studies major or minor should meet with the chair of the Environmenral Studies Committee.

FACULTY: A committee of faculty administers this program: Swank. CIJair; Aune. Bergman. Foley, Garrigan. McKenna,

Mcf....enney. furs, Sc. clair. Teska. Whitman.

MAJOR REQUIREMENTS

�b semester ours, completed With grade o-t L or hlgner.

A. Foundations for EnvironmentaL Studies - four semester hours

:f le'Lt One <>(-rtl tOllu\v,ng cuurses. Hil� ' InrnkfuL sru ITt!

to environmental issues through a multidisciplinary and integrated approach. These courses involve the construction and interpretation of arguments from a variety of perspectives:

ENVT/GEOS 1 04: Conservation of Natural Resources ENGLIRELI 239: Environment and Culture

B. Discipli,t.ary Breadth Students are required to take course that provide an in-depth study and exposure ro environmental issues within disciplines.

I . The ElIvironmntt lind Science - eight semester hours Select two courses from the following, which emphasize the understanding of scientific reasoning and arguments. the interpreration of data and relationships in the natural world. and the scientific conrexr of environmental issues. The courses must be from differenr departments: BIOL 1 1 5 : Diversity of Life BIOL 1 1 6: I ntroducrory Ecology Bt L 424: Ecology BlOL 426: Ecological Methods

HEM 1 04: Environmental Chemistry EOS 332: Geomorphology

GEOS 334: Hydrogeology

2. The Environment and Society - eight semester hours Select two courses from the following, which foCLls on the undersranding of the institutions within which environmental decisions are made and investigate the implementation and implications of environmental decis ions . The courses must be from different departmen ts: EC N I I I : Principles of Microeconomics: Global and

Environmental EC N 3 1 1 : Energy and atural Resource Economics ECON 3 1 3: Environmental Economics POLS 346: Environmental Politics and Policy

3. Th� E'lvirollment IJlld Snuihility - four semester hours Select one course from the following, which examine rhe ways in which nature exists in human consciousness. values. and perceptions. Students receive guidance in careful reading, thoughtful writing, and sensitive attentiveness to nature and to environmental issues: ENGL 234: Environm mal Literature PHlL 230: Phi losophy. Animals and the Environment REU 365: Christian Moral Issues (Environmental

Ethics only)

C. Elective Courses - four semester hours Select one course that integrates and applies environmental concepts within a special topic area. Courses listed in the specific line requirements may be used 3.1 an elective if they have not been used to sati.lf)r that line requirement. This course should be selected in consultation with their program advisor: BIOL 333: Comparative Ecology in Latin America ECON 3 1 5 : Investigating Environmental and Economic

Changes in Europe ENVT 325 Ecology: Community and Culture in Australia ENVT 487: Special Topics in Environmental Studies �\,� � H IST 370: Environmen tal History of the United States INTC 24 1 : Energy, Resources, and Pollution INTC 242: Population, Hunger. and Poverty

or addi-t10nal' approved" courses trlat meet outcomc,/obJectlves

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

a

Iii

Page 85: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

;e

D. Adtlancui /tltegrative Courses - eight scrne>ter hours All maj rs must c mplere the following courses. It is expected that they will hav comp leted all of the other requirements before th final courses. ENVT 350: Environmental Methods of Investigation ' NVT 499: apsrone: Senior Project

Additional Requirements: • A minor or major in another discipline. • An internship is required. either for the capsrone project or

as a separate experience. Students must complete a Learning Agree ment and receive approval for their imcrnship by the chair of Environmental Studies.

• A minimum of 20 hours of up per-division credits is required in the major.

MINOR BEQUJREiWENTS 20 semester hours. completed with grade of C or h igher.

A. E,w;ronmenf Imd &ience - eight semester hours Select twO cou rses from the follow i ng which examine the scientific foundations of environmental problems. The courses mUSt be from differem departments: BIOL 1 1 5 : Diversity of Lif, BfOL 1. 16: I ntroductory Ecolo BIOI, 424: Ecology BI 426: Ecological Method CH F.JvI 1 04: bwironmenral hemistry fu'l '/GEOS 1 04: onservatiun of Natural ources GEOS 332: Geomorphulo ' GEO 334: Hydrogeology

Studer l' m<1j ring in a natural science discipline and who have taken a higher-level hemi. try course (CHEM 1 20 Ot

above) will be allowed to ub titute another course in can ultation with the Environmental Studies Commi ttee.

B. Environment and SOcitty - f ur semester hours Sele t o ne course from the following which pu rsue rhe stud}' of institutions where environmental perspectivcs and pol icies arc applied; ECON I I I : Principles of M icroeconomics; lobal

and Environmental ECON 3 1 1 : Energy and Natural source Economics EC N 3 1 3 : En ironmental Economics POU' 346:' Environmental Politics and Policy

C. Env;rom11n1t ami Srnsibility - four semester hours Select one course from the � llowing which examine values. pl'rcepaon, and expression as they relate to environmental i ues: ENG L 234: Environ mental Li terature E GLlRELl 239: Environ ment and Culture PHIL 230: Phi losophy, Animals and the Environment INTC 24 1 : Energy. Resources, and Pollution RELI 65: Chrisrian Mural L ues (Environmental

thies only)

D. ENVT 350: EmtirOntlllmtl1/ Methods of /nllestigatiJJn -

four sem ',ter hours

Course Offerings - Environmental Studies (ENVT)

ENVT 104: umservatio" of Natural Resource! - NS, 511-1 Principle.s and problems of public an private stewardship of our resources with specific reference to the Pacific NOlThwest. (Cross­lis ted with GEOS 1 04.) (4)

ENVT 325: Eco/(}gy, Community and Culture ;" AUJtralia Students live in the community of rystal Waters, Australia and study permaculture design, participate in community l ife. and explore Australian cultures and ecosystems. (4)

ENVT 350: bwirommmtal l';fethods of In vestigation Study of a watershed usil1g and integrating techniques and pri nciples of environmental sciences, political science, economics. and ethics. Includes laboratory. Prerequisites: Lines 1 -3 completed or consenr of instructor. (4)

ENVT 487: Special Topics i1l Enll;l'o1lmentni Studies Selected topics as announced by the program. Course will address current in terdisciplinary issues in environmenral studies. ( 1 -4)

ENVT 491: bukpnultllt Stud us Opportunity to focus on specific topics or issues in environmental studies under the supervision of a faculty member. ( 1 -4)

ENVT 495: IntenlShip in E1lviromnentni Studies An internship with a private or public sector agency, organiz<ltion, or company involved in environmental issues. By consent of the chair of Environmental Studies only. (4)

ENVT 499: Capsto"e: Senior Project - SR An interdisciplinary research project of the studen t's design that incorporates materials and methods from earlier courses and has a focus reHecting rhe specifiC in terest of the student. A subsrantial project and a public present:ltion of the results are required. Prerequisite: ENVT 350. (4)

French

Iii view cun'icululIl and ('ourse requirements, please go to Departnzmt of Languages & Litaatttre, page 96.

Geosciences

253.535 .7563 www.mci.pl ... edulgeos

The geosciences are distinct from other natural sciences. The stud), of [he earth is inrerdisciplinary and historical, bringing knowledge from many other fields to help solve problems. Geoscientists investigate conti nents. oceans, and the atmosphere. and emphasize both rhe processes rhat have changed lnd are changing the earth through time and the results of those processes, such as rocks and sediments. Our ['lst-ris ing human population is dependent upon the earth for food, water, shelter and energy and mineral resources.

Study in the geosciences requires creativity and the ability to in tegrate. Geologists observe processes and products in the field and in the laboratory, merge diverse data, develop reasoning skills that apply through geologic time and create and interpret maps. The field goes beyond pure research science, and includes applied topics l ike the relationships of natural events such as earthquakes and volcanoes with human societies.

The Deparrment of Geosciences recognizes that it is no longer sufficient JUSt to have knowledge of the ['lcts of the field; successful students must have quanti tative skills and be able to

communicate clearly through writing and speaking. Laboratory

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

83

Page 86: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

III (1)

V

C

41

V III o III

'"

84

experiences are an integral part of all courses. Many courses involve the use of microscopes, including the department's scanning elecrron microscope. Computers are used in mosr courses to help srudents understand fundamental phenomena, obrain current informarion, and communicate results. Field rrips are included in many courses.

Pacific Lutheran University is located at the lead ing edge of wesrern North America, in the Puget Lowland, between the dramaric scenery of the Olympic Mountains and the Cascade Range. Pierce County has diverse geology, which is reflected in elevations that range from sea level to more than 1 4 ,000 feet.

Geosciences graduates who elect to work after completing a FLU degree are employed by the U.S. Geological Survey, natural resource companies, governm<.:ntal agencies, and private-sector geo technical and environmental consul ting firms. Graduates who combine geosciences with education are employed in primary and secondary education .

Careers in geosciences often require post-graduate degrees. Many B.S. majors have been successful at major research graduare schools.

FACULTY: Whlrman, Chair, Benh�un, Foley, Lowes, McKenney.

DEGREE OFFERINGS The BachllUJr ofSci.ence degree is intended as a pre-professional degree, for srudents interested in graduate school or working in geosciences. The Bachelor of Arts degree is the minimum preparation appropriate for the field and is best combined with other degree programs, such as majors in social sciences or the m inor in Environmental Srudies.

The department strongly recommends that all students complete MATH 140 or higher before enrol ling in 300-level and higher courses in geosciences. Students should also note that upper­division courses are offered on a two-year cycle. Early declaration of majors or minors in geosciences wil l facilirate development of individual programs and avoid scheduling conflicrs.

All courses taken for the major musr be completed with a grade of C- or higher.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MAJOR - 42 to 44 semester hours in Geosciences; courses ro include: • One course from GEOS 1 0 1 , 1 02, 1 03 , 1 04 , 1 05 or 1 06

EO 20 1 , 324, 325, 326, 327, 329 and 335 • Plus two courses from GEOS 328, 330, 33 1 , 332, 334 or 350

ne semester hour of S 390 • One semester hour of GE S 498 • Two semester hours ofGEOS 499 • Geologic Field Experience: Students completing the B.S .

degree in G oscience, are required to take a departmentally approved field camp from another college or university (minimum of four semester credit hours). S tudent would normally take this during the summer, after their junior year or after their senior year depending upon their level of preparation . This field experience may be a traditional field geology course or a field-based course in Hydrology, Environmental Geology or eophysics, ere. Srudents must have approval of the department chair before enrolling in the Field Experience.

NectJSary supporting courses illclruie: • CHEM 1 1 5

• PHYS 1 25 , 1 26 ( 1 35 and 1 36 labs) OR PHYS 1 53, 1 54 and labs

• MATH 1 5 1 and either MATH 1 52 or CSCE 1 20 • At least one additional CH M course is recommended for

preparation for graduate school • BIOL 323 and additional courses are recommended when

paleontology is a major interest

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR - 32 seme.lter hours i n Geosciences courses include: • GE S 20 1 • P lus ar least two lower-d.ivision from GEOS 1 0 1 , 1 02,

1 03 , 1 04 , 1 0 5 , 1 06 • Eight semester hours from G E 324, 325, 326, 327, 329 • Eight semest e r homs from GEOS 328, 330, 33 1 , 332. 334,

335, 350 • One semester hour of GE S 390 • One semester hour of G E S 498 • Two semester hours of GEOS 499 • Geologi Field Experience : Students completing the B.A.

degree in Geosciences are recommended to take a departmentally approved field camp from another college or university. Students would normally take this during the summer, after their junior year or after their senior year depending upon their level of preparation. This field experience may be a tradi tional field geology course or a

field-based course in Hydro logy, Environmental Geology or Geophysics, ete. Sruden ts must have approval of the department chair before enrol ling in the Field Experience.

• Required supporting courses include: CHEM 1 04 , 1 1 5 • Options reflect a srudent's in rerests and are discussed with

an advisor

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCAIION See Schoo! of Education.

MINOR 20 semester hours of courses in Geosciences, completed with grade of C or higher.

Required: GEOS 2 0 1 and at least three upper division courses (a minimum of eight upper-divis ion semester hours).

DEPARTMENTAL HONORS Tn recognition of outsranding work the designation with Departmental Honors may be granted to Bachelor of Science graduares by a vote of the faculty of rhe Deparrment of Geosciences, based upon the student's performance in these areas:

A. COIl1'se work: The grade point average in geoscience courses must be at least 3.50.

B. Written work: From the time a srudent declares a major in geosciences, cop ies of outstanding work (e.g., laborarory reports, poster presentations , written reports) will be kept for later summary evaluation.

C. Oral com,mmication; Students must evidence ability to communicate efh�ctivdy as indicated by the sum of their participation in class discussions, seminars, help so ions, and reaching ass israntship work.

D. Other activities: Positive considerations for honors include involvement in the department, doing independent

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

a

r· g 1 c

( A

Page 87: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

research, geoscience-related employment, and participation in professional organiz.arions.

Course Offerings - Geosciences (GEOS)

FaD

Jilnuary Term Spring

Summer - AlteniRk �ars

GEOS 10J: Our Changing Plallet - NS, SM . ploration of earth systems, including cycles in and connecrions

among the:: lithosphere, hydrosphere, aunosphere and biosphere. Discussion of changes in and human impacts to these systems that have taken place through time. Includes labs and field trips. (4)

GEOS 102: GtmO'itl Oceanography - NS, SM Oceanography and it relationship 10 other fields; physical, cnemiCll. biological, climatic, and geological aspects of the sea. Includes labs and field trips. (4)

GEOS 103: EarthtpUlk�s, Volcal1oes. nrul Geo/Qgic lfAurds - NS, SM Study of the geologic environment and its relationshi p ro humans, with emphasis on geologic features and processes that create hazards when encroached upon by human activity, including earthquakes, volcmic eruptions, landslides and avalancheS, and \olutions to problems created by these hazards. Includes labs and field trips. (4)

GEOS 104: Conservation of Natural &sources - NS, SM Principles and problems of public and private stewardship of our resources with special reference to the Pacific Northwest. I ncludes labs and field trips. (Cross-listed with ENVf 1 04.) (4)

GEOS 105: Meteorology - NS, SM A full, balanced, and up-to-dare coverage of the basic principles of meteorology. Examination of the impacts of severe weather on humans and lht: nvironment. Includes labs. (4)

GEOS 106; Geol-Ogy of National Parks - NS Srudy of the signific.ant geologic features, processes, and history as illustrated by selected auona! Parks. Relationship between human history and geology and the impact of geology on our lives will be included. (4)

GEOS 201: GeokJgic Pri,u:iples - NS, SM A survey of geologic processes as they apply to the evolution of the North American continent, including the i nteraction of humans with the.ir geologic environment. Students parricipate actively in classes that i ntegrate laboratory and field study of roc ' , minerals, fossils, maps and environmental aspects of geology and emphasize developing basic skills of geologic inquity. This course meets state "ducation certification requirements for content in physical and historical geology. Includes labs and field trips. (4)

GEOS 324: Igneous Petrology - NS, SM Applied and theoretical srudy of the genesis, nature, and

distriburion of igneous rocks, at microscopic to global scales. Includes labs. Prerequisites: GEOS 20 1 . 326, or consent of instructor. (2)

GEOS 325: Structllral Geology - NS, SM The form and spatial relationships of various rock masses and an introduction to rock deformation; consideration of basic processes to understand mountain building and continental formatio n; laborator)' emphasizes practical techniques which enablt: srudents to analyze regional structural patterns. Includes labs. Prerequisite: GEOS 201 Ot consent of instrucror. (4)

GEOS 326: Optical Minerawgy - NS, SM Theory and practice of mineral studies using the petrographic microscope, including immersion oil techniques, production of thin sections, and determination of minerals by means of their optical properties. Includes labs. Prerequisite: EOS 20 1 or consent of instrucror. (2)

GEOS 327: Stratigraphy and Sedimentation - NS, SM Formational principles of surface-accumulated rocks, and their incorporation in the stratigraphic record. This subject is basic to field mapping and strucrural interprerat ion. includes labs. Prerequisite: GEOS 20 1 or consent of instructor. (4)

GEOS 328: PIlU011l0Wgy - NS, SM A systematic study of the fossil record, combining principles of evolutionary dt:velopment, paleohabitats and preservation, with practical experience of specimen identificarion. Includes labs. PTt!7V!lfUisite: GEOS 20 1 or consent of instructor. (4)

GEOS 329: Metamorphic Petrowgy - NS, SM Consideration of the mineralogical and ltxtural changes that rocks undergo during orogenic episodes, including physical­chemical parameters of the environment as deduced from experimental studies. Includes labs. Pre'IY'luisites: G EOS 20 1 , 326 or consent of instructOr. (2)

GEOS 330: Maps: Images of the Earth - NS, SM Maps as a basic tOol for communicating spatial information. An introduction to cartographic pri nciples, processes and problems, with emphasis on selection, presentation and interpretation uf information. Includes discussions of tOpographic maps, Global Positioning Systems, digital maps, remotely sensed images and aerial photographs. Includes labs. Prerequisite: Previous science (geosciences preferred) or consent of instructor. (4)

GEOS 33J: Maps: Comptlter-aUkd Mapping and Analysis Computer-based Geographic Information Systems, digital maps, and data sources. The creation, interpretation, and analys� of digital maps from multiple data sources. Analysis of spatial information from sciences, social sciences, and humanities ming sets of digital maps. Includes labs. Prerequisite: Previous science (geoscience preferred), math or computer science course or consent of instrLlCtOr. GEOS 330 or familiarity with maps recommended. (4)

GEOS 332: Geomorphology Study of the processes that shape the Earth's surface with emphasis on the effects of rock type, geologic structure, and climate on the formation and evolution of landforms. Includes labs. Prerequisite: GEOS 20 1 or consent of instructOr. (4)

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

(I) ::s n (I) '"

85

Page 88: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

C ::::II

+-' ... o � �

o c o

• c ra E

86

,

GEOS 334: Hydrogeology - NS, SM Study of the: hydrologic cyde, investigating SurE1CC and groundwater flow, resource evJlu,uioll and deve/opmt'm, weUs, water quality and geothermal resource:;. fmphasi� on water problem in the Pugcr Sound area, with additional example;<; from diverse geologic environment�. Include labs. Prerequisite: GEOS 201 or consem 0 i n�rructor. (4)

GEOS 335: Geophysirs - NS SM Study of the physical nature of the earth, its properties and p rocesses, employing techniques from seismology, heat flow, gravity, magnerism, and elec:rrical .: nduCtivi ty. Emphasis on understanding the eanh's formation, � t ruC[urc, and plate tecronics proces�es as wdl as gtophysi.:al exploration techniques. Includes labs. Prerequuites: ,EOS 20 I . one: semester of calculus. physics (high-school-level or above), or consent of instrucror. (4)

GEOS 350: Marine Geology - NS, SM Study of the 70% of the e. rrh beneath the ocean�, focusing on the extensive discoveries " f the past few dccades. Emphasis on ma.rine sediments, 'edimemary processes, plate tecronic p rocesses, and the historical geology of the ocean s. Includes labs . Prerequisite: C EO 1 02, or 20 I , or consent of instructor. (4)

GEOS 390: HelJ Trip - No Field and on-campus �(lJdy of major geo l ogic ,ite.s in weStern U.S. Trips take p lace duri!lg spring bl't'3k or at end of spring semeHer. Prerequisite: G EOS 20 I or consent of instructor (300-

level geology courses preferred). ( I )

GEOS 491: hldept!'1U!ent Studies luvesrigation or research i n :lr.a.' of special i m�rC$t not covered by regular courses. Requires regular supe.rvision by a landty member. ( 1--4)

GEOS 495: llltenuhip (l to 12)

GEOS 497: ResellrCb Experimental or theotetical inve tigation, in dose cooperation with a faculty member. Open to upper-division students. ( 1 --4)

GEOS 498; Seminar - NS Discussion of professional p pers and introduCtion to directed research for the Capstone project. Required of all majors in their senior year. December graduates should complete tbe sequence (498-499) in thei r final ful l year. ( I )

GEOS 499: (,'apstone: Seminar - SR Culminating experience a pplying geological methods and theory through original l i terature or field or laboratory research under thc guidance of a faculty men tor, with written 'll1d oral presentation of results. Required of all majors in their senior year. Prerequisite: CEO, 498 . (2)

German

To view cun'iculum alld cOline rCCJf;irements, please go to Dq){lrtment o('Lflnglltlges 6- Literature, page 96.

Global Education Opportunities

253. 5 .� 5 .7577

www.plu.edll/ � wangetr

PLU is committed to a vibrant array of global educational opportunities, l inked ro its mission and vision of educaring to achieve a J USt, heal thy, sustainable, and peaceful world.

Both on- and off-campus opportunities abound. Academic majors and minors p rovide on-camp Wi study of global issues such as development, global resources and uade, and human rights as well as specific cul tu res and societies. Departmenta.l courses and multidisci pl i nary programs are described in detail in their respectilre sections of this catalog. Please. notc among others the offerings in anthropology, history, international business (under business), languages and l i teratures, pol itical science, and the following multidiscip l inary programs� the Americas, Chinese studies, environmental studies, global studies, ,md Scandinavian studies.

Off-campus programs span the globe and [he calendar. I'LU encourages majors i n all fields to participate i n off-campus study -for a January term, scmester, academic year, or summer term. The following oudine suggests the types of programs available ro undergraduates; consult the \X/ang Center for International Programs for comprehensive and more detailed information.

FEATURED PROGRAMS

Clnt/A Offered every fal l semeSter, this study away program is based at Sichuan University i n Chengdu. The curriculum is centered around Chinese culture and language, business, and global srud­ies courses and includes unique study travel opporrunities -i ncluding an educationa.l excursion to Tiber. Service learning assignments and pan-time international internships provide opportunities to apply knowledge gained ill the classroom . Smdcnts may arrange to spend the ful l year at Sichuan University. No prior Chinese language study is required. Students carn up to 1 7 semester credit hours.

Engl.nlld Located in thc Bloomsbury istricr, this program - offered every fal l <lnd spring rerm - uses London as its classroom. Students explore the ci ty's. exceptional resources through an interdiscipl i­nary study of l iterature, hisrory, poli tical science, [heater, and an. Academic and cultural le<lrn ing is enhanced through extensive co-curricular activities, weekend study rours, l iving with a British family, and optional service learning. S tudents e:J.rn up to I G semester credit hours.

/lIternatiomJ huenuhips PLU offers i nternship opportunities to selected locations around the globe, providing students the chance to apply their on-cam­pus curriculum in an i nternational work setting. International internships c<ln be completed concurrently with a study away program (depending OIl the study away fo rmat and location) or independently with supporting university couc,ework. Every year PLU students explore career poss ibi l i ties and enhance their ski l ls by completing semester-long internships in England, Namibia, and beyond.

P LU 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

F f

to

[ d A

1 ]a

Page 89: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

JanUAry Term Every january a wide variery of off-campus "j-term" courses led by PLU faculty take srudents around rhe globe to destinations ranging from N ah Bay to New Zealand. In january 2006, PLU received national attention when it became rhe first U.S. university to have students studying on aU seven continents at the same time. Nearly 400 students participate ann ually in these intt'nsive .I -term learning experiences, which fulfil l many degree requirements. The application process occurs during the preceding spring semester, with remain ing openings filled during summer and early fal l . See the Wang Center website for current offerings: www.plu.edulwangcenterlclUalog.

Mexico Designed for advanced Spanish language srudents with an intere t in Latin American Studies and offered in fal l semester, PLU's newest program - based in Oaxaca - explores the intersection of development, cu[tute, and social change through the lens of the dynamic and evolving context of contemporary Mexico. Student learning is deepened through home stays, educational excursions, and the opportunity for academic internships. Prerequisites: complerion of Spanish 202 (30 1 preferred) . Students earn up to 1 G semester credit hours.

Norway Based at Hedmark University oilege i n Hamar, this fal l term program begins wirh an orientation in Oslo, Norway. All cours­es are taught in Eng[ish . Student learning focuses on Norway's democratic model and its successful implementation glo bally with respect to aid for developing countries and conflict resolu­tion. Field study experience and research papers allow for analy­sis and reflection on a topic related to the student's academic area. PLU's i nnovative tripanite relationships with insti turions in Norway and Namibia afford students unique comparative [earning opportuni ties. No prior orwegian language study is required. Srudents earn up to 1 6 semester credit hours.

Spai" Students take upper-intermediate and advanced level Spanish at the Cemro de Lenguas Modernas at rhe University of Granada. Wirh i ts Moorish past, rich cultural heritage, and natural beauty, Granada provides an excellent serring to build Spanish language skills. The program is offered every fall and spring semester. Prerequisites: completion of Spanish 202 for fal l term; comple­tion of Spanish 3 0 1 for spring term. Students earn up to 1 G semester credi t hours in the fall and up to 1 8 in rhe spring, which includes .I-term.

Tal1Za1lia With a focus on post-colonial issues in Tanzania and Africa, rhe program begins in late-July with an in-depth orientation at Arusha and basic training in the Swahili language. Through [ec­tures by local experts, visits to rural and wildl ife areas, and tClChing conversational English to school children, students lVork to develop an understanding of this region of rhe world. During fal l semesrer, students select three or four courses from the wide offerings available at the Universiry of Dar es Salaam. Al[ universi ty courses are raughr in Eng[ish. Studenrs earn up to 16 semester credit hours.

Trinidad and Tobago January to mid-May, this study away program provides studenrs

with unique opportunities to explore the islands and learn about the varied heritages of rhe country's mul ticultural society. During January students rake a core course, which varies from year to year, and begin preparations for the Carnival celebrarion. From February ro mid-i\'lay srudents rake a second core course, Caribbean Culture and Society, and choose two addirional courses from the regular offeri ngs at the University of the West Indies. Because of the direct enrollment feature at UWI, this program is suirable for a wide variety of academic majors and minots including srudies in the natural sciences. Students earn up to 1 8 semester credit hours.

OTHER PROGRAMS

Sponsored ProgrnT1U Hundreds of PLU studen[S participate i n the featured programs l isted above every year. However, sometimes a student's particu­lar academic goals are better served by a different program. Through collaborative partnerships wirh other universities and agreement wirh study abro3.d program providers, PLU offers an array of semes ter-long study away programs with courses in a wide variety of academic disciplines. Short-term study away pro­grams are also available during the summer months. PLU awards academic credit for approved programs and locations. For details call the \X1ang Center for International Programs at 2 53-535-7577. Or, visit rhe on-line study away catalog at www.plu.edulwnngcenterlcatalog.

Non-spo1lSored Programs Oppo rtunities to study abroad are made available through many other organizations and colleges in the United States. Some U.S. students choose to enroll direcdy in an overseas university. In these cases, special arrangements must be made in advance for appropriate credit transfer. PLU financial aid is not applicable.

Academic P!A1l1ling for Study Away With appropriate planning, it is possible for qualified srudents in almost any major to successfuJly incorporare srudy away into rheir degree plans. Prior to srudying off-campus on semester or yearlong programs and on shorr-rerm sponsored programs, stu­denrs work with their academic advisors ro determine how courses taken and credits earned will fit with [heir academic goals and transfer back ro PLU. Using a pre-depanure academic planning worksheet, the student's intended course of study is documented, approved by the appropriare academic chair, and flIed with tbe Wang Center.

Application Process Because off-campus study requires an addirional level of inde­pendence and the abi l i ty ro adapt to other cultures, the applica­tion, selection, and pre-departure review process is rigorous and includes a comprehensive evaluation of student records. Applicarions for off-campus srudy must be pre-approved by rhe university. Students musr submit applications to the Wang Center by the relevant appl ication deadline, which is typically six to twelve months prior to the program start dare.

Application materials include, bur are not l imited ro, an official tranKript, an essay, teners of recommendation, and an applica­tion fee. Consul t wirh the Wang Center for application require­ments and deadlines by calling 2 53-535-7577 or visiting the web site at wluw.plll.edulwangcenter. The university reserves

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

"

o

C" Q.I

m

C. C n Q.I ...

o "C

"C

o ... ... C

87

Page 90: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

• III (II

c: ::J

-� o Q. Q.

o c o -� \J ::I

"0 W

� .c o

88

the right ro decline an application for off-campus study andlor to cancel the parLicipation of an accepted student before depar­ture or during the program.

Grading Policy and Credits Studen s participating on approved study away programs rece ive PLU credit and tener grades for rheir coursework. Courses, cred­its and grades are recorded on the l'LU transcript. However, study away grades are only calculated into the PLU G.P.A. for courses taught by PLU faculty and for students graduating w ith honors and in the School of Business. Study away courses are not pas.Hail.

Program Costs 1I11a Finll1lcilll Aid Financial aid ma be appl ied to all PLU approved programs. This includes Stare and Federal financial aid (with the except ion of work study), univers i ty grants and scholarships, and government loans. \Xfh ile abroad, students continue to be bi l led by PLU and are expected to maintain their payment plan arrangements. Tui tion remission benefits apply to the cost of study away tuition on PLU approved programs, but not to housing and meal charges. Tuition �xchange benefits apply only to the tuition component of these PLU-directed programs: Norway, hina. Mexico, Trin idad, and International Internships. Tuition exchange benefits do not apply to any other study awa programs offered through third parry providers, con orria, etc.

Grllnu for Global Involvement The \'(Iang Cen ter for International Programs awards grants on a competitive basis to students in terested in advanced research and experiential learning in a global c mext, building on previous international exper ience.

POIf-gradUlltio1l Opportunities PLU graduates pursue their global in terests in many ways after they complete their degrees. These include Fulbright awards, Rotary scholarships, and Wang Teaching Fellowships in China. Contact the Wang Center at 253-535-7577 for more details.

Global Studies

253.535 .7662 www.plll.edl.; �g/st

h labal Studies Program aims to encourage and enable students ro achieve global l iteracy defined as a multidisciplinary approach to contending perspectives on global problems, thei r historical origins, and their possible solutions. To this end, the

lobal Studie s program offers courses and experiences designed to equip students with the factual knowledge and analytical skills necessary to comprehend, and engage with, foundational questions of global analysis (e.g., rhe commonali ties and variations be[\veen human cultures), identifiable global themes (e.g . • \var and peace, economic development, globalization and trad • environmental sustainabil ity) , and the specifics of particular conremporary global problems (e.g., regional conflicts, weapons proliferation, environmental degradation, movement for poli tical in tegration and autonomy, the AIDS crisis) .

COURSE OF STUDY Students elect ing the Global Studies major are required to declare a primary major before they declare a Global Studies major. No more than [\vo courses (eight semcster hours) can be taken in any one discipline to fulfill the requirements for the issue concentration for the Global Studies major. In addition, students may nor apply more:: than [\vo courses (eight semester hours) from each other major or minor.

FACULTY: The G lobal Studies omminee administets rh is

program: St. lair, Chair, Cotten , Crawford, Hames, Manfredi, Martinez-Carbajo, Nosaka.

MAJOR REQUIREMENTS

A. Global Studies Core - 16 semester huurs l . ANTI-l/HIS1 /POLS 2 1 0: Global Perspectives - The

World in hange (4)

2. Select [\Vo cour es from the fol lowing rhre : • ANTH 1 02 : In troduction to Human C Itural

Diversity (4) CON I l l : Principles of Microeco nomics:

Globa.! and Environmental (4) • H IST 2 1 5 : Modern WorLd H istory (4)

3. GLST 499: Research Seminar (four semester hours)

B. Issru Arell Co1lt�er'tratiolu - 16 semesrer hours Four courses must be taken from one of the five concentrations outl ined below. At least three of the four courses counted toward a concc:n trarion must be at the 300 level or higher.

C. Langruzge Students must demonstrate proficicnLl' in a language relevant to their coursework nd at a level onsistent with Option 1 of the Colle of Arts and Sciences foreign language requirement. This may be accompl ished through a

proficiency examination or through tbe equivalent of 1 6 semester hours o f coursework.

D. Ojf-Campus Study Component M ajors are required ro participate in an off-campus study program overseas. While abroad students must earn eight semester hours of credit related to the global studies core or the student's global studies concenaation. At least four credits must be related directly to the student's global studies concentration. For example, this study abroad requi rement could be met by taking [\"0 appropriate J-rerm courses, or by eight semester hours of appropriate coursework taken during a semester abroad. nguage study coursework does not necessarily count for tbis requirement; coursework must deal with the contemporary world and its issues. Obtaining prco-approva l for credi t is encouraged. Local internships related to an area concentration and involving a cross-cultural serting may be allowed in exceptional circumstances. The Global rudies chair must approve except ions.

E. Senior Research Project The senior project i, a genera l univcr; it)' requirement in all programs and majors. Students wiil normally sat isfy this requirement by completing a research project or paper in GLST 499.

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 91: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

MINOR REQUIREMENTS - 20 semester hours

l . AN I 'HfHI STfl' LS 2 1 0; Global Perspectives - The Worid in Change (4)

2, Se.lcct one course From the following three: • ANTI-! 1 02 : Incroduction to Human Cultural

Diversiry (4) • ECON I l l : Pri ncip les of lvf icroeconomics: Global

and nvironmenG1.1 (4) • H1ST 2 1 5 : ivlodern World History (4)

3. Three co urses in one oncenrration, at least two must be at the .)00 level or higher.

Srudems must cake one semeSter of 200-level college coursework in a foreign language or demonstrate equivalen t proficiency.

Studenrs must take at least four credit hours of study abroad

coursework rdared to the contemporary world and its issues . For ex:unple, one appropriate January Term U-Term) course that would apply tow:trd me srudem's c )[lcentr:ltion.

CONCENTRA110NS·

A. Dev�lop11l(mt arId Social Jmtiu Cou.,.,�s: ECON 333: Economic Development : Comparative

Third World Strategies (4) NGL 233. P M-Colonial Literature (4)

H I T 335: Ceillral America and the Caribbean: History and Developmen t (4)

HJ5T 40; Mod rn Japan (4) !NTC 244: Post-Colonial Issues (4) INTC 245: 1 iSlory ant! Pe pect ives on Development (4) POLS 380: Pol itics of Global Development (4) SOG 362: Famil ies in the Americas (4) SPAN 30 1 : Advanced rammar and Com pos ition

(when crosslisted wi t h International ore)(4) sr.!\! . 322: Latin American Culture and

Civilization (4)

B. Rl!spons�s 10 llItenuttio,ud Vio/n,ce and Conflict Courses: ANTH 75: Law, Polirics, and Revolution (4) COM .'104: I ntercultural Communication (4) COMA 340: C{)nfiict and Communicatioo (4) fNTC 32 : Quest for GI ,bal Justice (4) POLS 3.3 1 : I nre.rnariona l Relarions (4) PO 332: international .onflict Resolution (4) PO LS 4 1 : A lvanced lnrern:nional Relations (4) REU 230; Rdigion and Culture (When rhe topic

is: Religion, Vi Itnct: and Colonialism) (4)

C. World Health Cou.rses: ANTH 380: Sickness, Madness, He-J.lth (4) ECON 323: Healrh Ec.onomic� (4) fNTC 242: Popul. ri n, Hu nger, and Poverty (4) PHED 362; Healing .'\rrs(4) RELl 230: Rel igion and Culwrc (When the ropic

is: ReligIon , Heal ing, arrd the Body) (4)

D. Globalisulcion and Trade Coursu: ANTH 377: M nty. Power and Exchange (4)

BUSA 20 I: Value Creation in the Global Environment (4)

BUSA 352: G lobal Managt:ment (3) BUSA 408: International Busine1;s Law and Ethics (.3) BUSA 460: International Marketing (3) COMA 393: ommunicarion Abroad: Studies

in Culture (4) ECON 33 1 : I n ternational Economics (4) POLS 347 : Pol itical Economy (4) POLS 38 1 : Comparative Legal Systems (4) POLS 383: Modern European Politics (4)

E. Trannuztional Movetnmts Imd Cull7lrai Divert;ty Courses: ANTH 330: Native North Americans (4) ANTH 360: Erhnic Groups (4) At'1TH 387: pecial Topics in Anrhropology (When

the topic is: First Nations) (4) ENGL 232: Women Writers of rhe Americas (4) ENG L 343: Voices of Diversity: Post-Colonial

Literature and Theory (4) F REN 22 1 : French Literature and Films of the

Americas (4) FREN 30 I : Advanced Grammar and Composition

(When cross-l isted with the International Core) (4) GERM 30 1 : Advanced Grammar and Composition

(\"Xfhen cross-listed with the International Core) (4) HIST 344: Andean H is tory (4) PSYC 335: Cultural Psychology (4) S PAN 34 1 : Latino Experienc.e in the US (4) RELI 227: Christian Theology (When the ropi I :

Theologies of Liberation and Democracy) (4) RElI 230: Religion and Culture (When the topic is:

Rel igion and Cul ture in Indian Country) (4)

·Students may petition the Chair of Global Studies for the inclusion of courses that meet issue concentration requirements but rhat are nor taught regularly enough ro be listed here.

Cour�e Offerin s - Global Studies (GlST)

GLST 495: Internship A project, usually undertaken dUiing a study-abroad ex.perience and superv ised by a PLU faculty member, rhat combines fIeld experience, research, and writing on issues related to the studen t's issue concentration in Global Srudics. Local internships that involve transnational issues and constituencies will also be considered. Pnreqlluite; Prior consent of the chair of the Global Studies ommirtee and of the supervising PLU faculty member. (4)

GLST 499: CapJtonel R�SUlrch Se'm;lJ.dr - SR Required of all students majoring in iobal Studies, this is a capstone seminar rhat culminates in the writing of an extensive research paper. �r�quisite: ANTHfHISTf POLS 2 1 0. (4)

Greek

To view curriculum and course requirements, pleasl' go to Department o.f'Languages 6- Literature, page 98.

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

VI ... c: c.. I'D 11\

89

Page 92: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

>. ... o

.... 11'1

c:::: o

90

Health Education

To tlieU! curricubml requirements, please go to School of Physical Education, page 122.

Course Offerin s - Health Education (HEED) __

__

_ _

HEED 262: Big Fat Lies - A Investigation of body weight as both a source of social prejudice and as a health issue. Issues of body image, social expectations and ideals, and discrimination are addressed in the first half and ropics such as metabolism, dieting, heart disease, diabetes and cancer are addressed as they relate to obesity in the second half. (4)

HEED 266: Food mId Health (Fall 2006) Examination of the role of dietary choices in the maintenance of health and prevention of disease. Topics covered include: basic nutritional science, food se/ecrion/menu planning, lifespan nurrition, energy balance, sports nurrition, and nutritional analysis rools. (2)

HEED 266: Nutrition, Health & Performam:e An examination of the role of dietary choices in the maintenance of health, the prevention of disease and the optimizing of physical performance. Topics covered include: consumer nutrition skills, basic nutrients and nutritional science, energy balance, sporr and performance nutrition including the use of supplements and ergogenic aids. lifespan nutrition. global nutrition and food safety. (4)

HEED 281: Injury Prevention and Thl!Ttlpeutic Care Prevention, treatment, and rehabilitation of all common injuries sustained in athletics; physical therapy by employment of electriciry, massage, exercise, light, ice, and mechanical devices. (2)

HEED 292: First Aid Meets requirements for the American Red Cross Standard First Aid and Personal Safety. (2)

HEED 295: School Health (Fa.ll 2006) Examination of the integrated nature of comprehensive school health programs. Attent.ion is given to curriculum development and teaching straregies for health content, as well as the importance of creating a healthy school environment for learning. (2)

HEED 360: ProfessiolUll Practicum Students work under the supervision of a coach, teacher, recreation supervisor, or health care provider. Prenquisite: Departmental approval . ( l or 2)

HEED 365: The Agi"g Experience: Worlds of Differcmce - A The way in which people's location in the social sysrem, the historical periods they live during, and their personal biographies shape the aging experience. Students will learn how these influences may affect rheir lives and those with whom they work. (4)

HEED 366: Health Psychology (Fall 2006) Integration of the study of biological fi.lI1ctioning o f r.he human

body with the psychology of human behavior. Topics to be covered include: stress and iLlness, pain perception and management, emotional f.'lctors in the prevention. development and treatment of chronic disease, mental health, and death and dying. (3)

HEED 366: Health Psycbology This course examines how human physiology and psychology interact and influence personal health choices and behavior change. Topics surveyed include behavior change models; nicotine, alcohol and drug use and abuse; stress and stress management; psychological factors in the prevemion, development and treatment of chronic disease; death and dying. (4)

HEED 382: bzjury Prevention-Advanced An advanced study in the recognition and treatment of specific athletic injuries and vulnerable body structures. with emphasis on evaluation, modali ties of treatment, rehabllitation, and current issues. Prerequisite: H EED 28 1 . (2)

HEED 395: Comprebensive School Health This course explores the imcgrated nature of comprehensive school health programs. Students will usc their health knowledge and resources to effectively communicate essentiaI health content with an emphasis placed on environmental health, intentional and unintentional injury prevention, consumer health and sexuality education. The course addresses program planning, implementation and evaluation based on the needs of the learner. Prerequisites: PHED 279. HEED 266 and HEED 366. (4)

HEED 425: Healtb PrmnotionlWeliness Intervention Strategies Examination of strategies for improving the state of well ness through healthier lifesryles. (2)

HEED 491: Independent Studies Prerequisite: consent of the dean. ( 1 -4)

HEED 495: Internship - SR Pre-professional experiences closely related to student's career and academic i nterests. Prerequisites: Declaration of major, sophomore status, and 1 0 hours in the major. (2-8)

HEED 499: Capstone: Senior Seminar - SR (2-4)

History

253.535.7595 www.plu.edul�bistory

Through the study of history at Pacific Lutheran Universiry students gain an understanding and appreciation of the historical perspective. Opportunities for developing analytical and interpretative skills are provided through reselrch and writing projects, internships, class presentations, and study tours. The practice of the historical method leads students off campus to their hometowns, to Europe or China or the American West, and to communiry institutions. both private and public. The department emphasizes individual advising in relation to both self-directed studies and regular courses. The universiry library holdings include significant collections in American, European, and non-Western history. Career outlets for majors and minors

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

j }

( I A f.

Page 93: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

either direl! or upportive in busi ness law, teachi ng. pub l ic service, new med ia , and other occupations.

FACULTY: . icksen, Chflil'; Benson, Carp, DiStef:!no, Halvorson. H a mes, Kang, Kraig" bania.

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR Min imu m of 3:! �em Stt'r hours. includ ing: • FOll r semester hours - American field • Four semester hours - ropean field • Four ,em ster hours - non-Western field.

Students are 0. eeted to work closely with the depa rrment's Faculry advi ors [0 insure the most personal ized programs and instructio p sible.

Majors are urged to meet the foreign language requirement of the �ollege of Ar� and .:im es under either Option I or Opt ion I ! .

Th e mJj rs who arc preparing ror pub l ic school teaching can m el th l h i story requirement by enrol ling in H istory 460.

All majors are required to nke four semester hours of historical methods and :::arch and four semester hours of seminar cred it .

om pietion of rhe sem inar course satisfies the core requirement for a senior semi nar/project.

For the major at leJSt 16 semester hOllrs m us t be comp lered at PLU, i ncluding HIST 30 1 and 494 or 496 or 497.

MINOR • 20 ... em ster h )urs wi th a minimum of 1 2 from courses

numb 'red above 300. • The minor in histOry t:mphasizes a program focus and a

program plan, which is arranged by the s tudent in , 1lS1IIrarion wim a departmenta l advisor.

• For rhc minor at 1= 1 2 ,<!mcster hours must be completed at PLU, inclull i ng eight of urper-division courses.

BACHEWR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION See Schoof of &iIlCfltioll.

Course Offerin.�--,..:=.:.::..:..<-J..:":'=-'-' _________ _

Courses iil the epartment of H is tory are offered in the fol lowi ng fields:

American Field H IST 25 1 , 252 , 253, 294. 305 , 352 , 355, 356, 357, 359, 38 1 , 4 5 1 . 46� 461 . 47 1 , 494

European Field I I I T i07, 1 08. 32 1 , 322, 3 3, 324, 325, 328, 329, 332, 334, 360, 364 , 497

Ntm- Western Field HIST 1 09, 05, 2 1 0, 2 1 5 , 220, 23 1 . 1 0, 335, 336, 337. 338, 339. 340,

_�.,..---,,...,..--__ --==-44 . .3 ' 0, 4�9,.::6-;--;::-:-�=-=-____ _ Ail Fields K IST :\0 1 . 40 1 , . ....:.:...:��

HIST 107: History of West� Civilization - S1 Analysis of i nstitut ions ,In ideas of s leeted civilizations. Mesopotamia, E pr, the Hebrews. ,reece, Rome, th" rise of

hrist ian it)', and Medieval Europe. (4)

HI. T 108: History of Wes:terll Civilization - SI ,-\nalysi$ uf institutions and ideas of selected civili7�1tions. Europe from .he Rcnai>SaIlct (0 rhe present . (4)

HlST 109: Emt Asia" Societies - C, S1 A h istorical overview of the rraJirional cultures, traditions, and l ives of rhe people of" China and Japan . Discus. ion of the l ives of peasan ts, emperors, merchants. and w"rriors in each sociery. (4)

HIST 205: Mamie Middle Emt 10 1945 - C, S1 An inrrodllctory sU[V<'Y co ur.e on the histOr of the M iddle East from the time of Muham mad in the 7th cenmry through \'Vorld War I ! . (4)

HlST 21 0: Global Pers-pemfJes: The WorU in Change - C. S1 A survey of gl bal issu : modernizati n al ld development; economic change and inrernarional trade; diminishing resources; war and revolution; pea � and justice; and cultural diversity. (Although cro s-list d with A..I'\JTH 2 [ 0 and POLS 2 1 0. students may receive h istory credit only when this course is regi (cred as a history class.) (4)

HIST 215: Modem World History - C, S1 Surveys maj r features of the pr i ncipal exisring civili7..atiuns of the world since 1 4S0: East A�ia. India and south rn Asia, the Middle East, Eastern Europe. 'estern civil ization, sub-Saharan Africa, and Lat in America. (4)

HIST 220: Modem !Atm American History - C, 51 I ntroduc tion to modern Latin American hiswry, from 1 8 1 0 ro the presen t. (4)

HIST 231: World �r Two ilJ Cbina andjapa1l1 /931-1945 - C, SI An inrroduction to the cx:pcriencc o f \':V'orld War II on the home (ront in East Asia. Wha t happened in ,hina and Japan during the war yea ? How were the Chi nese and Japanese people mobil ized for war, how did they survive the atroci ries. and how did the widesr � ad use of martial violence al t; r the developmen t of Easr ian soci'tits, cuiLures, and politics? These are some of the questions [har wil! be c flsidered as w construct the history o f WorlJ \'(far [ I in China dnd Japan through a variet), of media i ncl udi ng memt1irs. fihns, scholarly works and conremporary li terature. (4)

HlST 232: Tibet in Fact ami Fiction - C, S1 The his tOry oFTibet, '>mphasizing fibet's r lati nsh ip with China and the Wes t . How have outsiders imagi ned Tiber, and how have stereotype!; affected intc:tn tional relationships? Students will explore tht pr�sent cri is s! rnmi ng fr rn hi na's occupation of Tibet, and al tl confront the powers of myt h , rhe emcrg nee of China as a world power. and the agonies of globalization. (4)

HIST 251: OJ/OIl;al American History - SI The history of \ hat became the nitcd -taleS, from the settlement of A meri ca ro the:: de non of Thomas Jefferson as rhe th ird President of the Uailed Stare in 1 800. It wi l l pay particul ar anen tion to t1uee periuds - the years of settlement, the era of ad justment to an imperial system around the turn of rhe 1 8th cen tury, and the: revolt against that system in the second half of the 1 8rh century. which cu l m inated in the creation of the American union phasizes certain themes: rhe origins of racism and slav,ry, the courst: of the rel igious impu lse in an i ncreasinglv secularized �ociety, and final ly, the ideological and constitutional aansltion from roy:!l government and the rights of Engl ish men to republ icanism, and popular sovereignty. (4)

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

9 1

Page 94: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

c o

92

HlST 252: 19th-Century American History - S1 rom Jefferson to Theodore Roosevelr; i nrerpreration of era from

social, polirical, economic. and biographical viewpoinrs. (4)

mST 253: 20th-Century American History - S1 Trends and evenrs in domesric and foreign affairs since 1 900; amuence. urban growth. and social conrrasrs. (4)

HlST 294; r"e United Suues Si"ee 1945 - S1 ·elect-·d topics in recem U.S. hisrory such as rhe Cold War. the

Civil Rights M vcmenr. rhe Vietnam War. rhe Women's Movement. Warergate. and the Iran-Contra Affair. Enrollment restricred to firsr-year students and sophomores. (4)

mST 301: InlToductio1l to Hislorit:ai Methods and &seare" - S 1 Focus on hisrorical merhodology. research rechniques. and the writing of hisrory from a wide range of historical primary sources. Required for all hisrory majors before raking rhe senior semin,lr. (4)

mST 305: Slavery in the Americas - A, S1 The compararive hisrory of slavery in Africa. rhe Caribbean. and rhe Americas wirh special arrention ro rhe Unired Srares. Compararive perspectives on Atlanric slave trade. rhe origins of slavery and racism. slave rrearmenr. rhe rise of anrislavery rhoughr. rhe maturarion of planrarion society. slave revoIrs. selecrion cQnflicr and war. and rhe reco nsrruction of society afrer emanciparion. (4)

mST 310: Col/temporary ]npa" - S1 Major domesric. polirical. economic. and socio-cultural developmenrs since 1 945 . Speci:tl ,mention given ro U.S.-Japan inreractions. (4)

mST 321: Gl'fek Civilizmion - S1 The polirical. social. and cultural hisrory of Ancienr Greece from che Btonze Age LO rhe Hellenistic period. Special artenrion to the li rerature. art. and intellectual history of the Greeks. (Cross-listed with CLAS 32 1 . ) (4)

HlST 322: Roman Civilization - S1 The history of Rome from the foundation of the city ro CE 337. rile d th of Con (antine. Emphasis on Rome's expansion over th(' Mediterranean and on its constitutional history. Attention ro rhe rise of Christianity within a Greco-Roman context. (Cross­listed wirh CLAS 322.) (4)

HIST 3.23: The Middle Ages - S1 Europe from the disintegrarion of rhe Roman Empire to l 300; reaJ ing and research in medieval materials. (4)

HlST 324: Rrnaissanee - S1 Europe in an age of transition - 1 300 to 1 500. (4)

mST 325: Rejom,ation - S1 Political and religious crises in rhe 1 6th century: Lutheranism. ZWll1g1ianism. Anglicanism. Anabaptism. Calvinism. Roman Catholic reform; Weber rhesis. the beginni ngs of Baroque arts. (4)

HIST 327: The Vikings - S1 The world of the Vikings; rerritorial expansion; i nteracrion of the Vikings wirh the rcst of Europe. (Cross-lisred with SCAN 327.) (4)

HIST 328: 19th-Century Europe - S1 The expansion of European civilization from 1 800 ro 1 9 1 4. (4)

HIST 329: Europe and the World wars: 1914-1945 - S1 World War i; revolution and return ro "normalcy;" depression and the rise of fascism; World War [ I . (4)

HIST 332: Engkmd: Tudors and Stuarts - S1 Political. social. economic. legal. and cu1tural developments. (4)

HIST 334: Modern GermAny, 1848-1945 - S1 The Revolutions of 1 848 and unification of Germany; Bismarckian and Wilhemian empires; Weimar Republic and the rise of National Socialism; the Third Reich. (4)

HIST 335: Latin AmerU:arJ History: Cemral A",eriw 6- the CaribbeaJ/ - C, S1 Survey of rhe major aspecrs of Central American and Caribbean hisror ' from colonial ro modern times. Use of selected case studies ro illusrrare the region's hisrory. Study in inter-American relarions. (4)

HIST 336: Southern Africa - C, S1 Examinarion of rhe history of pre-colonial African kingdoms. Wesrern imperialism. settler colonialism. and the African struggle for independence. Emphasis on the period since 1 800. (4)

HIST 337: The History of Mexico - C, S1 The political. economic. social. and cultural changes thar have taken place in Mexico from 1 3 50 ro the present. (4)

HIST 338: Motlen, ChilUl - C, S1 The beginning of China's modern hisrory. with special emphasis on the genesis of the Chinese revolurion and China's posirion in an increasingly in tegrated world. (4)

HIST 339: Revolutionary China - C, S1 Beginning in 1 9 1 1 . an examinarion of rhe course of the Chinese revolution. Chinas liberation. and rhe changes since 1 949. (4)

HIST 340: Moden, ]Ilpan - C, S1 Study o f how Japan became rhe modern "miracle" in East Asia. Primary focus on traditions that enabled Japan ro change rapidly. the role of rhe challe.nge of the West in that change. rhe industrialization of'Japan. the reasons for war wirh the U.S .• and the impact of the war on contemporary Japan and its social and economic instinuions. (4)

HIST 344: The A,ules i" Latill American History - C, S1 The hisrory of rhe Andean countries (Peru. Bolivia. Ecuador) from the 1 5th through rhe 20th centuries. (4)

HIST j45: America" Business a11d EC01lOmic History, 1607-1877 - SI Surveys rhe hisrory of the American economy from pre­Columbian Indian societies through rhe English mercantilist system, the American Revolution. the Indusrrial Revolution. rhe Civil War to rhe end of Reconstruction. Investigates influence of non-economic factors such as warfare. slavery. and rhe social sranding of women on economic rrends. (4)

HIST 352: The American Revolution - S1 Study of the era of the American Revolution from rhe end of rhe Seven Year's War in 1 763 through Thomas Jefferson's defeat of John Adams in 1 800. Focuses on both American and British polirical, social. economic. and ideological conflicts thar brought

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 95: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

f

on th Revolution; the mil itary strategy and tactics that won the war r. r the Americans and lost it for the British; the making of the Constiturion and the opposition to it; and the challenges that fucc:d the American people living in the new Republic. (4)

HlST 355: American Popuklr Cukurt - S1 Study of motion pictures, popular music, radio and television progr:lms, comic strips and paperback fiction. Insights into the valu and ideas of Am rican culture ftom watcbing ir at play. (4)

HlST 356: American Diplo11Ultic History - SI The practice, funcrion, and structure of American foreign pol icy with particular emphasis on rhe twentieth century. (4)

mST 357: African Amtrican History - A, S1 Experiences, struggles, ideas, and contributions of African­Americans as they developed within and strongly shaped the course of U.S. (and global) histor . It focllses 'imultaneously on major social and legal issues l ike slavery or Jim Crow segregation and African-Americans' actions and identities framed in the context of systemic white supremacism. It also examines and evaluates speers of daily life and personal experiences and expres:;ions of individual African-Americans between the 1 7th Q!ll rury and contemporary times. (4)

HI5T 359: History of WOlll.en ill thr: U11ited States - A, 51 A focused, thematic exa mination of issues and evidence related to women's experiences from the colonial period to the present. (4)

HIST 360: HolocllUSl: Destruction of the European jews - A, 51 Investigation of the development of modern ant i-Semitism, its relationship to fascism, the rise of Hi der, the structure of the German dictatorship, the evolution of" Nazi Jewish policy, the mechanics of the Final Solution, the nature of the perpetrators, the e� perience and response of the vicrims, the reaction of the outside world, anJ the post-war attempt to deal with an unparallded crime through tradirional judicial procedures. (4)

RIST 362: Christians ;" Nazi Gumany This course will stud , the r ponse of Christians in Germany to Hitler and the Holocaust, analyzing why some Christians opposed the regime but also why a large number found Hitler's ideology and policies attractive. (4)

HlST 364: Engklnd and the Seco"d WOrld �r - 51 This course will consider England'- entry into the war, the eVJ01ation from Dunkirk, the Barrie of Britain. the arrival of American [roop�, the a ir war, the invasion of ormandy, and the implications of th" Holocaust, especially in temlS of the Kindertransport of Jewish children to safety in England. (4)

HlST 370: Enu;ron71letltal History of the United States - 51 An investigation of the complex i nterrelationship between people and their environment. (4)

HlST 380: Asia" American l1utury and Culture - A, S1 Surve the experiences, struggles , ideas, and contributions of Asian American and Pacific Islander (API) people within the context of U.S. history. It tfongly focuses on API history in the three coastal srates of the U.S. West ( including Washington State), but includes attention to API people in other regions.

entral themes include economic exploitation and contributions of API people, cultural and social connections to Asia and the

Pacific rhat API people shaped, racism and discrimination against API people, legal studies of API people, and recent social and political issues cen tral to API people in the U.S. (4)

HIST 381: The Vietnam War and American Society - 51 Through rhe lectures, assigned readings, films and discussions, the course will explore the Vietnam \Var from the perspectives of the North and South Vietnamese, American elected officials in Washington, D.C. , John Q. Public warching the war every night on TV; and rhe average GI fighting in the highlands and jungle. The lectures arc designed to provide an explanation of the origins and development of American involvement in Vietnam from President Eisenhower's decision to support the French to Presidem Nixon's Vietnamization policy and the peace negotiations. They will also examine the consequences and legacy of Am 'rica's involvement in Vietnam. (4)

HI5T 401: Workshops - SI Workshops in special fields for varying periods of rime. ( 1 -4)

HIST 451: American Legal History - SI Dimensions of American law as is relates to changing historical periods. (4)

HI5T 460: West and Northwest - A, 51 The American Wesr in the 1 9th and 20th centuries. Frontier and regional perspectives. Interprerive, ill ustrative history, and opportunities for off-campus research. (4)

HIST 461: History of the West and Northwest - 51 A direct, individualized study in one's hometown in the West or Northwest. (4)

HIST 471: History of American Thought and Culture - 51 The hisrory of American thought and culture from 1 607 to the presem by carefully reading a number of texts and emphasizing trends in religious. political, intellectual, and social thought. It will focus on Prorestantism and Calvinism, the Enlightenment and republicanism, revival ism and reform, democracy and slavery, Social Darwinism, pragmalbm, Black social and political thought, Progress ivism. the New Deal, and women's liberation. It will investigate such topics as man's relationship to God, the Protestant ethic and the success myth, human nature, anti­intellectualism, America's place in the world, power, slavery, and democracy. (4)

HI5T 491: Independent Studies (1-4)

HI5T 494: Seminar: American History - SI, 5R Prerequisite: HIST 30 1 . (4)

HI5T 495: Intems/lip A research and writing project in connection with a student" approved off-campus work or travel activil)', or a dimension of it. Prerequisite: Sophomore standing plus one course i n histOry, and consent of the department. ( 1 -6)

Hl5T 496: 5eminar: The Third World - C, SI, 5R This research seminar alternates i ts focus from East Asia one year to the Caribbean/Latin America the next. Prerequisite: HIST 30 1 . (4)

HIST 497: Seminar: European History - 51, SR Prerequisite: H IST 30 I . (4)

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

93

Page 96: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

.... o

ra

"' :::I

"0

>

"0 c:

VI GI

c: ra

E :::I

:I:

94

Division of Hu anities

253.53 5 .732 1 IIJ/vw.plll" edul � /1111110.

The Humanities faculty at Pacific Luweran University are excellent teachers and scholars who model the possibilities of rhe l ife of the mind. The Humanities cultivates an intdlecrual and ima inative connection between a living past, embodied in the d iverse array of cul tural traditions, and the global challenges of our contempo rary world.

The Division of Humanities at PLU invites students to develop critical and Aexible minds as pan of their becoming persons of commitment, vision, and action in the world. Drawing on the rich traditions of religion, philosophy, languages and l iterarures, students and faculty work together ro explore complex perspectives on a varie[}· of human concerns. Students in we Humanities are encouraged to develop the critical and reAective ability ro:

• embrace complexity and ambiguity • engage other peoples and perspecr ives • appreciare rhe living past in the presenr and future • engage traditions creatively and critically • link theory and practice, and we public with the private • seek connections among diverse cultures and academic

disci plines • understand rhemselves and consider what makes l ife

wonh living

In short, study in the Humanities reaches ways of living, thinking, and being in the world. It helps students ro s i ruare their beliefs within a wider frame of reference and ro undersrand and critically analyze assumptions, tradirions. trurhs, and histoties. Study in the Humanities assists students to sec their responsibility for the quali[}' of the lives they lead. It challenges students to realize the importance of participating in a larger and broader service to the common good.

FACULTY: Oakman, Denn; facul[}, members of the Departments of English, Languages and Lireratures, Philosophy, and Religion.

Ai; a division within the College of ArtS and Sciences, the Division of Humanities offers programs in each constituent department leading ro the SA degree. Course offerings and degree requirements are listed under:

• ENGLISH

• LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES

• PHILOSOPHY

• RELIGION

Committed to the interdisciplinary nature of knowledge, the Humanities supports and participares in rhe following programs: Chinese Studi�, Classics, Environmental Studies, Global Srudies, the Il1lcrnational Core: In tegrared Studies of the Contemporary World, Internarional Programs, Legal Studies, Publishing and Printing ArtS, Scandinavian Area Studies, and \'V'omen's and Gender Studies.

Individualized Major

253 .535 .76 1 9

Supen'ised b ' the Facul[}' Council for Individualized Majors, rhis program offe j unior and senior students rhe opponun i[}' to develop ami complete a personally designed, interdisciplinary, liberal arts major. The course of study culminates in a senior thesis, to be agreed on by the council. the student, and his or her advisor.

Successful applicants ro this program will normally have a cumularive grade point average of 3.30 or higher, although i n exceptional ca.�es, they may demonstrate rheir potential i n other ways to the Faculty Council for I ndividualized Majors.

Admissiol1 to the l,u/iuidUlliized Progro.m Admis,ion to rhe program is gram d by the conncil on th basis of a derailed plan of stud)', proposed and writren by the student, and submitted to rhe council any time after the beginning of the second semester of the student's sophomore year. The proposal must oudine a c mplete plan 0 srud)' for the t ime �maining until the granting of a degree. Study plans may include an)' of the rraditional elements from a standard BA or BS degree program.

Once app roved by both the faculty 'ponsor and the Faculty Council for Individualized Majors, th tudy plan supplants usual degree requirements, and, when completed, leads to conferral of the BA degree with Special Honors.

STUDY PROPOSALS

Study proposals must include the followin�

A. A St4tement of Objectives, in which the student describes wllat the degree is expeCted to represent and why the individualized cours!! of srudy is morc appropriate d,an a traditional degree program.

B. A Program o/Study, in which the student describes how rhe objectives will be attained rhrough sequences of courses, read ing programs, regular course work, independent srudy, travel, off-campus involvement, personal consultation wirh facu l[}' m 'mhers, or other means.

C. A Program of Eva/lionon, in which the student describes rhe nireri· to be used ro nleaSllre achievement of the objectives and specifi the topic of the senior thesis.

D. A St4tement of Revi�w, in which the student describes how previous course work and l i fe experiences have prepared him or her for rhe individualized study program.

£. Letters ofRecot1tme1uuurol'. The study proposal must be written in close consultation with the chair of the Faculty Council for Individual ized Majors and with a faculty member who agrees to act as primary sponsor and advisor [0 the studcn throughoLlt rhe course of s tudy. The faculty sponsor must comment on rhe feasibility of the proposal and on rhe sntdent's abili t), to carty it Ollt. It is strongly recommended that a secondary faculty sponsor be asked to co-sponsor and endorse the proposal.

All subsequent changes in the stud), plan or the senior thesis must be submitted in wriring ro rhe Facul[}, Council tor Individualized Majors for approval.

Further information is available from rhe Academic Advising Office.

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

c.

Page 97: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

International Core

253. 35.7630 www.pltL�du/ � itltlcore.

The i nternational Core: Lntegrated Studies of the Contemporary World is designed as an alt<:rnative way to satisfY core curriculum requirements. Con isting of interdisciplinary and some t am-taught courses, the ! rogram explores cont(,mporary issues and their historical oundations using an integrated approach. The program str es critical thinking and writing.

FACULTY: Selected from disciplines including Anthropology. An, Biology, Earth Scien.: �, Education, English, History, Languages, M athematics, Philosophy. Political Science, Religion, and Sociology.

INTER1VAT[ONAL CORE COMM[TTEE: R. Brown. Chair, Alexander, Byrnes, Grigson, Grosvenor. Halvorson, Sklar. Torvend.

INTERNATIONAL CORE REQUIREMENTS: • Seven courses, 28 semester hours distributed as follows:

A. bJtn-nlltiomzl o,Te Ill-1 12: rigi ns of the Contemporary World (eight semester hours) Normally taken sequentially in the first year. Explores from a global perspecrive the historical roots of contemporary values and traditions.

B. Four 200-ie.ve.l [nte.r1UZtumal Cor� courses ( 1 6 selllester hours) Normally taken in rhe second and third years. May include on 30 I modern la nguage course (Chinese, French, G�rman, N rwegian, Spanish) d signed for I NTC credi t ,tnd/or one study abroad sem t r-Iong course, subject to the chair's approval .

A wide r a n ' e o f the following 200-level courses, or similar new courses, are offered each ear: I NTC 2 1 1 : Twentieth Century Origin, of the

Contemporary World I NTC 22 1 : The Experience of War INTC 222: Prospect� for War and Peact: I NTC 23 1 : ('nder, . ualiry, and Culture TNT 232: Topics in Gender

233: I maging the Self I TC 234: Imaging the World INTC 24 1 : Energy, Resources, and Pollution INTC 242: Population, H unger, and Poverty I NT 243: Conservation and Sustainable Development INTC 244: Post Colonial Issues INTC 245: istory and Perspectives on Development INTC 246: Cases in Developmen t (USU3Ily J-Tcrm abroad) INTC 247: Cultures of Racism [ NT 248: Twentieth Century Mass Movements

C 249: Human Rights INTC 25 1 : Lultural lobalization

C OTle. 300-leve.l course (four semester hours) to be taken after or with rhe last 200-level course. One of the following

are offered each semester: I NTC 326: The Quest for Global Justice: Systems

and Realiry I NTC 329: Personal Commitments: Global Issues

POLICIES AND GUIDELINES FOR CORE II: To acquire a common background, International Core/Core I I students take the required INTC 1 1 1 - 1 1 2 sequence in their first year, before taking 200-level courses. Exceptions can be made fo r transfer students or for students who shift from Core I .

With prior approval, an appropriate semester-long course abroad may take the place of the 200-level International Core course. (Sec the I nternational Core study abroad policy at www.plu. e.dul � intlcore. )

All International Core courses are open to Core I students as

space is available. (Core II students have prioriry in enrollmenr.)

Course Offerin s - International Core (INTC)

[NTC Ill: Authority and Discovery - 11 Considers social and poli tical ideas, the renewal of the ans, religious reform, and the emergence of modern science up to and during the Renaissance, the Reformation, the Scientific Revolution, and the Enlightenment. (4) INTC 1 12: Liberty and Power - 11 Examines developments in literature, science, politics, and industrialization are explored through the Enlightenment, the American and French Revolutions, the Industrial Revolution. Romanticism, Darwinism, Socialism. and Impetialism. (4)

[NTC 211: Twentieth Century Origins of the Contemporary World - [2 Invest igates how life on earth and - through scientific! technological innovations - the eanh itself witnessed fundamental change during the 20th century. Major event� will serve as touchstones for explaining processes leading from nationalism to posrmodern globalization, as expressed through political, economic, biological, artistic, and other lenses. (4)

[NTC 221: The Experience of War - 12 An international survey of 20th-century warfare, drawing on poetry, novels, war memoirs, art, music. and film, and srrt'ssing the experiences and decisions of people who have participated in war as combatanrs or civilians. (4)

[NTC 222: Prospects for War and Peace - [2 A study of the international instirurions and simations (political, economic, rel igious. psychological, historical) that keep the modern world on the brink of war and make a stable, JUSt peace so elusive. (4)

[NTC 231: Gender, Se.xuality, and Culture - A, [2 Uses interdiscipli nary. multiculrural, international, and feminist perspectives to examine issues such as socialization and stereorypes, relationships and sexualiry, inrerpersonal and institutional violence. revolution and social change. A strong focus on U.S. contexts complemented by selected comparative examples from inrernational contexts. (4)

INTC 232: Topics in Gender - [2 Current topics in gender studies with selecred comparative examples from international conrexts. (4)

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

n o .... /'I)

95

Page 98: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

"'C c:: ra VI <11

en

ra

::s

C'I

c::

to ...I

<11 ...

o

u

ra

c::

o

... to c:: ... <11 ... c::

6

{NTC 233: [maging the Self - I2 A snit!S )f e."ercu; in the visual and literary arts drawn fro m Ji/ rent world cultures that reve:tI how th self is discovered and CllostructeJ through imag , dreams and other forms of t:.xpression. (4)

lNTC 234: ll11agillg tile World - 12 An cxplo , ( ion or how humans in di fferent parts of (he world perceive:. interpret, and shape their own worlds. (4)

INTC 241: Energy. Resources, and Pollution - 12 Cunsider.; worldwide usage of energy and natural resources, and the .kgr� ldat i(}n GILL5e J by pollution using scientific, social sciemil\c, and ethical approaches. (4)

INTC 242: Populat;OIl, Hunger. and Poverty - 12 ExamUlts popu Jat ion growd\, food supply, and povetty 3S they n::Lare [0 global en ironmen ral prob lems . (4)

lNTC 243: COlI.sO'vatioll Imd Sustainable Deve/opmellt - 12, SM An examinatio n of the rela[lonships among people, natural [cwurces. c n,ervarion and \usrainable development in a global so 'cry. ComparaLivc: studl s abour how hi.srotical, political, socie tal, <.:.::onomi , biological. and poli tical factors affect mnrempor:uy re aurce managemclH and pol icy. Laboratories, set within the context of conservation biology. include computer SlIuulatio ns and field .studies. (4)

/NTC 244: Po t-Coiollw Issues - I2 Explores po�t-co tullial issues such as political instabil ity. rdatiuruhips to 13nd. media and publications procedures and acccSl;, devdoprnent of racial st 'reotypes, and formation of national ident ity i n ,!:leeted regions of the world. (4)

INTC 245: limo'] and Perspectives 0" Deveklpment - C. 12 Traces the origins, models, perspectives, and contexts for In terpreti ng rhe phenomenon of development in selected areas of me world . (4)

TC 246: CastS it, Development - C, 12 II W f)copl.: in tht" Developing World think and act to bring abo u t wcial dJ3nge, and the value they give it is (he focus in t h is cour�c that I generally taught abroad. (4)

[NTC 247: The Cukures of RAcism - A, I2 Lxamines different forms of racism and their manifestations in cOIIIHries wiLh troubled histories such as the United States of America, rhe: Rep u b lic of Somh Africa and elsewhete. (4)

{NTC 248: numbet" Cetltury Mass Moveml!tltJ - 12 Uses a omparative approach to study the histories of ideological

nd re l igious movements occurring during and after World \'Var II. Porcnriai examples for investigation include the Nazi persecu tion and extermi nation of European Jews and related

hriso,w resis nee, the American civil rights movement, and r e n t po p uJar moveme nts in Africa. (4)

INTC 249: Hlllllan Rights - I2 ' xllmi n s h um3n rights practic�s and instruments, both western

'1-lId non-w ·stf'rn . 6'0111 historical, phi losophical , contemporary, pol i ti , and pragmaric perspecr iws. Challenges .students to rbirtk shrc:wdly abOUt particular int rnational human rights

strategies that can gai n real political legitimacy and achieve actual protection. (4)

INTC 251: Cultural Gklbalizat;on - 12 An exploration of the flow of cultural expression and shifting personal and ethic identities and values created by today's accelerated global interdependence. Case studies and background readings will reveal the complexities and tensions inherent in the exchange of language, music. imagery. and other cultural expressions, and its impact upon the way people throughout the world experience their evetyday lives. (4)

INTC 326: Tile Ques-t for GLobal Justice: Systems and Reality - 13 Uses sysrems (holistic) modds ro comprehend the search for j ustice by humankind in the past, in the present, and for the future. (4)

INTC 329: Personal Commitme1lts, Gklbal lsslles - 13 Examines the place of religious and philosophical commi tments and traditions as resources in social action and movements designed to transform uffering. Analyses particular global problems in depth from multiple ethical and disciplinary frameworks. Asks students to identifY and articulate their own assumptions about what constitu tes effective ethical action. (4)

Languages and Literatures

253. 535.7678 www.plu.edul � lAng

In-depth understanding of world cultun::s and an ability to speak languages other than one's own are increasing demand in today's competitive workplace. These skills are viewed as essential to successful leadership and ful l participation in the integrated yet culturally diverse world of the twenty-first century. The study of languages and literatures at PLU is a setious J.Cademic enterprise as well as an exciting and dynamic cross-cultural adventure. While advancing their proficiency in a language, students develop critical and aesthetic sensibilities in addition to highly sought after cross-cultural skills and experience. Additionally, students develop an enhanced appreciation of their own language and cultu ral history. All students of languages are strongly encouraged to participate in one of the numerous study abroad courses offered during the January term as well as fall and spring semester program.s. For further information, see the Global Education section in this catalog or vi i t the Wang Center for International Program's Study Away Catalog.

The department offers a wide range of courses, not only in languages at all levels, but also in cultures, li teratures, and linguistics, both in the original language and in English translation. Instruction is given in American Sign Language through the Department of Communication and Theatre . .

FACULTY: T. Williams. Chair, C. Berguson, R. Brown, E. Davidson, Holmgren (on leave 2006-7), M . Jensen, K. Christensen, A. Lange, M. Ferrer-Lightner, P. Manfredi, P. Martinez-Carbaj o, E. Nelson, C. Palerm, J. Predmore, R. Snee, T. Storfjell, S. Taylor, B. Yaden; assisted by P. Blaine, ] . Li, and P. Loucas.

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 99: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

ak �'s

l

or

ldy

ce,

nd

COURSES THAT MEET CORE I REQUIREMENTS

Literature &quirement - LT All departmental l i terature courses, offered both in the original language and in nglish trans lation, meet this requiremem.

Persputives 011 muersity: CrolS-Cu/turai Perspectives - C All language courses numbered 20 I and above incl uding C H I N 371 , F REN 34 1 and LANG 272 meet this requiremem. All first-year ( l 00 level) foreign l anguage courses (excl uding American Sign Language) nO( previousl studied also meet this req uiremc:nr.

Perspectives Oh Divernty: Aitenuuive Perspectives - A SPAN 34 1 will meet this req uirement.

Bachelor of Arts Majors and Minors The departmenc offers maj C5 in Chinese Studies, Classics, French, German, Norwegian. Scandinavian Area Studies, and Span ish . Minors are offered in hinese, Chinese Studies, French, German, Greek, Latin, Norwegian , and Spanish.

All majors must complete a apscone: Senior Projecr within the department . Majors must complete at least 1 2 semester hours in residence at PL , four of which must be taken either in the senior year or upon return from a study abroad program.

M inors must com plete at least eight hours in residence.

Specific requirements (and variati on ' from the above) for specjfic majors and minors Jre listed below.

Language Resource Center The languag curriculum at all levels fearures use of P LU's state­of·the-art multimedia Language Resource Cen rer, located in the Mom'edt Lib Dry. Advanced sruden t have the opportunity co work as ass istan ts in the cenrer, gaining compurer expertise while accelerat ing their language skills.

PlAcement in Language ClAsses Studenrs planning co conri nue the study of French, German or Span ish must take a language placemenr tesc in their langu age of imerest p 'or co registering for courses at PLU. The placemem test can taken on l ine at www.plu.edu/",Irc or in person at the Language Resource Cenrer on the 3rd floor of Mortvedt Library. The test takes approximately 20 m inures co complete and issues prompt feedback on placemc:n t recommendation. Srudents should fol low the placement recommendation they receive.

Advanced PlAcement Credit Srudenrs with scores of 4 or 5 on the AdvanLed Placemenr Examination in areas represented in the Department of Languages and Literatures can receive four additional semester hour pon completion of the course (wich J grade of C or bener) inc which they p lace chrough PLU's placement oc:amination. Advance placement credit is not awarded for l OO­level courses .

Senior Project Srudenrs majoring in a foreign language enroll in 499 con llrrenrly with another upper-level course in the major. The instrucror ()f the lam� r COlli e normal ly supervises the studenr's

senior project: a research paper, internship, or other approved project. The srudent presents a summary of the completed assignment at an open departmen ral forum. (2)

Prospective Teachers Srudenrs preparing co teach in a j unior or senior high school may earn either a Bachelor of Am degree in French, German , Norwegian, or Span ish along with certifIcation from the School of Education , or a Bachelor of Am in Education degree with a teaching major or minor in French, German, Norwegian, or Spanish . Secondary teaching minors are also avai lable in Chinese and Latin. Elemenrary teach ing majors are available in all of the above languages . All srudenrs are required co take LANG 445 (Methodologies) and LANG 446 (Theories) for certification. See the School of Education seerion of thi� catalog for certif-Ication requirements and the Bachelor of Arts in Education requirements .

English lIS a Second Language The School of Education and [he Deparrmenr of Languages and Literarures have partnered with the \Vashingcon Academy of Languages [0 offer a summer program leading co a certificate in Teaching English as a Second Language . This eight-week intensive summer institure is offered late June through early August. Prospecrive teachers can complete additional requirements co obtJin an ESL Endorsement. For more information, please contact Iang@Plu. edu or 253-535-8330.

FIELDS OF STUDY:

Courses in the Department of Languages and L itcracures are offered in the fol lowing general fIelds in addition co elemen tary, intermediate, and advanced language:

Cultural History

A. In English CLAS 250; Classical Mythology CLAS 32 1 : Greek Civilization ,LAS 322: Roman Civilization

SCAN 1 50: In rroduct ion (0 Scandinavia SCAN 32 ! : Topics in Scandinavian Culrure and Society SCAN 322: Scandinavia and World Issues SCAN 327: The Vikings SPAN 34 1 : The Latino Experiences in the U.S.

B. In Respective Language FREN 32 1 : French Civi l ization and Cuhure G ERlV! 32 1 : German Civilization co 1 750 G ERM 322:German ivi l ization Si nce 1 750 SPAN 32 1 : Civi l ization and Culrure of Spain S PAN 322: Latin American Civilization and Culrure

Literature

A. In E"glish CH[ T 372: Chinese Literature in Translation CHIN 23 1 : Masterpieces of European Literature CLAS 250: lassical Mythology FREN 22 1 : French Literature :lOd Fi lm of the Americas LAN 27 1 : Literature and Society in Modern Europe LANG 272: Literature and Social Change in Lati n

America

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

97

Page 100: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

"'0 c: ta

98

SCAN 24 1 : Scandinavian Folklore SCAN 34 1 : Topics in Scandinavian Lirerature

N 422: 1 9th and 20th Cenrury Scandinavian Literature

B. In Respectiv uwgt.ulge FREN 42 1 . 422: Mas terp ieces of French Literature F REN 43 1 , 432: 20th C<:ntury French Li terature

ERlvl 42 1 : German Literatute from the Enlightenmt'nt ro Realism

GERl\i1 422: 20th Century Germ :lI1 Literarure S PAN 325: l n troducrion to Hispanic Literacy Srudies S PA 42 1 : Masterpieces of panish Lirerature S PAN 422: 20th Century Literature of Spain SPAN 423: Special Topics in Spanish Lirerature and Culture S PAN 43 1 : Latin American Literature. 1492- 1 888 S PAN 432: 20th entury Larin American Literature S PAN 433: Spec ial Topics in Latin American Liter ture

and Culture

Course Offerings - Lan uages (lANG)

lANG 271: Literature ami Society in Modern Europe - LT Readi ng and discussion of works in En lish translation by aurhors l ike Flaubert, Ibsen, and Thoma Mann olten enriched through selected film adaprations. Emphasis on social memes, including l i fe in industrial sociery, the changing statuS of women, and class conAiet. (4)

lANG 272: Literature and Social Change i1l Latin America - C, LT Readings in English translation of fiction from modern Latin America. Discussions focus on social and hisrorical change and on li rerary themes and forms in works by aurhors such as Carlos Fuentes and Gabriel Garcia Marquez. (4)

lANG 445: Methods for Teach;1Ig Foreign Langflages and English as a Second Language Theories and related techniques for tcaching languages K- 1 6 within their cultural context, i ncluding direct memods. content­based instruction, proficiency orientations. and the integration of technologies. Atrenrion given to variations in app roach for those teaching English as a second language. No pr�requisites. Required for teacher certifica tion in a language and fo r minor in English as a Second Language. Strongly r commended for elementary major i n a language. ( ross -lis ted wirh [DUC 445.) (4)

LANG #6: Theories of Lallf.1Ulge Acquisition Principles of language acquisition with spe-ific cla�sr om applications. Special atrenrion given to lhe needs of ditfercnr language groups in acquiring English. :omparison of sound systems and structures of languages S1. teachers are most likely to encounter. Requited fo r minor in English as a Second Language. (4)

lANG 491: IndepeTIdmt Stlld;es (1-4)

lANG 492: lndep/mdent ShU/ies (1-4)

lANG 598: Non-thesis Research p,'oject (1-4)

CLASSICS AND CLASSICAL lANGUA GES

• CLASSICS Major: 40 semester hours. See the Classic,. (CLAS) section of thi,. catalogfor course offerings and de,.cription of the classics major, page 55.

• GREEK

Minor in Greek 20 semester hours, which may include 1 0 1 - 1 02.

GREK 101, 102: Eleme1ltary Greek Basic skills i n reading classical, koine, and patristic Greek. (4, 4)

GREK 201, 202: Intennediate Greek - C Review of basic grammar, read ing in selected classical and New Testament authors . (4. 4)

GREK 491: Independt!1lt Studies (1-4)

• LATIN - LATN

Minor in Latin 20 semester hours, which may include 1 0 1 - 1 02

Course Offerin s - Latin (LATN)

LATN 101, 102: Elementary Latin Basic skills i n reading Lati n; an introduction to Roman literature and cultute. (4, 4)

LA TN 201, 202: Intermediate Lati" - C Review of basic grammar; selected readings from Latin authors. (4, 4)

LAIN 491: Independent Studies (1-4)

MODERN lANGUAGES

• CHINESE - CHIN

Minor in Chinese 20 semester hours which may include CHL 1 0 1 - 1 02.

Course Offerings - Chinese (CHIN)

CHIN 10/, 102: Eleme1ltary Chinese In rroduction to Mandarin Chinese. Basic skil ls in listening, speaking, reading and wriring. Laboratoty practice required. (4 , 4 )

CHIN 201, 202: Intermediate C/Jines" - C Develops further the ability to communiclte in Mandarin Chinese, using culturally authentic material. Laboratory practice required. Prerequisite: CHI 1 102 or equivalent. (4, 4)

CHIN 301, 302: Composition and Conversation - C Review of grammar with emphasis on idiomatic usage;

P L U 2 0 0 6 • 2 0 0 7

Page 101: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

reading of contemporary authors as models of sryle; and conversation on ropics of student imcresr. Conducted i n Chincoc. Prerequuite: CH IN 202. (4)

CHIN 371: Chillue Literature in Translation - C, LT An introduction ro the most important works and writers of Ch inese l i terary rraditions, from early ti mes ro rhe modern period . Poetry, prose. drama, and fiction included. Film prcsc!l�acions supplement the required readings. No knowledge of Chinese required . (4)

CHIN 491; Inikptmde1lt Studies (1-4)

CHIN 492: Indeptmdent Studies (1-4)

• FRENCH

Major in French A minimum of 4 semester hours beyo nd FREN 1 0 1 - 1 02, including F REN 20 1 -202, 30 1 -302, 32 1 , 499 and three 400-level courses, one of which must be completed in the senior year.

MitlOr it, French 20 semester hours, excluding FREN 1 0 1 - 1 02 and including F 'N 20 1 -202, 30 1 , and two addjtional upper-division courses.

Course OHerin

FREN 101, 102: Elementary Fre" ch Essemials of pronunciation, inronatio n, and structure; basic skills in listening, speaking, reading, and writing. Lab attendance required. (4, 4)

FREN 141: FNmch La"guage and Caribbean Culture in Marti"ique Offered on the campus of the Universite des Anti lles et de la Guyane in Martinque. includes daily intensive language study, a home stay, excursions and activities related ro the history and culture of the French West Indies, meetings with writers and poli tical figures, and a fieldwork projecr. May not be counted rowards French major or m inor. Prerequisite: F REN 1 0 1 or permissi0l1 of instrucror. (4)

FREN 201, 202: Intermediate French - C Review of basic grammar, development of vocabulary anc\ emphasis on spOntaneolls, oral expression. Reading selecrions which reflect the cultural heritage and society of [he Francophone world. Lab attendance required. (4, 4)

FREN 221: French Literature and Film of the Americas - C, LT

hrough l i terature and Elm, a study of the t.xperience of migration, integration, conflier, and ethniciry in the Americas from a Francophone perspective. To include today's geographical areas of Quebec, Nova Scotia, United States, Hait i, Mar ti nique, and Guadeloupe. Special anention given ro issues of gender, color, h istorical heritage , bnguage, and economic status of French and Creole speakers in the Caribbean and North America. Class conducted in English. All l i terature translated inro English; fi lms with English subtitles. (4)

FREN 241: Frmch Language and Caribbean Culture in Martinique See FRE 1 4 1 . May be counted towards Ftench major or minor. Prerequisite: FREN 20 I or permission of i nstructor. (4)

FREN 301, 302: Composition and C01zversation - C Advanced grammar, s ryl is rics , composition, and conversation within the historical context of Francophone cuL ture, history, and li terature . Prerequisite: F REN 202. (4, 4)

FREN 321: Civilization 41ui Culture - C Development of French sociery from early times to the present, as portrayed in art, mllsic, politics, and li terature, within their socio-hisrorical context. Prerequuite: F RE N 202. (4)

FREN 341: Fre1lclJ La1lK'uzge Il1ld Caribbea1l Culture in Martinique - C See FREN 1 4 1 . May be counted towards French major or minor. Prerequuiu: FRE }01 or permission of instructor. (4)

FREN 421, 422: Masterpieces of French Literature - C, LT Social and aesthetic importance of works representative of major periods from the Middle Ages thtough the nineteenth century. May include Christine de Pizan, Rabclais, Montaigne, Moliere, Pascal, Voltaire, Rousseau, Hugo, atld Baudelaire. Prerequisite: FREN 302. (4, 4)

FREN 431, 432: 20th- Century Frellch Literature - C, LT Social and aesthetic importance of selected 20th-century writers from France and other fra ncophone countries. May include Gide, Camus, Same, Becken, Aimee Cesaire, Miriama Ba, Ousmane Sembene. Prereqltisite: F REN 302. (4, 4)

FREN 491: Imkpendet/t Studies (1-4)

FREN 492: Imlependent Studies (1-4)

FREN 499: Capstone: Smior Project - SR (2)

• GERMAN

Major in German A minimum of 34 semester hours beyond CERM 1 0 1 - 1 02, including GERM 20 1 -202, 30 1 -302, 3 2 1 -322, 499, and two 400-level courses

Minor in Genllan 20 semester hours, excluding G ERM 1 0 1 - 1 02 and including

- fuV! 20 1 -202, 30 1 , and two additional upper-division courses.

Course Offerings - German (GERM)

GERM 101, 102: Elemrntary Genllan Basic skills of oral and written communication in classroom and laboratory practice . Use of materials reflecting contemporary German l ife. (4, 4)

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

.-

-(1) � QI -C � (1) VI

99

Page 102: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

1 00

GERM 201, 202: IntermedUite GeN1Uln - C Continued practice in oral and written communication in classroorn and laboratory. Use of materials which reAect contemporary life as well as the German cultural heritage. (4, 4)

GERM 231, 331: Language, Art alld Culture in the New Germany This interdisciplinary course based in Cologne, Germany cornbines German language instrucrion and an aurhentic home stay experience with language immersion and close cultural study of the three main German-speaking counrries, Germany, Austria and Switzerland. (4, 4)

GERM 301 302: Composition and Conversation - C I ntensive review of grammar with emphasis on idiomatic usage; use of contemporary authors as models of srylt:. Conversation on topics of student interest. Prerequisite: GERM 202 or equivalent. (4, 4)

GERM 321: German Civilization to 1750 - C From the Middle Ages ro the Enlightenment. A survey of German culture and its expression in creative works of art, music and literature, with particular emphasis on Martin Lurher and the Protestant Reformation. Prerequisite: GERM 202. (4)

GERM 322: German Civilization Since 1750 - C From the Enlightenment to the present. This survey covers representative works and trends in German politics, philosophy, l iterature, art and music, with emphasis on the Age of Goeth and Beethoven. Prerequisite: GERM 202. (4)

GERM 401: Advanced Composition and Conversation - C Emphasis on idiomatic Gtrman using newspapers and other current sources for texts. Strongly recommended for students planning to obtain a credential ro teach German in public secondary schools. Students should take this course in the junior or senior year. Prerequisite:

ERM 302. (4)

GERM 421: German Literature From the Enlightenment to Realism - C, LT Representative works of German literature from about 1 750 to 1 890, including Sturm and Drang, Classicism and Romanticism. Reading will include such authors as Goechl::. Schiller. Buchner, and Keller. Prerequisite: EfuY! 302. (4)

GERM 422: 20th Century Gennan Literature - C, LT Representative works ftom Naturalism to the p rl::sent, including Expressionism and Socialist Realism. Works from both east and west, and will include such authors as Brecht, Kafka. Thomas Mann, Rilke. and Seghcrs. Prerequisite: G ERtY! 302. (4)

GERM 491: Independent Studies (1-4)

GERM 492: Independent Studies (1-4)

GERM 499: Capstone: Senior Project - SR (2)

• NORWEGIAN

Major in Norwegian A minimum of 34 semester hours, including NORW 1 0 1-1 02, 20 1-202, 30 1-302, and SCAN 4 2 1 or 422.

Minor in Norwegian 20 semester hours, which may include NORW 1 0 1 - 1 0 2

Course Offerings - Norwegian (NORW)

NORW 101, 102: Elemmtary Norwegian Introduces rhe studc:nts to the pleasure of speaking, reading, and writing a foreign language. These skills are developed through a conversational approach, using songs and other cultural materials. (4, 4)

NORW 201, 202: IntermedUite Norwegian - C Develops a command of the language while further acquainting students with the Norwegian cui rural heritage. Reading selections introduce Norwegian folklore and daily life. (4 , 4)

NORW 301: Conversation and Composition - C Increases student ability for self-expression, both orally and in wriring. Contemporary materials are selected as models of style and usage. Prerequisite: NORW 202. (4)

NORW 302: Advanced Conversation and Composition - C Emphasizes the finer points of structure, style, and good taste. Prerequisite: NORW 30 1 . (4)

NORW 491: Independent Studies (1-4) NORW 492: Independent Studies (1-4)

NORW 499: Capstone: Senior Project - SR (2)

• SCANDINA VIAN AREA STUDIES

MAJOR IN SCANDINA VIAN AREA STUDIES 40 semester hours. A cross-disciplinary approach ro the study of Scandinavia. See the Scandinavian Area Studies section of this catalog. page 1 40.

• SPANISH

Major in Spm,ish A minimum of 34 semester hours beyond SPAN 20 1 , including 202, 30 I . 32 1 , 322, 325 and three 400-lcvel courses.

In addition, students must complete LANG 499.

At least rwo 400-level courses-one focusing on Spain and another on Latin America-must be completed at PLU.

One 400-level course must be completed in the senior year.

Majots are strongly encouraged to pursue at least one semester of study in a Spanish-speaking country on a program approved by the Spanish faculty.

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 103: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

Majors may not normally fulfill the requiremenrs for the major through the election of 300-level courses during their senior year.

Minor ;'1 Sptmish 20 emester hours, including: SPAN 202, 30 I , 325, and rwo additional upper-division courses.

Course Offerin

SPAN 101, 102: Elementary Spanish Essenrials of pronunciation, inronation, and SUuC[ure; basic skills In listening, speaking, reading, and writing. Lab attendance required. Studenrs with more than t\vo years of high school Spanish must enroll in SPAN 1 02. (4, 4)

SPAN 201, 202: Intermediate Spanish - C A continuarion of elemenrary Spanish; reading selections which reflect the Hispanic cultural heritage as well as conremporary materials. Lab attendance required. (4, 4)

SPAN 231, 331: Intensive Spanish in Latin America - C An inrensive Spanish course offered in a Latin American counrry and geared to studenrs at the inrermediatt (equivalent to SPAN 20 1 or 202) and advanced (equivalenr to 30 1 ) language level. ourse includes four and a half hours of

lass per day for a four-week period, a home stay, a service project, excursions, and guest lectures on a variety of topics related to the hi�tory and culture of the host country. Placemenr at the SPAN 231 or 33 1 levels is determined by the stud nr's background and experience in Spanish. Prerequisites: PA..N 1 02. (4)

SPAN 301: Advanced Grammar and Composition - C Advanced grammar, stylistics, and composition; conversation based on everyday si tuations, currenr evenrs, and perrinenr literary selections. Prerequisite: SPAN 202. (4)

SPAN 321: Civilization and Culture of Spain - C Development of Spanish society from early times to the present as reflected in architecture, painting, and l iterature, within their socio-historical con rext . Prerequisite: SPAN 30 I (or concurrenr enrollment) . (4)

SPAN 322: Latin American Civilization and Culture - C Hi torie, artistic, l i terary, sociological, and geographic elements shaping the development of the Latin American region. Prerequisite: SPAN 30 1 (Ot concurrent enrollment). (4)

SPAN 325: Introduction to Hispall';c Literary Studies - C, LT Acquaints students with techniques of literary analysis, as applied to examples of narrative, poctry, drama, and essay in the Spanish and Latin American li terary traditions. Reading, writing, and speaking-intensive. Ongoing review of advanced grammar. Prerequisite: SPAN 30 I , 32 1 , 322. (4)

SPAN 341: The Latino Experiences in the U.S. - A, LT Exploration of the histories, experiences, and contributions of the Latino peoples in the United States as they appear i n

Latino literature and film. Course content i s enriched through telated service learning experience. Readings are in English. May count toward major, but not toward minor in Spanish. (4)

SPAN 401: Advanced Spanish Grammar - C Study of Spanish at the most advanced level with an emphasis on syntactical differences berw<:!en English and Spanish. Strongly recommended for those who plan to teach Spanish at the secondary level. Prerequisite: SPAN 30 l . (4)

SPAN 421: Masterpieces of Spanish Literature - C, LT A concentrated study of major writers and movements in Spanish literature from its origins to 1 898. Prerequisite: SPAN 325. (4)

SPAN 422: 20th-Century Literature of Spain - C, LT Drama, novel, essay, and poetry of Spain from the "Generation of 1 898" to the present. Prerequisite: SPAN 325. (4)

SPAN 423: Special Topics in Spanish Literature and Culture - C, LT An opportunity to pursue an in-depth study of a specific aspect Ot topic in Spanish li terature, such as Spanish women writers or the relationship of film to other types of cultural production. May be repeated for credit with different topic. Prerequisite: SPAN 325 . (4)

SPAN 431: Latin American Literature, /492-1888 - C, LT A study of representative genres from the colonial period to the end of the 1 9th century. Prerequisite: SPAN 325 . (4)

SPAN 432: 20th-Century Latin America" Literature - C, LT Development of the literature of Mexico. Central and South America from the Modernist;! movemcnt ( l 888) to the present. Prerequisite: SPAt'J 325. (4)

SPAN 433: Special Topics in Lati,l American Literature and Culture - C, LT An opportunity to pursue an in-depth study of a specific aspect or topic in Latin American l iterature and culture, such as Latin American women writers, Latino narrative, Ot Latin American fi lm and li terature. May be repeated for credit with different topic. Prerequisite: SPAN 325. (4)

SPAN 499: Capstone: Senior Project - SR (2)

Latin

To view curriculum requirements, please go to Department of Languages & Literature, page 96.

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

� � c.. r--tl) .... � -C .... tl) '"

r­� -

1 0 1

Page 104: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

] 02

Legal Studies

253.535 .7660 luww.plll.edll/�legalstdl

Legal Studies is an interdiscipl i nary minor program of study focusing on the nature of law and j udicial process. Consistent with the purposes of the American Legal Studies Association, the Legal Studies Program at PLU provides alternative approaches to the study of law from the academic frarriework of the Divisions of Social Sciences and Humanities and the Schools of Communication and Art and of Business. The facul ty teaching within the program emphasize the development of a critical understanding of the fu nctions of law, the mutual impacrs of law and society, and the sources of law. Students completing a minor in Lega.! Srudies p ursue these objectives through courses, directed research, and internships in offices and agencies involved in making, enforcing, interpreting, and communicating "the law" in contemporary American civil society.

FACULTY: Dwyer-Shick, O'air, Hasty, Jobst, Kaurin, Klein, Lisosky, MacDona.!d, Menzel, Rowe.

MINOR 20 semester hours i ncluding PHIL 328, POLS 1 70, and 1 2 additional semester hours, selected i n consultation with [he program's chair.

ANTH 375 : Law, Politics, and Revolurion - C, S I BUSA 303: Business Law and Ethics BUSA 304: Business Law and Ethics for Fillancial Professionals B USA 408: Internationa'! Business bw and Ethics COMA 42 1 :Communication Law ECON 325: lndustrial Organization and Public Policy - S2 PH I L 328: Philosophical Issues in the Law - PH POLS 1 70 : Introduction to L .egal Studies - S I POLS 37 j : Judicial Process - S 1 POLS 372: Constitutional Law - S I 1'01 373: Civil Rights and Civil Liberties - S I POLS 374: Legal Studies Research - 5 1 POLS 38 1 : Comparative Legal Systems - C , S I POLS to I : I nternship in Legal Studies - 5 I SOc[ 35 1 : Sociology of Law - 52

Mathematics

253.535 .7400 www.pllt.edu/�mIlt ..

Mathematics is a many-faceted subject that is not on ly extremely useful in its application, but at the same time is fascinating and beautiful in the abstract. I t is an indispensable tool for industry, science, governmenr, and the business world, while the elegance of irs logic and beauty of form have intrigued scholars, philosophers, and artists since earliest times.

The mathematics program at PLU is designed to serve five main objectives: ( l ) to provide backgrounds for other disciplines, (2) to provide a comp rehensive pre-profess ional program for those directly enrering the fields of teaching and applied mathematics,

(3) to provide a nucleus of essentjal courses which will develop the breadth and maturity of mathematical thought for continued study of mathematics at the graduate level, (4) to develop the mental ski l ls necessary for the creation, analysis, and critique of mathematical topics, and (5) to provide a view of mathematics as a part of humanistic behavior.

FACULTY: B. Dorner, Chail� Benkha.lti , C. Dorner, Heath, Meyer, Sklar, Stuart, \'(Iu, Zh u.

Begi1l7ling Clmses

Majors in mathematics, computer science and engineering, and other sciences u Llally take MATH 1 5 1 and MATH 1 52 (calculus) . Math 1 5 1 is also appropriate fo r any student whose high sch<.)oI mathemaxics preparation is strong. Those who have had calculus in high school may omit MATH 1 5 1 (see Advanced Placem�nt section) and enro l l in MATH 1 52 after consultation with a mathematics faculty member. Those who have le�� mathematics background may begin with MATH 1 4 0 before taking MATH 1 5 1 . MATH 1 1 5 provides preparation for MATH 1 40.

Business majors may satisfy the requirement for the busi ness degree by taking MATH 1 28, 1 5 1 , or 1 52 . (Math 1 1 5 provides preparation for lvlATH 1 28.)

Elementary education majors may satisfy the requirement for the education degree by taking Math 1 23 . ( Math 1 1 5 provides prepararion tor MATH 1 23.)

For studenrs who pLin ro take only one mathematics course, a choice from MAT H 1 05, 1 07, 1 23, 1 28, 1 4 0 0r 1 5 1 is advised, depending on interest and preparation.

Plncemrnt Telt

A placement test and background survey are used to help i nsure that students begin in mathematics courses that are appropriate ro their pteparation and abilities. Enrol lment is nor permitted in any of the beginning mathematics courses UvlATH 1 05, 1 07, 1 1 5 , 1 23 , 1 28, 1 40, 1 5 1 ) unti l the placement test and background survey are com pie! d. The placement exam is avai lable at http://banweb.plll. edu/plslpaplbxskmpic.p_matbilltro.

MAIHEMATIC AND GENERAL UNIVERSITY REQUIREMENTS (Jee Gmemf University Requirement,)

All mathematics courses (except MATH 099) will satisfy the mathematical reasoning requirement ( l ine two of the general university requirements) . At least four semester hours arc needed. All mathemarics courses (except MATH 099) wil l satisfy the natural sciences, computer science, mathematics (NS) CUR Core I : The Distributive Core. At least four semester hours are needed. A course cannot simultaneously satisfy mathematical reasoning (MR) and science and scientific method (SM) G U Rs.

In fulfi l l ing the Math Reasoning Requirement, students with documented disabilities will be given reasonable

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 105: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

accommodations as determined by the Coordinator for Students wirh Disabili ties and the appropriate faculry member i n consultation with the student.

MATHEMATICS AND THE COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES REQUIREMENT (see CoLlege of Arts and Sciences Requirements)

All mathematics courses (ex ept M ATH 099) will satisfy the logic, mathematics, computer science or statistics parr of Option III of the Col lege of Arts and Sciences requirement. A course:: cannot simultaneously satisfy Option m of the Col lege of Arts and Sciences requirement and a general university requiremenr.

Advanced Placement

The policy of the Mathematics Department regarding mathematics credit for students who have raken the AI' Calculus exams (AB or BC) or the International Baccalaureate H igher Level Mathematics Exam ( IBHL) is as follows:

Exam Score Credit AB 1 5 1 ' AB 4, 5 1 5 1 BC 3 1 5 I Be 4, 5 1 5 1 and 1 52 IBHL 4.5 MATH 1 1 IBHL 6 .7 MATH 1 'i 1 and�

'Cowult with instructor if planning to take MATH 152.

If a student has taken calculus i n high school and did not take an AI' exam or I B H L exam, then the student may enroll in MATH 1 52 after consultation with a mathematics faculty member. I n this case no credit is given for MATH 1 5 1 .

MATHEMATICS MAJOR The foundation of the mathematics program for majors is: • The three-semester sequence of calculus (MATH 1 5 1 ,

1 5 2 , 253) • Introduction to Proof (MATH 3 1 7) and Linear

Algebra (MATH 33 1 )

Students with· a calculus background i n high school may receive advanced placement into the appropriate course in this sequence.

Upper-division work includes courses in introduction ro proof, linear algebra, abstract algebra, analysis. geometry, di fferential equations, statistics and numerical analysis. See the description of the courses and the major (either Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science) for more detail. Students majoring in mathematics should discuss scheduling of these courses with their advisors. For example, IvIATH 499 extends over !wo semesters beginning in the fall semester; May g'raduates begin this capsrone course i n the fall semester o f the senior year, while December graduates must begin this course in the fall sc.-mester of their junior year.

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR 34 semester hours of mathematics. four hours supporting

• Required: MATH 1 5 1 , 1 5 2, 253, 3 1 7, 33 1 , 34 1 , 433, 455 , 499

• Required S'lpporting: CSCE 1 44

• Also strongly recommended u one of the following: CSCE 37 1 ; ECON 345; PHYS 1 53 or 1 63.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MAJOR 42 semester hours of mathematics. eight or nine hours supporting

• Required: MATH 1 5 1 , 1 5 2. 253, 3 1 7, 33 1 , 34 1 , 433, 455. 499.

• Eight semester hoursfro7m MATH 32 1 , 342, 348, 35 1 , 356. 38 1 , 480.

• Required supporting: C CE 1 44 • and Olle of the following:

CSCE 348, 37 i ; CON 345 ; I'HYS 1 53 , 1 63

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN l:-"DUCAIION See School of Education section of this clltalog.

MINORS

Minor in Mathematics 20 semester hours of mathematics courses, including: MATH 1 5 1 . 1 52 . 253 or 245 and eight hours of upper-division mathematics courses, excluding MATH 446.

Minor ;n Statistics A minimum of 1 6 semester hours ro include: CSCE 1 20 or 1 44; STAT 34 1 , and at least eight hours from among the other statistic courses (MATH 342 and 348 arc strongly recommended).

See the Statistic;, section of this catalog for more detail. Stfltistics courses taken for the statiscics minor may not be simultaneously cOllnted {/j' elective credit for the Bachelor of Science major.

MinOT ;n Actuarial Scinlce A min imum of 24 semester hours chosen from the following courses: BUSA 302, 304, 335, 342 EC N 1 0 1 , 30 1 . 323. 343 Math 33 1 , 342. 348, 35Ci . Also strongly recommended: Math 253.

At !east 12 semesCer hours must be from mathematics and at least four from economics.

Students who have taken calculus in high school but do not have credit for MATH 1 5 1 do not need to take MATH 1 5 1 for the mathematics major or minor. However, they still need ro complete the number of hours in mathematics stated in the requirements.

Course Offerin s - Mathematics (MATH) � ____ L-________ ___

Fall

ja/Jua Term Sprhlg

Altentate Ye�rs

MATH 099, 1 05. 1 1 1 . 1 1 2, 1 23 , 1 28, 1 40, 1 5 1 , 1 52 , 253 . 3 1 7. 33 1 , 34 1 , 38 1 , 433, 446, 4')9 MATH 1 07, 1 23 . 203

���--------��-MArH 1 05 , 1 1 5 , 1 28. 1 40, 1 5 1 , 1 52, 245 , 253, 32 1 , 33 1 , 342, 348. 35 1 , 356, 455, 480, 499

dd Years: MATH 203. 348, 35 J ; Even Years: MATH 342. 356

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

... ::r rt> 3 Q.I ... n '"

1 03

Page 106: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

VI V

... ra

E Q,I

.c .... ra

:E

1 04

A grade of C or higher is required in all prerequisite L Llrscs. A plac ment test and background survey are required b fore registering for beginning mathematics courses if prerequisites have not been comp leted at PLU.

MATH 099: Intermediate Algebra A review of h igh school algehra; solving l inear c<.juat ions and quadratic equations, factor i ng, simpl it)ring expression\, exponents , and graphing. Designed for students whose mathematical p reparation is i nadequate for MATH 1 1 5 . Docs no t count toward graduation . Available through Cha l lenge Program only. (4)

MATH 105: Mathematics of Personnl Piwmce - MR, NS Emphasizes financial rransauions impor tanr to individuals and families: annuities, loans, i nsurance, interest, investmen t, time value of money. Prtrequisite: PLU mad1 entrance requirement. (4)

1VfATH 107: Mathematical Explorali01Js - MR. NS Mathematics and modem soc iety Emphas is on nu merical and logical reasoning. Designed to increase awareness of ap pl icat io ns of mathematics, to enhan ce enjoyment of and self-confidence in mathematics, and to sharpen critical though t i n mathematics. Top ics selected by the instructor. Prerequisite: PLU math entrance requiremen t . (4)

MATH J JJ: College Algebra - MR, NS (Fall 2006 only) A review of algehra emphasizing prob lem solv i ng ski lls . Appropriate as preparation for MATH 1 1 2, 1 23 o r 1 28 . Appropriate a s preparati on for MATH 1 40. Prerequisites: T\vo

years of high school algehra . (2)

MATH J 12: Pl4ne Trigonometry - MR. NS (Pall 2006 (m()I) rigonometric, i nverse trigonometric, logarithmic and

exponenrial functions, identities, graphing, solution of triangles . For students who are proficienr in algebra bur do not know trigono metry. Prerequisite: MATH I I I or at leaS[ (\'{o years of high school algebra. (2)

MATH 1 15: Colk� Algebra. ""d Trigolloml!try - MR. NS (Begin ... Spring 2006) A review of algebra emphasizing prohlem 'olving skil ls. The notio n of function is i ntroduced via exam ples from po lynomial , rational, trigonometric, logarithmic and expo nen t i al functions. \'i/e also explore inver e tri onomerri functions, idenrit ies, graphing and solution o f triangl . Approp riate a.� prep'lfJ.t ion for M TH 1 23, 1 28 and 1 40. Prereqllmte: FLU m::tth placement exam and (\vo years of high school algebra . (4)

MATH 123: Modern Elementary Mathematics - MR. N. Conceprs underlying traditional computat ional techniquD; a

systematic a na lys is of arithmetic; an i n tuitive approach to algebra and geometry. Intended for elementary teaching majors.

Prerequisite: A <.jual i f)ring score on the math placement tCSt or a

grade of C or higher in MATH i 1 5 . (4)

1VfATH 128: Linear Models and Glte-lilus, Atl 11ltrodut'tion -MR, NS Ma trix theory, linear programming, and i nrruducri( ln [0

calculus. Concepts developed stressing applications, particularly to business. Prerequisites: Two years of high schoo l algebra or

j TH 1 1 'i. Cannot be taken for credit if MATH 1 5 1 (or the equi ill " m) has been previously taken with a grade of or higher. (4)

MATH 140: AIM/ytic Geometry tmd Functions - MR, NS Differe nt types of functio ns , their properties and graphs, t!Spetial l), trigonometric functions. Algebraic skill , problem solv i ng , and mathematical writing are emphasized . Prepares studcncs for calculus . Prerequisites: MATH 1 1 5 or equivalent hLgh school material . (4)

MATH 151: Introduction to Calculus - MR, NS function , limit�, derivativc:s and integrals with applications. Em phasis on de r ivatives. Prerequuue: Math analysis or pre­calculus in hi�h school or M ATH 1 40. (4)

1VfA 1'8 /52: Cakrt/IIS II - MR, NS Cllnrillllariol1 o f 1 5 1 . Tech niques and applications of integrals, i mproper int�mls, ord i n.ary d ifferen tial equati ons and power series, with appl icat ions . Prerequisite: MATH 1 5 1 . (4)

MATH 203: History of Madmnatics - MR, NS A stuJy in the ast adventure of ideas that is mathematics from anci nt cu l tures to the 20th century. The evolution of the concept. of number. measurement, demonstration, and the variou� branche,; of mathematics i n the contexts of the varied ul(Ures in which they arose. Prerequisite: MATH 1 52 or

c nsenr of insrrucror. (4)

MATH 245: Dis{:rete Structures - MR, NS opic;, of rdev nee to computer scientists and computer

engl l1ec:rs. includ i ng quant ified log ic , sets, relations, functions, rccur..io l1 , (orn binarorics, and probab ility. Tools of logical t.:asoning. mch a.s induct io n , proof by contradiction, and pr:Jic.lIe Cllculus will be taught and applied. Prereqllisiu: MATI-[ 1 5 2 (4)

MA TH 253: Muhitlariabk CaIc"I/lS - MR. NS An IntToducl i n ro vectors, partial derivatives, multiple i ntegrals, and vector analysis. Prerequisite: MATH 1 52. (4)

MATH 29/: Directed Study Sup<:rvi�ed swdy of rop ics selected to meet the individual's needs or in rere� t ; primari ly for s rudents awarded advanced placement. Admission onty by departmen ral invitation. (I to 4)

MATH 317: Itllroduction to Proof in MiUhematics - MR, NS lnrroduccs the logical methods of proof and abstraction i n modern mathemati cs. plon"s mathematical top ics, including di 'crct math matics , while fami l iarizing students with proof­� l>ll.:u It epr, _ uch as mathematical grammar, logical equivalence, proof b contradiction, and proof by induction . Prerequisite: M A"rn 1 52 . (4)

MATH 321: Geometry - MR, NS Foundations of geomcrry and ba. ic theory i n Eucl idean , rroj<,ctiv�. and non-Euclideall geometry. Prererpdsite: MATH 1 5 2 or consent of instrucror. (4)

MATH 331: LillUlr Algebra - MR. NS Ve<.:tors and abstract vector spaces. matrices, inner product

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 107: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

spaces, l inear transformations. Proofs will be emphasized.. Prenquisites: MATH 1 5 2 and one of MATH 245, 253. or 3 1 7. (4)

MATH 341: Il1troduction to MalhtmUJtica/ Slatistiu - MR, NS Data description, probabi l i ty, discrete and cont inuous R.nliom variables, expectat ion , special distributions, srarem nrs of law of large numbers and central l imit theorem, sampli ng distribmi n�.

theory of point estimators, confidence intervals. bypoth· is rests. regression (rime permitti ng) . (Cross-l isted with _ TAT 34 1 . ) Prerequisite: MATH 1 5 2. (4)

MATH 342: Probability and Statistical Theory - ldR. NS Continuation of MATH 34 1 . opic.� may include: Join t a.nd conditional distributions, correlation. functions of random variables, moment generating functions, inference i n regr 'ss ion

and one-way ANOVA, Bayesian and non-paramerri inference. convergence of distributions. (Cross-lL ted with STAT 342 .) Prerequisite: MATH 34 I . (4)

MATH 348: Applied Regression Analysis and A NO� - MR, NS Linear and mul tiple regression with infercn e and diagnoHics; analysi of variance; experimental design with ra uomiz.arion and blocking. ubstantial use of t3tistical software and emphasis on exploratory data analysis. (Cross-l isted with 'iTAT 348.) �quis;te: MATH 34 1 or consent of i nstructor. (4)

MA TH 351: Diffirultial Equatio"s - MR, N. An i n troduct ion to differenrial equations cmphaslL1!tg rhe applied aspect. First and second order difFcremi,l.l equations, systems of differential equations , power series olutions. rlon­linear differemial equations, numerical methods_ �quisitt: MATH 253. (4)

MA TH 356: Numerical Analysis - MR, NS Numerical theory and appli arion in the context of so lutions of linear, no nl inear, and differcmial equations. matrix t heo • interpolation, approximations. n u merical difTerentiation ant! integration and Fourier transforms. Prerequisites: M 111 1 5 2 and CSCE 1 44. (4)

MA TH 381: Semi"ar in Problem Solvi"g - MR, NS !:Signed to imp rove advanced problem solvin ski lls. A go.l l is

part icipatio n in the Putnam Competit ion. Pass/ Fail only. May be taken more than once for credir. f>rt!req1lisite: MA H 1 ')2 or consent of instructor. ( I )

MATH 433 Abstract Algebra - MR, NS The algebra of axiomatically defined objc ts. such as grou ps. rings and fidds with emp hasis on theo ry and proof. Prerequisite: MATH 3 1 7. 33 1 . (4)

MATH 446: Mathematics ;', tbe Secondary School M rhods and materials i n seconda ry school math teaching. Basic mathematical concepts; principles of nu mber operation. tdauon, proof, and problem solving in the conte t of arithm nc, algebra, and geometry. (Cross- listed with 0 C 446.) Prerequisite: MATH 253 or 33 1 . (4)

MATH 455: MlluJtmUJt;cal Analysis - MR, NS Theoret ical treatment of top ics in troduced in elemcmrary

calculu . Prerequisitt: ATH 253, 3 3 1 ; 3 1 7 or 433 (with conscm of i nstrucror MATH 433 may be taken conCUff cnrly) . (4)

MA'I1l 480: Topics it, Mathematics - MR, NS Selccted topics of current in terest or from: combinatorics, complex analysis, dynamical systems chaos and fractals. graph theory, group representations. number theory, operations res ear b, partial differential equations, topology, transfotm methods, abst , a algebra, analysis . May be taken mote rhan once for �r rut_ Prerequisites vary depending on rhe topic. ( I -4)

MATH 491: bldeptnldent Studies Prerequisite: consent of depattmen t chair. ( 1 -4)

MA TH 499: Capstom: Se"ior Sem;lIar - SR Oral and wriw�n prt'sentatio n of information learned in individual research under the direction of an assigned instructor.

isc!Jssion of methods fo r communicating mathematical knl>wleJge. Lam [wo -emcsters begi nning in the fa ll semester; May gr:tduate should start the course in [he fal l of their sen ior year ,U 1d Dec mber graduates should be in rhe course in the fal l o f lh�ir junior year. Final presenrations given during spri ng �eme�ter. f>rt!nqIUsite: Senior (or second semesrer junior) m3th major. (2)

Music

253 .535 . 7602, 877.254.700 I wlQtlJ.plll.edlll �mus;c

he music program at PLU strives to provide ever}' student at the unive rsity with a mean ingful and enriching arts experience, ra.n ing from non-major private lessons or ensemble participati n to core courses to four distincrive academic majors

nd tWO academic minors . Ne. rly one qu, rtcr of the undergraduates at PLU participate in music annual ly. The program is accredited by the N:ltional Associ ation of Schools of MU$ic and irs graduates go on to distinguished and satisfying ,'ar rs in reach i ng and performing.

Faci l i ties fi.Jf . ploting the musical arts are outstanding. The Mary Raker Ru sell Music Cenrer, with its xq uisi te Lagerquist Concen Hall. provides srate-of-the-art focus to music study at PL . 'v1edia-rich classrooms and labs augment studios and individuai practice sp. ces. Privme study in keyboard is available in piano, organ, and harpsichord. Other private study includes voi e and all string, wind, and percussion instrumenrs, taughr by regularly pe rforming musicians . Professional-quality experience is available to qualified performers in band. orchesrra, choir, jazz, and chamber ensembles.

FACULTY: Robbins. Chair, BeU-Hanson. Beegle. J. Brown, Farner, Joynet. Lehmann, Lyman, Nance. Poppe, Powel l , Renning, Tegels, Vaught Farner, Youtz.; assisted by Agen r. Anderson, Bl o omi ngdale, Bowers, E. Brown, Brunson, Buchanan. Burn , Campos, Chung, Cline, Club b. Daverson, E.rick�on, I'. Eva.ns , Grinsreioer, Habedank, Harry, Hesla-Kopta, Houston, B. John�on, C. Johnson, M. Joyner, S. Knapp, Kl1nz. Lyman, B McDonald, R. M i l ler, Nole, n, Parks. F. Peterson ,

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

... :r (1) 3 ell ... n 11'1 •

1 05

Page 108: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

1 06

Pettit, Reid, Rhyne, Rine, Scanlon, Seeberger, Sojka, Spicciati, Stremel, Treat, Vancil, Walker, \Vetherington, Winkle, Wooster, Zopfi

For introductory course,' to the field of mllsic, see the descriptions of MUS! 101, 102, 103, 104, 105, 106, and 120.

Srudents intending to major in music should begin the major music sequences in the first year. Failure to do so may mean an extra semester or year to complete the program.

Following is the program for all entering first-year students who intend to major i n music:

Courses Fall Spring Music undamentals' : 1 1 1 , 1 1.3 2'+2

4 or 4 Musi c: and Culture: 1 20' --,------;-----

Theory: 1 24 Ear Training: 1 25 , 1 26 Keyboarding: 1 1 5 , 1 1 6 ,

1 2 1 , 1 22 (per placement)

3

, These courses are prerequisite to M USI 1 24: Theory I. All first­year students should register for MUS] I I I and 1 1 3 . A placement test will be given during the first class meeting, and, based on the test outcome, students will be placed in either M USI 1 24 , 1 1 3 or retained in I l l .

, Half-semester courses. , Class size limited.

MUS/C M/NOR

• General 22 semester hours including: MUSI 1 20 One of the following:

MUSI 1 1 5, 1 1 6, 1 2 1 , 1 22 or 202 (one semester hour) MUSI 1 24 , 1 2 5 , 1 26

Four semester hours of Private Instruction (MUSI 202-2 1 9)

Four semester hours of Ensemble (MUSI 360-384) One of the following:

MUSI 1 0 1 - 1 06, 234 , 333, 334 0- 1 semester hour of music elective.

• Specialized 32 semester hours, including courses required in the General M inor (22 semester hours), plus:

Four additional semester hours of Private Instruction (M US I 40 1 -4 1 9) Six additional hours from one of the Bachelor of Music concentration modules (see beluw) or in Jazz (see below).

JAZZ STUDY AT PLU

Srudents interested in pursuing the academic study of jazz at PLU have three options:

A. Specialized Music Minor in Jazz - 32 semester hours, including: Courses in the general minor (22) Four additional semester hours of private instruction

Six additional semester hours, including MUSI 1 03, 224, and 427

Jazz srudents may fulfill the ensemble requirement in the: University Jazz Ensemble (MUSI 375) Vocal Jazz Ensemble (MUSI 378) Or combos (MUSI 3 8 1 )

B. Jazz study in combination with an outside, nomnusic field (Bachelor of Musical Arts degree) - 62 semester hours. Jazz srudents may major in music under the BMA degree while combining music srudies with a non­music academic minor or second major.

C. Jazz study in combination with non jazz (classical) perfonnance study (Bachelor of Music degree) - 80 semester hours. Instrumental jazz students may major in performance (see Bachelor of Music below) in which up to half the srudio instruction and recital l i terarure can be in j azz (see academic program contract for details) .

UNDERGRADUATE MUS/C MAJOR DEGREES

Entrance Audition

To be admitted to a music major program, prospective srudents must audition for the music faculty.

Declara.til11l of Major

Students in terested in majoring in music should complete an academic program contract declaring a music major during their first semester of enrollment in the program. They will be assigned a music faculty advisor who will assure that the student receives help in exploting the various majors and in scheduling music study in the most efficient and economical manner. Majors can always be changed later.

Ensemble Requirement

Music majors are required to participate every semester in one of the music ense.mbles specified in their major. (Exceprion: semesters involving study abroad and/or srudent tcaching.)

Keyboard Proficiency

Basic keyboard skills are required in all music majors (BM , BME, BMA, BA). Attainment of adequate keyboard skills is determined by successful completion (letter grade of "C" or better) in MUSI 1 22 Keyboarding I I .

Language Requirement

Vocal performance majors are required to take at least one year of language study (two regular semesters) in French or German (see department handbook).

Music Electives

MUSI I I I and/or MUSI 1 1 3 may nOt count for music electives in a music major degree program.

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 109: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

Grades anJ Grade Point Policy

A. Only grades ole or higher in music courses may be counred toward a music major. Courses in which the s tudent receives lower than a C must bt� rcpeated, unle s su bsti tute course work is authorized by the department.

B. MAjors must manllai" " 2.5 cumulative grade poilrt 11"n"l1ge in academic music courses (private lessons and ensembles excluded) to remain in the p rogram (see departmcm handbook) .

. Music l;1ajor Assesnnnil

Studcms pursuing Bachelor of [v!usic (BM), Bachelor of Music Education (BME), Bach elo r of Musical Arts (B MA) or Bachelor of Am in music (EA) degrees will have their progress and potential assessed at the end of the:: first , sophomore, junior, and senior )'ears. As essm nrs are made by the music faculty via progress reviews, juries, and public presentations. Outcomes are pass/fail ; students who fai l an assessment will not be allowed to continue in the music p rogram (see departmen t handbook).

MUSIC CORE The follow;"g core is required in all mtlsic degree programs:

4 2 7 9 4 26

The Music Core is fimdmlll!7llal to the pursuit of the music rTUljor find should be completed in fbe following seque7lce:

YEAR 1 Fall

Spring

MUST 1 1 1 / 1 1 3 : Fundammtals - prerequisite to U ! 1 24

MUSI 1 1 5 / i 2 1 : Keyboarding lass ( I ) per placement

M US} 1 20: Music and ulture (4) ( i f preferred,

er laceme n t M U SI 1 24: Theo:':"r"-y-=-r -:-(3:-:-)-

___ ---'M U�,r 1 26: Ear Trainincr I I ( I )

M UST 1 20: Music and Culture (4), i f not taken

____

_ ..:i..:n..o.h;c:lllL ___

_ _

r 'I 333: H istory I I USI 334: 20rh Ceotur Music

Music Core requiremenrs must be fu l filled by cnrol lmell( in speci fic courses and may not be taken by means of i ndependent study.

A. BACHELOR OF ARTS (BA) MAJOR Maximum of 44 semes ter hours including:

MUSIC CORE: 26 semester hours. plus Four semester hours of ensemble Six semester hours ((wo courses) from M US I 336, 337,

and/or 338 Four semester hours of private instruction from

M US I 20 1-2 1 9 Two semester hours o f private instruction from

Musr 401-4 1 9 Two semester o f Senior Project : Research paper and public

presentation (M USr 499). See departmell( handbook for details).

In addition to req uirements l isted above, BA degree candidates must:

I . Meet College of Arts and Sciences requiremell(s (Opt ion I, I I ) ; and

2. Take a non-music arts elective course in either visual ans, theatre or dance.

B. BACHELOR OF MUSIC EDUCATION (BME) DEGREE

Bachelor of Music Education: K- 1 2 Choral Bachelor of Music Education: K- 1 2 Instrumental ( Band) Bachelor of Music Education: K- 1 2 Instrumental

(Orchestra)

MUSIC EDUCATION CORE All BME degrees include rhe following music education core courses:

M US I 343: Materials and Methods for Secondary General Music M U 1 345: Conducting'-;

I::--

__

_____

_

_ _

MUSI 346: Conducting n MUSI 347: Adaptive Music MUSI 348: Practicum in Music I:ducation MUS� 44 '5 : Conducting..!.!L

3 2

2

MUS I 44(,: C nduning IV 1 ����--�----------------� MUSI 469: Student Teaching Sem i nar 2 Total Semester Hours: 15

School of Education Sequence: I n addition to the music courses listed below, all music education majors are requ ired to take the following courses in the School of Educat ion :

School o Education COlli 0lJe21ts

EDU 39 1 : Foundatio ns of Learn i ng 3 --------------�--EPSY 36 1 : Psycho logy for Teachincr 3

SPED 320: Issues in Chiid Abuse an_d---

,;-.J_e ..... g'-.l _c_t _________ l_

E":DU 4 8: (U��� Teaching - �econdar)' 1 0 TotaJ Semester Houl's: 17

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

s: c: VI

r"I

1 07

Page 110: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

1 08

MUSIC EDUCATION CURRICULA

K-12 Choral (Elementary or Secondary Emphasis) Music Core 26

M U I 360-363: Large Ensemble 6 MUSI 204/404/499: • • Ptivate Instruction Voice

(six semesters") 6 Music Education COTfl 15

M USI 42 1 : Advanced Keyboard (private study) 2 MU r 440: Methods and Materials for K-9 Music r 2 �1USI443: Methods for Second-;;:;'-y boral Music 2

MUSI 44 1 : Methods and Materials of K-9 -Music l-I---" -" - -��USI 444: Materials for Secondary Choral Music 2 M USI 453: Vocal Pedagogy 2 Total Semester Hours: 63 - -------- . ------�.-.----

Fint�year, Sophomore, Junior, and Senior assemnents required. Completion o/all music requirements required prior to student teilChing. School of Education sequence required. • Consecutive foil/spring semesters. •• Senior Project: Half recital.

K-12 Instrumental (BAND) Music Core Musf370,"371. 380: Large Ensemble'-'-'

26

5 M USI 38 1 : Chamber Ensemble

-

MUT202-2 1 9, 402-4 1 9-, 49·-=9-: ·-,.·-=P=-r-iv-a-te-------'--

_Instruction : Principal Instrument (six semesters*) 6 15 lrfusic Education Core

M US! 204: lass Voice MuSi"24 1 ; rring L:-a-:-b----------

M USI 243/244: Woodwind Laboratory M USI 245/246: Brass Laboratory �"�1"247: Percussion Laboratory

( I , I ) ( I , I ) 4 ( IL _ ___ _ _

Music 447: Methods for School Band Music 2 Music 448: Methods or School Band Music 2 Tow Semester Hours:

:------=63

First-year, Sophomore, junior, and Senior aSJ"essmellts required. Completion of all music requirements required prior to student teaching. School of Education sequence required. • COllSecutive folUspring semesters. .. Senior Project: Half recital. · · ·Minimum four semesters ofMUSI 370. 371

K-12 Instrumental (ORCHESTRA) Music Core M USI 370, 3 7 1 , 380: L�Eg�Ensemble*·· M USI 38 1 : Chamber Ensemble MU I 202-2 1 9, 402-4 1 9, 499:"" Private Instruction: Principal Instrument (6 semesters') Music Education Core M US I 204: lass Voice

26

5

6 15

M USI 241 /242 : String Lab ('-'.1,-, :.!.1 )_�2=--. �SI 243: Woodwind Laboratory ( I ) M U�r.J���:_ ��?���_ rL._ .. ____ (,-1 ",--) __ -"-_ M USI 427: Percussion Laboraroty ( I ) MUS1 4 5 5 : String Pedaj;.9EI,--___ ,----------=2=--MUSI 456: Methods and Materials for School Stringc..s_-=2=--Total Semester Hours: 63

First-year. Sophomore, junior and Sellior asse,.,-ments required. Completion of all mmic requirements required prior to student teaching. School of Education sequence required. • ConsecutizJe foIl/spring semesters. *' Senior Project: Half recital. .** Minimum four semesters of MUS! 380

C. BACHELOR OF MUSICAL ARTS (BMA) DEGREE

Music Core 26

Music L�:.ge Ensemble 8 M USI 202-2 1 9: Private Instruction: (4 semester��) 4 MU [ 402-4 1 9:Private Instruction: (4 semesters ) 4 MDSI33G:-M;;k;'�g-�;:i�;� 3 MU�?L?37: An_�I�it:gJ\:!l:!�.i!: 3 MUSI 338: Researching Music 3 MUSI 390/39 1 : Intensive Performance Study 4 MUSI 499: Senior Project· ' 4 Music Electives 3 T�t;;iS;me.st" Hours: 62

Cognate required: an academic minor or second major outside of music. First-yem; Sophomore, junior, and Senior assessnlCllts required. • Consecutive jaIl/spring semesters. •• Senior Project: Research paper and public presentation (see departmCllt handbook for details).

D. BACHELOR OF MUSIC IN PERFORMANCE

����_f():..;.r..:..e ___________ _ ___,,.......,.--Music Private Instruction (see concentrati�ns below)

26

j�z..I:t semesters') ....

. ___ 22·

Music Ensemble (see concentrations below) 8 �USJ�?: Makin,g...:N.:...:!.=.us:.:.ic=--

________ ___ . __ 3 __

M USI 337: Analyzing Music l\iLJ"?I]l�: R��arching Music MUSI 90/39 1 : Intensive Performance S��dy

3 3 4

Music Concentration Module (see below) 7 Music Electives ------. 4 Total Semester Hours: 80

First-year. Sophomore, junior and Senior assessments required. For vocal performance: language study required (see above)

• Consecutive folUspring semesters; continllous non-jazz study throughollt the program required.

CONCENTRATIONS:

Composition Private instruction: M USI 327/499 (Senior Project) ( 1 6) ; principal instrument M US! 202-2 1 9/40 1 -4 1 9 (8); module (7): M US I 345, 346, music electives (4).

Instrumental Private instruction: M USI 205-2 1 9 ( I O) . MUSl 40 1 1405-4 1 9/499 ( 1 2) , including M USI 499 (Senior Project: full recital); ensemble: M US1 370, 37 1 , 380; module (7): M USI 345, 346, 358, 38 1 (2) , 454 or 420.

Organ Private instruction: M US I 203/403/499 (Senior Project: full recital) (22); ensemble: including MUSI 38 1 ; module (7) : M USI 2 1 9, 345, 346, 352, 358, 454 or 420.

P l U 2 00 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 111: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

Piano Private instruction: MUSI 202/402 ( 1 0) . MUSI 20 1 / 40 1 /402/499 ( 1 2) ; including M US ! 499 (Senior Project: full recita l) ; ensemble: large (2). MUSI 3 5 1 (2). MUSI 383 (2) . piano elective (2); module (7): MUS! 2 1 9 . 345. 358. 430. 43 1 . 45 1 . 452.

I-Vice Private insrruction: MUSI 204/404/499 (Senior Project: full reciraJ) M US ! 355 . 356 (22); ensemble: MUSI 360-.:363; module (7) : MUS! .:345. 353. 358. 366. 453.

Course Offerin s -=..!v1c:cuc..:sc:.cic:-,-(>.;..M,,-U;;..;S;...I L...) _______ _

MUSI 101: 11ztroduction to Music - AR Introduction to music literature with emphasis on listening. structure. period. and style. Designed ro enhance the enjoyment and understanding of music. Not open ro majors. (4)

MUSI I02: Understanding Music Through Me/CJdy - AR Introduction to the musical arts through exploration of melody as a primary musical impulse in a variety of musical styles. Designed to enhance the enjoyment and understanding of all music rhrough increased sensitivity to melody. Not open to majors. (4)

MUS] 103: History of Jazz - AR Survey of America's unique art form: jazz. Emphasis on his tory. listening. structure. and style from early developments through recent trends. (4)

MUSI 104: Music and Technology - AR Survey of the impact of technology on the musical arts. from the evolution of musical instruments and the acoustic space through rhe audio/video/computer technology of today. (4)

MUSI 105: The Arts of ClJi7UZ - AR, C Exploration of a number of Chinese art forms. primarily music but also including calligraphy. painting. tai chi. poetry. Beijing opera. film and cuisine. (4)

MUSI I06; Music of Scandinavia - AR, C Survey of Scandinavian music from the Bronze Age to the present . with primary focm on the music of Norway. Sweden. and nmark. (4)

MUSI 1 1 1: Music FuntLlmentals 1- AR evelops skills in reading and notating music. Rudiments of

mu;i "I theory: key signatures. clefs, and major scales. Requires previous musical experience and the ability to read music. Partially fulfills the general university requirements in arts; may be combined with MUSI 1 1 3 in a single semester to complete [ he general university requirements in arts. (2)

MUSl l 3: Music FuntLlmentals II - AR A continuation of MUSI I l l . Minor scales. intervals. triads and diatonic 7th chord�. Partially fulfills the general university requirement in arts; may be combined with I I I in a single semester to complete the general university requirt'mcnt in arts. Prerequisite: {US! I I I or consenr of inStruCtOr. (2)

MUSI 1 J 5: Introduction to Keyboarding - AR Beginning skills in keyboard performance. Requires no previous

keyboard experience. Prerequisite for Music 1 1 6; intended for music majors or minors in preparation for keyboard requirements in the music core. Consent of instructor required. ( I )

MUSI 1 16: Basic Keyboarding - AR A continuation of MUSI 1 1 5 . Prerequisite: MUSI 1 1 5 or consent of instructor. ( I )

MUSI 120: Music and Culture - AR. C Introduction to ethnomusicological considerations of a variety of music traditions. Requires no previous music experience. Required for music majors and minors; prerequisite course for MUSI 1 24 ; corequisite (fall term): MUS! I i 1 / 1 1 3 or consent of department chair, (�pring term) : MUS! 1 24 or consent of department chair. (4)

MUSI 121: Keyboarding I - AR Developmem of keyboarding skills. including sight-reading, group performance. and harmonization of simple melodies. Prerequisite: MUS! 1 1 6 or consent of instructor. ( I ) MUSI 122: Keyboarding II - AR A continuation of MUSI 1 2 1 . Prerequisite: MUS! 1 2 1 or consent of instrucror. ( I ) MUSI 124: Theory 1 - AR An introduction to the workings of music. including common­practice harmony. jazz theory, and elementary formal analysis. Prerequisite: MUSI 1 1 3 . or consent of instructor. (3)

MUSI 125: Ear Training I - AR Development of aural skills. including interval recognition. sight-singing. rhythmic. melodic and harmonic dictation. ( 1 )

MUSI 126: Ear Training II - AR Continuation of MUS! 1 25 . Prerequisite: MUS! 1 2 5 or consent of instrucror. ( I )

MUSI 20 lA, B, or C: Private Instruction: Jazz - AR Prerequisite: two semesters of non-jazz study (MUS! 202-2 1 9) or permission of the Director of Jazz Studies. ( 1 . 2. 3 or 4)

MUSI 202A, B or C: Private Instruction: Piano -AR (1, 2, 3 or 4)

MUSI 203A, B or C: Private Instruction: Organ -AR (1. 2, 3 or 4)

MUSI 204A, B or C: Private and Class Instruction: Voice - AR (1, 2, 3 or 4)

MUSI 205A, B or C: Private Instruction: Violin/Viola -AR (1, 2, 3 or 4)

MUSI 206A, B or C: Private butructio1J: CeUo/Bass ­AR (1, 2, 3 or 4)

MUSI 207A, B or C: Private Instruction: Flute ­AR (1, 2, 3 or 4)

MUSI 20BA, B or C: Private Instruction: Oboe/English Horn - AR (1, 2, 3 or 4)

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

1 09

Page 112: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

1 10

MUSI 209A, B or C : Private instruction: Bassoon -AR (I, 2, 3 or 4)

MUSI 210A, B or C: Pn'vate Instnlcholl.' Clarinet ­AR (I, 2, or 4)

MUSI 21 lA, B or C: Private hutructi01l: Saxophone -AR (I, 2, 3 or 4)

MUSI 212A, B or C: Private Instructio1l: Trumpet ­AR (I, 2, 3 or 4)

MUSI 213A, B or C: Private Instruction: Frl?1lch Horn ­AR (I, 2, 3 or 4)

MUSI 214A, B or C: Private blStnlCtio1l: Tromb01le ­AR (I, 2, 3 or 4)

MUSI 2I5A, B 01' C: P,,;vlue IttstruchOtl: Baritone/Tuba -AR (I, 2, 3 or 4)

MUST 216A, B or C: Private Instructioll: PercllSsi01l - AR (I, 2, 3 or 4)

MUSI 217A, B or C: Private and Class Instruction: Guital' - AR (1, 2, 3 or 4)

MUSI2IBA, B or C: P,';vate Inslnlction: Harp ­AR (I, 2, 3 or 4)

MUSI2I9A, B or C: Private hlStruchon: Harpsichord ­AR (I, 2, 3 or )

One Semester Hour: Private Lesson

Fall and Spring Semesters: One half-hour private or two onc­hour cla;s lessons per week ( 1 2 weeks) in addition ro daily p ractice. January: Two 45-minure lessons per week in addition ro daily practice. Summer: six hours of instruction ro be announced in addition ro daily practice. Students in piano , voice, and guitar may be as-signed to class instruction at the discretion of the m usic faculty.

Two Semestel' Hours: Prit,ate Lesson

Fal l and Spring Semesters. Two half-hour lessons per week ( 1 2 weeks) i n addition to da.ily practice. Summer: 1 2 hours of instruction to be announced in addition to daily practice.

Three or FOllr Semester Hours: Private Less01l

By permission of department only.

Specialfee for all prilJate instruction in addition to tuition.

MUSI 223: Theory II - AR A continuatiun of MUS! 1 24. Prereqztisite: M US! 1 24 or consent of instrucror. (3)

MUSI 224: Jazz Theory Laboratory - AR Introduction [0 jazz harmony, structure, style, and improvisation . Prerequisite: MUSr 223 or consent of instructor. ( I )

MUSI 225: Ear Traini"K III - AR A continuation o f M US[ 1 26. Prerequisite: M USI 1 26 or consent of instrucror. ( I )

MUSI 226: Ear Traini1lK IV - AR A continuation of MUS[ 225 . Prerequisite: M US ] 225 or consent of instrucror. ( I )

MUSI234: Music History 1 - AR The evolution of Western music from the early Christian era through the Middle Ages, Renaissance, and Baroque eras. Prereqrlisite: M US ] 223 or consent of insrrucror. (3)

MUSI 240: roumiahons of Music Education Introduction ro the basics of tcaching music, including philosophy, content, ;tudent characteristics, and the nature and organization of musical learning. For students preparing ro become music specialists (music education majors only) . (3)

MUSI 24I, 242: Strillg Laboratory Methods and materials of teach ing and playing string instruments in the public schools. ( I , 1 )

MUSI 243, 244: Woodwind Laboratory Methods and materials of reach ing and playing woodwind instruments in the public schools. ( 1 , 1 )

MUSI 245, 246: Brass Laboratory Methods and materials of reaching and playing brass instruments in the public schools. ( l , 1 )

MUSI 247: Percussion Laboratory Methods and materials of reaching and playing percussion instruments in the public schools. ( l )

MUSI327A, B or C: Compositioll - AR A systematic approach to contemporary musical composi t ion; students creare and notate works for solo, s mall and large ensembles. May be repeated for additional credit. Private instruction; spec ial fee in addition to ruition. ( 1 , 2, 3 or 4)

MUSI333: Music History II - AR The evolution ofWesrern music in the Classic and Romantic eras. Prerequisite: MUS[ 234 or consent of instrucror. (3)

MUSI334: 20th-Cl?1Itury Music - AR The evolution of\'Vestern art music in the 20th century in response to new theoretical constructs, new technologies, and popular and cross-cultural influences. Prerequisite: MUS] 333 or consent of instructor. (3)

MUSI336: Makillg Music - AR Continued study, developmenr and application of music skills rhrough composirion, counterpoint, improvisarion, conducting, and orchestrarion. Prerequisite: M US[ 224, 226, or consent of instructor. (3)

MUSI 337: Analyzillg Music - AR Appl icarion of theorerical knowledge roward developing analytical skills in a variety of musical cultures, styles, and genre. Prerequisite: MUSI 224 or consent of insrrucror. (3)

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 113: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

MUS] 338: ReseArching Music - AR In troduction to the main �earch tools available for gathering information :lbout music. Applications in formal research, ctiticism, p rogram and liner notes, and vetbal presentations explored, Prerequisite: M USI 1 20, 1 24 , or consen t of ins tructor. (3)

MUSI 340: Fumumentals of Music Education - AR etailed planning of curricula for various musical skills at

different grade levels, including improvisation laboratory. Prerequisite: MUSI 240. (2)

MUS1 341: Musicfo,> Classroom Teachers Methods and p rocedures i n teaching elemen tary school music as well as infusing the arts in the curriculum. Offered for students preparing for elementary classroom teaching (non-music educ:ltion majors). (2)

MUS1 343: Methods and Materials for Secondary General Music Methods and materials for teaching general music i n the secondary school. (2)

MUS1 345: Conducting 1 - AR In troduction to basic. patterns, gestures, and conducting techniques. ( I )

MUS1 346: Condllcting II - AR Conrinuation of MUS! 345; observation of advanced conducting students in laboratory ensemble. ( I )

MUSI 347: Adaptive Music Techn iqucs and srrategies to meet the needs, interests, l imitations, and capacities of smdents who have restrictions placed on their musical activity- ( I )

MUS1 348: PractiCflm ill Music Education Field experience teaching in elementary, middle or j unior high school; p rovides laboratory experience in teaching prior to full student teaching experience. Prerequisite: MUSI 340; recommended: enroll Fall semester preceding student teaching. ( I )

MUS1 349: Electro7lic Music Practicum - AR Application of electronic techniques to compositional p rocess. Assigned studio rime on a regular basis. Special fee in addition to mition . Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. ( I )

MUS] 351: Accompa7lY;'lg - AR Practice in accompanying representativc vocal and instrumental solo l i terarure from all periods. Special fee in addition to tuition. (I or 2)

MUS1 352: Organ ]mprovisatio71 - AR Basic rechniques of improvisation. particularly as related ro hymn tunes. Private insrruction: special fee in addition ro tuition. PrereqIUs;te: consent of instructor. ( 1 ) MUS1 353: Solo Vocal Literature - AR Survey of solo vocal literature. (2)

MUS] 354: History of Music Theatre - AR A general survey of the evolution of "Drama per Musica" from

opera to musical comedy including in-depth study of selected scores. (2)

MUS] 355: Diction I (Englishlltalia,,) - AR An introduction to the I nternational Phonetic Alphabet ( IPA) and its practical applications for singers of English and Italian texts. ( I )

MUS] 356: Diction II (FrencblGerman) - AR Continuation of MUSI 355 with applications for singers of French and German texts. ( I )

MUS1 358: Early Music Laboratory - AR Exploration of solo and small ensemble l i terature from the Baroque period and rlier, focusing on range of repertoire, performance practices, and period instruments. Rehearsal and performance augmented by listening, rese;1rch, and writing. Prerequisite: M USI 234 or consent of instructor. ( 1 )

MUS] 360: Choir of the West - AR A study of a wide variery of choral l iterature and technique through rehearsal and performance of both sacred and secular music. Auditions at the beginning of fall semester. ( I )

M.US] 361: Umversity ClJorale - AR A ,tudy of choral literature and technique through rehearsal and performance of both sacred and secular music. Auditions ar the beginning of fall semester. ( I )

MUSI 362: U,ullersity M.m's Chorus - AR The study and performance of repertoire for men's voices. Emphasis on individual vocal and musical development. ( I )

MUSI 363: Ulliversity Singers - AR The study and performance of repertoire for women's voices. Emphasis on individual vocal and musical development. ( I )

MUS] 365: Chapel Choir -AR Repertoire experience with appropriate literature for ongoing church music programs of a liturgical nature. Regular performances fo r un iversity chapel worship . Participation without credit available. ( I )

MUS1 366: Opera WorkslJop - AR Production of chamber opera and opera seen . Participation in all facets of production. Prerequisite: Consent of ins tructor. ( I )

MUS1 368: UI,;versity Choral Unioll - AR Rehearsal and performance of major works in the choral/orchestral repertoire. Open to the community as well as PLU students; membership by audition. Special fee in addition to tuition. ( \ ) MUS] 370: Utliversity Wi7ld Ensemble - AR Study and performance of selected wind and percussion literature using various sizt' ensembles. Membership by audition. ( I )

MUS] 371: University C01l/�e7'l Ba7ld - AR Study of selected band literature through rehearsal and performance. Designed for the general university student. Prerequisite: having played instrument through at least junior year of high school or consent of instructor. ( I )

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

s: c: '"

1 1 1

Page 114: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

1 1 2

MUSI 375: University Jazz E1u�7nble - AR cudy of s leaed big band LiteraUire through rehearsal and

performance. Membership by audition. ( l )

MUSI 376: Jazz LAboratory Ensemble - AR Scudy of the basic style of playing jazz through rehearsal and performance. Membership by audition. ( 1 )

MUSI 378: Vocal Jazz E1u�7IIble - AR Study of selected vocal jazz li terature through rehearsal and performance. Membership by audition, concurrent regisrration Ul M USI 360, 36 J , 362 or 363 required. ( 1 )

MUS] 380: Univ"sity Symphony Orchestra - AR Study of selected orchesrral l iteracure through rehearsal and per formance. Membership by audition. ( 1 )

MUSI 38I: Chamb" ErJs�ble - AR Reading, rehearsal and performance of selected instrumental chamber music. Selections offered in string, brass, woodwind, early instruments, guitar, jazz and world music. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. ( 1 )

MUSI 383: PUmo Ensemble - AR Techniques and practice in rhe performance of two-piano and piano duet l i terature; includes sight reading and program planning. ( I )

MUSI 390: Intouive Performance Study: Ensemble Tour - AR Intensive study and rehearsal of tour repertoire; off-campus tour of major performance venues; special fee in addition to tuition. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. (4)

MUSI 391: Intnuive Performa"ce Study: Conservtttory Expmence - AR In tensive scudy and pracrice of solo repertoire; special fee in addition ro tuition. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. (4)

MUS1 395. 396. 397: Mmic Cent"' of th� World ·Exploration of music and other arts in environments off campus. Offered January Term to facilirate study abroad, or in cultural cenrers of the United Stares. (4, 4, 4)

MUSI 40lA, B or C : Private Instructi01l: Jazz - AR Prerequisite: two sem sters of non-jazz scudy (202-2 1 9) or permission of the Director of Jazz Studies. ( 1 , 2, 3 or 4)

MUS! 402A, JJ Or C: Private Instructiorr: Pimlo -AR (1, 2, 3 or 4)

MUS1 403A, B or C: Private InstructUm: Organ -AR (1, 2. 3 or 4)

MUS] 404A, B or C: Private Instructiotz: liOice ­AR (I, 2, 3 or 4)

MUS] 405A. B or C: Private Instruction: ViolilllViolA ­AR (1, 2, 3 or 4)

MUSI 406A, B or c: Private Itutruct;on: CeUo/Bass -AR (1, 2, 3 or 4)

MUSI 407A, B or C: Private Instruction: Fluu -AR (1, 2, 3 01' 4)

MUSI 408A, B or C: Private butruction: Oboe/English Honl - AR (1, 2. 3 or 4)

MUSI 409A, B or C: Private Instruction: Bassoon -AR (1, 2, 3 or 4)

MUSI 4IOA, B or C: Private Instruction: ClArinet ­AR (1, 2, 3 or 4)

MUSI 4I IA, B or C: Private ltutruction: Saxophone -AR (1, 2, 3 or 4)

MUSI 412A, B or C: Private Instruction: Tmmpet ­AR (1, 2, 3 or 4)

MUSI 413A, B or C: Private ltutruction: Frmch Horn -AR (1, 2, 3 or 4)

MUSI 414A, B or C: Privttte Instruction: Trombone ­AR (1, 2, 3 or 4)

MUSI 415A, B or C: Private Instruction: Baritolle/Tuba -AR (1, 2, 3 or 4)

MUSI 416A, B or C: Private butr/letion: Percussion -AR (1, 2, 3 or 4)

MUSI 417A, B or G': Private l1lStruCti07J: Guitar ­AR (1, 2, 3 or 4)

MUSI 418A, B or C: Private Imtruction: Harp ­AR (1, 2, 3 or 4)

MUSI 419A, B or C: Private Instructiom Harpsichord ­AR (1, 2, 3 or 4)

One Sonest" HOllr: Private Instruction

Fall and Spring Semesters: One half-hour private lesson per week ( 1 2 weeks) in addition to daily practice. January: Two 45-

minute lessons per week in addition to daily practice. Summer: 6 hours of instruction to be announced in addition to daily practice.

Two S�ester HOllrs: Private Instruction

Fall and Spring Semesters. Two half-hour lessons per week ( I 2 weeks) in addition to daily practice. Summer: 1 2 hours of instruction to be announced in addition to daily practice.

Three or Foltr Smuster Hours: Private Instruction

By permission of department only.

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 115: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

Special foe for all private instruction in addition to tuition.

M USI 420: Private I1lStrudion - Ped4gogy Methods and materials for teaching specific instrum�ntal media in the studio; special fe� in addition to tuition. (2)

MUS! 421A, B 0" C: Advanced IUybOIlTd Skills - AR Focused study of sp�cial ized keyboard skills requir�d in various music major program . Private instruction: special fce i n addition t o ruition. May b e repeated for addirional credit. Prerequuit.e: Successful complerion of Keyboard Proficiency Jury and BM or B M E Jury. ( I . 2, 3 or 4)

MUSI 427A. B OT C: Advtmced OrchestraJion/ Arranging - AR Continuation of M USI 336 on an individual basis. Prerequ;rite: M USI 336 or consent of instrucror. May be repeated for additional credit. Private instruction: special fe� i n addition t o tuition. ( I . 2 , 3 o r 4)

MUS1 430: Piano Literature 1 - AR Study of representative piano repertoire from the 1 8 th and early 1 th century. ( I )

MUSI 43J: Pinno Li'eratuTt! II - AR Stu y of representative piano composirions of the late 1 9th and 20th century. ( l )

MUSI 440: Methods and Materials fOT K-9 Music I Srudy of skill acquisitions, music concepts, and analyzi ng th� range of available tesources, including erhnic music and computer assisted instruction. Offered For music education majors only. Prerequisite: MUSI 340 . (2)

MUSI 441: Methods and Materials for K-9 Music II Continuation of M U I 440, including emphasis on Orff-Schulwerk and Kodaly techniques. Offered for music education majors only. Prerequisite: MUSI 440. (2)

MUSI 443: Methods ofSecond4TY Choral Music The organization and administration of the secondary school choral program. Prtrr quuite: MUSI 340. (2)

MUS! 444: Materials for Secolld4ry Chorai Music urvey of choral literature appropriate for the various age

and experience levels of students in grade� 4- 1 2, including sources and research techniques. Prerequisite: MUSI 340. (2)

MU, 1 445: Conducting III - AR Refi nement of patterns, gestures, and conducting techniques; application to appropriat� vocal and instrumental scores. Prereqllisiu: MUSI 346 or consent of instructot; Section A­Instrumental; Section B-Choral. ( I )

MUSI 446: Coruiucting I V - AR Continuation of MUSI 445; application and development of kills in laboratory ensemble. Prereqflisite: USl 445 or

consent of instructor; Section A - Imtrumental, Section B -Choral. ( I )

MUSI 447: Methods of School Band Music The organizarion and admi nisrrarion of the secondary school band program. Prerequuite: M USI 340. (2)

MUSI 448: Materials fOT School Band Music Survey of wind-percussion lirerature appropriate for the various age and experience levels of students in grades 4- 1 2. including sources and research rechniques. Prerequisite: M USI 340. (2)

MUS1 451: Piano Pedagogy I - AR Teaching rechniques for prospective teachers of piano, including rechniques for individual nd group instruction. Methods and marerials from beginning to intermediate level. ( I )

MUSI 452: Piano Pedagogy n - AR Teaching rcchniques for prospective teachers of piano, including rechniqu�s for individual and group instruction. Methods and materials from intermediate to advanced levels. ( 1 )

MUSI 453: Vocal Pedagogy - AR Physiological, psychological, and pedagogical aspects of singing. (2)

MUSI 454: Instnmlental Ped4gogy Methods and materials for teaching sp�cific instrumental media i n the studio. Offe.red on demand for string, wind. guitar. harp, organ and percussion. (2)

MUS1 455: String Pedagogy Teaching rechniques for ptospective teachers of strings with emphasis on individual student instrucrion. Merhods and matetials from beginning through advanced levels. (2)

MUS1 456: MltiJods and Materials for School Strings The organization and administrarion of school srring programs, elementary through secondary (2)

MUS1 469: Studmt Teaching Seminar Student teaching experiences shared and analyz�d; explo ration of related issues regarding entering the public school music teaching profession. Concurrent enrollmenr with EDUC 468 required. (2)

MUS1 491: Independent Studies Prerequuite: consent of instructor. May be repeated for additional credit. ( 1-4)

MUS1 499: Capstone: Senior Project - SR A culminaring project of substantial ptoporrions. presented in a public forum, underrakcn in the senior year. For the Bachelor of Am degree. the project integrates musical studies with a broader liberal arts context; for the Bachelor of Musical Arts degree, the project integrates musical srudies with the cognate field; for Bachelor of Music Education and Bachelor of Music degrees, the projecr consists of a juried recital. Private instruction; special fee in addition to tuition. Prerequisite: consent of instrucror. ( 1 -4)

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

n

1 1 3

Page 116: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

C'I c:

o

Z

11\ Q.I u c: Q.I u

VI

1 1 4

Division of Natural Sciences

253.535.7560 www.nsci.plu.edu

The Division of Natural Sciences fulfills a two-fold purpose, preparing its majors for careers as science professionals and providing all students the grounding in the scientific awareness vital for being a citizen in the modern world and participating in a democracy.

To meet the first purpose, the six departments in the division offer rigorous programs in biology, chemistry, geosciences, physics, mathematics, and computer science and computer engineering. Inquiry-based learning is emphasized in laboratories, research courses, and capstone projects. The division-wide undergraduate research program supports one-on­one investigations with faculty in which students are immersed in al l aspects of actually "doing" science.

To meet the second purpose, both major and non-major courses address the basic philosophy and methodologies of science. This encourages an awareness of the l imitations of science as well as an appreciation for its benefits. Courses also attempt to place science and technology in its larger socio-cultural context, connecting developments in one discipline with those in another and with influences outside the sciences.

Regardless of their major, students will find in the Natural Sciences Division a faculty devoted to teach ing. Opportunities for close interactions abound, and the development of the whole person is a central concern.

FACULTY: Alexander, Dean; faculty members of the Departments of Biology, Chemisrry, Computer Science and Computer Engineering, Geosciences, Mathematics, and Physics.

As a division within the College of Arts and Sciences, the Division of Natural Sciences offers major programs in each department leading ro BA and BS degrees, minor programs, and core courses that fulfill general university requirements. The departments provide supporting courses for interdisciplinary programs within the sciences and for other schools of the univers ity. Courses for BA in Education degrees with majors and minors in [he natural sciences are available; see the Education section of this catalog for specific degree requirements. See also the sections on Environmental Studies and on the Health Sciences (under Pre-Professional Programs) for related programs.

Descriptions of specific course offerings and degree requirements offered within the Natural Sciences are l isted under:

Biology Chemistry Computer Science and Computer Engineering Geosciences Mathematics Physics

Course Offerin� Natural Sciences (NSCI)

The following course is offered under Natural Sciences. O ther

courses suitable for satisfying general university requirements or Core [ requirements may be found in the l istings for each of the departmen ts in the division.

NSCI 210: Natural History of Hawaii - NS, SM The Hawaiian Islands are an active museum of geology and tropical island plant and animal l ife. The islands, the most isolated in the world, have native plants and animals-95 percent of which occur nowhere cIse. Students are expected to participate actively in daily lectures and fieldwork involving the geologic formation of Hawaii and its subsequent population by plants and animals, stressing the impact of human inter venrion . (4)

Norwegian

To view CltrricuLlim tlnd course requirements, please go to Department of Languages & Litemture, page 96

School of Nursing

253.535 .7672 www.plu.edu/�nurs

The School of Nursing is a professional school that combines nursing science with a strong foundation in natural sciences and the liberal arts. It prepares undergraduate students for generalist nursing practice; builds upon undergraduate educational experiences to prepare nurses for advanced pracrice in designated special ties; and responds ro the education needs of pracricing nurses to remain current, competent practitioners or ro revise the focus of their practice.

The school exemplifies the university's mission of educating for lives of service and carc in an environment thar encourages inquiry, diversiry, lifelong learning, and spiritual i ry as vital elements in rhe human qu r for wholeness. Nursing's educational programs offer dynam ic learning opportunities that challenge students to develop skills, attitudes, values, and roles which facilitate individuals, families, and communities to meet their health and well ness needs.

Degree programs within the School of Nursing include the Bachelor of Science in Nursing for basic nursing students and licensed practical nurses, and ADN-RNs, the Master of Science in Nursing program for BSN prepared registered nurses, and the Entry-Level MSN for non-nursing baccalaureate graduates.

A program leading to Educational Staff Associate certi�lcation is available for school nurses through Continuing Nursing Education (CNE). Course work is offered in collaboration with the Office of the Washington State Superintendent of Public Imrruction. Workshops and short courses for nurses and others involved in health care arc frequently offered throughout the year by NE.

Also integraJ to the School of Nursing is a Wellness Center that includes a nurse-managed, practitioner-staffed clinic. The center provides nursing services to the community, as well as serves as a practice site for undergraduate and graduate students.

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

f c

1,

d

A

S

Page 117: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

FACUIIY: 1: Mi l ler, Dnm; B3.rron, Bell , Carr, Dar!- , Dolan, Dubois, Gaspar, Husron . Kirkpatrick . Lizzi, Maloney. McCann. Mi'J:. Ison. R.: naud, Roberts, Roth, Sales, Schafflcr, Schaffner, S hulrz, Stene, Stewart, Wint r, Wolfer, Wood, Zaichkin.

AccrediUltions af1d Affiliarions

The School of Nursing at Pacitlc Lutheran University is a member of the American Association of .olleges of Nursing. The BSN and M programs are approved by the Wash ingron State Nursing Care Qual ity Assurance ommiss ion and fu l ly accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education. The Schoo l is part of Psi Chapter-at-L.rge of Sigma Theta Tau International, the Honor Society of Nu�ing.

Undergraduate Programs

The Basic undergraduate program is designed for students who do not hold licensure in practical or registered nursing. The LPN ro B N program is designed for persons holding LPN l icensure.

The school collaborates with over 100 health agencies ro provide optimal cl inical learning experiences for its students, under (he supervision of it faculty members.

l;raduates who successfu lly complete either program will have earned Ule Bachelor of Science in ursing degree. and are eligible ro sit for the CLEX-RN. the examination for licensure as registered nurses in the State of Washington. They are prepared ro bepn professional nursing posit ions throughout the health care sys tem. The undergraduate programs provide a strong foundation for graduate study in nursing.

High School Pr�llratioll

Applicants are expecred ro have completed a program in high school that includes: four years of English; rwo years of mathematics (preferably algebra and geumetry); two years of social sciences; rwo years of one foreign language; and two years of Iaborarory sciences (includi ng chemistry).

Liberal Arts PouI/tUItion

An undersrandi.ng of and an appreciation fo r the integration of liberal arts and the an and science of nurs ing are necessary for sue es in the B program. Applicants are expected to have comp leted at I ast 1 2 semester credits of liberal arts courses prior ro beginning the nurs ing program, in such areas as li terature. philosophy, religion, writing hisrory, anthropology, pol itical science and fine arts.

Admission to th� University

Applicants musr be accepted by the un ivers iry before consideration for acceptance by the School of Nursing. Pacific Lutheran University welcomes applications from all students who have demons trated capacities for success at the bacca laureate level. Students who present appropriate academic records and personal qual i ties are admined ro either summer, bll, January, or spring terms, as appropriate. Applicat ion procedures and other details re found elsewhere in this catalog .

Admissioll to the School of Nursing

Students seeking admission ro any undergraduate nurs ing

program, Basic, LPN to B sequence, or the ADN ro FlSN sequence, must make formal application ro both the university and the School of Nursing. Applications for admission ro the n urs ing major are available from the School of Nursing. All application marerials, including official transcripts , are reviewed by the School's Recruirment, Admission, and Progress ion (RAP) Commi ttee and evaluated according ro the admission criteria.

Undergraduate students des i ring admission should submit their applications by March 1 for any term in the fol lowing year. The selection of studenrs for admission is competitive because the number of available spaces each semester is l imited. Srudents who have applied by the March 1 deadl ine are notified by the end of April . Lf there are more appl icants for any term than can be :l ommodared. qua l ified candidates are p laced on a wa it l ist or admi tted to a later term. Students are admitted to the term of their choice insofar as it is possible. Persons on the wairlist for the year who are no t admitted because of a lack of space, but who continue to desire admission to the nursing major, must submit a new appl icat ion to be considered for the following year.

Individuals whose appl icat ions have been r�ccivt'd after the priori ty deadline, March 1, for all rerms, will be considered on a space available basis.

All prospect ive or pre-nursing students are urged to seek early academic advi sement in order ro enroll for appropriate prerequisite courses and avoid unnecessary loss of time . The School of N ursing reserves the righ t of curriculum and program modification and revision.

Admission Criteria

BASIC BSNILPN TO BSNIADN TO BSN Applicanrs must have been admitted to Pacific Lutheran University before considerarion of admission ro the School o f Nursing. Admission t o the School of ursing i s a selective process. Meeting minimum requ iremen ts does not guaranree admission. Admission to the university does not imply nor guaran tee admission to the School of Nurs ing. Minimum criteria that appl icanrs must meet to be considered for admission to the Basic or LPN ro BSN programs of s tudy in the School of Nursing include the fol lowi ng:

A. Satisfactory complerion, or pend i ng satisfactory comp letion, of specified prerequ isite courses at PLV, an aecr dited community college, or another accredi ted unive�i ry.

B . Completion, o r pendi ng completion, o f a t leasr 3 0 semester credits (or 45 quarter credits) ar the college level, which is sophomore class standing;

C. Competitive grade point averages (Because admission is compet i tive, the grade po int averages for admitted students are usual ly significantly higher than the minimum): l . A minimu m grade of 2 . 00 on a 4.00 scale i n each

nurs ing prerequisite and co-requisite course. 2. A minimum cumulative grade point average of 2.75 on

a 4.00 scale in the prerequisite and co-requ is ite courses . 3. A m inimum PLU cumulative grade poin t average of 3.00

on a 4.00 scale. (For transfer students who matriculate to PLU and the School of Nursi ng simultaneously, the cumulative transfer grade point average as determined by the Registrar's Office is used.)

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

z c: ... V\

1 1 5

Page 118: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

en c:

1 16

D. No more than one repeat of any single pterequisite or corequisite coutse. Applicants who have either repeated courses, both general and nursing specific, due to failure, or have withdrawn from courses, are considered less competitive.

E. Completion of the universiry math entrance requirement (intermediate algebra at the college level with a minimum grade of 2.00 on a 4.00 scale, or completion of two years of college prepararory [high school] algebra with average grades of 2.00 on a 4.00 scale).

F. Physical and mental health with emotional stability sufficient ro meet the demands of generalist nursing roles and ro provide timely, safe patient care.

G. Fluency in speaking, reading, writing, and comprehending universiry-Ievel English.

H . Civil, adminisrrative, and criminal hisrory clearance in all states as well as any other applicable territory or country.

J . Submission of all tequired application documents ro the School of Nursing by the designated deadlines.

Continuation Policies

All the nursing courses have prerequisites and must be taken in sequence and/or concurrently as identified in the studenr's school-approved curriculum plan as well as the catalog.

A . A minimum grade of 2.00 on a 4.00 scale (C) must be achieved in all required nursing courses. A student receiving a grade of less than 2.00 in any course that is a prerequisite ro anothet nursing course may not continue in rhe nursing sequence until the prerequisite coutse is repeared with a grade of 2.00 on a 4.00 scale Ot above.

B. No course can be repeated more than one time. Failure in two nursing courses will result in dismissal from the School of Nursing.

C. Incomplete grades in nursing courses must be converted to a passing grade (2.00 on a 4.00 scale or above) before the first day of class of the subsequent term.

D . Students taking approved withdrawals from nursing courses may return to the School of Nursing in accordance with policies listed in the Undergraduate Nursing Student Handbook on a space-available basis, noting that they may be subject to new program requirements.

E . The School of Nursing reserves the right to withdraw nursing students who fail to achieve and maintain academic or clinical competence, Ot who do not demonsttate professional accountability Ot conduct. Unsafe and/or unethical practice constitutes grounds for immediate dismissal from the clinical component and/or the program.

F. All students must comply with confidentialiry according to HIPPA, School of Nursing, and univetsiry regu lations.

G. Other policies regarding progression/continuation are found in the Undergraduate Nursing Student Handbook.

Nursing students are being developed as professional role models and are tesponsible fot optimal health practices. Specific health­tdated documentation and certification are tequired before

beginning the program, and must be current rhroughour the course of study. It is the tesponsibiliry of each student to provide appropriate and timely documentation as required. Students failing to comply with any of these requirements may be dismissed rom the nursing program and/ot be subject to monetary fine. It is the student's responsibiliry ro reporr to the School of ursing any changes in his or her physical Ot psychological health.

English Prqfidemy

A certain level of English proficiency is necessary for academic success in nursing and for patient safery. Students who are identified by the unive iry as needing the English as a Second Language (ESL) sequence of courses will be required ro take rhe ESL courses before consideration for admission to the School of Nursing and/or to take and achieve passing scores on the Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL).

In addition. before their applications to the School of Nursing will be considered, all students for whom English is not (heir first language must also take and pass additional tests of English pronunciation. comprehension, grammar, and Auency. Test fees afC the responsibiliry of the student. Guidelines and policies can be obtained from the School of Nursing. All students for whom English is not their first language should also be aware that tbey may not be able to complete the program of study within the usual time frame.

Non-Majors Enrolled in Nursing Courses

Students who have nor been admitted ro the nursing major but who wish to enroll in nursing courses must obtain permission of the School of Nursing Recruitment, Admissions, and Progression Committee, the course instructors, and/or (he ean.

Additio,raJ Costs

A user support fee is charged to each srudent's accounr each semester. This fee supports the purchase of equipment, materials and supplies in the practice Jabs and Learning Resource Center, as well as com purer materiaJs and software. The fee is paid with ruition following registration for specific courses.

In addition to regular universiry costs, students must provide their own transportation between the universiry campus and the clinical areas beginning with the first nursing course. Public transportation is limited, so provision for private transportation is essenti;tl.

Students are required to carry professional liabiliry insurance in specified amounts during all periods of clinical experience. For Basic srudents, this insurance is available under a group plan at a nominal cost to the student. LPN and ADN students must carry their own protessional liabiliry insurance. Health requirement fees, laborarory fees, student uniform and any ne sary equipment ate the responsibiliry of the student.

Programs of Study

PREREQUISITE AND CO-REQUISITE COURSES TO THE NUR ING MAJOR Each prerequisite and co-requisite course listed below must be completed with a minimum grade of 2.00 on a 4.00 scale in order to be considered successfully completed.

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

j

J

Page 119: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

• Banc students must uccessfully complete Biology 205 and 20 , hl!ll1istry 1 05, and Psychology 1 0 1 befo begiI1ning the nursing program. A minimum cumulative GPA of 2.75 is required in these courses. Basic students must also successfully complete Bioiogy 20 I and Psychology 320 before progress ion ro second semester sophomore-level nursing courses; in addili n, they must also suce sfully complete ratistics 23 1 before enrollment in Nursing 360.

• LPN stu4nW must successfully complete Biology 20 I , 205, and 206; Chemistry 1 05; and Psychology 1 0 1 and 320 before beginning rhe nursing program. A minimum cumulative CPA of 2.75 i required in these courses. LPN students must also successfully complete Statistics 23 1 before enrollment in l ursing 360.

• ADN studen� must successfully complete Biology 20 I , 205, nd 206; Chemistry 1 05; Psychology 1 0 1 and 320; and rJtisrics 231 before begi nning the nursing program. A

minimum cumulative G PA of 2.75 is required in these courses .

�quis;u and co-requisite courses

BIOl 20 I : Introducrory Microbiology BI l 205: Human Anatomy and Ph 'siology [ BIOl 206: Human Anatomy and Physiology I I

HEM 1 05: C h mistry o f Life ( rganic and Biochemistry) p. Y 1 0 1 : Inrroduction to Psychology PSYC 320: Development Across the lifespan STi\T 23 1 : Introductory Statistics

All courses named above are offered in academic depanments other than the School of Nursi ng, and are thereb administered by those res pective deparcmenrs in regard tll scheduling, evaluation, grading, etc. For the BS degree to be awarded, all studems must meet both nursing and university requirements.

BSN SEQUENCE FOR BASIC STUDENTS The curriculum plan for the Basic student (those who hold neither practical nor registered nursing licensure) is designed to foster growth and professional accountability on the part of students.

Nu ing (NURS) courses must be raken concurrently and in sequenc indicated in the fol lowing sample curriculum, and if the srudent i , enrolled full l im::. normally extend over six semesters. Basic students who have completed transferable nursing credit from another accredi ted insriturion, and/or who hold licensure as certified n ursing assistants, should seek advisemenr from rhe Admissions Coordinator regarding the possibIl ity of completing the sequence wirhin five semesters and one January or slimmer term (when offered). Currently licensed certified nursing assistants with a minimum of one year's experience rna ' be eligible to complere ursing 220 through ctedit by examination.

FIRST YEAR (PRE-NURSING)

F�t S�es_ter�� __________________ �

BIOL 205: Hu man Anatomy and Physiology [ PS 'C lQ..l : Introduction to Psychology WRIT 1 0 ) : Inquiry eminar: Writing PHED 1 00: Personalized Fitness Program'-'-______ _

PHED Physical A tivicy

4 4

-4-

Second Semester

.-J3I L 206: Human Anatomy �nd Physiology II CHEM 1 05: Chemistry of Life C U R or Core Inquiry Seminar 1 90: CUR or Core

SECOND YEAR

First Semester SIal 20 1 : In troducrion to Microbiology PSYC 320: Development Across the lifespan STAT 23 1 : In troducrory Sratistics N U RS 220: Nursing Competencies I PHED Physical Acrivity

JanlUlry Term NURS 220: Nursing Competencies I (When offered and if nor complered in previous Firsr Semesrer)

Second S�ester N U RS 260 : Professional Foundarions N U RS 270: Health Assessmenr and Promotion N U RS 280: Pathological Human Pro esses CUR or Core PHED Ph>::sical Activity

THIRD YEAR

FiNt Semester

4

4 4 4 4

4 4 4 4

4

NUl ' 320: N ursi ng.::C:.:::o.:.:mc:Jp:::e�re=.:n.:.:c:::ie:::::s�I T� __ ---, __ -,-,--..,. ____ =-_ N U RS 330: Pharmacology and Therapeuric Modalities NURS 340: Siruarions with Individuals: Adult Healrh I N RS 350: Situations with Individuals: Mental Health

JanUllry Term GUR or Core

Second S�ester NURS 360: Nursing Research and I nformatics NURS 365: CuI rurally Congruent Heal thcare NURS 370: Situarions with Families: Childbearing N U RS 380: Situations with Families: Child rearing

FOURTH YEAR

First Semester NUR 420: Leadership and Resource ManaSE.ment 4 NURS 430: Situations wirh Communities 5 NU RS 440: Situations with Individuals: A ulr Health I I 4 I URS 44 1: Situarions Seminar

January Term G U R or ore 4

SeC011d Senlesfno NURS 460: Health are >::srems and Pol icy 2

'URS 480: Professional Foundations I I 2 NURS 499: Capstone: Nursing Synthesis 6 C R r Core 4

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

1 1 7

Page 120: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

en

c

III ... ::I

Z

1 1 8

A minimum of 128 semester credit bOlli'S is required for the bac­calaureate degree. The sequence of required nur.iillg courses comprises 10 semester credit hOIlTS.

BSN SEQUENCE FOR LlCENSED PRACTICAL NURSES The LPN to BSN sequence of study is desi ned to ptovide career mobility for [he experienced licensed practical nursc desiring [he Bachelor of Science in Nursing degree. Tne program validates [he prior knowledge and cl inical competence of [he LPN , enabling p rogression [nrough [ne BSN curriculum wi thi n five semesters, followi ng completion of prerequisire courses.

LPN students are strongly encouraged to make maximum progress toward comple[ing university requ irements before beginning tne nurs ing sequence.

PREREQUISITE COURSES

B[OL 20 1 : Introducrory Microbiology 4 BlOL 205: Human Anatomy and Physio logy I 4

�10 �Q.6: Human Anatomy and Physi l o�,_' _1 1 ____ 4.,--_-· CHEM 105: Chem istry of We 4 PSY 1 0 I : Introduction to Psychology 4 PSCY 320: Developmen t Across tne L ifespan --4---�--------------

FIRST YEAR

First StmU!ster N URS 260: Prof, sional Founda.tions 4 NURS 270: Health Assessment an-d.,.--P-ro-r-n-o-t:-io-n-----4-:--

URS 280: Patho l ogical Human Processes:...-______ -;4_

STAT 23 1 ; Introductory Sratistic, 4

Second Semester 2

0: Sicuarions with Individuals: Mental Health 4

SECOND YEAR

4 4 4 4

Second Semester 4 5 4 .. .. _._--

__

___

e_n_l_ln_ar ________

______

________

__

TfllRD YEAR

Final Semester NURS 460: Hea[[h 2

2 Tursing Symhesis 6

4 P l U 2 0 0 6

Cenerai unilJersily and other specific reqllirrJrll(nts needed for compLetion of the baccaUlureate dRgrec are I/ot listed here. Applicants to the LPN to BSN sequence are strongly mcol/raged to seek advising for assistance with their compLne programs ofstllr0'.

BSN SEQUENCE FOR LlCENSED REGISTERED NURSES The ADN to BSN program begins with tne foundation of the knowledge, skills and experience of the registered nurse and builds an expanded framework for advanced nursing practice in today's health care delivery sys tems. Designed for tne registered nurse with a[ least onc year of direer care nursing experience, this program enables students to earn both a bJChclor's degree and a master's degree in n ursing.

[n tne ADN to BSN program, students may earn up to 30 upper-division credits through the Professional Portfolio \'<forkshop course, designed to guide the students in earning college credits by documenting registered nurse employment expenences.

Upon successful completion of the BSN degree with a 3.0 [,LU grade point average, and successful completion of tne Graduate Record Exam (GRE), (he student may begin an ex-peciited applica[ion process for (he MSN program . (See Graduate Studies.)

Prere Itisite Nursin Courses ..... B[OI . .��Lnrroductory Microbiology 4 _

_ BIOL 205: Human Allatomy ���._�_�x�i::)lOID'_[:c:_----4,__ B IO 20 : Human Anatomy and Phys.io Logy [ [ 4 CHEM 1 05 : Chemistry of Life 4 PSY 1 0 1 : Introduction to Psycnology 4 PSY 320: Developmenr Across the LiFespan 4

�AT23 1 : I ntroductory Statis tics 4

Prere uisite General Un;lJersi Re ,irl!1l11!71t CDUI·ses :..:.:c'---­Matn Entrance Requirem m (minimum C PA of 2.0 on a 4.0 scale)

_ Foreign Lmguage Entrance Rcguiremem Fine Arts: Art, Music, or heater 4 �--------------� Literature 4 Phi1�sopJ1j' (excludes logic or critical thinki ng) 4 Pnysical Education: Four differenr activity COUf. es,

including PHED 1 00 (See School of Nursing for �c:.exemptions to the PHED re�.:.rl�:)'__

___ --=4_ ocial Science, Line I : History, Antnropology, or

P Ihical Science Writ ing

4 4

For consideration for admission, applicants must ha'ue:

A. Achieved a minimum (undergraduate) cumulative G PA of 3.00 on a 4.00 scale for admission to undergraduatc study. and co ntinuation to graduate study.

B. Completed each nursing prerequisite course with a minimum G PA of 2.00 on a 4.00 scale; cumulative GPA average in aU prerequis ite and corequisitc courses must be a minimum of 2.75 on a 4.00 scale.

c:. Ach ieved jun io r class status (accumulation of 60 or more semester hours) .

D. Obtained unrestricted licensure a s a registered nurse in the state of Washington.

- 2 0 0 7

1 t-p

A '"' '"

P

N w

Page 121: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

E. For continuation to graduate srudy, completion of the MSN application process.

JJSN COURSE OF STUDY FOR ADN PREPARED REGISTERED NURSES (See Graduate Studies for JvISN Co/me Sequences.)

First Semuter

6-8

NURS 399: Professional Portfolio Workshop 4 NURS 420: I ntroduction to Leadership and Management 4

UR 430: ursing Situations with_ ommuniries

}lhlua Term Approved Elective

ursing Synthesis

MINOR IN HEALTH SERVICES:

------

4

4 4 2 6 4

Health care is a complex system, which now represents [6% of the U.S. Gross National Product. Many discipl ines ou tside of nursing require familiariry with systems and issues within health care. The Health Services minor is designed ro support non­nursing majors, including biology, business, chemistry, social work, etc. Students seeking a Health Services mi nor must receive approval and advisement from the School of Nursing prior to declaration.

R�quirement$ - Minimflm 18 semester hours

NURS 1 00, 460 PHIL 223

At least th ree courses from: Diversity ANTH 1 02, 380 H EED 365

URS 365 PHED 362

Ad",inistrlltiU11 E ON 323 N RS 420 and 530

P/�sl'ologic Functioning NURS 280. 330 PHED 480

Applied Health Cart! HEED 266. 28 1 N RS 270 PHED 384

No more than eight semester hours from any one department will be counted roward the minor.

GRADUA TE PROGRAMS MASTER OF SCIENCE IN NURSING ConSlilt the graduate section 0/ thLr catalog for details 0/ the program leading to the degree 0/ Master a/Science in Nursing and/or contact the School of Nursing Graduate Program (253.535.7672).

ENTRY-LEVEL MASTER OF SCIENCE IN NURSING A cohort program designed for those who have previously earned a baccalaureate or higher degree in an academic discipline other than nursing. Those i nterested are strongly advised to seek early advisement from the School of Nursing at 253.535.8872. See Graduate Srudies section of this catalog for further details.

SCHOOL NURSE CERTIFICATION Contact rhe School of Nus sing Continuing Nursing Education Office (253. 535.76 83).

Workshops and Short Courses Contact the School of Nursing Continuing Nursing Education Office (253.535 .768 3).

The informtltion contail/ed herein refleclS an accurate picture 0/ the programs o/study leading to degrees in Ntmingfrom Pacific Lutheral/ University at the time o/publication. However. tlJe university reserves the right to make necessary changes ill procedures, policies, wklldar, curriCllltlm, fwd costs.

For stlldmts admitted to the JlU/:ring major, regular status or provisional, all nursing courses are sequential. Successfol completion of all courses in one semester is prerequisite to enrollmellt in the next st'll1ester:' courses. All students admitted to the nursing lIlajor must adhere to the Cllrriwfulll sequence as outlined hy their approved academic pmgram contracts.

NURS}

All courses unless otherwise specified, are open only to accepted nursing students.

NURS 100: Medical Tenninology Provides sound basis for individuals in health care to learn important words. their origins , derivatives. and abbreviations. Focuses on utilization of terms as applied to anatomical, physiological . and pharmacological topics. Pronunciation of terms emphasized. Knowledge from this course can be applied to any health care profession . Open to non-nursing majors, req uired for Health Services mi nor. (I or 2)

NURS 220: Competnlcies I Focuses on the cote knowledge and competencies of therapeutic communication, and technical skills associated with heal th management. Prerequisite: Admission to rhe School of Nursing. (4)

NURS 260: Proftssional Foundations I Focuses on nursing as a profession and discipline. The nursing process is introduced as a framework for critical thinking and caring. Open to non-nursing students with permission of instructor. Prt!requisite: URS 220. (4)

NURS 270: Heolth Assessmmt and Promotion Focuses on the core knowledge and competencies necessary to

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

1 1 9

Page 122: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

11'1 Jo... :::s

:z

1 20

perform health assessments and promote healch across the l ife span. PrerequisiJes: prior or concurrent with NURS 260 and 280 . (4)

NUR 280: Humpn Parhological Prou/$U Focuses on human respon, e, to major forms of pathophysiology. Prn-t!quisitefor majors: BIOL 20 1 , 206 and HEM 105 . Non­majors must receive permission from the instructor. (4)

NURS 312: Prnoperative Nurnng Focuses on the theory and practice related to pre-surgical, surgical, and post-surgical nursing care as wel l as the role of the perioperative surgical nurse . (4)

NURS 320: CO'lIpetencies II Focuses n the core kn()\Vledg� and competencies of advanced technical skills associated with health management. Prer�quisiu$: NURS 260, 270. 280, achievement of Junior I status. (2)

NURS 330: PhflT71UlCology and Therapeul'ic ModAlities for Nursing Focllse bn pharmacological princ iples of major drug classifications, therapeutic modalities, and alternatives to pharmacological inrerventions. Prerequisitefor majors: NURS 280, achievement of Junior I StatLts. Non-major must receive permission from the ins tructor. (4)

NURS 340: Nuning Situn.tions willi IndillidwJs: Adult Health I Focuses on the core knowledge and competencies necessary to apply the nursing process LO situations with individuals experiencing selected alterations in health . Prerequisites: Prior or concurrenr enrollment ill NURS 320 and 330, achievement of Junior I status. (4)

NURS 350: Nursing Situations with lndividwJs: Mental Health Focuses on the core knowledge and competencies necessary ro apply the nursing proc [0 situation$ with ind.ividuals experiencing mental health issues. Prerequisite: Prior or concurrent enrollment in N RS 330, achievement of Junior I stams. (4) NURS 360: Nursing Research a1lJ Informatics Exammes princ ip les of nursing and health care r rch, technologi�, and databases that support ' idenc -based nursing practice. Prereiuisites: Prior or concurrent wi th NURS 340 o r 3 5 0 and STA 23 1 , achievement o f Junior I I stams. (4)

NURS 365: Cttltura1/.y C01lgruent Healtll Care - A Focuses on core knowledge and competencies necessary to give cul rurally congruem care to people from diverse populations. Compares belief:, values, and practices pertaining to health, care expressions, ;rnd weLl-being. Open t non-nursing studems with instructor permission. Prerequisite for majors: URS 270, ach ievement of Junior n status . (4)

NURS 370: NursitJg SituntWm with Families: Cb;Uhearillg ocuses on the core knowled� and .ompetcncies necessary ro

apply the nursing process to siruations with childbearing famil ies.

Prerequisites: NURS 320, 330, 340, 350, achievement of Junior II status. (4)

NURS 380: Nursing SitJlations with Families: CiJiUrearing Focuses on the core knowledge and c m petencies necessary to apply the nursing process t() situation, wirh infants, children, adolescents and their famil ies. Prerequisitel: NU � 320, 330, 340, 350, achievement of Junior II status. (4)

NURS 3991 Nurs;'lg Port/olio Workshop PortFolio writing designated to prepare registered nurses to comple te a portfolio documcmin prior experiemial learning acquired in nursing practice. Open to ADN to B tudents on l),. (4)

NURS 420: IntrotWctioll to LetuieNl:tip and Ruoura Managnnnzt ill Nursing Focuses on core knowledge and competencies related to beginning leadership and resource mal13.gement skills. Prerequisites: N URS 360, 370, 380. achievement of Senior I status. (4)

NURS 430: MINing S;tuatiollS with Communities Focuses on the core knowledge and competencies necessary to apply the nursing process to s i tuations with the community as client. Prior or concurrent enrollment in NU 420, achievement of enior I s t. ru�. (5)

NURS 440: Nur.<ing SituatiotlS with IndillUbmb: Adult Health ll Focuses on the core knowledge and competencies necessary [0

apply the nursing process to situations with individuals experiencing complex alterations in health. PrereqtJisil�s: URS 360, 370, and 380, achievement of Senior I SUI[uS. (4)

NURS 44h SenioT Seminar

NURS 460: Hulth Care SystenlS tmd Policy Analysis uf the social, political, legal. and economic facrors that in fluence health care including trends in health policy and eth ical issues relevant to health care delivery. pen ro non-nursing students with permissi on of the instructor. Prerequisite for majors: NURS 260, Senior I I . (2)

NUBS 478: EI#!ctiv� Clinical Experietue An exploration and application of nursing knc."v!euge and roles in a selected clin ical environment. Pass/fail option. Open to students who have completed their j un ior-level nursing courses or have received permission of the fClcuI ty. ( 1 -4)

NURS 480: Profasional Foundations lJ Critical evaluation of role transition into pwfess ional nursing. Prerequisite: Concllrrent enrollment i n URS 499, achievement of Senior I I St:l.tus. (2)

NURS 491: l1ulependeru St.wUes Prerequisite: Permis ion of the dean . ( 1 -4)

NURS 493: interns/Jip Abroad ( 1 -4)

NURS 4!J9: Capstone: NUNing Sytubuis - SR Synthesis of core knowledge, competencies, profess ional values,

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

SI

1 S Sl J I III I i h

Page 123: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

md leader.ihi p skills in nursing imariolls mt'nrored by a professional nurse preceptor. furequisitn: NURS 420, 430, 440, 44 1 , prior or oncurrent enrollmenr i n N RS 460 and 4 80, achiev menr of Senior I I status. (6)

)(t thr Cmdl<ilu School of Nuningfor grtilluate level courses.-

Philosophy

253. 3- .72 1 3 www.p.".ed.lI�phiI

Philosophy is the parenr academic discipline that gave birth to rod:!y'- variety of .lfts and sciences. It examines basic issues in all fields and explores conn erions among diver e areas of l ife. In philosophy the most fundamental and enduring of quest ions are addre ed� How un humans gain knowledge about thei r world? What l irrulS are there to that knowledge? What is the ulti mate nature of rhe universe? In particular, what IS the nature of the human person, and what role or purpose is ours? How should we live? Are th re moral, :ltsthc:ric, and religious values that can be adopted rau mlly and u ed to guide our decisions? Study i n phi los phy acquainr srudenrs with major rival views of the world, encourag s them to thlnk precisely and systematical ly, and helps t hem to se life cri tical ly, :!pprt: iati ely, and whole.

FACULTY: McKenna, Chair, Cooper, Crom, Hogan, G. Johnson, K:llIr in, Menzel.

Uses of Phik>sophy

Courses in philo phy help srudents who ( I ) recognize philosophy as a c�nrral element rn a quality liberal arts education; (2) wish LO su porr their undergradu 1 w rk i n other fields, such as lite: rure, hisror " po!iricai scienc', rel igion, the sciences, education, or business; (. ) plan to use their study of phi losophy in prepararioo for graduate srudy in law, rheo logy, or medicine.; or (4) are considering graduate vork in philosophy itself, usually with the in tention of [ aching in the field.

ndergraduate study in philosophy is not meanr to train specifically for a first Job. Instead , it serves to sharpen basic skills in critical thinking, problem solving, research, analysis, interpr ration, and writing. It also provide critical perspective on and deep appreciation of ideas and issues that have i ntrigued humanity t:broughom the ag s, including those central to the \liIcstt:rn inrellecutal heri t.:lge. This prepares stud ntS for a great \'ariety of p . i r i os of r",ponsibil ity, especially when coupled with spc ializ rr:lining in other disciplines. Those wi th the highe, t pot ntial or ach" ncernent general l y hal' more than JUSt specialtz d rraining; rather, they bring to their work breadth of P r.ipeCllVe, intellecrual nexibility and depth, and well-honed skills i n cri tical thougbt and communication.

Why a Plnlo$opby Requiremnlt

Students who take phi losophy engage in a sy.t matic and m tained e)Caminarion of the basic concepts of l ife, such as

justi , know l 'dge, goodn , and the self. By scrutinizing metho , assumpt i ns, Jnd impl ications, they are able to explo re l ifelong uestion ' 0 meaning. thought, and acrion. They acquire hisroriClI perspective on the diversity of human though t and

tolerance for the considered upinions of others. Through [he collect ive exploration of, and reasoned argument over, difficult ideas, stu �nrs develop autOnomy in lheir decision-making. Philosophy is vital ro the formation of meaning and purpose in students' lives and provides an indi pensable framework for developing a sense of vocation - \'(1]10 am I) What values should we hold? What really is the common good to which I might contribute? What kind of l ife should I l ive? In s hort, the active study of philosophy is essenrial "to empower students for lives of tho ughtful inquiry, service, leadersh ip and care - for other persons, for the commun ity and for the earth . "

University Core &'luirement

The Core I requirement of four em� teI hours in ph i losophy may be satisfied with any course off, except for PHIl 233: Formal Logic.

The ini tial course in philosophy is customar i ly PHIL 1 2 1 , PHIL 1 25, or a 200-level cour.�e rhat provides a more focused tOpic but is still at the in troductory level (PH I L 220, 223, 228, 230, 238, 253). The 300-level courses are suited for tudenrs with particular interests who are capable of working ar the upper­division level. Courses offered through corropondence, on-line, and i ndependen r studies are nor a e ted to meet core requiremenr in phi losophy.

MINOR 1 6 semester hours of approved philosophy courses; for transfer students, at least 8 hours must be taken at PLU. Students considering a minor should discuss their personal goals with departmental facul ty.

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR • Minimum of 32 semester hours, including PHIL 233,

330, 332, and 499. • On approval of the department, one course (4 hours) in

another field of study may be used for a double major in philosophy if i t has a direer relationship to the student's philosophy program. Transfer tudents will normally take 1 6 o r more of their 3 2 hours at PL . Students in tending to major in phi losophy should fo rmally declare this with the department chair and choose a depar tmental advisor.

• Students must be a declared philosophy major in order to be el igible for departmental scholarships.

HO ORS MAjOR In addition to the above requirements for the major:

A. PHIL 493: Honors Research Project, ulcluding an honors thesis written under th supervision uf one or more faculty members and presen ted to the department.

B. Completion of the departmental read ing program of primary sources. Honors majors in philosophy arc' e. peered to complemen t their regular cou rse. by reading and discussing three or fo ur importan t works under the pt'rsonal supervision of deparrment faculty. The reading list should be obtained at an early date from the d partmen t chair. It is best that the reading program not be concent rated inro a single semester, bm pUr.iued at a leisurely pace over an extended period.

C. At least a 3.3 !fade poi nt average in philosophy courses, including at least a B in PHIL 493.

P l U 2 0 06 - 2 0 0 7

-c ::r

o 11\ o

'"0 ::r

'<

1 2 1

Page 124: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

c o

... ta v ::s

"C LI.I

>­.c C­O 11\ o

1 22

PHIL 121: The E'xa",i7,ed Life - PH Introduces philosophy by considering perennial ropics and issues, such as what makes an acrion right or wrong and whether belief in God is reasonable. Includes a focus on developing skills in critical and systematic thi.nking. (4)

PHIL 125: Ethics alld the Good Life - PH Major moral theories of Western civilization, including contemporary moral theories. Critical application to sdected moral issues. (4)

PHIL 220: Women a1,J Philosoplry - A, PH An examination and critique of hisrorically important theories from Western philosophy concerning women's narure and place in society, followed by an examination and critique of the writings of women phi losophers. hisroric and contemporary. (4)

PHIL 223: Biomedical Ethics - PH An examination of signifIcant controversies in contemporary biomedical ethics. of major moral philosophies. dnd of their interrelationships. (4)

PHIL 225: Busiruss Ethics - PH Application of moral theories and perspectives of relevance ro business practices. Examination of underlying values and assumptions in specifIC business cases involving, e.g . , employer­employee relations, advertising, workplace conflict, and environmental and social responsibilities. Pass/fail options do not apply ro business majors either declared or intending ro declare. (4)

PHIL 228: Social alld Political Philosophy - PH An examination of major social and political theories of Western phi losophy (including Plato, Hobbes, Locke, ousseau, Mill, Marx). Includes feminist and non-Western contributions and critiques. Can count for a Political Science minor. (4)

PHIL 230: Philosophy, Allimais, and the Envirollmmt - PH Examines issues such as resource distribution and consumption, obligations to furure generations and the nonhuman life. Various moral theories are examined and applied to ethical issues such as preservarion of endangered species, animal experimentation, factory farming. resource consumption, pollution, and population growth. Concepts such as wilderness, nature/narural, and consciousness are also addressed. (4)

PHIL 233: Formal Logic Principles of sound reasoning and argument. Development and practical use of formal logical systems, with a focus on symbolic logic. Includes an introduction to inductive and abductive reasoning. Not for philosophy core requirement; countS toward Option I I I of the College of Arrs and Sciences requirement. (4)

PHIL 238: Existmtialism a"d the Mea"i,lg of Life - PH An introduction to the philosophical movement known as Existentialism. The coutse will explore themes central ro human experience (such as alienation, guilt, suffering, joy and boredom), with a goal of asking how existentialism engages these ideas relarive to the question of human meaning. As an introducrory course we will survey specifically the major rhinkers of rhis tradition and illustrate how existentialism connects to other areas such as religion, psychology and l iterature. (4)

PHIL 253: Creation and Evolutioll - PH Examination of the controversy surrounding the origin of life. Includes a historical introduction ro the controversy; investigation into the nature of science, faith. evidence. and facts; and critical evaluation of three major origin theories: creationism, theistic evolution, and non-theistic evolution. (4)

PHIL 291: Directed Studies (J-4)

PHIL 328: Philosophical Issues in the Law - PH An examination of philosophical issues i n law using actual cases as well as philosophical writings. Topics may include the narure of law, judicial reasoning, rights, libcrt}', responsibili ry, and punishment. Prerequisite: One previous philosophy course, or POLS 1 70, or permission of instructor. (4)

PHIL 330: Studies in the History of Philosophy - PH I n-depth study of major figures, texrs, and topics in a selecred

historical period. These may include: ancient, sixteenth to eighreenth century, Kant and the nineteenth century. May be repeated for credit. (4)

PHIL 332: Themes ill Contemporary Philosophy - PH In-depth study of selected themes and issues in 20th- and 2 1 st­century phi losophy. These may includes: Analytic, Pragmatism, and Continental. May be repeated for credit. (4)

PHIL 350: God, Faith, and Reasoll - PH Classical and contemporary views of traditional issues regarding the nurure and rationaliry of religious belief, with a focus on monotheistic religions and a unit on religious pluralism. Prerequisite: One course in philosophy or religion. (4)

PHIL 353: Topics in Philosophy - PH Study of selected topics in philosophy, such as value theory, science, meraphysics, epistemology, feminism. film or healrh care. May be repeated for credit. (2-4)

PHIL 491: Illdepentietu Reading alld Research Prerequisite: departmental consent. ( J�) PHIL 493: HOllors Research Project The writing of an honors thesis and tlnal completion of the reading program in primary sources required for the honors major. Presentation of thesis to department majors and faculry. (4)

PHIL 499: (Apst01le: Advallced Seminar ill Philosophy - SR Explorarion in a seminar format of an important philosoph.ical issue, thi nker, or movement. Topic to be announced at rhe time course is offered. Prerequisite: Three philosophy courses or consent of instrucror. May be repeated once for credit. (4)

School of Physical Education

253. 535.7350 www.plu.edtd �phed

Physical Educati011 Program

The universiry's physical education program seeks to ingrain in each srudent a fundamental respect for the role of physical activiry in living.

Insrrucrion is offered in approximately 30 different physical

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

(

Page 125: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

educat ion a tivities. The activity program i s un iquely chara<.:rcrrzed by a timely response ro studen t interests in recreational opportuni ties available in the Paci fic Norrhwest.

The school's professional programs prepare prospective leaders for careers in physical education, exercise sc ience , health & firness managemenr, pre-physical therapy, pre-athletic training, and recreation .

Oursrand i ng modern 5porrs faci lities include an al l-weather 400-meter track, an Iympic-style swimm ing pool, six l ighted rennis courrs , a n ine-hole golf course, twO gymnasiums, racquetball and squash courrs, a firne s center, and an al l-purpose astra-turf field house.

FACULTY: Evans, illl.;'rim Dean; Gehri ng, H acker, Kerr, McConn I I , Moor!'. Stringer, Wells; and Turner, Athletic Dircct01� Assisred by G irrard . ]. johnson, Keirn. Krc�ier. loomis. McCord. . 'icholson. Noren . Rigell, Thomas. Wells, Westeri ng.

Gt7lerlll Unil,ers;ty &qu;rroltnt

Four one-semester hour courses (PHED 1 00-259) . which must include PHE 1 00. are requi red for graduation .

o more than e ight of rhe one-semester hour PE activity course, may be counred tOward graduation . Students arc encouraged to select a variety of activities at appropriate skil l levd s . All phys ical cciucation activity cou cs . re graded on the basis of A, Pass, or Fail and are [aught on a coed ucational basis.

BACHEWR OF SCIENCE IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION (BSPE)

Four conccnrratioO.l are ava i lable under the BSPE Degree

A. Exercise Snellce Cotll�entr"tion - 62 slmUster bours BI0L 1 6 1 , 20 - . 206 CHEM i 05 H EED 366 MAll-1 1 2R or 1 40 P}I ED 277. 324, 326. 344. 383, 384, 478. 480. 486 PH ED 495 (four seme ter hours required) PHEO 499 ( our semeSter hOllrs required) ST T 23 1

B, Beaub 4lui Fil1less Ir!"nagenumt Corzeenh'4tiorl -63 semester bours BI l 205, 206 CHEM 1 05 H E · D 266, 327, 366 P}{ED 277. 293. 324. 326, 344, 383. 384, 386, 480, 486 I'HED 495 (fou r semester hours required) T'HED 49<) (four semester hours requ ired) IU'CR 330. 483

C. Pre-PIJ]$ical Tbt'Tapy COllcl!1Itration -75 10 76 Jemeslel' boUT! SI L 1 6 I , 1 62. 205. 206. 323 or app roved al ternate (four

semester hours) Two from CHb 1 05 . 232/234 (eight to nine

scmeswr hours) H ED 28 t , 382 (four semester hours)

MA H 1 28 or 140 (four semester hours) l'H ED 277. 480. 486 ( 1 2 semester hours) PHED 495 (fo ur semester hours) PHED 499 (four semester hours) P H YS 1 25/ 1 26. 1 35/ 1 36 (ten semester hours) PSYC 1 0 1 , 320 or 4 1 5 (eight semester hours)

D. Pre-Athletic Trailling Concentration - 52 semester bOUrl BI0l 1 6 1 . 205. 206 C H EM 1 0 5 H EED 266. 28 1 . 382 PH .0 277, 32<i, 480, 486 PH ED 495 (four semester hours) PHED 499 (four semester hours) PSYC 10 I STAT 23 1

In addit ion to the requ iremems l isted above. candidates for tht, BSPE degree must me�r the ollege of Arts and Sciences foreign language requirement.

BACHELOR OF ARTS 1N RECREATION (BARBC)

- 45 snnester hours BLiSA 305 or approved alternate C MA 336 1'[1£ 277, 279. 324. 326, 344. 386 RECR 296, 330. 360 (rwo semester hours). 483 PHED 495 (four semester hours) PHED 499 (four $emestcr hours) Plus two semester hours of approved decrives.

In addition to the requirements l isted above, studems are strongly encouraged to complete a minor in a related field. Students mllst have a current First Aid and CPR certificate before their i n ternsh ip . Candidates for the BA Recreation (BARee) degree must meet the Col lege of Arts and Sciences foreign language requiremen t .

BACHELOR OFART, IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION (BAPE) WITH CERTIFICATION - 61 semester "ours required to meet tbe state endorsement i"

Heallb and Fil7ress Biology 205. 206 (eight semester hours) H EED 266, 395. 366 ( 1 2 semester hours) PHED 275 or 298 (two semester hours) P H E D 277, 279, 29.1. 294. 297, (ten semester homs) PHED 322 (four semester hours) PHED 326, 386. 478, 480. 486. 490 (23 semester hours) RECR 296 (1:\'10 semester hours)

ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR K-12 TEACHER

CERTIFICATION

- 35 semeSTer bOllI'S Initial K- t 2 teacher certification in Health and Fitness must meet the requi rements established by the School of Education for Teacher Certitlcation in addit ion ro the above requirements for the BAPE with certification. ANTH 102 01' 2 1 0 EDUC 390. 392 EDUC/PHED 468, 450 PSYC 1 0 1 SPED 320 WRI [0 I Plus a valid first aid card

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

m c.. C n QI -

o ::s

1 23

Page 126: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

c

o

... RJ u =

"'CI w

1 24

Students receiving a BAPE with certification are not required {Q

fulfill the College of Arts and Sciences foreign language requirements. All courses in the major and minor fields are used for teacher certification must have grades of C or higher.

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN PHYSICAL EDUCATION (BAPE) WITHOUT CERTIFICATION - 63 semester horlrs BI L 205. 206 (eight semester hours) H EED 266. 395. 366 ( 1 2 semester hours) PH ED 275 or 298 (two semester hours)

H ED 277. 279, 293, 294. 297, (ten semester hours) P HED 322 (four semester hours) PHED 326. 386. 478, 480. 486. 495 (23 semester hours) RECR 296 (twO semester hours)

In addition {Q the requirements listed above. candidates for the B PE degree without teacher certification must meet the College of Arts and Sciences foreign language requi remen ts and a Senior Seminar (PHED 499 - 4 hours).

MINORS

Aquatics Minor - 17 semester hours P HED 2 1 6. 275. 33 1 . 344 PHED 495 (four semester hours) RECR 483 Plus [\"'0 semester hours from the following: PHED 200-2 I 9 or 360 (twO semester hours) First aid and CPR certificate required .

Coac/};'Jg Minor: - 17 to 19 semester hours PHED 279, 334. 344. 36 1 (twO semester hours), 390. 4 1 0 H E _D 28 1 Plus tWO {Q four semester hours from the following: P HED 08, 36 I (twO semester hours) or PHED 370-379. 386, 4 1 4. or 478 First aid and CPR certificate required.

Exercise Scimce Minor - 19 semester hours PHED 360 ([\vo semester hours) PHE 383. 384, 480. 486 ( 1 3 semester hours) PHED 495 (four semester hours) Designed primari ly for biology majors and BAPE students. Not designed for education or BSPE majors. First aid and CPR certificate required .

Healtll EJ,teation Minor -16 semester hours HEED 266, 366. and 395 Electives: four semester hours from following: PHED 3 1 5. 324, 362, 293 H -ED 1 90. 28 1 . 382, 360 or other approved by program coordinaror.

Health and Fitness Management Minor - 19 semester hours PHED 293, 334, 344 P H ED 360 ( two semester hours) PHED 383, 384 PHED 495 (four semester hours) RECR 296 Dc·igned primarily for business, biology. BAPE . and BAR students. First aid and CPR certificate required.

Physical Activity Minor - 17 or 18 semester hours PHED 279. 324. 334. 386 478 Select from the following (two or three semester hours): P H ED 275, 293. 294, 297, 298, 322, 326 or RECR 296

Recreation Minor - 17 semester hours PHED 279, 344 RE R 296. 330, 483 PHED 495 (four semester hours) First aid and CPR certificate required.

Sport Psychology Minor - 20 semester hours PH 234. 386. 390 H EED 366 PSYC 3 I O. 320, 330 (four semester hours required) PSYC 1 0 1 is a prerequisite to 3 1 0, 320 and 330 Select from the following: (four semester hours) :

H EED 262, 365 . PHED 308, 3 1 5 . 324, 362. 4 1 0

Sports Miznagemem MitIor - 1 8 to 19 semester hours PHED 44, 386 PHED 495 (eight semester h.ours) RE R 485 Select from the following: ([\VO or three h.ours): PHED 326. 33 1 . 384. 4 1 0 First Aid and CPR certificate required Designed primari ly for students with a major in business. communication or economics.

HEALTH EDUCATION See the Health Education (HEED) section of this catalog to view courSt' offirillgs, page 90.

RECREATION See the Recreation (RECR) .rection of this catalog to view cOline

offiri ngs. page 137.

Course Offerings - Physical Education (PHED)

PHED 100: Personalized Fitness Programs - PE To stimulate srudent interest in functional personally designed programs of physical activity; assessment of physical condition and skills; recommendation of specific programs for maintaining and i mproving physical health. Should be taken as a first-year studen t. ( I )

PHED 150: Adaptive Pbysical Activity - PE An individualized activiry program designed ro meet the needs interests. l imitations, and capacit ies of students who have had restrictions placed on their physical activity. ( I ) PHED 151-199: bulividUAl a"d Drutl Activities - PE 1 5 1 (Beginning o lf) , 1 53 (Archery) . 1 5 5 (Bowl ing) , 1 57 (Personal Defense) , 1 62 (Beginning Tennis) . 1 63 (Beginning Badminton). 1 64 (Pickleball). 1 65 ( Racquerball/Squash), 1 66 ( Racquetball/Pickleball), 1 67 (Roller Skating). 1 68 (Ice Skating) ,

1 70 (Skiing), 1 7 i (Canoeing) , 172 (Backpacking) . 1 73 (Basic Mountaineering). 1 74 (Equitation). 1 7 5 (Snow-boarding) , 1 77 (Weight r ining). 1 78 (Body Toning). 1 80 (Bicycling), 1 8 2 (Low-Impact Aeroh ics) , 1 83 (Power Aerobics) . 1 84 (Water Aerob ics) , 1 86 (Step Aerobics) . 1 9 1 (Intermediate Golf), 1 92 (Intermediate Tennis). 1 93 (inrermediate Badminron) , 1 94 (I ntermed iate Equitation). 195 (Intermediate Racquetball/Squ. h), 1 97 (Advanced Weight Tra ining) . (I each)

PHED 200-219: Aquatics - PE 200 (individualized Swim Instruction) . 20 I (Swimming for Non­swimmers), 203 (Synchronized Swimming), 205 (Skin and Scuba

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

J

f

Pi

Pi P. A

p Cc pe FlJ

Page 127: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

Diving), 207 (Basic Sailing), 2 1 0 (lnrermediate Swimming), 2 1 2 ( onditioning wimming), 2 1 4 (Advanced Swimming), 2 1 6 (Lifeguard Training, 2 credits), 2 1 8 (Kayaking). ( I each)

PHED 220-240: Rl�tbms - PE 220 (Mav menr Te hniquc I ) , 22 1 ( ai Chi), 222 (Jazz Dance �vel l) , 223 (Yoga), 224 (Currenr Dance), 225 (Ballroom Dance) , 226 (Folk nd Social Dance), 227 (Line Dance), 230 (Movemm t Technique II), 234 (Relaxation Techniques), 240

( Da n ce Ensemble). ( I c'<Ich)

PRED 241-259: Team Acriuities - PE 24 1 (Basketball ,1l1d Softball), 243 (Soccer and Volleyball), 244 (Co-ed Volle},ball ) , 245 (Team Handball) , 247 (Lacrosse), 250 (Direcred Spons Parricipation) , 259 (Independent Study/Activiry). (1 each)

PRED 275: Wain Safety butruction - PE The American Red Cross Water Safery Instrucror's course. Prerequisde: Swim test required. (Fulfills one semesrer hour towards P G UR.) (2)

PHED 277: Foundations of Pll)'sical Education The relatiomhip of physical education ro education; the biological, sociological, psychological, and mechan ical principles underlying physical education and athletics. Should be the initial profession I courst' taken in the School of Physical Education. (2)

PlIED 279: Teaching Physical Activity eneric t a hing and managemem strategies, design of

instructional materials and techniques tor implememing them, and sn-aregies for working with diverse learners in physi , 1 activiry s .rtings. This course is a prerequisire for all teaching methods cou�es and should be taken prior to or in conjunction with the Education Hub. (2)

PRED 293: Teachirlg Metbods: Fitness Activities Overview, pplication and evaluation of f[ (ness activities, such as: aerobics (water, high- and low-impact, step, slide), weight training, cali thenies circuits, continuous interval training. Prerequnite: PHED 279. (2)

PHED 299: Teaching Methods: Invasion Games mes in which a team rries to invade the other ='s side or

tcrrieory by putting an implement ineo a goal. Acrivities will include: baskeeball, Soccer, lacrosse, hockey, and football. Prerequisite: PH ED 279. (2)

PHED 297: Tuu:h;"g Methods: Net Games Players attempt ro send an object into the playing area on the other side of a net or barrier. Activities include vol leybal l . tennis, badminton, picklebal l, and racquetball . Prerequisite: PHED 27'). (2)

PHED 298: Teachi7lg Methods: Target anJ FieUillg GAmes rarti ipants strike, hie , kick, or throw at targe or objects. Activities include golf bowling, archery, softball, kickball, and track and field. �'1uisite: PHED 279. (2)

PHED 308: Sporn Motivatiotl Conceprs include: models of winning, closing rhe potential perfurmance gap, building winning attitudes, and setting goals. Fulfills coaching minor requirement. (2)

PHED 310: Socioeconomic Injlue7Jces on Health ill America - A Examination o f the culture, social environment, and pressures that create a health vulnerabiliry with the American population. (4)

PHED 314: Team Buildingfor High Performance Teams Activities designed to facil i tate the development of team camaraderie and effectiveness. Creative, fun, challenging, and appl ied team building activities, combined with traditional training rools to help create learning experiences for students to actively enhance team cohesion and group productiviry. (4)

PHED 315: Body Image - A Topics include: the connection between women and food, cultural definitions of beaury, eating diso rders, nutrition, and biosocial factors affecting weight. (4)

PHED 319: Tramping the Tracks of New Zealand - PE Bac.kpacking several of New Zeabnd's world renowned Hacks and hiking up ancient volcano craters, to glacial mountain lakes, and along sandy oce.an beaches. (FulfilLs one semester hour towards PE GUR.) (4)

PHED 322: Physical Education in the Elnnentary School Organization and administration of a developmental program for grades K-6; sequential and progressive programming; large repertoire of activities. Observation and/or practicum in public schools required. (2 or 4)

PHED 324: Physical Activity and Lifespan The emphasis in this course will be on the role that physical activity plays in successful aging. An understanding of the influence of social learning on physical activiry behavior through the lifespan and effective strategies for health promotion and activiry programming with adult populations will be addressed. (4)

PHED 326: Adapted Physical Activity Emphasizes the theory and practice of adaptation in teaching strategies, curriculum, and service delivery for all persons with psychomotor problems, not just those labeled "disabled." (3)

PHED 331: Aquatics Manage11Umt Topics include training and supervising personnel, financing, programming, pool maintenance and operation, swim meet management, and safery and emergency procedures. Study of pool chemisrry, filter operations, and maintenance. Visitacion ro local pools. (2)

PHED 334: Scientific Basis for TraitJing Presents physiologic and kinesiologic applications ro physical training. Topics include the development of muscular strength and endurance, and the relarionship of nutrition, environment, sex, age, and ergogenic aids to athletic performance. (2)

PHED 344: Legal Aspects of Physical Activity Role of law in sport and physical activi ty, negligence, tort and risk management as it relates to legal issues in school. SpOrt, and recreational settings. ( I )

PHED 360: Professional Practiculll Students work under the supervision of a coach, teacher, recreation supervisor, or health care provider. Prerequisite: departmental approval. ( I or 2)

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

o �

1 2

Page 128: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

• c o

1 26

PHED 361: COMhing Practicrtm Smdenc.s work under the supervision of a coach. Prerequisite: depart.mental approval. ( J or 2)

PIlED 362: Healing Arts of the Mind and Body - A, PE Designed ro introduce alternative therapies of mjnd-body processes. H istory, roots, practice, and culmral significauces of several therapi and practices. (Fulfi l l s one semester hour wwards I'E GUR.) (4) PHED 370-378: Coaching Theory Techn iques, systems, training methods, strategy, and psychology of coachjng; PH D 370 (Basketball) , 37 1 (Football ) , 372 (Cross Country/Track and Field), 374 (Soccer), 378 (Softball/Basebal l ) . (2 each)

PHED 383: Exercise Testing and Prescription Provides students involved in the promotion of physical activity with the basic knowledge necessary to safely conduct exercise, health and firness assessments in a variety of communjty serrings. Topics will include: history of assessmen t and i ts role in physical activity promotion; purpose and methods for pre-evaluation and screening; assessment and evaluat ion techniques; prescriprive program development for health and fitness; bio-psycho-social impl ications of assessment and evaluation. (3)

PHED 384: FOllntiation$ of Health and Fitness Managument Provides students involved in the promotion of physical activity with the hasic knowledge necessary to understand how health and fitness are managed in a variety of community settings. Topics will include: historical and philosophical basis of community-based health and fItness management; organizational assessmellt and evaluation issues; strategies for behavioral change; sua(egies for program development, implemenration and marketing; �peciflc examples of different community-based health and fitness management programs. (3)

PHED 386: Social Prychology of Sport and PI'Ysical Actiuity Questions of how social psychological variables influence motor behavior and how physical activity affects the psychological nuke up of an individual will be explored. (3)

PHED 390: Applied Exercise artd Sport Psychology A practical, individually-orien ted course designed to teach athletes, (rainers, coaches, and teachers a comprehensive variety of skills and techniques aimed at enhancing sport performance. Psychological topics include: managing anxiety, imagery, goal setting, self-confIdence, attention control, injury interven tions, self-talk strategies, and tcam building. (4)

PHED 401: Workshop Workshops in special fIelds for varying periods. ( 1 --4)

PHED 410: Coaching-the Person and the Professiotl Personal and professional requisites of successful sportS programs. (2)

PHED 462: Datlce ProductiOll An advanced choreography course combining choreography, costllme design, staging, and publicity techniques for ptoducing a major dance concen. (2)

PHED 478: Motor Learni11g atld Human Peifonnance Provides basic theories, research, and practical implications for moror learning, moror control, and variables affecting skill acquisition. (4)

PRED 480: Exercise Phynology Scientific basis for training and phvsiological eRect of exercise on the human body. b.b required. Prereqltisi'$e: BIOl 205, 20G. (4)

PRED 486: Applied Biomechanics/Kinesiology Opportunity to increase knowledge and understanding abom the' humall body and how the basic laws of mechanics are in tegrated in efficient motor performance. (3)

PHED 490: Curriclilum, Assessment, mId bl$trllcri071 An integrated and instructionall a l igned approach to curriculum design, assessment, devdopmcl1t and implementing instructional suategies consisten t with \V'ash ington Essential Acadt'mic learning Requir rne nts. I ntended as the final course prior to a culminating internship, a practicum in the school setting is required in conjunction with this six-semester hour course. (G) PHED 491: bldepemlellt Studies Prerequi.riu: consent of the de'1I1. ( 1 -4)

PHED 495; lntenlShip - SR Pre-profess ional exp 'rien ' closely related to stlldent's career and academic interests. Prerequisites: declaration of major, junior stams, and ten hours in the major. (2-8)

PHED 499: Capstolle: Sellior &mit,ar - SR (2-4)

PHED 501: Workshops ( 1 --4)

PHED 560: Practicu", ( 1 or 2)

PHED 591: 11ldependellt Studies ( 1 --4)

PHED 595: Illtenl$hip ( 1 --4)

Physics

2')3.535.7').34 IIIWU� md.plll. eduJpl'Ys

Physics is the scientific stlldy of the material universe at its most fundamental level: the mathematical description of space and time, and the behavior of matter from the elementary particles to the universe as a whole. A physicist might study the inner workings of atoms and nuclei, the size and age of the universe, the behavior of high-temperature' superconductors, or the l ife cycles of stars.

Physicists use high-energy accelerators to search for quarks; they design new laser systt'ms [or applications in medicine and communications; they heat hydrogen gases to temperatures higher than [he sun's core in the attempt to develop nuclear fusion as an energy resource. From astrophysics to nuclear physics to optics and crystal structllre, physics encompasses some of tht' most fundamenral and exciting ideas ever considered.

FACULTY: louie, Chair, Gerganov, Greenwood, Rush, Starkovich, Tang.

PHYSICS MAJOR The physics major offers a challenging program emphasizing a low swdent-teacher ratio and the oppo[(unity to engage in independent research projects. There are cwo introductory course sequences, College Physics and General Physics; the General Physics sequence incorporates calculus and is required for the Bachelor of Science major.

P l U 2 0 0 6 • 2 0 0 7

c

t P 4 C

P fr

Pl 2� C' R. CI C

M

Page 129: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

BACHEWR OF SCIENCE MAJOR PHYS 1 53, 1 54, 1 63, 1 64 , 223, 33 1 . 332, 333, 336, 354 , 356, 499A, 499B . Strongly recommended: PHYS 401 and 406 Chemistry 34 1 may be substi tuted for PHYS 333 Required supporting courses: HEM I I ; MAT H 1 5 1 , 1 52, 253

A

Sophomore

Junior

Senior , 499B

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR rHYS 1 53 or 1 25 ; 1 54 or 1 26; 1 63 or 1 35 ; 1 64 or 1 36; 223, 499A, 4 99B Plus eight addi tio m l, upper-division semester hours in physics. Required supporting courses: MATH 1 5 1 , 1 ')2, 253.

Mit OR PHYS 1 53 or 1 25 ; 1 54 or 1 26; 1 63 or 1 35; 1 64 or 1 36 Plus 1 2 addirional semester hours in physics (excluding PHYS 1 1 0) , of which at least eight must be upper division.

Applied Physics

Also available is a major in Applied Physics, which includes a substantial selection of courses from engineering to provide a chal lenging and highly versatile degree. Applied Physics can lead to research or advanced study in such areas as robotic�-with applicarion in Space exploration or joint and limb prosthetics; growth of single-crystal metals, which would be thousands of rimes stronger [han the besr steels now available; mechanics of material fa i lure , such ,,-s metal fatigue and fracture; turbulence in fluid flow; photovoltaic cell research fo r solar energy development; or applications of fluid flow and thermodynamics [0 the srud)' of planetary atmospheres "-nci ocean currents.

White many Applied P hysics graduates pursue p rof, . ional carecfl' in industry immediately after graduation from PLV, the pro ram also provides excellent preparation for graduate study in n arly 11 fields of engi nee r i ng .

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MAJOR 1N APPliED PHYSICS l'HYS 1 53 , 1 54, 163, 1 64, 223, 3 1 , 334, 354, 356, 499A, 49<)B .SeE 1 3 1

Plu, four courses, Olle of which must be upper division, sdecred from: CSCE 245. 345, 346 PHYS 133, 234, 333; PHYS 336 may be subsrituted for PHYS 234 CHEM 34 1 may be substituted for Physics 333

Required suppor#ng courses:

CH EM 1 1 5 (SCE 1 44 or 240 MATI--! 1 5 1 . 1 52, 253.

A typical applied physics program is as [ollo-'-w::c.:..:s: _____ _

First-year PHYS 1 53. 1 63 CSCE 1 3 1 MATH 1 5 1 , 1 52

Sophomore---

P=-':

H:;:"::

Y·S 1 54:164;233, 234,--354 -----.. -.-..

MATH 253 .. -�.-.-.-�.--�-----..

Junior PHYS 223, 333, 356 CHEM l i S , CSCE 144

·-·Senio;----PHYS 33 1 , 334, 499ft 49�----

___________ C_SCE_24�5 _____ _______ _

Course Offerin

Fall

Spring

PHYS 1 1 0, 1 2 5, 1 35, 1 54 . 1 64 , 233, 33 1 , 333, 336, 356, 40 1 499A PHYS 1 26, 1 36, 1 53, 1 63, 223, 234, 32 1 , 332, 334, 354, 406, 499B

. _S_u_m_,�er_=-

__ :�HYS �!_ 1 2 5, 1 26, 1�}_6_, __ . . __

Alternate Years PHYS 32 1 , 332, 406,

PHYS 110: Astronomy - NS, SM Stars and their evolution, galaxies and larger structures, cosmology, and the solar system. Emphasis on observational evidence. Evening observing sessions. Prerequisite: MATH I l l . (4)

PHYS 125: Colkge Physics 1- NS, SM An imroducrion to the fundamental topics of physics. Ie is a non-calculus sequence, involving only the use of trigonometry and college algebra. Concurren t registrarion in (or previous completion of) PHYS 1 35 is required. Pnnquisite: MATH 1 40 (or equivalem by placement exam). (4)

PHYS 126: Colkge Physics II - NS, SM An i ntroducrion to fundamental topics of physics. It is a non­calculus sequence, involving only the use of trigonometry and college algebra. Concurrent registration in (or previous completion of) PHYS 1 36 is required. Prerrquisite: PHYS 1 25. (4)

PHYS 135: Colkge Physics I lAboratory Basic laboratory experiments are performed in conjuncrion with the College Physics sequence. Concurrent registration in PHYS 1 25 is requi rcd. ( 1 )

PHYS 136: Colkge Physics II Laboratory Basic laboratory experiments are performed in conjunction with the .ollege Physics sequence. Concurrent registration in PHYS 1 26 is required. ( 1 )

PHYS 153: Generlll Physics 1- NS, SM A calculus-level survey o f the general fields of physics, including classical mechanics, wave motion, electricity and magnetism, and optic). Concurrent registration in (or previous completion of) PHYS 1 6 3 is required. Prerequisite: MATH l S I . (4)

PHYS 154: General Physics II - NS, SM A G.1.lculus-Ievel survey of the general fields of physics. including classical mechanics, wave morion, electricity and magnerism, a nd optics. Concurrent registration in (or previous completion of) PHYS 1 64 is required. Prerequisites: MATH 1 5 2, PHYS 1 53. (4)

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

1 27

Page 130: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

� u C � u

'"

ItS u

o Q. • 11'1 U

1 28

PHYS 163: General Physics I Laboratory Basic laborarory experiments arc performed in conjunction with the General Physics sequence. Concurrent registration in PHYS 1 53 is required. ( 1 )

PHYS 164: General Physics ll lAlborarqry Basic laborarory experiments are performed in conjunction with the General Physics sequence. Concurrenr regisrration in PHYS 1 54 is required. ( 1 )

PHYS 223: Elementary Modern Physics - NS A selected treatment of various physical phenomena which are inadequately describe.d by classical methods of physic;. Interpretations which have been developed for these phenomena since approximately 1 900 are presented at an elementary level. Prerequisites: PHYS 1 54 and MATH 253. (4)

PHYS 233: Engineering Statics - NS Engineering statics using vecror algebra; conditions for equilibrium, resultant force systems, centroid and center of gravity, methods of virtual work, friction, kinematics of particles. Prerequisite: PHYS 1 53. (2)

PHYS 234: Engineering Mechanics of Solids - NS Mechanics of deformable solid bodies, deformation, stress, constitutive equations for elastic materials., thermoeiasticity, tension, flexure, torsion, stability of equilibrium. Prerequisites: PHYS 1 54, 233. (4)

PHYS 321: Introduction to Astrqphysics - NS Application of physics to the study of stellar structure, galactic astronomy, and cosmology. Introduction ro observational techniques. Qualified students may wish ro combine this course with observational work at PlU's W. M. Keck Observatory. Prerequisites: PHYS 1 54 and MATH 253 . Concurrent enrollment in PHYS 223 is recommended. (4)

PHYS 331: ElectromalJletic Theory - NS Electrostatics, dipole fields, fields in dielectric materials, electromagnetic induction, and magnetic properries of matter, in conjunction with the development of MaA'\veU's equations. Prerequisites: PHYS 1 53, 1 54 and MATH 253. (4)

PHYS 332: Electromagnetic Wavu and Physicol Optics - NS Proceeding from Maxwell's equations, the generation and propagation of electromagnetic waves is developed with particular emphasis on their application to physical optics. Prerequisite: PHYS 33 1 . (4)

PHYS 333: Engineering I1Jermodyrunnics - NS Classical, macroscopic thermodynamics with applications ro physics, engineering, arid chemis try. Thermodynamic state variables, cycles, and potentials; flow and non-flow SYSTems; pure substances, mixtures, and solutions; phase transitions: introduction to statistical thermodynamics. Prenquisites: PHYS 1 53 and MATH 253. (4)

PHYS 334: Engineering Materials Sdence - NS Fundamentals of engineering materials including mechanical, chemical, thermal, and electrical properties associated with metals, ceramics, polymers, composites, and semiconductors. Focus on how useful marerial properties can be engineered through control of microstrucrure. Prenquisites: PHYS 1 54 ; C HEM 1 1 5 . (4)

PHYS 336: Classical Mechtnlics - NS Foundations of classical mechanics with an emphasis on applications to astronomy and celestial mechanics. Topics include applications of Newton's laws to particle morion in inertial and non inertial frames; systems of particles and rigid body dynamics; calculus of variations, lagrange's equations and the Hamiltonian formulation of mechanics. Prerequisites: PHYS 1 54, 354 or ivtATH 35 1 (or consent of instrucror). (4)

PHYS 354: Mathematical Physics 1 - NS rdinary differential equations, laplace transforms, functions of

a complex variable, and contour integration are developed in the context of examples from the fields of electromagnetism, waves, transport, vibrations, and mechanics. Prerequisites: PHYS 1 54 and MATH 253. (4)

PHYS 356: Mathematical Physics II - NS Fourier analysis, boundary-value problems, special functions, and eigenvalue problems art: developed and illustrated through applications in physics. Prerequisite: PHYS 354. (4)

PHYS 401: Introductiol1 to QJ4antum Mechanics - NS The ideas and rechniques of quantum mechanics are developed. Coreql�isite: PHYS 356. (4)

PHYS 406: Advanced Modern Physics - NS Modern theories arc used to describe topics of contemporary imp rtance such as atomic and sub-atomic phenomena, plasmas, solid-state, and asrrophysical events. Prerequisite: PHYS 40 1 . (4)

PHYS 491: fndeptmdent Stud;es ( 1-4)

PHYS 497: Rewm:h ( 1 -4)

PHYS 498: Research ( 1 -4)

PHYS 499A: Advallced Laboratory 1 - SR Selected experiments from both classical and modern physics ate performed using stare of the art instrumentation. With 499B meets the senior seminar/project requirement. ( I )

PHYS 499B: Advallced Laboratory II - SR Continuarion of PHYS 499A with emphasis on design and implementation of a project under the guidance of the physics staff. With PHYS 499A meets the senior seminar/project requirement. Prereqltisite: PHYS 499A. ( 1 )

Political Science

253.535.7595 www.plu.edu/�pols

The student of polirics seeks to understand how gowrnments are organized and structured, how political processes are employed, and the relationship of structures and processes to societal purposes. Since polirical activity may embody and reflect the full range of human va/ues, the study of politics includes realities of politics while at the same time asking how well political systems work, what purposes are and ought to be served, and what effects resulr from political phenomena. Political science encourages a critical understanding of government and politics in the belief

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 131: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

III f

C(

that a knowledgeable. inrerested. and aware citizenry is needed in a democratic society.

FACULTY: Kelleher. Chail� Chavez. Dwyer-Shick. Grosvenor, Olufs.

Courses in political science explore various wpics in American j:\0vernment and politics. international relations and foreign policy. comparative gO\'ernme.nt and area studies. p litical philosophy and theory, and public policy and law. The d parrnlent provides pre-pro essional training leading to careers in leaching, law, government, and related fields.

The study of politics touch upon other disciplines which i nqwre into human behavior and development, ranging from hi wry and philosophy to psy holog)', communication. and ero -cultural studies. Students of political science have the opportunity to combine the olcademic study of government and politics with pracrical pericnce by participation in one of the internship programs sponsored by the department.

The d parrmenr sponsors or otherwise encourages active student participation in political l ife through class activities and through such campus organizations ch Young Democrats and the Young Republicans.

There are no prerequisites for political science courses. except as noted. Prior consultation with the instructor of any advanced course is invited. Students wishing to pu l: a major or minor i n polit ical science are requested t o declare the major o r minor with the department chair as soon as possible.

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR 36 semester hours

Requjrtlti courses: P L'i 1 0 1 . 1 5 1 . 325. 499 ( 1 6 semester hours)

DistributiolUJ requirement: One course from each of Group A and Group B (eight em lef hours)

Group A -

Group B -

Am.nicall GOllernme7lt /nul Public Po/icy P LS 345, 34 . 354, 361 . 363, 364, 368, 37 1 . 372. 373

Itltenuztioll�1 Reuu;ons, Comparative Govermnent, and Poli-tical Thought P LS 326. 33 1 , 332, 338, 347. 380, 38 1 , 382. 383. 385. 386

EUctille,: Minimum of 1 2 semester hours selected from the Political Science curriculum.

Major programs should be planned in consultation with a departmental advisor. I n some instances, an internship (POLS 450. 458. 4 4. or 47 1 ) may be substituted for POLS 499. However. students must pre-plan this option with the appropriate faculty intern supervisor. in consultation with the departmental chai r.

MINOR Minimum of 20 semester hours including P LS 1 0 1 and POLS 1 5 1 . Minor programs hould be planned in consultation with the

departmental chair or a designated adviser.

Com:UrrtlTlt Attain11lc,nt

No more than eight semester hours taken to satisfY other major or minor requirements may also be applied to the political science major. No more than four such semester hours may also be applied to the political science mi nor.

A minimum of 1 2 semester hours for the major and eight semester hours for the minor must be taken in residence at PLU.

MINOR IN PUBLIC AFFAIRS 24 ,emester hour" including POLS 345 (required) and 20 from economics, political science. sociology. or statistics.

This minor offc:r- an interdisciplinary study designed to support many major programs whose content has implications for public affairs and is particularly useful to students contemplating careers in public service or graduate study in public administration, public affairs, and related programs.

The Prtblic Affairs minor includes the jO/loWillg �quirenunts:

A. POLS 345: Government and Public Policy B. At least five additional courses from three of the following

groups (courses which are taken as part of a major program may not also COUnt roward the Public Affairs minor):

Political Science - minimum of eight semester hours if this minor is selected

POLS 1 5 1 : American Government POLS 354: State and Local Government POLS 363: P litics and the Media POLS 364: he Legislative Process

• Economics - minimum of eight semester hours if this minor is selected

CON 1 0 1 , 1 02 : Principles of Macroeconomics and Microeconomics (or EC N I l l : Principles of Microeconomics: Global and Environmental)

N 32 1 : Labor Economics ECl 327: Public Finance E ON 325: I ndustrial Organization and Public Policy

• Sociology - minimum of 4 semester hours if this minor is selected

SOC I 240: Social Problem S I 4 1 3: Crime and Society

• Statistics - minimum of 4 semester hours if this minor is selected

STAT 23 1 : I ntroductory Statistics

On approval by the Public Affairs advisor, up to eight semester hours may be earned through participation in an internship program as a substitute for courses l isted above (except POLS 345). Internship opporruniti Me offered through several departments, and through the Cooperative Education Program. and provide students with actual work experience in diverse

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

." o -

1 29

Page 132: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

cv u c: cv

u V"I

"' u

.....

o Q..

1 30

public and private agencies. Students interested in internships are llfged to consult with their academic advisors and with intern faculty advisors at an early date.

Students int<:rested in the Public Aftairs minor should declare [he minor in the Department of Political Science and consult with me departmeflt's Public Affairs advisor.

MINOR IN CONFLICT RE OLUTION Requires 20 semester hours as follows:

Four required courses: PO 33 1 : International Relations (4) POLS 332: International Conflict Resolution (4)

MA 340: Conflict and Communication (4) COMA 44 1 : Conflict Management (4)

One elective - chosen from the following, or another COllfSC

selected in consultation with the minor's faculty coordinator: POLS 2 1 0: Global Perspectives (4)

OMA 304: Intercultural Communication (4)

MINOR IN LEGAL STUDIES 20 semester hours. For additional information, see Legal Studies.

PRE-LAW For infonnation, see Pre-proftssiona! Programs.

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION For information, see Schoo! of Education.

Course Offerin s - Pol itical Science (POLS

POLS 101: Introduction to Political Sdmce - S1 An introduction to the major concepts, theories, ideas, and fields of study relating to politics and governmental systems. (4)

POLS 151: American Govermlllmf - S1 A sllfvey of the constitutional foundations of the American political system and of institutions, processes, and practices relating to participation, decision-making, and public policy in American national government. (4)

POLS 170: Introduction to legal Studies - S1 An examination of me nature of law, judicial process., and participant roles in the legal system. (4)

POLS 210: GlobaL Pel'spectives: The World i" CPa/lge - C, S1 A survey of global issues: modernization and development; economic change and international trade; diminishing resources; war and resolution; peace and justice; and cultural diversi ty. (Cross-listed with A H 2 1 0 and H IST 2 1 0. ) (4)

POLS 231: Current InternationaL lnues - S1 A survey course in international relations with emphasis on current events. (4)

POLS 325: Political Thought - S1 A survey of the origin and evolution of major political concepts in ancient, medieval, and early modern times. Can count for a Philosophy major or minor. (4)

POLS 326: Recent Political Thought - S1 A cri[ical examination of the major ideologies of the modern world. (4)

POLS 331: b,ternatiollal Relations - S1 A systematic analysis of the international system highlighting patterns in state interaction. (4)

POLS 332: International COllflict Resolution - S1 This course will study several examples of peace processes and compare them with conflict reductionlresolution models. At any given time in recenr years, over thirty violent conflicts, most of them internal but some also external, tear J.parr societies, produce extensive suffering, and threaten regional stability. Several strategies have been tried, some relatively successfully, to end such violence and begin the long, difficult process of achieving peace. (4)

POLS 338: American Foreign Policy - S1 The role of the United States in international affairs. An analysis of the major factors in the formulation and execution of the United States foreign policy and its impact on other powers. (4)

POLS 345: Government alld Public Policy - S1 An integrated approach to the nature of public pol icy, with emphasis on substantive problems, the development of policy responses by poli tical institutions, and the impacts of policies. (4)

POLS 346: Environmental Politics and Policy - S1 An examination of environmenral problems from political perspectives, including inrernational and domestic political contexts and methods of evaluating policies. (4)

POLS 347 Political Economy - S1 An examination of the ways that politics and economics coincide. lopics include the development of capitalism, socialist approaches, international issues, regional examples, and methods of study. Prerequisite: POLS 1 0 1 and ECON 1 0 1 Ot 1 02 or I l l . (4)

POLS 354: State and Local Government - S1 Governmental structures, processes, and policy at state, local, and regional levels of the American system. (4)

POLS 361: Political Parties and Elections - S1 Study of parry and electoral systems with particular emphasis on American parries and elections. Examination of party roles in elecrions and government; parry financing; interest groups and political acrion committees; and voting behavior. (4)

POLS 363: Politics and the MeJia - S1 The role of mass media in American government, politics, and policy. Attention to political culture, public opinion, polls and surveys, press freedom and responsibility, and governmental regulation, secrecy, and manipubtion. (4)

POLS 364: The Legislative Process - Sf A study of theory, organization, and procedure of the Congress and other legislative bodies in the United States. (4)

POLS 368: The American Presidency - S1 Study of the nation's highest political office in terms of the roles and expectations of the office, styles of leadership, presidential decision-making, powers and limitations, and the interaction of personality and institution. (4)

POLS 371: flu/idal Process - S1 An examination of legal processes in various adjudicatory settings. Primary at[ention given [Q judicial processes focusing on Amt't.ican civil and criminal law. (4)

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

1

1 [ n

1 g P

F­Ir o.

P P­II: er cc

Page 133: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

POLS 372: Constitutional Law - SI The: constiuHional basis of governmental powers in the Uni ted Stares with special emphas is given to jud icial review, separation of powers, fed�ralism, interstate commerce, and po l itical and constitutional restrictions on governmental power. (4)

POLS 37. : Civil Rights and Civil Liberties - SI The consritutional basis of rights and liberties in the Uni ted States with spec ial empha.,is given to freedom of expression and assoc iation , religious freedom, righ ts in criminal proceedings, due proc , and equal ptotection. (4)

POLS 374: Legal Studies Research - SI Introduction to various methods of legal ana lysis , research, and writing. (4)

POLS 380: Politics of Global Development - SI Designed to provide information, concep ts, and al ternat ive perspect iws needed to study development as a global issue wirhin the international pol i tical conten. Examples of how general world trends manifest themselves in speciflc countries will be covered as well as case studies ()f successful dtvdopm�nt projects. (4)

POLS 381: Comparative Legal Systems - C, SI Study of legal systems around the world as rhey actually work wirh i n their respective policical, economic, social, and cul tural contexts. (4)

POLS 383: Modem European Politics - SI A study of the origi ns and developmen t of the European Union and an examination of the governmenral systems and poli tical cultures of key European stato:s, including France, Germany, I raly, and rhe United Kingdom. (4)

POLS 385: Canadian Government mul Politics - SI The governmental system and pol itical l ife of Canada, with special attention to the constitution, political parries , nationalism and separatism in Quehec, self-government of native peoples, and comparative study of Canadian and U.S . pol i t ical cultures. (4)

POLS 386: The Middle East - C, SI Con tras ts the h i.l tory aild aspirations of the Arab Nati ons with the reality of European dominance and its legacy, rhe formation of the present Arab states and Israel. (4)

POLS 401: Workshops and Special Topics - SI ( 1 -4)

POLS 431: Advanced International Relations - SI Examines various theories of international conRiC[ managemen t, including i n-depth analysis of historical examp les . The development of i n ternational law and imernational governmelltal organizat ions are also considered. Prel'equisite: POLS 33 1 . (4)

POLS 450: Internship in Politics - SI Internship in the pol itical dimensions of non-governmental organizations. By departmental consent only. ( 1 ,8)

POLS 455: Internship in International and Comparative Politics Internship overseas or wirh a US agency or organization that engages in imernational issues and activities. By departmental consent on ly. ( 1 -8)

POLS 458: Intentship in Public Administration - SI An internship with a government deparrment or agency. By departmental consent only. ( ! -8)

POLS 464: Imernship in the Legislative Process - S1 An opportunity to study the process from the inside by working directly wi th legis lat ive partici p:mts at rhe national. state or local level. By departmem consent on ly. ( Internshi ps with the Washington State Legislature are open only to juniors and seniors wi th 3.t least one year at I'LU.) 0 - 1 2)

POLS 471: 11Itn'nslnp in Legal StUdies - SI An internship with a private or public secror agency or office engaged i n lega l research, l i tiga tion , or law cnforcemenr. By depanmental consent only. 0 -4)

POLS 491: bUJepDlIknl Sttu/ie.s By department consent only. ( I -4)

POLS 499: CapSTone: Senior Semi1lAr - SR I ntensive s(t1dy into wpics, concepts, issues, and methods of inquiry in po l i t ical science. Emphasis o n student research, writing, and presentation. By departmen ta l consent only. (4)

Pre-Professional Studies

The following pre-professional srudies do not constitute academic majors, but are programs of study designed to facil i tate further graduate or professional work after comp letion of a discipl inary major at PLU.

HEALTH SCIENCES www.llSci.plu. edlllhsc

The Div ision of Natural Sciences healrh sciences commi ttee advises students aspiring w ca reers in the health sciences. Students having such interests are encouraged to obrain a health sciences advisor early in their program. Sum marized below are pre-professional requirement. for many health science areas; additional information is available rhrough the healch science commit tee. Catalogs and brochures for mJ.ny schools and programs arc available in the Rieke Science Center.

Dentistry, ldedicine, and Veterinary Medkirll!

The overwhelming maj()rity of students entering the profess ional schools for these career have earned baccalaureate degrees, securing a broad educational background in the process. This background includes a tho rough p reparation in the sciences as well as study in [he social sciences and the humanities . There arc no pre-professioml majors for medicine, denti. try or veterinary medicine at PLU; rather studenrs should select the major which besr matches their interests and wbich best prepares them for al ternat ive careers. In addition to the general university requiremen ts and the courses needed to comp lete [he student's major, the following are generally required for admi,sion to rhe profess ional program :

B IOL 1 6 1 , 1 62 , 3 23

CHE1vI 1 1 5 , 1 1 6, 320, 33 1 , and 332

(al l with laboratories) MATH 1 40

PHYS 1 2 5 and 1 26 0r PHYS 1 53 and 1 54

(with appropriate laboratories)

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

"t:J o

"t:J ... (1)

"t:J ... o -(1) 11"1 '"

o ::s III

VI .... c::: c..

ttl '"

1 3 1

Page 134: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

IU I: o \1'1 \1'1 QJ

-o a..

0.. QJ ...

0..

1 32

Check wirh a health science advisor for exceprions or for addirions suggesred by specific professional schools.

Medual Teelmalagy The university no longer offers a medical rechnology degree, bur conrinues ro provide academic prepararion suirable for admission ro medical rechnology, hemarology, and clinical chemisrry programs. Minimal requiremenrs include:

BIOL 1 6 1 , 1 62, 323, 328, 407, 448 CHEM 1 1 5 , 1 1 6, 320, 33 1 (wirh laborarory 333).

332 (wirh laborarory 334) MATH 140 Recommended courses include: BIOL 332, 348, 44 1 ;

CHEM 403; PHYS 1 2 5 , 1 26, 1 35 , 1 36 .

Optame.try A1rhough cwo years of pre-opromerry srudy is rhe minimum required, mosr srudenrs accepred by a school of opromerry have complered ar leasr rhree years of undergraduare work. A large percenrage of srudenrs accepred by schools of opromerry have earned a baccalaureare degree. For rhose srudenrs who have nor complered a baccalaureare degree, complerion of such a degree musr be done in conj unction wirh opromerry professional studies.

The requiremenrs for admission ro rhe schools of oprometry vary. However, rhe basic science and marhemarics requiremenrs are generally uniform and include:

BI L 1 6 1 , 1 62, 323 CHE.M 1 1 5 , 1 1 6, 320, 33 1 (wirh laborarory 333),

332 (wirh laborarory 334) One year of college marhemarics, including calculus

(ar I asr rhrough MATH 1 5 1 ) PHYS 1 2 5 and 1 26 or PHYS 1 53 and 1 54

(wirh appropriare laboratories)

In addition, ea h school of oprometry has its own specific requirements. heck with a health science advisor.

Pha771UlCY

Although rhe pre-pharmacy requiremenrs for individual schools vary (check with a healrh science advisor) , the following courses are usually required: one year of general chemistry wirh laborarory; one year of organic chemistry, wirh laborarory; college-level marhemarics (ofren including calculus); one year of English composirion. Other courses often required include microbiology, a.nalyrical chemistry, statistics and inrroductory courses in communicarion, economics, and political science. For example, the University of Washington School of Pharmacy has approved the following courses as being equivalent to rhe tlrst rwo years of its program leading to the Docror of Pharmacy degree:

BIOL 1 6 1 . 1 62, 20 1 or 328 CHEM 1 1 5 , 1 1 6, 320, 33 1 (with laboratory 333),

332 (wirh laborarory 334) MATH 1 28 or l S I ; STAT 23 1 WRIT 1 0 1 A second course i n writing; electives from humanities

and social sciences. Total credirs should nor be fewer rhan 60 semesrer hours.

Physical Therapy

Acceptance to schools of physical rherapy has become increasingly competirive in recem years, and students interesred in physical therapy are strongly encouraged to meer wirh a health science advisor as early as possible to determine prerequisites for specific schools. All physical therapy programs are doctoral programs. Therefore, porential applicanrs should plan on completing a baccalaureare degree in conjunction with sarisfYing admission requiremenrs. The School of Physical Education offers a Bachelor of Science degree in Physical Educarion with a pre­physical rherapy track.

The requiremenrs for admission to schools of physical rherapy vary. However the basic science and marhemarics requi.rements are generally uniform and include:

BIOl 1 6 1 , 1 62, 323 CHEM 1 1 5 , 1 1 6, 33 1 ; MATH 1 40; PHYS 1 25 and 1 26

(wirh laboratories) In addition ro the principles of biology sequence, applicanrs

must complere courses in anatomy and physiology. This admission requirement is met by eirher the combinarion

of BIOL 205 and 206 or rhe combination BIOl 361 and 44 1 .

Biology majors should take BIOL 361 and 44 1 , the clear preference of several schools of physical rherapy.

In addition to the science and marhematics requiremenrs, the various schools have specific social science and human itie.s requirements.

Check with a health science advisor regarding these requiremenrs.

LAW 253.535.759 5 wluw.plu.edul � /egalstd

Prepararion for law school at PLU is an advising sysrem rather rhan a curriculum of prescribed major/minor or otherwise organized courses. The primary reason for such an approach is that the admissions comminees of U.S. law schools generally recommend rhat applicanrs be well and broadly educared. They rend to seek applicants who are l iterate and numerate, who arc crirical thinkers and articulare communicators. In essence, they value exactly whar a sound liberal ans educarion provides­indeed, requires.

Therefore, regardless of rheir declared majors and minors, srudents considering law school are encouraged ro demonstrate proficiency in courses selected from across the disciplines and schools while undergraduates ar PLU. An appropriate curricular program should be structured from a mix of rhe srudents' personal academic interests, their professional inclinations, and coursework aimed ar developing inrellectual skills and resources apt to generare success in legal study and practice.

Recent successful PlU applicants ro law schools have taken such diverse courses as those in the anthtopology of contemporary America, social science research merhods, American popular culrure, English Renaissance literature, newswriting and argumenration, recent polirical thought, international relations, free-lance writing, intermediare German, animal behavior, neuropsyc.hology, public

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 135: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

finance, logic, and moral philosophy. Diversiry and challenge are crucial [0 preparation for the srudy of law.

However, pre-law students are also advised to take courses, chosen in consultation with the pre-law advisor, that will help them [0 identify, develop, and explore perspectives on the character of u.s. law. Courses in U.S. government and history, j udicial and legislative processes, research materials and meth�ds, and internships may be particularly useful in this regard. Finally, students with an i nterest in rhe law a.re encouraged [0 participate in the activities of PLU's chaptet of Phi Alpha Delta Fraterniry International, a professional service organization composed of I w and pre-law students, legal educators, attorneys, j udges, and government ofllcials.

Regardless of their major or minors, students interested in pre­law advising and activities are invited to register with the Pre-Law Center in the epartment of Political Science.

MILITARY SCIENCE (ARMY ROTC) 253.535. 8740 www.plu. edw�rotc

The obj ective of the military science instrucrion within Army ROTC (Reserve Officer Tra.ining Corps) is [0 prepare a demically a.nd physically qualified college womt:n and men for rhe rigor and challenge of serving as an officer in the United Stares Army-Active, National Guard, or Reserve. To mat end, the program stresses service to country and communiry through the development and enhancement of leadership competencies which support and build on the c ncept of service leadership.

Army ROTC is offered [0 PLU students on campus. The lower­division courses are open to all studen ts and are an excellent source of leadership and ethics training for any cateer. They do not require a military commitment for non-scholatship students. The lipper-division courses are open to qualified students. ROTC is traditionally a four-year program; however, an individual may complere the program in two or three years. Contact the PLU Military Science Department for details.

Parricipation in the introductory Mili tary Science courses at PLU is open to ail students. Students may choose to conrinue in rhe advanced courses wirh the goal of receiving a commission after successful completion of the program and receiving a universiry degree. Students seeking a commission are often recipienrs of an ROTC scholatship. Being commissioned in the mili taty and/or receiving a $Cholarship involves meeting requiremenrs established by the United States mili tary. For specific requirements in contracting or scholarship eligibili ry, students may contact the Military Science Department.

Financial assistance in the form of two-, three-, and four-year scholarships is available to qualified applicants. Scholarships awarded are $20,000 for tuition plus a book allowance of $900 and a monthly sripend of $250-$400. Students in upper-division courses not on scholarship also receive a $350-$400 stipend. To be commissioned an officer in the United States Army, a graduate must complete the miliraty science curriculum, including successful completion of a four-week advanced camp during the summer before rhe senior year. Addirional information on the Army ROTC program may be obtained by writing Army ROTC, Pacific Lurheran University, Tacoma, \'IIA 98447.

FACULTY: Major Boice, Chair

The basic course consists of two hours of academic instrucrion and military training per week each semester of the fIrSt and second years. Students beginning the COllISe as sophomores can compress the basic course by attending additional academic instruction. Thete is no mil itary commitment for non­scholarship students in the basic course.

The advanced course consisrs of additional academic instruction and physical cOllditioning plus a four-week advanced summer training at the Leader Development and Assessment Course (LDAC) at Fort Lewis, Washington.

Students are furnished with uniforms and selecred textbooks for mil i tary science courses.

'::'::":==-=--=��:l-"---=-:'==..lc..:S::.::c ience Basic - (MILS)

MILS 111, 112: Introduction to Military Science An introduction to the United States Army. Includes an introduction to military science and its organization, leadership, land navigation, map reading, operarion orders, and the traditions of the United States Army. Provides a look at the military as a profession and its ethical base. Course includes Army Physical Fitness Test and training. (2, 2)

MILS 211, 212: Introduction to Leadership A continuation of basic oHicer skills. Areas of emphasis arc team building, squad tactics, operarions orders, land navigarion, ethics and professionalism. total fitness and military first aid. (2, 2)

Course Offeri'!9s - Military Science Advanced - (MilS)

MILS 311, 312: Leadership and Management A survey of leadership/management and motivational theories. An orientation on the competencies required for the small unit leader. I ncludes tactics, communications and land navigation. (3, 3)

MILS 411, 412: Professionalism ami Ethics Covers Army values, ethics, and professionalism, responsibilities to subordinares, self, and country, law of land warfare, and the resolution of erhical/value dilemmas. Also covers logistic and justice systems and the interaction of special staff and command functions. (3)

Note: A maximum of 24 semester hours eamed in ROTC programs rna)' be applied toward a baccalaureate degree at PLU.

Srudents receiving more than 1 2 semester hours of R TC credit toward a PLU degree are required to take one of the following:

H IST 23 1 : World \'liar Two in China and Japan, 193 1 -1 945 - C, S I (4)

HIST 329: Europe and the \'IIorld \'liars, 1 9 1 4- 1 945 - S I (4) H I ST 352: The American Revolution - S I (4) H IST 356: American Diplomaric History - S I (4) H IST 38 1 : The Viernam \'liar and American Society - S I (4) INTC 22 1 : The Experience of War - 12 (4) INTC 222: Prospects for War and Peace - 12 (4) PHIL 1 2 5 : Ethics and the Good Life - PH (4) PHIL 3 53: Special Topics: Focus on Milirary Ethics or

\'liar - PH (4) RELI 365: Christian Moral Issues - R2 (4)

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

.." ... �

,

.." ... o -� III III

1 33

Page 136: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

1 34

THEOLOGICAL STUDIES Srudenrs inrending to ,mend seminary should complete the requirements for the Bachelor of ArtS degree. Besides the general degree requirements, the Association of Theological Schools recommends the following:

English: literarure, composition, speech, and related srudies. At least six semester-long courses.

History: ancienr, modern European, and American. At least three semester-long courses.

Philosophy: orienration in hisrory, conrenr, and methods. At least three semester-long courses.

Natural Sciences: preferably physics, chemistry, and biology. At least two semester-long courses.

Social Scimces: psychology, sociology, economics, political science, and education. At least SLX semesters, including at least one semester of psychology.

Foreign Languages - one or more of the following: Latin, Greek, Hebrew, German, French. Studems who anricipate post­graduate srudies arc urged to undertake these disciplines as early as possible (at least fQur semesters).

Religion: a thorough knowledge of Biblical conrenr together with an introducr.ion ro major religious traditions and theological problems in the conrext of the principal aspects of human culrure as out lined above. At least three semester-long courses. Srudenrs may well seek counsel from the seminary of their choice.

Of the possible majors, English, philosophy, religion and the social sciences are regarded as the moS( desirable. Other areas are, however, accepted.

A faculty advisor will assist studenrs in the selection of courses necessary ro meet the requiremenrs of the theological school of their choice. Consult the Religi.on Department chair for further information.

Psychology

253.535 .7294 WWw.plll.edtllrpsyc

Psychology is a scienrific discipline that seeks ro understand human and nonhuman behavior. Ps),chology is also a profession (hat seeks to change behavior for the b rrerment of humankind. Through its curriculum, research activities, and use of communit), resources, the Department of Ps),chology provides studenrs with a balanced exposure to psychology as a scienrifIc discipline and profession.

The major in psychology (a) inrroduces students to scienrific methods of psychology, to theories and research findings from the core areas of psychology, and to the hisrory of ps),chology; (b) provides students with opportunities ro explore advanced ropics in scientifiC and professional psychology, conduct psychological research, and gain exposure ro the pracrice of psychology in community settings; and (c) helps prepare students for postgraduate work in psychology or in related professi.ons, such as social work, education, medicine, law, and business. The major is an excellent general preparation for employmen r in a variety of settings.

The psycho log), program is designed to meet the needs of a variety of studenrs. To this end, two degrees are offered: the Bachelor of Arrs and the Bachelor of Science. Either degree provides a solid foundation in psychology, and either can serve as preparation for postgraduate study or employment. However, for (hose srudents who intend to pursue rhe docrorate in psychology following graduation from PLU, the Bachelor of Science degree is likely to provide an especially strong preparation. The Bachelor of Science degree is also an excellent pre-professio03l degree for those srudenrs who plan ro enter the fldds of dentistry, medicine (all branches, including psychiatry) , public health, or veterinary medicine. Many in business, education, nursing, and social work find a double major with psychology to be a valuable addition ro their training.

FACULTY: Ceymr, Chah� Anderson, R.M. Brown, Graham, Grahe, Hansvick, Moon, Moritsugu, Shore, Taylor, Toyokawa.

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR 36 credit hours in psycholog), includi ng: • PSYC 1 0 1 , 242, 499 • One of PSYC 3 1 0, 320, or 330 • One of PSYC 440, 442, 446 or 448 • At least two semester hours from PSYC 495 , 496, or 497 • 16 semester hours of elecrive psychology courses • STAT 232 (psychology class) and accompanying lab are

required.

BACHELOR OF SCIENCE MAJOR 40 semester hours in psychology including: • PSYC 1 0 1 , 242, 4 8 1 • One o f PSYC 3 1 0, 320, 330 • >[wo of PSYC 440, 442, 446, 448 • One lab section selected from PSYC 44 1 , 443, 447, 449 • At least rwo semester hours from PSYC 495, 496, or 497 • 14 semester hours of elective psychology courses • STAT 232 (psychology class) and accompanying lab • 20 semester hours in mathematics and narural science are

required. Of the 20 hours, at least four semesrer hours must be in mathematics and at least eight semester hours in biology.

Those students who, after graduating from PLU, plan to enrer schools of denristry, medicine, public healrh, or veterinary medicine should note the specifiC pre-professional mathematics and science requiremenrs in the appropriate sections of this catalog.

MINOR 20 semester hours, of which:

At least 1 2 semester hours must be taken in residence. If a staristics course is used as parr of the 20-hour requirement, thcn it must be STAT 232 (psycllOlogy class) taught by a member of the psychology department.

The minor in psychology is designed ro supplemenr anuther major in the liberal arts or a degree program in a profess ional school, such as business, educ:uion, or nursing.

PSYC 1 1 0 , 1 1 1 , and 1 1 3 do not counr tOward the major or minor.

Cotlrse Prerequisites

A grade .of C- or higher must have been earned in a course in order for it ro qualify as a prerequisite and to apply rowards the major.

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

c L

Page 137: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

Expmential Learning

All Psychology majors are required to take a minimum of two semester hours of PSYC 495, 496 or 497.

Capstone

Psychology majors are required to complete a capstone project and present this project as part of PSYC 499 (for BA majors) or PSYC 48 1 (for BS majors) at the Psychology Research Conference held every term.

- PSYC

PSYC 101: llltroduction to PsychoLogy - S2 An introduction to the scientifiC study of behavior and mental processes. Topics include learning, memory, perception, thinking, development, emotion, personali ty, mental il lness, and social behavior. (4)

PSYC 110: Study Skills Effi i e techniques for college study. Note-making, study methods, examination skills, time management, educational planning. Class work supplemented by individual counseling. (May not be applied to core, language, or psychology major or minor requirements.) ( 1 )

PS YC J 11: College Reatiulg Improvement of col lege-level reading skills. Previewing, skimming, scanning, rapid r"ading, critical reading, and study reading. (May not be applied to core, language, or psychology major or minor requiremen ts.) ( I )

PSYC 113: Career and EducatWnal Plamling: Findhzg Your �y Personal decision-making process applied to career and educational choices, self-assessment, exploration of rhe world of work, educational planning, reality testing, and building career­rdated experience. Does not meet general un iversity requirements or psychology major or minor requirements. ( 1 )

PSYC 221: The Psyehology of Adjustment - S2 Problems in personal adjustment to everyday issues. Explorat ion of possible coping solutions. Prerequisite: PSYC 1 0 1 . (2)

PSYC 242: AtWanced Statistics and Research Design A continuation of Statistics 23 1 and accompanying lab taught by members of the psychology department. Topics includ" single- and multi-factor experimenral designs and analyses of variance, multiple regression, quasi-experiments, surveys, and non-parametric statistical techniques. Students will learn to use computer programs to c;ury out statistical analyses and wiU have the opportunity to design and conducr their own research slUdy. Lecture and laboratory. Prerequisite: STAT 232 and accompanying lab taught by members of the psychology department. (4)

PSYC 310: Personality Theories - S2 Strategies tor the study of personali ty. Review of theories and research. Discussion of implications for counseling. Prerequisite: PSYC 1 0 1 . (4)

PSYC 320: Development Across the Lifespan - S2 Biological, cognitive, social, and emotional development from conception through adulthood to death. Prerequisite: PSYC 1 0 1 . (4)

PSYC 330: odal Psychology - S2 The study of how an individual's thoughts and behaviors are inAuenced by the presence of others. Research and theory concerning topics such as person perception, attitudes, group proc.esses, prejudice, aggr�,sion and helping behaviors are discussed. Prerequisiw PSYC 1 0 1 . (4)

PSYC 335: Cultural lTychology - S2 The study of the relation bet\ e n culture and human behavior. Topics include cognition, language, intell igenc.e, emotion, development, social behavior, and mental health. Prerequisite: PSYC 1 0 1 . (4)

PSYC 345: Com7llUIJ;ty Psyc/Jology - S2 Intervention strat gies that focus primarily on communi ties and social systems. Particular suc:.s on alternatives to traditional clin ical styles for promoting the well-being ot communities and groups. Prerequisite: PSYC 1 0 1 . (4)

PSYC 360: Psychology of Language - S2 The study of language' as a means of communication and structured human behavior. Topi s include biological foundations of language, psychol inguistics, peech perception and production, sentence and discourse comprehension, nonverbal communication, l anguage acquisition, bilingualism, language disorders. Prerequisite: P YC 10 1 . (4)

PSYC 370: Gender and Sexlwlity - S2 Study of the socia\, biological and cultural factors that contribute to human sexuality and gender-related behavior. Topics include sexual identity, typical and atypical sexual behavior, reproduction, communication, inti mate relationships, masculi nity and femininiry. Prerequisite: PSYC: 1 0 1 . (4)

PSYC 375: Psychology of WOmen - A, S2 Exploration of psychological issues pertinent ro women. Includes such topics as sex differences; psychological ramificat ions of menarche, child bearing. menopause, sexual harassment, and rape; women's experiences with work and achievement, love and sexual ity, and psychological disorders. Prerequisite: PSYC 1 0 1 . (4)

PSYC 380: Psycbology of �rk - S2 Integrating career planning into the study of human behavior in work settings. Application and extension of psychological principles to the individual operating within an organization conrext - including measuring and facilitating job performan(e, worker motivation, human factors, and group processes. Pr�r�quisite: PSYC 1 0 1 . (4)

PSYC 385: COl/miller Psychology - S2 Social psychological princi ples applied to consumer atti tude­formation and decision-making - e.g., perception of advertisements, influence of reference groups and opinion leaders, and learning ef ts upon repeat purchasing. Emphasis on audience, message, and media factors. Prerequisite: PSYC 1 0 1 . (4)

PSYC 395: ReslUlrch LaborlUory Exp"rienc" in evaluating and conducting research in a designated area of psychology. May be offered from time to time as an elective to accompany various 300-level courses. Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. (2)

PSYC 401: Workshop Selected topics i n psychology as annoul1c"d. ( 1 -4)

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

1 3 5

Page 138: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

1 36

PSYC 405: Workshop on Alternative Perspectives - A, S2 S lected wpics in psychology as announced which help fulfill the universiry requirement in alternative perspectives. ( 1 w 4)

PSYC 410: PsychologicRI Testing - S2 urvey of standardized tests; methods of development,

standardization; limitations and interpretations of tests. Prerequisites: PSYC 1 0 1 , STAT 232 or consent of instructor. (4)

PSYC 415: Abnormal Psychology - S2 M dels of psychopathology. Diagnosis and tre. [ment of abnormal behaviors. Prerequisite: PSYC 1 0 1 i STAT 232 or consent of insuucwr. (4)

PSYC 420: Adolescent Psychology - S2 Physical development, mental traits, social characteristics, and interests of adolescents; adjustments in home, school, and communi ry. Prerequisite: PSY 320. (4)

PSYC 430: Peace PsychokJgy - S2 Theories and practices for development of sustainable societies through the prevention of destructive conflict and violence. Focus upon nonviolent management of conflict and pursuir of social j ustice by empowering individuals and building cultures of peace. Prerequisite: PSYC 330 or consent of instructor. (4)

PSYC 435: Theories and Methods of Counseling a1,d Psychotherapy - S2 Introduction ro basic methods of counseling and psychotherapy, and examination of the theories from which these methods derive. Prerequisites: PSYC 3 1 0, 345, 4 1 0, or 4 1 5 ; or consent of instrucror. (4)

PSYC #0: Human Neuropsychology - S2 Study of the neuroanaromical and neurophysiological mechanisms of behavior and mental function. Topics include perception, voluntary action, spatial processing, language, memory, emotion, social behavior, and consciousness. Prerequisite: PSYC 1 0 1 , 242. (4)

PSYC 441: Experimental Research Laboratory in NeuropsyclJokJgy

. Experiments and demonstrations related to n uropsychological phenomena. Emphasis on methodology in research on the brain and behavior. Prerequisite: PSYC 440 (or concurrent enrollment in PSYC 440) . (2)

PSYC 442: Learning: &searclJ and Theory - S2 A critical overview of the research data on human and animal learning, and of the theoretical attempts ro understand those data. Prerequisite: PSYC 1 0 1 , 242. (4)

PSYC 443: Experimental ResearclJ Laboratory in Learning Experiments and demonstrations related w conditioning and learning in humans and animals. Emphasis on methodology in learning research. Prerequisite: PSYC 442 (or concurrent enrollment in PSYC 442). (2)

PSYC 446: Perception - S2 The study of our interactions with the physical world and the nature of our understanding of it. Includes such topics as color vision, dark adaptation, hearing music and speech, taste, smell, pain, and sensory physiology. Prerequisites: PSYC 1 0 1 , 242. (4)

PSYC 447: ExptrimetlUzi Research Laboratory in Perception Experiments and demonstrations of perceptual events. Emphasis on methodology in perception research. Prerequisite: PSYC 446 (or concurrem enrollment in PSYC 446) . (2)

PSYC 448: Cognitive PsyclJokJgy - S2 The study of human thought. Topics include attention, perception, memory, knowledge and concept formation, language, problem-solving, and reasoning. Prerequisites: PSYC 1 0 1 , 242. (4)

PSYC 449: Experimental Research Laboratory in Cognition Experiments and demonstrations related to human cognition. Emphasis on methodology in research on cognition. Prerequisite: PSYC 448 (or concurrent enrollment in PSYC 448). (2)

PSYC 481: PsychokJgy Research Seminar - SR An advanced course providing students the opportuniry to design and conduct ongoing research and review current re-search in psychology. Directed toward helping students perform research studies that may be suitable for submission to journals or presentations at conferences. To maximize the effectiveness of the course, students are encouraged to give advance consideration to areas and designs for possible research. Prerequisites: PSYC 1 0 1 , 242, and consent o f insrructor. (2)

PSYC 483: Serniuar - S2 Selected topics in psychology as announced. Prerequinte: consent of instructor. May be repeated for credit. (2-4)

PSYC 491: Independent. Study A supervised reading, fidd, or research project of special interest for advanced undergraduate students. Prerequisite: consent of supervising faculty. ( 1 -4)

PSYC 493: History and Systems of PsychokJgy Historical development, contemporary forms, and basic assumptions of the major psychological theories and traditions. Prerequisites: one of PSYC 440, 442, 446, or 448; and one of PSYC 3 1 0, 320, 330. (4)

PSYC 495: InternslJip A practicum experience in the communiry in the clinical, social, and/or experimental areas . Classroom focus on case conceptualization and presentation. Prerequisite: Sophomore sranding plus one course in psychology and consent of the dttparrment. ( 1 -6)

PSYC 496: ResearclJ Practicum Research experience under the direct supervision of a faculry member, students may design and/or conduct research in a desigl13.tcd area of psychology. May be repeated for up to 8 creditS. Prerequisite: PSYC 10 1 or consent of instructor. ( 1 -4)

PSYC 497: Teaching Apprenticeship Teaching experience under the direct supervision of a faculry member. Course provides the opportunity to learn how to effectively communicare information, understand classroom management, and develop reaching skills. Students will serve as a teaching assistant for a psychology course. Prerequisite: Grade of B or better in class you will be a TA for, a minimum 3.0 overall G.P.A., j unior standing at time the course is offered, consent of instructor. May be rcpeated for up to 4 credits. ( J -4)

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 139: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

PSYC 499: Capstone Seminar - SR Required for Psychology majors earning the B.A. degree.

tudents will complete and present a project at an on-campus Psychology Research Conference held fall and spring terms. The project may be adapted from an upper-division psychology course, or as advanced research or internship project. completed by the student (see the Department's handout on the capstone for more details and project options) . Prerequisite: Senior standing or permission of instructor. (2)

Publishing and Printing Arts

253. 535 .724 1 IVWw.plu.edui �ppa

For 30 years Pacific Lutheran Universiry's Department of English has offered a way to help students translate 11 love of boo' inro an exciting professional career in publishing. One of only a few such programs in the coumry. rhe distinctive interdisciplinary curriculum in Publishing and Printing Arts (PPA) is highly respected by emp loyers because it combi nes pre-professional skills and experience with the solid foundation of a l iberal am education. This six-coutse minor is designed to give students with talents and interests in writing. graphic des ign,

communications. or business a head start into [he world of publishing and a broad variery of rdated professions.

The PPA program readily complemen ts majors concerned with language and the written word, such as English. languages, education, public relations, journalism , marketing, and graphic design. Bur students m joring in a wide spectrum of disciplines-from biology ro music to anthropology-have discovered the value of a PPA minor, too. It both helps ro connect them to publishing career opportunities in those fields and provides a r icher understanding of the complex roles that writren communications of all SOrtS play in our lives and in Out modern world.

FACULTY: S. Robinson, Director.

PUBLISHING AND PRINTING ARTS MINOR Th�e core course! are required - 12 semester bOlrN

ENGL 3 1 1 1C MA 32 1 : The Book in Sociery ENCL 3 1 2/COMA 322: Publishing Procedures

GL 3 1 3/ ARTD 33 1 : The An of the Book I

In addit!on ro the above 1 2 semester hour core, students take uuee dective courses ( 1 2 semester hours) selected ftom at least two of the following categories:

Writingl Editing

All Engli h writing courses beyo nd WRIT 1 ° I , including ENCL 403

Approved courses in Commu nication: COMA 2 1 3, 230, 270, j l l , 320, 323, 329, 360, 420)

Marketing/Management

Approved courses in Business: BUSA 203, 308, 309, 3 1 0, 363, 365, 378, 467, 468 or in Communicarion : COMA 36 1 , 42 1 , 422, 46 1

DesignJ Production

Approved courses in Art: A R11J 226. 326, 370, 396. 398, 426, 470, 496 E L 3 1 4 0r OMA 323

Up to two GOurses (eight semester hours) can be counted toward both a PPA minor and ()[her requirements, such as general univt:rsiry requirements . another minor, or a major.

To earn a minor in Publishing and Printing Arts, students must acquire practical experience in publishi ng-related work outside the classroom.

Recreatio

To view curricufum requirements, please go to School 0/ Physical Education, page 122.

Course Offerings: Recreation (RECR)

RECR 296: uacbing Methods: Recreation Activities Learning ro plan and implement a variery of recreational activitie�, including outdoor education. Prerequisite: PHED 279. (2)

RECR 330: Programming and Leadership in Sport alui R er:reatio1l Examines the principles. procedures, techn iques , and strategies essential to successfu l ly program and lead experiences for diverse populations in Sport, fitness, recreation and leisure service organizations. (4)

RECR 360: Professional Practicum Students work under the supervision of a coach, teacher, recreation supervisor, or health care provider. Prerequisite: departmental approval . ( I -2)

RECR 483: Maluzgemrot ill Sport alld Recreation Examines the: principles, procedures , techniques, and strategies essential ro successfully manage human resources, finances and marketing in SpOrt, fitness, recreation and leisure service organizations. (4)

REeR 491: Ilu/epmdent Studies Prerequisite: consent of the dean. ( 1 -4)

RECR 4!J5: Internsbip - SR Pre-professional experiences closely related to student's career and academic inrt::resrs. Prerequisites: declaration of major. sophomore status. and ten hours in the major. (2-8)

RECR 499: Glpstone: Senior Seminar - SR (2-4)

Religion

253.5 5.7776 wluw.plu.edul �reli

Religion is an attempt to understand the meaning of human existence. Different religious and cuhural communi ties express that meaning in many ways. For Chrisrians meaning is revealed in the love of Cod in Jesus Christ. located within an ELCA­related universiry, [he Department of Religion stands within Ch ristian contex t.

PLU 2006 . 2 0 0 1

Ie o �

1 37

Page 140: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

c o C'I

1 38

In a university setting this means the crious academic study of the Bible, of the history of the Christian tradition, of Christian theology, and of world religious traditions . Critical study calls for open and authentic dialogue with other religious traditions and seeks to understand a common humanity as each tradition adds its unique contribution. It calls for a critical yet construct.ive interchange with contemporary society. Filully, it calls for a sharing of insights with other disciplines i n the university as each sheds light on the human condition.

To these ends the Department of Religion offers a wide range of courses and opportunities. Furthermore i t calls students, majors and non-majors alike, to consider questions of meaning, purpose, and value in a society that all too often neglects these questions.

FACULTY: Torvend, Ch(/iI� Batten, Breazeal e. Crawford, hnitsis, Frenz, l hssen, Killen, Komjathy, Oakman. 'Brien, Peterson, Trelstad.

Uuiversity Core Requiremtmls

Eight semester hours are required for students entering as first­year students or sophomores. Four lower-division hours should be taken before the end of the sophomore year.

Transfer students emering as juniors or seniurs arc required to take four semester hours from religion lines I or 2 only, unless pres nting eight transfer hours of religion from other regionally accredited colleges or universities. Courses offered through correspondence, on-line, and independent srudies are not accepred to meet rhe core requirement in Religious Studies.

The Core I requiremeJlt in Religious Studies (eight semester hours) specifies that four seme�ter hours must be raken from each of two lines, as follows:

A. Biblical Studies (R1) - REU 2 1 1 , 2 1 2 , 330, 33 1 . 332

B. Chrutiml Thought. History, alld Experience (R2) -

RELI 1 2 1 , 2 2 1 , 222, 223, 224. 225, 226, 227, 360, 36 1 . 362, 364, 365, 367, 368

C. Integrative Imd Comparative Religious Studies (R3) -REU 1 3 1 , 1 32, 230, 23 1 , 232, 233, 234, 235 , 237, 239, 390, 39 1 , 392. 393

Penpectives O tl Diversity Requireme'lt

A. Cross-CuJJ.urai: RELl 1 3 1 , 1 32 , 232, 233, 234, 235, 237, 247, 34 1 , 344, 347, and 392

B. Alternative Perspectives: REU 236, 257, 3 5 1 , 354, 357, 368 and 393

BACHELOR OF ARTS MAJOR • 3 2 semester hours with at least (our semester hours in each of

rhe three lines, plus 499. Sixteen of the 32 semesrer hOllrs for rhe major must be taken in upper-division courses (numbered 300 or higher).

• Transfer majors will normally take 20 semester hours in residence.

• Majors should plan rheir program early in consultation wirh deparrmental Faculty. Closely relared courses taught in orher departments may be considered ru apply toward the religion major in consultation wirh the chair of the d epanment.

MINOR (Teacher Education Option) 24 semester hours; at least four hours in each of the three l ines. Transfer minors under this option normally take 1 6 semester hours in residence.

Intended primarily for parochial school teachers enrolled in the School of Education.

MINOR 1 6 semesrer hours with no more than eight in one of rhe lines l isted above.

Transfer minors under this option must take at least eight semester hours in residence.

Course Offerings - Reli i� .... JRELI),---__

______

_

REL1 121: The Christian Traditioll - R2 The study of selected theological questions and formulations examined in their social and historical contexts. (4)

RELl 131: The Religions of South Asia - C, R3 Hinduism, Buddhism, Jainism, and Sikhism - their origins and development, expansion, and contemporary issues. (4)

RELl 132: The Religions of East Asia - C. R3 Confucianism, Taoism, Chinese and Japanese Buddhism, Shinto, and the "new religions" of Japan - their origins, development, and contemporary issues. (4)

RELI 211: Religion a"" Literature of the Old Testament - R 1 Literary, historical, and theological dimensions of the Old Tesrament, including perspecrives on contemporary issues. (4)

RELI 212: Religion a"" Literature of the New Testammt - RJ Literary, historical, and theological dimensions of rhe New Testament, including perspectives on contemporary issues. (4)

RELl 220: Early Christianity - R2 Origins, thought, and expansion of the Christian Church; rise of the Papacy, expansion in Europe and the growth of Christian involvernen t in culture, to the end of the Papacy of Gregory I (604 CE) . (4)

RELl 221: Medieval Christiallity - R2 A study of the ideas, practices, forms of community among Christians from 600- 1 350, with an emphasis on how they undersrood their relationship to God, each other, and the natural wonder. (4)

REL1 222: Mothrn Church History - R2 Beginning with the Peace of Westphalia ( 1 648), interaction of rhe Christian faith with modern polit ics, science, and philosophy; expansion in the world, modern movements. (4)

RELI 223: Americall Church History - R2 Interaction of religious and social forces in American history, especially rheir impact on religious communities. (4)

REL1 224: The Lutheran Heritage - R2 Lutheranism as a movement wirhin the church catholic: its history, doctrine, and worship in the context of today's p luralistic and secular world. (4)

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 141: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

RELI 225: Faith and SpiritwzliJy - R2 Ref1ection on Christian lifestyles, bel iefs, and commitmems. (4)

IU.'LJ 226: Christian Ethics - R2 Introduction to the personal and social ethical dimensions of Christian l ife and thought with attention to primary theological po ' i tions and specific problem areas. (4)

RELl 227 (247, 257): Cbrutian Th�ology - R2 Survey of selected topics or movements in Christian theology designed to introduce the themes and methodologies of the discipline. (RELl 247 for crossculrural CUR and RELl 257 for alternative perspective U R) (4)

RELl 230: Religion and Culture - R3 Explores the interrelation and interaction of religion and culture in a variety of world religious traditions. Incorporates recognized methodologies in academ ic religious studies. (4)

RELl 231: Myth, Ritual, and Symbol - R3 The nature of myth and its expression through symbol and ritual. (4)

RELl 232: The B'ltMhisf Tradition - C, R3 Introduction to the history and p ractice of Buddhist tradition in its South Asian, East Asian, and Western cultural contexts. (4)

RELl 233: The &ligion-s of China - C, R3 I ntroduction to the major religious movements of China. (4)

RELl 234: The Reiigilms of japan - C, R3 Imroduction to the religious tr:1ditions of Japan. (4)

RELI 235: Islamic Traditi01lS - C, R3 An introduction to the history, teachings, and practices of Islam, (4)

RELJ 236: Native American Religious TraditiotlS - A, R3 Introduction to a variety of Native American religious tradi tions, emphasizing the way in which religion works to construct identi ty, promote individual and collective well being and acts as a means of responding to colonialism. Approaches the topic using academic religious studies methodologies. (4)

RELl 237: judnum - C, R3 Hisroriml development of Judaism's Elirh and commitment from early B iblical times to the present. (4)

.BEL1 239: Env;romrumt and Culture - R3 Study of the ways in which environmental issues are shaped by human culture and values. tvlajor conceptions of nature, including non-western perspectives and issues in eco-justice. Critical evaluations of l i terature, arts, ethics, conceptual frameworks, hisrory, and spirituality. (Cross-listed with ENCL 239.) (4) REL1 330: Old Testament Studies - R1 Major areas of inquiry: the prophets, psalms, wisdom lirerature, mythology, theology, or bibl.ical archeology. (4)

RELI 331: New Teslamtmt Studies - Rl Major areas of inqui ry: in terrestamental, synop ric, Johann ine, or Pauline li rerature, or New Tes tament rheology. (4)

RELl 332: jesus of History, Christ of Faith- Rl Hisrorical survey of "Life of Jesus" re.search; form and redaction criticism of the gospel tradition ; the religious dimensions of Jesus' life and thought. Pre1Y�qtlisite: One lower-division RELI course or consent of instructor. (4)

REL1 360: Studies in Chu1'ch Minutry - R2 The church in human service: the congregation, the church­related college, contemporary contexts of world mission. (4)

RELl 361 (341, 351): Church Hutory Studies - R2 Selecred area of inquity, such as American-Scandinavian church history, religious experience among American minority communities, and the ecumenical movement. ( RELI 34 1 for cross cultural CUR and RELI 3 5 1 for al ternative perspective C U R) (4 )

REL1362: Luther - R2 The man and his times, with major emphasis on his writing and creative theology. (4)

RELl 364 (344, 354): Theological Studies - R2 Selecred topic or movemenr within Christian theology. (RELI 344 for cross cui rural G U R and RELI 354 for alrernative perspective CUR) (4)

REL1 365: Chrntian Moral Issues - R2 In-depth exploration from the perspective of Christian ethics of selected moral issues such as peace and violence, the environment, sexuality, poli tical and econo mic systems, hunger, and poverty, (4)

RELl 367 (347, 357): Major Religious Thinkers, Texts, and Genres - R2 In-depth study of major figures, texts, or gen res in Christian and non-Christian religious tradirions, focusing especially on the theology and religious thought of these traditions. Fulfills either line 2 or 3 as appropriate. Prerequisite: consent of instructor. (4)

REL1368: Femhlut and Wotnanut Theologies - A, R2 A study of major theological rhemes and issues through global women's perspectives on gender. (4)

RELl 390 (393): Topics in C011Jptlrative Religions - R3 Historical study of specifIC non-Christian religions such as the traditions of India and China, Judaism , and Islam, (RELI 393 for alternarive perspective CUR) (4)

RELl 391: Sociology of Religion - R3 Mulri-cultural investigation of religious experience, belief, and ri rual in relarion to rheir social settings wirh particular attention to new forms of religion in America, (Cross-listed wirh SOCI 39 1 .) (4)

RELl 392: God, Magic, and Morals - C, R3 Anthropology of religion, (Cross-listed wirh ANTH 392). (4)

RELl 491: Independent Studies I ntended for religion majors, advanced and graduate students; consent of the department is required. ( [-4) REL1 499: Capstone: Res�arch Seminar - SR Discussion of common readings and a major research and writing p roject with public presentation around the student's area of interest. (4)

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

1 39

Page 142: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

c: ra

> ra c:

"C c: ra v

V\

140

Scandinavian Area Studies

253.535 .73 1 4 www.p/u.edu/ � scan

Scandinavian Area Srudies is an interdisciplinary program that ofters a unique perspective on Scandinavia past and present. while developing useful analytical, cross-cultural and communicative $kills. Students can easily combine their study of Scandinavia with other majors drawn from disciplines from many university departments. The program reflecrs both the Scandinavian heritage of the univt'rsity and the dynamic profile of the Scandinavian cultures within the world community today.

Scandinnvian Stud-iell Committee: Berguson, Chair and l'rognrm Director; Hegstad, Grosvenor, Reiman, R0nning, Storfjell, Trelstad.

Srudents enrolled in the Scandinavian Area Studies program are expected to demonstrate the equivalent of:

• Two years of Norwegian, Swedish or Danish language instruction ( 1 6 semester hours)

• Eight semester hours in Scandinavian cultural history • Four semester hours in Scandinavian l iterature

MAJORS A tOUrl of 40 semester hours • Students will choose from an approved list of additional

Scandinavian and cross-disciplinary courses in accordance with personal interests and goals and in consultation with the program director

• Four semester hours in cross-discipl inary course Two semester hours in a senior project

• Eight semester hours of electives

With the approval of the Scandinavian Studies director, selected January-term, summer, experimental courses and an internship may be included in the major program.

No more than eight semester hours may be offered to meer borh the Scandinavian Area Studies major and general university requirements or requirements for a second major. Such cross­application of courses must be approved by the Scandinavian Studies di rector.

he cross-disciplinary courses listed below ofter an opportunity to view rhe Scandinavian countries in comparison with other world regions. They are regular departmental offerings in which srudents enrolled in [he Scandinavian Area Studies major focus [heir reading and work assignments to a significant extent on the Nordic region. Students must consult with the program director concerning registration for these courses.

Students are encouraged, though not required, to study in Scandinavia as part of their program.

Financial aid appl ies to PLU's partnership program, "Contemporary Global Issues: The Norwegian Approach," that takes p lace ea h fall semester at Hedmark University College in Norway. Study opportunities are also available at a varietv of other institutions in Norway, Sweden and Denma

'rk. Appropriare coursework completed abroad

should be submitted to the Scandinavian Studies director for approval toward the major.

Students interesred specifically in Norwegian language and l irerature study are referred to the descriprion of the Norwegian major under [he Department of Languages and Literatures. All core Scandinavian courses are taught our of this department.

SCANDINAVIAN COURSES

LangrMges: NORW 1 0 1 , 1 02: Elementary (4, 4) NORW 20 1 , 202: Intermediate - C (4, 4) NORW 30 1 : Conversation and Composition - C (4) NORW 302: Advanced Conversation and Composition (4)

Cultural History: (All courses taught ill English) SCAN 1 50 Introduction to Scandinavia (4) SCAN 32 1 : Topics in Scandinavian Culture and Society - S 1 (4) SCAN/POLS 322: Scandinavia and World Issues (4) SCAN 327: The Vikings (4)

Literature: (All courses tallght ill English) SCAN 24 1 : Scandinavian Fol.klore - LT (4) SCAL"J 34 1 : Topics in Scandinavian Literature - LT (4) SCAN 422: Scandinavian Lirerature in the 1 9th and 20th Centuries - LT (4)

Cross-disciplinary Courses Sometimes A,&plic:able to the Scandinavian Area Studies Major Consult with the program director to determine applicability. ECON 335: European Economics Integration (4) ENGL 334: Special Topics in Children's Literature (4) HIST 325: Reformation - SI (4) MUSI 1 06: Music of Scandinavia - AR, C (4) POLS 33 1 : International Relations - S 1 (4) POLS 380: Politics of Global Development - SI (4) RELI 36 1 : Church History Studies - R2 (4)

��se Offerin -:: Scandinavian Area Studies (SCAN)

SCAN 150: Introduction to Scandinavia Introduction to the cultures and societies of the Nordic region, including the countries of Denmark, Finland, Iceland, Norway, lnd Sweden, and [he autonomous regions of Aland, the Faroe Islands, and Greenland. A brief geographic and historical overview is followed by an investigation of contemporary Scandinavian societies. Topics for reading and discussion include culture and identity construction, imernational peace building and development, and the perspectives of recent immigrants and the indigenous Sami and Greenlander peoples. Films, art. and l iterature supplement course readings. Taught in English. (4)

SCAN 241: Scandi1Javian Folklore - LT Through reading of myths, folktales, ballads and legends, the course critiques the role of folk narrative as an expression of identity and world view in traditional and contemporary Scandinavian societies. Examples of fol k performance in music and film supplement the readings. Course is conducted in English: readings are in translation for non-majors. (4)

SCAN 321: Topics in Scandinavian Culture and Society This course concentrates on special topics such as the development of the Welfare State, Scandinavia and the European

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 143: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

Umon, Nordic colonialism, and the role of migrations in the changing society. May be repeated for credit for different topic areas. (4)

SCAN 322: ScandinavUz and World Issues - Sl his course traces the involvement of the Scandinavian countries

in world organizations, such as the United Nations and the roles the countries have played in world politics. The focus will be on the N rdic approach to democracy, aid to developing countries and peace making, as well as initiatives, projects and activities in which Scandinavians are currently involved around the world. Cross-listed with POLS 322 . (4)

SCAN 327: The Vikings - Sl The world of the Vikings; territorial expansion; interaction of the Vikings with the rest of Europe. Course taught in English (cross­l isted with HIST 327). (4)

SCAN 341: Topics in Scandinavi4n Literature - LT Selected literary works provide an in-depth study of topics such as women's literature, film and the novel, conflict and peace, and immigrant literature. Course is conducted in English; readings arc in rranslation for non-majors. May be repeated for credit for different topic areas. (4)

SCAN 422: ScandinavUzn Literature in the 19th and 20th Cmturiu - II Represen tative works are studied within their social, historical and l iterary COntexts. Readings include drama, l1.ovels, shorr stories and poetry. Course is conducted in English; readings are in translation for non-majors. (4)

SCAN 491: 1ndepmdmt Studies ( 1 -4)

SCAN 4!J2: Independmt Studies ( 1 -4)

CAN 495: Int£rnships (2-4)

SCAN 499: Capstone: Sn,ior Project - SR A res earch paptr, internship or other approved project. Open only to Scandinavian Area Studies majors. (2)

For courses in Norwegian, go to Languages and Literatures, page 96.

MAJOR IN NORWEGIAN A minimum of 34 semester hours, including NORW 1 0 1 - 1 02, 201-202, 3 0 1-302, and SCAl'\! 34 1 or 422.

MINOR IN NORWEGIAN 20 semester hours, which may include NORW 1 0 I - I 02

Sign Language

To view curriculum requirements, pleme go to Communication and Theatre, page 56.

Course Offerin s - Sign Languag e--,(�S I:..:G:.:..;N:s..) ____ ... _. _ _ _

SIGN 101, 102: Sign Language - A An inrroduction to the structure of American Sign Language and to the world of the hearing impaired. Basic signing skills and sign language vocabulary; finger spelling; the particular needs and problems of deaf people. (4, 4)

Division of Social Sciences

253.535 .7669

The faculty within the Division of Social Sciences seek to provide a challenging education in the social sciences that critically analyzes the past and the present social history and srructures of human interaction. Instruction is vibrant and relevant to the rime and world in which we live and encourages responsible citizenship for today and tomorrow. Through classroom learning and applied settings such as supervised internships, students i n the social sciences acquire a n understanding o f society while developing the analytical tools with which to provide solutions to a diverse range of social problems.

The Division of Social Sciences fully supportS interdisciplinary programs. The programs in Global Studies, Legal Studies, and Women's Studies are housed within the division. In addition, Social Sciences faculry also participate actively in other interdisciplinary programs including Chinese Studies and Environmental Studies.

AJso administered within the division, the Center for Economic Education serves to broaden knowledge of economic principles among K- 1 2 teachers and their students in the Pacific Northwest.

The Forest Foundation Severtson Undergraduate Fellowship supportS students conducting research i n the social sciences.

FACULTY: Peterson, Dean; faculty members of the Departments of Anthropology, Economics, H istory, Marriage and Family Therapy, Political Science, Psychology, Sociology and Social Work.

As a division within the College of Arts and Sciences, the Division of Social Sciences offers programs in each constituent department leading to the BA degree. Additionally, a BS degree is offered in psychology and an MA degree is offered in Marriage and Family Therapy. Course offerings and degree requirements are listed under:

Anth ropology Economics History Marriage and Family Therapy Poli tical Science Psychology Sociology and Social Work

See also sections specific to affiliated degrees and prograllls for Chinese Studies, Environmental Studies, Global Studies, Legal Studies, and Women;' and Gmder Studies.

Sociology and Social Work

253.535.7294 www.plu.edul �soci

Sociology and social work, as distinct disciplines, are concerned with understanding contemporary social issues, policies, and solutions. While sociology emphasizes research, in terpretation,

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

• VI o 1"\

• VI o 1"\ o o

� '< III ::I c.. VI o 1"\ III

1 4 1

Page 144: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

ro

u o

V'l

'"C c: ro

>. C'l o

o

u o

V'l

1 42

and analysis, social work emphasizes intervention and practice. The disciplines share an interest in human relationships and ex.perience, contemporary family l ife and family pol icies, ethnic diversity and race relations, poverty and social stratification, social justice and community organization. Both disciplines encourage hands-on learning through field placements, internships, and service learn ing projects.

Students may major or minor in either sociology or social work, minor in sociology, or complete a douule major in sociology and social work. Social work majors are encouraged to minor in sociology.

FACULTY: Gregson. Chair; Jobst, Leon-Guerrero, Keller, Moran, Renfro\\', Russell (Social \'V'ork Director), Suarez.

SOCIOLOGY

Sociology examines the processes and structures which shape social groups of all sizes, including friends, families, workplaces, and nations. The study of sociology provides students with unique interpretive tools for understanding themselves and others in a changing world. Sociology has broad appeal to those who are interested in deVeloping practical skills and analytical talents. Some of the practical pursuits enabled by sociological training are in the areas of program development, counseling, research, criminal justice, management, and marketing. The academic preparation is valuable ro those interested in pursuing degrees in law, administration, social work, theology, or the social sciences.

The department's curriculum offers a variety of courses in sociological analysis while permitting an optional concentration in the specialized areas of family/gender or crime/deviance. The curriculum is deliberately f1ex.ible to permit students to study individual subject areas, or to pursue majors or minors in the field. Students majoring in business, nursing, education, and computer science find the sociological minor particularly useful for broadening their understanding of social rules and relationships, programs and solutions, and continuity and change.

The faculty is attentive to the individual needs of students in their efforts to provide academic excellence ro a diverse studenr body.

BACHELOR OF ARTS

GmeraJ Major - 40 semester hours, meluding: SOCI 1 0 1 , 240; 330 or 362; 397, 496, 499 1 2 semester hours in sociology approved by the

department at the 300 and 400 level STA r 233 for Sociology and Social Work majors

Major witb Collt:l!lltratiol1 it, Fa11lilylGet,der - 40 semester bours incl,uling:

CI 1 0 1 ; 330 or 362; 397, 440, 496, 499 12 emestcr hours in sociology chosen in consultation

with the deparrment STAT 233 for Sociology and Social Work majors

MAjor wiJiJ Concentration in CrjmelD�iance - 40 semester hours incbuJing:

I 1 0 1 , 336, 397, 4 1 3, 4%, 499 12 semester hours of sociology chosen in consultation

with the deparrment STAT 233 for Sociology ane! Social Work majors

Revised requirements for those majori1,g in both sociology and social work - 80 semester hOllrs i1,cluding: SOCW 245, 250, 350, 360, 460, 465, 475, 476, 485,

486. and 499 SOC! 1 0 1 , 397. 4%, 499 16 elective credits (recommended courses include:

SOC! 240, 2%; 330 or 362; and 462) STAT 233 for Sociology and Social Work majors BIOL I I I and PSYC 1 0 1

Minor: 20 semester bOllI'S, including: SOCI I O I 1 6 semester hours o f sociology chosen i n consultation

with the department STAT 233 may be included in the minor Sociology minors are required to attain a minimum

grade of C- in sociology classes

Continuation Policies To remain in the major. junior and senior level students must: • maintain a minimum 2.50 overall grade point average, and • maintain a minimum 2.50 grade poi nt average in sociology

courses.

BACHELOR OF ARTS IN EDUCATION See Schoo! of Education

Transfer Student Policy

The department accepts, for transfer credit from another college or university, only those courses equivalent to SOCI 1 0 1 ( Inrroducrion t o Sociology) and SOC! 240 (Social Problems). I f studenrs wish t o have additional courses considered for transfer to either their major or minor requiremenrs, rhey must first meet with the deparrmenr chair. The studenr should bring to this i nitial meeting the following:

A. College/university transcripts B. College catalogs C. Course syllabi and other supporring materials (from the

term when the conrse was completed)

Declared majors/minors will be required ro fill ou[ one petition per transfer course.

HONORS IN SOCIOLOGY Departmental honors are awarded by vote of the sociology faculty to outstanding majors. Criteria fo r selection include a high grade point average, election to Alpha Kappa Delta, International Sociology Honor Society, and ex.ceptional performance in senior seminar.

Prerequisite Note: SOCI 1 0 1 or consent of instructor is prerequisite w all 300- and 400-level courses.

Course Offerings - SociologyJSOCI) ________ _

SOCI IOl: Introduction to Sociology - A, S2 An inrroduction w the discipline of sociology. Features an analysis of contemporary American society with emphasis o n the interconnections of race, class, and gender. Sociological concepts include socialization, social roles, stereotypes, power, and srratification. (4)

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 145: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

SOCl 240: Social Probknu - A, S2 Critical examination of poverty, djscrimination , drugs, crime, home lessness, violence, and family breakdown. Course addresses c ntemporary social problems, an analysis of their social roots, and all evaluation of the policies designed to eradicate them. (4)

SOCI 296: Social Stratification - S2 An examination of the forms, causes, and consequences of social stratification. The course focuses on inequality based on class, race, and gender, exploring how and why individuals have different access to society's valued resources, services, and positions, and the consequences of these opportunities (or blocked opportunities) for different groups of people. Prerequisite: SOC! 1 0 1 or 240. (4)

SOC I 310: Jamaican Society - C, S2 This is an off-campus course offered during January term. Students spend approximately three weeks in Jamaica applyi ng sociological principles to Jamaican society. The course focuses on Jamaican institutions such as the family, the economy, government, and education. Race, class and gender stratification are examined in a Jamaican context. Instructor consent is required. (4)

SOCI 326: Delinquency and Juvenile Justice - S2 An examination of juven i le delinquency in relation to the family, peer groups, com munity and institutional structure. Includes consideration of processing of the del inquent by formal agencies of contro l . Prerequisite: S CI 1 0 I or consent of instructor. (4)

SOCI 330: The Family - S2 An examination of (he institution of the family from hjstOrical, multi-cultural, and c()ntemporary perspectives, with emphas is on how families and family life are affected by social forces such as the economy, race and ethnici ty, religion, and law. Top ics include: relationships, love, authority, conflict, sexuality, gender i ssues, child rearing, communication patterns, and violence in rhe context of fumily l ife. Prerequisite: SOCI I 0 1 or PSYC 335 or consent of instructor. (4)

SOC! 36: DevUnICl! - S2 A general introduction to a variety of nonconforming, usually secretive, and i l legal beh:wior, such as corporate crime, drug deali ng, prostitution, industrial spying, child abuse, and suicide, with emphasis on the conflict of values and l ife-experiences within a society. Prerequisite: SOCI 1 0 1 or consent of insrructor. (4)

SOCl351: Sociology of Law - S2 An examination of the social control of law and legal institutions; the influence of culture and social organization on law, legal change, and the administration of j ustice. Includes examp les of how law functions withi n the major theoretical models. �tpUsite: SO I 1 0 l or consent of instructor. (4)

SOCI 362: Families in the Americas - A, S2 A cross-cultural examination of family life in the United States,

anada, Central and South America, and the Caribbean , with a special emphasis on how social forces such as the economy, culture, and religion shape family l ife. Includes discussions of race/ethnicity, social class, and sexual orientation. Prerequisite: SOCl 1 0 1 or ANTH 1 02 or consent of instructor. (4)

SOC! 387: Spt!ciai Topics iIJ Sociology - S2 Selected topics as announced by the department . Prerequisite: departmental consent. ( 1 -4)

S0C1 391: Sociology of &Iigion - S2 An investigation of the American religious scene with particular emphasis on the new religious movements, along with attention to social senings and processes which these new religions reflect and produce. Prerequisite: SOC] 1 0 1 or one religion course or consent of ins tructor. (Ctoss-listed with RELI 39 1 ) . (4)

SOCI 397: &search Methods - S2 An overview of the methods to explore, describe, and analyze the social world. General issues in the design and implementation of research projects, as well as specific issues that arise in conducting interviews and field observations, constructing and administering surveys, analyzing existing data, and planning program evaluations . Required for j unior sociology and social work majors. Prerequisite: SOC! 1 0 I , junior status. Instructor consent is required . (4)

SOCI 413: Crime mul ociety - S2 An examination of criminal behavior in contemporary society in relation to social structure and the criminal ization process with particular attention to the issues of race, gender, and class. Prerequisite: S Cl i O 1 or 336, or consent of instrllctor. (4)

SOC! 440: Sex, Gender, Q1ui Society - A, S2 An analysis of sexu:ll i ty and gender from individual and cultural perspectives . ender stereotypes and socializ,ltion; transsexuality and cross-gender systems; communication and relationships ; sexual atti tudes, behaviors, and lifestyles; work and family issues; violence; gender stratification and feminism. Prerequisite: SOCI 1 0 1 or \1V'MST 1 0 1 , or consent of instructor. Core course for \'V'omen's Studies minors. (4)

SOC! 491: buiepmdent Studies Readings or fieldwork in specitic areas or issues of socio logy under supervision of a faculty member. Prerequisite: departmental consent. ( 1 -4)

SOCI 495: Internship Students receive course credit for working in community organizations and integraring their experiences into an academic project. Placements are l ually arranged by the student and may include the public school system, private and public social service organ izations, criminal justjce system agencies, local and state governmental agencies, and businesses. Departmental consent is required. ( 1-4)

SOCl 496: Major T"eorie.� - S2 An analysis of influential sociological theories of the 1 9th and 20th centuries with attention to the classic theories of Marx, Durkheim, and \'V'eber, to the recent contemporary schools, and to the underlying patterns of thought which both unite and divide the socio logical tradition. Required for senior majors. Prerequisite: 1 6 hours of sociology including SOCI 1 0 1 and 397, senior status, declared major or minor. Instructor consent is requi red. (4)

SOCI 499: Capsto1Je: Senior Semi7Ulr - SR Students design and carry through an independent research project invo lving the collection of data and the analysis of findings . Studenrs demonstrate their mastery of the field by relating their r�earch to the existing body of sociologica.l literature and knowledge. Required for senior majors. Prerequisites: I 397, 496; STAT 233; senior status; declared major or minor. (4)

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

'"

o n

1 43

Page 146: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

"'

v o

VI

"C r:::: "'

>­en o

o

v o

VI

1 44

SOCIAL WORK Within a program that is firmly based in the l iberal am. rhe social work major is design d ro prepare student - for heginning professional social work practice. Social work has both a heavily multidisciplinary-based body of knowledge and its own continuously developing knowledge base. The complexi!), of social issues and social prohlems that confront rhe modern-day social worker require this broad theoretical perspective. Social workers are involved in areas that are influenced hy political, economic, social, psychological, and cultural factors. To that end, the program stresses an understanding of social science theories and methods. The curriculum provides a foundation for understanding the interaction of individual, f:lmily, and communi!), systems, as the basis for generalist practice. Students learn a multi-method approach to social work practice that enables them to address a wide range of individual, family, group, and communi!)' needs. Students enhance their commitmenr ro informed action ro remove inequities based on race. ethnici!)" culture, gender, social class, sexual oriemation, disabili!)" and age.

The social work faeul!), place J. high value on the integration of academic and experiential learning. The program provides fieldwork experience in communi!), settings. Social work majors have access ro a rich varie!), of social service agencies in Tacoma and Pierce Coun!)' that provide field-learning sites. Students work with experienced, caring supervisors who help make these placements valuable learning experiences. Students are prepared to work in a varic!), of settings, including child welfare. health, mental health, corrections, aging, and communi!),-based agencies.

Social work majors should consult with a departmental advisor to plan their course of study. The facul!), encourage students ro take advantage of learning opportunities that emphasize multicultural awareness and diversi !)" including study abroad.

The social work program is accredited by the Council on Social Work ducation.

Admission ro the Social Work Program: Students seeking the Bachelor of Arts degree in Social Work must first apply and be accepted into th program . The social work program welcomes diversi!), and invites interest and applications from persons who seek to participate in a profession committed to helping people, now and in the future. Students may begin taking social work courses before being admitted to the program, bur only admitted students are allowed to take 400-level courses.

Students will be admitted ro the Social Work Program for fal l semester only. The priori!)' date for applications is April 1 0 . though applications will be accepted until available positions are filled. Enrollment is competitive based on intended graduation dare.

Admisnon is determined by facul!), evaluarion of student applications on the basis of the following criteria:

A. Transcript that documents the completion of at least 40 semester hours of prescribed course work with a minimum grade point average of 2.75. I n addition, the student must show successful completion of the following prerequisites: ANTH 1 02, B IOL I l l , PSYC 1 0 1 , SOC! 1 0 1 , WRIT 1 0 1 , and the PLU math entrance requirement. (Note: grades below C- do not transfer);

B. A personal essay which addresses (a) interest in social work as a career, (h) life experiences shaping an interest in social work, (c) professional social work goals. and (d) an evaluation of personal strengths and limitations (details may be obrained from Social Work Program) ;

C. A summary of work and volunteer experience;

D. Two letters of recomm ndation that evaluate and document the applicant's potential for success in social work education and practice;

E. Washingron State Patrol Criminal History clearance (Applicants with a criminal record will be urged ro explore their prospects for registering as a counselor or later being licensed as a social worker with the State of Washington);

F \'V'rirren agreement ro comply with rhe National Association of Social Workers' Code of Ethics (a copy of which is available from the Social Work Program);

G. Personal interview (may be requested).

Any falsification in rhe application for admission is grounds for dismissal from the program. Applicants who are not admitted to candidacy for the degree may reapply without prejudice.

Application materials are availahle directly from the Social Work Program in Xavier Hall, may be requested by calling 253.535 .7294 or arc available on the Social Work home page at the PLU website.

Co,lIinU4tiOll Policie$

To remain in the program, a student must: 1 ) maintain a 2.75 grade point average in social work courses and a 2.50 overall grade point average; and 2) demonsrrate behavior which is consistent with the N SW Code of Ethics and Universi!), Code of Conducr.

Bachelor of Ares Major - 36 SelMsln' "ollrs in social work, including: SOCW 245 , 250, 350, 360, 460, 475, 476, 485, 486

and 499 12 semester hours in sociology, including SOC\'V' 1 0 1 ,

397 Four elective credits Additional requirements include ANTH 1 02 or

334. mOL 1 1 1 , PSYC 1 0 1 , STAT 233 (must be completed via the sociology class at PLU).

Sod4l WOrk Minor - 18 stmlestn- hours hIe/ruling: SOCW 1 90 or 20 1 Eight hours from the following: SOC\'(! 275, 323,

380, 01'385 Four hours from the following: SOC! 330, 362, 397

or STAT 233 (Sociology) Two hours of SOCW 375.

Course Offerings - Social Work (SOCW)

SOCW 101 (190): Introduction to Social WOrk - A, S2

An introduction to human need and the field of social work. Provides an overview of services, models of service delivery, and professional social work values. Students visit agency settings and meet with social work practitioners. A volunteer experience in the field is a required component of this seminar-s!)'le course. (4)

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 147: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

SOCW 175: JanUAry on the IrJi - A, 52 An inren e c:xperience of communiry work on Tacoma's H illtOp District and/or Tacoma's east side where students learn first hand about poverty dnd participate in communiry projects. (4)

SOCW 320 ClJild \VJfore - A Global Perspedive An examination of child welfare., including child abuse and neglect; child Vi Ifare service�, including CPS, permanency planning. foster care. ad prion; and the currenr s tus of child well-being around the wodd, explori ng the impact on children of such issues as poverry, war, nutrition. HIV/AIDS, access to education. access to health care, care for orphans, Street children. (4)

SOCW 325 Service Leami"K in Tobago, C Explore strengths and needs ofT. bago and effects of his mry and colonialism on the developmenr of communiry problems. Through service learning. inreraction with agency staff and comm uniry members, readings and reflections, develop an understanding of the meaning of service in another culture and dee n one's own C'rhic of meaningful service. (4)

socw 245: HUmAn Bi!havior lItui tbe Soci41 Enll;ronme1Jt - S2 Examination of the biological. psychological. cultural, social, and spiritual influences on human behavior and development. Provides all ec logical systems perspective for applying developmenral theory to individuals, families. groups. institutions. organizations, and communities and for understanding various systems in the cbnreXt of their environment. Explores meaning and interpreration of developm [Jr, family, and c mmunity from differenr perspectives, with an emphasis on ethniciry and g nder. Studies impact of social 3rld economic forces on individuals and systems from a global perspective. Volunreer experience is required. (4)

SOCW 250: Social Policy I: History of SodtJ Welfare - S2 Social policy course required of all s cial work majors. EX"p!oration of inrerdependence of social. cultural, poli tical, and economic facrors in the history, theory, and practice of social wdf� e, with special reference to the developmenr of the social work proftS! ion in response (0 global social problems. Examination of the relationship among rhe social welfare systems, the problems and issues addressed by social services. and the role of the professional social worker. The impact of political ideology and process on service del ivery is also discussed. (4)

socw 350: SociAl Policy II: Socinl Policy Analysis - 52 An in-depth examination of contemporary social wdfare structure, functions, pol icy, and programs. legislative process, social justice a nd strategies for political advocacy are discussed. An examination of the impact of administrative and organization I Structures at various governmental levels on social policy implemenration. especially as they affect services to vulnerable populations. Introduces srudents to applications of theoretical meworks to social work pol icy in such areas as income mainrenance, health. mental health, child welfare. and housing and horndessness in the U.S. and other counrties. Prerequbite: SO W 250. (4)

SOCW 360: SoriAI Work Practice I: Interviewing and 111.terpersonaJ Helping - S2 An i ntroductory practice course that provides studenrs with the

conceptual framework of generalist social work practice. Application of the ecological systems perspective to direct practice. Provides studenrs with the opportuniry to learn intenrional inrerviewing skills and apply those skills within various models of practice and across cultures. Assists students toward mastery in assessmenr, goal setting, conrracting, development of inrervention plans based on theory and assessmenr information, evaluation. and termination. Must register concurrently for lab. Prerequisite: SOCW 245. (4)

SOCW 375: Social Services in the Community Completion of a minimum of 50 hours of work in a communiry setting. Through written work, studenrs reflect on their experiences. their personal growth. and the mission of the agency. May be repeated for credit up to 2 semester hours. Prerequisites: SOCW 1 75 . 245 . or 360. ( 1 )

SOCW 387: Special Topics in Social Work Selected topics as announced by the department. Topics relevant to current rrends and issues in the field of social work. (2-4)

SOCW 460: Social Work Practice II: Families and Groups - S2 Grounded in the framework of generalist social work practice, the second social work practice course examines theoretical models and practice skills for assessment and intervention with families and groups. Emphasizes the importance of culturally sensitive practice. Explores how the meaning and definition of f:1.mily differs across cultures. Introduces studenrs to group dynamics and group development. Prerequirius: SOCW 245. 360. (4)

SOCW 465: Social Work Practice III: Macropractice - S2 �rounded in the framework of general ist social work practice, this course develops skills for practice with groups, organizations. and communities. Emphasis on macropractice assessment, intervention, and change strategies at organizational. communiry, institutional and global levels. Studenrs complete a community assessment and examine communiry developmenr from a global perspective. Prerequisites: SOCW 245. 250, 350, 360, 460. (4)

SOCW 475: Field Experience I Students are assigned to a social service agency and participate. under supervision . in the delivery of social work services. Prerequisires: S CW 245, 350. 360; to be taken concurrently with SOC\V 460 and 485; requires consenr of i nstructor. Pass/Fail. (3)

SOCW 476: Field Experience II Conrinuation of SOCW 475. Studenrs receive more advanced field assignmenrs in a social service agency setting. Must be taken concurrently with SOCW 465 and 486. Pass/Fail. (3)

SOCW 485: Field Experience Seminar I This seminar provides students with the opportuniry to learn about the inrake and assessment process at various social service agencies. Studenrs develop a plan ro monitor and evaluate their practice in their field experience setting. Must be taken concurrently with SOCW 475. ( 1 )

SOCW 486: Field Experience Seminar II Studenrs learn abour the strengths perspective as i t relates to social work practice and presenr a case from their field setting.

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

'"

o

n

o

o

\C

'<

::::s c.. '"

o

n

:E o ...

145

Page 148: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

c: o

v CIJ Q,

VI

c: 10 Q,

VI

146

tudents implement a plan evaluating their own practice and learn about the applicabiliry of research to social work practice. Must be taken concurrently with SOCW 476. ( I )

SOCW 491: buJependnu Studies Prerequisite: Consent of instructor. ( 1-4)

SOCW 499: Capstone: Senior Seminar - SR Students examine the evolution of their own personal sryle of social work practice, the theories and models for practice which they have developed , the ethical and value foundation which underlies social work, and how these are integrated with their personal and professional experiences and prior coursework. The product of this final synthesis is presented to the class and is open to others within the universiry communiry. Prerequisites: OCW 460 and 475. (4)

Spanish

For curriculum and cours� offirings information, see Department of La/lguages and Literatttre, page 96

Special Education

To view curriwlum requirements, go to School of Education, pag� 69.

Course Offerin s - S ecial Education (SPED)

SPED 195: Individuals with Disabilities - A An introductory course focusing upon persons with disabilities. Intended for students outside the School of Education. (4)

SPED 201: Observation in Special Education Programs Ob ervation i n special education programs, schools, and communiry settings. ( I )

SPED 320: Issues of Child Abuse and Neglect IS! ues of child abuse, neglect, harassment, and violence. Includes identification and reporting procedures, and the legal and professional responsib ilities of all mandated reporters. ( 1 )

SPED 322: Moderate Disabilities and Transitions Exploration of issues related to identification of and service delivery to this population . Specialized instruction, management techniques, and issues of transitioning from schools to communiry. A field experience component will be required. (4)

SPED 395: Introduction to Language Development and Disorders Introduction to language disorders, assessment, and intervention. Focus on theories of language development and normal language acquis ition. (2)

SPED 399: Practicum in Special Education E 'perience with children and youth who have special needs. 1 -hour credit given after successfi.ll completion o f 4 5 clock hours and specific course competencies. Prerequisite: Consent of insrructor. (I or 2)

SPED 403: Parent/Professional Partnership in Special Education I·"kthods for communicating effectively with parents of special needs children. (2)

SPED 404: Con1l1IUnicl1%;on and ColUzboration Focus on knowledge and skills necessary for effective collaboration and supervision with parents, profess ionals, and para-educators. (3)

SPED 424: Learners with Special Needs i,l the General

Education ClASsroom This course focuses on developing teacher candidates' understanding of the perspectives on learning and school and classroom experiences of leJrners with special needs. Topics include working with other professionals, families and communities, critical inquiry into the differential placement of students, the development of individualized educarional plans as

a team, and the implementation of these plans. Required of all education majors and taken concurrently with 'Ierm II courses. EDUC 424, 408 and 406. (4)

SPED 430: Students with EmotiOlUlI and Behavioral Disabilities In-depth exploration of issues related to the identification of and service delivery to students with emotional and behavioral disabilities. Emphasis on special ized management techniques needed ro teach this population. A field experience will be required. (4)

SPED 439: Student Teachi71g iI, SecoTuiary School Teaching in special education programs under rhe direction and supervision of school and university personnel: 8 weeks. Concurrent enrollment in EDUC 450 and 466. (5)

SPED 442: Technology in Specinl Educatiun Current i sues and uses of computer technology for learners with special need . Emphasis on computer assisted instruction, and assistive tech no logy services and devices. (2)

SPED 450: Early Childhood Special Education Currenr issues related to young child with special needs. Focus on instructional methods, materials, curriculum, and assessment of this population. (2)

SPED 454: Students with Physictd Cbalk"ges and witb the Medically Fragile Examination of knowledge and skills needed for meeting the psychological, social, and educational needs of individuals who are physically challenged and/or medically fragile. (2)

SPED 459: Student Teaching in Special Education Teaching in a K-8 special education setting; 9 weeks. Concurrent enrollment in EDUC 434 and 450. (6)

SPED 460: Special Education Student Teaching Seminar: Issues in Practice A seminar for special education student teachers focusing on current issues i n the profession of special education. Taken concurrently with student teaching Term IV Hub and EDUC 450. ( 1 )

SPED 475: Supervising Para-Professionals and Volullteers Emphasis on the effective management of para-professionals and volunteers in the classroom. ( 1 )

SPED 485: Tbe Gifted Child A study of the gifted learner's characteristics and needs. Focus on instructional procedures designed ro further development. (2)

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 149: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

SPED 489: Special Topics ( I (0 4)

SPED 490: Development in £orly Childhood Special Educatitm Implications of normal and atypical child development for the learning process, including hands-on experiences in early childhood/ special education sertings. (2)

SPED 491: /7ldependmt Study ( 1 ro 4)

PED 497: Indepmdem Srndy Projects of varying length related ro rrends and issues in special education and approved by an appropriate faculry member and the dean. ( l or 2)

SPED 499: I"dividuaJ Differences - Elnnelltary (2)

See Graduate School of Education section 011 graduate-level courses for Special EducatiolZ.

Statistics

253. 535.7598

Statistics (STAT), a branch of appl ied mathematics, studies the methodology fur the collection and analysis of data and the use of data ro make inferences under conditions of uncertainry. 'tatistics plays a fundamental role in (he social and natural

sciences, as well as in business, indusrry, and government.

The statistics program is offered cooperatively by the Departments of Economics. Mathematics, Psychology, and

ociology. The program is administered by an I nterdiscipli nary Statistics ommittee headed by the Statistics Program di recror, who is appointed by the dean of the Division of Social Sciences. The statistic minor is administered by the Department of Mathemadcs. tudents interested in a statistics minor are encouraged to discuss course selection with a statistics faculry member fr m any discipline.

FACULTY: Selected faculry from the Departments of Economics, Mathematics, Psychology, and Sociology.

MINOR Minimum of 1 6 semester hours

AT 34 1

At least eight semester hours from the other statistic courses CSCE 1 20 or 1 44

Typical Progrmns for a Millor

Th" statistics courses chosen for a statistics minor will vary with the in terests of the student. Some typical programs leading to a

statistics m i nor are listed below:

For students interested ill mathematics, graduate or professional work iTI statistics, or an actuarial career:

STAT 34 1 , .342, 348

CE 1 20 or 1 44

For stuAnlts interestl'd i" economicl or business:

STAT 23 1 , 34 1

E ON 344

.SCE 1 20 or 1 44

For studlmts illterested in other social sciences: STAT 233, 34 1

ECON 344 or STAT 232 (Psychology stud nts should choose STAT 232)

CSCE 1 20 or 1 44

For studnlts interested in narnral sciences: STAT 34 1 , 342, 348

CSCE 1 20 or 1 44

��.l:Irse 0f!�E!!!g.s - Stati���.J�!AD ______ ___ _

STAT 231: Introductory Statistics - MR Descriptive statistics: measures of cenrral tendency and dispersion. Inferential statistics: general izat ions about populations from samples by parametric and nonparametric techniques. Methods covered will include estimation, hypothesis testing, corre.lation analysis, regression, chi square, and ANOVA analysis. Includes a required computer lab. Students should register for the lab corresponding to their lecrure section. (May not be taken for credit after STAT 34 1 has been taken.) (4)

STAT 232: Introductory Statistics for Psychology Majors - MR Descriptive statistics: measures of central tendency and dispersion. Inferential statistics: generalizations aboU[ populations from samples by parametric and non parametric techniques. Methods covered will include estimation, hypothesis testing, correlation analysis, regression, chi square, and Al VA analysis. Includes a required computer lab. Students should regi.� ter for the lab corresponding to their lecture section. This section is inn:nded for Psychology majors. Prerequisite: PSYC 1 0 1 or equivalent. (4)

STAT 233: /7ltroductory Statistics for Sociology Majors - MR Descriptive statistic�: measures of central tendency and di;-p =iOh. I nferential statistics: generalizations about population From samples by parametric and non parametric techniques. M thods covered will include estimation, hypothesis testing, correlation analysis, regression, chi square, and At"lOVA analysis. Includes a

required computer lab. Students should register r, r the lab corresponding ro their lecture section. This section i5 intendt:d for Sociology majors. �quisite: SOCI 1 0 1 or equivalent. (4)

STAT 341: Introduction to Mathematical Statistics - MR, NS Data description, probabili ry, discrete and continuous random variables, expectation, special distributions, statements of law of large numbers and central l imit [heorem, sampling distributions, theory of point estimarors, confidence intervals, hypothesis tests, regress ion (time permirring). (Cross-listed with STAT 34 1 . )

Prerequisite: MATH 1 52 . (4)

STAT 342: Probability and Statistical Theory - MR, NS Condnuation of 34 1 . Topics may include: joint and conditional disrributions, correlation, funcrions of random vJriables, moment generating functions. inference in regress ion and one-way ANOVA . Bayesian and non-parametric inference, convergence of distributions. (Cross-listed with STAT :342.) �quisite: Sl AT 34 1 . (4)

STAT 343: Operations Research - MR Quanti tative methods for decision problems. E.mphasis on l inear programming and other deterministic models. ( ross-lis ted with ECON 343.) Prerequisite: STAT 23 1 or equivalc-nr. (2)

STAT 344: Econometrics - MR i nrroduc[ion to the methods and tools of econometrics as the

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

II> -

n II>

1 47

Page 150: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

1 4

basis for appl ied research i n economics. Specification, estimation, and testing in the classical linear regression model. Extensions of the model and appl ications ro [he analysis o f economic data. (Cross-listed with ECON 344.) Prerequisite: STAT 23 1 . (4)

STAT 348: Applied RegremoTI and AnAlysis and ANOVA -MR, NS Linear, multiple and nonlinear regression , regression diagnostic; and violations of model assumptions, analysis of variance, experimental design including randomization, and blocking, multiple comparisons , analysis of covariance. Substantial use of a statistical computer package and an emphasis on explorarory analysis of data. (Cross-listed with MATH 348.) Prerequisite: STAT 341 or consent of instrw:;ror. (4)

STA T 491: lndependem Stutires - MR ( 1 -4)

STA T 500: Applied StlltistiCAI Aludysis (\Vill not count for statistics minor. ) An intensive introduction ro statistical methods for graduate students who have not previously taken Introducrory Statistic;. Emphasis on the application of inferential statistics ro concrete situations. Topics covered include measures of location and variation, probabiliry, estimation, hypothesis tem, and regression . (Cross-listed with ECON 500.) (4)

Theatre

For curriculum in{Omlation, see Department of Communication and Theatre, page 56

Course Offerin s - Theatre (TH��_. _ _ __ .. _____ . __ _

THEA 160: Introduetion to Theatre - AR Th is i ntroducrory course to theatre surveys the general nature of' dramatic presenta tion , including elements of dramatic structure, rypes of drama, and the contributions of the actor, direcror, designer, technician, and audience. (4)

THEA 162: History of American Film - AR Concentrates un the development and growth of the motion picture in the United States from 1 895 to the p resent. (4)

TIfEA 163: History of the ForeiJPl Film - AR Concentrates on the development and growth of international film. (4)

THEA 220: Voice I - Voice and Articulation - AR De igned for the actor. This course focuses on vocal production in terms of phonation, resonarion, articulation, etc. , as well as

oral interpretation. (2)

THEA 222: HJice II - StIlge Diakcts - AR Des igned for the actor. This course studie� stage dialects through ear training, memorization and readings, and the use of the International Phonetic Alphabet . Prerequisire: THEA 220 or consent of instructor. (2)

THEA 225: Theatre Practicum One semesrer hour credit may be earned each semester, but only 4

semester hours may be used to meet university requirements. Srudents put classroom theory to practical application by individually completing a project relating to an a�pect of theatre. An imrrucror in the area of interest must approve rhe project and agree to provide guidance. Required of all Design/Tech Majors . ( I )

THEA 230: Movemrnt I - AR Beginning movement awareness course. This course provides a basic in troduction to dance language and concepts. (2)

THEA 235[ Movement 11 - AR Intermedinte movement awaren - s course. This course includes an introducrion to movement observation, composition, and improvisation. Prerequisite: THEA 230 ur consent of instructor. (2)

THEA 250: ACti11g 1 - hmdamentnls - AR This is an in troductory course to acting . Students perform several scenes and monologues and learn the basic skills of scene selection, memorization , imagination, character, presentation , and delivery. (4)

THEA 255: Stilge Teclmology - AR Basic theory and p rocedure of all backsrage elements in the theatre, cOStume . scenery, props, lights. makeup, and management. (4)

THEA 270: Dramlltit Literature - AR This course surveys dramatic literature from its origins to the present day. Students examine the various genres of dramatic l i terature produced by a wide variety of cultures . (4)

THEA 320; SlIlge Makeup Special ized work in plann ing and appl ication of techniques, from straight makeup through aging, three-dimensionaL and special effects. (2)

THEA 330: Script AtlalY$is Students engage in intensive discussion of the maj r theories of drama and apply those theories to the analysis of sdecred plays and productions from a number of historical periods. (4)

THEA 345: Playwriting Students will experiment with monologues, dialoglLc, scenes, characters, and action. The course will include analysis of scrip ts on paper and in production . (4)

THEA 350: Actillg n - Scene Study - AR The students gain practical <:xperienc<: in the art of the actor through performance of partnered scenes from modern and contemporary theam·. This cour�e focuses on the importance of analysis and the e.xamination of current acting theory.

Prerequisite: THEA 250 or consent of instructor. (4)

THEA 355: Lighting Design - AR Stage lighting From the development of electricity and lighting devices, ro computer comrolkd l ight ing i nstruments and design .

Students will gain practical experience in hanging and focusing lighting instruments, color theory, electrical [heory, and area lighting to suggesr locale. A final project consisting of a fully realized lighting design will culminatt· the course. (4)

THEA 359: Actingfor the Non-Al:tor - AR Specifically designed for those who have nourished a curiosity to explore the art of acting but have been intimidated by a lack of knowledge or prior experience. or open to theatre majors or minors. (4)

THEA 360: Theatre History I This course survey� the history of theam:: From its origins rhrough the end of the 1 8th century. Students will examine theatre as an institution that both reflects historical moments and parricipJ.tes in the form ing of social values and ideas. (4)

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

\'

J E ['

e c

H

1 1 CI

rf si c( p

1 [r

Page 151: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

THEA 365: T/nillre HisTory II This cou surve the his[Ory of meatre from the end of the 1 8 th century through the present day. tudents will examine theaue as an institution that both reflects hi [Oric:!1 moments and participat in the forming of social values and ideas. (4)

11IEA 387: Topirs in Theatre This course will be offered as needed, and it wi l l allow the theatre faculty and guest anists to explore areas of exp r� and interest that are not normally taught as part of the curriculum. C ncenrra.ted study of a major theauical period, movement, aumor, theme, genre, performance style, culture, or technology. (2-4)

THEA 425: Theatre Practicum One em ter hour may be earned each semester, but only four semester hours may be used to meet university requirements. Studen pm d· sroom theory to practical application by individu,Jly completing a project relating to an aspect of theatre. An instructor in the area of interest must approve the project and agree [0 provide guidance. Required of a.ll Design/Tech Majors. ( I )

THEA 450: Acting III - ShakespeRTe - AR This is an advanced course in acting designed [0 focus on language, interpretation, and enhancing audimce appreciation and understanding. Advanced techniques in text analysis, focusing on scansion, the study of Shakespeare's folio, and in­depth scene study and performance. �Tequisites: [HLA 220 and 250 or consent of instructor. (4)

THEA 453: Costume Design - AR Development of artistic and technical abilities in the rield of costume design incorporating history, patterns, and r nderings. (4) THEA 455: Scenic Design - All Development of the anisti and tedlnical abili ties in the field of sceni design by incorporating varied periods and styles as well as preparation of models, rendering, and drafting. (4)

THEA 458: CnHlive Dramatict - AR Designed to acquaint th� student with materials, t hniques, and theories of creative dramatics. Intended for elementary and junior high school teachers or prospective teachers, theatre majors, religiou� leaders, youth and camp counselors, day care workers, ocial and psychological workers, and community theatre lead= inter ted in working with children. (4) THEA 460: Film Seminar: Approaches to Film Theory - AR Examination ot 12 fi lms, incorporating an analytical approach of twO film directors' styles (contrasting and comparable), enhan ing perception and insight in terms of cinematic comprehen ion. Prerequisite: TI-IEA 162 or consent of instructor. (4) THEA. 470: Play DirectUm - AR This course examines the role of the director, historically and critically, and includes intensive study that is both practical and theor tical in itS approach to the art of play direction. Each student is required to di rect a variety of scenes; a final project, cons' ting 0 a COnt mporary scene, will cul minate the m.e.

�quisites: THEA 250 and 255, or consent of instructor. (4)

THEA 491: Independent Srudit!S In tigations r research in area of special intetest not covered

by regular courses; open to qualified junior or senior students. Requires pre-registration approved by a departmental sponsor. ( 1-4)

mEA 492: Independent Studies Investigations or research in area of special interest not covered by regular courses; open to qualified junior or senior students. Requires pre-registration approved by a depanmental sponsor. ( 1 -4)

THEA 493: Independent Studies Investigations or research in area of special in terest not covered by regular courses; open to qualified junior or senior students. Requires pre-registration approved by a depanmental sponsor. ( 1-4)

Women's and Gender Studies

253.535 .7296 www.p/u.edu/ �wome7Utu

At the core of the Women's and Gender Studies (WMGS) program at PLU is a vibrant, diverse, and supportive community of feminist women and men, worlcing to enhance and reinforce the individual goals and strengths of each student. This multiplicity of resources and talents allow our courses to draw upon many different academic areas, explore themes such as gender and sexual identity, emphasize critical examination of racism, classism, and other forms of inequity and discrimination, and focus on the pursuit of social justice.

Women's and Gender Studies courses offer critical analysis of traditional social insti tutions, such as religion, arts, science, law, education, medicine, and the family, and their relationship to each person's gender, sexual identity, class, and race. Reflecting the imponance of dialogue and collaboration in feminism, classroom activities include a rich mix of group-based projects, discussion, and other forms of inquiry. The multidisciplinary nature of our program invites Women's and Gender Studies students to sample many topics and learn through a variety of intellectual and life experiences, from reading the literatures of under-represented communities to creating visual arrwork, visiting a prison for women, and learning how to initiate, mediate and engage in an ongoing discourse about challenging Issues.

The Women's and Gender Studies senior capstone exemplifies our program's emphasis on combining inquiry with experience. For the capstone, each Women's and Gender Studies major works with faculty mentors to design an internship or service learning project that fits creatively her or his unique vocational and academic interests. One student with a background in nursing or biology, for example, might work in a program that offers pre-natal care for low-income women, while anomer student with expertise in social work and public policy might assist an organization worlcing to reduce domestic violence, or a student interested in feminist theater could work with the Women's Center to shape PLU's annual production of "The Vagina Monologues"!

The Women's and Gender Studies program gives students the important tools, resources, and language needed for personal empowerment, especially useful since it is easy to feel overwhelmed and resigned in the face of i njustices. Upon completion of this

P l U 2006 - 2007

:E o

3 I'D ::s

QJ ::s a. C\ I'D ::s a. I'D ..,

1 49

Page 152: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

'" Q.I

"'C ::r -

V'I ... Q.I

"'C c: Q.I

l? "'C C

rtI

C Q.I

E o

3:

1 :;0

program, each PLU Women's and Gender Studies graduate is prepared [Q creatively and effectively pursue social justice in her or his own way. As teachers, scientists, volunteers, anis , writers, entrepreneurs, or f.,mily members, our graduates are making positive changes in the way gender and sexual identity are unders[Qod globally in the 2 1 st century. We invite you to join our community o f scholars and agen[S of social change.

FACULTY: Womens tIIdies EwcutiIJe C'ommirtee: Kraig, Ch{/il� Breazeale, Lisosky, Marcus, klar, Taylor, Trelstad.

MAJOR The Women's and Gender Studies major is a multidisciplinary and inrerdiscipl inary complemenrary major. Conferral of a baccalaureate degree with a major in Wo men's and Gender Studies requi res completion of a second major fro m any discipline in the university. Students are encouraged w declare both majors simultaneously and [Q plan a program aware of the po si bi lities for applying individual courses to both majors. The Wo men' and Gender Studies major al lows application of courses fto m the second major and for genC'ral university rcquiremenrs (Core I and Core I I) w the \Vo mcn's and Gender Studi('s major.

32 semester bOUN, includiTlg: • WMGS 201 (four semester hours) • Two courses each from the Women/Feminism approved

program core course l ist (eight semester hours) • Two c.ourSe'S each from the Gender/Sexuality approved

program core course list (eight. serne ter hours) • Two elective course' approved by the \V'MGS program chair

or from the list of approved WM GS courses • Completion of the \Vomen's and cnder Swdies and Vocation

Capstone Experience (\VMGS 495 or WMGS 49 1 , four semester hours)

• Students are requi red to complete a minimum of four upper­division courses in the program core and electives.

A. WMST 201: Introduction !O Wo men's and Gender Studies - four semester hours

B. Program Core Courses - 1 G semester hours

Students must rake one class each from the following four areas (one ('"leh from Group A and , roup B under both Women & Feminism and Gender & Sexuality):

WOMEN AND FEMlNTSM

Group A: ENGL 232: Wo men's Literature (4) E GL 34 1 : Feminist Approaches to Literature (4) RELI 368: Feminist & Womanist Theologies (4)

Group B: HIST 3 - 9: History of Women in the U.S. (4)

P H I L 220: Women and Phi losophy (4) PSYC 375: Psychology of Women (4)

GENDER & SEXUALITY

Group C: AJ'\!TH 350: Women & tvfen in World Cultures (4) PS YC 70: Gender and Sexuality (4) S CI 440: Sex, Gender & Society

Group D: COMA 303: Gender & Com munication (4) INTC 23 1 : Gender, Sexuality &. Culture (4) PH ED 3 1 5 : Body Image (4)

C. Electives - eight semester hours

Students must complete two additional courses beyond the core courses required. These may be selected fro m: 1 . Additional W1v!GS core courses not [aken to satisfY

the Program Core Courses requirement 2. Courses from an approved list publ ished in the

Women's & Gender Studies section in class schedules 3. Courses from any discipline for which at least 60% of

the assignments center on women, feminism, gender, and/or sexuality. This allows the integration of Wo men's and Gender Srudies perspectives into courses that are not explicitly or entirely structured around those perspectives. Consent of the instructor is required. Students should consult the \\fomtn's and Gender Studies chair about this oprion before the course begins (when possible) and will be assignments ro the \Vomen's and Gender Studies E. ecmive Commirtee for approval upon completion of the course.

D. Capstone Experience: Women's a7zd Gender Studies and 'VOcation: four semester hours

This requirement can be satisfied in th ree ways:

1 . \Vi\'!GS Service Learn ing (Four semester hours rotal of WMGS 49 1 : Independent Study: Service Learning- SR)

Service learning refers to tho;;e broad or introductory experiences with groups, in agencies or organization that enable rhe student to gain awareness, to develop ideas, and to pursue social j usrice. Student identif)' a faculry sponsor approved by WMST, arrange for a service learning experience through the en ter for Public Service or directly with the site of the service, then develop, wirh the approval of the WMST sponsor, a learning contact that includes learning objectives specific ro women, feminism or gender. Service learning contracts also require the app rovaJ o f the agency o r organization supervisor.

2a. WMGS Internship (Four semester hours rotal of WMGS 495: Inrernship-SR)

Internships are pragmatic, employer based experiences in which students apply knowledge they've already acquired, build competence, and test values in setting l ike those in which they may seek employment. Students identif)· a faculty member approved by WMST, arrange for an internship through the Center for Public Service or directly with the site of the service, then, with the approval of rhe \VMST sponsor, develop a learning contract that includes learning objectives specific to women, feminism or gtnder. Internship learning contacts also require the approval of the agency or organization supervisor.

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

(

Page 153: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

2b. WMGS Internship concurrent with another, non­WMGS internship (Two semester hours of WMGS 495, plus at least rwo internship semester hours from another discipline)

Some fields of study allow or require students to complcte an internship in which they i ntegrate knowledge, demonstrate skills and act upon values learned in the classroom with curren t practice in an agency or organizational setting. For such an inrernship to count toward the WMGS major, studenrs must select a faculty member approved by WMGS and develop a learning contract that pertains to the internship in the other major but reflects WMGS skills, knowledge. and applications. The student must then arrange for two additional internship credits in \'<fMGS 495 with the sponsoring WMST faculty member. I nternship learning contracts also n:quire the approval of the agency or organization supervISor and the PLU faculty member supervising internship within the discipline. Earning credits from both WMGS and another department may not always require additional hours at the si te, but the learning contact will require additional research, reading and writing to incorporate content specific to women, feminism or gender.

Requests for credit toward the Women's and Gender Srudits major and minor from transfer courses must be approved by the Women's and Gender Studies Executive Commitree. Submit syllabus and course assignments to the \X!omen's and Gender Studies chair. At least 17 hours of the major and 1 0 hours of the minor must be cumpleted at PLU.

MINOR: 20 semester nours. including: • WMGS 20 1 (Four semester hours) • Two program core courses (eight semester hours): Four

semester hours from Group A or B: \X!omen and Feminism and four semester hours from Group C or D: Gender and Se.>(ualiry. Select from the Program Cure courses as l isted above under the WMGS Major.

• Two elective COurses (eight semester hours) approved by the WMGS program chair or from the list of approved WMGS courses.

Students must complete rwo additional courses beyond the core courses required. These may be selected from:

A. Additional WMGS core courses not taken ro satisfY the Program Core Courses requirement.

B. Courses from an approved list published in the Women's & Gender Studies section in class schedules.

C. Courses from any discipline for which at least 60% of the assignments center on women, feminism, gender, and/or sexuali ty. This al lows the in tegration of\X!omen's and Gender Studies perspectives into courses that are not explicitly or entirely structured around those perspectives.

onsent of the instrucror is required. Students should consult the Women's and Cender Studies chair about this opcion before the course begins (when possible) and will be

required to submit the syllabus and relevant assignments to the \'V'omen's and Gender Studies Executive Committee for approval upon completion of the course.

Cou�e Offerings -_'vYomen's and Gender Studies.. JW��

WMGS 201: IntroductiQ1l to WUlllm� and Gender Studies - A An interdiSCipli nary introduction to the tnemes, issues, and methodological approaches that are cenrral to the study of women, feminism, gender construction, and sexualiry. Open to al l students; required for WMGS majors and minors. (4)

WMGS 491: Indtpmdent Studies - SR Readings, research projects, or st'l'vice learning projects in areas or issues of Women's and Gender Studies, under the supervision of a faculty member. With approval of WMST chair, may be used ro satisFy W'Tv1ST capstone requirement. ( 1-4)

WMGS 495: ITlunl$hip - SR A pragmatic, employer based experience in which studenrs apply knowledge already acquired, build competence, and test values in settings like those in which they may seek employment. fnternships require the approval of a \'V'MGS faculry member who will superv� . the work of the agency or organization supervi or who will direCtly supervise the student. With approval of WMGS chair, may be used to satisfY WMGS capstone requirement. (2-4)

Writing

253.535-8709

FACUUY: Kaufman, Direcror

WRIT 101: Writing Seminllr - pw, WR See ,ennal Uni rsity Requirements, The First-Year Experience. (4)

WRIT 201: Writing Sem;1Ulrs for J"ternntiotlal Students - WR Organized thematically, th!:!it.' courses emphasize both the mechanics and process of writing. Students are placed in EN L 20 I or fNGL 202 according to abili ty. (4)

WRIT 202: Advanced Writing Seminar for 11ltenzational Stl4dents - WR Organized thematically, this advanced course emphasized both the mechanics and process of writing. Students are placed based on ability. (4)

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

...

-

1 5 1

Page 154: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

I/) Q.I

"'Q ::::I

-VI Q.I -ItJ ::::I

"C ItJ

1 5

G R A D U A T E 253.53 .7 1 26 www.plu.edulrprovost

S T U D I E S

This section contains in/ormation about Pacific Lutheran U"ivers;ty gradfUlte programs.

Pacific Lutheran Universiry offers graduate programs in advanced p rofessional .dllcation wirhin a context of the liberal arrs tradition. Masrer's degree p rograms in business, creative writing, c:ciucation, marriage and family therapy and nursing challenge students ro incrc:lse their undersranding and compet<:>n e in rheory, research and practice. Graduares are prepared ro become thougluflll and effective leaders in their professions and communiries. Graduate students have the opportuniry to "tudy in unusually close and supportive working relationships with full-time doctorally prepared faculry and professionally qualified part-lime practitioners. The un iversiry Provost, who also serves as Dean of Graduate Studies, coordinates the work of the programs thaI provide graduate-level instruction.

MASTER'S DEGREES OFFERED The Master of Business Administration is accredired by the

'SB International - The sociation to Advance Collegiate Schools of Business.

The Master oj Firu Arts it, Creative Writing is a low-residency program in the fields of poetry, fl rion and creative nonfiction intended for independent adults who wish to develop and pursue careers as writers.

The Master of Arts ;'1 .Education is accredited by the National Council for the Accreditation of Teacher Education (NCATE) and offers concentrations in classroom teaching and beginning certiflcation.

The MllSter of Arts (MarriAgt mId Family Therapy) is accredited by the ommission on Accrediration for Marriage and Family Therapy Education of the American Association for Marriage and Family Therapy.

The Master of Science ;11 Nm'si,zg is accrcdired by the ommission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE) and

Washington State Nursing Care Quali r Assurance ommlSSlon and offers concentrations in are and utcomes Management and Family Nurse Practice.

For information 011 Elllry-L�/iel AISN program, refr to MSN sequence for non-nursing BAIBS gmdualcs. F'or information on the

RN to BSN program, refer to the MSN Sequence for Licemed Registered Nurses in the Nursing section.

Admission

253.535.7 1 5 1 , 800.274.6758 www.plu.edu

Pacific Lutheran Universiry welcomes applications from s tudents who exhibit capacities for success at the graduate level. Applicants muse present evidence of scholastic abiliry and demonstrate qualities of good character in order to be accepted for admission. The Dean of Graduate Studies reserves the right to admit, deny or withdraw admission for any applicant/student based on an individual's meeting these criteria. Admission decisions are made by the Dean of Graduate Studies upon recommendation by the committee responsible for graduate admissions in 'each academic unit. Applications for admission are evaluated without regard to race, color, creed, religion, gender, national origin, age, mental or physical disabiliry, marital seatus, or sexual orientation.

. Students seeking admission to any graduate program must hold a bachelor's degree from a regionally accredited college or university. For al l graduaee programs, except Business, a cumulative undergraduate grade point aveeage of at least 3.0 (on a 4 .0 scale) is required for admission as a regular status graduate student. Those students with an average of less than 3.0 may be granted provisional status and will not be considered for admission to regular status until they have demonsrrated their ability to do graduate work by completing a minimum of 8 semester hours of work with a cumulative grade point a\'erage of at least 3 .0 . For requirements in Business, see "Classiflcation of Seudents".

At the minimum, all application evaluations are based on scholastic qualifications, a statement of ptofessional goals, letters of recommendation, and preparation in the proposed field of study. Some graduate programs may require additional evidence for admission including, but not l imited to, autobiographical statements, personal interviews, standardized tests, or oeher evidence of professional accomplishment. Listings for each program detail these additional admission requirements.

Applicant;" must request from each prroiol/Sly attended institution of higher leaming (undergraduate anti grtlduate) an official tramcript to be -,em by the institution directly to the Office of Admission at PLU

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

f

f f. a

Ji

P

(

o h

R gl p� in

Page 155: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

Refer ro individual programs for application deadlines.

Applic:uion packets are available from the Office of Admission.

In summary, the following items must be on file in the Office of Admission before an applicanr will be considered for admission:

A. The completed application form.

a, A Statemenr of professional and educational goals.

C. A re ume.

D. The $40.00 non-refundable application fee.

E. An official transcript from each institution of higher learnin attended. All transcripts must be sent directly to the Office of Admission at PLU from the institution providing the transcript.

F. Two letters of recommendation.

G. TOEFL test scores for al l international studenrs (see i nt national studenrs section for details). Business also accepts IELTS scores.

H . Additional ly, specific p rograms require the following: • Master of Business Administration: GMAT. • Masur of Fine Arts in Creative Writing: see MFA

section. • Masur of Arts in Edueation: GRE, (WEST-E, WEST-B

for MAE with Residency Certification) and inrerview with admission team.

• Masur of Arts in Soci4l Scilnlces (Marriage and Family Therapy): Aurobiographical smemenr; personal i nt rvit'w for finalists.

• Master of Science hI Nursing: GRE.

Al l records become part of the applicant's official file and can be neither returned nor dupl icated for any purpose.

An offer of admission is good for one year in all programs except fo r Marriage and Family Therapy, Master of Arts in Education, and Project Lead. Admitted students who have not enrolled in any course work for one year after the semester for which they were admitted must reapply.

Policies and Standards

Interviewing of Applicants

B ore seeking admission ro a graduate program, students are advised ro sp k with the program direcror. In certain programs, a personal in rview is a requirement as part of the applicarion process. See specific program requirements for details.

Classification of Stude71ls

A student may be admitted ro a graduate program with regular or provisional student status, and may enroll as a full-time or half-time student.

Ihgular - Those students approved unreservedly for admission ro graduate study are granted regular status. An undergraduate grade point average of 3.0 or higher is required for regular status (except in the MBA program, which requires a minimum of 2.75).

Provisional - I.n some programs, newly admitted students are assigned provisional tatus until certain program prerequisi tes have been met. Srudents who fail to qualifY for regular status because of grade point average or lack of completion of specific prerequisites may be granted provisional status.

NOlet Students who have applied for graduate studies before completing their ulldergraduate work Inay be admitted llJ regular or provisionaL statIIS studellts with the conditioll that work canllot begill until they have Stlccmjit/0' compLeted their bachelor's degree alld officiaL transcripts with the degree have bem received by the Office of the Provost and Dean of Graduate Studies. /memational studmts Lacking adequate English skills are not officially admitted.

Non-matrit:ulated - Students holding a bachelor's degree who wish to pursue course work with no inrention of qualifYing for an advanced degree at PLU are classified as non-matriculared students. A non-matriculated student may [ake a maximum of nine semesrer hours of SOO-level courses. A non-matriculated student may take an unlimited number of continuing education hours.

Full-time - Graduate students enrollc::d for eight or more semester hours in fall or spring semester are considered full-time.

Half-time - Graduate studenrs enrolled for at least four but less than eight semester hours in fall or spring semesrer are considered half-time.

Cha7lge of Student Status

Provisi011R1 to Regular - Student status will be changed from provisional to regular after rhe following conditions have been met: satisfactory fulfillment of course deficiencies; satisf.'lCtory completion of eight semester hours of graduate work wirh a cumulative grade point average of 3.0 or higher; or sarisfacrory completion of departmental or school requirements.

Non-matriculated to ReguiarIPro/Jisional - Srudent starus will be changed from non-matriculated to regular/provisional after the non- matriculated student comp letes the normal appl ication process and is accepted into a regular degree program. redit earned during non-matriculated classification may count toward a graduate d gree, but only as recommended by rhe faculty advisory committee and approved by the dean of graduate studies after the student has been admitted to a degree program. No such credit can be counted that carries a grade lower than B­. 1n all cases, a letter indicating change of status will be forwarded to rhe rudenr, with a copy to the advisor andlor program direcror.

To allow ample time for visa and other clepa ture procedures, international applicants should have their application and all supporting documents on file in the Oftlce of Admission no less than four months before a proposed date of en try. The foUowing documents are necessary before an application can be processed.

A. Formal application for admission and starement of goals with the $40.00 non-refundable application fee (which cannot be waived for any reason).

B. Official transcripts with English translation from each college or university am:nded in the United States. home

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

C'I ... OJ c.. C III ... ", VI ... C c..

", '"

Page 156: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

...

1 54

country, or orher cou ntry. All rranscriptS must be selH directly [0 the PLU ffice of f dmission from the in�titution providing the transcript.

C. l\vo lettets of recommendation fro m school officials or persons of recognized standing. Applicants rransferring from a U.S. college at university should request their international student advisor [0 send a recommendation.

D. Demonstrated proficiency in the English language through attaining a minimum score of 2 1 3 on the Lomputerized Test of English as a Ftm:ign Language (T EFL). lnternational students lacking adequate English are not ofllcially admincd. Prospective M BA students who arc lacking required English proficiency may, howev{'[, contact either bby \V'igst[Om in the PLU School of Business ([email protected]) or Michelle Vandetbilt at Embassy ES (mllanderbilt @shuiygroup.com) fur more information regarding ESL instruction and conditional admission [0 the PLU M BA program. Studenrs with a bachelor's degree from an English­speaking college or universiry are not required [0 take the TOEFL. The School of Business requires 3 Tl. EFL score of 230 on the computerized test and also accepts the l ELTS with a score of 6 .5 .

E. Official scates from specific tests as required for certain programs or concentrations. See individual master's programs fo r funher informarion.

International students are required to submit a non·refundable $300.00 advance payme nt following an ofFer of admi5sion. This payment is the student's acknowledgment of acceptance and is credited to the student's account to be applied (()ward expenses of the first term of enrollment.

An I-20 form (Certificate of Eligibility for Non-Immigrant Student Status) will be issued only after ali documents have been received, the application has b" � n revi�w"d, the student has been offered admission and accepred, a certification of finances has been received, and the $300.00 advanced payment has been received. Certification from banks and embassies is permissible. A financial statement form is available on the \'\feb or from the Office of Admission upon request. The 1-20 form shoul.d be taken to the U.S . Consulate when tequesting a visa to come to the United States for a graduate program.

International students are required by immigration regulations to enroll as full-time srudents (a minimum of eight credit hours per semester). They are also required to submit [he appropriate medical forms to the university's Healrh Service. Students may also be required to have J. physical exam.

Before enrolling for classes, all imernational students are required to have health and medica! insurance, which is obtained through the universiry after arrival on campus.

International graduate students must also report to International Student Services at 253.53 5 . 1 794, upon registration for purposes of immigration and univer,iry record-keeping.

Faculty Advising

Upon admission each student will be assigned a faculty advisor rC$ponsible for assisting the student in dtrermin ing a program of study. When appropriate, the advisor will chair the student's advisory committee. Students are encou raged to meet with their advisors early in their programs.

Hours &quired for the Master's Degree

A minimum of 32 semesrer hours is required. Individual prograrns may require more than the minimum number of semester hours, depending upon prior preparation and specific degree requirements. Any prerequisite courses taken during the graduate program shall not count toward fulfillment of gtaduate degree requirements.

Transfl!r of Credit

Graduate work from another institution may be accepted for transfer upon perition by the smdenr and approval by the program ditectot. Eight semc.ster hours may be transferable to a 32-semester-hout program.

In degree programs requiring work beyond 32 semester hours, more than eight semester hours may be transferred. In any case, the student must complete at least 24 semester hours of the degree program at Pacific Lutheran University.

Time Limit

All requirements for the master's degree, including credit earned before admission, must be completed within seven years. The seven-year limit covers all courses applied to the master's degree, credit transferred from another illstitution, comprehensive examinations, research, and final oral examination. The seven-year limit begins wirh beginning date of the first course applicable to the graduate degree. (See also Satisfactory Progress Policy.)

Residency Requirement

All candidates for the mastet's degree must complere 24 semester hours of Pacific Lutheran University courses.

lmmuniution Policy

All graduate students are required (0 provide a universiry health history form with accurate immunizarion records of measles, mumps, rubella, and tetanus-diphtheria (0 Health Services. Students born before January 1 , 1 957, must provide documentation for tetanus-diphtheria (Td) booster within the last 1 0 years. All international students ate tequired also to have a tuberculosis skin test. This test will be done at Health Services after arrival at the universi ty. The cost is $20.00. Students with questions or concerns about the immunization policy should contact Health Services at 253.535 .7337.

Courses Taken on a Pass/Fail Basis

If a graduare student's program includes a cou tse where students may elect a lener grade or the pass/fail option, graduare srudents must opt fot the letter grade.

Courses Acceptable for Graduate Credit

All 500-numbered coLltses described in this catalog are graduate level. In some graduate programs, a limited number of 300-level and 400-levd courses may be accepted for graduate credit. (See Degree and Course Offerings for graduate course descriptions.) A maximum of four semester hours of continuing education credit may be accepted tOwatd a master's degree. The School of Business does not does not accept continuing education cour�ework. This applies to continuing education credir taken at PLU or transferred fro m another universiry. All courses accepted for the master's degree are subject to the approval of the program director and the dean of graduate studies.

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

F c e

c

1 S H

S

T Sl P S. IT'

1',

b�

ar

Page 157: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

Etltry-Level MlUter of Sarn e of Nursing

All requi red undergraduate level coursework in Nursing (or irs equival nt in rhe Enrry-Levd Master of Science i n Nursing Program) is cOI'lSidercd part of rhc ELMSN graduare program.

Grad'Ulte C,'tdit for Seniors

If, during the bsr s�mc:�rer of the senior year, a candidare for a baccala.ure;ue degree tll1ds ir possible ro complere all degree requirements WIth a regisrrarion of fewer rhan 1 6 semesrer hours of undergraduate credir, regisrrarion for graduare credir may be permi ible. However, rhe roral regisrration for undergraduate requirements ,l I1d elecrive graduare credir shall nor exceed 1 6 semesl r hOllr� during the semester. A memorandum sraring rhar all baccalaureat requirements arC' being mer during rhe currenr � mester must be signed by rhe appropriare deparrment chair or school dean and prescnreci ro rhe dean of graduare srudies ar rhe time of su h re istration. This registrarion does nor apply roward a hIgher d r e unless ir is larcr approved by rhe srudent's graduare program advisor and/or advisory commirree.

Petitiolls

Ir is rh �lUdent', responsibility ro formally peririon rhe graduate program's di cror or 'chool's dean for transfer credir, change of program or advisor, or any exceprion ro policy. Petirion forms may be ob ined from advi�or;.

StaluJards of WOrk

The mmi mllm �randard acceprable for rhe masrer's degree is a grade point av rag� of 3.00 in al l graduare work. Graduare-Ievel credir will not h · given for any class in which rhe grade earned is lower rhan a ,-.

A srudeut who e grade point average falls below 3.00 is �ubjecr to dismissal from rhe program. In such instances, the recommendation for dismissal o r continuance is made by rhe stud nt'S adv i sory commirree and acred upon by rhe dean of graduate studies.

Academic Probation

A srudenr pursuing rhe master's degree who fails ro mai ntain a (umui ari c grade point average of 3.00 may be placed on academic probarion. \X'hen such acr ion is raken, rhe studenr will be notified by Icrrer from rhe Direcror or Dean of the individual program. A graduate srudent on probarion who fails to arrain a cumular ive grade point average of 3.00 in rhe next rerm of enrollmenr may be dismissed from rhe program. A graduare stud nr cannot til a mas rer's degree wirh less than a 3.00 cumuiarivt: 0 , e point average in all graduare-Ievel work.

Them dnd Research Requiremerlts

Stud nr· ate required ro presenr evidence of abil ity ro do indep n ent research. This can be demonstrated in rh ree ways. See :leh program seer ion for explanarion of research oprions wirhin each graduare program.

The first merhod is a rhesis. Those srudents wriring rheses musr submit their original these.� for binding and microfi lming by Pro ucsr of Ann Arbor, lichigan. In addition, a Disserwrion Servi . ubl ishing form and an abstract of 1 50 words or fewer musr be 'ubmitted irh rhe publishing fec, ro Office of the !'rovo t and Dean of raduare Studies, no larer rhan three weeks hefore graduat ion. Fee; for microfilming, publishing absrracrs, ,nd binding ortgin�1 rheses fo r the permanent PLU library

collecrion are paid by studenrs (see Tuirion and Fees secrion).

The second merhod is a research paper. If a program requires or students elect reseJrch paper options, one original paper musr be submitted ro the Provost and Dean of Graduare Srudies wirh an abstracr of 1 50 words or fewer, no larer rhan three weeks before graduation. Research papers will be' microfilmed ar PLU and placed in rhe PLU library collecrion. Microfi lming fees are paid by students.

Theses and research papers musr be submirred ro rhe Office of rhe Provosr and Dean of Graduare Studies nor larer rhan rh ree weeks before graduarion. All theses and papers presemed musr be clean, error-free, and follow rhe APA Sryle Manual. Details are available from rhe Un iversity Archivisr, who reviews all manuscriprs ro ensure rhar rhey conform ro universiry requirements.

The rhird merhod of fulfilling research requirements used in some programs is paper pr senrations or culminaring projecrs in specific courses designed ro comprehensively inregrare a program's marerial while promoting independent research and study.

Exami1!4tions

Written comprehensive examinarions and/or oral examinations are required in all School of Educarion graduare programs. These examinations normally will be scheduled no larer rhan rhree to six weeks before commencement. In any case, rhe final wrirren comprehensive examinarion must be passed no larer rhan rhree weeks before commencement. The oral examinarion (}V r the rhesis or research is conducted under rhe direcrion of rhe student's advisory commirrec:: .wd must be complered successfully no later rhan three weeks before commencement.

GrtuilUltiOfJ

All courses musr be completed, final grades n;(orded, examinarions passed, and rhe�is/research requirements fulfilled in order for a degree ro be awarded. Graduate students musr apply for graduarion by rhe fol iowing dares;

Graduatioll Date -D-e-ce-n-1-be-> r-2�O�0�6�--�������----��----.-���--May 2007

Note: The thesis/research paper(s) mwt be signed by the major adlli­

sor fllld have been read b)1 the entire committee before SIIbmissioli to the Office of the Provost and Dea/! of Gmdlltlte Studies.

Graduation Applicarion forms arc available in Srudem Services, on rhe Regisrrar's Office Web sire and ourside Srudent -ervices on rhe information wal l.

Resp01ISibi/;ti�s and Dl!Ild/iues

Ir is rhe responsibiliry of each graduate srudenr ro know and follow rhe procedures outlined in rhi, caralog and ro abide by established deadl in . See individual masrer's programs and concen rrarions for specific degree requiremenrs. • Upon ace prance, meet with me assigned advisor as soon as

possible ro estab lish rhe program of study. • Register for rhesis or r earch paper as required. Deadline: the

lasr acceptable regisrrarion dare is rhe semester in which rhe student expecrs ro recei\'e his or her degree.

P L U 2 0 0 6 . 2 0 0 7

1 5

Page 158: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

c

c

.... ro � ... VI

E "'C ct

-

c

... QJ .... VI ro �

...

1 6

• Apply for graduation. File your application for graduation with the Registrar's Office. Students are responsible fo r ordering their own cap and gown. Note: If a student foils to complete the necessary requirements for graduatioll, the applicatioll fol' graduation wiLL not automatically be forwarded to the next commencement tUlte.

• Take comprehensive written and/or oral examination under the direction of the major advisor or advisory committee. Deadl ine: no later than four weeks before commencement.

• Submit theses and research papers in final form to Office of the Provost and Dean of Graduate Studies three weeks prior to graduation. At this time the binding/microfilming fee must be paid.

Tuition and Fees

In some programs, tuition charges for graduate students are determined by the number of semester hours for which a student registers and are based on a semeSter hour rate.

Tuition per semester hour for 2006-2007 $73 1 .00 Thesis bindin !microfilmingi�,!lbject to change) _. 1Z.2:.2._0 __ Thesis �_opyrighting $45.00 Research a er or project microf:�� __ ___ J}_g.OQ __ _ Graduation fee $75.00

In other programs, tuition charges are determined by a cohorr price rather than semester hours. Information on the tuition charges for individual programs is available from the deans or directors responsible for those programs.

Financial Aid

253.535 .71 34, 800.678.3243 www.plu.edul�faid

Financial assistance for graduate studenrs is available in the forms of Federal Perkins , Federal Stafford, Federal Nursing, and Graduate Plus loans, graduate fellowships, federal or state work study, and a l imited number of scholarships. To apply for assistance, students must complete the Free Application for F eral Student Aid (www.fafsa.ed.gov) . Students must be admitted to a graduate program before an offer of financial aid will be extended. Applications and information may be obtained from the Financial Aid Office or by visiting our Web site.

A limited number of graduate fellowships are available. Conract the Office of the Provost or individual graduate program directors for applications and information. The priority date for submission of applications for the academic year beginning in September is April 1 5 th; fellowships are awarded on a rolling basis.

Satisfactory Progress Policy

Graduate and professional students must meet the same satisfactory progress requirements as undergraduate students in order to continue receiving financial assistance, with the following exceptions: • Minimum grade point average: Each graduate program

monitors the grade point average of its students. In general,

graduate students must maintain a minimum grade point average of 3.00.

• Minimum credit requirement for graduate financial assistance: Em'oilment Stahu Mb,;mumlTenn Minimum/YeAr Full-time

'-' ''-8

---------.. 16

3/4-time 6 1 2 1 I2-cime 4 8

Note: Len- thall halftime enrollment will came a .itl/dent form ;0 be cancelled and may jeopardize deftnnent Jtatus.

• Maximum graduate financial aid lime allowed: 1 . The maximum number of full-time graduate credit hours

rhat may be attemp ted is 72, and the maximum time allowed to complete a graduate degf'ee is 4.5 years.

2. The ma..xi mwn number of part-time graduate credir hours that may be atlempred is 72. and the maximum allowed to complete a graduate degree is 7 years.

School of BflsilUM

Master of Business Administration

253.535.7330 www.plll.tdulmbn

Andrew Tu rner, Ph.D., Acting Dean, School of Business Diane MacDonald, ] .0. , AJsociate Dean, School of Business Abby Wigstrom-Carlson, Director of Graduate Programs, School of Business

MBA PROGRAM The MBA program is founded on the cornerstones of leadership, innovation, global awareness and ethical responsibility. Students represen t all sectors of business including entrepreneurs and family business leaders. The M.BA program offers courses �v1onday through Thursday evenings to serve the working com.munity. The classroom environment is enhanced by a faculty with industry experience as well as academic credentials. Students may enter the program at any term througho ut the year.

The MBA program is accredited by the Association to Advance Colle iate Schoob of Business (AACSB) Inrcrnational. AACSB Int.:rnational is [he premier accrediting agency for degree programs in business. Ai\, ' B International accreditation assures quality and promotes <!Xc Hene and continuous improvement in business education. The PLU MBA program has been accredited since 1 976 and was the Irst AACSB-accredited MBA program in the South Puget Sound region.

MBA Emphasis Areas • Enm:prcneur -hip and Closely-Held Business • Health Care Management • Technology and In novation Management

In addition to the general management MBA track, PLU offers an M BA wirh the option of completing an area of emphasis. To pursue an area of emphasis students complete the core coursework then choo,e from specifically designed elective courses. For morc information about the C'mphasis areas, please visit the School of Business MBA Web site.

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 159: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

Post MRA-CertificlIU ill uch1lo10gy and InnovatirTll M.afUlgnrumt

Individuals holding an M BA degree may apply for and enroll in <l post-MBA (;�ITificate in echnology and Innovation Management (TIM) . This certificate updates the skills and abi lities of BA degn:e holders. There is a reduced applicarion pmc· and the MAr is not n:quired. For more information, sec the following section on Degree Requirements or the School of Business MBA Web site.

LeanJing Goals of the PLU MBA Program

A. "Ii prepare students ro advance in professional management and leadership roles by: I . Applying sophisticated, practical, discipline-based

knowledge in a holistic fashion; and 2. Developing competencies in critical thinking,

communication and teamwork.

B. To equip srudcn [0:

I . Cope successfully with llncertainry and environmental dynamics; and

2. Drive innovation and change within organizations.

C. To imbue students wirh : I . A global perspective; 2. An appreciation for the str�ngth and utility of diversity;

and 3. A ense of inregrity and ethical responsibil ity.

Admission

The PLU MB pro"ram is competitive and sdection is based on severn I criteria includ i ng wMk experience and potential contribution ro rhe classroom experience. The Graduate Admission Committee bases decisions on a holistic asSessment of the ind ividual merirs of each appl icant. For questions regarding admission to the MBA program, contact rhe M BA director at 2 3 .5 .7330.

TO APPLY, SUBMIT THE FOLLOWING: • The £>LU graduate applicarion. Prin t rh application:

www.plu.edulaamissio,,/apply/applicaliolu.blmi • A cu rrent resume Jetailing work experience and communiry

service • All official transcripts from higher educarion institutions (no

exceptions) • A 300-word �ta(ement of Prof, sional 'oals

fficial GMAT S or (Graduare Management Assessment Test)

• Two lett rs of rec.ommendation • $40 Application Fee

Inter7JntionaJ applicants must also whmit:

• TOEFL or IEI.:fS score report • 1-20 Evaluation Documems • Declaration of Finances

An imervi� vith the MBA Graduat Admission Cummi[(ee may be reque ( d.

Applicants ar" evalu.'lted individually. based on a presentarion of factors indicating equivalence w admission standards, a promise of success in graduate school. quali ries of good chara ::t:c:r, and poten tial conrnburions to the educational mission of graduare study.

The GradU4te Management Admission Test

The Graduate Management Admission Test (GMAT) is a test of apritude rarher rhan a resr of business knowledge. The GMAT is a compurer-adaptive test rhat is avai lable, year-round, at test centers throughout the world. Candidates are examined in three major areas: verbal, mathematical, and analyrical writing skills. A score is earned in each area. and candidates receive a total score. which tanges between 200 and 800. The average student in rhe PLU MBA program earns a GMAT score of 520.

Information about rhe GMAT may be obrained by calling MAT directly at 800.462.8669, or by visiting the Web sire at

http://www.mba.com/mbaiTaketheGMAT

MBA DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 45 semtster hours

Prerequisite: Statistics

MBA Core - 36 semester hours COMA 543: Conflicr and Negotiarion (3) BUSA 509: Global Business Perspectives (3) BUSA 5 1 0: Legal, Ethical and Social Responsibili ries of

Business (3) BUSA 5 1 1 : Accounting for Decision Making (3) BUSA 5 1 3: Marketing Management (3) BUSA 5 1 5 : Organizations and Leadership (3) BUSA 5 1 7: Understanding and Managing Fi nancial

Resources (3) BUSA 5 1 9: Informarion Sysrems and Knowledge

Management (3) BUSA 52 1 : Supply Chain and Operations Management (3) BUSA 523: Managing Innovation (3) BUSA 590: Strategy and Global Competitiveness (3)

One of the following two courses:

BUSA 522: The Global Environment of rhe Firm (3) or ECON 520: Economic Policy An:�lysis (4)

MBA Ekctives (Nine semester hours) Select from the flllmuing Business courses:

BUSA 535: Financial Investments (3) BUSA 538: Advanced Managerial Accounting (3) BUSA 540: Effective Busi ness Negoriarions (3) BUSA 542: Leading Organizarion Change (3) BUSA 549: Strategic Management of Human Capital (3) BUSA 550 : Leading Family and Closely-Held Enterprises (3) BUSA 553: Transnational Management (3) B USA 555 : Knowledge Management (3) BUSA 558: New Venture Managemenr (3) BU A 560: Managing Health Care Enterprises (3) B SA 562: Healrh Care Regularion. Law and Erhics (3) BUSA 563: Health Care Marketing (3) BUSA 564: Managing Services Markering (3) BUSA 570: Technology Management (3) BUSA 575: Electronic Business and Commerce (3) BUSA 577: Pmjeer Management (3) BUSA 578: Darabase Applicarions in Business (3) BUSA 587/588/589: Special Topics ( 1 -4) BUSA 5 9 1 : Independent 5rudy ( 1 -4) BUSA 595: Internship ( 1 -4)

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

o -

tD C '"

:= 11) '" '"

::t> Q. 3 ::s 11\ -...

III ....

o ::s

1 57

Page 160: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

1

c o

c E

""C < In VI QI C

-o

...

By taking an appropriate set of identified electives, a student may earn an emphasis in Health Care Managemenr, Entrepreneurship

and Closely-Held Business or Technology and Innovation Management.

Srud III ar not required to have an area of emphasis.

MBA EMPHASlS AREAS

Health Care Mallagement Emphasis - Nine semester hours

B -A 560: Managing Healrh Care Enterprises (3)

And. six Sl'mP.fur hOll rs fi'om thefo/lowing: B SA )42; Leading Organization Change (3) or BUSA )49: Suarcgic Management of Human Capital (3) BUSA 555: Knowl dg<' Management (3) BUSA 562: Heal h are Regulation, Law and Ethics (3) BUSA 563: Health Care Markering (3)

Approved BU A 587/588/589: Special Topies ( 1 -4) BU 595 : In ternship ( 1 -4)

Entreprt!1lt!1lrship and Closely-Held E7lterprises Emphasis -Ni7u enl�ster hours

Olle orr-he {Ollowing two courses:

BUSA 5 50: Leading Family and Closely-Held Enterprises (3) OR B USA 558: New Venture Management (3)

A I/d, si.x semester hours fom the fol/owing: B SA 535: Financial Investments (3) BUSA 538: Advanced Managerial Accounting (3) BUSA 549: Strategic J'vtanagement of Human Capital (3) BUSA 575: Electronic Business and Commerce (3) B SA 550: Leading Family and Closely-Held Enterprises (3) or BUSA 558 : ew Venture Management (3) Approved BUSA 5 87/588/589: Special Topics ( 1 -4) B USA 595: I mernship ( 1 -4) Teclmology and Innovation Mallagement (TIM) Emphasis -Nine um¥ster hours

BUSA '570: Technology Management (3)

And, six <"I'tdits.fj·olll the following: BUSA 5 '5 5 : Knowledge Management (3) B SA 575: Electronic Business and Commerce (3) BUSA 577: Project Management (3) BUS 578: Darabase Applications in Business (3) App roved BUSA 587/588/589: Special Topics ( 1 -4)

BliSA '595: Internship ( 1 -4) Post MBA-Certificate in Teclmology and Innovation MAntlge7IlenJ (TIM)

To view a current lisr of req uirements for the TIM Certification program, please visir the School of Business M BA \Xfeb site.

[f a student has received a PLU MBA in the past five yea.rs, previous TIt'l! coursework may be counted toward completion of the certificate requirements.

Course Offeri" s - Bu�iness (B_U_S_A-'-l ________ _

RUSA 509: Global Business Perspectives " u l tural and environmen tal contexts for global business.

Developing perspectives, personal competencies, and

organizational capabilities fo r business success across borders and cultures. On-campus course followed by an international experience prior to graduarion. (3)

BUSA 509: Global Business Perspectiu�s: Internatio7lal

Experinll:e Pass/Fai l . (0)

BUSA 510: Legal, Etbical lZ1ld Social Responsibilities of Busi1less Explores legal, ethical, and social implicarions of business decision-making. Provides a framework of rhe legal environment in which business decisions are made. Explores impl ications of business decisions that inc.orporate concern for natural and social environments as well as the economic environment. (3)

BUSA 511: AccoullIingfor Decisioll Maldllg An examinarion 0 fi nancial and managerial accounting topics, including financial reporting, budgering, and cost behavior. The focus is on using accounting to support ethical business decision­making (3)

BUSA 513: Mtrrketi1lg Management A practical approach to understanding and applying customer­directed marketing srraregies fo r achieving organizational goals. Students will examine theoretical concepts and apply contemporary approaches ro the marketing of services, products and ideas in business , public, and non-profit organizarions. (3)

BUSA 515: Organizati07u and Leadership The leader's role in crearing organizational designs, processes and cultures thar dfcctivdy engage rapidly shifti ng exrernal realities, promote collaboration and problem solving, and enable

organizarions to continuously experiment, improve, and increase capabilities. >ompcrencies for developing and managing people ro meet performance requirements and organizarion cultural fir. (3)

BUSA 517: Understa71di7lg a71d Managing Fina71cial Resources Adva.nced treatment of corporate finance ropies including cash Row forecasting, planning, budgeting, valuation models, cosr of capital, leverage, and risk and return. Additional topics include r:Hio analysis, compurer simularion, financial feasibi l ity assessment, balance sheet analysis, dererminants of interest rares, and the i mpact of business cycle Ructuations on shareholder value. (3)

BUSA 519: Information Systems and Knowledge Management Exam ines the strategic role of information systems in enabling decision-making and organizational effectiveness. Examines the applicarions of information systems ro knowledge crearion, sharing, and integrar ion. Discusses a broad range of rechnologies including collaborarion, content management, database, enterprise, and decision suppOrt rools. Prerequisites: B liSA 509, 5 1 1 .

BUSA 521: S1tPPly Chain and OperatiollS Mawzgement Manufacturing and service operarions, and technologies within the en terprise and across the extended vJ.lue chains. Topics include operarions and quality management, value chain strategy, project management, integrating extended operations, internarional operations, current issues and the synergistic role of sysrems. Prerequisites: BUSA 509, 5 1 1 . (3)

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

e

q

c

B E: cl; ec as ou

Page 161: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

BUSA 522: Th� Global Environment of the Finn ::.xamination of the context within which individual firm decisions mu�t be made. Topics include global iza tion , diversiry within and among nations, the regulatory environment of the finn. (he social, pol itical and economic aspects of trade, the flow of capita l , det rm inams of inflation and interest rates. business cycles, and related issues. Employs statistical and case analysis of how :iggregale events have firm specific impacts. (3)

BUSA 523: Managing bmovatio1l Mul tidiscipl inary approach ro theories and praccices of managing in novation and change fo r sustainable compt:titive advantage .

Focus is on the planning and implementation of innovltions. t�chnolo<7ies. pro esSts. or sySt ms that pme significant uncertain and the necessiry for fundamental change in the tnganization' d�sign, culture, and indusrr Structure.

Prn-equi.rit� .. E ON 20 or BUSA 522. RUSA 509. 5 1 0 , 5 1 3 ,

'1 1 5 . 'i T 7. (3)

BUSA 535: Fi1wncial l"vestments In d pth evaluation of fundam<::ntal pr inciples governing the valuation of individual inv("stments and portfolios. Topics include valuation models. business cycl<::s. real estate, commodiry prices, determinants of interest rates and earnings, behavioral finance, risk and return, investment strategy, global markets, pension funds, and demographic influences on markets. Prerequisites: E N 520 o r BUSA 522, BUSA 5 1 7. (3)

BUSA 538: Advanred Mmuzgm4i Accounting Fo us on the strategic and supporting roles of management

counting for decision-making, managerial planning. and operational COntrol. Famil i:uiry with Micrmoft Excel or other spreadsheet software is required . Prereqllisite: BUSA 5 1 1 . (3)

BUSA 540; Effictiv� Business Negotiations pproachts negotiating complex busi ness transactions from an

organizational viewpoint in a global COntext rather than solely a buy-sell approach . The focus is to demonstrate the strategic nature of thinking l i ke a negotiatO r. Prerequisite: BUS 1 5 . (3)

BUSA 542: Uaditlg OrgaJJization ClJange Leade competencies and p tactices fo r analyzing needs for or nizalional change, creating a shared vision, cmEting irnplemencuion plaru for multip le interventions, developing enabling structures and proc :ss<::s. enlisting poli tical suppOrt and inv Iving people, and for evaluating :ll1d institutionalizing ch nges. �quisitt!: BUSA 5 1 5 . (3)

BUSA 549: Strategic MAnagemellt of Humall Capital !.>sues and practices in the strategic m. nagement of human

pit'll. Human resource strategy formulation, implementation, nJ valli, tion in terms of return on investment and other

impac s ,)n firm performance. Human reso urce best p ractices fo r developing and sustaining a high-involvement workforce to achieve competitive advantage. Prerequisite: BUSA 5 1 5 . (3)

BUSA 550; LetUiillg Family and Closely-Held Enterprises Explores issues unique to managing, working within. or advising closely held businesses. Role of closely held firms in global economy; caner I, fairness, and equity issues; succession; unique l\peCt� lJ fumily firms including family dynamics inside and outside of the busin' . Prerequisites: BUSA 509, 5 1 0. (3)

BUSA 553: TransnAtio1Ul1 Ma1Ulgement Examination of ways in which traditional approaches to globalization - multinational adaptation, worldwide technology transfer, and global standardization - may be synthesized into transnational strategy. Changes required in organizational configurations, capabili ties and practices fot successful operat ion of the transnational firm. �quisite: BUSA 5 1 5 . (3)

BUSA 555: Knowledge Ma1Ulgement Provides a global and holistic petspective for leveraging knowledge through the integration of organizational theory, people, business p rocesses and technology. Provides an integrated approach in managing an enterprise's intellectual capital. Examines the implementation of knowledge management in business and non-profit o rganizations. Prerequisite: BUSA 5 1 9. (3)

BUSA 558: New Venture Ma1Ulgement Examines the entrepreneurial skills and conditions needed for effective business start-ups whether independent or within larger organizations. Prerequisite: B USA 509, 5 1 1 . (3)

BUSA 560: Ma1Ulging Health Care Enterprises Surveys pol icy and operatio nal issues facing managers in the rapidly changing health care environment. Explores challenges of managing in health care settings, including hospitals, medical practice organizations, long-term care facilities and clinics. Discusses health care related otganizations such as health insurance companies, consulting firms, managed care o rganizations, pharmaceutical companies, and other organizations that support the health care industry. Prerequisite: BUSA 5 1 5 . (3)

BUSA 562: Health Care Regulation, Law and Ethics Survey of the legal, tegulatory and ethical dilemmas confronting health tare managers and the impl ications of these issues from the perspectives of administration and governance, external stakeholders, and patients. Topics include labor rdations and the impact of state and fedetal employment laws; the public health regulatory environment and the organizations and systems that impact business decisions; and strategies fo r managing third parry payments. (3)

BUSA 563: H�alth Care Marketing Marketing principles applied in for-profit busi nesses are also essen tial to the success of public and non-profit organizations. This course is designed to provide knowledge and skills for effective marketing of public and non-profit health services organizations, including hospitals, medical clinics, and professional services. (3)

BUSA 564: Ma1Ulging Services Marketing Services now constitute more than 75 percent of domestic U.S. GOP and employment. and comparably in other developed economies globally. Developing economies, such as 111dia, are moving in the same direction. Services include marketing, operations and human resources contexts. This course addresses service characteristics and qualities. the demand for services and service excellence, listening and responding to the service customer, attention to the service deliverer, providing services by telecommunications and the Internet, and chal lenges and strategies to improve service quality. Pr"equisit�: BUSA 5 1 3. (3)

P l U 2 0 0 6 . 2 0 0 7

o -

l> CL 3

11\ .... .... QI ...

o :::I

5

Page 162: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

en c:

...

Q.I > +oJ ta Q.I ... U c: III

+oJ ... « Q.I c:

u..

-o

1 60

B USA 570: Technology Management Examines the critical role that technology plays in achieving organizational effectiveness and competitive advantages. Topics include planning, developing, sourcing, and controls of technology and systems, technology transfer and commercializat ion, technology road mapping, technology integration, marketing of technology, science and technology policy, and global issues in technology management. Prw-equisite: BUSA 5 1 9. (3)

B USA 575: Ekctronic Business and Commerce The course discusses the managerial, technical, and organizational challenges of designing and implementing electronic busin 5S and commerce as a critical transaction and delivery systems for products and services throughout the entire value creation network. Prerequisite: BUSA 5 1 9. (3)

BUSA 577: Project Management Study of project management principles and techniques including planning, network building, project con trol, reporting and closing to address the unique conditions and challenges associated with designing and managing major non-repetitive undertakings. Prerequisite: BUSA 5 1 5. (3)

BUSA 578: Database Applications in Business Analysis, design, and implementation of database systems for business applications. Topics include data models and database systems, database design concepts, data warehouse and data mining, databases administration, and database markering. The emphasis is on how database applications support managem�nt decisions, business operations, and customer services. Prw-equisiu: BUSA 5 1 9. (3)

B USA 587: Special Topics Selected advanced topics. ( 1 --4)

B USA 588: Special Topics Selected advanced topics. ( 1--4)

BUSA 589: Special Topics Selected advanced topics ( 1 -4)

BUSA 590: Strategic Management in a Global Context An integrated study of business strategy formulation and implementation under conditions of continu:ng economic, technological, and competitive change in the global marketplace. Explores industry, competitive, and company analysis. Emphasis on path-finding to identif)· strategic choices that create sustainable advantage. Prerequisites: ECON 520 or BUSA 509, 5 1 0, 5 1 1 , 5 1 3, 5 1 5 , 5 1 7, 5 1 9, 52 1 , 522 (3)

BUSA 591: Independtmt Study Individualized reading and studies. Minimum supervision after in itial planning of student's work. Rarely granted and requires prior approval of M BA director and consent of instructor. ( 1 -4)

BUSA 595: Internship Application of business knowledge in field setting. Credit granted determined by hours spent in working environment and depth of project associated with course of study. Pass/fail. ( 1 -4)

Division of Humanities

Master of Fine Arts in Creative Writing (Low-ResUhncy)

253.535.73 1 7 www.plu. edul �mfa

Douglas Oakman, PhD, Dean, Division of Humanities Stanley S. Rubin, PhD, Program Director Judith Kitchen, MFA, Assistant Program Director

Purpose

An in novative process-oriented program in the fields of poetry, fiction, and creative nonfiction intended for independent adUlts who wish to develop and pursue careers as writers. The program offers a substantial range of on- and off-campus experiences, including the mentorship of nationally known writers and editors. The three-year course of study is collaboratively structured to fit the student's own needs and experience. It is designed to be well suited to a lifestyle of professional and/or family responsibilities. Participants will attend four intensive 1 0-day Summer Residencies consisting of workshops, lectures, and mini-courses and will desi-gn a personal course of study with a ch osen men tor for the following academic year. The program includes three years of one-on-one work with mentors in chosen genres. The emphasis will be on the creative process in all its phases, as well as on critical understanding. By the time of graduation, students will be expected to have produced a collection of work in one or more genres of a quality worthy of publication.

Prerequisites

Bachelor's degree, or equivalent professional certification. For students with backgrounds in fields other than English or writing, further study of l iterature may be required.

Admission

Applicants for admission to the Master of Fine ArtS in Creative Writing will:

A. Hold a bachelor's degree or equivalent professional certification (Students who already have an ,viA in writing or l iterature may be allowed to complete the program in two years and three residencies.)

B. Send a portfolio representing your best work (! 5 pages of poetry, 30-40 pages of prose)

C. Send a one-page review of a book you have recently read

D. Send a two-page statement of your background in writing, your reasons for wanting to enroll in the program, and what you hope to accomplish

E. Send two letters of recommendation :lttesting to your ability to complete sllch a course of study, your ability to work independently, and/or your character and achievement

E Upon acceptance, furnish a transcript of undergraduate work

Application Deadline

Program enrollment is smaU and selective. Prospective participants are encouraged to apply as C:lriy as possible.

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 163: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

Applicants will be considered on a year-round basis, with the � llowing cycle: • , ly Admissi n - November 30 (Decision by January 30) • Regular Admission - February 1 5 (Decision by April 1 5) • Late Admission - There will be ongoing consIderation of

applicants for any remaining places.

When all places have been filled. subsequent applicants will be considered for admission to the next year" class. Selected appli an ts may be offered admission to the earl ier year re,idency as non-matriculated workshop participants.

Application Fee

$40.00 (nonr fundable)

Program Requirements

Successful completion of three years of creat.ive menrorship. four 'umm�r residencies, a successful off-campus fleld experience. and

submi ion of an acceptable thesis consisting of a critical paper as well as an original portfolio of fict ion. nonfiction, or poetry (work may be in more d an one genre). The critical paper should arise from the areas of study d will usually be completed during the third year. It should serve as th basis for a class to be taught by the graduat' g student during the final residency. Each thesis will be rea by tWO faeul memhers and the director. raduating students will also give a puhlic reading from their ork.

MFA Degree Requirements: (36 Itmmtn" hours)

Course Offerin s - Creative Writin (ENGl)

MFA Sum7nn" Residency An intensive ten-day residency during which students attend workshops, lectures, mini-courses in writing and design an independent course of study with a mentor fo r the upcoming year. Workshop - 1 8 hours. Topics in Genre-/Craft - 20 hours. Pacult}, will include distinguished wrilers, edirors and li tcrary agents. (Three credits per residen cy, 12 semester hours required for graduation)

MFA Writing Mentorship ne-un-one correspondence with a professional mentor in a

genre Of genres of choice. Each student spend� approximately 1 5 hours per week o n creative and ri tical writing. At the

mpletion of the pronram, the studenrs wil l produce a critical pa er plus a book-lengrh thesis. First y r - 8 mailings. Second year - 5 mailings plus field exptrience. Third year - G mailings, critical paper. pi thesis. (Four ro ighl semester hours per year, total of 24 semester hour required for graduation)

Field Erpn-itmce An oursid experience to i ntroduce studenrs to varied aspects of the writing life, to ongoing opportunities for community service and p� fessional development, to voices and approaches other than those of our faculty, to an independent writing life. May include residencies at arts colonies :llld summer workshop . 5tudy abroad, community service projects, teaching or appropriate inrern hips. ( l 00 hours. Required for graduation)

Graduation Ihsidency Special pre·gra uation session leading to awarding of degree. Zero credit hours. Required.

ENGL 504: Sum71Jn" Residency #1 I G hours of required workshops. 20 additional hours of lectures and mini-courses (topics in genre/topics in craft) , readings. Design an independent course of study with a mentor for the upcoming year. (4)

ENGL 505: Summer Residency #2 I G hours of required workshops. 20 additional hours of lectures and mini-courses (topics i n genrelropics in craft), readings. Design an independent course of study with a menror for the upcoming year. (4)

ENGL 506: Summer Residency #3 I G hours of required workshops. 20 additional hours of lecrures and mini-courses (topics in genreltopics in craft) , readings. Design an independent course of study with a mentor for the upcoming year. (4)

ENGL 507: Summer Residency #4 Teaching a class based on critical paper or outside experience. Public reading from creative thesis. Participation in workshops and classes. Graduation. (O)

ENGL 511: Writing Merztorship I One-on-one correspondence with a professional mentor in a genre or genres of choice. Approximately 1 5 hours of work per week on creative:: and ctitical writing. 8 mailings. Emphasis on original work. 24 required texts with approximately 40 pages of critical writing. (4 credits fall, 4 credits spring)

ENGL 512: Writi1lg Mentorsbip II One-on-one correspondence with a professional mentor in a genre or genres of choice. Approximately 15 hours of work per week on creative and critical writing. 5 mailings. Continued emphasis on original work. 1 5 required texts with approximatdy 25 page::s of critical writing. Implementation of a field experience (approximately 1 00 hours) to be se::t up in collaboration with the Director of the program, who will act as advisor on the project. (4 credits fall, 4 credi[s spring)

ENGL 513: Writi"g Mentorship III One-on-one correspondence:: with a professional mentor in a genre or genres of choice::. Approximately 1 5 hours of work per week on creative and critical writing. 3 mailings. Emphasis on critical paper (20-40 pages) . (4)

ENGL 599: Thesis One-on-one correspondence with a professional mentor in a genre of genres of choice. 3 mailings. Emphasis on organization of creative thesis (book-length manuscript), final revision, planning for public presentation (class or lecture). (4)

School of Educatio1l

Master of Arts in Education

253.535.8342 www.plu.edul �educ

FACULTY: Michael Hillis, Director o.fGraduate Studi�s. School of Educatioll

Purpose

The purpose of the graduate programs i n education is to provide qualified persons with opportunities to develop their skills in

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

o -

::)

m

c..

C n \l) ....

o

::)

1 6 1

--------------------------------------------------------------------�------�

Page 164: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

1

c o

-o

...

teaching and prepare themselves for educatio nal leadc:rship and service roles requiring advanced preparation. The major trdds of concenrr3tion arc designed ro provide maximum f1exibility in an experience-orienred environment. Graduate conccnrrations arc offered in Oassroom Teaching, Residency CeniflLarion, Educarional Leadership, and Liter3.cy Educ:uion. Requirements for each concenrration are l isred separarely following rhis section. sect ion.

Accreditation

The SchClOI of ducation is accredited by the Narional Council for rhe Accreditation of Teacher Educarion C CATE) .

Coord;,mting MtUf�r's Degree with C(J'rhmling fwd Projem(JIIlJ Ctn·fifo-htion Program

Students holding an Initial or Residency Ccnitrcate may coordinate the Master of Arts in Education degree with the requirements for Continuing or Professional Cerrification. Graduare students pursuing the Continuing or Profes.sional Cerrifi _ ,He should discuss their programs with the program coordinacor or rheir advisor in the School of Education. Srudents intending to work mward a m:u;ter's degree must complere formal application for admission to the omce of Admissions. Studenrs intending to complete requirements for the Professional Cerritrcate muSt complere a formal application to rhe School of Education.

Admuswn

for regular admil>sion to muster's degree programs and ro p rofessional cerritrc3te programs, applicants must have completed a BA or B degree from a regionally accredited institurion of higher education and must submir reco mmendations and test scores from appr priare screening resrs. Students may be required to have a personal interview with the director of graduate programs before admission. (See individual concentrarions for tests and prerequisitt:S specific to the concentration.) Studenrs admirted provisionally must fulfill the following requirements in order ro be granted regular status: completion of 1 2 hours of graduate course work with a minimum grade point average of 3.0.

Exami"ations

Students must take a comprehensive exam ination over course work. Comprehensive examinations are arranged by each program's coordinaror. An oral examinarion over course work and/or research may be scheduled at the discretion of the student's advisory committee no later than rhree weeks before commencement.

CLttS 'ROOM TEACHING AND EDUCATIONAL LEADERSHIP - 32 semester /Jours Offered as Projut LeaD

FACULTY COORDINATOR: Michael Hillis

Com:elllTaJum Objutive

Recognizing rhat all educators in roday's schools, hmh reachers and administrators, must work rogether as education leaders, PLU faculty have de igned an innovarive p rogram [(J enhance the ,kills of 21 t c nrury educatOrs with a focus on leadership . Project LeaD is for practicing educators who arc committed ro

enhancing rheir leadership and insttuctional roles. During the program, PLU faculty and MA srudenrs collaborate in the investigation of fIve important themes: • Inquiry and Action, Ambiguiry and Knowledge • Power, Privilege, and Difference • Advanced Cognition, Development, and Learning • Individuals, Communities, and Organizations • Leadership

These themes guide [he crearion of a personalized professional projecr and p rovide the basis for grappling with important quesrions that frame the work of educators in coday's classrooms, schools, and communities. Candidares for the degree will work side by side with candidares seeking ccrtitrca[ion as principals. All candida res completing rhe program will be eligible ro apply during the initial five years following [he 1 3-month program for a one-year program leading to certifICation as a principal.

Prerequisites

Beyond rhe general prerequisites, applicants must hold a valid reaching certificate and should ordinarily have successfully completed one yeat of teaching or relared professional experience. A grade point average of ar least 3.0 and Graduate Record Exam (G RE) or other admission test p proved by rhe faculty coordinator and completed in the past fIve years arc required. Students not meering some of these requirements may be granted provisional status.

ReqJlired Courses - 28 semester hours

EDUC 545: Inquiry and Acrion, Ambiguity and Knowledge (2) EDUC 550: Leadership I ( 1 -4) EDUC 55 1 : Leadership I I 0 -4) EDUC 5 52: Leadership I I I ( 1 -4) EDUC 553: Leadership IV ( 1 -4) EDUC 586: Sociology of Education (3) EDUC 599: Thesis (3 or 4)

Educationnl Psyc/Jology

EPSY 5 1 2: Group Process and the I ndividual (2) EPSY 563: Pracricum in Group Process and Leadership (2) EPSY 565: Advanced Human Development (4)

Elective Courses -four semester /Jours

Candidates may take/transfer i n an approved elective.

Pri1lcipal Certification Program

The principal and program admi nistratOr program educares creative, energetic, reform-minded adminisrrators for the leadership positions in Washington schools. Cmdidares i n the cerritrcate only program work side by side wirh candidates seeking masters degrees in classroom teaching and educational leadership. As parr of the program all candidates will invesrigate trve rhemes: • Inquiry and Acrion, Ambiguity and Knowledge • Power, Privilege, and Difference • Advanced Cognition, Deve\opmenr, and Learning • I ndividuals, Communiries, and Organizations • Leadership

PLU 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 165: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

c

These themes frame the focus of study each semester.

Required Courses: EDUC 550: Leadership I ( 1 -4) EDUC 5 5 1 : Leadership II 0-4) EDUC 552: Leadership III 0-4) E D UC 553 : Leadership IV ( 1 -4) EDUC 55 4: Leadership V ( 1 -4) EDUC 598: Internship (2)

MA WITH CERTIFICATION (RESIDENCy)

DIRECTOR: Michael Hillis

The MA with Certification Program is designed for qualified candidates who possess a baccalaureate degree in the liberal arts and seek a Lareer of service as teachers. Course work leads to the Master of Arts in Education: Classroom Teaching degree and Washington State Residency Teaching Certificate with endorsemems in grades K-8 (Elememary Education) and grades 4- 1 2 (Subject Maner Specific) . Candidates complete an imernship in the public schools.

Full-time studems entering the program may expect to complete all requirements in 14 months (full-time student load). A strong emphasis in the program is placed on developing the skills necessary for the integration of curriculum across grade levels with specific attention to the middle level (grades 5-8). The program is distinguished by active and early involvement in the schools and by membership with a cohort group of peers. Studems entering the program in the same term will progress through courses and practica together, which allows them to share insights and experiences. Because of the involvemem in public school programs, students should be able ro take courses and participate in practica during the day.

Concentration Objective

The primary aim of the program is to educate teachers who are ready to assume a variety of roles in 2 1 st-century schools. Faculty work with students to de\'e!op understandings and skills for their functions as leaders, inquirers, and curriculum/instructional specialists. Course work in the program is designed around specific themes that servc as a focus for individual and group projects and intersect with the functions of teachers as leaders, inquirers, and curriculum/instructional specialists.

Program Overview

Students enrolled in the MA with Certification Program begin studies in mid-June and complete program requirements the following August. In addition to course work required for the residency certificate. students complete an inquiry project culminating in a thesis as well as comprehensive examinations that allow MA candidates to demonstrate mastery of the program's core values.

The inquiry project, an empirical study gtounded in the internship experience, is designed to assist MA candidates in becoming familiar with the purposes, theories, and processes of educational inquiry. The intent is to provide the opportunity for program participants to explore an educational topic i n a systematic way in order to enrich their understanding of the topic, and generally. the strengths and limitations of educational inquiry.

An important program component is the completion of a year-

long inrernship in a public school. For the intern experience, students are clustered at si tes selectcd by the university as representative of programs reflecting specific attention to current trends in education.

Prerequisites

For regular admission, applicants must have completed a baccalaureate degree from a regionally accredited institution of higher education. A minimum grade point average of 3 .0 and official scores from the Graduate Record Exam (GRE) or other admission examination approved by the director are required. Applicants are invited to meet with the program director before submitting the completed application in order to clarify questions about the program and admissions procedures.

Admission Procedures

Interested candidates should submit application to PLU's graduate studies programs. Applications are available from the OHice of Admission. Screening of applicants and admission to the incoming class will begin January 3 1 and continue until the class is full. Enrollment in the MA with Residency Certification Program is limited and admission to the program is competitive. Application and admission procedures include:

A . Completed application will consist of the following: 1 . Graduate Appl ication Form including:

• Two recommendations with at least one academic reference

• Statement of Goals • Resume

2. A passing score on all three sections of the Washington Educator Skills Test Basic. Six test dates are available during the year; check the School of Education website for the dates.

3. Transcripts from all colleges attended 4. Official copies of GRE or MAT scores 5. A passing score on at least one West-E test.

B. Applications will be reviewed by a committee in the School of Education.

C. Selected appl icants will be invited to the campus for a group interview where they will also complete a writing sample.

D. Applicants will be notified of the committee's decision.

E. Accepted applicants will return a confirmation card and non-refundable $300 deposit.

Required Courses Program requirements include successjid completion of the foLlowing courses:

EDUC 5 1 1 : Strategies for Language/Literacy Development (2) EDUC 544: Research and Program Evaluation (2) EDUC 55 6: Secondary and M iddle School Curriculum (3) EDUC 560: Practicum (2) EDUC 562: Schools and Society (3) EDUC 563: Integrating Seminar (3-4) EDUC 564: The ArtS, Mind, and Body (2) EDUC 565: The Art and Practice of Teaching (6) EDUC 568: Internship (6) EDUC 599: Thesis (3) EPSY 560: Communication in the Schools (3) EPSY 566: Advanced Cognition, Development, and Learning (3) EPSY 583: Current Issues in Exceptionality (2-4)

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

C\ ...

III

Q..

c:

III ....

(1)

V\ ....

c:

Q..

(1) 11'1

o -

:J> ... .... 11'1

m

Q..

c: t"I III ....

1 6

Page 166: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

c

o

..... ro v �

"'C w c

.... o

II) Q.I

"'C �

..... VI Q.I

..... ro �

"'C ro

Cour�e Offerin s - Educati().n (EDUC)<-______ _

EDUC 501: Workshops Graduate workshops in special fields for varying lengths of time. ( 1 -4)

EDUC 503: On-Campus Workshops in Educatio" On-campus graduate workshops in education for varying lengths of time; enrollmenr subject to advisor's apptoval.

EDUC 505: Issues in Literacy Education Initial course required for all smdents in the master's program in literacy education. Overview of historical and current theory, practice, definitions, and research in language and literacy acquisition and development in and out of schools. Required of any track option selected. (2)

EDUC 506: Foundations of School Library Media Center MAnagement Functions of the school library media center with particular emphasis on the roles and responsibilities of the school l ibrary media specialist within instructional and administrative arenas. (2)

EDUC 507: Principks of InfonnAtio" Organiultion, &trieva4 and Service Exploration of a broad range of data and information in primary and secondary sources, including document, bibliography, full­text, statistical. visual, and recorded formats. (2)

EDUC 508: Prillciples of Bibliographic Analysis and Control The organization and strucmre of a broad range of information fonnats with an emphasis on the analysis of standard bibliographic components prescribed by national bibliographic databases. (2)

EDUC 509: Foundations ofColkction DevebJpment The phi losophical bases and parameters of collection development in the school library media center. (2)

EDUC 510: The Acquisitio'l and Development of Langtmge and Literacy Investigation of how young children acquire their first language and vhat they know as a result of this learning. (2)

EDUC 511: Strategies for Langtmge/Literacy Development The developmemal nature of literacy learning with emphasis on the vital role of language and t e interrelatedness and interdependence of listening, speaking, reading, and writing as language processes. Prerequisite: EDUC 5 1 0. (2)

£Due 513: Lallgtmge/Literacy DevebJpment: Assessment and 11l$truetion Undcrsranding of a wide variety of strategies and tools for assessing and facilitating students' development in reading, writing, listening, and speaking. PrerelJuisite: EDUC 5 1 0; highly recommended to be taken at the end of the track sequence. (Cross-listed with SPED 5 1 3.) (4)

£DUC 515: Professional SeminAr: Continuing Leve4 Teachers The preparation and sharing of selected topics related ro the minimum generic standards needs of the individual participants. Required for the continuing level certification of teachers. (2)

Enuc 516: uacher Supervision Identification and development of supervisory skills for teachers who work with other adults in the classroom. ( I )

Enuc 526: SpeciAL Topics in Children's Literature Students explore the various themes of social issues found in children's l iterature through discussion groups and the construction of text sets and thematic units used in elementary and middle school classrooms. (2)

Enuc 527: Multicultural Children's Literamre Exploration of multi-cultural issues in the context of children's literature. (2)

Enuc 528: Children's Literature in K-8 Curriculum Investigation of genres of contemporary children's l iterature and development of a personal repertoire for classroom usc. (2)

Enuc 529: Adolescent Literature in the Secondary Curriculum Genres In adolescent l i terature and exploration of strategies for integration of young adult materials across the middle and secondary school curriculum. (2)

Enuc 530: Children's Writing Current theory and practice in the teaching and learning of writing in elementary classrooms. (2)

Enuc 537: Media and Technology for School Library Media Specialists The management of media and technology services i n the school library media center. Special emphasis on emerging technologies used in K-1 2 instructional programs (CD-ROM, i nteractive video, distance learning, computer technologies) . (2)

Enuc 538: Strategies for Whole Literacy Instruction (K-12) The use of language as a tool for learning across the curriculum, and the roles of language in al l kinds of teaching and learning in K-1 2 classrooms. Strategies for reading/writing in contenr areas, thematic teaching, topic study, and integrating curriculum. (2)

Enuc 5#: Inquiry in Communities, Schools, and Classrooms Knowledge of evaluation techniques, including portfolios, and of research design; abiliry to interpret educational research; to identifY, locate, and acquire typical research and related literature; to use the results of research or evaluation to propose program changes and write grams. (2)

Enuc 545: Inquiry and Action into Social IsS1U$ and Problems Seminar synthesizing inquiry into social problems in educational and communiry settings. Critical examination of contemporary social issues that affect the success of youth and adults. (2)

Enuc 550: Leadership I Introduction to the role and function of the principalship with emphasis on team building and inrerpersonal professional relationships and ethical decision-making. Prerequisite: Admission to the graduate program or permission of graduate advisor. ( 1 -4)

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 167: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

EDUC 551: Leadership 11 The principal as an instrucrional leader who oversees curriculum, srudent achievement, and assessment, and supervises tcachers in their work. ( 1 --4)

EDUC 552: Leadership III The principal as a manager of resources and community relarions. Local. state, and federal issues in school finance and communicating with school stakeholders the mission and services of the school . ( 1 --4)

EDUC 553: Leadership IV The principal as a developer of personnel. Study of contemporary federal, state, and local statutes, regulations, and case law rdated to working with personnel issues, including legal principles in hiring, firing, in-service and staff development, support services, and contract negotiation. ( 1-4)

EDUC 554: Leadership V The principal as a change agent. Study of current issues in adminiStration. ( 1 --4)

EDUC 556: Secondary and Middle School Curriculum A variety of facts of secondary and middle school programs: finance, curriculum, discipline, eva luation, classroom management, the basic education bi l l , legislative changes and special education. Critical issues i n the education scene today. (3)

EDUC 560: Practicum Guided instructional assistance and tutoring in schools. Designed for MNCert Program. (2)

EDUC 562: Schools and Society Individual and cooperative study of the socio-cultural and cultural, political, legal, historical, and phi losophical foundations of current practices of schooling in America. Prerequisite: Admission to the MA/Cerr Program or consent of instructor. (3)

EDUC 563: Integrating Seminar Students work cooperatively and individually to integrate education course work, field experience, and individual perspective during graduate degree programs. May be repeated for credit. (1 --4)

EDUC 564: The Arts, Mind, and Body An exploration of methods to facil irate creativity and meaning­making in the c1asHo m through visual, musical, non­verbal/physical movement, and dramatic arts. (2)

EDUC 565: The Art and Practice of Teaching Through applicarion projects, micro-teaching experiences, and reading representing different perspectives, parcicipants will pracrice and assess a variety of options for designing, implementing, and assessing lessons and units that integrare mathematics, science, social science, language arts, and physical education in K-8 classrooms. (6)

ED UC 568: Imenuhip ill Teaching Internship in classroom settings. Fourteen weeks of teaching under the direct supervision of cooperating teachers and university supervisors. Designed for students in the MNCcrt program. (6)

ED UC 585: ComparoJive EdU£JUion Comparison and investigation of materials and culrural systems of education throughout the world. Emphasis on applying knowledge for greater understanding of the diverse populations in the K- 1 2 educational system. (3)

ED UC 586: Sociology of Education Viewing the educational system as a complex and changing social institution. Emphasis on value orientations from diverse human populations and their impact on K- 1 2 educarion and educational issues. (3)

ED UC 587: History of Ed,lCation A study of great men and women whose lives and writings have shaped and continue to shape the character of American education. (3)

EDUC 589: Philosophy of EdllClZtWn Philosophical and theor tical foundations of American education as well as the social philosophy of growing diverse populations in the K- 1 2 schools. (3)

ED UC 590: Graduau Semi,ulT A workshop for all M.a.Her of Am candidates in the School of Education. Candidates should register ror this seminar for assistance in fulfi l l ing requirements. No credit is given, nor is tuition assessed.

EDUC 5951 Intenuhip in EdtIClltional Administration Students wi l l register for 2 ,emester hours in each of two semesters. In ternship in educational administration jointly planned and supervised by the School of Education and public and/or private school administrators i n ful l compliance with state requirem�nrs. Prerequisites: Admission to the graduate program or to the credenrialing program: completion of educational administration concentration; consultation with advisor. (2, 2)

EDUC 596: Gradu.ate Seminar Students register for 1 semester hour in each of two semesters. Professional seminars are scheduled and presented by candidates, their university professors, and professional colleagues in rhe schools in partnership. Prerequisites: Completion of coursework in educational administration concentration. ( 1 , 1 )

EDUC 597: Independent Study Projects of varying length rdated to educational issues or concerns of rhe individual participant and approved by an appropriate faculty member and the dean. ( 1 --4)

EDUC 598: Studies in EAucatio1l A research paper or project on an educational issue selected jointly by the student and the graduate advisor. Prerequisites: Admission ro the graduate program; EDUC 544, 545; minimum of 26 hours of coursework leading ( 0 the MA; consul ration wirh rhe student's advisor. (2)

EDUC 599: Thesis The thesis problem will be chosen from the candidate's major field of concentration and must be approved by rhe candidate's graduate committee. Candidates are expected to defend their thesis in a final oral examination conducted by their committee. (3 or 4)

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

o -

l> � -'"

;:,

m

c.

C n

Q.1 -o

;:,

] 6

Page 168: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

c: c

-c

I 6

Course 9fferin s - Edu(atiol1��ycholo9.,,--,-,:.:....::;...:.J

EPSY 501: Workshops Graduate workshops in special fields for varying lengths of time. ( 1-4)

EPSY 512: Group Process and the Individual A human in teraction laboratory to facilitate the exploration of the self concept through the mechanisms of interpersonal interactions and feedback. Emphasis placed on the acquisition of skill in self-exploration, role identification, and dimate-making. (2)

EPSY 535: Foundations of Guidance The focus is on developing an understanding of the "rvices and processes available to assist individuals in making plans and decisions according to their own life pattern. (4)

EPSY 536: A.ffectit1e Classroom Teclmique.s Exploration of various techniques designed to facilitate understanding of self and others; methods for working wirh students. Prerequisite: student reaching or gradu·ate sratus. Laboratory experience as arranged. (2)

EPSY 550: Beginning Practicum Learn and practice the basic counseling skills in a structured and closely supervised environment. Clients used in rhis pra(ticllm will be relatively high functioning and will usually be seen in an observation room. (3)

EPSY 555: Practicum In addition to those skills learned in Beginning Praclicllm, karn and pracrice various counseling approaches, skills and techniques with individuals from diverse populations in community or various school settings. Prerequisites: EPSY 550 and EPSY 56 1 . (3)

EPSY 560: CommUllicmion in Schools The study of the theories and concepts of those helping skills needed to facil irate problem-solving and personal and academic growth with applicarions to the classroom and to interactions with professional colleagues. Prerequisit�: Admission to MAJCerr program. (3)

EPSY 561: Bask Rebui01lShips in Counseling A study of the theory, process, techniques, and characteristics of rhe counseling relarionship. (4)

EPSY 563: Practicum in Group Proc $ and Lelldership A human interacrion laboratory which explores interpersonal operations in groups and facilitates the development of self­insight; emphasis on leadership and development of skill in diagnosing individual, group, and organizational behavior patterns and influences. Students will co-facilitate a laboratory group. Prerequisite: EPSY 5 1 2 . (2)

EPSY 565: Advanced Human Develop71U!11t Considerarion of the implicarions of the theory, concepts, and research from psychology on development, motivarion, learning, and instruction. Emphasis will be on exploring idea.s ,Ind processes that are directly rela ted to classroom reachi ng. This course will help reachers understand rhe skills nee:J�d for teaching and become more aware of the complexities of learning and insrrucrion. (4)

EPSY 566: Advalll:ed UJgnitioll. Development, and Learning The [lldy of prin( iples and current thought and research in wgnirion, development, and learning. Prerequisite: Admission to the MfVCert program or consent of instructor. (3)

EPSY 569: Career GuidatlCe A study of careers, theories of choice, and guidance techniques. (4) EPSY 570 .. F;�ldwork i" Counseling and Guidance

culminating practicum of field experience in schools or agcn ies using theory, skills, and techniques previously learned. 'rudents in(orporate consultation experience following the Adlerian m dd . (4)

EPSY 575: Me1ltnl He(JltI� Basic mental heal t h principles a s related to interpersonal relationships. Focus on self-understanding. Laboratory expt::rienc 5 as arranged. (4)

EPSY 578: Bmauiorai Problems Adlerian concepts provide rhe basis for observarion, motivation, Ina l i flcJrion, and life style assessment. Skills for assisting people in developing responsibility �or their own behavior. Laborarory ex peric nce as arranged. (4) EPSY 583: CUTTenf I,sues ill ExCeptiOludity The cha crerisrics of exceptional students and current issues involving the ducJror's role in dealing wirh rheir special needs. (2-4) £PSY 597: lndependetlt Study Pmjtus of varying length related ro educarional issue.s or conccrns of rhe individual participant and approved by an appropriate faculty member and the dean. ( 1-4) EPSY 598: Studi.e.' in Education A resca.rc.h per or project on an educarional issue selected jointly by the srudent and the graduate advisor. It will be rev iewed by rhe student's graduate commirtee. (2)

EPSY 599: Thesis The thesis problem will be chosen from rhe candidate's major fie l of concentrarion and must be approved by the candidate's graduate c:omminee. Candidates are expected to det<:nd their thesis in a final oral examination conducted by rheir committee. (3 or 4)

Course Offerin s - Spe ia! Education (SPED)

SPED 501: OjJ-Campus Workshops ill Special Education Off-c:unpus graduate workshops in special eduC"arion for varying l�ngths of rime . ( 1 -4)

SPED 503: On-Campus Workshops ;11 SpeciAi Education n-campu. graduare workshops in special educarion for varying

lengths of time. 0 -4)

'PED 513: Langu�ge/Litl!1'm:y Development: Assessment and Instruction

ndersranding of a wide variety of straregies and roo Is for asseSSing and facilirating srudellts' development in reading, writing, lisrening. 'lIld speaking. (Cross-listed with EDUC 5 1 3.)

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 169: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

SPED 52th Teaching Students with Special Needs in Elementary Programs Introduction and overvie v of services fo r s tudents with special needs i n elementary programs. Includes procffiur I and subsrantive legal issues in special education. program modification. and classroom management. (2)

SPED 521: Teaclli1Jg Stud nIts witll Special Needs ill SecondAry Programs In trod uction and overview of services for students wirh special needs in secondary programs. Includes procedural and substantive legal issues in special education, program modification , and classroom management. (2)

SPED 522: The Role of Healt" Profmi.onals ill Special Educatio71 Introd uction of health professionals in the schoo l to learners wirh special needs . To pics include roles of parents as well as medical concerns, early intervention, teaming, suhstance abuse, and suicide prey ntion . (3)

SPED 523: Educati07JaI Procedures for StuLlents wit" Mild Disabilities An in troduction to reach ing procedures for students witn mi ld disabilities. Includes concepts in charactetistics, ass ssment. and instrucrional practices. (3)

SPED 524: EducaholWi Procedures for Studr"ts with Developmmtal Disab;lities An examination of the emod nal, social , ph ical, and mental characteristics of ind ividuals with moderate disabi l i ties. Includes assessmen t and instruction from medical, psychological , social, and educational viewpoints. (3)

SPED 525: ProcedureJ for StudEnts ,vith Bellavior Disordl!Ts An examination of instru tional and managemt!f1t procedures for learners with behavior disotders. Includes study or .lcadem ic and b ehavioral cbaracteristics of these students. (3)

SPED 526: Advanced Pract;cum in SpecinJ Edumt;on Experience with children and youth with special needs. Credit given after successful completion of 90 c10Lk nours and specific course competencies. PrerequiJite: SPED 520. 5 2 1 or equivalent. (2)

SPED 530: Assessment of Students Ivilll Special Needs Examines the: use of asse sment information for making educational decisions about students. (2)

SPED 531: Severe- lind Profound Disabilities IIIIToduction [0 the physical, social. and education needs of i ndividuals with severe and profound disabilities. (2)

SPED 532: Education lind Trailli"g of lndiuiduab willi Severe and Profound Disabilities In-depth study of educational prescri ption and programming for learners who are severely and profoundly disabled. Emphasis on teaching srnlregies and curriculum modification as [hey apply to this population . (2)

SPED 533: Inclusion and Students with Moderate Diulbilities A focus on meet i ng rhe academic and adapr!ve behavior skills '1f students within tne regular education dassroom. (2)

SPED 534: 17ll'iwion and Students witll Bellavior Disordl!Ts A focus on mana ement procedures for students witn benavioral disorders in inclusive classrooms. (2)

SPED 535: Inclwion mId Studellts witll Mild Disabilities A fo us o n instructional procedures for students wiLh mild disabi lities in the inclusive classroom. (2)

SPED 537: IslUes in LanguLlge Acquisition and Disorders Current issues and pp roaches in assessing and remediati ng children's language disorders. (2)

SPED 538: lsmes j" Early Childllood Special Education Current issues relared to young children wirh special needs. (Cross-listed with SPED 338.) (2)

SPED 539: Admi"iJtratW1I of Early Childhood/Special Education Programs I n-de p r h study of the administration of early chi ldhood programs. (2)

SPED 540: Advanced Strategiu and Tecll7liques for Teaching ;." P-3 Grode Settin� Current practices in educational s trategies and curriculum modifications to meet the needs of the early learner. (2)

SPED 54J: AssesmmJl ofbifmlts and Presclloolers Formal and informal assessment techn iques used to meet the needs of ch ildren and their families in in tegrated settings . (Cross­l isted with SPE 34 1 .) (2)

SPED 555: Supervising Pilraeducators in Scllool Settitl� bcamines the roles and responsibilities of supervisors of paraeducators and support staff. Empnasis on ernical, pr fessiona l , and legal responsib il ities of tnc supervisor. DiS ' - ion of administrative pracrices rnat imp rove teamwork and sraff development. (2)

SPED 568: Internship i" Special Education Int<:rnsnip in special education settings. Fourteen weeks of reach ing un..!\::[ the direction and supervision of cooperating tea 'hers and university supervisors. Designed for students in the masters witn certification program. (6)

SPED 575: Collllboriltion and Team Building Examines tne commu n icarion skills necessary for effective collabofiuion in regular and special education. Topics include protessional teams, co-teaching conceprs, sraff development, scheduling, coordinating, problem so lving, and conflict management in educational settings. (2) SPED 576: Communication Skills for Collaborative Con.mltatitm i" Special Education

.mphas is on the interpersonal ski lls necessary for the consulting teacher in special educario n . Exp loration of the variables involved in developing cooperation between professional educators. (2) SPED 577: The Illclusive Classroom I ntroduction co the principles and practices of inclus ive education. (2)

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

C'I ... OJ Q. C OJ ... IT)

V"I ... c Q. IT) VI

s: OJ VI ... IT) ...

o -

l> ... ... VI

::s m Q. C f"I OJ ... o ::s

1 7

Page 170: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

....

'" QI

"'C :::J -

Vl QI

-"'

:::J

"'C "' ....

1 6

SPED 583: Current Issues ifJ Exuptumality The characrerisrics of exceptional studenrs and current issues involving rhe educator's role in dealing wirh their spec ial needs. (2 -4) SPED 588: Legal, Ethical, ana Administl'anvl! nSlleS in Special Education Invesrigarion of spec ial education adminisrrative pracrices, pupil placement procedures, srudent sraffing, program reimbursement procedures, and federal funding models. (2)

SPED 590: Research in Special Education Review of current research on selecred topics in special educarion. ( 1 ) SPED 595: Special Education: InternsJJip Projecrs of varying length related to Issues in special education. ( 1 -4) SPED 596: Technology and Special .Eduention Examines rechnological advanLcmenrs as they apply to rhe educarion of learners wirh special needs. (2) SPED 597: Independe1l1 Study Projecrs of varying lengrh relared to (rends and issues in special educarion and approved by an appropriare facuIry member and rhe dean. ( 1 -4 )

SPED 598: Studies in Educatum A research paper or projecr on an educational issue selecred joindy by rhe srudcIH and the graduate advisor. It will be reviewed by rhe student's graduate commince. (2) SPED 599: Thesis The thesis problem will be chosen from the candidare's major field of concentration and musr be approved hy rhe candidare's graduare commirree. Candidares are expecred [0 defend rheir thesis in a final oral examination conducted by rhei r comminee. (3 or 4)

DivisWn of Social Sciences

Marriage and Family Therapy

253.535.8782 www.plu.eduf-mftcntr

FACULTY: Norris Perers n, Ph.D. , Deem, Division of Social Sciences, Charles York, Ph.D., Chair, Department of Marriage and Family Therapy, David Ward, Clinic Diln·tor Faculty: Cheryl Storm: Practicia SlIpervisors: Callison, Concanon, Firzparrick, Lewis, Lundbeck, Tschimperle

'/Is 1 visit with interns from tv! FTH programs, 1 realize what ([

superior t'ducatiol1 1 received from PLU . . . other programs only touch on smali amounts of what we studied. . . "

- Kathleen Maxey, MFT Graduate

Purpose

The pr imary objecrive of the Marriage and ram i ly Therapy (MFTH) program i� to rrain clinicians interesred in counseling children, adulrs, couples, or fam ilies wirh a wide range of men tal health ptoblems, ranging from the chronically mentally i l l to troubled chi ldren , ftom a marriage and tam ily therapy

perspective. Students participare in an intensive 20-hour-per­week, four or five semester clinical experience which includes 500 hours of rherapy under close supervision in an on-campus clinic and in a communiry placement. The on-cam pus cl inic and four off-campus si res offer al l students a man;}ged care cl inical experience. Academic courses are scheduled ar 3:00 p.m . to allow srudents to work full-rime during their first academic year while they prepare for their clinical experience. Because faculty recogn ize rhar adulr students bring expertise wirh them, students are highly involved in learn ing via exercises, classroom discussion, and real-life acrivities. The program is secular in narure and emphasizes rhe application of rheory to pracrice, rigorous evaluarion, and direct supervision of one's cl inical competency.

Accrrditllhon

The program is fully accredited by the Commission on Accrediration for Marriage and Family Therapy Educarion of the American Association of Marriage and Family Therapy (AAJv1FT) and also complies wirh Washington Start licensure requirements for marriage and family therapisrs.

Prerequisites

Applican ts who have a degree in fami ly studies, human services, psychology, sociology, social work, or the equivalent are nor required to meer any program p rerequisites. Applicants who do not have a degtee in any of rhese areas are required ro complete a minimum of 1 5 semesrer hours (22.5 quarter hours) in fam ily socia.! sciences, human services , psychology, sociology, or social work.

Admission

The MFTH program is looking for individuals who have profess ional goals consistenr wirh rhe program, volunteer or professional experience in the social services, the ability to handle the academic rigor of the program, and the personal qualities required of couple and family rherapists. Our goal is to have a studenr body highly diverse in spi ri ruality, age , race, ethn icity, gender, sexual orienration, and also inclusive of internarional students. To be considered for adm ission , applicants musr: have a bachelor's degree, submit transcrip rs of all undergradua te work, have a specific interest in MFT, provide a currenr resume, obrain two leners of recommendarion , complete an applicarion, and prepare a career sratement.

The comprehensive career starement (maximum of five double­spaced typed pages) should address rhe following questions :

A. Wnar signi ficant life events have mosr i nfluenced your present development and your desire to be a couple and family therapist?

B. 'X'hat are your professional career goals after completing your degree?

C. What are your s trengrhs that will help you achieve your profess ional goals?

D . What do you consider t o b e areas for personal growrh rhat may need the most anention during your training as a ther­apist at Pacific Lurheran Universiry?

This statement replaces the required goal statement on the application Jonn.

Based on a commi rtee review of applicants' wrinen marerials, a

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 171: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

pool of applicants to be interviewed is established. The primary purpose of the interview is to determine the fit berween the applicants' professional goals and the purpose and mission of the MFT program.

Applicatiqn DetuiJim for Fall

App\iq:ation file completed in Office of Admissions: January 3 1 In terview Notification: lv!id February through end of April. Intervi� date: To be announced.

Advance Deposit

Accept d applicants must make a $300 advance payment to confirm their acceptance of an offer of admission within three weeks of their acceptance date.

Requirements - 45 semester hours

MFTH 500: Human Development (4) MFTH 503: Systems Approach to Marriage and Family

Therapy (4) M FTH 504: Family Development (4) MFTH 505: Social Science Research Merhods (4) MFTH 507: Comparative Marriage and Family Therapy (4) MFTH 5 1 0: Human Sexuality and Sex Therapy (2) MFTH 5 1 1 : Psychosocial Pathology: Relationship to

Marriage and Family Therapy (4) MFTH 5 1 2: Professional Studies in Marriage and

Family Therapy (3) MFTH 5 1 9: Pracricum 1 (2) M FTH ';20: Theory I (2) M FTH 52 I : Practicum II (2) MFTH - 22: Theory II (2) MFTH 523: Practicum I I I (2) MFTH 524: Theory I I I (2) M FTH 525: Practicum IV (2) MFTH 526: Development of a Personal Integrated Theory (2)

Elective:

M FTH 527: Extended Practicum V (2) M FTH 599: Thesis (4)

MFTH 500: HUmAn Development Individual personality development, normal and abnormal manifestations, over the life span. (4)

MFTH 501: Grmiuate Workshop Graduate workshops in special fields for varying lengths of time ( 1 -4)

MFTH 503: Systems Approach to Marriage and Family

Therapy An introduction to the systems paradigm and post-modern ideas for treatment strategy and intervention. (4)

MFrH 504: Family Development Exploration of how family life cycle stages are affected by divorce, remarriage, ethnicity, feminist issues, and other unplanned events. (4)

MFTH 505: Research Methods in Marriage and Family Therapy Basic research concepts including formulating research questions, research design, analysis of data, and theory construcrion.

Emphasis on understanding and evaluating rather than conducting research. (4)

MFTH 507: Comparative Marriage and Family Therapy Intensive comparative study of the theoretical rationale of the prominent schools of thought within the field of marriage and family therapy. Pm-equisite: MFTH 503. (4)

MFTH 510: HUmAn SeXUAlity and Sex Therapy An overview of the nature of sexual health and the treatment of common sexual dysfunctions. Prerequisite or co-requisite: M FTH 503. (2) MFTH 511: Psychosocial Pathology: Relationship to MarriAge and the Family Exploration of the treatment techniques and assumptions of biding family therapists regarding such psychosocial dysfunctions as divorce, family violence, delinquency, psychosomatic symptoms, drug addiction, and disturbed adolescents. Prerequisite: MFTH 503. (4)

MFTH 512: Professwnal Studies in Marriage and Family Therapy Study of professional ethics and Wa.�hington State laws which affect clinical practice. includlng family law, legal responsibilities, and interprofessional cooperation. (3)

MFTH 519 Practicum 1 (2) Prerequisite: MFTH 507 and 5 1 2; may be raken concurrently when schedule allows.

MFTH 521: Practicum 11 (2)

MFTH 523: Practicum 111 (2)

MFTH 525:Practicum IV The four semesrers of practica are part of a continuous process roward developing specific therapeutic competencies in work with individuals, couples, and families. The practica present a

competency-based program in which each student is evaluated regarding: I ) case managemenr skills; 2) relationship skills; 3)

perceptual skills; 4) conceptual skills; 5) structuring skills; and 6) professional development skilk Practica requirements include 100 hours of supervision of 500 client contact hours. Faculty are AAMFT-Approved Supervisors or the equivalent and use l ive supervision and video tapes of student sessions as the primary methods of clinical supervision. (2)

MFTH 527: Extended Practicum V For srudents who wish to complete their required practica in five rather rhan fout semesters. This course is an exrension of the previously described practica courses. (2)

MFTH 520: Theory I (2)

MFTH 522: T/Jeory 11 (2)

MFTH 524: Theory 111 (2) The three semesters of theory taken in conjunction with MFTH 5 1 9, 52 1 , and 523 constitute an in-depth study of one approach toward marriage and family therapy wirh an emphasis on applying theory in practice.

MFTH 526: Development of a Personal Integrated Theory The fourth semester of theory taken in conjunction with L .FTH 525 is an in-depth study of the sruden t's preferred ideas, style,

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

1

Ci) .., QI C. c: Q/ ,.. t1) VI ,.. c: c. t1) VI •

s: Q.J .., ...

." QI 3

Page 172: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

III ... �

z

-o

...

methods, and values. Students develop an integrated persohal approach to marriage and [1.mily therapy that synthesizes their learning in the program. (2)

MFTH 590: Graduate Seminar Selected topics as announced. Prerequisite: consent of instfllctor. ( 1-4)

MFTH 591: Directed Studies ( 1-4)

MFTH 595: Graduate Readings Independent study card required. ( 1-4)

MFTH 598: Research Project ( 1 -4)

MFTH 599: Thesis (4)

SchooL of N1l7'smg

Master of Science in Nursing

253.535 .7672 www.pLu.edu/ �nurs

Terry W. Mil ler, RN, Ph.D, Deall and Proji:" or, School of Nursing

The Master of Science in Nursing (MSN) degree prepares professional nurses for advanced roles such as family nurse pracririoner, clinical nurse specialist, clinical nurse educator, and clinical nurse leader. The program also prepares the graduate for doctoral studies. The MSN curriculum is evidence-based and practice-oriented, and consists of a comn1on core (theory, advanced practice roles, evaluation and ourcomes research, leadership, and advanced health promotion), specialty didactic and clinica.!/ practicum experiences, and a capstone course (scholarly inquiry or thesis). Each MSN student completes coursework leading to either the Family Nurse Practitioner concentration or the Care and Ourcomes Manager concentration. The larrer may be further differentiated through focus areas, including clinica.! nurse specialist, clin ical nurse leader, informaticist, or clinica.! nurse educatOr.

Tht: School of Nursing offers two program options leading to the Master of Science in Nursing degree. The standard Master of Science in Nursing program is designed for Bachelor of Science ,in Nursing (BSN) prepared registered nurses. The Entry-Leve Master of Science in Nursing program is an accelerated program designed for students with a prior non-nursing baccalaureate degree to gain RN licensure and complete the MSN degree in 36 months of study. The graduate level portion of the Entry-Level MSN program is identical to the standard MSN program.

Graduate-level nursing classes are structured to accommodate the working nurse. MSN core and concentration requirements may be completed in four to five full-time semesters over two years. Part-time study is an option for students in the BSN to MSN route; Entry-Level MSN students must maintain full-time status throughout their entire program of study.

Accreditation

The School of Nursing is a member of the American Association of Colleges of Nursing (AACN) and is approved by the Washington State Nursing Care Quality Assurance Commission.

The Master of Science in Nursing program is fully accredited by the Commission on Collegiate Nursing Education (CCNE) . Both the Family Nurse Practitioner and the Care and Outcomes Manager curricula meet the requirements for several nationa.! certification examinations, including Advanced Registered Nurse Practitioner-Fan1ily, Clinical Nurse Specialist (various specialties) and Certified Nurse Educator.

MSN Application Priority Deadlines

BSN to MSN: March 1st for admission to the following fal l semester

MSN candiMfe>' may apply for admission at any time during the year; however, application and admission well ill advance of the foIl entry Mte will enhance the applicant's potential for arrangillgfawllcial assisttIllCl:.

Entry-Level MSN: January 15th for admission to the following summer (June)

Criteria for Consideration of Admission to the MSN Program

The following arc [he minimum criteria for consideration of admission to Master of Science in Nursing program (BSN to MSN and Entry-Level MSN options) . Admission to the School of Nursing programs is selective; meeting minimum criteria does not guarantee admission.

• Completion of a baccalaureate degree from a ftllly accredited college or university.

• A minimum cumulative GPA of 3.0 ('B') on a 4.0 scale for all col lege work.

• Minimum grade of 3.0 CB') on a 4.0 sca.!e in each prerequisite course.

• Submission of PLU Graduate Application forms and non­refundable fee.

• Submission of School of Nursing Graduate Application • Addendum packet, which includes:

Questions Relative to Licensure; Policy/Procedures for students who have attended another school of nursing; \Vashington State Patrol Disclosure Affidavit and non­refundable $ 1 5 fee; Policy/Procedures Regarding English Proficiency; and Physical/Psychological Expectations of Nurses Preparing for Professiona.! Practice.

• Official transcripts from each college or university attended. • Official Graduate Record Exam (GRE) results from within five

years. Minimum scores: - BSN to MSN applicant minimum scores: 450 in both the

Verbal and Quantitative sections, and 4.0 in Analytical \Vriting section.

- Entry-Level MSN applicant minimum scores; 500 in both the Verbal and Quantitative sections, and 4.0 ill. the Ana.!ytica.! Writing section.

• Profession a.! resume. • Professional statement of goals. • Two letters of recommendation. • Fluency in spi:.>aking, reading, writing and comprehending

graduate-level English (see policy and procedures in the Graduate Application Addendum) .

• Any applicant who has previously attended any school/college of nursing must submit additional documentation (see policy and procedures in the Graduate Application Addendum).

• Civil, administrative, and crimina.! history clearance in all states, as well as any other applicable territory or country.

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 173: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

Program Prerequisites

All prerequisite courses must be compbed at an accredited college or university with a minimum grade of 3.0 CB') or higher on a 4.0 scale before beginning the nursing program. Prerequisites vary for the tWO MSN options:

BSN to MSN Applicallts: • Imroducmry Statistics (including inferemia.i and descriptive)

Entry-Level MSN Applicants: • lmroducmry Statistics (including inferelHial and descriptive) • Human Anatomy and Physiology I (with lab) • Human Anatomy and Physiology I I (with lab) • IlHroductory Microbiology (with lab) • Lifespan Developmemal Psychology

Advance Deposit

There are l imitations on the numbers of students accepted ilHO the MSN programs and concemrations each year. Applicams accepted into the program arc required to make a non-refundable advance tuition paymelH to confirm their acceptance of an offer of admission within tWO weeks of their acceptance date.

Program Requirements All admitted nursing studems mllst provide valid documemation of rhe following by designated dates and before enrollmem in any practicum/c\inical course:

A. I mmunization and heal rfl status;

B. CPR certification;

C. Comprehensive personal health insurance; and

D. Civil, administrative, and criminal history clearance in all states, as well as any other applicable terrirory or coumry.

In additioll to these reqllirmlellts. all BSN to IvISN alld Entry-Level MSN students in lvfSN concentration cormework IlItlst also provide documentation of

E . Unresrricted licensure as a registered nu rse i n the state o f Washington; and

F. Professional liability insu rance.

Advising

The Graduate Admissions oordinator typically completes initial advising and program planning with applicams and admitted students. MSN appl icants are strongly encouraged to seek advising prior ro applying to the program.

No,,-Matricuiaud Students BSN-prepared registered nurses may enroll in up to nine semester credirs of MS courses on a non-matriculated basis with School of Nursing approval. Non-matriculated students are nor guaranteed admission into any School of Nursing programs. For morc information on non-matriculated status, see p. 1 53.

Optioll for nOli-nursing baccalaureate degree graduates: Entry-Level Master of Science in Nursillg Program

The Entry-Level MSN (ELMSN) is a cohort program designed to prepare candidates with a previous bachelor's or higher degree to gain IU-J licensure and the MSN degree. The sequence of study recognizes the academic success of the non-nursing graduate by providing a focused immersion into nursing followed by graduate

study. Students do not receive a BSN degree, but following successful complerion of the first 1 5-months of study, they are eligible to sit for the NCLEX-IU-J for WashingtOn State Rl l icensure and to continue in the MSN program. A l imited cohort is admirted each year in June, and admission is competitive.

The ELMSN program is clinically and academically intensive to assure the student of adequate exposure to the RN role and responsibili ties, as well as to develop an advanced practice role (clinical leader, clinical educator, family nurse practitioner o r clinical specialist) a t completion of the ELMSN program. Students are expected to complete the entire 36-month program with their cohort.

Please note: Students withdrawing from the ELMSN program after RN licensure, bur before completing the graduate degree. may nor be able to sustain licensure in the State of \Xfashington and other states.

Enhy-Level MSN Prt-Licensure Currindum (55 set1USUr "ours)

Prerequisite Cours�s • Introductory Statistics (including inferential and descriptive) • Human AnamOlY and Physiology I (with lab) • Human Anatomy and Physiolugy II (with lab) • Introducmry Microbiology (with lab) • Lifespan evelopmental Psychology

Summer - Year One Fall - Year OTle ��------------UR 220: 1 lursing N RS 260 : Competencies I (4) Professional Foundations [ (4)

U 270: Health Asses ment U RS 330: Pharmacology and and Promotion (4) Therap utic Modalities (4) N URS 320: Nursing U R. 340: ituatioos with Competencies II (2) I ndividuals : Adult Health I (4) NURS 580: Advanced N RS 350: 5>ituations with Pathophysiology (3) Individuals: Mental Health (4)

Summer - Year Two NURS 370: Situation:; \ ilh RS 480: Professional Famil ies.: hildrt'�_ng (OB) (4) Foundations

:-II;-,--(2-;-

) __ _ N URS 430: Situations NURS 499: Cursing with Communities (5) Synrh 'is (6)

URS 440: iruarions with Individuals: Adult Healt� .:..:;1 I,

..:(",4:..) -,-,..,. ___ . _______ _

After completing the pre-licensure curriculum and upon successfully obtaining RN licensure in \Xfashington State. students continue the Entry-Level MSN curriculum with specialization in one of two Iv! N concentrations. Admission to the ELMSN program does not guaranree progression into either the FNP or the COM concentration. The advanced practice portion of the curriculum is st ructured for the student to be able to work part-time as a registcred nurse while completing the remaining credits required for the MSN degree.

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN NURSING CONCENTRATIONS

Care and Outcomes Matuzger (COM) Concentration This course of study al lows students ro focus on care

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

o -V\ n

1 7 1

Page 174: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

en c:

C1I u c: C1I V

V'I -o

1 7

management, using an oUlcomes approach skill set necessary for being responsive in a continually changing health care environment. The program prepares the student for an advanced role as a clinical nurse specialist, clinical nurse educaror for schools or agencies, or clinical nurse leader/administrator at the systems level (e.g., cas", manager, utilization review coordinator, J'isk manager, or nursing informaticist).

This concentration prepares students to provide quality, cost effective care in a defined context, to participate in the design and implementation of an evaluation and outcomes model, to assume a leadership role in managing health care tesou rces, and to integrate clinical and evaluation competencies for care and outcomes management. Successful completion of the COM concentration in the clinical nurse specialist or clinical nurse educator focus qualifies graduates to sit for national certifYing examinations in their respective spccialries (i .e., Clinical Nurse specialist (various areas) or Certified Nurse Educator).

Family Nurse Practitioner (FNP) Concenlrati011 This course of study focuses on clien t-centered clinical practice, and prepares nurses to respond to rhe ne<::ds of today's and tomorrow's health care consumers, to manage direct care based on advanced assessment and diagnostic reasoning, to incorporate healrh promotion and disease prevcmion inrerventions into health care delivery. and to recognize: [heir po[emial fo r professional growrh. responsibiliry and autonomy.

Successful completion of the Family Nurse Practirioner program qualifies students ro sit for narional Advanced R<::gistered Nurse Practirioner certifYing examinarions for family pracrice. making rhem eligible under Washingron Srare law for ARNP licensure.

MASTER OF SCIENCE IN NURSING DEGREE REQUIREMENTS 35 to 41 semester credits

Pr-elJuisite Course Introducrory Srarisrics (including inferemial and descriptive)

MSN Core (14 semester credits)

NURS 523: Role of rhe Advanced Pracrice Nurse (3) NURS 524: Advanc<::d Healdl Promotion (2) NURS 525 : Theoretical Foundarions (3)

URS 526: Nursing Leadership and Managemem (3) NURS 527: Evaluarion and Outcomes Research (3)

MSN Capstone (2 to 4 semester credits)

NURS 596: Scholarly Inquiry (2) or NURS 599: Thesis (4)

Concenlrati01J Coursework (19 to 23 semester credits) Outlined beLow

Care and Outcomes Manager Concentration

&quired Counes (19-23 semester credits)

NURS 530: Resource Managemem (3) NURS 53 1 : Care and Outcomes Manager Practicum [ (5 )

URS 532: Care and Ourcomes Manager Practicum I I (3) NURS 533: Informatics in Nursing (2) NURS 538: Program Developmenr (3)

RoIL SpecUJiZ4lion Coursers) (3-7 crediu; see below)

• Clinical Nurse Educfllor (3 semester credits) NURS 550: Curriculum, Instruction and Evaluation (3)

• Clinical Nurse 'Peci4list (1 seme.lter credits) NURS 580: Advanced Pathophysiology (3) NURS 582: AdvaI1Ct:d Healrh Assessment (2) NURS 583: Clinical Pharmacotherapeutics (2)

• CJillical Nurse Leader (5 s�mester credits) URS 580: Advanced Parhophysiology (3)

NURS 582: Advanced Health Assessmenr (2)

AdditionaL cour.res may be takm for other COM role specializations

Family Nurse Practirumer COllct'1llrat;on (21 semester credits)

Required COllNes (21 semelter CN!diu)

NU 580: Advanced Pathophysiology (3) NURS 582: Advanced Health Assessmenr (4)

RS 583: Clinical Pharmacotherapeutics (2) NURS 584: Family Nurse Practitioner I (6) NURS 585: Family Nurse Practitioner " (6)

NURS 523: Role of the Advanced Practice Nune Facili rares [he developmem and transition imo the advanced practice role through rhe analysis of legal. erhical, professional. social and practice perspectives. Roles of consul ram, researcher. administrarot, and expert clinician are explored. (3)

NURS 524: Health Promotion Idemificarion of health risks and protective straregies for diverse popularions. (2)

NURS 525: TiJeort!ti 111 FoundAtions Preparation for cririque. evaluarion, and use of a range of relevanr theories that provide guiding perspecrives for rhe provision of diem-centered. dinically measurable advanced nursing practice. (3)

NURS 526: Nursing Lelldership a1Jd MAtulgement Introducrion ro policy, organization, and financing of health care. Preparation for provision of quality cost-effecrive care, participation in the design and implemenrarion of care, and assumprion of the leadership role in managing resources. (3)

NURS 527: EvaiUlltion MId Ou/comes Research Prepararion for the cririque and use of new knowledge ro provide. change, and evaluate advanced nursing pracrice focused on cliem-cemered, clinically demonsrrable care. (3) NURS 530: Resource Mll1Iagement Managemem of resources in the planning, coordinarion, and/or delivery of healrh care wirh an outcome perspective ar rhe sysrem level. Financial and human resources and sysrems managemem will be examined from a qualiry perspective. (3)

NURS 531: Care a,1d Outcomes Practicum I Direcr and/or indirect care given in a defined specialty setting wirh focus on evaluarion and outcomes. Prerequisite: NURS 523. Variable credit wirh School of Nursing approval. (J -5)

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 175: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

NURS 532: Care and Outcomes Practicum II Dir ct care or indirect clinical management, supervision, or education [0 achieve client goals by implementing approaches, intervemioos. outcomes, and evaluation method. Pre- or co­requisite: NURS 538. Variable credit wirh School of Nursing approval . (I -3)

NURS 533: Info,matics in Nursillg Enhancing clinical practice, research and education through the integration of computer science, information science and nursing science. (2)

NURS 538: Program Dl!Velopment Integratc theoretical models. clinical parameters, and program planning principles through the consITuction of a detailed program for care and outcomes management. Cl inical compom:nt present. Pre- or co-rtlquisite: NURS 530 and prerequisite 53 1 . (3)

NURS 550: Curriculum a"d Imtruction amination of the theory and practice of curriculum planning,

developmem, implementation, and evaluation. Theoretical and philosophical principles of the tcaching/learning process. Analysis of adult teaching strategies and the process of self and student evaluations. (3)

NURS 580: Advanced Pathophysiology Focuses on notmal physiologic and pathologic mechanisms of disease. Primary components of the foundation for clinical assessment, decision making, and management. (3)

NUBS 582: :Nivallced Health Assessment Development and performance of the skills needed for advanced health assessment of individuals, families, or communities throughout the lifespan. PrtIrequisites: Basic health assessment skills. (2-4)

NURS 583: Clinical Pharmacotherapeutics Focuses on the pharmacokinctic basis for and

pharmacotherapeutic managcment of simple and complex disease processes. Includes ethical, legal, and procedutal aspects of prescriptive authority. Pre- or co-requisite: N U RS 580. (2)

NURS 584: Family Nurse Practitioner I AppLication of theory and research in the management of health problems across the lifespan. Demonstration of diagnostic reasoning related [0 health care conditions. Seminar and clinical. Prerequisites: NURS 582, and Pre- or co-requisite: NURS 583. (6)

NURS 585: Family Nurse Practitioner II Application of theoty and research in the management of increasingly complex health problems across the l ifespan. Demonstration of diagnostic reasoning for a wide range of acute and chronic conditions. Seminar and clinical. Prerequisite: NURS 584. (6)

NURS 591: Independent Study Opportunities for advanced study in selected topic related to student's area of interest. Consent of dean required. (1-4)

NURS 593: Advanced Specialty Practice Application of advanced practice nursing i n clinical specialty practice. Prt'requuite: completion of all core requirements. ( 1 -6)

NURS 596: Scholarly Inquiry in Nursing Practice Development and submission of professional paper or project related to one's area of specialization based on an evaluation and outcomes model. Capstone course. (2)

NURS 599: Thesis Faculty-guided application of the research process. May involve replication of previous study, secondary analysis of research data, an evaluation project, or an original invcstigation. Prerequisites: Completion of core courses, approval by School of Nursing. Minimum program requirement is four credits. Once entolled. mllst continue to enroll for at least onc credit each semester o the academic year until thesis is complcted. Capstone course. ( 1-4)

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

" ... QJ Q. C QJ .... ttl

� .... C Q.

ttl 11'1

o -

z c ... 11'1

1 7

Page 176: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

\II eLI u

--o

-to .... -\II c

• \II

-C eLI en QJ

c: -o

"C .... to o

CO

1 74

A D M I N I S T R A T I O N I F A C U L T Y

Board of Regents

Ownership, Support, Government: The university is owned and operated by Pacific lutheran University, Inc., a Washington corporation whose purpose is higher learning. The PlU corporation meets annually on the PLU campus ro elect regents and ro conduct other business. The corporation consists of 1 25 delegates from the six synods of Region I of [he Evangelical lutheran Church in America. The 37-member Board of Regents includes members of ELCA congregations, representatives from the Alumni Association, at-large members, b ishops from the synods of Region I, and the university president.

The pol icy making and governing body of [he University i s the Board of Regents. On (he basis of recommendations made by tht: presiden t, it charts a course for the univ rsi t}' and s trives ro provide essential funds. be studenr body and the faculty have non-voting representatives who meet with the board. The installation of new Board of Regents Officers occurs each Ocrober. The Board of Regen ts for the Academic Year of 2006-07 wil l be installed in Ocrober 2006.

Officers 2005-2006

Cynthia Edwards. Chair Robert Gomulki�wicz, Vice Chai r James Hluhagen. Secretary

Ex-Officio

Loren]. Anderson, President, PlU, ']acoma. WA

2003-2006 Term

Cyllthia Edwards, University Place, WA, ll.CA ( hai r)

William Foegt, Vashon Island, WA, Regen t -at-Large

Roe Hatlen. Apple Valley, MN, Regen t -:1 t -Large

DnrcyJolmson, Mercer Island, WA, ElCA Anne Long, Bellevue, WA, ElCA

KAren Phillips, Mercer Island, WA, ElCA Martin PiM, Ketchikan, AK, ElCA James Stauffer, M issoula, MT, ELCA Susan Stringer, Be l levue , \V/A, Alumni Andrew Tumer, Seattle, WA,

Regent-at-Large Peter �l1Ig, Pebb le Beach, CA,

Regent-at-Large Bishop Martin We/ls, Spokane, WA,

Bishop ElC

2004-2007 Term

Robert Gomulkiewicz, Redmond, WA, Regent-at-Large (Vice Chair) Roberta Goodnow, I edina, WA,

Regent-at- Large Bishop Robert Hofstad, facoma, \,\IA,

Bishop £LCA James Hushagen, Puyallup, WA, ElCA

(Secretary) Kathken Jacobson, Bend, OR, El A KAtherine Johnson., Shorel ine , WA,

ElCA Beverly Knutzen, Shelron, WA, Alumni Michelle Y. Long, Castro Valley, CA,

Re.gent-at- large KaJhken McCallum Sachse,

Coeur d'Alene, !D, ELCA Larry Neeb, Fenron, MO, At-Large Kim NesseUJuist, Kenmore, WA, ElCA Lisa Ottoson, Spanaway, \\1A, Alumni Eiken TeUefsoll, Gig Harbor, WA, EL �A

2005-2008 Term

Dale lktU01l, Portland, OR, £LCA Bntce Bjerke, Seattk, \'l/A, At-brge David Greemuood. Monte Sereno,

CA, At-Large Richttrd Hik/alJl, longbranch,

WA, ELCA Estelle Kelley, Porrbnd, OR, At-large Mi�hael Keys, Anchorage, AK, ELCA Donald Morken, Be l levue . WA,

At-Large Knut O1s011, Lakewood, A, ElCA Bishop Richard Omumd, Great Falls,

MT, Bishop £LCA Carol Quigg, Spokane, WA, ElCA Jeffrey Rippey, Porrbnd, OR, Alumn i Andrew Yee, Bellingham, WA, ELCA

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

2006-2007 PLU Adviso

lAura E Miljovski, Vice President for Student Life and Admission

Patricia O'Con1le11 Killen, Acting Provost and Dean of Graduate Studies

Stephen J ComUs, Vice President for Development and University Relations

Laura). Polcyn, Assistant ro the Pres ident

Sberi]. Tonn, Vice President for Finance and Operations

Elizabeth Brusco, Anrhropology, Facul ty

Eritz Md<enna, Phi losophy, Faculty

David Robbins, Music, faculty Anne Spilman. ASPlU President,

Student Shelky Jo/msol', ASPlU Vice President,

Student Tova Emry, ASPLU Director of

Finance, Student

Church Officials

Evangelical l.utheran Church ill America

Bishop Mark S. HarlSon Carlos Pelin. Vice-President Rev. Lowell G, Almen, Secretary ClJriseitlo Jaeksoll-SkeuofJ, Treasurer

Division for Higher Education (md SchoofJ

ReI!. Sumky Olson, Executive Director Ame Selbyg, Direcror for Colleges and

niversities &n Mark Wilhelm, Associate Executi\'e

Direcror for Educational Parmerships and Institutions

Administrative Offices

President

Loren J. Anderson, President lAura J. Poley", Assistant to the Presiden r Vicky L Winters, Executive Assoc iate to

the President

Nil/ley). Connor, Campus Pasror Dentlis G. Sepper, Campus Pasror

Page 177: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

Academic leadershiEc-__ .. _ ..... _ ....... _

QjJia ohhe Provost

Patricia O'ConneD Killen, Acting Provosr and Dean of Graduate Srudies

LeAnn D. Evey, Administrative Associate MarieJ. Wutzke, Institutional Research

Analyst Carol A. Bautista, Systems and

Assessment Coordinator

WIng CLnter fOr International Programs

Neal W. Sobania, Executive Director Susan M. Mann, Associate Director of the Wang Center; Director, Srudy Away Charry L. Benston, Assistant Director,

Program Administration Amy E. Fox, international Internship

Coordinator

Multi-disciplinary Programs

Roberta S. Brown, Chair, international Core Program

Paul Manfredi, Chair, Chinese Studies Program

Solveig C. Robinson, Chair, Publishing and Printing ArtS Program

Claudia Berguson, Chair, Scandinavian Area Studies Program

Duane D. Swank, Chair, Environmental Srudies Program

Priscilla A. St. Clair, Chair, Global Srudies Program

Susan Ad4ir Dwyer-Shick, Chair, Legal Srudies and University Pre-Law Advisor

Beth M. Kraig, Chair, Women's Studies Ptogram

Stephen Woolworth. Chair, First-Year Experience Program

College of Arts and Sciences

Division o/Humanities

Douglm E. Oaimr.tltJ, Dean James M. Albrecht, Chair of English Tamara R. WiDiams, Chair of

Languages and Literatures Greg Johnson, Chair of Philosophy SAmuel E. Torvend. Chair of Religion SusatJ E. }Dung, Director of the

Scandinavian Cultural Center Bridget E. Yaden, Director of Learning

Resource Center RonIl D. Kaujintm, Director, Writing Center

Division ofNatural Sciences

Angelia G. Alexander, Dean Dana Garrigan, Chair of Biology Craig Fryhk, Chair of Chemistry Kenneth D. Blaha, Chair of Computer

Science and Computer Engineering Jill M. Whitman, Chair of Geosciences

Bryall C. Dorner, Chair of Mathematics Richard Louie, Chair of Physics Ann F. Tolo, Administrative Associate Matthew W. Hacker, Network Systems

Administrator Terrence D. Nicksic, Laboratory

Supervisor, Chemistry

Division o(Social Sciences

Norris Peterson. Dean Elizabeth Brusco, Chair of Anthropology Karen Travis. Chair of Economics Robert P. Ericksen, Chair of History Charks York, Chair of Marriage and

Family Therapy Ann Kelleher, Chair of Political Science Michelk Ceynar, Chair of Psychology Joanna Gregson, Chair of Sociology and

Social Work Kathy RusseD, Director, Social Work

Program

School of Arts and Communication

Edward S. Inch,Dean John Hallam, Chair, Art Peter Ehrenhaus, Chair, Communication

and Theatre David P. Robbins, Chair, Music Lind4 C. MiIkr, Administrative

Associate, Music Pamela A . . Deacon, Manager of Music

Performance and Outreach

School of Business

Andrew Turner, Acting Dean Diane MacDonald, Associate Dean Abhy Wigstrom-CarlsotJ, Director,

Graduate Program and External Relations

Deallna Steiner, Coordinator, Undergraduate Programs

School of Education

Paula H. Leitz, Associate Dean Michael HiDis, Director, Graduate

Studies Tony T. Abo, Administrative Manager

Sch��1 of Nurs� __ . _______ _

Terry W. Miller, Dean Patsy L. Maloney, Director, Center for

Continued Nursing Education Dana L. Zaichkin, Director, Well ness

Center Audrey E. Cox, Advisor, Admission

Coordinator Susan Duis, Advisor, Admission

School of Physical Educati.c>:.::n'--__ _

AtJthony Evans, interim Dean

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Colleen M. Hacker, Assistant Dean

I)�p��!,!!�nt of Athlet!�s __ . __ ... __ ._ ..

Laurie L. Turner, Director Jennifer L. Thomas, Assistant Athletic

Trainer; Senior Woman Athletic Administrator

Steve Dickerson, Head Men's Basketball Coach

James A. Johnson, Head Men's and Women's Swimming Coach. Director of Aquatics and Summer Swim Program

Craig L. McCord, A,sistant Football Coach

GeoffS. Loomis, Head Baseball Coach, Assistant Athletic Director

Gary W. Nicholson. Head Athletic Trainer Gilhert]. RigeD, Head Women's

Basketball Coach Scott E. westering, Head Football

Coach Rick E. Noren, Head Softball Coach,

Athletic Facilities Director Michael]. Keim, Assistant Football

Coach, Director of Intramurals and Club Sports

Administrative Areas

Information and Technology Services

Chris D. Ferguson, Associate Provost, Academic and Information Services

Margaret E. Crayton, Director, Academic User Support

Gail L. Egbers, Chair. Reference Department

Keith E. Folsom, Director, Systems and Communications

Diane F. Harris, Director, Circulation and Building Services

Kirk Isakson, Director, Multimedia Services

Francesca Lane Rasmus, Director, Library Technical Services

Layne E. Nordgren, Director, Instructional Technologies

Kerstin E. Ringd4hl, Curator of Special Library Collections, Archivist

Chris D. Sll1ltiers, Director, Administrative Computing

Kristin H. Plaehn, Registrar Kelly Gaspar Poth, Graduation

Administrator Kevin Berg. Evaluations Administrator Beth Crippe", Evaluations

Administrator

l> c.. 3

< 1'1)

o --n 1'1) 11'1

175

Page 178: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

VI C1I V

--o C1I >

..... ra ... ..... VI c

E "'C <t

1 76

Ramstad Com mom and Advising

Patricia E. Roundy, Dean. Student Academic Success

Alison M. Navanrtte. Assistant Director, Academic Advising

Leslie J. Foley, Director, Academic Assistance

Rutb Rogers. Director, Career Development and Student Employment

Aubree A. &binson, Academic Advisor/Career Counselor

Mnxine Herbn-t-Hiii, Director, Academic Internship lone S. Cran4All, Director, Center fur

Public Service Richard A. Seeger, Director, Student

Academic uccess En'n M. Dam�. Transfer Advisor Cyntbia L. Riley, Academic Advisor OliviA M. Jackson, Assistant Director,

Academic Assistance Kelly A. David, Career Counselor Pmn Martin, Manager, Student

Employment and State Work Study Ruth Tweeten, Director, Services for

Students with Disabilities AlIdrea Wilcox, Senior Administrative

Assistant!Wild Hope Project Manager Jay Barber, Assistant to irector,

Academic Internships and Center for Public Service

Admission and Enrol lment Services

LAura F. Mlljovski, Vice President, Admission and Student Life

Admission

IVtrl A. Stumo, Associate Vice President, Admission and Financial Aid

Jennifer . Olsen Krengel. Director, Admission

. Cheryl A. Hansen, Director. International Admission

Joelk Pretty, Director. Tranfer Recruitment

David P. Gerry, Associate Director. International Student Services

Cbristopher E. Anderson, Assistant irector, Admission

Mel4nie Cunningham, Associate Director, Multi-Cultural Recruitment

Erika M. Am/emm, Associate Director, Information Specialist! ffice Manager

Morga" E. Forrey, Senior Admission Counselor

Pbilip Betz, Admission Counselor Jetid S. Cbang, Admission ounselor Daniel Donoholle, Admission Counselor Cory M. KAntoTowicz, Admission

Counselor Gwyneth La1Jg, Admission Counselor ulTUlrA L. Schaps. Admission Counselor Jen1Jl� Steffinson , Admi'sion Counselor

Financial A id

KAy W. So/tis, Director ROnAM M. NoboriluzwA, Senior

Associate Director Joan M. Riky. Associate Director,

Systems Lorie J. Staab, Associate Director,

Operations CynthiA L. Simpson, Financial Aid

Administrator Sean L. Garnes. Financial Aid

Administrator KAtherine W. Loffer, Senior Financial

Aid Adminisrrator Barbara L. Zettel. Senior Financial Aid

Administrator

Student Services Center

Susan M. Drake, Director Bonney L. Atwood, Student Services

Counselor Lissa K. Hendrix, Student Services

Counse.lor Jacki F. lAntz, Student Services Counselor Marcia E. PecchiA, Student Seryices

Counselor Neshell D. Henkel Cbabot, Veterans

Coordinator, Student Services Counselor

Develo ment and Universit Relations

Stephen Comils, Vice President fur Development and University Relations

Sharon Powell, Assistant to the Vice President

Operations and Research

Allison S. Robn-ts, Director

Alumni and Parent Rel<'ltinns

lAurtdee Hagen, Director Erik L. Me/ver, Assistant Director,

Programs and Services Jacob HimmeblUlll, Assistant Director,

Special Events and Outreach

Congregation Rf'l<'ltiollS

Lee Kluth, Director

Deve/opml'l1t

James A. Plourde, Executive Director Heather N. Dewey, Development

Director, Annual Fund David E. Gunovich, Development

Director, Major Gifts Monica R. Hurley, Development

Director, Major Gifts Edgar lArson, Executive Director -

Charitable Estate Planning

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Teri A. Moore, Development Director, Corporation and Foundation elations

Dougl4s L. PAge, Senior D elopment D irector, Gift Planning

Laura E. Hunter, Assistant Director, Annual iving

Janet C. Goelnen, i rector, Donor Relations

KPLU-FM

Kerry Swanson, Interim General Manager Martin ]. Neeb. M Emeritus Joseph T. Coh" . Assistant Station

Manager-Programming Nancy K. Knudsnl, Assistant Station

Manager- evelopment Jeff A. BallmAn, Assistant Station

Manager-Finance and Op rations Pauume Campbell. Datal ift Processing

Manager BrendAJ. Goldstein-Mnmg, Promotions

ire.ctor DiAna Buti, Office Manager Nick Francis, Music Director Erin A. Hnmessey, News Director Lowell E. Kiesow. hief Engineer Earnest Terrell Holli7ls, Financial

Planning AnalySt BrieAnna R. Bilks. Major Gifts

Coordinator

Ullillersi�y Communications

Gregory W. Brewis, Executive Director Debbie J. Jenkins , Director, Printing Amy Cockerham Director, News

and Information Simon K SU1Jg, Art Director JordAn P. Hartmmr, University

Photographer Steve E. Hansell, Print Publications

Manager Toby R. Beal, Web Content Manager

Finance and 0 erations �==�----

Sheri]. TomJ. Vice President for Finance and perations

Ginger J. Peck, Manager. Office of Finance and Operations

John Kaniss. Associate Vice President and onstrucclon Manager

Jennifer M. WllmboMt. Environmental Health and Safety Manager

Blt(jfl(.U Qffice

Robert K. Riley, Controller Patriela A. O'Donnell, Director of

Financial Services Erikn L. Borrell. Manager, Student

Account Receivables GemmA DuI4y. Senior Accountant Terri L. Mitchell. Accounts Receivable,

Cash Manager

Page 179: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

Farilities Mauagement

David L. Kobler, Direcror of Faci li ries Managemem

Brt�e C. BrolUsard, Mainrenance Manager

Lori PralJ. Cleaning Services Manager Sara J. Paz, Grounds Maimenance

Manager

Dining SmJim'

Erin M. McGin"is. Direcror Wendy S. RDb"u. Manager. Cash

perarions Jeffrey M. Smith, PM Operarions

Manager Nancy M. R4hn, Manager, Producrion Jennifer J. Stok, AM Operarions

Manager Linmz L Nyland. tanager, Catering

Training

Human Re.rolln·, Services

1m Phillips. Direcror Gretrhen Cosgrove. Assistam Director

Auxjliary Servic(,s

Mark R. Multkr. Director Angie R. Zurcher. Dirccror. Booksrore Gary L Citlotto, ,olf Cou rse Manager Vakrie J. Seely. �I!anager, Concierge and

ard rations

Stude/It /.ire

Laura R Majollski. Vice Pres idem for Admission and Srudem Life

Phyllis L Meyerboff, Administrative Associate

Stl/dent Academjc Sl((ce.<S

PatricUJ Roundy. Dean, Srudem Academ ic Suc ; Direcror

Ricbard A. Seeger. Direcror. Srudem Academ ic Success

Cam us Safety anE Information .

Marsha K. Stril. Director Devo71 Taylor. Operations Supervisor TbomlU W. Higdon, Operations

Supervisor ]ef:fny S. \Vilgus. pcrarions Supervisor Michael T. Moore, perations

Supervisor

Career Develo ment

RUlh Rogers, Direcror, Career Development and Studem Emplo 'mcnt

KelJy A. David, Career Counselor Aubree A. Rob;,uoll, Academic Advisor/

areer Counselor

C. Mark AluiersoJl, Direcrori Psychologist Joan1le R. Ito\ Ps ' hologist EliMbelh �. Barton, Psychologist Mary Si71l01lson, Psych iatrist

Health Services Center

SUSail A. Doll, i rector, Physician's Assistant

Laurie M. Rogers, Physician's Ass istant Rosaliee A. Bunnester, Licensed Pracrical

Nurse Rick Cooley, Licensed Practical Nurse Rich Bailey. Physician's Assisrant

Residential Life -----

Tom A. Huelsbeck, Assistant Dean, Campus Life; i rector, Residential Life

Matthew j. LamS1wl, Associat Director Sbelky L. Griffiths, Resident irecror Stephanie A. S�e7lli, Operarions

Manager Josb Akxlmder. Resident Director Courtney Bailey, Resident Director Amy Irish, csident Director Heather Melver, Resident Direcror Lace Smith, Residenr Direcror AlJisoll B. Stephens, Resident Director Joey weber, Resident Director

Services for Students with Disabil ities

Ruth I. Tweeten, Direcror

Student Em 10 ment

Pam Martin. >!anager, Studen t Employment and Stale \X'ork StUdy

Student Involvement and leadership-'

Eva R. Jolmson, Director. Student Involvement and Leadership; Director, Diversiry Cenrer

Angelica Z. Hambrick, Associate Director of Mul[iculrural Aff.1irs

Frederick E. Eastman, Associarc irecror

Allison B. Stepbms, Assistant Director, Orientation and Student Involvement

Jeff Olsell Krengel, Associate Director of S I L. Conduct and Leadership

Lace M. Smitb, Programs Coordinator

Faculty

James A. Albers, 1997-1 998, 1999-2000, Visiting Assistant Professo r; 2000-, Faculry Fellow in Business; B.S., Sr. Louis Un iversi ty, 1 962; M.S . , Univcrsiry of Toledo, 1 968; M .A. , G Iden Care Universiry, 1 980; Ph.D. Michigan Stare University. 1 97 1 .

P L U 2 0 0 6 . 2 0 0 7

James M. Albrecht, 1 997-, Associate Professor of English; B.A., Amherst College, 1 985; M .A., Ph. D. , Rutgers Universiry, 1 989. 1 995. Alzge/in G. Alexd.7ldez·, 1971-, Professor of Biology; Dei/II, Division of NalltllJl Scienres; B.S., Juniata Col lege, 1 962; M .A., University of California, Davis, 1 966; Ph.D., University of Washingron, 1 979. Dana D. AnJerso1l, 1 984-, Professor of Psychology; B.A., Antioch College, 1 97 1 ; M.A., Ph .D. , Ohio Stare Universi ry, 1 974, 1 98 1 . Loren j. AnderI01l, 1992-, President; B.A., Concordia College, Moorhead, 1 967; M.A., Michigan Start: Un iversiry, 1 968; Ph.D., Universiry of Michigan, 1 97 1 . Bradford W. Andrews, 2005-, Visiting Assistant Professor of Anthropology; B.A., Fr. Lewis College, 1986; M .A . . Ph.D., The Pennsylvania Srate Universiry, 1 995, 1 999. AmI J. Auman. 2002-, Assi.rtaJ/t ProfeSJ"or of Biolog)'; B.S., Pennsylvania Stare Universiry, 1 996; Ph. D. , Universiry of Washington, 200 1 . John Plllli G. Avila, 2004-. Visitillg AJ"Sis[,uzt Professor of Art; B.A. , Valparaiso Un iversiry, 2000; M. F.A. , The School of rhe Arts Institute of Chicago, 2004. j. Thaddeus Bartlowe, 1977-, Professor of Business; B.A., Univetsiry of San Francisco. 1 966; M.A., Ph.D . • Universiry of M ichigan , 1 97 1 , 1 973. ElIrUJru R Barot. 2005-. Assistant Pro(es.w of English; B.A., Wesleyan Universiry, 1 992; M. F.A., Iowa Writer's Workshop, 1 998. Michael D. Bartanen, 1979-, Professor of Communication; B.A., M.A .. Western Washington Universiry. 1 974, 1 976; PhD., Universiry of Sourhern California, 1 98 1 .

Alicia j. Batten, 2000-, Associate Professor of Religion; B.A., McGill Universiry, 1 989; rV!.A. , Ph.D., Universiry of Sr. Michael's College. Toronto School of Theology, 1 992, 2000. Amy Beegle, 2006-, Assistallt Professor of Music, B.lvJ. £. , Universiry of New Mexico, 1 99 1 ; M .A.M.E .• Universiry of St. Thomas, 200 1 ; Ph . D. , Un iversiry of Washington, 2003. Michtul D. Behrem, 2005-, Visitillg Assistant Profe.<sor of Biolog)'; B.S. , California Polytechnic State Universiry, 1 996; M.A., PhD., University of California at Santa Barbara, 2003, 2005.

l> c.. 3

o --1"1 rt) '" •

'TI Q) 1"1 c:

1 77

Page 180: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

1 78

Joanne M. BeD. 2002-, Clinical ASJ"lstallt Professor of Nursing; B.S.N., University of Maryland, 1 968; M . . N. , Emory Univ rsir)" 1 976.

Jeffrey L. BeD-Hamo", 2002-, Associate Profossor of Music - Orchestra; B.M. , University of Iowa, 1 978; M.M. , University of Norre Dame, 1 980; D.M.A., University of Iowa, 1 997.

Stet/en R. Benbam, 1982-, Professor of Geosciences; B.S. , \'(/ashingmn Stare University, 1 968; M .A., Ph.D. , Indiana University, 1 97 1 , 1 979.

&ubid Benkbahi. 1987-, Professor of Mathematics; airrise, Diplome D'Erudes Approfondies, Docmrar de I'Universire, University of Pau, France, 1 9 8 1 , 1 983, 1 986.

Carllon L. Benson, 1996-. Associate Professor of History; B.A . • Colorado College, 1 983; M .A., Indiana University, 1 988; Ph.D., University of California, Berkeley, 1 996.

Chorus A. Bergmall, 1977-, Professor of English; B.A. (Economics), B.A. (English), University of Washingron, 1 969, 1 970; M .A., Ph.D . , University of Minnesora, 1 973, 1 977.

Claudia J. Berguson, 2003-, Assistant Professor of Languages and Literatures; B.A., Concordia University; M.A.,

nive 'ity of Minnesora, 1 987; M.A., Lesley College, 1 992; Ph .D. , University of Washing ron, Seartle, 2003.

Eli Berniker, 1982-, Profossor of Business; . . , Wayne State University, 1 9 6 1 ;

Ph.D., University o f Cal ifornia, Los Angeles, 1 985 .

Kenneth D. Bi4ha, 1989-, Profol'sor of Computer Scienu; B.A., niversity of Minn ora, Morris, 1 978; M.S. (Math­emarics), M .S . (Computer Science) , Ph.D., University of Orc:gon, 1 98 1 , 1984, 1 989.

Gillian Schweitzer Boice, 2004-, Professor of Militaryl Scit!llce; B.S. , West Point, 1 989. ; M.S., Long Island University, 1 997.

KJztJJlyrl A. Breazeau, 2001-, Associate Professor of Religion; B.S. , Northwestern State Uni �rsity, 1 973; B.A., Centenary College, 1 978; Iv1Div, I l iff School of Theology, 1 988; Ph.D. , Claremont Graduate School, 1 996.

JartlU E. Brink, 1970-, Professor of Computer SClen�e and Computer Engineering; A.B., Hope College, 1 965; M.S., Ph.D. , Iowa State University, 1 967, 1 970.

James L. Brown, 2005-, As:,-istant Proje"sor of Music (Voice); B.M., Loyola University, 1 992; M.M., The Julliard School, 1 998; Mus.D. , The State University of New York at Srony Brook, 2003.

R. Michael Broul1I, 1982-, Pro.fessor of PlJcholog)'; B.A., Seartle University, 1 967; M .Sc., University of Calgary, 1 972; Ph. D. , University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill , 1 974.

Roberta S. Brown, 1979-, Professor of French; B.A., Stanford University, 1 967; M.A., University of regon, 1 969; Ph.D. , University of a1ifornia, Los Angeles. 1 98 1 .

Elizabeth E. Brusco, 1988-, Professor of Anthropology, B.A., Bosmn University, 1 974; M.A., Hunter College, 1982; Ph.D., City University of New York, 1 986.

Ro-'d S. Byrnes, 1998-, Associate Professor of Education; BA, M.Ed, University of California. Los Angeles, 1984, 1 985 ; Ph.D., University of Denver, 1993.

Thomas J. Campbell, 1984-, Professor of English; B.S. , University of Oregon, 1 968; M.A., Portland State University, 1 976; Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1 98 1 .

John T. Carlson, 1975-, Professor of Biology; B.A., Carleton College, 1 966; Ph. D . , University of Minnesota, 1 976.

Susan Brow" Carlton, 1991-, Associate Professor of Englis/;; B.A., Mount Hol),oke College, 1 97 1 ; M .A., Butler University, 1 982; Ph.D., Purdue University, 1 99 1 .

E. Wayne Carp, 1986-, Professor of History; B.A., M.A. , PIc .D . , University of California, Berkeley, 1 972, 1 973, 198 1 .

Mary Ann Carr, 1997-, Clinical AfSociate Professor o.f Nrmillg; B.S.N., University of Pennsylvania, 1 97 1 ; M.S., University of Maryland, 1 975; Ph.D. , The Catholic University of America, 1 995.

Michelle CeynAT, 2001-, Associate Professor of Psycholog}; B.A., University of Northern Colorado, 1 992; M.A., Ph.D., University of Montana, 1 995 , 1996.

Patricia Chastain, 2000-. Assistant Professor of Education; B .A. , MEd, Ph.D., University of Washington, 1 987, 1992, 1 998.

Maria Luisa Chavez, 2006-, Assistant Professor of Political Science; B.A., California Stare University, 1 992; M.A., California State University, 1 995; Ph.D., Washingron State University, 2002.

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Kirsten M. ClJristensen, 2005-, Asst'stant Professor of German; B.A., Arizona Stare University, 1 984; M .A., Brigham Young University, 1 99 1 ; Ph.D. , University of Texas, 1 998.

Jeffrey A. ClApp, 1999-, Associate Professor of Theatre; B .F.A., Pacific Lutheran Universi ty, 1 990; M .F.A., Mankaro State University, 1 993.

Keith J. Cooper, 1984-, Associate Professor of Philosophy, B.A., Gordon College, 1 976; M.T.S., Gordon-Conwell Theological Seminary, 1 979; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, Madison, 1 98 1 , 1 988.

Myri4m L. Cotten, 2002-, Assistant Professor of Chemisl1J; B.S . , University of Paris IV, 1 99 1 ; M.S. , Ecole Superieure de Chimic Organique er M inerale, 1 993; Ph.D. , Florida Srate University, 1 998.

Craig Cornwall, 2006-, Visiting Assistant Professor of Art; B.A., Brigham Young University, 1 976; M .F.A., University of New Mexico, 1 986.

Suzanne J. Crawford, 2003-, Assistant Pro./essor of Religion; B.A., Willamerre University, 1 995; M .A., Vanderbi lt University, 1 997; Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara, 2002.

Michele A. Crayton, 1977-, Professor of Biology; B.S., M.S. , University of Missouri, Kansas City, 1 967, 1 969; Ph.D., Oregon State University, 1 974.

Michael R. Crom, 2006-, Visiting jllSl1'UCtor of Philosophy; B.A., University of Colorado at Denver, 2000; M.A., Southern Illinios University at Carbondale, 2002; M.A., University of Oregon, 2004.

H. Evren Damar, 2004-, Assistant Professor of Economics; B.A., Carnegie Mellon University, 1 998; M.A., Ph.D. , University of Washington, 2000, 2004.

GWenJolyrl K. Darks, 2004-, Clinical Assistant Pro.fessor of Nursing; A.S., DeAnza College, 1 990; B.S., University of Missouri, 1 998; M.S.N. , Pacific Lutheran University, 2004.

Emily Davidson, 2003-, Instructor of Spanish; B.A. , Pacific Lutheran University, 1 998; M.A., Middlebury College, 2000.

Paul H. Davis, 2004-, Assistant Professor of Chemistry; B.S., University of Tennessee, 1 995 ; Ph.D., Stanford University, 200 1 .

Page 181: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

Brilln E. Desmond, 2005-, Assistant Professor of Theatre; B.A., College of William and !'.'1ary, 1 982; M . . A,. George Mason Un iversity, 1 997; Ph.D. candidate, University of California, Santa Barbara (elCpected 2006) .

Dimut DiSuj'ano, 2006-; Visiting Assistant hoft sor of History; B.A., The Colorado College, 1 993; , 1 .A . • University

f Montana, 2000; Ph.D. , University of Colorado, 2005 .

Patricill L. Dolan. 1994-2000, 2005-

Clinical Assistant Professor afBiology and Nursing; B.A., M.A . . State University of New York at Buffalo. 1 976. 1 982; Ph.D., Kent State University, 1 990.

Bryan C. Dorner, 1980-, Professor of Mathematics; B.S. (Physics). B.S. (Mathematics). Oregon State University. 1 966, 1 969; M.S. , Ph.D. , University of Oregon. 1 97 1 , 1 977.

Celine A. Dorner, .1984-. Associate Professor of lv!athematics; M.S., University of Oregon , 1 974; Ed. D .. Seattle University, 1 998.

janet R. Dubois, 2003-. Clinical Assistant Professor of Nursing; B.S .N. , Valparaiso, 1 986; M.N .. University of Washing ron, 2003.

Susa1l Dwyer-Shick, 1 984-, A" ociate Professor of Political Scimce; B.A .• Western Michigan University, 1 967; A.M .. Ph. D . , University bf Pennsylvania, 1 969, 1 979; J.D. , University of Puger Sound School of Law, 1 986.

SIJamnugalitlgam Easwaran. 2005-. Assistant Profi"Jor of Computi'r Science and Computer Engineering; B.S. , University of Peradeniya, Sri Lanka; M.S. , Ph.D., Clemson Uni\rersi ty. 1 985 . 1 992.

Spencer Ebbingll, 2006-, AJSistant Professor of Art; BLA., University of Kentucky, 1 998; M.F.A., Arizona State Universi ty, 200 .

GAil L. Eghers, 1 992-. Associate ProfesJ'Or, Library; B.A., Midland Lutheran College, 1 97.3: M.A. L.S. , University of Denver, 1 973.

Pliler C. Ehrenhaus. 1 998-. Pr�fessor of COl/llllUJllcatlon; B.A . . University of Wl�consin, Madison, 1 973; M.A., Ph.D. , University of Minnesota, 1 975. 1 979.

MAry j. E!14rd-Ivey, 1 997-, Associate Profissor of Bio/iJgy; B.Sc. . M.Sc.. University College, Dublin, 1 987, 1988; Ph. . . Un iversity of British Columbia, 1 994.

Robert P. Ericksen, 1 999-, Professor of History; B.A., Pacific Lutheran University, I %7; M.A . • State University of New York at Stony Brook. 1 969; Ph.D. , London School of Economics and Political Science, London Universi ty, 1 980.

Anthony j. Evans, 1988-, Professor of PhysicaL Education; Acting Dean of Physical Education; B.S . , M.S. , Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1 968, 1 %9, 1 972.

Audrey S. Eyler. 198 1 - , Professor of Eng/ish; B.A., Houghton College, 1 964; M.A. , Alfred Universi ty. 1968; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1 978.

Kathleen A. Vaught Farner, 1 978-, Professor of Music; B.M., Temple Universi ty, 1 968; M.M . • New England Conservatory of Music, 1 97 1 .

Richard A . Farner, 1 976-, Associate Professor of Music, B.M., Oberlin College, 1 968; M.M., University of Michigan, 1 974.

A11JIltuia E. Feller, 2005-, Assistant Profissor of Communication; B.A., University of Denver, 1 990; M.S., Portland State University, 1 995 ; M.S. , Ph.D. , California Institute of Integral Studies, 2000. 2002.

Chris D. Ferguson. 2001-, Assoria!/' PrOliost jor Academic and Information SenJices and Profissol; Library; B.A., Saginaw (MI) Valley State University, 1 973; M .L.S., University of Texas at Austin, 1 979; Ph.D., State University of New York at Binghamton, 1 979.

Marin j. Ferrer-Lighmer. 2001-, Visiting !nstructor of Spall ish; B.A., Pacific Lutheran University, 1 997; M.A., University of \'(fashington, 1 999.

Antonios Finitsis, 2006-, Assistant Professor of Rdigion; B.A., National and Capodisrrian University of Athens, 1 996; M.A.. University of Chicago, 1 998; Ph.D. candidate, University of Chicago (expected 2006).

Bruce W. Finnie, 1989-. Associate Professor of BusilleJS; B.S .• Augustana College, Sioux Falls, 1 970; Ph.D., University of Nebraska, 1 975.

Duncan Foley, 1.986-, Professor of Geosciences; B.A., Antioch College, 1 97 1 ; M.S. , Ph.D . , The Ohio State University. 1 973, 1978.

Michele L. Folsom. 2002-. Senior Lecturer ill Computer Science and Mathematics; B.S. , M.A . . Pacific Lutheran University, 1 988. 2002.

P l U 2 0 0 6 . 2 0 0 7

Melissa Franke, 2006�. Visiting Assi.<tant Professor of Communication, Director of Forensics; B.A., WIllamene University, 1 996; M.A., University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill, 2003; Ph.D. candidate, University of Southern California (expected 2006).

Amud M. Frenz, 2006-, Visiting Instructor, Religioll; B.S., Port/and State University; M.A., The University of Chicago, 1 997; Ph.D., candidate. The University of Chicago.

Craig B. Fryhle, 1986-, Professor of Chemistry; B.A., Gettysburg College, 1 979; Ph.D. , Brown Universi ty. 1 985 .

Dalla A. Garrigan. 1999-, Associate

Professor of Biology; B.A., St. Olaf College, 1 988; Ph.D., University of Utah, 1 994.

Patricia H. Gaspar, 1987-88, 1991-,

Clinical Assistallt ProfisJor of Nursing; B.S .N ., M.N., Emory University, 1975, 1 978.

Margaret Gehring, Visiting Professor of Phpical Education: n.s .. State University of New York at Buffalo, 1 987; M.S. , Smith College, 1 990; Ph.D. , The Ohio State University, 2002.

Beatrice Geller, 1984-, Associate Professor of Art. B.F.A., New York University. 1 974; M.F.A., Rochester Institute of Technology, 1 979.

Bogomil Gerganov, 2006-, Assistant Professor of Physics; B.S. , Sofia University (Sofia, Bulgaria), 1 993; M.S .. Cornell Universi ty, 1 997; Ph.D . • Cornell University, 2000.

Kent P. Gerlach. 1980-, Professor of Educatioll; B.S. , University of Neb raska, 1 967; M.A., University of South Dakota, 1 972; Ed.D. , University of Nevada, Las Vegas, 1 980.

Linda K Gibson. 1389-, Associate ProfeHor of Business; B.A., Texas Christian Univetsity. 1967; M.A.. Ph.D .. University of Missouri, 1 985. 1 989.

Christina Graham, 2006-, Visiting Assistant Professor of P,),cho/()gy; B.S . . Pacific Lutheran University. 1 999; M.A., Arizona State University. 2002; Ph.D., Ariwna Stare University. 2005.

jon E. Grahe, 2005-, AJ'SOciate Professor of Psychology; B.A. , Shippensberg University, 1 992; M.A., Ph.D., University ofIoiedo, 2000, 2004.

William G. Greenwood, 1981-, Professor 0fPh)"'ics; B.S. , University of Washington, 1 972; M.S. , Ph.D. , Oregon State Universi ty, 1 974, 1 978.

1 79

Page 182: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

1 80

joanna Gregson, 1998-, Associate Proftssor of Sociology; B.A., Wesrern Washingron Universiry, 1993; Ph.D . . Universiry o f Colorado. 1 998.

Peter C Grosvenor. 1996-. Associate Proftssor of Political Science; B.A., Universiry of Wales, 1 983; M.Sc.. Ph.D., London School of Economics, 1 985, 1 996.

Gregory E. Guldin, 1979-, Proftssor of Anthropology; B.A., Brooklyn College, Ciry Universiry of New York, 1 97 1 ; M.A., Ph.D., Universiry o f Wisconsin, Madison, 1 973, 1 977.

CoDem M. Hacker, 1979-. Proftssor of Physical Education; B.S . , Lock Haven Srare College, 1 978; M.S., Universiry of Arizona, 1 979; Ph.D. , Uni crsiry of Oregon, 1 992.

john S. Hallam, 1990-. Associate Proftssor of Art; B.A., Searrle Universiry, 1 970; M.A., Ph.D. , Universiry of Washing ron, 1 974, 1 980.

Michael Halvorson, 2003-. Assistant Proftssor of History; B.A., Pacific Lurheran Universiry, 1 985 ; M.A., Ph.D., Universiry of Washingron, 1 996, 200 I .

Gina L. Hames, 1 997-. Assistant Prufessor of History; B.A., M.A., Easrern Washingron Universiry, 1 986, 1 989; M.A., Ph.D . . Carnegie Mellon Universiry, 1 992, 1 996.

Christine L. Ha1lSvick, 1979-, f'ro.fessor of Psychology; B.A., Sourhwesr Srare Universi ry, 1 97 1 ; M.A., Ph.D. , University of Windsor, 1 975 . 1 977.

Susan Harmon, 2006-, Associate Proftssor of Business; B.S., Universiry of Alabama, 1 980; M.A., Universiry of Alabama, 1 98 1 ; Ph.D . • Universiry o f Alabama, 1 998.

Diane M. Harney, 1992-, Associate Profi'ssor of Communication; B.S . , Indiana Universi ry, 1 984; M.S., Florida Srare Universi ry, 1 987; Ph.D., Purdue Universiry, 1 992.

judy K Hassen, 2006-, Clinical Assistant Proftssor. Education; B.A., M.Ed .. Ccnrral \'V;lsh ingron Universiry, 1 973, 1 980.

George Hauser, jr. , 1987-, Associate Proftssor of Computer Science and Compmer Engineering; B.S. (Physics), B.S. (Compurer Science), \Vashingron Srare Universi ry, 1 97 1 , 1 972; M.S. , Un iversiry of Oregon, 1 980; Ph.D. , Universiry of Rochesrer, 1 988.

Danul J. Heath, 2002-, Assistant !'roftssor of Mathematics; B.A., Sr. Olaf College, 1 987; M.A.. Ph. D., Universiry of California, Davis. 1 994.

Larry P. Hegstad, 1979-, ASJ'ociare Profts"or of Business; B .A .• The College of Idaho, 1 963; MBA. Washingron Srare Universiry, 1 965; Ph.D . . Un iversiry of Washingron, 1 978.

Michael R. Hillis, 1997-, Associate Proft,,-or of Educatioll; B.A.E., M.M. Wesrern Washingron Universiry, 1 986, 1 99 1 ; Ph. D. , Universiry of Washing ron, 1994.

Breruinn}. Hogatl. 2005-. Assistant Profssor of !,hilosophy; B.A . • Gonzaga Unive iry, 1 993; M.A., Ph.D., The ew School for Social Research, 1 999 , 2005 .

janet B. Holmgren. 2001-, Assistant Proftssor ofGmllall; B.A., La Salle Universiry, 1 989; B.A., M .A. , Universiry of Vermonr, 1 992, 1 995; Ph. D. , Un iversiry of California. Irvine, 2000.

David R. Huelsheck. 1989-, Pl'oftssor of Anthropology; B.A., Universiry of Wisconsin, Madison, 1 974; M.A. , PhD. Washingron Srare Universiry, 1 980, 1 983 .

Lynn E. HU1micutt, 2003-. A,'sociatt' Pro.fos,·or of Economics; B.A" Oregon Srate Universiry, 1 984; M.S., Ph.D., Un iversiry of Texas ar Ausrin, 1 995, 1 997.

A4ron C. Hllston, 2005-, CliniCtlI AssiJtallt Professor of Nursing; B.A., B.S. , The Evergreen Srare .o llege , 200 I ; M.S.N. , Yale Universiry, 2004.

Brendn L Ihssen. 2005-, Visiting Assistant Proftssor of ReLigion; B.A., Concordia Universiry, 1 990; M.Th., Pacific Lurheran Theological Seminary ar the Graduare Theological Union, 1 995; Ph.D. , Universiry of Sr. Michael's College. 2004.

Edward S. blch, 1986-, Professor of Communication; Dean, School of Arts and Communicarion; B.A., Wesrern Washingron Universiry, 1 982; M.S. , Universiry of Oregon, 1 984; Ph.D., Universiry of Washingron, 1 992.

Sharon L jansen, 1 980-, Pl'oftSSOI' of English; B.A., California Lurheran Universiry, 1 972; M.A. , Ph.D. , Universiry of Washingron. 1 973, 1 9 80.

Mark K. jensen, 1989-, Associate !'ro(essor of Frl'1lch; B.A., Princeron Universiry, 1 974; M.A., Ph. D., Universiry of California, Berkeley, 1 983, 1 989.

Richard j. jobst, 1967-, Associate !'roftssor o.fSociology; B.A. . Universiry of San Francisco, 1 964; M.A., Universiry of California, Davis, 1 967.

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Gregory S. johnson, 1999-, Associate Proftssor of !,hilosophy; B.A., Carson­Newman College, 1 986; M.Div., M.Th., Sourhern Seminary, 1 99 1 , 1 994; Ph.D . . Universiry of Oregon. 1 999.

Neal johllsoll, 2004-, Visiting Assistallt Proftssor of tconomics; B.S. , Universiry of California, 1 982; M.S., Oregon Srare Universiry, 1 987; Ph .D. , Universiry of Washingron, 1 993.

David L. joyner, 2000-, Associate Proftssor of Music; B.M . . Universiry of Memphis, 1 978; M.M., Universiry of Cincinnari, 1 980; PhD, Universiry of Memph is, 1 986.

A. Tosh Kakar, 1996-, Assi,·tant Proftssor of Computer Science {llld Compl/tel' Engineering; B.S. , Stevens Insrirute of Technology, 197 1 ; M.S. , Arizona Srare Universiry, 1 983; PhD, Washingron Srare Universiry, 1 992.

Wmqing Kallg, 2006-. Visiting Assistant Proftssor of History; B.A., Institure of lnrcrnarional Relations, Beijing, China, 1 987; M.A., Universiry of Denver, 1 992; M.A., New York Universiry, 1 998; M.A., Universiry of California. 2000; Ph.D. candidare, Universiry of California, expecred complerion 2006.

Rona D. Kaufman, 2002-, Asshtallt Proftssor of English; B.A., Penn Sran: Universiry, 1 992; M .A. , Universiry of Maine, 1 994; Ph. D . , Un iversiry of Michigan, 2002.

Pauline M. Kaurin, 1997-. Visiting Assista1lt Proftssor of !,hilosop!ry; B.A. , Concordia College, Moorhead, 1 99 1 ; M.A., Universiry of Maniroba, 1 993; Ph.D. , Temple Universiry, 1 997.

Ann Kelleher, 1981-, !'roftssor of !'olitical Science; B.A., Hope College, 1 964; M .A . . Northeasrern Universiry, 1 966; Ph.D. , Universiry of Denver, 1 973.

joDee G. Keller. 1989-, Associate Proftssor of Social Work; B.A., Hope College, 1 974 ; A.M., Universiry of Chicago, 1 976; Ph.D., University of Illinois, Chicago, 1 987.

Stephanie A. Kerr, 2003-, Visiting 11IStructor of !'h;'sical Educatioll; B.S .. M.S. , Washingron Srare Un iversiry, 1 986, 1 989.

Patricia O'Connell Killell. 1 989-, Acting Provost and Dean of Graduate Studies, Proft"sor of Religion; B.A., Gonzaga Universiry, 1 974; M.A., Ph. D. , Stanford University, 1 976, 1 987.

Page 183: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

Laura F. Klein, 1919-, Projessor of Anthropology; B.A. , M.A., Ph.D. , New

York University, 1 968, 1 970, i 975 .

Louis KomjiUhy, 2004-05; 2006-,

Vi.itillg Assistam Professor of Religioll; B.A . • University of California, 1 993; Ph. D . . Bosron Universi ty, 2005.

Ikth M. Kraig. 1989-, Professor of History; B.A .. San tancisco State University, 1 979; M .A., Western Washington Universi ty, 1 98 1 ; AM, University of Chicago, 1 984; Ph.D., University of Washing ron, 1 987.

Donald E. Lncky, 2005-. Instructor 0/ Matlmllatio� B.S., Univt:rs ity of Washingron, 1 968; Ph.D., Washingron Stale Universi ty, 1 975.

Arthur M. Land, 2002-, Visiting Assislant Proftssor of om77lllflicatilm; B.A. , M.A., Univ rsity of Georgia, 1 982, 19 3.

Francesca R. Lnne Rasmus, 1998-, Assoriau PI'OfiSSOI', Libmry; Direcror of Technical Se rvices ; B.A. , Macalester

ollege:, 1 985; M. LlS " Dominican University, 1 994.

Almekathrin Llmge, 2005-, Visiting A"istl1ni Profimor of Language; 1111d Lim'mures; Zwischenprufung ( erman equivalent of BA) , Humboldt Universi ty, Berlin, Germany, 1 990; M.A., Ph.D. , Brown U niversity, 1 999, 2005 .

ChuJo Christopher Lee, 2006-, Associate ProfiJSor of Bt/,;int'JS; B . - .. Korea University, 1 984; M B.A., Ph.D. , S int Louis Univcr.lry, 1 987; 1 996.

ChuJJg-Shing Lee, 199 -, Associate ProftSSOI' of Businm; B.A., National Taiwan University, i 980; M.A., Univrm;ity of Maryland, 1 985; D.Se. , The George Washingron University, 1 997.

&thryrl Lelmumn, 20UI-, Associate Profissor ofl!,1u.sic; B" ., Pacific Lutheran University, 1 976; M.M., We;,rminster Choir College, t 980.

Paulll H. Leitz, 1989-1 990, 1 994-, Associate Professor of Educorion ; B.S. , Uni ersity of Cal ifornia, Davis, 1 97 1 ; M .A. , California State Universi ty, Sacramento, 1 97 ; Ph. D. , University of Washingr n, I 88. Anml Y. han-Guerrero, 1993-, ProJfssor o/Sorj% gy; B . A . , Pacific Un i vers i )',

1 98:); M.A., Ph.D" University of California, Los Angele , 1 988, 1 993.

Jerrold Lerum, '913-, Profissor 0/ Blolog),; B.A., Luther ol lege, 1 963; M .S., University of i consin, Madison, 1 965; Ph.D. , Nonhwe tern Un iver ity, 1 973.

Jan Patricia Lewis, 1989-, Profissor of Education; B.A., Oregon Stare University, 1 976; )vl .A.T, Lewis and Clark College, 1 979; Ph.D., University of Oregon , 1 989.

Rhonda S. Lizzi, 2005-. Clillical Assistam Profissor ofNursillg; B .S . l ., M.S.N . , Lorna Linda University, 1 974; 1 979.

Joanne M. Lisosky, 1995-, Associate ProfesJ'or a/Cllmmlmication; B.A., University of Nevada, Reno, 1 985 ; M.A., Southwest Missouri State University, 1 993; Ph.D., University of Washington, 1 997.

Henry Loughman, 2006-, Visiting Assistant Pr�fes,-oT o/Theatre; B.A. , M . F.A. Candidate, San Diego Stare University, 1 992; 1 997.

&chard N. Loui�, /991-, Associate

Professor of Ph)'sic,,; A.B., Harvard College, 1 990; M.S. , Ph.D., Cornell University, 1 993, 1 997.

Brian E. Lowes, 1968-, Profissor of Geosciences; B.S. , University of London, 1 957; M ,S . , Queens Universi ty, 1 963; Ph.D., Un iversity of Washington, 1 972.

Zachary 4Jrman, 2006�, Assistant Proftssor of Music; B.M., The College of Wooster, 1 997; M.M. , The New England Conservatory, 1 999; D . M .A. candidate, University of Iowa

Diane B. MacDonald, /981-, Associate Dean, School of Bu,-iness, Associate Profissor of Bus 111m; B.A. , M.B.A. , Loyola University, Chicago, 1970, 1 974; J.D., John Marshall Law School, 1 980.

John L. Main, 1 911-. ProfeHor of Bio/{)gy; B. S .Ed. , M.S.Ed., Chadron Stare College, 1 965 , 1 966; Ph.D., University of Washington, 1 970.

Laura F. Majollski, 1996-, Vice President for Admission lind Student Lift; B.S. , Duke Universi ty, 1 97 ; M.A, Ful ler Theological Seminary, 1 978; Ph.D., Graduate School of Psychology, Fuller Theological Seminaty, 1 982.

Patsy L. Makmey. 1994-, AfSOciate Professor ofNllrsmg; Director, Center for Continued Nurs ing Learning; B.S.N. , University of Maryland, 1 974; M.A , M . . N. , Catholic University of America, 1 984; Ed.D. , University of Southern California, 1 994.

Paul Manfredi, 2001-, Assist(lnt Profissor o/Chinese; B.A, Long Island Univt:rsity, 1 992; M .A., Ph.D., Indiana University, 1 998, 200 1 .

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Lisa Marcus, 1995-, Associate Profi.,·sor 0/ English; B.A. , University of Wisconsin, Mad ison , 1 986; M.A., Ph.D., Rutgers University, 1 989, 1 995 .

Dennis M. Martin, 1916-, Proftssor 0/ English; B.S. , Edinboro State College, 1 964; M.A., Purdue University, 1 966; Ph.D., University of California, Los Angeles, 1 973.

A. Paloma Marti,zez-Carbajo, 1999-, Assistant ProftJsor of Spanish; Licenciarura, Universidad Complutense de Madrid, Spain, 1 992; M .A , Ph.D., University of Washi ngton, 1 996, 2000.

Andrea Clark Mason, 2006-, ViJiting Assistant Professor of Englis/;; B .A., Colgare University, 1 998; M . F.A., University of Idaho, 2002.

Cherie L. MeCann, 2004-, Clinical AJsistant Professor o/Nursing; B.S.N. , M .S . N . , George Mason University, 1 999, 2003.

Karen E. McConnell, 1998-, A.l'sociate Profissor of Physical Edllcatlon; B.A., M.A, University of the Pacific, 1 990, 1 994; Ph.D., Arizona State Univer�ity, 1 998.

Susan J. McDoIUlld, 1915-, AJsistant ProjesJor, Library; B.A., M.LS., Universi ty of Washington, 1 969, 1 970.

Maureen E. McGill, /911-, Associate Professor of Dance; B . F.A. , University of Utah, 1 974; M .A. , Western Washington University, 1 977.

Erin McKenna, 1992-, ProfiHor of Philomphy; B.A., Claremont McKenna College, 1 987; M . A" Ph.D., Purdue University, 1 990, 1 992.

Rosemary A. McKenney, 2002-, Assistant Profissor of Geoscience>' and Ellvlronmental Studies; B.S . . Oregon State University, 1 985 ; M.S. , Ph.D. , The Pennsylvania State University, 1 992, 1 997.

David E. McNabb, 1 919-97, 2004-, Visiting Profissor of Busine»� B.A., California State Universi ty, 1 965; M.A., University of Washington, 1. 968; Ph.D . , Oregon State University, 1 980.

Paul T. Menzel, 1911-, Profissor of Philosophy; B .A . , College of Wooster, 1 964; B.D. , Yal e Universi ty, 1 967; Ph.D., Vanderbilt University, 1 97 1 .

N. Christian Meyer, Jr. , 1910-, Professor of Mathematics; B.A., Reed College, 1 %6; M.A., Ph.D., University of Oregon, 1 967, 1 970.

-

'<

1 8 1

Page 184: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

::::J V I'U u..

1 82

Tnry W. Miller, 1998-, Professor of Nursing; Dean, School ofNursillg; B.S . •

B.S.N., University o f Oklahoma, 1 972, 1 974; M.S.N. , Ph.D . • University of Texas, Austin, 1 977, 1 99 1 .

Emily B. Mize, 2001-, Clillical As,·istant Professor ofNtming; B.S.N .• Walla Walla College, 1 976; M.N . • University of Washington, 1 998.

Christine Moon, 1989-, Profe.rsor of Psychology; B.A., \Vhitman College, 1 97 1 ; M.A.. PhD., Columbia Un iversity. 1 983. 1 985 .

Bradford L . Moore. 1980-. Associate Professor of Physical Education; B.S. , Portland State University, 1 974; M.S . •

U niversity of Oregon. 1 978.

Mary Moran, 2005-, Visiting Assistant Proftssor of Social Work; B.A., University of Missouri. 1 982; M.S.W., University of Georgia. 1 988, AB D.

Jolm N. Moritsugu. 1975-. Professor of Prychology, B.A., University of Hawaii. 1 9 7 1 ; M.A . . Ph.D .. University of Rochester. 1 974. 1 977.

Laurie C. Murphy. 1997-. Associate Proftssor of Computer Science and Computer Engineering; B.S. , Delta State University. 1 986; M.S., Vanderbilt University. 1 988.

Gera/J M. Myers, 1982-, Professor of ElISiness; B.S . • University of MassachusettS. 1 965; M.S., University of Missouri, Columbia. 1 975; Ph.D. , University of Iowa, 1 983.

Brian Naasz, 2005-, Visiting Assistant Professor of Chemistry; B.S .• Seattle University, 1 982; Ph.D . • University of California at Berkeley. 1 986.

L. Richard Nance. 1992-. Associate Professor of MlISic; B.M.E. , �vl .A.. West Texas State University. 1 977. 1 982; DMA. Arizona Scate University. 1992.

Eric D. Nelson. 1996-, Assistant Professor of Classics; B.A., Pacific Lutheran University. 1 982; M .A., Ph.D. , University of Washington. 1 985 . 1 992.

Paul Nelson, 2005-, Visiting Assistam Proftssor of Education; B.S . • Northern Illinois University, 1 9 59; M.A . •

Northwestern University, 1 963; Ed D., University of Illinois at Urbana­Champaign. 1 968.

Peter Ng'ang'a, 2006-, Assistant Professor of Economics; B.Ed., Arts. Egerton University, Njoro, Kenya. 1 994; MA (Inrernational Studies). Ohio University, 1 998; M.A .(Economics). Ohio University, 1 999; Ph. D .. Southern Illinois University. 2005.

Akiko Nosaka. 2005-, Assistant Professor of Anthropology; B.A., Chuo University, Tokyo. 1 986; B.A . • Pacific Lutheran University, 1 990; M.A .• Ph.D. , The Pennsylvania State University. 1993, 1 997.

Douglas E. Oalnna1l. 1988-, Professor of Religion and Dean, Division of Humanities; B.A., University of Iowa. 1 975; M . Div., Christ Seminary-Seminex. 1 979; Ph.D . • Graduate Theological Union, Berkeley, 1 986.

Kevin J O'Brien. 2006-, Assistant Proftssor of Religioll; B.A.. Earlham College, 1 999; M.A . • Union Theological Seminary, 200 1 ; Ph . D . candidate, Emory University (Expected 2006) .

D. W. Sid Olufo, 1982-. Professor of Political Science; B.A., University of Washington. 1 974; M.A., Ph.D .• The Pennsylvania State University. 1 976. 1 979.

Carmina Palerm, 2005-, Assistant Professor ofSpanisb; B.A. University of California. 1 993; M.A. , Ph. D .. Stanford University. 1 994. 200 I . DanielJ. Peterso1l. 2005-, Visitillg Assistallt Professor of Religion; B.A .. Sanra Clara University. 1 994; M.A. U niversity of San Francisco. 1 997; M. Div., Theology. Pacific Lutheran Theological Seminary. 2000; Ph.D .• Graduate Theological Union, 2005.

Norris A. Peterson, 1981-, Professor of Economics; Dean, Social Sdmces; B.A., Pacific Lutheran University, 1 975; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1 98 1 .

Kien-QJtoc Va" Pham, 2002-, Assistallt Professor ofBlISiness; B.S., M.B.A.. University of California, Berkeley, 1995; D.B.A.. Golden Gate University. 1 996.

Judith M.S. Pi"e. 2006-, Vhitillg Assistant Professor of Anthropology; B.A .. Kansas State University; M.A., University of Washington; Ph.D., University of Washington. 2002.

Kristin H. Plaehn. 2005 -, Registrar. B.A., Tex.as Lutheran University, 1 984; M .A.. University of Denver. 1 987.

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Laura J. Polcyn. 1975-, Assistant to the President; B. B.A . • M . B .A., Pacific Lutheran University. 1 974, 1 979; Ed. D. , Seattle University. 1 986.

Donna Poppe. 1998-99, 2000-, Assistant Professor of Music; B.A.. University of Northern Colorado, 1 974; M . Ed. , Seattle PacifiC University, 1 990.

Edwin C. Powell, 2005-, Assistant Proftssor of Music (Band); B.S .. University of the Pacific, 1 987; M.A., University of Cincinnati, 1 995; Ph.D., University of North Texas College of Music, 2002.

Catherine Pratt, 1983-. Assistant Professor of BlISinm; B.A . . Brigham Young University. 1 983; M.A., Pacific Lutheran University, 1993; Ed.D .• Seattle University, 200 I .

James R. Predmore, 1977-, Associate Professor of Spanish; B.A., Swarthmore College. 1 967; M.A .• Middlebury College. 1 969; Ph.D. , University of Washingron. 1 977.

Carol A. Ptak. 2005-, Visiting Professor/Executive in Residence of Business; B.A., Stare University of New York. 1 978; M. B.A., Rochester Institute of Technology, 1 988 .

Suzanne Rahn, 1981-. Associate Professor of English; B.A.. Scripps College, 1 966; Ph.D., University of Washing ron, 1 98 5 .

Judith IlAmaglia, 1982-. Professor of BlISiness; A.B., Smith College, 1 966; M.A . • University of Colorado, 1 968; Ph.D. , University of Washing ron. 19 82.

Mark A. Reiman. 1988-, Associate Proftssor of Economics; B.A., Pacific Lutheran University. 1979; Ph.D .•

University of Washing ron, 1 988 .

Leon E. Reisberg. 1981-, Professor of Education; Dean; B.S. Ed. , University of Texas. 1 97 1 ; M. Ed., University of Arkansas, 1 972; Ed.D., University of Kansas, 1 98 1 .

Michelle T. Renaud. 1994-2201, 2004-, Clinical Associate Professor of Nursing; B.S.N. , University of Connecticut. 1 972; M.S.N .. University of Colorado; Ph. D. , University of Washington. 2000.

Da"iel Renfrow. 2006-, AHistant Professor of Sociology; B.A., Eastern Kentucky University. 1 999; M.A., Ph.D . •

University of Washing ron. 2002. 2005.

David P. Robbim, 1969-, Professor of MlISh� B.M., M.M. , University of Michigan, 1968. 1 969.

Page 185: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

Steve" Rohn-ts, 2005-, Clinical Assistant Pro/i'ssor a/Nursing. B.S., Un iversi ty of

tah, 1 98 1 ; M .S. N. , , cattle Paci fic Universi ty. 2005.

Solveig C RobillSOIl, 2001-, Assistant Proj.'sror of English; B.A., Gustavus Adolphus College, 1 983; M .A., Ph.D. , Unive icy of Chicago, 1 987, 1 994.

Kathlun M. Rooney, 2006-, Visitillg ASSj'/fwt Profissor of Ellglish; B .A. , The George WashingtOn Universi ty, 2002;

.F.A . , Emen:on College, 2005 .

Svtmd}ohll RlJlming. , ( 9-, A.r.rociille Professor ofAJlISic; B.M. , Pacific Lu theran

n ivcrsi ry, 1 989; M.M., M.M.A. , D . M .A. , Yal e University, 1 99 1 , 1 993, 1 997.

PaJriria E. Roundy, 1986-, Dealt for Studl'rif ACtldanic , /teee;:<, Director of Amdnnic Advl.,ing; B.A. , Bucknel l

njvers i t" 1 972; M . . , Ph.D. , Un iversity of Pitrsbur h, 1 974, 1 979.

Clifford G. Rowe, 1980-, Profi.uor of (olnmlll/iet/lion; B.A., Pacific Uni ersity, 1 958: l'vl.�.J . . Nor thwesccrn UniverSIty, i 963.

DanA E. Rtuh, 2003-, ClinicaL [/lSmICIOT of f>i})'s;rs; B.S. , Universi ty of Puget Sound, 1 974.

IVltlllun Z. RusseU. 1999-, Program DimTor, Social l,Ylor/,;; /I.uistmlt I'roftssor of Social WI,Jrk; B.A. , Lock Haven University, ) l 74; M.S. W. , Ph.D. , Univers ity of . (lfth Carol i na, Chapel H i l l , 1 979, 1 983.

RuJ:h ScllafJler, 1996-, Assistant Prf.lji:ssor of Nursing'. B.S . . . , M.S.N . , Pacific Lutheran niver$i ty, 1 63, 1 993; M.A. , Ba l l tare Un ivc:rsiry, 1 984; Ph. D., University of San Diego, 2005 .

CArolyn W. SchrJtz, 1974-79, 1982-.

Profes30r IlfNursmg; B.S .N, University of I ll inois, 1 9G8 ; \iI .A . • PacifIc l .utheran

niversi ty, 1 974. W.D. , Seattle n ivcrsity, 1 981.

Dnv", O. Seal, 1977-, Pmfessor of English; B.A. , St. Olaf Col iege, I ()68; A.M. , Ph.D., University of ,hicago, 1 96'1, 1 977.

Richard A. Seeger, 1973-, Smil)/' Ildvisor, Sludtnt Aca.u.mic Success; B.A. , M . A . .

Ph.D., Univers i ty of Wash ington, 1 966, 1 9G5, 1 974.

Wemlelyn J. Shore, 1999-, Associate Profmo>' ofP'Jchology; B.A. , Coe College, 1 986; M.S. , Ph.D .. Un iver ' ty of

kiah(lma. 1 98 ' , 1 9 9 1 .

Mn-1ill Simps011 , 1997-, Associate

f>roji:ssor of Bwiness; B.S., University of San francisco , 1 964; M . B .A., Paci fic Lutheran Un iversity, 1 967; D.B.A. , Golden Gate Un ivers i ty, 1 995 .

Elizabeth M. Skwtlzic, 2005-, Visiting A.isistant Pro(essor of Biology; B.S . , National AutOnomous University of Mexico, 1 98 1 ; Ph.D . , Texas A&M University, 1 994.

}asoll E. Skipper, 2005-, Visitillg Assistant Proftssor of English; B.A" University of Norrh -Iex�, 1 999; M.A., Miami University at Oxford, Oh io, 200 1 ; Ph.D., Western Mich igan University, 2005.

lessiCJl K. SklAr, 2001-, Assisttlnt Profissor oflv!athematic.>; B.A. , Swarrhmore Co l lege, 1 995; M.S. , Ph.D. , Universi ty of Oregon, 1 997, 200 1 .

}lIlie Sl1Iitb, 2006-, Assistant I'roftHor of Biology; B.A. , Saint Ambrose Universi ty, 1 994; M.S. , Ph.D. , New tv!exico State Un ivers ity, 1 997, 2005.

Matthew J. Smith, 2001-, Assistal1t P1'Ofi'.rsor of Biology; 8.5. , Humboldt State Univers it)" 1 990; Ph .D. , Un iversity of Connecticut, 1 9 97.

Rochelle E. Snee, 1981-, Associate Pro/;'SS(jT of Classics; B.A., Universi ty of Maryland, 1 969; M.A., Ph.D., Universi ty of Washi ngton , 1 972, 1 98 1 .

Neal W. Sob,mia, 2005-, Executive Director of the Wang Centn; Proftssor of HiJ·toiJ'; B.A., Hope College, 1 968; M.A., Ohio Universi ty, 1 973; Ph.D . , University of London, 1 980.

Richard J. SpiUman, 1981-, Proftssor of :amput(/' Science and Computer

Engineering. B.A., \'V'estern Washington Univcrsiry, 1 97 1 ; l"LA., University of Utah, 1 975; Ph.D., Utah Srate University, 1 978.

PrisciUa Anne St. Clair, 2001-, Asso(" iate I'io(essor of Ecol/omi,'s; B .A., Wake Forest Un iversi ty, 1 988; Ph.D. , Un iversity uf Wash i ngton , 1 99 5 .

Suven P. Starkovic/J, 1994-95, 1996-,

Associate Pio.fc'ssor of Physics; B.A., Oregon State nivcrsi ty, 1 976; M . S . , Un iversity

of Oregon , 1 98 5 ; Ph.D., University of Victoria, 1 992.

Mithtui Stasinos, 2005-, Assistant Profos,ror �fArr, B.S. Southern Utah University, 1 99 1 ; M . F.A., New York Academy of Arr, 1 996.

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

SIIaron L. SteWlITt, 1993· 1995, 2002-,

Clinical Assistant Proftssoi ofN/ming. B.S .N. , M.S .N. , California State University, 1 985, 1 993.

Troy A. StorfjeU, 2005-, ASJ'istant Profissor of Scandinavial1 Studies; B.A., Andrews Universi ty, 1 989; M.A., Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1 995 , 200 1 .

Clleryl Lu Storm, 1985-, Profissor �( Marriage and Fallli0' Themp)'; B . A .. , University of Minnesota, I � 72; M .A . , College o f St. Thomas, 1 977; I h. ' Purdue University, 1 982.

Allison Stringer, 2006-, Assistant

Proftssor of Physical Edumtiol/; B.A., College of William and Mary, 1 985 ; M . A . , Ph .D. , University o f Minnesota, 1 988, 1 997.

}4frey L. StUArt, 2001-, Associate Proftssor of IYfatiJell1atics; B.A., Pomona College, 1 980; M.A., Ph.D. , Un ivers ity of Wisconsin, Madison , 1 98 1 , 1 986.

Alicia Suarez, 2006-, Assistatlt Proji:ssor of Sociology; B .A. , M.A., Ph.D. Candidate, Indiana University, 1 999, 2002, Expected 2006.

Duane D. Swallk, 1970-, ProjeSJor of Chemistry; B.S. , Wash ingtDn Stare University, 1 964; Ph.D. , Montana State University, 1 969; MBA. Patiflc Lutheran University, 1 982.

Sara }. Swett, 2004-, Clinical AssistaNt ProfisJ'or of Nursing; B.S.N. , Pacific Lutheran University, 1 998; M.S.N. , Pacific Lutheran University, 2003.

Kwong- Tin Tang, 1967-, Profissor of Ph)'sics; B.S. , M .A., University of Washington, 1 958, 1 9 59; Ph .D. , Columbia University, 1 965.

Marianlle G. Taylor, 2005-, Assi.,tdlll Profi.,-,o,. of Psychology; A.B. , Smith College, 1 986; Ph.D., Un ivers ity of Michigan , 1 993.

Scott Taylor, 2005-, Visiting Assistant Proft,rsor of French; B.A. , M.S., University of Tennessee, Knoxville, 1 994, 1 995; Ph.D. , Florida State Universi ty, 2003.

Paul Tegels, 2002-, Assistant Profissor 0/ /\1usic - Universif)' Organist; rgan Pedagogy Diploma, Organ Performance Diploma , Steddijk Con,ervJtorium, The Netherlands, 1 980, 1 982; M.M., New England Conservatory, 1 984; M.A., D.M.A., University of Iowa, 1 994, 1 997.

"TI Q.I n c::::

1 83

Page 186: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

::s V 1'0 u..

1 84

Barbara Tempk-Thurstotl, 1990-, Professor of English; B.A. , Universiry of Wit\varersrand. Johannesburg, 1 97 1 ; M.S.Ed. , Ph.D., Sourhern Illinois Universiry, 1 979, 1 985 .

Willillm R. Teska, 2000-, Profesw' of Biology; B.S. , Universiry of Idaho, 1 972; M.S., Ph.D., Michigan Srare Universiry, 1 974, 1 978.

Vuiva Thirumurthy, 2005-, Assistallt Professor of Education; B.A., Srella Maris College, Universiry of Madras, I ndia, 1 97 1 ; Bed Annamalai Universiry, I ndia, 1 983; 'LEd., Ph.D., Srare Universiry of New York, 1 994, 2003.

Sheri]. Tonn, 1979-, Professor of Chemistry; Vice President for Finance and

perarions; B.S. , Oregon Srare Universiry, 1 97 1 ; Ph.D., 'orrhwesrern Universiry, 1 976.

Smnuel E. Torvend. 1999-. Associtlte ProfeJSor of Religion; B.A., Pacific Lurheran Universi ry, 1973; M. Div., Warrburg Theological Seminary, 1 978; MA., Aquinas Insrirure of Theology, Dubuque, 1 980; Ph.D . , Saint Louis University. 1 990.

Teru Toyokawa. 2002-, Assistalll Professor of Psychology; B.A .. M.A., Waseda Universiry. Tokyo, 1 989, 1 99 1 ; Ph.D., Pennsylvania Srate Universi ry, 2000.

Ka"" M. Tral'is, 1995-96. 1998-, Associate Professor of Economil's; B.S., Universiry of Puget Sound, 1 986; M .A., Ph.D., Universiry of Washington. 1 990, 1 995 .

Marit Trelstad. 2001-, Assistant Professor of Religion; B.A., Sr. Olaf l iege. 1 989; M .A. , Lurher Norrhwestern Theological Semi nary, 1 994; Ph.D. , Claremont Graduare School, 2000.

Andrew Turner, 2006-. Actillg Dean, School of BUJ'iness; B.B.A., Pacific Lutheran Universiry, 1 973; Ph . ., The Warron School of the Universiry of Pennsylvania, 1 9 8 1 .

Gknn A. Va" W)!he, 1979-. Associate Pr�fessor of Bminess; B.A., Universiry of Sourh Dakota, 1 968; �v1.Div., Westminsrer Theological Seminary, 1974 ; M .A., Universiry of Iowa, 1 977; Ph.D . . Univcrsiry o f Washing ron, 1 99 1 .

Dean A. waUow, 1992-. A.<sociau: Professor of Chemistry; B.A., Augustana College, Sioux Falls. 1984; Ph. . , Universiry o f Wisconsin, Madison, 1989.

David B. �rd, 2005-. Assistam Professor of Marriage and Family Therapy; B.S. , Brigham Young Universiry, 1 999; M.S. , Virginia Polytechnic Instirute and Stare Univcrsiry. 2002; Ph.D. , Texas Tech Universiry. 2005.

Jatut Weiss, 2005-. Assistant Professor of Education; B.A., Lewis and Clark, 1 978; M.S. , Ph.D. , Sranford Universi ry, 1 982, 1 99 1 .

Robert M. Wells, 2005-. Assistant Professor of Co mmlmicati Oil; M.A., B .G.S . , American Universiry, 1 989. 1990; M.A., Georgetown Universiry, 1 997; Ph.D., Universiry of Maryland, 2005.

Tom Wells, 2005-, Visiting Assistant Professor of Physical taucation; B.S. , Universiry of Minnesota, 197 1 ; M.S. , P.eD. , Indiana Universiry, 1 973, 1 982.

Christopher Wheekr, 2006-, Visitil1g E-..:eClltille Director in Public Relations; B.A., M.A., Universiry of Oregon , 1 967, 1%9; Ph. D., Universiry of Iowa, 1972.

Jill M. Whitman, 1988-, ?roftssor of Ceoscimcl.'S; B.A., Middlebury College, 1978; M.S., Universiry of Miami, 1 9 8 1 ; Ph.D., Universiry of California, San Diego. 1 989.

Genevieve R. Williams, 2005-, Assistant Profe,rsor, Undergraduate Rrsearch Librarian; B.A . • Smith College, 1 996; M .LlS. , Universiry of Washington, 2005.

GregoryJ. Williams, 1985-, Professor of Education; B.A. , Universiry of Puger Sound, 1 969; M.Ed. , Western Washington Universiry. 1 979; Ph.D., Universiry of Washington, 1 985 .

Tamara R. Willillms, 1994-, Associate ProfeJSor of Spanish; B.A., Queen's Universiry, 1 979; M.A., Pennsylvania State Universiry. 1 98 1 ; Ph.D., Universiry of 'chigan, 1 989.

Frederick Wolf 2006-, Clinical Assistant Profi'ssor of BMiness/Executille in Residence; B.S . . Universiry of South Carolina. 1 974, M.L.S. , East Tennessee State Universi ry, 1 978; M.S .• Universiry of Denver, 1990; D.B.A., Nova Southeastern Universi ry, 2000.

Cynthia Wolfer, 2001. 2003-, Clillical Assistant Profi's'Sor of Nursing; B.S.N . •

Russell Sage College; M. S.N., Universiry of North Carolina, 1 987.

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

David A. Wolff, 1999-, Associate Professor of Computer Scimce and Computer Engineering; B.S. , Universiry of Puget Sound, 1 992; M.S. , Ph.D., Oregon State Universiry, 1 999.

Sylvill H. Wood, 1993-, Associate Pr�fessor of Nursing; B.S.N., Murray State University. 1 972; M.S.N. , University of Kentucky. 1 978.

Stephen T. Woolworth, 2003-, Assistalll Professor of Education; B.A., M.Ed. , Universiry of Colorado, Boulder, 1 99 1 , 1 994; Ph. D. , Universiry o f Washing ron, Seartle, 2002.

Dane W. Wu, 1994-. Associate Professor of Mathematics; B.S., M .S . • Xiamen Universiry. China, 1 982, 1985; M.S., John Carroll Univcrsiry, 1 99 1 ; Ph.D. , Universiry of Wisconsin, Milwaukee, 1 994.

Bridget E. Yaden, 1996-, Assistant Pro.fessor of Spanish; Director of the Language Resource Center; B.A., \Vestern Washingron Universi ry, 1 99 1 ; M.A., Ph.D. , Universiry of Washington, 1 994, 2002.

Neal A. Yakelis, 2005-. Assistant ProfesJOr of Chemistry; B.S., Allegheny College. 1 997; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 2003.

Suzanne Y. Yerilln, 1995-. Assistant Professor of Education; B.A., George Mason Universi ty. 1 973; B.S., M.A.T., Universiry of Alaska, Fairbanks, 1 982, 1986; Ph. D., Universiry of Washington, 1 995.

Cathken L. Yetter, 1986-, Assistant Pro.fessor of Education; A.B., M.L.S. , Indiana Universiry, 1 967, 1 969; Ed.D. , Seattle Universiry, 1 995.

Cbarks D. York, 1981-. Professor of Marriage al1d Pamib' TheraPJ'; B.A .. Washington State Unillersity, 1 966; M .S.W., California State Universiry, Fresno, 1 968; Ph.D., Purdue Universiry, 1 980.

Gregory L. Youtz, 1984-, Proftssor of Music; B.A., B .M. , Universiry of Washington, 1 980; M.M., D.M.A., Universiry of Michigan, 1 982, 1 986.

FeTtl H. Zabriskie, 2001-. ilssiJ'tant Professor of Bminess; B.A., Connecticut College, 1 974; M .B.A., The Wharton School, Universiry of Pennsylvania, 1 975, Ph.D. , Universiry of Washington, 2002.

Dana L. Zaicbkin. 1997-, Clinical Assistant Profi'ssor of Nursing and Director oflKielll/ess Cemcr; B.S .N. , Pacific Lurheran Universiry, 1 980; M.N., M.H.A., Universiry of Washington, 1 99 i .

Page 187: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

Mn ZJJU, 1998-. Associate Proftssor of Mat!Jmlntics; B.S. , Tsinghua University, Beijing, 1 985; M .S. , 'hinese Academia

in ica. Beij ing. 1 988; M.S . . Ph.D . .

University of Washington. 1 990, 1 994

Honora Facul,, ___ _

Nancy]. COl/nor. 1 9 5-. Campus Pa.<tOI� B. '.E .• Minot l le C lIege. 1 976; 1 . Div., Trinity Lutheran Seminary, 1 980.

Dennis G. Sepper, 1995-. Campus Pastor; B.A., Uni versity of M ich igan.

1 97 ; M_Div .. Trinity Lutheran Seminary, 1 980.

Administrative Facul Associates

C. Mark Anderson. 2002-, Director of Coumeling and Testing; B .A_. M .A . . Pacific Lutheran University. 1 7 1 . 1 76; Ph . D . . University of Washington, 1 98 3 .

lone S. CrmulAlJ, 1993-. Dirutor of Center for Public S�rvice; B.A., Smith College. 1 9 4; M .A .• Columbia University, 1 968.

Katbleen K. FarreU, ",000-. Special Assistant to tb� Vice President; B.A. , Colgate Universi ty. 1 992; M .A., Bowling Green Universi ty, 1 997.

Leslie]. Poky, 2001-. Dirmor of Academic Assiml7lce Ctnter, B .A. , Pacific Lutheran University. 1 988; M.A.T.. University of Puget Sound. 1 99 1 .

Davia GunoviclJ, 1983-. DC11clopmCllt Dim·tor - i'v/ajor Gift,·; B.A.E ., M.A.. Pacific Lutheran Universi ty, 1 982. 1 99 5 .

Lau,.alet! Hagen. 1978-. Director of All/rlmi and Parent Relations; B . . E., M .A.E., Pa 'fle Lutheran Univenit}', 1 975, 1 978.

Maxj"e Herbert-Hill. 2001-, Directoi; A ad01lic Internships/ ooperativ� Education; B .. '. Washington State Universi ty. 1 970; M.Ed. , Seattle

niversity, 1 990.

TIJomas A. Huelsheck. 1990-. ,1ssistallt D�all of Campus Lifo, Director of ResitUTlJial Lift; B.S . . University of Wi�consin, 1 987; M.S . • Bowling reen State University. 1 990.

/(j,.k Isakson, 1977-. Director of Multimedia Production; B.A .. Washington Srate Universi ty, 1 974.

Joanm lt�, 2001-, Psychologist, olll1seling and Testing; B. E.S.(Bachelor of

Elected Studies) , University of Minnesota. Minne"polis, 1 977; Ph. D . . Clinical Psychology, Un iversity of Washington, Seattle. 1 986.

Eva R. JoIJnson, 2000-. DirettOl; Student !rwo/t'l'7fl ent and Leadership and Ditllmiry Center, B.A. E., Pacific Lutheran University, 1 990; M.Ed., University of Washington, 1 997.

Alene L Klein, 1 978-, Associate Director. ,ol/nseling Ilnd Testillg Services; B.S. _ ,

M..A. in Ed. Pacific Lutheran University, 1 975. 1 978; Ed. D . , Seattle Universi ty, 1 987.

Davit! Kohler, 2002-, Director. Facilities Mallagt'mml; .A.A, Lehigh County Community liege, 1 9 7 1 ; BSEE,

niversity oflexa.s, Arli ngton , 1 985.

Susan M. Malin, 1996-, Associate Director of the \lmllg emter; Dirtctor of Study Arvay; B.A., University of Washington. 1 978; M.S . . Antioch Un ivers ity, 1 995.

Martin ] Neeb. 1981-, Genaal Manager. KPLU-PM; B.A .• M , Div., Concordia Seminary, St. Louis, 1 95 5 . 1 958; M .A., Saint Louis Universi ty, 19 9; Ph.D . . Northwestern Un iversity, 1 967.

lAY',e E. Nordgren, 1979-. Director. MultimedialLibmry Systems; B .S. , Pacific Lutheran Univ r ity, 1 976; M.S., University of SoUthern California, 1 979.

Jtmnifer Olsen-Krengel, Director of AdmisJ"ioll; B.A. . St. Jar ol lege, 1 994.

Teri P. Phillips, 1 (99-. Director of Humall Resoltrc('s; B.A. , Michigan State Universi ty, 1 9 8 5 .

RohO't Riley. 1998-, Associate Vice Presideilt for Finallce & Controller, B.S., B.A . • Pittsburg State University, 1 978.

KffStin Ringdahl, 1965-, Curator of Special Library ollections. Archivist; B.A., Pacific Lutheran Lniv rsity, 1 982; >ertirlcate, Record� Management and

Information Systems, University of Washington . 1 990.

Chris D. Sanders, 1 981-. Director of AdminiSlTalllJe Computing; B.B.A., Pacific Lutheran University, 1 977.

Kay W. oltis, 1 984-, Director of Fillt/ucial Aid and Studmt Employmmt; 8. S. E. , SOllthern Il linois Uni versity.

Carbondale. 1 988.

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

KiJrJ A. Stumo, 2004-, Associate Vice President for Admissions alld FilU1I1cial Aid; B.A., Concordia College, 1 992; M.S . .

Iow3 State Universi ty, 2000.

Laurie Turner, 2005-, Director of Athletics; B.S . , M.S. , Washington State Universi ty, 1 979, 1 98 I .

Marie]. WtllZke, 1987-, Institutional Research Analyst; B.I . , M .A" Pacific Lutheran Un iversiry, 1 'l') 1 , 1 994.

Susan Young, 1 987-. Director. Scandinavian _ulture ("'enter, B.A., M.A., Pacific Lutheran Universi ty, 1 992. 1 998.

Emeriti and Phased Retirement -------

SeNe"; AdaeIJi, 1967- 1999. Ps),chology

Harry S_ Admns. 1947- 1993, Physics

Barbara Ahna, 1987-2002. Business

Shirley Aiken, 1974-2006, Nursing

MerriLy'. Allen. 1982- 1988. 1991-2000.

Nuning

Charles D. AIUUruJ1I, 1959-1991,

Chemistr)'

D. Stua,.t Bancroft, 1967- 1968. 1971-

2006, Bllsiness

Step!Jerl E. Banuit, 1978-2000. Bwille.'s

Ke7Ineth E. BatkO', 1966-1999,

JVfathenltltiO"

W,uiam Benlar, 1973-200j, Theatre

LutIJer W. BekenUlin-, 1976- 1992, Vice PresidC1lt for Development

Paul F. Benton, 1 969-2002. F.rlglish

Arturo Biblarz, 1977-2005, Sociology

Cllristopher R. Browning, 1974- 1999,

History

Stanley L Brne, 2004-2009. Economics

Judith W. Carr, 1979-2002. Special Acad{,/J/ic ProgmlliJ and SlIlIImer Studies

Gary A_ CIJase, 1970-2000, Ph),sical Education

Kenneth E. lJristopIJersoll, 1958-1991,

Religion

Marie Chunuy, 1 974- 1 998, Education

Dentl" Cox, 1972-2006. Art

David P. Dabl. 1969-2000. Music Carrol E. DeBoUler. 1964-1 968, 1970-

1991, Educatioll

MichaeL .B. Dollinger, 1981-1998,

JVI at hema tics

lArry A. Edison, 1982-1998. Computer Stience Lokm G. Espeseth, 1964- 1989, Associate Registmr

� c.. 3

VI ... ... QI .....

< /'I)

"TI QI t"I C

-

'<

� VI VI o t"I

QI -ttl 11'1

...

-. ttl 3 ttl = .....

1 85

Page 188: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

10 C o

... 10 C ... (1.1

... c

en c

...

> •

... c (1.1

E (1.1 ...

... (1.1 E

w

1 86

Louiu Sf11ui Fal�' 1969-1 998, Spanisb

M. JoupiJine Fktcher. 1 963- 1 991,

Education

Mira ,. Frobnmayer, 1 980-2005, Music

Roger Gard, 1974- 1997. Music

Arthur Gee, 1968-2003, Biology

R41ph D. Gehrke. 1 975- 1 990, IMigion

WillUzm R Giddings. 1962- 1996.

Chemistry,

Gordon O. Gilberts(m, 1954-1984, Music

WillUzm H. Gilhertson, 1968- 1 991.

Social Work

Virginia K. Gilmore, 1988-1998, Library

Lawrence B. Gold, 1 984-2006. Art

Fern A. Gough, /971 - 1 995. NUl1ing

Kate Gries/Hlber, 1984-2006. Music

David H. Hansm, 1 974-2006. Biology

Marlis M. Hanson, /971-1991,

Education

Vernon R. Hanson, 1 970- 1999, Social Work

Luella V. Hefty, 1973- 1994. Nursing

Perry B. Hendricks, Jr. , 1973- 1987, Vice President for Final/a and Operations

Joh" O. Her:wg. 1 967-1998, Mathematics David L. Hoffoum, 1 975-2006, MlISic

Paul E. Hoseth, 1968-2005, Physical Eductttion lAurence D. Hrustis, /961-1999,

Chemistry Paul O. Ingram, 1 975-2005, Religion

JoAnn S. Jenseu, /967- 1 999, Biology

Robert]. Jensen, 1 968-2004. Economics

Lucille M. Johnso1l, 1 95 '- 1 989, Ellglish

Ric/lard R Joues, 1969-2006, EIIglish

Dauid T. Keyes, 1 969-2006, Art

GumUzr J. King, 1 960- 1 991, Business

Calvin H. Knapp, 1 959-2000. Mwic

Jerry Kracht, 1.967-1968, 1969-20UO.

Music

MttrUz Luisa R. Lacabe, 1 992-2004.

Spanish

Jerome R LeJeum, / 972-2001,

Psychology

£arl W. Lovelace, 1 998-2005, Englij'h

Marilyn A. Levinsobn, 1992-20UO,

Nursing

Lytnan T. Lundeen, 1988- 198:;. 1 9:;0-

1 998. Religion Gent C. LU1Idgaard, 1 958- 1 991.

Physical Education

CYllthill Mahoney, 198 1 - 1 994, Nursing

D. Moira Mansell, 1982- 1994. Nllrsing

Dtmnis J. Martin, 1 915-2006. Biology

ArthuI' D. MllrtillS0n , 1.966- 1999. Histol)'

Mmjorid. MmiJers, 1 964- 1966, 1 968-

1 997. FdllCfltioll

&therin� M. McDade, 1 989-2006.

Sociology

Richard F. McGimlis. 1 972-2005,

Biolot), Loueae L. McGraw. 1 995-2005.

£dllcat;ol/

DlIvid E. McNabb, 1979-1997, Business

Marleu F. Milkr, 1 970- 1995, Economics

Richard D, Moe, 1965-1998, Education

Robert L Mu/Jer, 1 987-2005, Education

GIl7J1mlj Myrbo, 1970- 1993. Philowph)'

Alice J. Nllpjlu. 1963- 1975, Edllcation

Burta11 L. Nesset, 1967- 1 998. Chemistry

Jon] Nordby, 1 977-2001. Philosophy

Eric Nordholm, /955- 1991,

ComntllfliCfltioll and The(/fre

Phillip A. Nordquist, 1963-2005,

Hiuol)'

W. Dwight Oberholtzer, 1 969-1995,

Sociology

Sara A. Officer, 1 967- 1298, Ph),J'icaL Edut:dIiOIl

DlIvid M.. Olson, 1 968-1 996, Physical F.duClltiulI Prall/din C. Olson, 1971 - 1.998,

EduClltian

Lhuh, N. Olson, / 967-2001, Nursing

Helm; Owens, 1985- 1998, Edllcation

William E. Park". 1 970-2000, Therztre

Cleo M. Pass, 1990-2000, Nursing

Ame K. Ped�rsoll, 1 956- 1 989, Educalion Gary D. Peterson, 1967- 1 998,

!vfrtthcmatics

Walter E. Pilgrim. 1971- 1999, Religion

Barbllra Pauls/Jock, 1976- 1 997, Music

Paul M. Reigstod, 1 947-1 948, 1958-

1 990. bIg/ish Lois F. Rhoades, 1 980-1991. Nursing

Karl R. Rickabaugh, 1975- 1998.

Education

Moshe Rtm!1ljeJd, 1 986-2000, Computer Scimce

EMoll L Schafer, / 974- 1991, Business

Jo/m A . Schilkr, /958-1 991,

Sociology/Social W'orl?

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

F. Thomas Sepic, 1979-2004, BlISiness

S. Erving Severtson, 1 966- 1983, 1 986-

1 999, Psychology

Wallace H. Spe1lcer. 1974-2006.

PoliticaL Science

Christopher Spicer, 1 978-2003. Deall. School ufthe Arts, Comll/unic,uioll

Joa" D. Stiggelboul, 1973- 1991, Nun'ing

Robert L. Stivers, 1 973-2005, Religion

Doris G. Stucke. 1967-1 983, Nursing

Rodney N. Swenson. 1 968-2000,

Gall/elll Steve D. TIJrfuher, 1980-2005. BlISiness

Fred L. Tobin.son, 1 966- 1 991. 2003-

2006, Chemistry

Audun T. Toven, 1967-2005. Norwegiall

Ann K. Tremaine, 1972- 1991. Music

Joseph W. Upton II, 1 .988- 1 996,

Engineering David L. Vinje, 1970-2000. Economics

Lenora B. Weirick, 1973-1980, 1 982-

1987, Nursing

Paul M. Webster, 1 969-2001, German Do,utld R. W�mworth, 1972-2002.

Economics

Forrest Westering, 1 972-2004, Physical Educatioll

Margaret Wickstrom. 1.951-1978, ReLigion, DirectO/; Foreign Swdents and Special Progmms

William F. Yager, 1987-2004, Bnsil7m

David Yagow. 1 976-2003, Smior Assistant to the Provo.rt. Religioll Cba1Jg-li Yiu, 1 973-2005. lvfllthematics and Physics

Y,lk;� Yumibe, 1980-1992, Nllrsing

Dw;g"tJ. Zlllauf 1 949- 1953, 1 959-

1985, 1 990- 1998, Btlsllless

Visitin International Scholars

Wu Xiao Ming Visiting Re.<eai'cb Scholnr Sichuan University Chengdu, China

Part-Time Facul

Current part-time JIICldty h:fOrmation !na), bf found in thl! Office of the Provost or in Humart Resources.

Page 189: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

A D M I S S I O N

253.535 .7 1 5 [ , SOO.274.6758 www.plu.edlJl �4dmi

Pacific Lutheran Universiry welcomes applications from students who exhibit capacities for success at the baccalaureate level. Applicants mu t present evidence of scholastic abiliry and demonstr< te qualiries of good character in order to be accepted for adm ·sion. The Assoc iate Vice Presidem of Admission and Financial Aid reserves the right to admir, deny, or withdraw admission for any appl icant/student based on these criteria. Applications for admission are evaluated without regard to race. color, creed. religion, gender. national origi n, age, memal or physical disabil ity, marital status, ,exual oricm:J.tion, or any other staws protected by law.

ENTRANCE REQUIREMENTS (First-yenrITrmufer StuMtlO)

In evaluating appl ications, the Office of Admission interprets grade point average and cbss rank in rdation to the qualiry of the curriculum that the applicant has pursued in high school and at the baccalaureate level. Iior example, a standard high school program in preparation for college should include the following:

English: 4 years Mathtmllltics: 3 ye,Lrs: (algebra, 2 years; and geometry, [ year) ForeiiJIl Lallguage: 2 years Social Sttuiies: 2 years LAborlltory Scinues: 1 ·.:ars Fhoe, ViSluz/, or Pnformillg Arts: 1 year Ekctiues: 3 years (selected from the areas listed above, as well

as courses in computer science. speech , and debate.)

Minim-mn E"trllnce Reqlli"e:ments:

Two years of col lege prepararory mathemarics (exclusive of computer science) with an average grade of C or higher, or an approved course at the college b I , or demonstrated equivalent proficiency.

A. Two years of col lege preparatory mathematics means twO years of high school algebra or one year of high school alge­bra and one year of high school geometry. Taking the alge­bra and/or geometry courses in middle or junior h igh school is acceptable provided they are high-school- Ievel courses.

If a student is admirted to PLU with a deficiency in mathematics, that deficiency i s removed by completion of approved COllrses as d rerm ined bi' the I'LU math place­ment exam.

B. Two years of one foreign language i n high school, with an average grade of C or higher, or one year at the college level or demonstrated equivalent proficiency. Courses in American Sign Language may fulfi l l this requirement.

Students who have not satisfied one or both of these requirements may sti l l be admi rted but must make up the deficiency as an additional degree requirement.

Additional study of both mathematics and foreign language is advisable for certai n areas in the: arts and sciences and in some professional programs. Those who follow the above preparatory program will End most curricular offerings of the universiry open to them and may also qual ify for advanced piace:ment in some areas.

Students arc admitted to either the fall or spring semester. Acceptance to the fal l term carries permission to attend the previous summer sess ions. Acceptance to the spring term carries permission to attend the previous .I-Term session. The following application priority dates are recommended: Fall Semester-February I ; Spring Semester-December 1 5 .

APPLICATION PROCEDURES (First-year and Transfer Students)

Students planning to enter as first-year students may submit application materials anytime after completion of the junior year of high school. Admission decisions are made beginning October 1 . Candidates are notified of their status as soon as their completed applications have been received and evaluated.

Transfer students who began their higher education at other regionally accredired col leges or universities are encouraged to apply for admission with advanced standing. Over 400 students transfer to the universiry each year with an average grade point in excess of 3.00 (B) . Candidates must have good academic and personal standing at rhe institution lasr attended full-time. The recommended minimum grade point average to be considered for admission as a transfer student is a 2.50 cumulative grade point average in college-level work from regionally accredited institutions. In reviewing an applicant's file, the Office of Admission examines the grade poinr average, academic progress, essay, and recommendations. For applicants with less than sophomore standing (30 semester hours or 45 quarter hours), secondary school records and standardized test scores will also be considered.

Credentials required are:

A. Formal Application: Submir the PLU Application for

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

» Q. 3

o

::::I

1 87

Page 190: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

c: o

VI VI

1 88

Admission available from high school counselors, any Washington state community college transfer center or the PLU Office of Admission. Students may also apply online at luww.plu.edu.

B. $40.00 Applicatioll Fee: The application fee will be waived for a tudent who applies online. A $40 fee must accompany the paper application or be mailed separately. This nonrefundable service fee does not apply to the sruden t's account. Make check or money order payable to PLU Office of Admission.

C. Tr41ucripts: Official transcripts must be submitted for all high school and college course work. Transcripts must be sent directly from the school to PLU. All accepted students must submit a final high school transcript that indicates satisfactoty completion of high school and attainment of a diploma. The university accepts the General Equivalency Diploma (GED) for those srudents who may not have completed a traditional high school program ( i .e. home school programs) .

D. /acommentiatiom One academic recommendation must be completed. The form is included in the application packet.

E. Test kquirement: All entering first-year students and t nsfer students entering with less than sophomore standing (30 semester hours or 45 quarter hours) must submit scores from either the College Board, Scholastic

e.ssment Test (SAT) , or me American College Test (ACT) Assessment. Registration procedures and forms are available at high school counseling offices.

F. Perso1l4i Essay: Applicants will also include one essay with their application. hoice of topics is included in the appli­cation packet.

G . Statnnenl o/Good Standing (transfer students 011Iy): Must be submitted by the Dean of Students or by a school official from the most recent institution attended.

H. FLU Scholorship Opportunities: Included in the application packet is information on Merit Based and Artistic Achievement Scholarships. Srudents are also encouraged to indicate their intent to apply for financial aid via the FAFSA. Qual ified first-year students are encouraged to apply for the Regents' and President's Merit Based Scholarships.

EArly Admission

u:llified first-year students in terested in accelerating rheir formal education may begin work toward a degree after completion of the junior year or first semester of the senior year of high school. Exceptional students who wish to enroll before complering all required uni ts in high school must have a letter submitted by a recognized school official who approves early college admission and gives assurance that a high school diploma will be issued after completion of specified college work. O nly students h ighly recommended for Early Admission will be considered. Generally rhese srudents rank near the top of their class and present high aptirude test scores.

APPLICATION PROCEDURES (ltltn714tio1l4i Studmts)

I nternational students who are qual ified academically, financially, and in English proficiency are encouraged ro join the university community. Application deadlines are July 1 for Fall Semester and January 1 for Spring Semesrer.

Credentials required are:

A. A completed International Srudent Application with a

nonrefundable u.S. $40.00 application fee for the paper application. The application fee will be waived for a student who applies online.

B. School Records: I . Documentarion of completion of secondary school. For

incoming freshmen international students, official secondary school records are required.

2. An official school record (transcript) with Englisb translation from all colleges or universiries anended in the Unired States, home country, or orher country.

3. Documentarion of any English as a second language program attended.

C. English Proficiency measured by one of the following: I . Test of English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL) wirh a

minimum score of 550 (paper test format) 2 1 3 (computer-based) , 7 9 ( interest-based) or

2. Two quarters or one semester of college-level Engl ish writing with grades of B or higher

D. One academic reference from school officials or others in a

position to evaluate the student's ability to succeed in a baccalaureare program. In addition, transfer studcnrs from a U.S. college or university must have a reference from the international student advisor.

E. A completed I n ternational Student Declararion of Finances.

F. Personal Essay on one of two topics listed on the essay form.

EVALUATION OF CREDITS The Registrar's Office evaluates all transfer records and provides advising materials designed to 'lssist students to complete university requirements. These materials include a summary of core requirements completed and the toral hours accepred. Individual schools and departments determine which courses satisfy major requirements.

Tra,ufer of Credits Earned While in High School

The university awards credit to high school srudenrs for cerrain courses complered before high school graduation. The university may award col lege credir to high school studenrs who have completed courses in approved programs, as described below.

A. Advanced PlAcemtmt Program (AP): Students who complete advanced placement or credi t toward graduation through the examination program of the Co llege Board may receive credit for such courses. Inquiries should be addressed to the Registrar's Office.

B . International Baccalaureate (IB): A maximum of 30 semesrer hours may be granted for completion of the IB Diploma. A maximum of 5 semester hours per course may be granred for courses identified on an I B Certificate if a grade of 4 or higher is awarded. S tudenrs are advised to cooracr the Registrar's Office for specific details .

C. Rutmitlg Start Program: Accepted students who have completed courses under the Washington State Running Start Program are considered first-year students with advanced standing. Students who parricipate in this program will be awarded college credit in a manner consistent with PLU's policy on transfer of credit from other institutions.

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 191: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

D. Olbu Programs: Students who have completed college courses while in high school may receive credit in a manner consistent with PLU's policy on transfer of credit from other insritutions. The universiry reserves the right ro make decisions on an individual basis.

TrallSfu of Credirs from Olber Universities

A. Courses must be lisred in the official college catalog, be a parr of the regular college curriculum of a regionally accredited college or universiry. and be posted on an official college or universiry transcript.

B. Courses completed with a grade of C- or higher at other regionally accredited colleges or universities normally will be accepted for graduation credit with passing grades and will not be calculated inro the PLU grade point average. Courses from all institutions are sLlbject ro course-by-course evaluation.

C. A student may transfer a maximum of 96 semester or 1 44

quarrer hours. Of these. the maximum transferable from a two-year school is 64 semester or 96 quarter hours.

D. Students who complete the direct transfer associate degree (DTA) from an accredited Washington state communiry college befo re matriculation ar PLU will be admitted wirh j unior standing and will have satisfied all general universiry requiremenrs except for 4 hours in religion (from line I or 2) , 4 hours in Perspectives on Diversi ry, the 2-4 hour senior seminar requirement, and the College of Arts and Sciences requirement. The DTA does not auromatically satisfy the mathematics or foreign language entrance requirements.

O,bu Educatiotud Experiences

A. Credits rned in non-accredited schools are not transferable. Students who have matriculated at Pacific Lutheran Universiry may perition a department or school ro waive a particular requirement on the basis of previous non­accredited course work or may petition a department or school ro receive credit by examination.

B. The univetsiry allows up ro 20 semester hours of United Stares Armed Forces Institute (USAFI)/Defense Activiry for Non-Traditional Education Support (DANTES) credit, up to 20 semester hours for mil itary credit, and up ro 30 seme�ler hours of Col lege-Level Examination Program (CLEP) credit, providing the rotal of the three does not exceed 30 semester hours. Official transcripts bearing American Council on Education (ACE) recommendations should be submitted for evaluation.

C. For information on the College Level Examination Program (CLEP), refer ro the Credit by Examination section under Academic Procedures.

D. The universiry docs not grant credit for col lege-level General Equivalency Diploma (GED) tests.

Fitudizing an Offer of Admission

A. Advam:e Paymenr: A $200.00 advance payment is necessary in order ro confirm an offer of admission. This payment guaranrees a place in the srudent body, reserves housing on campus if requested, holds financial assistance that may have been awarded, and is required before class regisrration. It is credited ro the student's account and is

applied toward expenses of rhe first semester. Fall applicants offered admission before May I must postmark rhe payment by May I. If circumstances necessitate cancellation of enrollment and the Office of Admission is notified in writing before May 1 , the $200 will be refunded. The refund date fo r the January term is December 1, and for spring seme.ster January 1 .

B. New Student Infonnatioll Fonn: This fo rm must be completed by all students and rerurned with the advance payment.

C. Residential Life Information Fonn: This form musr be completed by all students and returned with the advance payment.

D. Official Final Transcripts: All first-year applicants must submit an official final transcript to confirm satisfacrory complerion of their fll1al high school term and attainment of a diploma.

£. Medical Requirement: Before acrual entollment each new student must submit a Health History Form complete with an accurate immunization record. This information must be acceptable ro the PLU Health Services Office.

Rettlrning Students

A. A student's admission to the universiry is valid for six years. Students who do not attend the universiry for a period of time that includes either a fal l or spring semesrer must apply ro return ro the university as described below. • Students who wish to return within the six-year

admission period reenter through the Student Services Center. Reentering students must provide their current address, degree information, and official transcripts from any college attended during their absence. Before registering, reentering students must resolve ptevious financial obl igations ro the universiry and have a current health cleatance from Universiry Healrh Services.

• Students who wish ro return ro the university after the six-year admission period expires must reapply for admission. Applicants for readmission ate required ro submit a complered application and official transcripts from any college attended during their absence. Application forms may be obtained from and submitted to the Office of Admission. Students who are readmirted ro the university must meet the requirements of the current PLU catalog to earn a degree.

B. An academically dism issed student may apply for reinstatement by submitting a letter of petition ro the director of advising. The petition is acted on by the Committee on Admission and Retention of Students. A student whose petition is approved will be reinstated on probation and must participate in the probationary semester plan. Refer ro (he Academic Status section for a description of probation. A srudent whose petition is denied may apply again for reinstatement after one semester has elapsed unless informed orherwise. A dismissed student may petition for reinstatement only once per semester. • An academically dismissed student may be teinstated

after one semester if the student presents new evidence of potential academic success.

• Students who have been dropped for academic or disciplinary reasons and then reinstated must identify a faculry member wil l ing ro act as a sponsor and advisor.

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

» Q. 3

o :::s

1 89

Page 192: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

190

TIME UMITS 5rudenrs are expecred [0 meer all requirements for rhe undergraduare degree wirhin a six-year period . 5rudenrs who remain ar PLU for longer rhan six years musr meer rhe requiremenrs of rhe mosr currenr PLU caralog in order ro earn a degree . Srudents who are readmined [0 rhe universiry musr meer rhe requi rements of rhe current PLU caralog [Q earn a degree.

F I N A N C I A L

253.535 .7 1 34 wW'lv.plu.ed7lJ �faid

A I D

Recognizing rhar many srudenrs who want ro arrend Pacific Lurheran Ullivrrsity would be umble ro meer all expenses of enrollmcm from personal or family sources, the university arrempts [0 provide financial ass isrance w all eligible srudenrs. Any srudent approved for enrollment or currendy enrolled may requesr financial aid. Approximarely 90 percenr of [he universi ry's srudtnrs receive help in rhe form of gi fr assisrance (thar is , scholarsh ips, ;lrrisric achievement awards, or granrs) , low-interest deferred loans, or employment. In many cases a financial aid award will be a combination of rhese forms of assistance.

The ofter of financial aid i., based on the cosr of 3nendance. which is rhe universiry's esrimare of how much i t cosrs srudenrs in various circumsrance ' ro anend I'LU. A srudenr's resources are subrracted from rhe p rojecred cosrs [Q derermine financial need .

Several differenr budgers are used , raking inro accounr a srudenr's ruirion, the cosr of books, supp l ies, housi ng, food, rransporration. and personal expenses.

Parenrs' conrribu rions arc computed For all dependenr students by the federal processor. Ir is based on a federally established formula for derermin ing parcn ral abil ity ro contribure toward a sruden t's education. The unive rs i ry also expects srudenrs (and their spouses , if married) ro conrriburc roward expenses .

A l l applicants are offered t h e maximum amounr of aid for which rhey quality, as funds permir.

If financial circumsrances change, srudents may conraer rhe Financial Aid Office [Q discuss rheir siruarion wirh a financial aid adminisrraror at any rime.

If students or their families have unusual circumsrances (such as loss of employment or major medical expense,s) rhar might affecr the need for srudenr financia.l aid, the Financial Aid O ffice should be contacred. Unusual circumstances must be described in writing, with rhe srudenr's name, smden t I D number, and a l l pcrrinent dollar amounrs i nd ica red .

Srudcnts who receive scho larships from somces outs ide rhe universiry musr inform rhe Financial Aid Office in wriring wirh

NON-MATRICULATED (Noll-Degree Seeking) Studellts

5rudents who are nor o fficially admined w the university may accrue a maximum of nine (9) semesrer hours. Exceprions may be granred by individual depamnents in conjuncrion wi th rhe registrar.

rhe name of (he scholarship and rhe ye8.rly amounr. In most cases, PL may be required by federal regulations ro adjusr a financial aid package. Loans and work srudy will be adjusred first. Scho larships and grants will be adjusred only as a lasr reson.

Financial assisrance is available to a ll qual ified srudents regardless of race , color, creed, religion , gender, national origin, age, men tal or phys ical d isabi liry, mariral srarus, sexual orienration, or any orher scams protected by law.

Applicatiol� Procedllre

To ensure rimdy processing of your FA.FSA, file onl ine at www.fnfia.nLgov. Applications musr be submined by rhe Following priority-funding ddlcs for Pl.U ro be comidered for maximum fund i ng.

Entering First-l'6ar Studmts:

Prioriry Dare - March !

PLU nongly recommends FAr-SA comp ler ion by March to meer priori ty-funding dare.

Ellter;'lg Transfer Studtmts:

Pr ioriry Date - iV!arch 1

PL strongly recommend" FAFSA complee ion by March w meet prioriry-fund ing date.

PLU Co1ltilluing Shuknu:

Priority Dare - April 1

PLU srrongly recommends AF A complerion by April 1 ro meer priority-funding dare.

An appl ica t ion For tlnancial aid may be complered ar any rime, bur fai lure ro meet the prioriry dare may resulr in a reducrion of aid evcn rhough need is demol1$tr.Hed. The financial Aid Office will consider all applicanrs for any award for which they m igh r be eligible. Aid awards 8.re for o n e ycar a n d most are renewable provided reapplicarion is complered on rime, fimncial need conrinues , and sarisfac rory academic progress is maintained. Aid is not automarically renewed each year.

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 193: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

NotifictUion of Award De isions

A. Award decisions for firsr-year and transfer students who meer rhe priority dare will be scnr actual norificarion begin­ning in 1arch.

B. Financial aid decisions for continuing PLU srudents are made during April and May. Norificarions are sent our beginning in June.

YalUialing the Aid Offer

Aid offers musr be validated by returning the signed Offer of Financial Aid. First-year and rransfer students musr also submir rhe $200 advance payment required by rhe Office of Admission. This should be done as soon as possible, hut must be received by May I . No advance p:lyment is required from conrinuing srudents. All srudenrs musr complere a satisfactory payment ,ur:lOgement wi th rhe rudenr Services Cenrer. Applicanrs who do nor return their ac �pr nce of an award by the reply dare specified will have (heir awards cancelled. If an applicant later decides to reapply, the application will be reviewed with the group currenrly being processed.

Aid, with the exception of College Work Srudy and Washington t:lte leed Grants, i s credired to the student's aecounr when all

paperwork has been completed. Half of the award is disbursed each semester. Parents and students are responsible for the charges i n excess of the award.

In some cases aid is awarded in excess of direct university charges to help with l iving expenses. To expedite a refund srudents can request remaining funds from their account by contacting the Student Services Center.

Under federal regulations, adjustments to an award package must be made i f a student receives additional awards of aid from sources external to the universi ty. In every case, however, the Financial Aid flice will anempt to allow the student to keep as much of the award package as possible. By treating aid received from external sources in this way, addirional awards from the universi ry's resources can be made to other quali fied srudents.

Rights alld RespollSibilities

The basic responsibil ity for financing an education at PLU rests with srudents and their famil ies. [n addition to expected contributions from parents or guardians, students are expected to

ass ist by conrributing from their savings and summer earnings. Financial assi>rance from the university is therefore supplementary ro the efforts of a student's family. [t is provided fi)r students who demonstrate need.

Additional rigbts aTld respollsibilities offinancial aid recipitllts illclude:

A. Accept and sign (either electronically on Banner \'V'eb or via original hard copy) your initial Financial Aid Award Lener each year.

B. NotifYing the Student Services Center in case of a change in cred i t hours attempted; a change in marital status; a change in residence (ofF-campus or at home); or receipt of addition­al ourside scholarships.

C. Providing a copy of their parents' income tax return (Form ( 040) andlor a copy of their own i ndividual income tax return if requested.

D. Complete en trance interview if first-time borrower of the Federal Perkins, Nursing or S rafford loans.

E. Have the righr to decline at any time any portion of an aid award.

Satisfactory Progress policy

The policy of the university is to allow srudents to continue receiving rinancial assistance "S long as they are in good standing. To do otherwise could cause a severe hardship on students who must devore their efforts [0 achieving satisfactory grades. However, no institutional grants will be :Iwarded to studen ts with ClImulativ� grade point averages below 2.00. Moreover, federal regulations require that after four rerms or more of arrempted enrollment, students below 2.00 cumulati,'e grade point avenge will have their federal financial aid revoked. Pacific Lutheran Un iversi ty's Schools of l3usiness and Education require a minimum grade point average of 2 .50.

To be given priority for most types of financial aid, an applicant must be enrolled as a ful l -time student. For Federal Financial Aid programs, a full-t ime student is defined :IS any person enrolled fo r a minimum of 12 credit hours or more per semester. Adjustments in an award may be made during the year if an aid recipient has nOt enrolled for a sufficient number of credit hours. However, each financial aid recipien t must maintain satisfactory academic progress in the course of study he or she is pursuing in order to continue to receive financial assistance awarded by [he Pacific Lutheran University Financial Aid ffice.

The followitlg requirmums are expected of each filurllcial aid recipient:

To make satisfactory progress toward a degree, an undergraduate student must complete 24 semester hours of credit each Clcadcmic year. For (his purpose, an academic year is defined as the fal l semester and the spring scm ter. Financial a id is awarded for 34 hours to complete a bachelor's degr�e in four years.

For ful l-rime undergraduate students receiving financial aid, the maximum numher of credit hours that may be attempted is [ 92 and the maximum t ime frame for completing a baccalaureate degree is six years. Even if a student changes his or her major or academic program, only 1 92 credit hours may be taken qualifYing for financial aid, and the ma:x imum time frame of six years for receiving a d ree is enforced. Some financial aid programs (e.g., most uni ersity gift aid programs) allow aid to be awarded a maxilllum o/Jollr academic years for elllt'ringjirst-)'ear students, a/ld two .v,'ars for enu-ring h"{lI1sfer students or (( maximum

0/153 hOllrs. For parr-time undergraduate srudenrs, a minimum of 1 2 credit hours must be completed each academic year and a degree must be achieved within J maximum t ime frame of 1 0 YC'lrs. (The maximum number of credits allowable is 1 92.)

Undergrtu/1lIffe Nud-Based Credit Completion &quirements

Enrollmellt Status Millinmm �ini",zml per ear Full- time --1 2- 24 3/4 time 9 1 8 1 1 2 rim ----6 12=----Les,; than 1/2 time' AI· ""'I cre-""7d:-iu;-arr-n-1-tt-d=---Al-:"I""c-red'''-irs-a-n-"m-p-led-:-

« Less thall 112 time mrollmmt applies to the Pell Grant Program only. Less thlln 112 timt· mrollment will calISe a students loan to be canceled alld may jeopardize defi'mwif sttlttlJ".

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

"TI

l> c..

1 9 1

Page 194: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

"C

«

v r: I'D c

u..

1 92

Sarisfactory progress is reviewed for financial aid purposes afrer rhe end of spring semesrer. For Washington Srale Need Grams, the \'Vashington Srare Work Study Program, Educarional

pponunity Grand (EOG) , Washington Scholars, Wave, TRIO, and any orher Scare of Washington funded program, sarisfactory progress is reviewed ar che end of each semesrer.

The following grades do nor indicare successful complerion of academic credir applicable toward a degree: incompleres ( I ) , withdrawals (W), and grades of E and F.

Any courses in which grades are received arc, however, included in rhe ma.ximum number of credirs rhar may be arrempred ( 1 92) and are considered to be wirhin rhe maximum rim ... frame allowable for achieving a degree (six years) .

All credirs earned by examinarion, which are applicable toward a degree, will be included in rhe limirarion on credirs rhar can be arrcmprcd while eligible for financial aid.

Once a course has been complered successfully, rhe credir hours e rned arc counred coward rhe maximum number of hours rhar can be raken under financial aid digibiliry. If a course is successfully complered more rhan once, ir is coumed only once toward a srudenc's degree requiremems and toward rhe maximum number of hours thar can be taken under findncial aid eligibility.

The universi ty's curriculum includes very few noncredir cours� or courses whose credir hours are not applicable rO a degree. If a ny such GOUrSeS are taken by financial aid recipients, rhe hours will be included in rhe limiration on credits thar may be ;l.rrempred and will be considered wirhin rhe rime frame .lllowable for achieving a degrte.

In rhe event rhar it srudent fails to meer rhe crireria for sarisfactory progress during a particular semesrer, h� or ,he will be placed on financial aid probarion. Failure ro regain sat i sfacrory financial aid academic status will resulr in the cancellarion of financial aid.

nce unsarisfacrory financial aid progress has heen derermined, studenrs receive official noriflcation. Srudel1Is who h:lve had rheir aid denied due to unsatisfactory progress may apply for reinsratement Gy submitting a lerrer of peririon to rhe Financial Aid Office.

Students whose fitl4ncial aid bas been de1lied may p.mtiOl1 for reinst8ttnnent of their aid i1l Om! of two ways:

A. They may complere one semester of full-rime enrollment Llsing rheir own financial re-sources, or

B. They may submir an appeal to rhe Financial Aid OHlce documenting rhe unusual circumsrances which have made ir impossible to make sarisfactory progress during rhe semesrer in quesrion.

Summer sessions may also be used as rerms during which a student on financial aid probarion may regain sarisfacrory academic sratus. However, students enrolling in summer s �sions for rhis purpose musr use rheir own financial resources and are ineligible for financial aid rhrough rhe university.

Scholarships, Grants, Loans & Wock Study

Your Aid Pacugt!

Students are usually eligible for several different types of aid from various sourcp ; therefore we offer a financial aid "package" of funds. Funds you are offered will depend on a number of factors, i ncluding your sratus .IS an undergraduate. or graduare student, rhe funds avaibble ar rhe rime you applied, and the amount of financial nc<?d. An expecred family contribution is derived using a federal formula applied to your FAFSA informarion. AI you review your offer, refer ro rhe following explanation of mosr commonly awarded funds.

Scholarships and Grants

Scholarships and grants are "gift assistance," funds that do not have to be repaid. A student's package includes gift assisrance whenever guidelines and funding levels permit. Where applicable, rhe combinarion ofTuirion Remission and/or other insutucionally tlmdc:d resources (Clergy Dependent, Alumni D("pendent, Regents, erc.) cannot be awarded in excess of the PLU tuition COlt.

PLU grants or scholarships arc awarded for fall and spring semesrers only. '10 receive this assisrance you musr fulfill all of the following crireria:

A. Be admitted to PLU as a matricularing srudent.

B. Entolled in a minimum of twelve non-repeated credit hours each term.

C. H ve ftnancial need, unless orherwise noted.

D . B e a n undergraduare student, unless otherwise noted.

E. Maintain sarisfactory academic progress as defined in rhe caralog.

*Institutiolltl/0' colltrolled schol,zr.rhips (lJId grant.r are provided by the ImivCl'sit), il!!tilor donors to the university. If it is dctfmzined that all

or a portion of jour award is provided by a designated fimd or dO/WI; an updated offer offiflilncial aid will be .rent to you, i'C/1aming your .rcholanhiplgrarzt ttwmd with th isfimding source.

E1I7'0llment maximum for nmewal of PLU Gift Assistance is as follows:

• Firsr-year entering and rransferring 0-29.99 credits will receive four yea or eighr semesrers of PLU gift. 'ophomores transferring 30-59.99 credits will receive rhree

years or six semesrers of PLU gift. • Junior�/Seniors transferring 60.00+ credits will receive two

years or four �emesrers of P LU gift.

PLU SCHOlARSHIPS AND GRANTS (ACADEMIC, ARTISTIC, ENTITLEMENTS, AND DONOR FUNDED)

The maximum PLU gifr amount esrablished for each student at rhO' rime of admission may be mer by one or more of rhe following I'LU funding sources:

Rcgt:nt's Scholarship President's S hoLmhip I'LU Academic Scholarship Lontlrmand Award

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 195: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

Travel Grant Artistic Achievement Award Faculty Merit Award PLU rant

ational Merit Scholarship Phi hera Kappa Scholarship PLU Achievers Matching Grant Alumni ependent Grant Clergy Dependent Grant Lutheran Confirmand Scholarship

This gift amount is guaranteed fo r up ro thrce additional years of continuous undergraduate enrollmenr, provided [he student maintains Satisfacrory Academic Standing. If a student transfers credit hours from another school, then the number of terms that gift can be received will be for less than three years.

Exam Ie:

1. Sraie Smith - $ 1 2,000 PLU Gift Award Aid Package $500 $ 1 ,000 $3.000 $5 ,500 $2,000

$12, 000

Alumni Dependent Grant Clergy Dependent Grant Artistic Achievement Award PLU Academic Scholarship National Merit Scholarship

Total PLU Gift Amouut

2. Sam Jones - $5,000 PLU Gift Award Aid Package $ 1 ,000 $2,000 $2,000

$5,000

Clergy Depend nr rant PLU Achievers Matching Grant PLU Academic Scholarship

Total PLU Gift Amount

All or a portion 0/ the above .fimds may be renamed at all)' time during your mrollment to hOllor a major contributor a/scholarship fonds at PL U

Design ted Scholarships (finuhd by the University or donorl)

Designated (named) scholarships will be awarded throughout the academic year ro students who fit specific, donor-de. ignated criteria. Donors, who have contributed to the PLU endowment fund have created these named scholarships. In most cases, a

named endowed scholarship will replace a Hudent's exi ring PLU need-based and/or merit gift award. Because it is th rough the generosity of these donors that PLU can offer the level of gift assisrance awarded to our students, we encou rage all recipients to write letters of apprecia tion to these donors.

PLU Funded Merit Based Award (not tkperu/nlt upon financial 1ued)

REGENTS' AND PRESIDENT'S SCHOLARSHIP are awarded to freshmen in recognition of outstanding academic achievement, leadership and service in high school and in anticipation of continued excellence at PLU. Students who met the following basic requirements are invited ro apply: 3.8+ ,I'A at the time of admission; 1 2 5 0+SAT and/or 28+ACT; and US

citizen or permanent resident . Application for admission and scholarship materials must be postmarked by December ) 5 . • The &ge1/ts ' Scholarship i s awarded to cover the ful l COSt of

tuition up to l 7credits per term (fall and spring) for the academic year and 5 credits in J term. Renewable for three years of continuous undergraduate study provided a 3.30 cumulative PLU CPA is maintained.

• The PresUknt's Scholarship is awarded for the academic year. Amount varies. Renewable for three years of continuous undergraduate study provided a 3.30 cumulative PLU GPA is maintained.

PLU ACADEMIC SCHOLARSHIPS are awarded to admi tted freshman and transfer students, based on academic standing at the time of admission . Student must be U.S. Citizen or permanent resident and receive an offer of admission by March 1 . Renewable for three years of continuous undergraduate study for students who enter FLU as freshmen provided a 3.30 cumulative PL GPA is maintai ned. Renewable for three years of continuous undergraduate study for students who enter PLU as rransfer provided a 3.00 cumulative PLU GPA is maintained. financial need is not a determining factor.

PRO VOST MERIT SCHOLARSHIPS are awarded to incoming transfer students. The award is a merit award that is inclusive of all university gift assistance. Students must maintain a 3.0 CPA and can be renewed for a maxi mum of 2 years depending on the transfer status of the student at the time of admission. Financial need is not a determining factor. Separare application is required by the Admission OHlce.

PLU GRANT. are awarded to replace PLU merit funding in whole or in part when a studen t's GPA falls below the 3 .30 CPA requirement. Rtnewable for up to th ree years.

pm THETA KAPPA (PTK) SCHOLARSHIPS of $3,000 are granted to selected transfer students with a 3.60+ GPA, 45+ seme: rer hours (60+ quarter hours) of transferable college course work and proof of PTK membership. Students must be admitted by 1arch ) . The award is renewable for one year during the undergraduate period of study if a 3 .00 cumulative PLU GPA is maintained. Financial need is not a determining factor. Three awards are given each year.

NATIONAL MERIT SCHOLARSHIPS are offered for $ 1 000-$_000 to NM -PSAT finalists (National Merit Semi-finalist Qualifying Tesr-Pre-Scholastic Assessment est) . Finalists should inform the National Merit Scholarship Corporation of their intent to enroll at PLU. Winners of J PLU-sponsored National Merit Scholarship will receive scholarship and grant assistance (from all sou rces) that ranges from one-half to full tuition per year and is renewable for up to three additional years of undergraduate study. This amount includes the $ 1 000 -$2000 National Merit Scholarship. Financial need is not a determining factor. International Grants are available to graduate and undergraduate international students artending Pacific Lutheran University. These grants are awarded at a minimum of $4,000 annually depending on academic merit. International Grants may be awarded ro full-time students for a maximum of 4 years of undergraduate study and/or 2 years of graduate study. Financial 11 d is not a determining factor. The Americas Grant is available to citizens of countries in North, Cenrral and South America (excluding United States and permanent residents) .

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

l> c..

1 93

Page 196: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

"0 «

1 94

INTERNATIONAL GRANTS ar" available [() graduate and undergraduate imernational srudcnrs attending Pacific Lutheran Un iversi ty. These grants are awarded at a min imum of $4,000 an nually depending on academic merit. International ,rants may be awarded [Q ful l-t ime students for a maximum of 4 years of undergraduate s[lldy and/or 2 years of graduate srudy. financial need is not a determining factor.

THE AMERICA'S GRANT is available to c i tizen's of countries in the . 'orth, Central and south America (excluding United States and permanent residents) , ] . The Americas Grant is awarded in th amount of $7,500 annually and req'uires students to live in a PLU residence hall . financial need is not a determining factor.

NORDIC GRANT is available to citizen> of Denmark, F inland. Iceland, Norway Of' Swt�den who are arrending PL hIll-rime. The Nordic Grant is awarded in rh amount of 5 7,500 annually and requires s tudents to l ive in a PLU residence hal l . This grant is awarded for a motximum of 4 years of undergraduate study and/or 2 years graduate stud),. Fin:mcial need is not a determilling factor.

ALUMNI DEPENDENT GRANTS are awarded to full-time dependent students whose parent(s) atrcnded PLU (PLC) for tWO semesters o r more. Financial need is not a determining factor.

CLERGY DEPENDENT GRANTS arc available to dependent children of regularly ordained min isrers who arc actively serving a Christian congregation full··time. The grant amount is $ 1 ,000 per year ($SOO/semester) for four years. Financial need is not a detennining factor.

CONFlRMAND AWARDS arc awarded to new incoming freshmen who are confirmed members of ch urches participating in the PLU Congregation Partnership Program. Students must c mpletc the nece ary application materials by Jan uary I st of their senior year in h igh school. These $ 1 ,000 awards are renewable for a maximum of 3 years of undergraduate study and arc not dependent upon financial need.

FACULTY MERIT AWARDS are available to 24 students who have completed 45 credit hours or more at PLU. N separate application is necessary. PLL Faculty recommend individual students for selection . N tihcation is made in the spring �emester for the following year. The award is renewable for one year during the undergraduate period of srudy. Fi nancial need is not a determining factor.

ACCESS GRANTS are only awarded to new freshmen whose permanent residence is out.side the states of \Vashington and Oregon . These grants are awarded :IS part of the financial aid package and are renewable for a maximum of three years. Financial need is not a determ ining faemr.

ARMY ROTC SCHOLARSHIPS arc avai lable to full-rime undergraduates. Students must fi le a FAFSA and meet a l l PLU C;PA standards. Up to ful l tui tion and room/meals possible. Call PLU's ROTC ()Hice for information (253) 535-8740.

ARTISTICAGrnEVEMENTAWARDS ure granred to students who have exceptional abi l icy in the fields of An, Dance, Drama, . rel1sics, and Music. The award requireli recommendation by a

PLU faculty member each year and is renewable on the basis of recommendation and participation. Financial need is not a determi ning factor.

PACIFIC LUTHERAN UNIVERSITY MATCHING SCHOLARSHIP (PLUMS) provides financial assistance for undergraduate students who arrend PLU. Through the PLUMS program PLU will match scholarships provided by church congregations or organizations with i n the church, up to $ 1 000. PLUMS applications are required each year. Applications 3re now avai lable on the PLU-Financial Aid web site: hrtp://www.plu.edu/-faid/forms.html. Applications may be submined after March I each year. PLUMS has l imited funding and will be awarded only until the current year's funds 3re depleted, o r August 1 5 th each year. Church payments must be payable to PLU and received by the Financial Aid Office on or before October 1st each year. PLUMS is available to students up to four years. Employees and their dependents are not eligible for PLUMS. Financial need is not a determining factor.

RIEKE LEADERSHIP AWARDS fo r up to $2,000 per year are available to students with 3.00+ C PA and demonstrated leadership or active i nvolvement in a multi-ethnic context. Separate application is required. Con tact Student Involvement and Leadership (253) 535-7 1 95 . Fil13ncial need is not a determ in ing factor. Tuition Remission: Employees of the u niversicy are eligible for up to 90% and their dependents arc eligible for up to 75% tuition remission.

TUITION REMISSION is a university gift resource. Students receiving Tuition Remission may be awarded additional merit and need-basd institutional gifts, but only up to rhe COSt of tuidon. Receipt of Tuition Remission may serve to adjust Or el iminate other institutional aid previously awarded. Financial need is not a determining factor.

PLU Funded Need Based Awards

Q CLUB SCHOLARSHIPS art awarded to srudents on the basis of academic achievement a nd financial need. Renewal requires a 3.00 cumulative PLU C PA, on time submission of FAFSA, (see prioricy funding deadlines pg. X) each year, and demonstrared financial need.

DOLLARS FOR SCHOLARS is a matching gift fund that is available to students receiving scholarships from any Dollars for Scholars chapter. PLU is a Matching Partner School and matches Dollars for Scholars chaprer awards up to $1 ,000 for students with need. Matching funds are l imited. Matching Funds Request Forms must be submi tted by DFS Chapter. for consideration. PLU applies outside grants to un met need. If the need is mer, PLU wi l l reduce the self-help portion of the aid package first. Dollars for Scholars is a program of ScholarshipAmericia.

UNIVERSITY GRANTS 3re awarded to students with financial need (who may not qualifY for other institutional scholarships). Students must maintain at least a cumulati\'e 2 .00 PLU CPA.

Note: FAFSA must be submitted in a rimt'0' manner each ),ear to reestablish euidmce offilltlncidL need for rieed-based aid.

Federal and State Funded

FEDERAL AND STATE FUNDED GRANTS • Federal Pell Graut is a federally funded grant program to

assist students who have demonstrated significant financial need. Students taking 12 hours o r more per semester receive a

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 197: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

full grant; 9- 1 1 hours receive 3/4 grant" 6-8 hours 1 /2 grant, and Ie s than 6 hours · pproximatdy \ /4 gram. [f you have been s leeted fo r veri ticat ion , your Pell Gran t will remain an estimate u.ntil the verificarion proec.<� is comp leted .

o F�deral Supplnnentai EducatiolUlI OpportulliJy Grants are t; rally fundtd grants awarded on the bas is of high financial need. Award ing of the SrOG is usually made firs t to recip ien ts of the Federal Pell Grant.

o Federal Academic UJmpetitivelles$ Graltt (ACG) is a

federally fu nded g ;tnt awarded (0 Pell ,[" nt recipient who are US citizens. The gum is awarded to 1 Sf and 2nd year students who are enroll ful l time and particip:ued in rigorous se ond3f)' school curriculum . A 3 .00 CPA must be maimaincd fur renewal in the 2nd year.

o NationaL SMART Grant is a federa l ly fu nded grant ,lwarded [0 Pel l ram recipi nrs who are US ci tizens. the grant is awarded to 3rd and 4th year studen ts who are enrolled full time i n a 4-year degree program and have maintained a 3.00 � rA. The major fields of study who qual i�' fo r this gran rc 'omputer Scien e, Engineering, Tech nology, Life Sciences,

Marhema rics, Physical Sciences, and Designated Foreign 1 · ngl.lages.

• Washi"gtotl Star� Need Grants rw. NG) are avai lab le [Q

eli ibl rcsi ems of the Stare of Washi ngton who attend PLU. These grants are imended for studcms wirh h igh need. Grants at awarded ar PLU in accordance with the WashingtOn State Higher Education Coordinaring Board po l icies. Students rakmg 1 2 hours or more per )emesr r receive a Full gran t; 9- J \ hours receive 3/4 grant, 6·8 hours receive 1 12 gran t and less than 6 hours arc nOt el igi b le. The grant can be received for a maximum of ten seme -rers or fifleen qLlJrtcrs. In order to be el igible for rhe Washingmn State Need Granr, l sruden t must nor be purswng a degree in Theology. Sat isbcro ry Academic Progress (SAP) is rt: i wed afT r every semester. Please con ract the Financial Aid Office with any qu tions about this program. Funding may also be avai l.able for those students enrolled in either 4 or 5 credir hours .

• Wasbington StaU Educational Opportunity Grants (EOG) are awarded to transfer studenrs with an Associar 's Degree or junior standing. Th amount of $2,500 per year is subject to state funding. Srudems must apply for EOG prior to attending PLU. Eligibi l i ty requi remen rs and the selecrion process are handled through the H igh er Education Coordinating Board . . ppl icanrs must be placebound residents of Xla h ingron Srate. tudents must be enrolled at least 6 hours per rerm. (See SAP) Down load applications from http://www.h ·cb.wa.uo /Paying/i ndex .:u.p.

• Washingto1l AWllrd for Vocarioluzl Exr�I/eI1ce (WAVE) is ava ilab le (0 students who have comp le ted at least one year in a vocat ional program approved by the , . . t� Board for Community and Techni cal Col leges. Appl icant musr be a Washington Srate res ident, a high school graduate, and must maintain a PLU cumulat ive PA of 3.0 each term. The award is fo r twO years (4 semest rs) and the amo unt varies each year depending on �t.tre fund i ng. (See SAl�) Down load applications from www.wth.wa.gov.

• TRIO - A State: Need Grant Program is avai lable to students who have comphed any speci fiL rRl program. Reci pien ts mu.st dem Jnsrrare fi nandal need. Funding is l i m i led. TR[O p rograms include: Upward Bound, "! alent Search, GE. R U[� N ISr, S,\>fAK and other TR[O or early intervention pr g Ill S . A TRIO award wi ll replace Wash mgmn 'tate Need Grant eligib i l i ty. Sat isfactory Academic Progress (SAP) is reviewed after every semesrer.

o Washingtoll SchoMr's Award is available ro srudents who are " Wash i ngton Srare Scholars" for up to four years, subject to State Legislative adjustment. To renew each year the s rudenr must maimain a 3_30 cumu lat ive PL GPA. The Washington Scholars ProgrJ.m honors three graduating high school seniors from each legis lative district each year. For more i n formari on visit wUJ/u.hecb. wll.govIPay;ng/;'uiex.asp

All t1ioards from fideral and state source,· are made assuming the anticipated jimds will be available. ShouLd a reduction in funding occur, ),our award ma), be reduced or eliminated

Loans

Student loans allow you to postpone paying for your col lege expenses unti l you have complered your education . Loan obligations are described in th is section and i n the promissory notes. Please read carefully so you understand all your responsibi l ities before you accepr a loan.

Need Based L s

Federal Perkills Loa1l (funding is l imi red) o Eligibility: At least half-time (6 credit hours) undergraduate

or (4 credir ho urs) graduate students wirh high need. o Amount: Up to $4,000 for each year of undergraduate srudy

and up to $6,000 for each year of graduate or professional study.

o Repaymem: A fixed i n teresr rate of 5%. There is a 9-month grace period J.fter the s tudent graduares, withdraws, or drops to

less than half-rime at tendance . Pri ncipal and in terest paymen ts begi n at \ 2 months. Deferrals available for srudent s tarus , economic hardship, selecr volunreer services and pre­cancellation borrowers.

o Commellts or Co"ditiollS: Reci p ien ts are requi red to sign a Prom i ssory Note. The promissory nores will be available for new borrowers to pick up in the Srudent Services Center after the firsr week of classes. The studenr musr sign rhe promissory note, complete an online entrance inrerview, and rerum the promissory note:: if accepting the loan. Repear borrowers that signed a Masrer Promissory Note during the 2003/2004 year or beyond with the studenr loan office are only required to comp lete the online entrance counseling. An email wi l l be sent to these borrowers wirh instructions on how to complete this. All loans not signed for wi ll be cancelled. Priority is given ro undergraduate students. The to tal loan may be forgiven for tcach ing in low-income popu lation areas, reach ing the disabled, or teach ing in a federal Head Starr program . Additional loan cancellation conditions exist.

Federal Nursillg Loa1l (funding is l imited) • Eligibility: Student enrolled at leasr haIt�time (6 cre::dit hours)

in School of Nursing (except pre-nurs i ng) . Preference gi ven [Q

LPN studcnts. • Amou1lI: Up to $4,000 RepaYlllent : A fixed in teresr rare of

5%. There is a 9-mon th grace period after rhe student graduates, wirhdraws, or drops to less than half-rime anendance. Principal and interest payments begin at 1 2 months.

• Commetus or Conditions: Recipients arc requi red to sign a Prom issory Nore. The promissory notes wil l be ava ibb le fo r new borrowers to pick up in the Srudenr Services Cenrer after

P l U 2 0 0 6 . 2 0 0 7

"TI

l> c..

1 95

Page 198: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

"C «

ttl u c: ttl &::

1.1..

1 96

the first week of classes. The student must sign rhe promissory note, complete an online entrance interview, and return the promissory note if accepting the loan. Repeat borrowers that signed a Master Promissory Note during the 2003/2004 year or beyond with the student loan office are required ro complete the online entrance counseling and come inro the Student Loan Office ro sign for the additional funds to their existing Master Promissory Note. An email will be sent ro these borrowers with instructions on how ro complete this. All loans not signed for will be cancelled. Priority is given to undergraduate students.

Nurs� Fllallty Loan Program • Eligibility: NF LP loans, up to the cost of tuition and fees, are

awarded to students enrolled full-time in an eligible advanced degree program (masters or doctoral) in nursing. Loan recipients must agre L O complete the education program, and following graduation, may cancel up LO 85% of the NFLP loan while serving as full-time nurse faculty at a school of nursing. When the repayment period begins on the loan, the school is n: ponsible for coUecting payment from the loan recipient.

Federal Family Education Loans ne or more of the Federal Family Education Loans may be

listed on your offer. This means you may accept or reject these loans separately. Federal Stafford or PLUS Loans are obtained from a lender via an electronic application certified by the Financial Aid Oflice. After we have certified your application, first time borrowers (and borrowers switching lenders) must complete and sign an application/promi'sory nore. To do so, go straight to your lender's electronic application/promissory note by c1iclcing on their web-link from our preferred lender list round on our web site. ( PI ase note: I f you previously bortowed a FFE P loan ar T'LU within rhe pasr three academic years, you will nor need to sign another promissory nore.) Contact your lender or our Student Services Center if you wish to complere a paper application. Loan funds are electronically transmitted to the university by all lenders found on our Lender List.

We strong/v recommend you choose a lender from this list to: • Avoid the 2% loan origination fee that will reduce the

funds your receive (depending on lender) • Avoid the delay in processing your application due to

pos(3.1 delivery between you and your lender. • Avoid standing in line in the Student Services Cemer to

endorse (sign) your paper check. • Receive botrower benefits that could reduce the cost of

your srudent loan.

rf you are borrowing the FFELP for the first time, you must complete an entrance counseling session before loan funds can be released to your account. Not completing a session will result in the loan funds being returned to your lender, causing a possible delay in setrling your account and possibly incurring additional finance charges. The entrance i nterview can be completed at www.mapping-your-future.org.

Subsidized Federal StaJford Loan • Eligibility: At least half-time (6 credit hours) undergraduate

or (4 credit hours) graduate students. • Amount: Up to $2,625 per year for freshmen; $3, 500 for

sophomores: $5,500 for juniors and seniors; and $8 ,500 for graduate srudents.

• Repayment: A variable i nterest rate which changes annually and cannot exceed 8.25% and monthly principal and imerest payments begin six months after the student graduates, withdraws, or drops to less than half-time attendance.

• Comments or Conditions: The federal government pays the interest on your loan on your behalf until you emer repayment. You are responsible for selecting a lender from the Lender List. You have the option to select a lender not on the list. However, be aware that doing so will usually result in a

more expensive loan, a de.!ay in receipt of your loan funds, require you to endorse a paper check in the Student Services Center, and your loan is unlikely to have the financial repayment incentives available through our lenders .

Non-Need Based Loans

Unsubsidized Federal Stafford Loall • Eligibility: Student atrending at least half-time (6 credit

hours) or a graduate student anending at least half-time (4 credit hours) who does not quali�' fo r all or part of the maximum Subsidized Federal Stafford Loan.

• Amount: Up to $2,625 per year for freshmen; $3,500 for sophomores; $5, 500 for juniors and seniors; and $ 1 0,000 for graduate srudents.

• Repayment: A variable interest rate which changes annually and cannot exceed 8.25% and monthly principal payments begin six months after the you graduate, withdraw. or drop below half-time attendance. Unsubsidized means you are responsible for the accruing interest on the loan, which begins on the date the loan is disbursed; however, interest payments may be deferred until you enter repayment.

• Comments or Comlitions: Financial need is not a requirement. You arc responsible for selecting a lender from the Lender List. You have the option to select a lender not on the list. However, be aware that doing so wil l usually result in a more expensive loan, a delay in receipt of your loan funds, require you to endorse a paper check in the Student Services Center, and your loan is unlikely to have the financial repayment incentives available through our lenders.

Federal PLUS Loan • EI;gibility: Parents of dependent student. • Amount: Parents may borrow up to the full COSt of their

student's college education minus the amounr of any financial aid the student is receiving.

• Repayment: A va.tiable imerest rate which changes annually and cannot exceed 9.00% and monthly principal and interest payments begin within 60 days afrer the final disbursement of funds. (Interest begins accruing from the date the funds are first disbursed.)

• Comments or Conditions: Financial need is not a requirement of this loan program. However, parents must have an

acceptable credit record to qualifY. Either (or both) parems may borrow this loan for the student. The parent is responsible fot selecting a lender from the Lender List. A separate Loan Application & Promissory Note will rhen be mailed to the parent. Both student and parent must sign the application and then mail it back in the return envelope provided. To request a PLUS loan, complete a PLUS Loan Request Fotm, available from the Student Services Center or the Financial Aid Office. You may also go directly to your chosen lender's web to apply for a PLUS pre-approval and/or

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 199: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

application. \'i.ie will be notified of your on-line pre-approval application by your lender.

Graduate Plus Loan • Eligibility: Graduate students attending at least half-time

(four credit hours). To be eligible, student must complete the Ftee Application for Federal Student Aid (FAFSA) and accept the maximum Federal Stafford Loan before borrowing a Grad Plus loan.

• Am.ormt: Cost of attendance minus any other financial aid received by the student.

• Repayme",: Repayment on the loan ptincipal begins within 60 days of the loan's final disbursement for the year.

• Ctnn1/lmts or ConditWns: This loan has been an 8.5% fixed interest rate set by the federal government. However, lenders have the option to offer a lower intere�t rate and many do. You are responsible for selecting a lendet from the lender l ist (list is available online at www.plu.edu) . You have the option to select a lender not on the list. However, be aware that doing so may delay your receipt of you loan funds, may require you to endorse a paper check in the Student Services Center, and your loan may not offer interest rate discounts or repayment incentives which lowers the cost of the loan available through d1C lend rs on our lenders list.

Adtlitional UnTuhsidized Federal Stafford Loan Eligihility: Independent student or dependent student whose parents are denied a PLUS loan. Amount: Up ro $4,000/year for freshmen and sophomores and $5,000 for ju niors and seniors. Repayment: A variable interest rate which changes annually and cannot exceed 8.25% and monthly principal payments begin six months after the student graduates, withdraws, or drops to less than half-time attendance. Unsubsidized means you are responsible for the accruing interest on the loan, which begins on the date the funds are fIrSt disbursed; however, interesr payments may deferred until you enter repayment. Commmts or C01u1itiollS: Financial need is not a requirement. You are responsible for selecting a lender from the Lender List. You have the option to select a lender not on the list. However, be aware that doing so will usually result in a more expensive loan, a delay in receipt of your loan funds, require you ro endorse a paper check in the Student Services Center, and your loan may not have the financial i ncentives available with our lenders while you are in repayment.

Altenuztive LoIUIS • Eligibility: All tudents meeting lender specific credit

worthy criteria • AmO""t: Varies • Commmts and Conditions: Various Alternat ive Loans are

provided for al l students, including those not qualifYing for Tid IV aid. Please see the PLU Financial Aid Web Site http://www.plu.edulfaidlapplyldownloadahle-documentsl.

Work StwiJ The primary goals of Work-Study are to help you earn part of your financial aid through employment that will prepare you for a career when y u graduate. Unlike all other aid, earnings will not be deposit�d ro your account. Earnings are paid by check just like dny pan time job.

Your Offer of Financial Aid will list your Work-Study eligibility. If you have been offered Federal \'V'ork-Study, your employment

will generally be on-campus. Eligible upper division students (juniors and seniors) will often be offered State Work-Study, which atrempts ro place you in a position off campus, related to

your career or academic area of in terest.

Federal Work Study Eligibil ity for this program allows you to work at any on campus job. Campus jobs will normally pay between $7.63 and $9.00 per hour. They are convenient, do not require transportarion and usually offer flexible schedules. Paychecks are avai lable for pick up at the Business Office (see published pay dates) around the 25th of each month. You may not exceed 20 hours per week when classes are in session and 40 hours during vacations and breaks. The average PLU studen t works 13 hours per week. Before you can work on campus, you must complete Federal 1-9 and W-4 forms. A Passport, Picture 10, and an original Social Security Card or Birth Certificate (original or certified copies) are the documents presented most often by students to complete the 1-9. A complete list of acceptable documents is listed on the back of the 1-9 form. These forms are to be completed in the Student Employment Office. These forms only need to be completed one time while employed as a student employee at PLU.

Washington State Work Sttldy State Work-Study is a complementary program to your academic or career interests.

Before you talk to a State \Vork Study employer, you must obtain a referral form from the Student Employment Office, Student Services Center or the Financial Aid OHice.

Stare Work-Study is used to employ PLU students with for-profit and non-profit employers in the local community. Job referrals are made with rhe intent to give you an opportunity to work in a position that is within or related to your career or academic interest. The program offers to reimburse an employer up to 1 00% of your earnings if rhey create a position that has academic relevance or career interest for you. Because of the reimbursement and the paraprofessional nature of thl;' positions, salaries are normally higher than campus jobs. Most jobs will pay between $8.50 and $ 1 2.00 per hour. Students can work a maximum of 1 9 hours per week when classes are in session and 40 hours per week during vacation and breaks.

Remember: • You must be enrolled in at least six credits and maintain

sarisfactoty academic progress to work • Work-Study eligibility is neither a guarantee nor an

assignment of a job. The Student Employment Office does not provide job placement services.

• You may nor begin working until a.ll the appropriate employment fo rms are processed.

Veterans Affairs and Vocational Rehahilitatioll Pacific Lutheran University's academic programs of study are approved by the \'V'ashington State Higher Education Coordinating Board's State Approving Agency (HECS/SAA.) for enrollment of persons eligible to receive educational benefits under Title 38 and Tide 1 0 USc.

Veterans, widows, widowers, and children of deceased or disabled veterans who wish to inquire about their eligibility for benefits should con taCt the Regional Office of the Veterans Administration. Federal Building. 9 1 5 Second Avenue, Seattle, WA 98 1 74. Persons wirhin the State of Washingron may relephone 800.827. 1 000.

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

.."

» c..

1 97

Page 200: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

"'C

<C ro V c: ro c:

u..

1 98

Students should ga in admission to me un iversity and see the u niversity's Veterans Afhirs Coordinator before making application for benefits. Students are required to register at the Veterans Affairs Coordinator's Office located in [he Student Services Center (Room 1 02, Hauge Administration Building), before each term to tnsure continuous receipt of benefits.

Named Endowed/Restricted Scholarships

.J:...._� ____

_______ .. __ __ _

Anthropology Alumni Award Mar ane Aram \;holarshif>..£..u.ll�

__

Arbaug,h En\'lronmenral Scholarship George E. Arbaugh Philosophy Scholarship Cli lTord and L)'diJ. Arntson cholarship in Entrepreneurship Cliffo rd and L)'d ia Arnt�1n Scholar.�in Sales and Marketi!'.IL

__

HeJvig Arthur Memoria A RAJLutheran Brotherhood Endowed Scholarship Ester W. Aus Elemt'tHar EduCJtioll Scholarship Marguerite and Wilmer Batr �c:holrush !f.'--;:-:-;--:--c;:-;----;-_;-:-_' Elbert H. , II and Janice M. Bakcr Endowed Music S::.,.c_h.,eo.._la::...r.

;...sh ___ i"'-__

_

The Bangsund Family cholaTship (Cli fford an� ��na) ___ _

_ _

Bank of America Foundation Scholarship Don F. Bayer Memorial I

.

. �:sillg Scholar h_i ... p ____ _

Peter and L)'dia Beclrn:t.an Endowed SdLola[ship Paul M. Bellamy Musi cholarship Dr. liFton E. and Edith M. Benson cholarship for [he Visually I mpai red �lenora E. Betge ursin!L§_cholarship .

_. _ _

Alfred and Alice B,sh p/Luciler:lJ) Brolhcrbood Endowed Scholarship Hla.!{\:-Webber Endowed Scholarsh ip Frieda Bhlndau Endowed . cho:,:.;l::;:aI:..:'.:.:h:.<i '--

_____

_

t:;;h;;:-;;; JDillie Q�;j� B�;; Education Scholarship --.. _-_

_ ======

Erwin and AJice Bolduan Scholarship Yanda Bortell Endowed Scholar hip Havana Bradner Memorial Scholars . .:.:h�ip::....... __ . ___ . _ ________ .... _ ...... __ ... ___

.

.

. _ ... JQruno Breiland olarshi F und Agnes B rodahl Music Schola��hipc:::....----------Betty Brown Scholarship Buchanan Family Endowed ScholarshiL-

rha.rdt and Virginia Buchtinck "ndowed Sch.olarship in E�.'�c�tion .. _

Chest r Buhl Endowed Vocal Music S:.�()larship __ ".

__ Dr. and Mrs. W. E. BUIllS Fund Bur7.laff Memorial cholarshi Dr. Howard Leywcllyn Bredy Math and Science Education Endowment -;;--;--K�-;;-��d:; C-;·;f�;;;;�\1�i;rsch 0 I a r hi p B. . " Bob" Carroll Memorial Scholarship l'ak)oe han Endowed Scholarship CheneyJ'oundarion Educational Scholarshi� Walter H. Clu��temen :>cholarship Ruth A. Christian Endowed Scholarship for Ed. ucatio n Kenneth hrislOpherson/\\Jalter Pilgrim Endowed Scholarship in Re[ jgi ol1___

._._._ .. _ . _ _ ........,....,.--_

_ .

Lyman H. bridge/Lutheran Brotherhood Endowed Scholarship .lass 0 1 967 Endowe.d Scholarship (Descendants of Class)

Endowmenr Scholarship EndO\�nc:.l::e.:.:n..:..t ___ .

Dorothy and Powell Cone Memorial/Lutheran Brotherhood Endowed N u r�ng�h�o�l=a�rs�h�jp�...,.__-�---------------­Irene O. Creso Meri r Award Prote�o..rJ)avid P. Dahl Endowcd�ic Sch!!l�r:-s_h,.ip----,� ____ _

E. John and Lorene E. Dahlbe.rg Jr. 'Endowed Scholmhip Margaret Melver Dakan Endowed Scholarship Carl Dalk Memorial cholarship Fund Georg" L. Davis/Lutheran Brothe;h� End()wed • chnlarship Fund J. Walter and lara Davis Scholarship __ .... Harold B. and Frances . Dawson/Lutheran Bro-t;-he-'r-"h-o-o"Cd:--E::C'-ld-"o-,-,,-ed7 '

cholarship in the Liberal

R�nald and Marg;;;tD�;;glass ndowed Scholarship Ead E. and Martha L. E kstron:: Endowed S holarship Economics Excellence Endowe_d . cholarship . ....,----Capt. W. Larry and Mrs. Janice D. Eichler cholarship Fund The Reverend and Mrs. E. Eidbo Endowed Scholarship EIE U<=f S cholarsh ip Phyllis L. Ekstrom Music Scholarship Carl and Ethel Ericksonl..L':I[heran Brotherhood Endowed Scholarship Endowment Challenge ranr Ger and Linda Evanson Endowed Scholarship

loria ver,on � chol a�:---;;-;--;---;...,..-__________ _ Anthony I. Eyring Liberal Af[:.;;,-=S::(c:.:hc:.:o.:.:la:.:r�sh.:.:i�p_-:-c:-,--,,.-..,...,-___

_

Faaren Family/Lutheran Brotherhood E ndowed Scholarship faculty Memorial choJarsh ip F.::u.:.:n.::d'-:-: ___________ _

Fairbanks Lutheran h.:..:u:..:rc::c�h:_=S:.:c:.;:h:.:o::.:laTr:;;shc:.:i'f-p7--;-...,.__-;::;--;-------­Faith Lutheran Q1.ll.':.':.� of Po :�Ia nd Scholarsh ip F und Theresa Ferguson Endowed Schola::,:r:.;,:s:.,:h:..tip=--__________ _

�arricia Fisk Scholarsh ip . _

_

Geor e and Carlotta.. Flink SchoIarshi Phylaine V. and Kenncri;-CF�I�::oc:.:n

.:cE;:

.nLd-;-o-,-v-cd-;-;:-:--c;-h-o;-la-rs-;h"C'i-p-----

Fomess Memorial Lcadershi'p __

S:..:c:..:h:.:oc:.:la:.,:r.::lc:.:l i�p __________ _ L.c. Foss Memorial Scholarship

fuchs Foundation Schola[ship Henrietta Button .. �a�t�._�si ng Schol:;:-ar:..:.s.:.:h.:Jip.,.-;;F"'u;.:.n"'d--;-;-:-_____ _

Richard E. an� Lorraine K. eiger End owed S hOWrsltip AJan and B" ... ..r.�_a Gibson Scholarship Bertha ilbenson Scholarshir:p ________ _

John M . Gitb��-;;-Fo�dation Scholarship

���:e����������ge;.1c:�;(�:::��hood End���;;:-d -Ed·-u-ca-. t':-io-n----

Scholarshi Gordon, Thomas, Honeywell, Malanca, Peterson & D:lheim Scholarship Alice and Stewart Govig Scholarship Clarence A: .. �l1d Olga Grahn Scholarship Otis J. Grande/Lutheran Brotherhood Endowed Schob��;p , n Education James I\t!' Gribbon choLuship - Al len mote Fern �. Grimm/Lutheran Brotherhood Endowed Scholarship f2A and ESthe!J'���s()n Gronberg Endowed Scholarship Gulsrud Famdy Scholarship Donald and Virgin ia S. Haas Scholarship !-rn���n�� .. ucation cholars�iLP ___________ ___

Maria Hagness E ndowed Scholarshit:.p ____ -;-;::-;-:-;----;-...,.__---Frank H. and Nellie L. Haley Memorial Endowed Scholarship 9laf HalvOLsen Scholar hip Johann" Marie Hansen Endowed Memorial S;-c_h;-o_l...,.ar...,.s_h .... ip _____ . Nels Marcus Hansen .ndowed Memorial Sch�l_a,.-r':....,h�iLP _____ _

Jennie Lee Hansen Endowc::d Presidents chularsnip --,�:-:-----. Arthur H. �nd Jennie Lee Hansen En Jowt:d.,-S-;:c,-h_ll-,la_rs:....· h_i ... p ____ _

W.H . ����k� eminary ·tLlc!.:tl� Sc�ob_rs:....h:....i;Lp_F:..:.u�n"'d=-______ _

Brian Harshman lVlemorial Scholarsi1iE..,

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 201: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

lv!arv and Domrhy Harshman Scholarship (Church Lc:lCic[sb ipl thlerics ) B jug Harstad Endowed choLmhip PE Hauge Endowed Scholarship Eriing'lI1d Clara Haugo chohtr<fllr Tom . nd Tyne H�ukebo cndowlll,mr Walter A. Heuh C ha ri rable Trusr

���--����----------

James Hollowa)' Music Scholarship l he Hoover Pamily Endowed Schobrship Hopper M�el_n�o_rll�'I�I =-____ ��� ________________________ __

aroline H o vl:JJld E ndow-ed Scholar s h ip dward W. Huber Memorial Scho,-,I."-3(�s_h,-,,i '---

__________________ __

ala.-ship

cholarship

___ ___ cholar�h:-:i:t:p __ :_=c,_____,_____.,,_____--KJLlth Endowmenf ror High Achievers in Arhle tics and Physical

Education Knudsen Family ndowed Scholarsl;ip Glad s M. KnlllLUl EndowlOd Scholarship Ruby and Elner Knu=n Endowed Scholarship Gary and Mavis Koch Schobrship John and Edna Korsmo cholarship Hi lda S. Kramer Musical Appreciation cholars�i Qr. Robert Alan Kraus Memorial Scholarshi£. :::-:----;' __ :-:-________ _

Howard. Eugenia and Jon K.vinsland Endowed Schobrship William W. Kilworrh cholarship [ W l::)awnell l.amb Schnlmhip Louis and Leona Lamr Scholarsbip

_______________ _

Harry r. and Irenc I . . Lang Endnwed Scholarship eorge Lanning llilemoriallLurheran Brotherhood .ndowe:d

Scholarsh ip Dr. John . Larsgaard/Lutheran Brotherhood Endowed Scholarship Qr. Charb Larsc�Il/Lurhe::l�rothetho��:'!..dowcd Scholarsh ip Ebb;! and E. Arthur Larson Nursing Sc. hohrshT

_____________ __

I<:1.:n and Ma ry L 'c Endowed Organ Scholarship OrLmd o and Myrtle Lee/Lurheran I r.<:rherhood Endowed Scholarship Guy J. and Louise Lee-SOlan Scholarship Paul Liebel! Stholarshi (Math ' mar ia) tvlonica Sa�;-L igh tdl kmo-I

-"1-;-;:J _;:-c:-h-t ,-:-la

"-"--:: h'""i-p------------------

Rob.:rt a.nd Maxie: Li l l ie: Endowed Scholarship Ernest and Jennie Liming and Art and Erhel Cummings Endowed Memorial cholarship Mr. and Mrs. \'If Hild ing Lindberg Endowed 5l'holarship I sabe l Lindberg Trust Hildrd Linder Endowmenr Richard E. and Anita Hilbland Londgren/Lutheran B rotherhood En do\ cd S cho::.:l:.ca r:.c':..:h.:.ai P=-:...,.,...--,

____ -;::-----;' __ :-----:--=--:-__ -,

A!tred anel Alrhea Lu n d/Lutheran Brotherhood Endowed Scholar.shiE:: _ lar�nc<.: ami Gmcc.!-undhcrg ,ndO\v -d Scholarship Gene and Marian Lundgaard/Luthcran Brotherhood Endowed Scholarship LUtlu![ J ltemori.i l /L, S hrcib�r d�91arsh ip Lutheran Brorherhood Fund tot Lurh

';';e';';ra

"'n'-=

S=-I-ud

7c-·[\l

-'-

· -------

�berr K. Merton Prize in Sociology Miliea r\, Order of the Purple Heart Award Fred and Carolrn Mil18 Memorial �cholarship Lila Moe Endowment SchoLmhip._,----______

___________ _

Ricil<1rd D. Mo ' . ch,)lars��_��,,_'A�n"__ __________________ _ Eltn ice Moller ndowed �choIarship �tharine E. Monroe Scholarship Poresnn Wb(: Monsen MelllOri,,1 Pi"no ·ch"'o.:.;la;::r"'sh.:.:i""p

__________ _

!:illian ..:. j IOITis Memorial Sc"'I_'o_l_a-.:rs_h...Jip'--:-______________ _

, I� � Mo rrvcdr Volu n u rr Service Award 1 ,rUlla),-D,;;�; l,on�cmc

.:.:Il'-'t-'-A;-:�:..:ac.:i-"dc==-------------------

Mark E. and Lenore . . MYlOr.l. Schobrship

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

"T'I

1 99

Page 202: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

"'C c:(

u c: ." c:.

u..

200

Myers Teaching Scholarshi 1 Richard P. Neil> Memorial Fund

c1-;;rar�h;.::;j .lOp ___ _

,Iobal Undemanding

Eimer L and Mary Louise Rasmu on Scholarship for Srudent from Alaska

or

===;:.:: :"::===='�:=:':=-=:=:'::':':::':':':'::1:------------

Tyler Memorial lursing ScilObr�hip Kml lJfe:r M 'moria\ Scholarship David Ulldand Memorial SdloL'lrship 1i:��n Valle Memorial S"-�:::Ia""rs,,,h�ipF--:-c-_________

_

Lillda Van _� e m!:!:i'.lcI �<:h?l�rshi L----,=--:-_______

_

Archur H. Vingerud Endowed Scholarship Fund Dr. Royand loria Virak Endowc

;-d--'-Sc_h_o_I ___ 3 ___ rs_h.:.Jip'-_______ _

\XIadd H I m.lerlie S �olarsh i f:'.£l!I1.::;d _____ _

Ina H. Wake Memorial cholarship poe and Luci lle Weathers Endowc� .. .::S:.::c7h.::o.::la:.:.r:.:sh.::i,l;;p-------­West oast Crocery Endowed Sc:holarsh ip \'<1< tern Washington Fair A5."'ciation Scholarsh ip Wick Family/Lul hcran Brorherhood Endowed Scholarship

_

Margarer Wickstrom Endowed Schol9rship for Internlltional Students James 'i. Willidr. Memorial Endowment for Music Mabel Wing Sci-lOl;:;al]::;s�h:.<ip_

--,---

-,_,--____ .

Randall Yoakum E n::do:0.::;w:.:c::d..::S:.:·c;;,:h:.:o.::;la.::;l'S.::;hc:;i"'p::--:----:-_,..,... ___ _

Ralph and Ce!eslcnc Yode�. _ Me�orial cholar� ____________ -==

Shirley Zurfluh/Lurheran Brorherhood ndowed Scholarship (Business)

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 203: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

T U I T I O N , F E E S A N D P A Y M E N T I N F O R M A T I O N

UNDERGRAD UATE TUITION RATES 2006-07

SenusterlTenn Credit Hours Full Time Cost Summer 2006 1 or more 445 per credit hour unless otherwise noted Fall or Spring I - I I No $73 1 per credit hour -=F.::cal:-;-l-=o.:..r.,:,�pc:..:ri.:..n.Qg ________ -c-1:::-2_---,1:..;.7:-----.,.-=-__ --:=:Ye=s,--____ --..:$'-'

1:...:1..:., 7:::2:c

5:--cp.:.::er._seme:.:.s t:..;.('.:..r_

=,--__ ---",.....,.._-,, __ -:--__ Fall or pring More than 1 7 Yes $ 1 1 ,725 per semester + $73 1 per credit hour tor ea h

credit hour over 1 7 J-Term

Credit by Examination (Students who eam Credit by Examination are charged the following in addition to tuition)

I or more

I

2 3 4

GRADUATE TUITION RATES 2006-07

$73 1 per credit hour. If regis tered full time for Fall or Spring, credi ts 1 -5 are at no additional charge

200 $400 $600 $800

Semester/Term Credit Hours Full Time Cost

-:-Su::.m::..:::.m:..:.e=r_-_E::.D;:,-:U,-,;

/,=E",P-==,

Y.:../S:..' P:..cE::.D=-__ .:..1 ...:0:..:.r:..:m:..:.o:..:r:..:e ___________ ..:;$:-,4:..,:4'=:-"Per credit hour

LImmer - All other Departments .. I or more $ 687 pe r credit �our _ Fall . J-Term or Spri[�J.i I or more $73 1 per credit hour

Disclaimer: tutUlltJ enrolled ill a PLU cohort program are charged the cohort price per credit holtrfor cohort program courses and the ,"[antiard undergmduate or graduate price per credit hOllr for courses not included in the cohort program. Please contact the StlIdent Service (ellter jor cohort program pricing information.

Note: Study Away students pay a program pe {not PLU tuition} specific to the individual prograll/ site>'. Contact the Wallg Cmterjor Intematiollal Programs fin- complete detttiis..

Coune Fees

These fees are charged in addition ro tuition. The class schedules for each term list� the individual course fee amounts.

Educational Plncement Fee

A one-time Educational Placement Fee of $45 is charged in rhe laS[ term of the Bachelor of Am in Education (BAE) program.

Graduation Processing Fee

A 75 fee is charged ro baccalaureate and master's degree ca.ndidates. This one-time fee is charged ro the student account during the term the application is submitted and is due and payable at the time the fee is charged. The fee for lost diplomas is $55.

Health Services Fees

Health Services wil l charge a student ' s account, or a student may pay directly, for immunizations. lab work and prescriptions_

we Regittration Fee

Students adding or withdrawing from course(s) after the last day of the listed add/drop deadlines for a speci fie term or semester will be assesed a 550 Late Registration fee per transaction. These dates are listed in class schedules for each semester or term.

Lute Card Fee

A fee of S I 5 is charged ro replace IOH or srolen student IDs. If an ID card has been damaged. it must be brought ro the LuteCard Desk and replaced for a fee of $ 5 .

Orientation Program Fee

On the Road is an orientation program expected of all new srudents. Select On the Road trips include nominal fees that are noted at the time of rrip registration. \'Vhen requesting to participate in On the Road trips with fees, students agree ro incur that the trip's fee will be billed ro their student account by Student Involvement and Leadership.

Private Music Lessof' Fees

These fees are charged in addition to tuit i?::..n;". ___ ---, _____ . I credit hour $ 200 2 or more credits per medium $400---"'-

Parking and Vehicle Registrl1tio11 Fees

Parking on the PLU campus is by decal only. Students must register their vehicles within 48 hours of the vehicle being

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

-I C

-

'TI

tD

tD II>

:::I -o

3 Q) -o :::I

20 1

----I

Page 204: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

c: o

... ttl

E ... o

-c:

...

C

tV

E >­ttl

""C c: ttl

c: o

202

brought to campus. Registration decal rates are published at Wfuw.plu.edu/�csin/. Failure to register will result in a fine.

AlternAtive. Transportation Subsidy

PLU encourages students and with benefits faculty/staff to use alternative transportation by subsidizing the cost of a transit pass and by providing carpool and b icycle parking. PLU pays $36 a

month to the eligible commuter towards the purchase of a transit pass. A description of the transit benefit program and application are online at http://www.plu.edU/�lutecardllransit-benefit.html

Apply for a carpool parking pass by registering your carpool at Campus Safety. For more information on using alternative transportation, see http://www.plu.edu/�ehs/ho71U.hmJ.

Unpaid Fines

Unpaid fines such as those for parking violations, overdue l ibrary materials, etc., will be charged to the student account. Students must pay these fines as i ncurred to avoid interest charges and financial holds.

TRANSCRIPT INFORMATION 253 .535 .7 1 3 5 www.plu. edu/ �ssvc/lranscript.html

Unofficial and official transcripts are processed by the Student Services Center. There is a $5 fee for each official transcript. Unofficial transcripts (up to two at a time) are issued at no charge. To request an official transcript, a student may fill out the 1ranscript Request Form in the Student Services Center or download a copy of the form at the \Veb site listed above. Processing time is flve working days from the date the request is received. Requests by e-mail or phone cannot be processed because of the requirement for a signature. Requests may be faxed to 253. 538.2545 with a signature and payment. Transcripts cannot be charged to a student's account.

If an account is on any type of hold, the request will be mailed back with information regarding the appropriate office to contact. It is the student's responsibility to resolve rhe hold and resubmit the request.

Insurance

All students are strongly advised w have medical insurance. Information on insurance choices can be found at: www.plu.edul � healthl.

Medical withdrawal insurance is available to al l srudents through an independent carrier. Applications are available in the Srudent Life Office and must be submitted to the carrier prior to the start of classes.

Room and Meals o All single full-time ( I 2 semester hours) students must live on

campus in university housing unless they are: (a) living with their parent, legal guardian, or child, or (b) at least 20 years old or have completed 60 semester credit hours by September 1 (for the next fal l semester) , or February 1 (for the next spring semester)

• Except for residents of South Hall, all students with an active housing assignment are required to be enrolled in a university meal plan.

o Summer room pricing is listed at www.plu.edul �rlifl chooselsummer-housing.

o Summer meal rates are listed at www.plu.eth';�/utet:ard and then select a Meal Plan Opt.ion.

Room Charges

Double Room (2 or more eo Ie) $ 1 ,755/semester Single/Single ( I person in a 1 erson room) Single/Double ( J p rson 111 a �1erson worn)

$2, 1 30/scmester

$2,230/semcstcr

Although there is no J-Term charge for students residing on campus for Fall or Spring semesters, students must cancel their J ­Term housing if they are residing on campus for less than 7 days during J-Term. Students with an active housing contract for J ­Term must have a meal plan. for J -Term room costs only, contact the Residential life Office.

o South Hall is an alternarive residential oprion with various aparrment sizes, styles and costs. Contact the Residential Life Office for information and applications.

o Limited housing is available on a daily fee basis during winter break. Students may remain in their rooms during spring break.

o Applications for single rooms and other ,special housing requests should be addressed to the Residential Life Office at 253 .535 .7200 or e-mailed to [email protected].

Meal Pian.<

(Studellts living in tmditiollal residence hrliis mUJt choose jimn mea! £ml/ #���_�r #3.}

__ � __________________________ __

PIon #1: 20 meals/week $ 1 ,635/semester

Pian #2: 1 5 meals/week

Pion #3: 1 0 meals/week

$J60 January term $ 1 ,575 /semester $340 Jan uary term $ 1 ,J 50!semester

� ____ � ____ � __ � ____ �$�3�3_0_1�a nu_a_r�y_t_er_m ____________ _

PUm #4: 5 meals/week $720/semester $ 1 75 January term

Meal FIIIII #4 is rlvrli!,lble on{y 10 commute;- sludent.' rind siudents lilling in Kreidler or SOl/lh Ha!!s.

Flexible PLUs Plan $225

Commuter students a lld I'Psidenls o/Sollth Hall have Ihe option 0/ purchasing blocks 0/25 meals. l'vleaL, may be used at all Board Flail lJe1l1/eS rlnd are avai/ab!ejor lISe until ilia) 25, 2007. Students ma)' purcf,rI-'f as mrtn)' blocks 0/25 meals as the), wish, but alice purchased, they are lZollrefimdab!p unless the student fonna!!y withdmws from the university.

Rights and Respomibilities

Upon admission to or registration with rhe university, the student and/or his or her parenr(s) or legal guardian, agrees to accept responsibility and the legal obligation to pay all tuition costs, room and meal fees, and any other fees incurred or to be inCllrred for the student's education. In addition, the student and/or his or her parent(s) or legal guardian is required to complete and submit a Payment Contract to the university each academic year. The university agrees to make available to the student certain educational programs and the use of certain university beilities, as applicable and as described in this catalog.

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 205: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

A failure ro pay when due all university bills shall release the un iversiry of any obl igation to continue to provide app licable educational benefltS and services, includ i ng, bur not l imited ro, the right for furrher registration , sratements of honorable dismissal, grade reportS , transcrip ts or diplomas . The srudcnt shall also be denied admi trance to classes and the USt of universiry facilities in the event of default.

Payment biformation

Payment may be made in the form of cash; personal . busin ' , or cash ier's check; money order; wire; or debit or cred i t card (VISA or MasterCard) . Credi t card payments may be made by telephone 24 hours a day on the Business Office secured line at 253 .5 35 .8376. Mail payments with b i ll ing statement remittance stubs to PacifiC Lutheran Universiry, Attn: Business Office Cash ier, Tacoma, WA 98447 or deliver payments to the PLU Bus iness Office in Hauge Administration Build i ng, room 1 1 0. Checks should be made payab le ro Pacific Lutheran Univers iry. Please do not mail cash.

BiUing Questions

Questions regarding the student bil l should be d irected ro the Studen t Services Center. The un iversity must be contacted in writing within 60 days of the statement date of the first bill on which the error appeared. After 60 days it is presumed that there were no errors and the b ill ing was correct.

Lute Discount

A $75 discount, per semester (faU and spring) , from tuition and other costs wiU be appl ied to the srudent account if the specific criteria for eligibil iry of the discount is met and a Lure Discount Form is subm i tted . The Lure D iscount Form is mailed with the Fall Srudent Pre-Bill Sratement in July and the Sp ring S rudent Pre-Bill Statement in November.

Payment Options

A. Payment ill Full Payment in ful l must be made by the 25th of the month preceding each term (bll, J-Term & Spring) or by the first day of each Summer tcrm

B Financial Aid and Other Resources Cover Costs S tudent grants, scho larships, loans and other resources listed on the Offer of Financ ial Aid exceed to ta l univers ity charges for the academ ic year.

C. Monthly Payment o Interest-ftee monthly payments made to Tuition

Management Systems (TMS), our th ird-parry administrator.

• Enrol lment fee for the eigh t or ten-month annual plan is $80.

• Enroll ment fee for the four or five-month sem<ostct plan is $50.

The llniversiry has the righ t to cancel a TMS payment plan after the second monthly payment is missed. A 1 . 5 percent monthly in terest charge or a minimum of $2.00 will be assessed by the un iversiry on the canceled plan amount .

Missl!d Paymtmts • Past due balances are su bject to a 1 . 5 percent month ly interest

charge or a m in imum of $2.00. o Failure to make payment as agreed upon in the payment

contract will result in a financial hold being placed on rhe studen t account .

o It is the student's respons ibi l ity to see that all financial aid accepted on the Offer of Financial Aid is credi ted to their student account. Financial aid incl udes but is not l imited to loan appl icat ions, verification forms, entrance counseling, etc.

o Student accounts that are 60 days delinquent may be referred to a th i rd-parry collection agency.

o Srudents currently enrolled who have been sent to a collection agency will be withdrawn from the university effective immediate/yo Srudents will receive a \'(/ grade on their uanscri pts.

o All collection cOSts, attorney fees, and interest incurred and allowable under federal and \Xfashingron state statu tes and laws wil l be charged to the student by the col lection agency and are the responsibility of the student to pay.

o A srudent accoun t that has been sent to collections will have a permanent Collection Hold, even after the account is paid in fu l l. I f the student wishes t o rerum to the Universiry, he/she must pay in full all of thei r estima ted charges prior to registration . Clearance ttl return to the Un iversity is issued by the Accuunr.s Receivable Department.

ALlllallce Payml!llt A $200 advance p yment is required of new students to confirm their offer of adm iss ion . The payment is refundab le until tv1ay 1 for fal l , December 1 fo r the January term, and January I for spring. Reques ts for a refund must be made in writing to the Adm iss ions OHlce.

Returning students wanting to reserve a room for the f()l lowing year must sign a Housing Contract. Cancellations must be submi tted i n wr it ing to the Residential Life Office. Cancellations received by June I will not be subject to a pcnalry. 'ancdlations received be[Ween June 2 and July I will be subject to a $200 pen alty charge. Cancellations received after July 1 wi ll be subject to a $400 penal ty charge.

Credit Balances

[f a cred i t balance occurs on a student account, the un iversity calculates and issues refunds according ro pertinent federal, state, banking and un ivers i ty regulations. Tirle IV, HEA program funds are refunded accordi ng to the Code of Federal Regulations 34

F R Ch. VI Section 668. 1 64. Bankcard payments are refunded, to the extent of the original payment(s), back to the bankcard that made the origi nal paymem(s) . Checks are issued for all other refunds. Refu nd requests are processed by the Student Services

mer.

Student Holds

There are 26 rypcs of holds that are placed on student accounts nd records for different circumstances. Each hold prevents basic niversity privileges , such as, but not l imited ro, the righ t to

register, add/dropp i ng classes, cash checkl, or rece ive copies of unofficial/official transcriprs or diploma. Listed below ate the types of holds that are placed on accounts and the offices to contact regarding them.

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

....

o ::l

::l -o

3 Ql .... o ::l

203

Page 206: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

c::: Q

... Q

-c:

Vi QJ QJ

.....

c: Q

...

204

Types of Hold Office Admission Admission -_._._._----------

-------

,'\.9de�.�_._. Registrar, Residential Life or tudent Life Acad��ic Stand_I_· n ... g'--_R_e .... g .... is_t_r:ll_ . .. _._ ... ___ .......... _ _ ... ______ _

��.��!!l.�cJ'.!?bation ._�c.;:4��i<:. �4_0.si�L ___ ... . ___ ... __ ._ .. _. __ _

Collection Accounts Receivable Collection Paid Accounts Receivable

..... _--_._._-.--_._._._--_._ ... _ ..

Collection Perkins Loan/Student Loans -_ .... _ ._------ .. _-_. __ .. _ . _.-

CoIlection Write-Offi Accounts Receivable Credi t Balance Accounts Receivable --_ .. _ ... _.... ... .-.---... -------�-.. --.----.--.. ---- . --... -.-.-.-.--.- -------Exit Interview Student Loans --"-_ .. -.-._-.---"_ .. _ ... __ .... '._"_." -_ ... _._._ ... _ ... _------_. __ ... _-..... _--_.-.. -

Financial Accounts Receivable ---_._-.. _------_._ ... _ .. _ ....... -..... . _ .. __ ... _---.-_. __ ._--_ .. __ .... _ .. _--_.- ....... _. __ ._-_ .. -... __ .-._--_._---._.

In School Prom Note Accounts Receivable International Admissions

----_ ... _ ..... _-_ .. _ ----

Junior Review Registrar Medical Health Services No Address Non-SuffIcient Funds

Ut of School Prom Nore Accounts Receivable Payment Option Studenr crvices Cenrer Persona non grata Campus afety Pre-Collection Accounts Receivable Residential Life Residenrial Life Studenr Life Student Life

ranscript Registrar Veteran Student ervices Center Write-Off Accounts Receivable

Academic Hold

The Registrar's Office, Student Life Office or Residenr.ial Life Office can place an account on academic hold. Registration for classes is precluded until any pending maner with those offices is settled.

Collection Hold

The collections holds will permanently remain on a student account. Any student wishing ro return to rhe universiry must pay in full all of their estimated charges prior to registration. Clearance ro return to the universiry is issued by the Accounts Receivable Department.

Credit Balance Hold

Any student with a credit balance on their student account who is not registered for a fmure term or is listed as a graduating senior will be placed on a Credit Balance Hold. The Revised Code of Washing ron ( RCW) 63.29 Uniform Unclaimed Property Act requires the universiry to forward all unclaimed student account balances to the Washingron State Department of Revenue unless the student requests a refund or donates their credit balance to the university.

Fi_ncial Hold

If a student account is past due, a financial hold will be placed.

Medical Hold

A medical hold prevents a student from registering if Health Services has not received the Medical History Form or if the student does not have the necessary immunizations.

No Address Hold

All students are required to keep a current permanent address with the universiry. If mail becomes undeliverable, an address hold will be placed.

Non-Srifficient hmis Hold

Any student who has written three non-sufficient funds checks or has had checks returned for other reasons will be permanently placed on a Non-Sufficient Funds Hold. Any student with this hold is prohibited from writing checks to any Universiry department.

Payment Option Hold

All students are required to sign a payment contract and select a payment option for each academic year they attend. The Payment Contract form may be obtained through the Student Services Center.

Pre-Collection Hold

Any student with a delinquent smdent account balance who is nor registered for a fmure tcrm will be placed on a Pre-Collection Hold and assessed a $25 .00 pre-collection fee.

Withdrawal From n Singk Cuurse

Tuition and fees wil l not be refunded for single comse withdrawals occurring after the last day ro add/drop without fee for a term. These dates arc listed in the class schedules for each term. If the student does not wish ro continue a course after the add/drop period, the student must withdraw from the course. The student must obtain the instrucror's signature on an Add/Drop/\Vithdraw Form and submit it ro the Student Services Center. A $5 0.00 late registration fee is charged for each transaction after the last day ro add/drop .

Official FuB Withdrawal

Norice of withdrawal from the Universiry must be given in writing to the Student Services Center. ral requesrs are not acceptable. Charges will remain on the srudent account until written notice is received.

A. Fall & Sprillg TuitiOlz 1 . 1 00 percent tuition refund prior ro the first day of class 2 . Refunds prorated on a daily basis beginning the

first day of class until 60 percem of the semester has elapsed

3. Once 60 percent of the semester has elapsed, there is no tuition refund

B. Summer 6-J- Tenn Tllitio1l: 1 . 1 00 percenr refund up to the last day ro add/drop

withom fee for term (dates listed in Class Schedules) 2. No refund after the last day ro add/drop withom fee for

term (dates listed in Class Schedules)

C. Summer, Fall. f- Term & Spritlg CQurse Fees: I . 1 00 pcrcenr refund prior ro the first day of class 2. No refund beginning the first day of class

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 207: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

D. Summer, Pall, J- Tt!Tm & Spring Hounllg and Melli Plans: 1 . Hou$ing refund, prorat�d on a daily basis 2. Meai plan refunds prorated on a weekly basis

Met/itaJ Withdrawal

Students may also withdraw complctel)' from rhe university for a term for medt a.l reasons. The student must complete a Medical \Vir:hdray..'ltl .Pe�ition. provide written evidence from a physician and a personal explanation to the vice president for Admis ion and Student Life. This must be completed in a timely manner and in n case later than the last day of class in any given term. If granted, the grade ofWM wil l appear on the student's transcript. Physician clearance is required prior to re-enrollment. For more information contact Student Life, 1 05 Hauge Adm inistration Building, 2 5 3 . 5 3 5 .7 1 9 1 or [email protected].

Policiu and Procedw'es &lating to the Return of Title IV and Institutioflal Fi1lAttcial Aid Funds if a Student WitlJdraws from tIJ� Ulliversity

The university calcub.tes and returns Tide IV funds according to Fede;:ral Tide I V policy 34CRF 668.22 . 1 he amount of Tide IV funck ( ther [ h an Federal Work Study) that must be returned to the Title TV p rograms is based solely on the length of time the student was enrolled before withdrawing. This policy is effective for complete or full withdrawal from a semester in which a student rcceive:, Tide IV federal funds.

For fall :md spring semester only, if a student wir:hdraws before 60 percent of the semester has elapsed, a percc'ntage of Title IV fund� wi ll be returned to the ederal p rogram based on the length of time the student was enrolled before withdrawal. After 60 per ent of the semester hali elapsed, the student is considered to have used II aid recti\' d for the semester.

The return ofTicle IV funds is dependent upon the date a studem withdraws during the semester.

WitIJdrawal date is d.efined as one of the following:

A. The date the student began rhe withdrawal process;

B. The dart: the student otherwise provided the school with official notification of the intent to withdraw; or

C. For the student who does nor begin the universi ty's withdra I p rocess or notifY the school of the intent to withd w, the midpoint of the payment period or period of enrollment for which Tide I V assistance was disbursed (unle� the university can document a later date); If attendance is taken, the withdrawal dace is determined from the atre ,dance records

The IIn;versity 1I1io.,

A. Duermine dllte of withdrawal

B. Calcul. e the ptrcentage of aid deemed to have been used by the student

C. a1cu.lat(' the percentage of aid not used by the studen t, which must be returned ro federal progWTIs.

Order of-Return of Title IV Funds: If the withdrawal date results in a percentage of Title IV a.id not used by the student. then the return ofTirle IV aid wil l occur in the following order:

A. Unsubsidized Federal Stafford loans

B. Subsidized Federal Stafford loans

C. Federal Perkins loans

D. Federal PLUS loans

E. Direct PLUS loans

F. Federal Pell grants

G. Federal SEOG grants

H. Other assistance under [his Title for which a rerurn of funds is required, to include Washington State Need Grants.

Procedures for Obtaining a Refund Upon Full Withdrawal From the University

A. Student requests withdrawal approval from [he Registrar's Office via the Studenr Services Center, using a withdrawal form.

B. Financial Aid processes the student withdrawa.! request according to the Federa.! Title IV policy 34CFR 668.22. Aid will be revised according to published federa.! policy.

C. The Registrar's Office makes a tuition adjustment, if applicable, to the student account for the percentage of tuition allowed ro be refunded for that time period during the term (as determined by the Registrar's Office and the University Tuition and Course Fees Refund Policy) .

D. Examples of the Return of Title IV Funds if a Student Withdraws are available in the Financial Aid Office.

Note: Please be aware that a tuition refond due to withdrawal from the Ilnil,ersi�)' can adversely affect what is owed to the university b), the student. A tuition adjustment is applied to the student account, but aid is also adjltSted, sometimes creating a Larger owing baLance. Students should check /lJitfl the Financial Aid Office to detemzine the effect a withdrawal will have on their student account.

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

o :s

." I'D I'D V\ Q) :s Co "'C Q)

'< 3 I'D :s ro+

:s -o ...

3 Q) ro+

o :s

205

Page 208: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

206

U N I V E R S I T Y G U I D E L I N E S

FAMILY EDUCATION RIGHTS AND PRIVACY ACT Family Education Rights and Privacy A r

In accordance wirh the family Educational Rights and Privacy Act of 1 974, popularly known as the " Buckley Amendment" and carrying the acronym "FERPA," Pacific Lutheran Un iversity has adopted a policy to protect the privacy of education records. This act also establishes the rights of parents and curr n Iy enrol led, eligible srudents to inspect and review their education records ;

and provides guidel ines for the correction of inaccurate or misleading data through informal and formal hearings. Parents and current ly t:ntolled, eligible srudents will be notified of their FERPA rights annual ly by pub lication in the Smdent Handhook.

Interested parties may review the po l icy in the Office for Student Life, Hauge Administration Bui ld ing , Room 1 0 5 .

POLICY ON NON-DISCRIMINATION Pacific Lutheran University does not discriminate on the basis of race, color, creed, rel igion , gender, national or igin , age, mental or physical disabi lity, marital stams, sexual orientation, or any other stams protected by law in the educational programs or activities which it operares, and is requi red by Title L of the Education Amendments of 1 972 and the regularions adopted pursuant thereto, by Tide VI :lnd Ti tle VI I of the Civi l Righ ts Acr of 1 964, and by Sccrion 504 of rhe Rehabil i t"<lt ron Act of 1 973 nor to discrimina� in such manner. The requirements not to discriminate in educational programs J.nd activities extends to employment therein and to admission thereto.

Inquiries concern ing the application of said acts and publ.ished regulations ro this un iversi ty may be referred to:

A. The Director of Human Resou rce Services, Pacific Lutheran University, relephone 535.7 1 85 , for maners relating ro employment policies and practices. promot ion�, fringe benefits, training, and grievance procedures for staff employed by the university.

B. The office of the ProVOSt, Room 1 03 , H:luge Admin istrat ion Build ing, Pacific Lutheran University, telephone 535.7 1 26, for maners relating ro student admission�, curriclllum, and financial aid.

C. The Student Life Office, Room 1 05, Hauge Admi nistration Building, Pacific Lutheran Un iversity, telephone 535 .7 1 9 1 ,

for rnarrers regarding adminisrrJ.tive pol icies relating ro studen ts and student services .

D. The D irecto r of Counsel ing and Testing Serv ices. Room 1 06, Ramstad Hall , Pacific Lutheran University, telephone 535 .7206, for matters relating ro the app l ication of Section

504 of the Rehab i l iration Act.

E. The DI!3n for Campus Life, University Cemer, Pacific

Lutheran Un iversity, telephone 535.7 1 95 , for maners relat­ing to the student grievance procedure.

F. Or the Assistant Secretary for Civil Rights, U.S. Department o f Education, Switzer Bu ild ing, 330 C Srreet S.w., W3.Sh ington , D.C. 20202.

FINANCIAL PRIVACY POLlCY Colleges and universiries are subject to Graham-Leach Bliley Act (GLB) provisions related ro administr:ltive, technical, and ph ysical safeguarding of student and customer financial information. The FTC has additional details on rhe GLB Aer, the Commiss ion's Privacy Rule at \VwwJtc.gov/privac)'- Quesrions about procedures at Pacific Lutheran Universi ty can be direered ro the Vice President for Finance and Operations at 2 5 3 . 5 3 5 .7 1 2 1 or [email protected].

HEALTH INSURANCE PORTABILITY AND ACCOUNTABILITYACT Under the Health Insurance Portabi L ity and Accountabil ity Act of 1 996, Pacific Lutheran University adopted a policy and procedures ro protect the privacy of "p rotected health information" (PHl) such as medical and counsel ing records . The un iversi ty's privacy officer is the Vice President for Finance and Operations, 253.535.7 1 2 1 .

POLICY ON EQUAL EDUCATIONAL OPPORTUNITY Pacific Lutheran University is committed ro provid ing equal opportunity in education for all students wirhout regard ro a person's race, color, national origi n , creed , rel igion , age, gender, sexual orientation, mental or physical disabil ity, or any other status protected by law. The university commun i ty will not tolerate any discrimination, harassment, or abuse of or toward any member of the university community.

The university holds as basic the integri ty and wel l being of every person in the community. It is committed to providing an educational environment which is fair, cons istent, caring , and supportive of intellectual and personal growth . Furrher, it is commirted to protecting the righ ts of its community members to engage in dialog and to express ideas in an environment which is free from harassment, discrimination, and exp loitatio n . This freedom of expression does not, however, entail the freedom [0 rhreaten , intimidate, harass, or abuse.

The university prohibits any activities which cause or threaten phys ical or mental harm , suffering, or exhaustion; which demean the dignity and personhood of any individual ; or which interfere with one's academ ic progress. Examp les of such actions are verbal threats or abuse, harassment, inti midation , threatened or actual physical assault, or consistent disregard o f the rights and welfare of others. In particular, the university will see as a violation of

PlU 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 209: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

this policy, any behavior which communicates a message that is threatening, inti midating, or demeaning or which causes physical harm to a person or to persons because of race, color, national origin, creed, religion, age, gender, marital status, sexual orientation, mental or physical disabili lY, or any other status protected by federal, state, or local law. Any person or persons who are found to have violated this policy will be subject to disciplinary action up ro and including suspemion, expulsion, or termination.

POLICIES ON EQUAL OPPORTUNITY, AFFIRMATWE ACTION, ADA, AND SEXUAL MISCONDUCT PYluzmbl.e: Pacific Lutheran University is commi tted to providing an educational and employment environment which is fair, consistent, caring and supportive of professional and person:d growth. The University is funher committed to protecting the rights of its community members ro engage in dialogue and express ideas in an environment which is free from harassment, discrim ination and exploitation. Freedom of expression docs not entail freedom to thr<:3ten, i m i midate, harass or assault. The University communi l)' will not and does nut tOlerate such behaviors. Final ly, the University is committed to expanding and maintaining diversity in its student, faculty, staff and admin istrator populations and to accommodate, whenever possible, persons with disabil it ies.

To honor and implement these commitments, the University Boa rd of Regents has adupted policies on Equal Opportuni l)', Affirmative Actiun and Accommodation of Persons with Disabi l i ties as well as a policy prohibiting Sexual Misconduct, including sexual harassment, scxuaJ assault, anJ ccnain consensual sexual relationships. The success of these pol icies requires the cooperation of every member of the University community.

Specifically, each member uf the University communil)' is expected tu read the policies and follow [he directives set forth therem. rhe p rocess of providing equal employment and educational opportunity as well as providing wurking, learning and l iving environments free of harassment, discrimination and intimidation requires that every member of the University community respect the rights of others and report violarions of the University's policies. Failure ro report violations may inhibit the Universi ty's abil ity to take prompt, corrective action.

Throughout these policies, reference to "Employee(s)" shall mean any regular or temporary member uf the Universi l)!s wurkforce including facul ty, administration, and staff.

EQUAL OPPORTUNITY POUCY Pacific Lutheran UniverSity is committed to providing equal opportunity in employment and in education for all mem bers of the University communil)' without regard to an individual's race, color, creed, religion, gender, national origin, age, mental or physical disabil ity, marital stams, sc:xual orientation or any other status protecred by law.

This equal opportunity policy shall apply to all aspects of employment, including hiring, cumpensation, benefits, transfers, promotions, training, education. reduction-in-force and termination. To the extent permitted by applicable law, PLU reserves the right tu hire Lutherans or other Christians for facul l)' or administrative pusitions whenever such choices are deemed necessary for carrying out the educational and religious goals consistent with Article [] of its Articles of Incorporation and

Article V, Section 2 of the University's By-Laws. PLU further reserves the right to make employment decisions based on an individual's job performance, merit and/or qualifications.

This equal opportunil)' policy shall similarly apply to all aspects of educational opportuni ty, including recruitment, enrollment, advancement and evaluation.

The University will not tolerat� any discrimination or harassment toward or by any of its Employees or students. Any written, oral, physical or visual communication that is demeaning, degrading, intimidating, or otherwise directed at a person or persons because of race, color, gender, national origin, marital status, age, religion, mental or physical disabili ty, veteran status, sexual orientation or any other status that is protected by federal, state or local law will be considered a violation of this pol icy. Any person, or persons, who are found to have violated rhis policy may be subject to disciplinary action, up to, and includi ng, suspension, expulsion and/or termination.

Individuals who believe that they have been subject to discri minatOry action or harassment or bel ieve that discriminatory action or conduct has taken place, are strongly encouraged to contact any member of the University Dispute Resolution Commirree or their supervisor. The University strictly prohibits threats, i ntimidation or retaliation of any kind against a person who reports a violation of this non-discrimination policy or who cooperates with an investigation of alleged violation. Any such conduct will itself constitute a violation of this policy and may subject the offender(s) to disciplinary action.

AFFIRMATWE ACTION POLICY Pacific Lutheran University is com m itted to enlarging and maintaining the representation of ethnic, gender, cultural and economic diversity among its Em ployees, as well as among its srudent popularion. PLU is further committed to the reasonable accommodation of persons with disabil ities, whether students or Employees. [n furtherance of these goals and in accordance with state and federal law, Pacific Lurheran University has adopted an Affirmative Action Plan that reflects its intent to provide appl icants, Employees, and students equal opportunity in all aspects uf employment and education and to provide a working and learning environment free from unlawful discri mination and harassment.

In accordance with the plan, the University has appointed an Affi rmative Actiun Officer who is respons ible for implementing and moni tOring rhe goab �er forth in rhe Affirmative Action Plan. The Affirmative Action Plan is regularly reviewed and may be modified from time to rime to serve the needs of the PLU community consistent with rhe University's affirmative action goals. The current Affi rmative Action Plan may be reviewed ar any time by contacting the Human Resource Services Office.

POLICY ON ACCOMMODATION OF PERSONS WITH DISABILITIES As stated i n the EquaJ Opportunity pol icy, Pacific Lutheran University wil l nor discrimi nate against any student because of the presence of a mental or physic31 disability. As part of its long­range plan, the University has committed the financial and human resources necessary to provide access to the University facilities according to the recommendations and requiremenrs of the ADA. Where a student with a disability is able to perform essential academic/program requirements ur job functions, the

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

-'<

" r:::

c.. t1)

207

Page 210: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

VI Q.I C

Q.I "'C ::::I

'" >. .... VI -. Q.I >

c

:I

208

University may b e obligated ro provide reasonable accommodation ro the needs of that student, unless such accommodations would provide undue hardship to the University. Students with medically recognized and documented disabilities and who are in need of special accommodation, have an obligation ro notifY the University of their needs. Students in need of accommodation should contact the Direcror of Services for Students with Disabilities in the Counseling and Testing Office. Students with disabilities who want to appeal a decision regarding accommodation should contact the Director of Counseling and Testing per the guidelines outlined in the Policy, Procedures and Guidelines for Nondiscrimination on the Basis of Disability for Students Attending Pacific Lutheran University.

POLICY ON SEXUAL MISCONDUCT

A. Introduction

B.

In accordance with its equal opportunity policy, Pacific Lutheran University prohibits any discrimination in educarion or employment on the basis of gender. Moreover, PLU is committed ro providing an environment in which students and Employees can work, live and study free from aU types of sexual misconduct. Sexual misconduct has a serious negative impact on the quality of the education and work experience. The range of sexual misconduct i ncludes sexual harassment, intimidation, coercion, sexual assault, and certain consensual sexual relationships.

As set forth below, the University does not and will not tolerate sexual misconduct by or against any of its students or Employees. The University will work ro prevent and eliminate such behavior by providing a comprehensive education program to promote awareness of acceptable and non-acceptable behaviors .

This policy is intended to meet the requirements of applicable fed ral and state law. If this policy is inconsistent with any applicable law, it is the University's intent to follow applicable law.

Policy Scope This policy applies when the conduct prohibited by this policy occurs between any member of the student body or Employee population and any othet member of the student body or Emp.loyee population. This policy also applies when the prohibited conduct occurs between a member and a non-member of the student body or Employee population, such as an off-campus vendor, independent contractor, work-study employer, internship supervisor, prospective student or volunteer.

The University may impose sanctions if the prohibited conduct occurs on University premises or in connection with a person's participation in a university-sponsored organization, program or activity, or if the conduct poses a risk of harm to any member of the campus community, including but not limited ro any of the harmful effects encompassed by the definition of sexual harassment.

C. Sexual Harassment Sexual harassment is a form of sex discrimination which is prohibited by Title VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1 964, Title IX of the 1 972 Education Amendments and the laws of the State of \Vashington. When the University becomes aware of allegations of sexual harassment, it is bound by

state and federal law to investigate those allegations, stop the harassment if it is found to exist and take measures to ensure a working and learning environment that is free of sexual harassment.

For the purposes of this policy, sexual harassment is defined as unwelcome sexual advances, requests for sexual favors ot other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature when: • Submission to such conduct or activity is made either

explicitly or implicitly a term or condition of an individual's employment or academic progress;

• Submission to or rejection of such conduct or activity is used as the basis for employment or evaluation;

• Such conduct or activity has the purpose or effect of interfering with an individual's employment or educational performance or advancement; or

• Such conduct or activity creates an intimidaring, hostile or offensive working, learning or campus residential environment.

Sexual harassment may occur when there is a difference in institutional authority between persons. It may occur between persons in equal positions, such as co-workers, colleagues and peers. It occurs wirhout respect to gender, age, appearance or status. It may occur between persons of the same sex. I t may occur if the sexual conduct of others in the education, work or campus residential environmenr has the purpose or effect of substantially interfering with another's academic or work performance or environment. Sexually harassing conduct can include unwanted jokes, comments, gestures and non-verbal conduct. Anyone who is uncertain as ro whether particular conduct violates this policy should contact any of the people or resources named in the Sexual Assault paragraphs of this policy.

I ndividuals who believe this policy has been violated, or who observe potential violations, are strongly encouraged ro seek redress of their concerns by contacting any member of the University Dispute Resolution Committee or by contacting their supervisor.

Violation of these policies shall result in disciplinary action including the possibility of suspension, termination of employment or expulsion from the University. Any form of reprisal, actual or implied, whether academic or related to employment, wiII be treated as an aggravation of prohibited behavior and will not be tolerated.

The University is committed to providing all members of its community with educarion and training abour the nature of sexual harassment, its damaging consequences and procedures for handling complaints. Training is particularly essential for persons in supervisory roles who may face personal liability if they fail to take appropriate action when they become aware of instances of sexual harassment.

Retaliation against anyone reporting or thought to have reported sexual harassment is prohibited. Such retaliation is considered a serious violation of this policy and will be considered i ndependently of whether a charge or informal complaint of sexual harassment is substantiated. Encouraging others to retaliate also violates rhis policy.

The University is dedicated to the prevention and elimination of sexual harassment in the workplace, in the

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 211: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

campus residential environment, and in the learning environment. The University cannot take corrective action, however, when it does not know about inappropriate behavior. Therefore, it is very important that violations of rhis policy be reported as soon as possible.

D. SeXUlli Assault Sexual assaulr is a violation of individual rights and dignity that wIll not be tolerated by Pacific Lutheran University. Sexual assaulr is not only an act of violence, aggression or coercion against a s ingle individual, but it is also an attack on human dignity, a value essential to the University community. For these reasons, Pacific Lutheran University strongly encourages victims to report sexual assaul t incidents to appropriate university and governmental authorities as outlined in this policy. This policy appl ies to all members of the campus community, -students and Employees, and is subject t enforcement via the applicable university policies and/or procedures including the Studem Conduct System and the Grievance Policy and Procedures. - as to any incidents which occur on campus or in connection with any University-sponsored activity or event. Members of the University community who are sexually assaulted in an off­campus, non-University setting may seek assistance from any of the University services set forth in Sections l (a) , (b) , and (c) below.

1. VICtim Rights and Services Sexual assault victims hm/e the right to: • Respectful treatment from all campus authorities; • On-campus medical assistance, which may include

testing for sexually transmined diseases, H IV and pregnancy as well as referral to outside medical resources;

• Confidential counseling; istance in changing housing and academic

situations if such changes are reasonably available; • Pursuit of disciplinary action through the Pacific

Lutheran University Student Conduct System as outlined in Section 4(b) ;

• Pursuit of action via the University Grievance Policy and Procedures as outlined in Section 4(c);

• Assistance in the pursuit of criminal and/or civil charges within Pierce County as outlined in Section 4(d);

• A victim's advocate. a. On-Campus Student Services:

Students who have been victims of sexual assault are entitled ro a variety of services on and off campus. The following campus offices are available to pro vide victim services: • For counseling and support:

Counseling and Testing Campus Ministry Women's Center Student Life Office Residential Life Staff

• For medical assistance: Student Health Center Campus Safety and Information

• To file a flnnal compfLlint: Student Conduct Coordinator Dispute Resolution Officers

Campus Safety and Information b. On-Campus Faculty and Staff Services:

An Employee who has been the victims of an incident of a sexual assault committed on campus or in connection with a University-sponsored activity or event, or by a member of the PLU community, are/is strongly encouraged to contact Campus Safety and Information, Human Resource Services and/or counseling through the University's Employee assistance ptogram.

Co Off-Campus Assistance: The Sexual A.�saul t Center of Pierce County offers a 24-hour crisis, information and referral line at 253.474.7273 or 1 . 800.756.7273. The Center exists to serve victims of sexual assault and abuse, their families and friends. Legal and medical advocacy is available, as well as support groups for victims, their friends and families.

2. PLU Services for Alleged Perpetrators Members of the PLU community who are alleged to have committed a sexual assault against another member of the PLU community are enti tled to all rights given within the University'S Student Code of Conduct. Faculty Constirution and By-Laws, Personnel Policies and Procedures Manual, and Grievance Policy and Procedures, as appropriate. Such individuals are also entitled to PLU services which may offer them physical and emotional support, consultation and/or referral.

3. SeXUllI Assault Tennjnology Sexual assault can occur against both males and females and may be perpetrated by an assailant not known to the victim, or may occur when the victim knows his or her assailant, such as in the case of acquaintance or date rape. At Pacific Lutheran University, sexual assault includes, but is not limited to ( I ) non-consensual sexual contact, including forced sexual contact, and (2) forced sexual penetration, and may occur by a person individually or in concert with others. {I. NOIl-corlScnsua{ sexual contact, including forced Sl'xual

contact, includes any harmful, insulting or non­consensual physical contact of a sexual nature (including touching, fondling, exposure, disrobing, etc.) that is committed against another person without his/her consent, including any such act accomplished by means of actual or implied force, threat. coercion or helplessness. Forcing or intimidating a person to rouch another person's intimate parts shall also constitute non-consensual or forced sexual contact.

b. Forced sexual penttmtioll includes intercourse (vaginal penetration), sodom}', oral copulation or penetration with any object by the use of force, threats, coercion or by taking advantage of a victim's helplessness.

c. Because the University hopes to educate the community in order to prevent violations of this policy, it should be understood that: (i) Alcohol and/or other drug use, intoxication or

any impairment of the accused does not absolve one of responsibility for sexual assault.

(ii) For purposes of this policy, "consent" means that at the time of rhe act of sexual intercourse or other sexual contact there are acrual words Ot

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

c: :::l

< ttl ... '"

.... '<

C\ C

c... ttl

209

Page 212: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

VI QJ c::

VI ... G.I >

c::

::::>

2 10

conduct indicating freely given agreement to nave sexual intercourse or orner sexual contact. In situations wnere tne victim is inupahle of giving consent, or is unable to resist sexual advances due to alcohol/other drug use or other impairments, the accused wiLl be held responsible for sexual assault. Silence will not be considered as evidence of consent under such circumstances.

(iii) Force or coercion is defined as: • The use of physical force or physical violence;

or • The use of threats, including but not l imited

to, physical threats, abduction, extortion or retaliation directed againST the victim or another when the victim bel ieves there is an ability ro execute such threats; or

• The use of verbal comments or non-verbal behaviors or gestures to inrimidate the victim or another when rhe victim believes thar rhere is a present ability to execute such threats.

(iv) Threat is defined as an expression of intention to hurr, desttoy or punish the victim, anorher perso n, or rheir properry.

4. Reporting Sexual Assault Pacific Lutheran University strongly encourages vicrims of sexual assault to report incjdents. Filing a report with the University, the Pierce Co un Sheriff or the Sexual Assault Crisis Center of Pierce County is not a commitment to pursue legal recourse/press charges. Criminal, civil and University action occur independently; a victjm may pursue action in one or both systems concurrently. The University is not required to delay on-campus proceedings pending results in the criminal or civil systems. Because the defi nitions of sexual assault and the burden of proof required for responsibility arc different in the campus, criminal and civil systems, an alleged perpetrator may be found responsible on campm, while in the criminal or civil justice systems, a different result may occur.

a. On-Campus Reporting Victims of sexual assault which occurs on campus or in connecrion wirh a University-sponsored activity or event are strongly encouraged to report the incident, as soon as possible, to campus officials, including faculr:y members and/or Employees of one or more of the following:

Campus Ministry Campus Safety Counseling and Testing Health Cen ter

Residential Life Student Life Women's Center Human Resource

Pacific Lutheran University is committed to respecting personal dignity and will mainrain confiden tiality as appropriate and in keeping with the law. Employees outside of the above-refer('nced dep,m-ments must inform Studenr Life (as to students) or Human Resource Services (as to all others) of any sexual assault matters brought to their attention. Sucn reporting may be done without identification of the individual(s) involved.

b. Student Conduct Procedures A student may pursue action rhrough the Student Conduct System if the al leged assault was committed by another PLU student. Should a victim choose to pursue a disciplinary hearing through the student conduct system, he/she should contact the Student Conduct Coordinator or Campus Safety and Information. The hearing procedures and rights afForded victims and alleged perpetrators in the Student Conduct System arc outlined in the Pacific Lutheran University Student Handbook.

c. GriezJance PoliC)' and Procedures As an alternative to (b) above, a student may choose to pursue action through the University Grievance Policy and Procedures if rhe alleged assault was committed on campus or in connection with a Universit),-sponsored activity or event by another member of the PLU community.

An Employee who has been sexually assaulted by another member of the University community may pursue action through the University Grievance Policy and Procedures. To pursue such action, he/she should contacr any of the University dispute resolution facilitators: Michelle Ceynar (253.535 .7297) , Tom Hudsbeck (253.53').7202), Fran Lane Rasmus (2 53 .535 .7 1 4 1 ) , Teri Phillips (253.535. 7 1 87) , Leon Reisberg (253.535 .7280) or Richard Seeger, chair (253.535 .75 1 9) .

d. Off-Campus Reporting Victims who wish to report and/or pursue criminal or civil action are encouraged to seek assistance from any of the following resources:

Campus Safety and Informarion Services, 253.535.79 1 1 Sexual Assault Crisis Center of Pierce County

Administrative Offices, 253 .597.6424 24-Hour Crisis/Information and Referral Line,

253 .474.7273 or 800.756.7473, TTY 253 .274.0448

Pierce County Sheriff, 253 .535 .79 1 1 Tacoma Police, ext. 253 .535 .79 1 1 Local Policy Agency (if away from campus) 9 1 1

5. Penalties for Sexual Assault Members of rhe University community who violate the University's ban on sexual assault will be subject to strict discipli nary action by the University, up to and including suspension or expulsion for students and terminarion for Employees.

E. Consensual Sexual Relat;(mships Primary responsibility for maintaining high standards of conduct resides with faculty and supervisors, since they exercise significant authority and power over others.

A consensual sexual relationship between an Employee (fac­ulty, staff, or administrator) and a studenr, or between a supervisor and a subordinare Employee, does not necessarily involve sexual narassment or sexual misconduct. In such cir­cumstances, however, the University's responsibilities to its

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 213: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

students and Employees are potentially cornpromioed by the likelihood or even [he appearance of a conflict of interest. Consequently, this policy stricrly prohibits consensual sexual re!Jtionships between an Employee and a student whenever the Employee is in a position of professional responsibility with respect ro the student. This policy, further, stricrl}' pro­hibits consensual sexual relationships berween a supervisor and 3. di rect subordinate Employee.

For the purposes or this policy, an Employee is in a position of professional re ponsibility with respect to a student when the Employee is currently in a position to make or influence a decision or (0 confer or withhold a benefit rdating to tne studen t's education, employmenr, or campus-sponsored activi ty. This includes, but is not l imited to, staff/student, faculty/student, coach/player, supervisor/student worker, and advisor/advisee rdationsnips.

For tne purposes of" this policy, an Employee is in a direct subordinate relationship with a supervisor if the Employee rcporrs to the supervisor, if the supervisor evaluates or directs the Employee's work, or if tne supervisor is in tne direct cna.in of command of the person to whom the Employee reports.

Tne University strongly discourages consensual sexual relationsh ips such as those berween an Employee and a student (even in tne absence of a current professional re ponsibilit with respect to the student) and between a faculty member or supervisor and an Employee in a posirion of less authority (even in the absence of a direcr reporting relationsnip as defined abm'c) . Wnile this policy does not pronibit consensual sexual relationships such as roes , they are strongly discouraged. Because all sucn reiarionsnips potentially involve a violation of equal opportuniry law, it may be difficult, if not impossible, in any subsequcm proceeding to defend against a sexual harassmen t cnarge wnete the defense is based on the complainant's consent to the relationsnip. Moreover, those persons i nvolved in such relationships must be aware that the relationship may be viewed by others as exploitative or as creati ng actual or appatcn t conflicts of interest, tnercb), I:r ring potential difficulties for one or borh parties.

fNCLUSlVE LANGUAGE Pl.U supports rile effom of faculry, students, staff, and administratOrs to employ and augment the inclusive language guidelines of their professions or disciplines. and to reflect upon the cultural conditions which have made such guideli nes integral to contemporary language use. One set of guidelines is that of the Evangelical Lutheran Church in America ("Guidelines for Inclusive Use of the English Language," 1 989), wnich provides examples of lauguage rnat includes and affirms groups which have often been misrepresented in or left out of discourse. Inclusive language avoids stereotypes or biases such as those based on gt'nder, race, physical ability, sexual orientation, class, nJ.tionality, religion, family, and status. Inclusive language directs our artenrion ro the nuances of social reference and calls us to addre.)S all ind·ividuals with respect.

S11JDENT RIGHT- TO-KNOW

The Student Right-to-Know and Campus Security Acr, Public Law 1 0 1 -542, provides that institutions of h igher education disclose information about campus safety policies and procedures

to currc'O[ and prospective students nd employees. Putsuant to that requirement, Paci Ie Lutheran Universiry has developed a Campus Safety and Crime Prevention Guide that reports institutional securi ' policies and crime statistics. The current reporr is 3vaibble on the PLU Web site at www�plu.eduJ�slif!cs/.

GRIEVANCE POLlCY AND PROCEDURES

A. introductioll Pacific LU[heran University is committed to the internal re,olution of disputes arising witnin the university communi ty. To thar end, the Pres ident has appointed a University Dispute Resolution Commi ttee that includes rcprt'senratives from the faculty, student l ife, human resources and academic administration. Tnc Committee dppointmenrs snail each be for a mi.nimum (wo-year term.

The niversity Dispute Re.solution Committee (UDRC) is charged with reducing confliCts and helping members of the community resolve disputes appropriately, expediently and fairly. The commirrec dot;.� so by educating the community abour campus policies and dispute resolurion options; coordinating dispute resolution services; i nvestigating grievances when appropriate and advocating for review of university policies and procedure.s wnen necessaty.

It is the intenr thar the University Dispute Resolution Committee 1>.: a resource for all members of tbe PLU community. The DR · may assist any faculty, administrator, staff or stlldem who needs consulration or referral to resolve an on-camplLS onHicr, or who desires conflict resolution services. Tht· UDRC also processes all formal grievances as allowed by tbe University's Grievance "Policy, except those thar I·dare to facul ty tenure or discipline. or which ornerwise arise under the faculty constitution and bylaws Or which arise under the Student Conduct System. The UDRC shall have authortty to l!.stablish separate policic's and procedures for certain rypes of grievances. Subject to faculty approval, the U DRC shall also have authority to enact special policies and procedllfe� for resolution of grade disputes and issues of acad"lllic disnoncsty. The University Dispute Resolution Committee has the authority ro appoint additional commircee rnembers on an as needed basis, for example, when one or more UDRC members would be unable to parrieipate in a specifiC man r or when an additional member would assist in serving rhe rnission of the University Dispute Resolution Committee.

The univers ity encourages communi t), members to resolve their dispures lr the earl ieSt and mosr informal level (i.e. by talking di rccri)' with the individual(s) involved; through faci l itated cOllversatiun and/or through conflict mediation) . \Vnen informal resolution is not possible, every member of tne uJ1iversit), communiry, whether faculty, student, administrator or staff, has the right ro file a grievance and access he grievance procedures established by the UDRC. Grievances may be in itiated by contacting any member of the Commi[[e�. ;rievances fitst reported elsewhere in tne community should be referred to the Committee for resolurion, except for grievances thar arise unda tne faculty constimtion and by-laws or under the Student Conduct System.

If, at any time during a conflict resolurion or grievance proceedings, a participant believes that a member of

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

"

c:

c. �

2 1 1

Page 214: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

III GJ r:::

GJ

"'C

:::s

\-'

>­.... III -GJ >

r:::

2 1 2

University Dispute Resolution Committee has a conflict or the appearance of a conflict, or that the dispute/grievance involves or potentially involves a member of the Committee, that member will be excused from any further involvement in the grievance proceedings. In such circumstances an additional UDRC member may be appointed by the remaining University Dispute Resolution Committee members.

The grievance policy and procedures will be published bi­annually and distributed ro all members of the university community.

B. General Administrative Procedures The following administrative procedures shall apply to all grievances, with the exception of grade disputes, allegations of academic dishonesty, student conduct issues covered by the Student Code of Conduct and faculty grievances relating to tenure, discipline and other issues expressly provided for in the grievance procedure set forth in Article V1 of the Bylaws to the Faculty Constitution. All other maners, including, but not limited ro, disputes or complaints relating to discrimination and sexual harassment/sexual misconduct shall be handled in accordance wirh the following procedures. Neither voluntary nor involun tary terminations of staff and administrative personnel may be grieved nor are they subject to these administrative procedures.

The University is committed to resolving all grievances arising under these procedures, including complaints of sexual harass men t and/ or misconduct, at the earliest and most informal leve!'

1. Informal Grievance Resolution A grievant may pursue any of the following options for informal resolution: a. Direct Resolution. The grievant may discuss directly

with the respondent the allegations of the grievance and work with the respondent to resolve any concerns.

b. Supervisor Resolution. If the action suggested in paragraph 1 is unsuccessful, i l l-advised or otherwise inappropriate, the grievant is encouraged ro first discuss his or her concerns with the supervisor or department chair who is responsible for taking appropriate action. If the grievance directly involves the supervisor, the grievant may go ro the next level of supervision or may bring the matter directly ro the University Dispute Resolution Committee as set forth below. If a grievance directly involves an individual at the level of Vice Ptesident, Dean, Provost or President, the grievant should bring the matrer di rectly to the Dispute Resolution Commirree. The matter may be concluded by mutual consent at this point. Supervisors and chairs must inform the Dispute Resolution Committee when handling grievances, which involve potential violations of the University's policy on discrimination, sexual harassment or sexual misconduct.

c. Uniz,ersity Dispute Resolution Committee. If there is no mutually satisfacrory resolution at an earlier stage. or if the grievant does not wish to bring the matter ro the chair or supervisor, the grievant may contact any member of rhe University Dispute Resolution

Committee to seek resolution. The Dispute Resolution Committee may discuss options for informal handling of the grievance, make referrals ro appropriate resources and support services, and. with the permission of all parties, may also arrempt to resolve the problem through mediation.

At any point in the process. the grievant may send wrirrcn notification to the Dispute Resolution

ommirree that the situation is resolved or that no further University action is desired. The Dispute Resolution Committee will retain records of informal grievances for a minimum of three (3) years.

At any time during the informal resolution process, either parry, or the Dispute Resolution Committee, may request that informal resolution effo rts be terminated and that the formal grievance procedures be in itiated. Such request shall automatically suspend informal procedures. At such time, the Dispute

olution ommince, or any subcommirree thereof, shall, within five days, hold a meeting with both parries to discuss options for informal resolution, including mediation. If no agreement can be reached as to informal means of resolution or i f informal procedures fail, then either party, or the Committee, may request that the grievance proceed in accordance with the formal grievance procedures set forth in Section B, below.

2. Formal Grievance Procedures a. Filing the Written Grievance. Grievants for whom the

matter has not been satisfactorily resolved through the informal process may file a written grievance with the University Dispute Resolution Committee within five ( ) working days afrer rermination of the informal process. If no informal resolution was sought, written grievances must be filed within 30 working days of the alleged Lncidcnt. The grievance shall include the grievant's written statement describing the alleged inappropriate action or misconduct. Upon receipt, the grievance shall be marked with the date received.

b. Determination o/Whether Grievanct· i,- Subject to Procedures. Within five (5) working days of the grievance filing date, the Dispute Resolution Committee shall determine whether the facts alleged in the grievance fall wi thin the purview of these procedures. If not, the grievant shall be: so notified in writing. No appeal may be taken internally of such determination.

c. Notification to Respondmt. If it is determined the grievance fal ls within rhe purview of these procedures, the Dispute Resolutiun C mmittee shall, within three (3) working days of such determination, provide a copy of the grievance to the respondent, rogcther with a copy of thes procedures.

d Written Re,pOIlSC May Be Filed. Within five (5) working days after receiving a copy of the grievance, (he respondent may submit ro the Dispute ,e,o lution Committee a written response m the allegations raised in the grievance. The respondent is encburaged to provide a written response, however, failure to answer a charge or to participate in the investigation will not prevent the process from proceeding. Failure to

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 215: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

respond may result in the investigation proceeding solely on the basis of the grievanr's t",timony and evidence.

e. Investigatio" a/the erielJallce. Within fifteen ( 1 5) working days of receipt of the respondent's written response, or, if there is no written response, within tWenty (20) working days of notification to resp ndenr. the Dispure Resolution Commirree or its designees shall complete an inv tigation which may include inrerviews with borh parties and with those ident lHed by the parties as having personal knowledge of the facts relating to rhe grievance; review of written rl!l.ponsts as appropriate; and/or review of any documents Of other evidence submItted by the parties or by persons with knowledge.

f Prelilllillary Report and Recommendations. Within five (5) working days after completion of the investigation, lie ispute Resolll[ion Committee will prepare a prel iminary written reporr which details the i nvestigative pro 0 • ummarizes information received, and presenrs the Committee's factual findings and recommendations. Copies of the preliminary report shall be given to the grievant and respondent.

g. Reb/lttnl State71lc1/fs. Should either the grievanr or the respondent dispute the findings of the preliminary reporr or the recommendations, rebuttal statements may be filed with the Commi ttee within five (5) working days of receipt of the prel iminary report. The Committee may review the rebuttal statements and shall have the 3uthority to reopen it� invesrigation and amend it� preliminary investigative report. if it deems such acrion appropriate. Either party may also submit names of additional witnesses and additional information, additional evidence or documents, etc.

h. Filial Report and Recommtmdations. Within seven (7) working days of receipt of any reburra[ statements or additional information, the ommittee shall complete a final investigative repon and recommendations. In the event no rebuttal statements are submitted, the COnlmi rree's preliminary repon slull be deemed final. CopIes of rhe final investigative reporr and 1'( ommendatiom shall be given to the grievant, to the respondent and to the appropriate vice president, dean and/or department head. If the grievance involves a facullY member, a copy of rhe final report shall also be provided to the Provost.

I. Revie-w by Appropriate Supervisor. Withm ten ( l 0) workin day� from completion of the Committee's final report, the appropriate Vice President, Dean or Provost shall assess the reporr, review any written statements, determine whether to accept the r ommendations, :md take any responsive acrion. [ n the .:'vent the grievance and/or recommendations o f the Di�pute Rt: 'olution Committee directly i nvolve a Vice President. Dean or ProVOSt, the Committee will designate an al ternate authoriry to assess the report and det rmin any responsive :lction. Such action, if any, shall be in accord with appl icable University policy. The grievant shall be informe:d of any corrective action taken involving rhe r pondent.

j. Tim/' Limits. Time limits Set forth in these procedures may be extended by the Dispute Resolution Committee upon request and showing of good cause�

Either party may seek an extension of time. Reasonable extensions of time may also be granted upon initiation of the Commi ttee at its discretion. The Dispute Resolution Committee will not usually extend the time:: for filing a written grievance except for those situations in which the grievant al leges violation of the University's Policies on Equal Opportunity, Affirmative Action, and Sexual Misconduct. When appropriate, rime limits may also be extended from one school year to the next.

k. Grievance Initiated by Administration. The President, Provost, or any Vice President may request that the Dispute Resolution Committee conduct an investigation without a formal grievance from any individual. In such cases, the Provost or appl icable Vice President will act as the grievant. In those cases, the Dispute Resolution Committee will use the same notification and process guidelines as outlined in the formal grievance procedures.

I. Grievance Iltitiated by Dispute Resolution Committee. The Dispute Resolution Committe:e may initiare a formal grievance at any time where an individual declines to pursue the formal grievance process and/or where the Committee bel ieves the University's Policies on Equal Opportunity. Affirmative Action, and Sexual Misconduct may have been violated. [n such cases, the grievance will follow the same notification and proce.dures ser forth above. The Dispute Resolution Committee has the right, where appropriate, to protect the identity of a grievanr and to proceed with an anonymous grievant. That right should be used only in rare circumstances, taking into consideration the inherent difficulty to the respondent, and only after consultarion with the University's attorney.

m. Recol'd Retention. The Dispute Resolution Committee is the custodian of all tecords developed during the investigation of a grievance. All records of the Dispute Resolution Commirre.e are considered confidential and will be retained by the Committee for three (3) years, except records relating to grievances involving violations of the University's policies on Equal Opportunity, Affirmative Action, and Sexual Misconduct, which may be kept indefinitely at the discretion of the Committee.

1/. Sanctions. The Dispute Resolution Committee has no authority to impose any sanction, however, it may, as part of its i nvestigative report, recommend a parricular sanction or course of corrective action. The actual authority to impose: sanctions and other corrective action shall remain with the Provost, as to faculty; the Vice President of Student Life, as ro students; and rhe appropriate administrarive Vice President as to staff and administrative personnel. The authority imposing sanctions shall report its action to the Dispure Resolution Committee in writing.

o. Falsified GrielJance. Deliberately filing a grievance with false statemenrs is considered to be serious misconduct and such offenses will be subject to the ful l range of disciplinaty sanctions, including termination and/or expulsion.

p. Right of Appeal. Either party may appeal to the President of the University the findings of the Dispute Resolution Committee's final investigative report. The

P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

:::l tl) 11'1

2 1 3

Page 216: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

\II C1I C

\II ... C1I >

C

2 14

Dispute Resolution Committee may also request that [he President review a patticular grievance. Such appeal must be filed in writing to the President's Office within ten ( 1 0) working days after completion of review by the Vice President or Provost in accordance with paragraph 9 above. The President may choose to accept, reject, accept in part, or reject in parr the i nvestigative findings and recommendations. The Pc sid nt shall have final authority. i nvestigative mding and recommendations. The President shall

have final authority. q. Artomeys. h Se procedures are inrended to be a

means of internal resolution on ly. As such, arrorneys will n I be allowed to participate d irecdy in any pha.sc or the e grievance procedures, however. any parry affeCted b a grievance is free to consuit with an arro rney 0 his or her choice at his or her own expense.

r R�/nlintion Prohibited. The University expressly prohibits retaliation against any person who has filed a grievance, or in any way participated in the grievance

process. Any person who violates this policy may be subject to disciplinary action, including termination and/or e.,<pulsion.

C Alternative Grievance Procedures rhesc grievance procedures do not supersede existing procedures for resolution of grade disputes, academic dishonesty or matters arising under the Student Code of Conduct or ::Iny grievance p rocedures set forth in the Faculty Constitution and Bylaws. Where a grievance may be brought in under an alternative procedure, the grievant must elect at the outset which forum to use. [f a grievant chooses ro proceed under these administrative procedures in lieu of alternate internal grievance procedures, then the grievant may not subsequently p u rsue the alternate grievance procdures fo r resolution of the same grievance.

im ilarly, if a grievant elects to pursue an alternate grievance procedure, the grievant may not subsequently �ek to usc these procedures to resolve the same grievance.

P L U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

Page 217: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

I N 0 E X

2 ------------------------------�20 20 1 9 �rc��------------------- �-

�������� 1� · · · ·--1 9···

1 9 l Y

27 207

24 1 74 1 87 1 87 188 1 88 1 87

=------------ 1 88 188 .,T7:-::=....:..::::::.==cc..:..::l>:..::.:.:'--------------------------· Fi"

,��--------------------------�1 74 207

glllttrlng

7 3 41

R 42 20 2:3 32

1 74 202 2�

------::{0 2)

20 IBM 2 1

----------------- 1f -----,rf

---------------------------------l'r ���------------------ �

1 3('

13

Educarion, School of G'l Ed UGl! rOiiafl)i�t,"Ch:i--oT"lo:-�-------· "6

73. 97 E� as a 'con n uage tnr()l ml'n[ ; tnvironmc=·o�UJ�S�r�ud�,c�s-------------------�82 Environs 5-· Equal r:duGuional Opf,0rrunit)' Policy 206 £qual Oppo rtu".i

.'Y..I'o I cy ..... ........... _. 207

Lv<ru.n Classes amin3ri;':'a::'1$-".7cr�e"d,�· t"Th-y-------2 1

�aculty 5.T17-acu ry: Admllllsu3r jvc Faculty Associatcs 185

Faculty: Emeriti (8) F

a'"Ity: eonor.')' IlfS 'acu 0/: isit lng IntcrnadonaI Scholars I G �J.I� Education RightS and l)riC:'�_._ .. _____ . _____ .� n:.s: Course 201 �ucarional Placement 201 F«5: eraduat lon Processing 2Q 1 rrc;;:s: Health Service 20 1 FC(." Gr c Rcgisrr:man 20 I r:e;c;s; [urc Card 20 1' �rien(a{ion Pro�r3m lU I ���£ �.Y.�h,(�i��r!.�0.o-n----_.......... 22()OII_ rt:cs: PnV3H: Music LeSsons �ees: Onr!id tine 202 'inancia Ai 1 90

Financi3I id: Ap,ellCation Procedun.:: i 90 Financial Aid: Endowod/ Restricted Scholarships 19R FUiJ:jiClalAj{[}'cdcral and Smc fllii""�' .� Finlne'JI 'd; fim Year Srudcnrs 1 9() hnallClaJ A,d: LOaru 19'5 �d�fj�- ----'--' 19 FinanCIal Aid: Non Need P'IO'Sram 1 96 �\I : ScholarshIps. Grams. LOans and Work rudy (92-F1 1lrU1clal Aid ; r ra",sEcT Srudcl1O: 1 { 0 hnanClJJ AId: Veterans Atfairs 1 ( 7 hnanCl.li Aid: Yoca.tioniJ Rdubili(uion ------ i¥ '1I ,.nc,,1 Pri,,,,'1' Po!.cy 20G �t r��nc n _.______ _ (,

j-orcign L �nsu4Jc {equiremcnrs 9, 1 7c) f!'ren •. J i 99 �ciiC"irUlli ye "ity RcqUl<ClTlcnlS (GOR) Information (, <';«»d nc RJ . ;crmJIl 99 <,;IOJlll F.Juca,iol1 (lpponuniri':, (WANG CENTER) �6 <.':106al )tudio Program 8, CnnJ $ranJing 1 9 �lCn Ti (:;iilOU.H" r'fcgrcr, Offered I �2 � , r u clIes I )� Gr.1du.m: 5wdies; adcrmc Probano" 1 55 Adm""ort : G[;lduatc 1 52 Graduation A IJcauon Deadline, 22

uan:' Credit 1 5 1 ';5 ---------1 .f 1 % 1 5 5 I 4 1 <;4 ---------------------1 5 )

--------\54

1 55 1 5":,

1 54 156

... ______ ____ ......... _______ -=:22"' • ..:1-".5.::...2 P l U 2 0 0 6 - 2 0 0 7

2 1 5

Page 218: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

>< CU

"'C C

2 1 6

98 2 1 1

- " - ---H IO 3 1 0 I U ---------------�Io_

I I

13 13

IS 15 ;����--------------l 1"-16 I S -1 8 27 90

206 131 I j:r 1 .12 1 3� L l2

n;::=..:-=-.::..:::c=c.= ''-_______________ �5-90-

Gradu;ot io-n-------------22 ---u

Honors: SUCletlcs Housmg Hum:mirl • DivLS101l ot lmmunrzacion 1 n ProS''''' Grades Inclw iv� t...nMaf' Poltcy

94 27 22-

2 1 1

rnform�r l( m al1d Ic'"-hnoloj)Y savi ... c\ 2 7 (nsuranc< ---- ---------------------------'2 7-

InulInH1v LClltlj l� )J cdve 3"" lnlcm.nonil Bit"" a u ", a r< (tAl 1 88 rnte.="runona CUrt." - 8.95 . III tcrnario n a rprogl.l m (S..:e ClobaI Ed \;.:l c;::lI:..t- io:.:;l,,-l -"O:.<P",P;.:O:.:':::LU::_ilirl::-::"'=)

_____________ 8;;:6"-Im�rnati nal SrudL:.nt S�r"ict:.o; - 28 lmcrnarion Stu ��-- - -- 2S. 188 anul.rv f('rm -'fsr Ye-.&r 6 nO-I'M. N'anonaI rULI;ett:iiJ io ----------------------------,i8

Gnguag�' and 111.:",,= , 96 GnO'u3 t' Rc.1oUrC(' Cc.nle.r .".-_______________ 97

(t- r-muon. EV\,'l1Ins & !)�lu rd ac.;\'_C=I."_s�;;:- =-____________ "." 9X--

132 -----W}

rno.,----------------

28

- loS 1 14

206 20. 153 IOU -

34 ------'1 iT '28

2 1

203

I I I 1 22 1 26 106 ------------ 1 28 I I I I I 1 3 2 I 3 �E::-------------r:;U4-

4 206

1 9 1 34

29 �;T,3���--------------�137 1 37 205 1 74 23 'F='------------------ -ir

1 37 2<)

---------(;-19. 102

202 ����C=��-----------------�188 25 20

I 0 208

27 141 141 141

__________________ �I OO �����----------------------------�1 46 �����------------------------------�I�-��-----------------------------29 �������--------------------------�20 " 2""9

29 30 iT

------ifr .i0 30

I) I

I H 134

_____ _ ____ -;;2:;;.0 5"""

202 1 9 1 201 203

U�"O n' 2UJ �=::.:c:.----------------- - -___w.r 203 202 --------------' -10' )

197

30 164-

2D;

P L U 2 0 0 6 . 2 0 0 7

Page 219: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

.. fl.D1.h StIMt \. ..

j 1 �

� UbC 5.tf'fiftS �

B�Legeod I\Io.mqtilir Oll'le . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3 Bookstore . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34

lumbia Qrm:r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .50 IX.dopmenr & ni�ty Rd:u:iO!l5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9 E= umpus - PLU CorrumU1iry Outreach . . . . . . . . . 17 Eastvotd H:ill!Tow�r 01ap0=! . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25 FJcilities" Man�=rJPlant Service; . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28 FJeutry louse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 Fb� ResKkn.re HJII . . . . . . 33 Harsmd Resida= Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2ei b.uge Admilliso::uioll B uikling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1

Health Sen'ices � nre.r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6 l.-fincblie R.sidence Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .24 Hang Residt:ncc Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 1 Human Rc:IDurce Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .35 lngr.nn l-lall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10 {(a:k Ol:tl-crvJrory . . . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 53 Knorr House . . . . . . . . . . . . . ' " . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5

idler &sidcnce Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 20 Ugerquisr ru:m- Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . . 19 l..t't' House (Rarq . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .7 M:lil Servia:s. hipping & Rec6ving . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 M:uy &ireI' Russell Music nltT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 9 Math. Compwr.r Science, and Compurcr Engineering

Building . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .4 9 McN:IDb Howe eROTO . . . . . . . . . . . . I Mcmori.d G)'lTlfl:lSium . . . .42 Morken Cen� fOr Learning &

1edmology . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .31 Monvcdt UbrJI)' . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 4 Music HOI.ISC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .39 Name; Fi= Qn� . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421 Nesvig Alumni Caller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 44 Ooon Auditoriwn . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 40

nhl Residence Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 1 Park Avmlll: House . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2 Pflueger Residence Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A3

...

! o

;r

1 .. ., o

I'G" ' - -®" I ',-----I , .. � lin ' . L • I-=, _. ...

G • . _ -- -� �

....ir·@� �I". - , _ .... . - C

PLU Noml\'JeS[ (Gifi 'hop) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2..'3 Ramscld Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .27 Rid<e Science Cc:nrer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .32 Sc:tndinavian G.UrumJ Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .34 South Rtsidence Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58 Stnen Residence Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12 "wimnling Pool . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . A l T�Je!.smd Residenre H.ll . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . - 1 f nrury House . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 6 Thniry Lutheran h urch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 -

ni�i{y CenR:r . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34 niversity Printing & PubliaWoIlS . . . . . . • . . . . . . . 29

WJ.ng Center . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [ 8 Warehouse . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29 W� House . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46 Women's Cen� . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1 Xavier Hall . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22

• The Office of Developmcru and Univen>iry Rdarions is locuecl at the ina:I� ... rion 0 Garfield ao:t and Ptlcific Avenue on che east side ofP:J.cil:ic ar 1 2 1 65 P:tcific �ue .south , T.1COma.

Padring Legend 6. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Aa=ible Parking V . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .vlSiror Parking by Permit R . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Rts='I'!'1 tudent I':Irking F . . . . . . . . . . . . . . J� f"JOIity/AdminJScaJfPJ1king S . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SptcUI Pennit P:uking " . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .vwtor/Public Pa.rking by Permit rl:J . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . F.rru!tgency Phones

V��tor parking hy pennir only. AU visitolS must obmin a isitor parking permir at Campus . I'l)' 1000teci in d,e

basement at dle nonh end of Hamad Ha ll. Rc:ser=I parking slOlli may be wed by visitolli dwing non-working hours (5 p.m.-7 am.) and on \�ds (some 24 hr.

..

lJ21Ul 'S.,...".

'lJnliU..t. $: .. .. J ! ..

... lU" S""fi

exception, are inclicmrl by signs). If you pbn an extended vi.-.it, you mu:., obtain .1 remporary pt:mur from Campus

fet}'.

Selected Campus Contacts Area code 253

Unhumy SwitdlboanI . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . .53 1.6900 Glmpus Phone infOrmation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . -35.7449 Campus SatCry (24 hOllf\) . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . . . .535.744 1 Academic �ismoce . . . . . . . . . . . . . . • . • . . . . . .535.75 18 ;\dmission . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5. 5.7 15 1 Alumni and Parent Relations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .535.741 5 Bl.!.'iiness Office . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .535.7171 Church Relation, . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535.7423 Con ce and Events CeIlrer . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535.7450 Devdopmenr . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535.7177 .Emergency . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535.791 1 Snldalt rvices . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535.7 1 G I Healrh enter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .535.7337 Luu:cud and lnfoml.lcion Oe<;k . . . . . . . . . . . . '>35.7457 KPLU 88.5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .535.7758 Ne\\>li and infoJT11arion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535.7430 Prc:sident . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .535.7 1 0 1 Regisuar . . . . . . . • . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .5 3 5.7 13 1 Stndenr Life . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535.7 1 9 1 Summer �ons . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535.8618 T ransfi:r Coordinator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535.7138

VISit PLU by Bus Irs easy ro visit PLU from any,,,,here in the Puger Sowld area. Semle and Iympi" route> re(juire a rrnnsfer in Lakewood or downtown '] acoma. Direct: bus roures arrive ar the Parkland llansi.r Center, only tWI) blocl<s fiom the: PLU camptis. For help pbnning };)ur aip, call 253.581 .8000.

Page 220: 2006-2007 Undergraduate and Graduate Catalog

253--36-5 1 3 � I ' . , � i 4 • • •